Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTSRobert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements 28 -Jan -2020 Plans, specs, proposal and contract 04 -Feb -2020 Res 20-25, setting a public hearing 10 -Feb -2020 Notice of public hearing 18 -Feb -2020 Res 20-43, approving project manual and estimate of cost. 20 -Feb -2020 Notice to bidders 24 -Mar -2020 Res 20-68, rejecting the bid Project Manual Project Number: 18404000 January 21, 2020 ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY, IOWA IN P A R C H I T E C T S INCORPORATED 24-1/2 S. CLINTON STREET SUITE 1 IOWA CITY, IOWA 52240 (319) 248.5667 N O N O n -C N -+n ;<r- 3� m rn _� �:37 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY. IOWA SECTION 00 01 05 - SEALS AND SIGNATURES row?• ,Q oFEsslO/V w ; BRADLEY C. Z C) : HILL : m �'• 19593 177; )-c IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission 4described was prepared by me or under my direct esp le charge. I am a duly licensed Architect a tE f Iowa. 1/21/2020 Date Printed or typed name Justin P. Bishop Iowa license number 6497 My license renewal date is June 30, 2020 Pages or sheets covered by this seal: Discipline: Architecture 0 0 I hereby certify that this engineering document to E rejWed by'l� me or under my direct personal supervision anGTthaHla*a dui lice r under the lawsc f{he Fite to -an M -<r 1/2 0: {� Sig Crate— Printed re e v r Printed or typed name Bradley C. Hill Iowa license number 19593 My license renewal date is December 31, 2020 Pages or sheets covered by this seal: 033000, 042000, 054000 Discipline: Structural SEALS AND SIGNATURES 00 01 05 -1 hyo JUSTIN ° yr N ^ BISHOP a 06497 row?• ,Q oFEsslO/V w ; BRADLEY C. Z C) : HILL : m �'• 19593 177; )-c IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission 4described was prepared by me or under my direct esp le charge. I am a duly licensed Architect a tE f Iowa. 1/21/2020 Date Printed or typed name Justin P. Bishop Iowa license number 6497 My license renewal date is June 30, 2020 Pages or sheets covered by this seal: Discipline: Architecture 0 0 I hereby certify that this engineering document to E rejWed by'l� me or under my direct personal supervision anGTthaHla*a dui lice r under the lawsc f{he Fite to -an M -<r 1/2 0: {� Sig Crate— Printed re e v r Printed or typed name Bradley C. Hill Iowa license number 19593 My license renewal date is December 31, 2020 Pages or sheets covered by this seal: 033000, 042000, 054000 Discipline: Structural SEALS AND SIGNATURES 00 01 05 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA MARC A. FOSTER 17150 N I hereby certify that this engineering document was prepared by me or under my direct personal supervision and that I am a duly licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Iowa. t,,, 1/21/2020 Signature Date Printed or typed name Marc Foster Iowa license number 17150 My license renewal date is December 31, 2021 Pages or sheets covered by this seal: Div. 22, Div. 23 MARC A. FOSTER 17150 licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Iowa. 1/21/2020 Signature Date Printed or typed name Marc Foster Iowa license number 17150 My license renewal date is December 31, 2021 Pages or sheets covered by this seal: Div. 26, Div. 28 Discipline: Electrical/Technology END OF SECTION SEALS AND SIGNATURES 00 01 05-2 Z ® YO Jr CO Discipline: Mechanical/Plumbing Ut- P 9 --._.._....--�-ca-- - -- ._._._... - ----- --------------- — --- ~¢ E3 iiE 0 o I hereby certify that this engineering document was prepared by o me or under my direct personal supervision and that I am a duly MARC A. FOSTER 17150 licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Iowa. 1/21/2020 Signature Date Printed or typed name Marc Foster Iowa license number 17150 My license renewal date is December 31, 2021 Pages or sheets covered by this seal: Div. 26, Div. 28 Discipline: Electrical/Technology END OF SECTION SEALS AND SIGNATURES 00 01 05-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 0001 05 SEALS AND SIGNATURES 0001 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS 0011 60 NOTICE TO BIDDERS 0011 70 NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING 0021 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 42 10 PROPOSAL 00 43 05 BIDDER STATUS FORM 00 43 10 BID BOND FORM 00 43 25 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM - DURING BIDDING 00 45 10 CONTRACT COMPLIANCE 00 45 20 WAGE THEFT POLICY 00 52 10 AGREEMENT 00 61 10 PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT, AND MAINTENANCE BOND 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS 00 73 00 SUPPLEMANTARY CONDITIONS DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000 SUMMARY 01 20 00 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 013000 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3216 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE ti 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTSCD _n 01 42 16 DEFINITIONS n A 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 3�'::; Z 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES n r 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS �r rn 01 70 00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS D o� C7 017800 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS �� 01 79 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING y c DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS DIVISION 03 — CONCRETE Lai "T RK012IIZS.TTA-161zI 04 20 00 UNIT MASONRY 04 20 01 MASONRY VENEER 04 43 13 STONE MASONRY VENEER DIVISION 05 - METALS 05 40 00 COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS 05 52 13 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 0110 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 0701 55 PATCHING OF EXISTING ROOFING 07 21 00 THERMAL INSULATION 07 25 00 WEATHER BARRIERS 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 16 13 FIBERGLASS DOORS 08 31 00 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 08 44 14 GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE 08 80 00 GLAZING DIVISION 09 - FINISHES 09 05 61 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 0921 16 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09230(.' G,�PSUMPLASTER 093000-- 22 00 10 �1 00- �T�(}��ING �y3pvUSTICAL CEILINGS 66¢ tj5OOD ATHLETIC FLOORING 5 00co c-RtSILIENT FLOORING 7 00" >FCPJID-APPLIED FLOORING 30-6 ND -ABSORBING WALL AND CEILING UNITS 9✓4G113-"y 'iERIORPAINTING 09 9123 o INTERIOR PAINTING N 22 40 00 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10 14 10 MISCELLANEOUS INTERIOR SIGNAGE 10 28 00 TOILET AND SHOWER ACCESSORIES 104400 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING 22 00 10 PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 23 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 07 00 PLUMBING INSULATION 22 11 16 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 13 16 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 40 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES DIVISION 23 - HVAC 23 00 10 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 23 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 13 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 05 19 METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 23 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230548 VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 93 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 07 00 HVAC INSULATION 23 09 00 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM 232113 HYDRONIC PIPING 23 23 00 REFRIGERANT PIPING 2331 13 METAL DUCTS 23 33 00 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 34 16 HVAC FANS 23 37 13 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES 23 62 00 PACKAGED COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER UNITS 23 73 13 INDOOR CENTRAL STATION AIR HANDLING UNITS 23 82 39 UNIT HEATERS DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 26 00 10 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 19 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES 26 28 15 MOTOR AND SERVICE DISCONNECTS 26 29 23 VARIABLE -FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS 26 50 00 LIGHTING o N O DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY D I y 28 00 10 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS r 2831 00 FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) co r� .Mm DRAWINGS - UNDER SEPARATE COVER -M p o G000 DRAWING SHEET INDEX PROVIDED ON G000 COVER SHEET o r TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10 - 3 �o � c wY uj L.)}� e J co N U r <L o N 0 N 0011 60 NOTICE TO BIDDERS ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT Sealed proposals will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, until 3:00 P.M. on the 11th day of March 2020. Sealed proposals will be opened immediately thereafter. Bids submitted by fax machine shall not be deemed a "sealed bid" for purposes of this Project. Proposals received after this deadline will be returned to the bidder unopened. Proposals will be acted upon by the City Council at a meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall at 7:00 P.M. On the 24th day of March, 2020, or at special meeting called for that purpose. There is a recommended pre-bid meeting at the Robert A Lee Recreation Center 220 S. Gilbert St, Iowa City, IA 52240, at 2:30 P.M. on Tuesday, the 271h day of February 2020. The Project will involve the following: The project includes renovations to existing pool deck restrooms, renovations to the existing racquetball court and game room, and renovations to the existing building fire alarm system. All improvements will be compliant with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) regulations. The project is located in the Robert A Lee Recreation Center220 S Gilbert St, Iowa City, IA 52240. All work is to be done in strict compliance with the Project Manual prepared by OPN Architects of Iowa City, IA heretofore been approved by the City Council, and are on file for public examination in the Office of the City Clerk. Each proposal shall be completed on a form furnished by the City and must be submitted in a sealed envelope. In addition, a separate sealed envelope shall be submitted coining a completed Bidder Status Form and a bid security executed by a corporation authozed tontracj� as a surety in the State of Iowa, in the sum of 10% of the bid. The bid securi8all mads ° payable to the TREASURER OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, and shall t ei to t City of Iowa City in the event the successful bidder fails to enter into a contra�inMn (1 calendar days of the City Council's award of the contract and post bond satisf to t�ye C (in the form shown in Section 00 43 10) ensuring the faithful performance oft t nti&t anE) maintenance of said Project, if required, pursuant to the provisions of this notic Sd t@ other contract documents. The City shall retain the bid security furnished by the successful bidder until the approved contract has been executed, the required Performance, Payment, and MaintiFnance Bond (as shown in Section 00 61 10) has been filed by the bidder guaranteeing the performance of the contract, and the contract and security have been approved by the City. The City shall promptly return the checks or bidder's bonds of unsuccessful bidders to the bidders as soon as the successful bidder is determined or within thirty days, whichever is sooner. The successful bidder will be required to fumish a Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price and in the form shown in Section 00 61 10, said bond to be issued by a responsible surety approved by the City, and shall guarantee the prompt payment of all materials and labor, and also protect and save harmless the City from all claims and damages of any kind caused directly or indirectly by the operation of the contract, and shall also guarantee the maintenance of the improvement for a period of one (1) year(s) from and after its completion and formal acceptance by the City Council. Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 11 60 —Page 1 of 2 The following limitations shall apply to this Project: Specified Start Date: April 8, 2020 Substantial Completion: August 18, 2020 Final Completion: September 4, 2020 Liquidated Damages: $240 per day The Project Manual may be examined at the office of the City Clerk. Copies thereof and blank forms may be secured at the office of Technigraphics, a division of Rapids Reproductions located at 415 Highland Ave, Suite 100, Iowa City, Iowa 52240, Phone: (319) 354-5950, Fax: (319) 354- 8973, Toll -Free: (800) 779-0093lowa. A $75 fee is required for each set of the Project Manual provided to bidders or other interested persons. The fee shall be in the form of a check, made payable to City of Iowa City. The fee is refundable if returned within 14 days of award of the project by City Council in re -usable condition. Prospective bidders are advised that the City of Iowa City desires to employ minority contractors and subcontractors on City projects. A listing of minority contractors can be obtained from the Iowa Department of Inspections and Appeals at (515) 281-5796 and the Iowa Department of Transportation Contracts Office at (515) 239-1422. Bidders shall list on the Proposal the names of persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom the bidder intends to subcontract. This list shall include the type of work and approximate subcontract amount(s). The Contractor awarded the contract shall list on the Contract its subcontractors, together with quantities, unit prices and extended dollar amounts. By virtue of statutory authority, preference must be given to products and provisions grown and coal produced within the State of Iowa, and to Iowa domestic labor, to the extent lawfully required under Iowa Statutes. The Iowa reciprocal resident bidder preference law applies to this Project. The City reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, and also reserves the right to waive technicabNes and irregularities. _ a Cyted tion of the City Council of Iowa City, Iowa. W UJ _J>: KELLIE FRUEHLING, CITY CLERK -J N >_ E3 LL. Q ~a O O N -- O N Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 1160 — Page 2 of 2 00 11 70 NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING ON PROJECT MANUAL AND ESTIMATED COST FOR THE ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT IN THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA TO ALL TAXPAYERS OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, AND TO OTHER INTERESTED PERSONS: Public notice is hereby given that the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, will conduct a public hearing on the Project Manual, including the plans, specifications, contract, and estimated cost for the construction of the Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements in said city at 7:00 p.m.on the 18th day of February, 2020, said meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall in the City Hall, 410 East Washington Street in said city, or if said meeting is cancelled, at the next meeting of the City Council thereafter as posted by the City Clerk. The project includes renovations to existing pool deck restrooms, renovations to the existing racquetball court and game room, and renovations to the existing building fire alarm system. All improvements will be compliant with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) regulations. The project is located in the Robert A Lee Recreation Center, 220 S Gilbert St, Iowa City, IA 52240. Said Project Manual and estimated cost are now on file in the office of the City Clerk in the City Hall in Iowa City, Iowa, and may be inspected by any interested persons. Any interested persons may appear at said meeting of the City Council for the purpose of making objections to and comments concerning said Project Manual or the cost of making said improvement. This notice is given by order of the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa and as provided by law. Kellie K. Fruehling, City Clerk Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 11 70 —Page 1 of 1 0 N _ O o C-)-< 1 CO Z o � r r Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 11 70 —Page 1 of 1 FILED 2020 JAR 28 AM 11: 19 CITY CLERK 101NA CITY. IOWA 0021 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements PROJECT ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS 1.1 Bidding documents include the bidding requirements and the contract documents. The bidding requirements include the Advertisement or Invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, other sample bidding and contract forms, and the Contract Forms including addenda issued prior to receipt of bids. 1.2 The contract documents for the work consist of the Owner/Contractor Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General and Supplementary Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications and all addenda issued prior to and all modifications issued after execution of the Contract. 1.3 Definitions set forth in AIA document A201, "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", 2007 edition, or in other Contract Documents are applicable to the bidding documents. A. Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to execution of the Contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by addition, deflection, clarifications or correction. B. A bid is a complete and properly signed proposal to do the work or designated portion thereof for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in accordance with the bidding documents. C. The base bid is the sum stated in the bid for which the Bidder offers to perfRp the work described in the bidding documents as the Base, to which work 15zy be added, or from which work may be deducted for sums stated in altirnge bM. -n D. An alternate bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated in the bid to We Ideo or — deducted from the amount of the base bid if the corresponding chan� P)thECWork, as described in bidding documents, is accepted. r- y (� a E. A unit price is an amount stated in the bid as a price per unit of meanme" for 0 materials or services as described in the bidding documents or i4e corVact documents. F. A bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid. G. A sub -bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a bidder for materials, equipment or labor for a portion of the work. ARTICLE 2 — BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 2.1 The bidder by making a bid represents that the bidder has read and understands the bidding documents, and the bid is made in accordance with those documents. 2.2 The Bidder has read and understands the bidding documents or contract documents, to the extent that such documentation relates to the work for which the bid is submitted. Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 21 10 —Page 1 of 7 2.3 The bidder has visited the site, has become familiar with local conditions under which the work is to be performed, and has correlated the bidder's personal observations with the requirements of the contract documents. 2.4 The bid is based upon the materials, equipment and systems required by the bidding documents without exception. ARTICLE 3 — BIDDING DOCUMENTS 3.1 Copies A. Complete sets of the bidding documents may be obtained from the office of Office of Technigraphics, a division of Rapids Reproductions located at 415 Highland Ave, Suite 100, Iowa City, Iowa 52240, Phone :319-354-5950 Fax:319-354-8973 Toll -Free 800-779-0093 by bona fide bidders, for the deposit sum as indicated. The deposit will be refunded to plan holders who return the bidding documents in good condition within 15 days after receipt of bids. A bidder receiving a contract award may retain the bidding documents, and his deposit will be refunded. Successful sub -bidders, including material suppliers, may retain their bidding documents, and their deposit will be refunded if the Architect receives written notification within the 30 calendar day period following receipt of bids. B. Bidders shall use complete sets of bidding documents in preparing bids. Neither the Owner nor the Architect assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of bidding documents. No partial sets will be issued. M do making copies of the bidding documents available on the above terms, the [] = 9pwner and the Architect do so only for the purpose of obtaining bids for the work, LU wx w—bnd do nor confer license or grant permission for any other use of the bidding J �F co documents. C�b LL t¢copies of the reports and drawings that are not included with the Bidding c�3uocuments may be examined at Engineering Division at City Hall, Iowa City, Iowa N during regular business hours, or may be obtained from the Owner at Owner's N reproduction cost, plus handling charge. These reports and drawings are not part of the contract documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which the bidder may rely as identified and established above, are incorporated therein by reference. 3.2 Interpretation or Correction of Bidding Documents A. The bidder shall carefully study and compare the bidding documents with each other, and with other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction to the extent that it relates to the work for which the bid is being submitted, shall examine the site and local conditions, and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered. B. Bidders and sub -bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the bidding documents shall make a written request which shall reach the Architect at least nine days prior to the date for receipt of bids. Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 21 10 — Page 2 of 7 C. Interpretations, corrections and changes of the bidding documents will be made by addendum. Interpretations, corrections and changes to the bidding documents made in any other manner will not be binding, and bidders shall not rely upon them. 3.3 Substitutions A. The materials, products and equipment described in the bidding documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. Refer to Product Substitution Request Form for substitution requirements. B. If the Architect approves a proposed substitution prior to receipt of bids, such approval will be set forth in an addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. 3.4 Addenda A. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all who are known by the Architect to have a complete set of bidding documents. B. Copies of addenda will be made available for inspection wherever bidding documents are on file for that purpose. C. No addenda will be issued later than four (4) days prior to the date for receipt of bids, except for any one or more of the following reasons: 1. An addendum withdrawing the request for bids. 2. An addendum which includes postponement of the date for receipt of bids. 3. An addendum issued after receipt of bids and prior to execution of the contract. D. Each bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting a bid that he has received all addenda issued, and the bidder shall acknowledge their receipt in th%proper location on the bid form. o o � ARTICLE 4- BIDDING PROCEDURES 00 o -�C-)rn 4.1 Form and Style of Bids -<r-vac A. A separate copy of the bid form is contained within the back coverof °docamnent� B. Fill in all blanks on the bid form by typewriter or manually in ink. C. Where so indicated by the makeup of the bid form, sums shall be expressed in both words and numerals, and in case of discrepancy between the two, the amount written in words will govern. D. Interlineations, alterations or erasures shall be initialed by the signer of the bid. E. All requested alternates shall be bid. If no change in the base bid is required, enter "No Change". F. Where two or more bids for designated portions of the work have been requested, the bidder may, without forfeiture of the bid security, state the bidder's refusal to accept award of less than the combination of bids stipulated by the bidder. The Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 21 10 -Page 3 of 7 bidder shall make no additional stipulation on the bid form, nor qualify the bid in any other manner. G. Each copy of the bid shall include the legal name of the bidder and a statement that the bidder is a sole proprietor, a partnership, a corporation or some other legal entity. Each copy shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the bidder to a contract. A bid by a corporation shall further give the state of incorporation and have the corporate seal affixed. A bid submitted by an agent shall have a current power of attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind the bidder. H. No bid may be withdrawn for a period of 30 calendar days after the date of opening. 4.2 Bid Security A. Each bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the amount of ten percent (10 %) of the base bid and in the form of surety bond pledging that the bidder will enter into a contract with the Owner on the items stated in his bid and will, if requested, furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the contract and the payment of all obligations arising there under. Should the bidder refuse to enter into such contract or fail to furnish such bond if required, the amount of the bid security shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as a penalty. B. Surety bond shall be written on enclosed "Bid Bond" form bound within the project 0` manual and the attorney-in-fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety A. All copies of the bid, the bid security and other documents required to be submitted with the bid shall be enclosed in sealed opaque envelopes. All envelopes shall be addressed to the party receiving the bids ("City Clerk, City of Iowa City"), and shall be identified with the project name, the bidder's name and address, and the envelope's contents. If the bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelopes shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face of that envelope. B. Submittals include two separate sealed envelopes: Envelope 1: Bid Security and Bidder Status Form Envelope 2: Proposal C. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of bids. Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 21 10 — Page 4 of 7 Oall affix to the bond a certified and current copy of power of attorney. w %e Owner will have the right to retain the bid security of bidders to whom an award W -J�being considered until either: JN >--q? The contract has been executed and bonds have been furnished. ~� � The specified time has elapsed so that the bids may be withdrawn. o o O T All bids have been rejected. 4.3 Bidder Status Form A. Bidder Status form shall be submitted with the bid, in a separate envelope. 4.4 Submission of Bids A. All copies of the bid, the bid security and other documents required to be submitted with the bid shall be enclosed in sealed opaque envelopes. All envelopes shall be addressed to the party receiving the bids ("City Clerk, City of Iowa City"), and shall be identified with the project name, the bidder's name and address, and the envelope's contents. If the bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelopes shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face of that envelope. B. Submittals include two separate sealed envelopes: Envelope 1: Bid Security and Bidder Status Form Envelope 2: Proposal C. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of bids. Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 21 10 — Page 4 of 7 Location: Office of City Clerk, City Hall 410 East Washington Street Iowa City, Iowa 52240 2. Time and Date BEFORE: 3:00 p.m. on Wednesday, March 11, 2020. D. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of bids will be returned unopened. E. The bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of bids. F. Oral, telephonic, or telegraphic bids are invalid and will not receive consideration. 4.5 Modification or Withdrawal of Bid A. A bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled the bidder after the stipulated time and date designated for the receipt of bids, and each bidder so agrees in submitting its bid. B. Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of bids, a bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by notice to the party receiving bids at the place designated for receipt of bids. Such notice shall be in writing, signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the bidder to a contract. If written notice is electronic, written confirmation from the person or persons legally authorized to bind the bidder to a contract shall also be mailed and postmarked on or before the date and time set for receipt of bids, and it shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original bid. C. Withdrawn bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. o D. Bid security shall be in an amount sufficient for the bid as modified `or resugitted_ ti ARTICLE 5 - CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 5.1 Opening of Bids �r xa 7 A. The properly identified bids received on time will be opened pubVrandcyill b� read aloud. v c - r 5.2 Rejection of Bids A. The Owner will have the right to reject any or all bids, and to reject a bid not accompanied by the required bid security or by another data required by the bidding documents, or to reject a bid which is in any way incomplete or irregular. 5.3 Acceptance of Bid (Award) A. It is the intent of the Owner to award a contract to the lowest responsive responsible bidder provided the bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the bidding documents, and does not exceed the funds available. The Owner will have the right to waive informalities or irregularities in a bid received, and to accept the bid which, in his judgment, is in his own best interest. Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 21 10 — Page 5 of 7 B. The Owner will have the right to accept bid alternates in any order or combination, and to determine the low bidder on the basis of the sum of the base bid and the accepted alternates. ARTICLE 6 — POST -BID INFORMATION 6.1 Submittals A. The names of those persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom the bidder intends to enter into a major subcontract, together with the type of subcontracted work and approximate dollar amount of the subcontract will be submitted within 24 hours of bid opening by the apparent lowest responsive, responsible bidder. B. The bidder shall, within seven (7) days of notification of selection for the award of a contract for the work, submit the following information to the Architect: 1. A designation of the work to be performed by the bidder with the bidder's own forces. 2. The proprietary names and the suppliers or principal items or system of materials and equipment proposed for the project. C. The bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Architect and the Owner the reliability and responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to furnish and perform the work described in the bidding documents. 7.1 Bond Requirements A. The bidder shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of contract and the payment of all obligations arising there under. Bonds may be secured through the bidder's usual sources. The cost of furnishing such bonds shall be included in the bid. B. If the Owner requires that bonds be obtained from other than the bidder's usual source, all change in cost will be adjusted as provided in contract documents. 7.2 The Time of Delivery and Form of Bonds A. The bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three (3) days following the date of execution of the contract. If the work is to be Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 21 10 —Page 6 of 7 D. Prior to the award of the contract, the Architect will notify the bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to o, any such proposed person or entity. If the Owner or the Architect has reasonable o ' ction to such proposed person or entity, the bidder may, at the bidder's option: �} Withdraw the bid. W = � Submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment in the ,..j 00 N Ut bid price to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution. �. i� V t1te Owner may accept the adjusted bid price or may disqualify the bidder. In the c' --gent of either withdrawal or disqualification, bid security will not be forfeited. N NO ARTICLE 7 — PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR & MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND 7.1 Bond Requirements A. The bidder shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of contract and the payment of all obligations arising there under. Bonds may be secured through the bidder's usual sources. The cost of furnishing such bonds shall be included in the bid. B. If the Owner requires that bonds be obtained from other than the bidder's usual source, all change in cost will be adjusted as provided in contract documents. 7.2 The Time of Delivery and Form of Bonds A. The bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three (3) days following the date of execution of the contract. If the work is to be Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 21 10 —Page 6 of 7 commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the bidder shall, prior to commencement of the work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be fumished and delivered. B. The bonds shall be written on the "Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bond" form bound within the project manual, or a copy thereof. Both bonds shall be written in the amount of the contract sum. C. The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of the contract. D. The bidder shall require the attorney-in-fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix a current and certified copy of power of attorney. ARTICLE 8— PRE-BID CONFERENCE 8.1 Conference A. There is a recommended pre-bid meeting. This will start at 2:30 PM. local time on Thursday, February 27, 2020, at the Robert A Lee Recreation Center, 220 S Gilbert St, Iowa City, IA 52240 B. Metered Parking is available in the parking lot on the east side of the building. Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 21 10 — Page 7 of 7 N O N O Co rn �rn � a� 5 r Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 21 10 — Page 7 of 7 FILED 2020 JAN 28 AM 11: 19 CITY CLERK IOYJA CITY. IOWA 00 42 10 PROPOSAL ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT CITY OF IOWA CITY BIDDERS PLEASE NOTE: 1. PLEASE DO NOT USE THE FORM OF PROPOSAL INCLUDED IN THE BOUND VOLUME OF THE PROJECT MANUAL. SEPARATE COPIES OF THIS PROPOSAL ARE CONTAINED WITHIN THE BACK COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. Name of Bidder: Address of Bidder: BIDS RECEIVED BEFORE: 3:00 PM local time on March 11, 2020 TO: City Clerk City of Iowa City City Hall 410 East Washington Street Iowa City, Iowa 52240 In response to your request for bids, and in compliance with the Procurement and Contracting Requirements, the undersigned proposes to furnish all labor, materials and equipgpnt, all supervision, coordination, and all related incidentals necessary to perform the `Ark to Wmplete ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IPReJERT strict"i accordance with the Project Manual and the Drawings dated January 21, 2020, inbh ng A%denda - numbered and , inclusive, prepared by OPN Architects andqb$o allgvork PT' the prices set forth herein. m s� We further propose to do all "Extra Work" which may be required to complete the v cordgmpl ed, at unit prices or lump sums to be agreed upon in writing prior to starting such Vrk. BASE BID: Dollars ($ ) The names of those persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom we intend to enter into a major subcontract, together with the type of subcontracted work and approximate dollar amount of the subcontract will be submitted within 24 hours of bid opening by the apparent lowest responsive, responsible bidder. Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 42 10 - Page 1 of 2 NOTE: All subcontractors are subject to approval by City. The undersigned bidder certifies that this proposal is made in good faith, and without collusion or connection with any other person or persons bidding on the work. The undersigned bidder states that this proposal is made in conformity with the Contract Documents and agrees that, in the event of any discrepancies or differences between any conditions of this proposal and the Contract Documents prepared by the City of Iowa City, the more specific shall prevail. In submitting this Proposal, the undersigned agrees that the Bid will not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) consecutive calendar days following the date of the Bid Opening. Further, that if a Notice to Proceed or a prepared Agreement provided by the Owner is received at the business address identified below within the thirty (30) day period, the undersigned will, within ten (10) days of receipt, acknowledge acceptance of the contract award. The undersigned will then execute and deliver to the Owner address the Agreement, the Procurement, Labor and Material Payment Bonds, and the certificates of insurance, and will proceed in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents for this project, and have the Project at Substantial Completion on or before July 17, 2020, and Final Completion of July 31, 2020. Firm: Signature: _ Printed Name Title: Address: Phone: Contact: Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 42 10 — Page 2 of 2 Cn co U F- N >- U a , s.Le 2 -�j I—Q U`S p N 0 O - N Firm: Signature: _ Printed Name Title: Address: Phone: Contact: Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 42 10 — Page 2 of 2 00 43 05 BIDDER STATUS FORM All bidders must submit the following completed form to the governmental body requesting bids per 875 Iowa Administrative Code Chapter 156. To be completed by all bidders Part A ❑ Yes ❑ No My company is authorized to transact business in Iowa. (To help you determine ijyour company is authorized, please review the Worksheet-. Authorization to Transact Business). ❑ Yes ❑ No My company has an office to transact business in Iowa. ❑ Yes ❑ No My company's office in Iowa is suitable for more than receiving mail, telephone calls, and e-mail. ❑ Yes ❑ No My company has been conducting business in Iowa for at least 3 years prior to the first request for bids on this project. ❑ Yes ❑ No My company is not a subsidiary of another business entity or my company is a subsidiary of another business entity that would qualify as a resident bidder in Iowa. If you answered "Yes" for each question above, your company qualifies as a resident bidder. Please complete Parts B and D of this form. If you answered "No" to one or more questions above, your company is a non-resident bidder. Please complete Parts C and D of this form. To be completed by resident bidders Part B Dates: to Address: (mm/dd/yyyy) City, State, Zip Code: Dates: to Address: (mm/ddlyyyy) City, State, Zip Code: Dates: to Address: N (mm/dd/y W) City, State, Zip Code: You may attach additional sheet(s) if needed. n To be completed by non-resident bidders .,1 ,�, r -Part C 1. Name of home state or foreign country reported to the Iowa Secretary of State: -1n o � a 2. Does your company's home state or foreign country offer preference to bidders who are residents? ❑ YesF O No 3. If you answered "Yes" to question 2, identify each reference offered b r y q fy p y your company's home stale or foreign country and the appropriate legal citation. You may attach additional sheet(s) ifneeded. To be completed by all bidders Part D I certify that the statements made on this document are true and complete to the best of my knowledge and I know that my failure to provide accurate and truthful information may be a reason to reject my bid. Firm Name: Signature: Date: Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 43 05 — Page 1 of 2 WORKSHEET: AUTHORIZATION TO TRANSACT BUSINESS This worksheet may be used to help complete Part A of the Resident Bidder Status form. If at least one of the following describes your business, you are authorized to transact business in Iowa. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is currently registered as a contractor with the Iowa Division of Labor. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a sole proprietorship and I am an Iowa resident for Iowa income tax purposes. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a general partnership or joint venture. More than 50 percent of the general partners or joint venture parties are residents of Iowa for Iowa income tax purposes. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is an active corporation with the Iowa Secretary of State and has paid all fees required by the Secretary of State, has filed its most recent biennial report, and has not filed articles of dissolution. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a corporation whose articles of incorporation are filed in a state other than Iowa, the corporation has received a certificate of authority from the Iowa Secretary of State, has filed its most recent biennial report with the Secretary of State, and has neither received a certificate of withdrawal from the Secretary of state nor had its authority revoked. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in this state and the statement has not been canceled. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in a state other than Iowa, has filed a statement of foreign qualification in Iowa and a statement of cancellation has not been filed.cn _ Q ❑633[3�Jo business is a limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership which has filed a cr rf ate lin partnership in this state, and has not filed a statement of termination. J U F- C�s &off business is a limited partnership or a limited liability limited partnership whose certificate of Ii a padger ftEndin, filed in a state other than Iowa, the limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership h ceivl IyLvtion from the Iowa Secretary of state that the application for certificate of authority has been approvedd no -notice of cancellation has been filed by the limited partnership or the limited liability limited partnershv. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in Iowa and has not filed a statement of termination. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in a state other than Iowa, has received a certificate of authority to transact business in Iowa and the certificate has not been revoked or canceled. Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 43 05 — Page 2 of 2 0043 10 BID BOND FORM ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT CITY OF IOWA CITY , as Principal, and as Surety declare that we are held and are firmly bound unto the City of Iowa City, Iowa, hereinafter called "OWNER," in the amount of to pay said sum as herein provided. We as Principal and Surety further promise and declare that these obligations shall bind our heirs, executors, administrators, and successors jointly and severally. This obligation is conditioned on the Principal submission of the accompanying bid, dated for Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project. NOW, THEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or in the alternate, (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the form specified, and the Principal shall then furnish a security for the Principal's faithful performance of said Project, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the Project, as agreed to by the City's acceptance of said Bid, r, N then this obligation shall be void. Otherwise this obligation shall remain in full fCme anect,,—n provided that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no vs t, *eed- the amount of the obligation stated herein. cam-/ r �n By virtue of statutory authority, the full amount of this bid security shall be fort d the rn Owner in the event that the Principal fails to execute the contract and provide they rif�as CD provided in the Project Manual or as required by law. r The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its security shall in no way be impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Owner may accept such Bid or may execute such contract documents, and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such time extension. The Principal and the Surety hereto execute this bid security this Of , A.D., 20 Witness By: L - Principal Surety _ day (Seal) (Title) (Seal) Witness (Attorney-in-fact) Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 43 10- Page 1 of 2 Attach Power -of -Attorney, if applicable Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 43 10 — Page 2 of 2 co y_ +-�. uJ Q w� Ji - Co U 1- ..�,,., N 2 � N � O N Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 43 10 — Page 2 of 2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 00 43 25 - SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM - DURING BIDDING N O N _ CD n O � C -)co N m o y o r SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM - DURING BIDDING 0043 25-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY. IOWA Project: Bid Date: PROJECT NO. 18404000 We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the above project: Drawings/Specifications: Drawing Name/Number: _ Spec Section/Name: Paragraph: Specified Item: Proposed Substitution: _ Attach complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. Failure to fully complete this form is basis to not accept this Substitution Request. Submit, with request, all necessary samples and substantiating data to prove equal quality and performance to that which is specified. Clearly mark manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance. CERTIFICATION OF EQUAL PERFORMANCE AND ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITY FOR EQUAL PERFORMANCE The.undersigned states that the function, appearance, and quality are equivalent or superior to the Q spec fied��l. SUBMITIE6 BY: J CO U 1- SIOA TITLE: U— FI- J Z N A&RESS: TELEPHONE: E-MAIL: DATE: Signature shall be by person having authority to leagally bind firm to the above items. Failure to provide binding signature will result in retraction of approval. For Use by Owner's Representative or Owner: O Accepted O Accepted as Noted O Not Accepted O Received Too Late Date: SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM - DURING BIDDING 004325-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA Fill in Blanks Below (All items must be completed): A. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? Yes No If yes, clearly indicated changes: (ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEETS IF REQUIRED) END OF SECTION SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM - DURING BIDDING 004325-3 B. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? Yes No If no, fully explain: C. What effect does substitution have on other Contracts or other trades? D. What effect does substitution have on construction schedule. E. Manufacturers warranties of the proposed and specified items are: Same Different (Explain on Attachment) F. Reason for Substitution Request: 0 en r G. Itemized comparison of specified item(s) with the proposed substitution. List significant variations: m 1 , T 1 (� T H. Accurate cost data comparing proposed substitution with product specified. I. Designation of maintenance services and sources: (ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEETS IF REQUIRED) END OF SECTION SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM - DURING BIDDING 004325-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM - DURING BIDDING 004325-4 co ® _ 4 wO Wco o N 4 N SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM - DURING BIDDING 004325-4 00 45 10 CONTRACT COMPLIANCE SECTION I - GENERAL POLICY STATEMENT It is the policy of the City of Iowa City to require equal employment opportunity in all City contract work. This policy prohibits discrimination by the City's contractors, consultants and vendors and requires them to ensure that applicants seeking employment with them and their employees are treated equally without regard to race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex, gender identity, sexual orientation, disability, marital status, and age. It is the City's intention to assist employers, who are City contractors, vendors or consultants, in designing and implementing equal employment opportunity so that all citizens will be afforded equal accessibility and opportunity to gain and maintain employment. PROVISIONS: All contractors, vendors, and consultants requesting to do business with the City must submit an Equal Opportunity Policy Statement before the execution of the contract. 2. All City contractors, vendors, and consultants with contracts of $25,000 or more (or less if required by another governmental agency) must abide by the requirements of the City's Contract Compliance Program. Emergency contracts may be exempt from this provision at the discretion of the City. Regardless of the value of the contract, all contractors, vendors, and consultants are subject to the City's Human Rights Ordinance, which is codified at Article 2 of the City Code. 3. Contracting departments are responsible for assuring that City contractorlg�vendanM consultants are made aware of the City's Contract Compliance Pr r*rting— responsibilities and receive the appropriate reporting forms. A n i tiora oft" requirements will be included in any request for proposal and notice of bids::�n Co rn 4. Prior to execution of the contract, the completed and signed �an of Compliance (located on pages CC -2 and CC -3) or other required materfa�lnu be received and approved by the City. r 5. Contracting departments are responsible for answering questions about contractor, consultant and vendor compliance during the course of the contract with the City. 6. All contractors, vendors, and consultants must refrain from the use of any signs or designations which are sexist in nature, such as those which state "Men Working" or "Flagman Ahead," and instead use gender neutral signs. All contractors, vendors, and consultants must assure that their subcontractors abide by the City's Human Rights Ordinance. The City's protected classes are listed at Iowa City City Code section 2-3-1. Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 45 10 — Page 1 of 6 SECTION II -ASSURANCE OF COMPLIANCE The following sets forth the minimum requirements of a satisfactory Equal Employment Opportunity Program which will be reviewed for acceptability. PLEASE RETURN PAGES 2 THROUGH 3 OF THIS SECTION TO THE CONTRACTING DEPARTMENT PRIOR TO THE EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT. With respect to the performance of this contract, the contractor, consultant or vendor agrees as follows: (For the purposes of these minimum requirements, "contractor" shall include consultants and vendors.) The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment and will take affirmative efforts to ensure applicants and employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability, marital status, and age. Such efforts shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, promotion, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. 2. The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that it is an equal opportunity employer. Note: 5intracts that are federally funded are subject to Executive Order No. 11246, as emend# and the regulations (see generally 29 U.S.C. § 1608 at seq.) and relevant ® Pde�_the U.S. Secretary of Labor. The Secretary of Labor, and not the City, UJ "ehfokJss.said regulations and orders. } pp UF- �+ �Aro�ticopy of your written Equal Employment Opportunity policy statement. < this statement posted? N -- O N 4. What is the name, telephone number and address of your business' Equal Employment Opportunity Officer? (Please print) Phone Number Street Address City, State, Zip Code Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 45 10 — Page 2 of 6 5. I The undersigned agrees to display, in conspicuous places at the work site, all posters required by federal and state law for the duration of the contract. NOTE: The City can provide assistance in obtaining the necessary posters. How does your business currently inform applicants, employees, and recruitment sources (including unions) that you are an Equal Employment Opportunity employer? The above responses are true and correctly reflect our Equal Employment Opportunity policies. Business Name Signature Print Name Phone Number Title a Date o : !P is Z T or.n a � Sr r - Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 45 10 — Page 3 of 6 SECTION III - SUGGESTED STEPS TO ASSURE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES COMPANY POLICY Determine your company's policy regarding equal employment opportunities. Document the policy and post it in a conspicuous place so that it is known to all your employees. Furthermore, disseminate the policy to all potential sources of employees and to your subcontractors asking their cooperation. The policy statement should recognize and accept your responsibility to provide equal employment opportunity in all your employment practices. In regard to dissemination of this policy, this can be done, for example, through the use of letters to all recruitment sources and subcontractors, personal contacts, employee meetings, web page postings, employee handbooks, and advertising. 2. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY OFFICER Designate an equal employment opportunity officer or, at minimum, assign someone the responsibility of administering and promoting your company's Equal Employment Opportunity program. This person should have a position in your organization which emphasizes the importance of the program. 3. INSTRUCT STAFF Your staff should be aware of and be required to abide by your Equal Employment Opportunity program. All employees authorized to hire, supervise, promote, or discharge employees or are involved in such actions should be trained and required to comply with your policy and the current equal employment opportunity laws. 00 4. RECRUIIIENT ® (af 4&potential employees know you are an equal opportunity employer. This s F90 be done by identifying yourself on all recruitment advertising as "an equal W Q opportunity employer". (l 'POM recruitment sources that are likely to yield diverse applicant pools. >-u Word-of-mouth recruitment will only perpetuate the current composition of I workforce. Send recruitment sources a letter annually which reaffirms o yqw commitment to equal employment opportunity and requests their assistance in helping you reach diverse applicant pools. (c) Analyze and review your company's recruitment procedures to identify and eliminate discriminatory barriers. (d) Select and train persons involved in the employment process to use objective standards and to support equal employment opportunity goals. (e) Review periodically job descriptions to make sure they accurately reflect major job functions. Review education and experience requirements to make sure they accurately reflect the requirements for successful job performance. (f) Review the job application to insure that only job related questions are asked. Ask yourself "Is this information necessary to judge an applicant's ability to perform the job applied for?" Only use job-related tests which do not adversely affect any particular group of people. (g) Monitor interviews carefully. Prepare interview questions in advance to assure that they are only job related. Train your interviewers on discrimination laws. Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 45 10 — Page 4 of 6 Biased and subjective judgments in personal interviews can be a major source of discrimination. (h) Improve hiring and selection procedures and use non -biased promotion, transfer and training policies to increase and/or improve the diversity of your workforce representation. Companies must make sure procedures for selecting candidates for promotion, transfer and training are based upon a fair assessment of an employee's ability and work record. Furthermore, all companies should post and otherwise publicize all job promotional opportunities and encourage all qualified employees to bid on them. For your information is a copy of Section 2 — 3 — 1 of the Iowa City Code of Ordinances which prohibits certain discriminatory practices in employment can be found at: hfto://www.sterlinocodifiers.com/codebook/index.php?book id=953. Please note that the protected characteristics include some not mandated for protection by Federal or State law. As a contractor, consultant or vendor doing business with the City of Iowa City you are required to abide by the provisions of the local ordinance in conjunction with your performance under a contract with the City. Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 45 10 — Page 5 of 6 N O N O C-)� _�� fir— 00 m o70 o Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 45 10 — Page 5 of 6 SAMPLE: EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY POLICY To all employees of This Company and its employees shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment based on his or her age, color, creed, disability, national origin, gender identity, marital status, race, religion, sex, or sexual orientation. The anti -discrimination policy extends to decisions involving hiring, promotion, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. Further, this Company and its employees will provide a working environment free from such discrimination. All employees are encouraged to refer minority and women applicants and applicants with disabilities for employment. The Equal Employment Opportunity Officer for the is: Name: Address: �OThi SAMPLE ONLY. You may wish to confer with your EEO officer or legal coun to formulate a policy which specifically meets the needs of your company. ev Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 45 10 — Page 6 of 6 00 UJ a= CD LLJ J 00 C-) Telephone: J)� ,..� N >— r.3 t = '-' a �OThi SAMPLE ONLY. You may wish to confer with your EEO officer or legal coun to formulate a policy which specifically meets the needs of your company. ev Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 45 10 — Page 6 of 6 00 45 20 WAGE THEFT POLICY It is the policy of the City of Iowa City, as expressed by City Council Resolution No. 15-364 adopted on November 10, 2015, not to enter into certain contracts with, or provide discretionary economic development assistance to, any person or entity (including an owner of more than 25% of the entity) who has admitted guilt or liability or been adjudicated guilty or liable in any judicial or administrative proceeding of committing a repeated or willful violation of the Iowa Wage Payment Collection law, the Iowa Minimum Wage Act, the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or any comparable state statute or local ordinance, which governs the payment of wages, for a period of five (5) years from the date of the last conviction, entry of plea, administrative finding or admission of guilt. (hereinafter "Wage Theft Policy") Application. The Wage Theft Policy applies to the following: a. Contracts in excess of $25,000 for goods, services or public improvements. b. Contracts for discretionary economic development assistance. "Discretionary" economic development assistance shall mean any economic development assistance provided by the City of Iowa City that is not required by law. It. Exceptions. The Wage Theft Policy does not apply to emergency purchases of goods and services, emergency construction or public improvement work, sole source contracts excepted by the City's purchasing manual, cooperative/piggyback purchasing or contracts with other governmental entities. III. Affidavit. The contracting entity must complete the attached affidavit showing compliance with the Wage Theft Policy and provide it to the Contracting Department prior to the execution of the contract. o Contract provision: Any contract to which this policy is applicable will include the Ognincjontract provision: If the City becomes aware that a person or entity (including an ow9gr-.qf npore the --`- 25% of the entity) has admitted guilt or liability or been adjudicated guilty or Iiabreedn arf1judicFaI or administrative proceeding of committing a repeated or willful violation ofIAFIoveaWaol Payment Collection law, the Iowa Minimum Wage Act, the Federal Fair Labor ffWarda Act any comparable state statute or local ordinance, which governs the payment of,es, Rhin the five (5) year period prior to the award or at any time after the award, such violatioshall egnstitute a default under the contract. IV. Waivers. If a person or entity is ineligible to contract with the City as a result of the Wage Theft Policy it may submit a request in writing indicating that one or more of the following actions have been taken: a. There has been a bona fide change in ownership or control of the ineligible person or entity; b. Disciplinary action has been taken against the individual(s) responsible for the acts giving rise to the violation(s); C. Remedial action has been taken to prevent a recurrence of the acts giving rise to the disqualification or default; or d. Other factors that the person or entity believes are relevant. Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 45 20 — Page 1 of 3 The City Manager or Designee shall review the documentation submitted, make any inquiries deemed necessary, request additional documentation if warranted and determine whether a reduction in the ineligibility period or waiver is warranted. Should the City Manager of Designee determine that a reduction or waiver of the ineligibility period is warranted the City Manager or Designee shall make such recommendation to the City Council. The City Council will make a final decision as to whether to grant a reduction or waiver. Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 45 20 — Page 2 of 3 m - ct © CR o Ui -r ,_,j N U �- r � 'Q � U� o N N O — Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 45 20 — Page 2 of 3 STATE OF WAGE THEFT AFFIDAVIT COUNTY ss: upon being duly swom, state as follows: 1. 1 am the [position] of ['contracting entity"] and have the authority to execute this affidavit on behalf of said contracting entity and any person or entity with an ownership interest in said contracting entity of more than 25%. Neither [contracting entity] nor any person or entity with an ownership interest of more than 25% of said contracting entity has been adjudicated guilty or liable in any judicial or administrative proceeding of committing a repeated or willful violation of the Iowa Wage Payment Collection law, the Iowa Minimum Wage Act, the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or any comparable state statute or local ordinance, which governs the payment of wages in the last 5 years. This record was acknowledged before me on by as of (name of party on behalf of whom the record was executed) Signature Notary Public in and for the State of Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 45 20 — Page 3 of 3 N 0 N CD 1C) O L 71 5. Signature :i:>::1= --� ,-< w r- rn Nate)M o� (name of individual) r (type of authority, such as officer or trustee) (name of party on behalf of whom the record was executed) Signature Notary Public in and for the State of Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 45 20 — Page 3 of 3 FILED 2020 JAN 28 AM 11: 18 CITY CLERK IOWA CITY. IOWA 00 52 10 AGREEMENT ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT CITY OF IOWA CITY THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into by and between the City of Iowa City, Iowa ("City"), and ("Contractor"). WHEREAS the City has prepared certain Contract Documents dated the 21st day of January 2020, for the Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements ("Project"), and WHEREAS, the City publicly solicited bids for construction of said Project; and WHEREAS, Contractor submitted a bid on the Project described in said Project Manual; and WHEREAS, the parties hereto now wish to enter into this agreement for the construction of said Project. NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED: 1. The Contractor hereby agrees to perform the Project for the sums list in its Proposal including the total extended amount of $ o rT which sums are incorporated herein by this reference. y .� N 2. This Agreement consists of the Contract Documents, as defined in ec�n 0 72 00 General Conditions, 1.1.1, and the following additional cc nartsrn which are incorporated herein by reference: � �Q o� o a. Contractor's Completed Bidder Status Form; pursuant to Seoon 00.9 05 attached hereto; and b. Contractor's Completed Contract Compliance Program (Anti - Discrimination Requirements) Assurance, if applicable, pursuant to Section 00 45 10, attached hereto; and C. Contractor's Completed Wage Theft Affidavit, if applicable, pursuant to Section 00 45 20, attached hereto. The above components are deemed complementary and what is called for by one shall be as binding as if called for by all. Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 52 10 — Page 1 of 2 3. The names of subcontractors acknowledged by City, together with quantities, unit prices, and extended dollar amounts, are as follows (or shown on an attachment): NAME QUANTITY I UNIT PRICE TOTAL AMOUNT DATED this day of 20 (The City of Iowa City will date this Contract after all signatures are obtained) City Contractor By: co Signature of City Official Signature of Contractor Officer �� _ � Q Q Y _ crO Pri co —J ame of City Official _ N>- U o N-- O O N ATTEST: By: City Clerk (for Formal Projects only) APPROVED BY: City Attorney's Office Printed Name of Contractor Officer Title of Contractor Officer ATTEST: By: (Company Official) Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 52 10 — Page 2 of 2 00 61 10 PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT, AND MAINTENANCE BOND ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT CITY OF IOWA CITY KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, as Principal (hereinafter the "Contractor" or "Principal") and as Surety are held and firmly bound unto City of Iowa City, Iowa, as Obligee (hereinafter referred to as "the Jurisdiction"), and to all persons who may be injured by any breach of any of the conditions of this Bond in the penal sum of dollars ($ ), lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, legal representatives and assigns, jointly or severally, firmly by these presents. The conditions of the above obligations are such that whereas said Contractor entered into a contract with the Jurisdiction, bearing date the day of ti (hereinafter the "Contract") wherein said Contractor undertakes and agF#�es to construct the following described improvements: o A 71 Replacement of the original 1986 Pool metal halide ceiling light fixtures with higlcefIlciegLEDr light fixtures in the Mercer Aquatic Center Natatorium.rn m 3 To faithfully perform all the terms and requirements of said Contract within the*thein 0 specified, in a good and workmanlike manner, and in accordance with the Contrac cumgp s. r It is expressly understood and agreed by the Contractor and Surety in this bond that the following provisions are a part of this Bond and are binding upon said Contractor and Surety, to -wit: PERFORMANCE: The Contractor shall well and faithfully observe, perform, fulfill, and abide by each and every covenant, condition, and part of said Contract, by reference made a part hereof, for the above referenced improvements, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Jurisdiction from all outlay and expense incurred by the Jurisdiction by reason of the Contractor's default of failure to perform as required. The Contractor shall also be responsible for the default or failure to perform as required under the Contract and Contract Documents by all its subcontractors, suppliers, agents, or employees furnishing materials or providing labor in the performance of the Contract. PAYMENT: The Contractor and the Surety on this Bond hereby agreed to pay all just claims submitted by persons, firms, subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the performance of the Contract on account of which this Bond is given, including but not limited to claims for all amounts due for labor, materials, lubricants, oil, gasoline, repairs on machinery, equipment, and tools, consumed or used by the Contractor or any subcontractor, wherein the same are not satisfied out of the Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 61 10 — Page 1 of 5 portion of the contract price the Jurisdiction is required to retain until completion of the improvement, but the Contractor and Surety shall not be liable to said persons, firms, or corporations unless the claims of said claimants against said portion of the contract price shall have been established as provided by law. The Contractor and Surety hereby bind themselves to the obligations and conditions set forth in Chapter 573 of the Iowa Code, which by this reference is made a part hereof as though fully set out herein. 3. MAINTENANCE: The Contractor and the Surety on this Bond hereby agree, at their own expense: A. To remedy any and all defects that may develop in or result from work to be performed under the Contract within the period of One year(s) (1) from the date of acceptance of the work under the Contract, by reason of defects in workmanship or materials used in construction of said work; B. To keep all work in continuous good repair; and C. To pay the Jurisdiction's reasonable costs of monitoring and inspection to assure that any defects are remedied, and to repay the Jurisdiction all outlay and expense incurred as a result of Contractor's and Surety's failure to remedy any defect as required by this section. 4. GENERAL: Every Surety on this Bond shall be deemed and held bound, any contract to the contrary notwithstanding, to the following provisions: A. To consent without notice to any extension of time to the Contractor in which to perform the Contract; To consent without notice to any change in the Contract or Contract Documents, Q _ Y_hich thereby increases the total contract price and the penal sum of this bond, = Luovided that all such changes do not, in the aggregate, involve an increase of (,UJ Q J more than 20% of the total contract price, and that this bond shall then be released J co ceras to such excess increase; and c'g. >-C6o consent without notice that this Bond shall remain in full force and effect until )� -1� "`-me Contract is completed, whether completed within the specified contract period, 0 �4ithin an extension thereof, or within a period of time after the contract period has o -elapsed and the liquidated damage penalty is being charged against the Contractor. D. That no provision of this Bond or of any other contract shall be valid that limits to less that five years after the acceptance of the work under the Contract the right to sue on this Bond. E. That as used herein, the phrase "all outlay and expense" is not to be limited in any way, but shall include the actual and reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Jurisdiction including interest, benefits, and overhead where applicable. Accordingly, "all outlay and expense" would include but not be limited to all contract or employee expense, all equipment usage or rental, materials, testing, outside experts, attorneys fees (including overhead expenses of the Jurisdiction's staff attorneys), and all costs and expenses of litigation as they are incurred by the Jurisdiction. It is intended the Contractor and Surety will defend and indemnify the Jurisdiction on all claims made against the Jurisdiction on account of Contractor's failure to perform as required in the Contract and Contract Documents, that all agreements and promises set forth in the Contract and Contract Documents, in approved change orders, and in this Bond will be fulfilled, and that the Jurisdiction will be fully indemnified so that it will be put into the position it would have been in had the Contract been performed in the first instance as required. Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 61 10 — Page 2 of 5 Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 61 10 — Page 3 of 5 N O N Q O �� m a. rn � s Q tto r Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 61 10 — Page 3 of 5 In the event the Jurisdiction incurs any "outlay and expense" in defending itself against any claim as to which the Contractor or Surety should have provided the defense, or in the enforcement of the promises given by the Contractor in the Contract, Contract Documents, or approved change orders, or in the enforcement of the promises given by the Contractor and Surety in this Bond, the Contractor and Surety agree that they will make the Jurisdiction whole for all such outlay and expense, provided that the Surety's obligation under this bond shall not exceed 125% of the penal sum of this bond. In the event that any actions or proceedings are initiated regarding this Bond, the parties agree that the venue thereof shall be Johnson County, State of Iowa. If legal action is required by the Jurisdiction to enforce the provisions of this Bond or to collect the monetary obligation incurring to the benefit of the Jurisdiction, the Contractor and the Surety agree, jointly, and severally, to pay the Jurisdiction all outlay and expense incurred therefor by the Jurisdiction. All rights, powers, and remedies of the Jurisdiction hereunder shall be cumulative and not alternative and shall be in addition to all rights, powers, and remedies given to the Jurisdiction, by law. The Jurisdiction may proceed against surety for any amount guaranteed hereunder whether action is brought against the Contractor or whether Contractor is joined in any such action(s) or not. NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if said Principal shall faithfully perform all the promises of the Principal, as set forth and provided in the Contract and in this Bond, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. Zen ark, term, or phrase is used in this Bond, it shall be interpreted or construed first Q a deft 9vin this Bond and the Contract; second, if not defined in the Bond or Contract, it Flail Fz"terpreted or construed as defined in applicable provisions of the Iowa Code; UJ tifird,W,got defined in the Iowa Code, it shall be interpreted or construed according to its ggnerAhl accepted meaning in the construction industry; and fourth, if it has no generally 9&eLW meaning in the construction industry, it shall be interpreted or construed U_ *co4ig to its common or customary usage. o O Failure to specify or particularize shall not exclude terms or provisions not mentioned and gall not limit liability hereunder. The Contract is hereby made a part of this Bond. Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 61 10 — Page 4 of 5 PRINCIPAL: SURETY: Printed Name of Contractor Officer Surety Company Name By By Signature of Contractor Officer Signature of Attorney -in -Fact Officer Title of Contractor Officer Printed Name of Attorney -in -Fact Officer Company Name of Attorney -in -Fact Company Address of Attorney -in -Fact City, State, Zip Code of Attorney -in -Fact Telephone Number of Attorney -in -Fact N d IJ NOTE: 1. All signatures on this performance, payment, and maintenance `t"1"� rrWt bT".- original signatures in ink; copies, facsimile, or electronic signatur(Amill %t be _ accepted. f t 2. This bond must be sealed with the Surety's raised, embossing seal. 3. The Certificate or Power of Attorney accompanying this bond must b*Validgn its face and sealed with the Surety's raised, embossing seal. X' 4. The name and signature of the Surety's Attorney-in-Fact/Officer entered on this bond must be exactly as listed on the Certificate or Power of Attorney accompanying this bond. Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 61 10 — Page 5 of 5 ILEI. 2020 JAN 28 AM I I * 18 CITY CLERK IOWA CITY. IOWA 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction" AIA DOC A201-2007 amended, incorporated herein by reference, shall apply except as amended in the Supplementary Conditions. Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 72 00 — Page 1 of 1 0 0 r -"it m a rn ::K s o � v r Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 72 00 — Page 1 of 1 FILED 2020 JAN 28 AM 11: 18 CITY CLERK IOWA CITY. IOWA 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 INTRODUCTION A. The following supplements modify the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", AIA Document A201-2007. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Supplementary Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. B. Terms used in these Supplementary Conditions will have meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings indicated below, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. C. Deletions from the AIA A201 are indicated as strike eut and additions to the AIA A201 are indicated as "bold italic". D. The OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Law or Regulations in respect to any dispute. Disputes shall be resolved by legal or equitable proceedings in a court of appropriate jurisdiction. (10-er no circumstances shall binding arbitration be required as to any-8sput�risirwj between the parties or under the Contract Documents. E. Delete all references to mediation and arbitration in their entire r)» 1.2 ARTICLE 1 -GENERAL PROVISIONS ;crn o A. Change paragraph 1.1.3 to read as follows: P 1.1.3 The term "Work" means the construction and services req red bf-the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, tools, materials, equipment, transportation, services, taxes, insurance and all other services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. The Contractor shall provide all work and materials required by any part of the Contract Documents. B. Add the following paragraph 1.1.9 Project Manual to read as follows: 1.1.9 Project Manual The bound documentary information prepared for bidding and constructing the Work. The list of the contents of the Project Manual, which may bound in one or more volumes, is contained in the table(s) of contents. The Project Manual is the basis for developing the Contract and Contract Documents. C. Add the following paragraph 1.2.4: 1.2.4 Sections of Division 1 - General Requirements, govern the execution of all sections of the specifications. Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 72 00 — Page 1 of 20 1.3 ARTICLE 2 - OWNER A. Change paragraph 2.4 to read as follows: 2.4 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a seven-day period after feseipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. – In such case aR the Owner may deduct from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the feaseRable entire cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architect's and/or Consultant's additional services and expenses and heating, engineering, accounting, consulting services and attorneys' fees and expenses made necessary by such default, neglect, or failure. Sash astieR If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The Owner's actions pursuant to this Subparagraph shall not operate as a release of any obligation of a surety. 1.4 ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACTOR A. Change paragraphs 3.2.2 to read as follows: 3.2.2 Because the Contract Documents are complementary, the Contractor shall, before starting each portion of the Work, carefully study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as the information °D furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.2.3, shall take field measurements Ony existing conditions related to that portion of the Work, and shall observe any g�Sditions at the site affecting it. These obligations are for the purpose of W ZE p 5silitating coordination and construction by the Contractor and are not for the c, cjlurpose of discovering errors, omissions, or inconsistencies in the Contract c\j y-ocuments; however, the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any ,a moors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by or made known to the ntractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. d Itis recognized that the contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damage resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized such error, inconsistency or omission and 1(newingly failed to report it to the Architect. If the Contractor performs any construction activity knewing it involves involving a recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents without such notice to the Architect, the Contractor shall assume appF9p9ate responsibility for such performance and shall bear all costs for correction. The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where required, approved Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples for such portion of the Work. B. Change paragraph 3.3.2 to read as follows: 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors, Sub -subcontractors, vendors, Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 72 00 – Page 2 of 20 material providers and suppliers and their agents and employees, and other persons performing portions of the Work under a contract with the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. C. Add the following 3.3.4: 3.3.4 Contractor shall maintain a qualified and responsible person available 24 hours per day, seven days per week to respond to emergencies which may occur after hours. Contractor shall provide to Owner and Architect the phone number and/or paging service of this individual. D. Change paragraph 3.4.1 to read as follows: 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, storage, parking and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. Should the Contract Documents require work to be performed after regular working hours or should the Contractor elect to perform work after regular hours, the additional cost of such work shall be borne by the Contractor. E. Add the following paragraphs 3.4.4 through 3.4.6: 3.4.4 Whenever any provisions of the Contract conflict with any agreements or regulation of any kind in force among members of any trade ass�fation, unions or councils, which regulate what work shall be included in tRb work_ of particular trades, the Contractor shall make all necessary, i , ncwnents, t to reconcile any such conflict without delay or cost to the Owhiond 'thouL recourse to the Architect or the Owner. rn 3.4.5 After the Contract has been executed, the Owner an&f a ALChite't will consider a formal request for the substitution products in *a4e o�those--J specified only under the conditions set forth in Section 01 60 00 - Post Bid Substitutions. 3.4.6 By making requests for substitutions based on Subparagraph 3.4.4 above, the Contractor. .1 represents that the Contractor has personally investigated the proposed product and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified. .2 represents that the Contractor will provide the same warranty for the substitution that the Contractor would for that specified. .3 certifies that the cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs under this Contract except the Architect's redesign costs, and waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which subsequently become apparent; and .4 will coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute, making such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. .5 will adhere to the contract schedule F. Change paragraphs 3.5 to read as follows: Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 72 00 — Page 3 of 20 3.5 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit otherwise. The Contractor further warrants that the Work will conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents and will be free from defects, BKG9pt fGF these Inherent iR the quality ef the W9Fk the Work, materials or equipment not conforming to these requirements may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, alterations to the Work not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear and normal usage. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. G. Change paragraph 3.6.1 to read as follows: The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor that are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. Contractors and approved subcontractors will be provided a Sales Tax Exemption Certificate to purchase building materials, supplies, or equipment in the performance of the contract. The Contractor shall submit the information necessary for the certificates to be issued. Ali such information for said certificates shall be submitted to the City/Owner together in one submission. H. Change paragraph 3.7.2 to read as follows: 3.7.2 The Contractor shall semply perform the Work in compliance with and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. I. Change paragraph 3.7.3 to read as follows: 3.7.3 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, the Contractor shall assume full appFepraate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs and expenses of 0 _ �ecting or replacing such Work. C:) UJ J. T;Nnge paragraph 3.7.4 to read as follows: m Qtf-4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If the Contractor encounters conditions _, N >atMe site that are 1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that a c r materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or 2) unknown -' �sical conditions of an unusual nature that differ materially from those ordinarily 0 o found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the `V character provided for in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall promptly provide notice to the Owner and the Architect before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than the next business day 21 days after first observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if the Architect determines that they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's costs of or time required for performance of any part of the work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 72 00 — Page 4 of 20 different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Architect shall promptly notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. 4r K. Change paragraph 3.11 to read as follows: 3.11 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner, one copy of the Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to indicate field changes and selections made during construction, and eae sept' of all approved Shop Drawings, MSDS Sheets, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work as a record of the Work as constructed. L. Change paragraph 3.13 to read as follows: 3.13 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. The Contractor acknowledges that the property on which the Project and Work are located may be occupied and in use by the Owner during the execution of the Work. The Contractor shall perform and coordinate its work in such a manner that the portions of the property occupied and in use will not be encumbered or the use interfered with or interrupted. N M. Change paragraph 3.17 to read as follows: o -71 3.17 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The glvac; shatF defend suits or claims for infringement of patent rights and shall II�th wrier and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not�'Tesppnsiblf for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or produ p=cula manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Docurr*is, ocwher& the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specificd9bns ol�other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if the Contracfor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a copyright or patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect and the Owner in writing. N. Change paragraphs 3.18.1 to read as follows: 3.18 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including, but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property , but only to the extent caused in whole or in part by intentional or negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 72 00 — Page 5 of 20 obligations of indemnity that would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph 3.18. Nothing in the foregoing Paragraph 3.18.1 is intended or shall be deemed to constitute an indemnification by the Contractor against the negligence of any of the parties to be otherwise indemnified pursuant to Paragraph 3.18.1. O. Change paragraph 3.18.2 to read as follows: 3.18.2 Contractor is not, and shall not be deemed to be, an agent or employee of the City of Iowa City, Iowa. In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Section 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under worker's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 1.5 ARTICLE 4 -ARCHITECT A. Change paragraph 4.1.2 to read as follows: 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner,Geakaster, and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. B. Change paragraph 4.2.1 to read as follows: 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents and will be the Owner's representative as provided herein during construction and until the Architect issues the final Certificate for Payment to the Contractor on the Project. The Architect will advise and consult with co the Owner. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to Q ie extent provided in the Contract Documents. Y W c CEn 9hange paragraph 4.2.3 to read as follows: J co ci �.3 On the basis of the site visits, the Architect will keep the Owner reasonably cj ?-i3ormed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and c �-report to the Owner 1) known deviations from the Contract Documents and from ge most recent construction schedule submitted by the Contractor, and 2) defects o and deficiencies observed in the Work. The Architect and the Owner will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect and the Owner will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. D. Change paragraphs 4.2.5 through 4.2.6 to read as follows: 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify recommend to the Owner the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. 4.2.6 The Architect has authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 72 00 — Page 6 of 20 M for implementation of the intent of the Contract Documents, the Architect will have authority to recommend to the Owner to require additional inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons performing portions of the Work. E. Change paragraphs 4.2.10 through 4.2.12 to read as follows: 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. Feffe%RtatiY96 shall be as set IaFth OR aR exhibit to 139 the G9RtFaGt 99611FAefltS 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and make recommendations to the Owner regarding decide matters concerning performance under and requirements of the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If no agreement is made concerning the time within which recommendations required of the Architect shall be furnished in compliance with this Paragraph 4.2, then the Architect shall furnish such recommendations within such reasonable time after the request is made that allow sufficient time in the professional judgment of the Architect for review. 4.2.12 Interpretations and recommendations desisiens of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and recommendations desisieas, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or recommendations desisiens rendered in good faith. ARTICLE 5 - SUBCONTRACTORSE =' a � A. Delete paragraph 5.2.1 and add the following: n N 5.2.1 The CONTRACTOR shall provide, within 24 hours of tJV;&d o'9eninr a list those persons, firms, companies or other parti&L rte urhom ni proposes/intends to enter into a subcontract regarding �prnect �c required on the Bid Form and the Agreement n r 1. If no minority business enterprises (MBE) are utili&d, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish documentation of all efforts to recruit MBE's. B. Change paragraph 5.3 to read as follows: 5.3 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 72 00 — Page 7 of 20 rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub -subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors shall similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub -subcontractors. All warranties provided by the Subcontractors, including all express and implied warranties in the Contract Documents and the agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors and all warranties provided by law, shall run to and be for the benefit of the Owner, and the Owner shall have a direct right of action against the Subcontractors for any breach of said warranties. 1.7 ARTICLE 6 - CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS A. Delete paragraph 6.1.4 in its entirety. B. Change paragraph 6.2.4 to read as follows: 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage the Contractor wrengfully causes to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner 00 or separate contractors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. (T� 3iRT lg 7 - CHANGES IN THE WORK 1 j„J a JChange paragraph 7.2.1 to read as follows: CC) c.) r— J cu >_Zi2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and -- a i.— signed by the Owner and Contractor and approved by the Architect, stating their c�$greement upon all of the following: o cs a B. 7Cdd paragraph 7.2.2 as follows: N 7.2.2 A Change Order is conclusively presumed to include all adjustments in Contract Time and Contract Sum necessary to complete the change to the Work and related parts of the Work. C. Add paragraph 7.2.3 as follows: 7.2.3 In all Change Orders or Construction Change Directives, the allowance for Overhead and profit to be included in the total cost to the Owner shall not exceed the following amounts: .1 For the Contractor, for any Work performed directly by the Contractor's employees, not including oversight of such work performed by subcontractor, fifteen percent (15%) of the cost. .2 For the Contractor, for Work performed by Subcontractor, ten percent (10%) of the amount due the Subcontractor. Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 72 00 — Page 8 of 20 .3 For each Subcontractor, or Sub -subcontractor involved, for any Work performed by such contractor's own forces, fifteen percent (15%) of the cost. .4 For each Subcontractor, for Work performed by the Sub - subcontractors, five percent (5%) of the amount due the Sub -subcontractor. .5 In order to facilitate checking of quotations for extras or credits, all proposals, except those so minor that their propriety can be seen by inspection, shall be accompanied by a complete itemization of costs including labor, materials and Subcontracts. In no case will a change involving over $200.00 be approved without such itemization. .6 Unless otherwise agreed, costs to which overhead and profit are to be applied shall be those costs listed in Subparagraph 7.3.6. 1.9 ARTICLE 8 - TIME A. Change paragraph 8.2.3 to read as follows: 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract time. The Contractor shall bear all costs for overtime and all additional expense which may arise in order to achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. B. Add paragraph 8.2.4 to read as follows: 8.2.4 If, upon the recommendation of the Architect, it becomes necessary at times during construction for the Owner to accelerate the work, each Contractor or subcontractor when ordered and directed by the Owner, shall cease work at any point and shall transfer its workers to such polis and execute such portion of its work as may be required to enTPle of8 rs to� properly engage in and carry on their work. C. Change paragraph 8.3.1 to read as follows: N) co 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in progress of the Work by as or gaglec� of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate cont*bc ern�ffoyed� by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractors+Control, deteFFAipes Fnay justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Owner, with the advice of the Architect, may determine. Such delays shall not be a basis for damages. An extension of the Contract Time is the Contractor's sole remedy for such delay. D. Delete paragraph 8.3.3 in its entirety. E. Add paragraph 8.4 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES to read as follows: Since the actual monetary value of damages sustained by the Owner as a result of delayed completion of the Work is extremely difficult or impractical to assess, the Owner and Contractor agree as follows: 1. Upon failure of the Contractor to achieve "Substantial Completion" of the Work in compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents: The Contractor shall pay as liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, the sum of amount as listed in the Notice to Bidders (or Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 72 00 — Page 9 of 20 Instruction to Bidders) for each calendar day that "Substantial Completion" is delayed beyond the date written in the Agreement, subject to adjustments of the Contract Time as provided for in the Contract Documents. 2. The Owner shall give written notice to the Contractor of intent to assess liquidated damages pursuant to provisions of this Article. Calculation of the amount of liquidated damages shall commence on the date the Owner notifies the Contractor of this intent. 3. Liquidated damages assessed in accordance with these provisions are exclusive of other monetary damages to which the Owner may be entitled as a direct result of the Contractor's failure to achieve final completion of the Work in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents. These liquidated damages are not intended to be exclusive of Owner's right to terminate this Contract based on Contractors' failure to comply with the terms and provisions of the Contract. 4. Partial performance of the Work of this Contract shall not relieve the Contractor from liability for liquidated damages. 5. Contractor's liability for liquidated damages shall cease upon issuance of Substantial Completion Certificate for the Work of the Contract. 6. Notwithstanding anything in the Contract Documents to the contrary, co amounts assessed to the Contractor as liquidated damages may be Q deducted by the Owner from any money payable to the Contractor pursuant to this Contract. The Owner shall notify the Contractor in Q cc writing of a claim for liquidated damages prior to the date the Owner W -J >: deducts such sum from money payable to the Contractor. a i m yr 11"o gTla�9 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION o Av?§d the following paragraph 9.3.1.3. N .3 The first payment application shall be accompanied by Contractor's partial waiver of lien only, for the full amount of the payment. Each subsequent monthly payment application shall be accompanied by the Contractor's partial waiver and by the partial waivers of Subcontractors and Suppliers who were included in the immediately preceding payment application to the extent of that payment. Application for final payment shall be accompanied by final waivers of lien from the Contractor, Subcontractor and Suppliers who have not previously furnished such final waivers. B. Change paragraph 9.4.1 to read as follows: 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1. Nothing herein shall be construed as requiring the Architect to reduce the retainage to be applied to payment applications. All certifications and payments, including those pursuant to a pending claim, shall be tentative Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 72 00 - Page 10 of 20 and conditional and it shall not be necessary for the Architect to make any statement to this effect. C. Add paragraph 9.4.2.1: 9.4.2.1 The Architect's determination as to the issuance of or withholding of or the amount of payment reflected on Certificates of Payment shall subject the Architect to no liability whatsoever to the Owner, Contractor, Surety, or any other person. D. Change paragraph 9.6.1 to read as follows: 9.6.1 The Owner shall make partial payments to the Contractor within 30 days after the Owner has received a Certificate for Payment from the Architect. To insure proper performance of the Contract, the Owner will retain 5% of each payment amount or such larger amount as will insure that there always remains a sufficient balance to complete the work, such retainage to be held until Final Acceptance of Work and shall so notify the Architect. o-,.,......... the FRaRRBF ..a With., the t.. pFevided iR the (;GRtFaGt E. Change paragraph 9.8.4 to read as follows: When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate of substantial Completion that shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work, and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the contractor shall finish all,(tpms on the list accomoanvino the Certificate. Warranties reGu;Fed by the Add paragraph 9.10.6: �00 � m rn 9.10.6 Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in thissantra, fing payment of the retainage due the Contractor will be made noGdailielcMan 3 days from the final acceptance of the work by the Owner,'subjecrto the conditions and in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 573 of the' Code of Iowa (2009), as amended. G. Add paragraph 9.10.7: 9.10.7 Warranties required by the Contract Documents, including those stated in the performance and payment bond, shall commence on the date of final, formal acceptance of the work by the City. 1.11 ARTICLE 10 -PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY A. Add paragraph 10.1.1: 1. The Contractor will provide Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all hazardous chemicals or materials that will be at the job site. The Material Safety Data Sheets will be submitted to the Owner prior to the start of construction and supplemented as necessary throughout the project. This data is being provided for informational purposes only and does not relieve the contractor of any obligations Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 72 00 — Page 11 of 20 for compliance with applicable OSHA and State laws regarding hazardous chemicals and right -to -know. B. Change paragraph 10.2.4 to read as follows: 1. When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for the execution of the Work, the Contractor shall give the Owner reasonable advance notice and shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. C. Add paragraph 10.2.9: 10.2.9 When required by law or for the safety of the Work, the Contractor shall shore up, brace, underpin and protect foundations and other portions of existing structures which are in any way affected by the Work. The Contractor, before commencement of any part of the Work, shall give any notices required to be given to adjoining landowners or other parties. The Owner shall be noted once these notices have been served and before the work is performed. 1.12 ARTICLE 11 -INSURANCE AND BONDS A. Change paragraph 11.1.1.5 to read as follows: .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including explosion, collapse and damage to underground utilities and loss of use resulting therefrom; B. Change paragraph 11. 1.2 to read as follows: 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, 00 whichever coverage is greater. Coverage whetheF shall be written on an urrence OF s4aira6 Fnade basis and shall be maintained without interruption from © - Y date of commencement of the Work until the date of final payment and W a wCcmination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment, and, vh respect to the contractor's completed operations coverage, until the expiration _JN >- the period for correction of Work or for such other period for maintenance of zs i–cgmpleted operations coverage as specified in the Contract Documents. U3 o C. Change paragraph 11.1.3 to read as follows: N 11.1.3 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of each required policy of insurance. The name, address and phone number of the insurance company and agent must accompany the certiffcate. The liability limits required hereunder must apply to this Project only. These certificates and the insurance policies required by this Section 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner. An additional certificate evidencing continuation of liability coverage, including coverage for completed operations, shall be submitted upon final Application for Payment as required by Section 9.10.2 and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of such coverage until the expiration of the time required by Section 11.1.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised limits or claims paid under the General Aggregate, or both, shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness. Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 72 00 – Page 12 of 20 D. Delete paragraph 11.1.4 in its entirety and add the following paragraphs 11.1.4 through 11.1.14: 11.1.4 Any policy or policies of insurance purchased by the Contractor to satisfy his/her responsibilities under this contract shall include contractual liability coverage, and shall be in the following type and minimum amounts: Type of Coverage Comprehensive General Liability Bodily Injury & Property Damage* Automobile Liability Bodily Injury & Property Damage Excess Liability Employers Liability Each Accident Each Employee Policy Limit Professional Liability (d applicable) Each Occurrence Aggregate $1,000,000 $2,0001000 Combined Single Limit $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $500,000 $500,000 $500,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 Workers Compensation Insurance as required by Chapter 85, Code of Iowa. Property Damage liability insurance must provide explosion, collapse and underground coverage. Comprehensive General Liability using Insurance Services Office CG0001 or equivalent, shall include Contractual, Premises & Operations, Products & Completed Operations, Independent Contractors, Personal & Advertising Injury coverages, and Aggregate Limits of Insurance (Per Project) endorsement. N Automobile Liability shall include all owned, non -owned and hired autos and alsaq . coverage for Contractual Liability. O *C2 Z Excess Liability shall provide no less than following form coverage to the nrr ryN underlying policies. co --+c-) Workers Compensation shall include the Alternative Employer and WaivA Sub4atio p_ endorsements in favor of the Owner. o x Professional Liability, if applicable: The Contractor shall procure and mainain, dur I�y the life of this Agreement, Professional Errors and Omissions Liability Insurance. The Contractor will notify the Owner if claims made erode the policy limits below those required above. All liability policies above, except for Workers Compensation and Professional Liability, shall include the Owners Governmental Immunities Endorsement. (See attached). 11. 1.5 The City requires that the Contractor's Insurance carrier be A rated or better by A.M. Best. In addition, the Contractor shall be required to comply with the following provisions with respect to insurance coverage: 11. 1.6 The entire amount of Contractor's liability insurance policy coverage limits, identified in the policy and in the Certificate of Insurance, must, under the policy, be available to pay damages for which the insured Contractor becomes liable, or for which the insured assumes liability under the Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 72 00 — Page 13 of 20 indemnity agreement herein contained, and such coverage amount shall not be subject to reduction or set off by virtue of investigation or defense costs incurred by Contractor's insurer. 11.1.7 The entire amount of the Contractor's liability insurance policy coverage limits shall be payable by the Contractor's insurer, with no deductible to be paid by, or self-insured retention to be attributed to, the Contractor unless this requirement is waived by the City. Contractor's Certificate of Insurance must set forth the nature and amount of any such deductible or self-insured retention. 11.1.8 If Contractor's liability insurance coverage is subject to any special exclusions or limitations not common to the type of coverage being provided, such exclusions or limitations shall be noted on the Certificate of Insurance and copies of such shall be attached thereto. 11.1.9 The Contractor shall include the City as additional insured on all policies except workers compensation. The Contractor shall include the Owner (City of Iowa City, including its employees, agents and assigns) as additional insured on all policies, except worker's compensation and professional liability. Such additional insured endorsement(s) shall make the Contractor's liability insurance primary to the Owner's and, furthermore, shall not be contributing with any other insurance or similar protection available to the Owner, whether such available protection be primary, contributing or excess. Owner shall be an Additional Insured with respect to all required aforementioned coverages, which shall be stated on all Certificates of Insurance. Such Certificates shall also state that the CO . ,Governmental Immunities Endorsement (see attached) apply and said YB:endorsements shall be attached thereto. 0 W Q W�The Contractor shall require any of its agents and subcontractors who -J> . erform work and/or services pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement "J N ?-moo purchase and maintain the same types of insurance as are required of the -- z t—aContractor. L U c X1.1.10 The City prefers that Contractor provide it with "occurrence 0 form" liability insurance coverage. If Contractor can only provide "claims - made" insurance coverage, then the Contractor must comply with the following requirements: A. If the Contractor changes insurance carriers, or if Contractor's insurance coverage is canceled, during the contract period or within two years after City's acceptance of the work, Contractor agrees to immediately notify the City of such event. B. If Contractor's insurance is canceled or is allowed to lapse during said period, Contractor shall be required to obtain replacement insurance coverage to fulfill its obligation hereunder. C. If, during said period, Contractor voluntarily changes insurance carriers or is required to obtain replacement coverage from another carrier, Contractor shall either (1) purchase "tail" coverage from its first carrier effective for a minimum of two years after City Council acceptance of the work, or (2) purchase "prior acts" insurance Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 72 00 — Page 14 of 20 coverage from its new carrier, covering prior acts during the period of this Contract from and after its inception. D. "Tail" or "prior acts" coverage so provided shall have the same coverage, with the same limits, as the insurance specified in this Contract, and shall not be subject to any further limitations or exclusions, or have a higher deductible or self-insured retention than the insurance which it replaces 11.1.11 The City reserves the right to waive any of the insurance requirements herein provided. The City also reserves the right to reject Contractor's insurance if not in compliance with the requirements herein provided, and on that basis to either award the contract to the next low bidder, or declare a default and seek specific performance or termination, as the case may be. 11.1.12 In the event that any of the policies of insurance or insurance coverage identified on Contractor's Certificate of Insurance are canceled or modified, or in the event that Contractor incurs liability losses, either due to activities under this Contract, or due to other activities not under this Contract but covered by the same insurance, and such losses exhaust the aggregate limits of Contractor's liability insurance, then in that event the City may in its discretion either suspend Contractor's operations or activities under this Contract, or terminate this Contract, and withhold payment for work performed on the Contract. 11.1.13 In the event that any of the policies or insurance coverage identified on Contractor's Certificate of Insurance are canceled or mg4ified, then in that event the City may in its discretion either suspend.Contlattor's operations or activities under this Contract, or terminate this�dggtra4 and withhold payment for work performed on the Contract. 11.1.14 Contractor shall be responsible for any deductible-atn iints1 including but not limited to the owner's deductible on the ownelf�Fbu#der'si risk. co E. Delete paragraphs 11.3 in its entirety and add paragraphs 11.3 as follows: 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE r 11.3.1 OWNER shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: .1 include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Owner's Engineering Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an additional insured; .2 be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, false work, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 72 00 — Page 15 of 20 causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, water damage, and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions; .3 include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property; .4 include $100,000 for materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by OWNER prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by OWNER; allow for partial utilization of the Work by OWNER; include testing and startup; and be maintained in effect until final payment is made. .8 Such coverage shall not include coverage for loses or damage caused by the negligent acts or omissions of Contractor or Subcontractors, or for damage to material or equipment while under the control of or stored by Contractor prior to installation or prior to inclusion of such material or equipment in construction. Contractor shall maintain appropriate insurance for such risks or occurrences 11.3.2 OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance which shall specifically cover such insured objects or additional property insurance as may be required by Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, OWNER's 00 Engineering Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in — Pe Supplementary Conditions, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable Oterest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured. 0 7-1.3.3 All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence LLJ -J�thereoo required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with CO c,j >-83ragraph 5.06 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage = �- Rforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until 539t least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and TONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions. 11.3.5 If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under paragraph 5.06, OWNER shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR whether or not such other insurance has been procured by OWNER. F. Delete section 11.4 in its entirety and add paragraph 11.4 to read as follows: 11.4.1 The Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond from a surety using the form included in the Contract Documents, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price. Cost of such Bonds shall be included in the base bid. Each alternative bid shall include Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 72 00 - Page 16 of 20 the additional Bond cost. Contractor shall deliver the required Bonds to the Owner prior to the signing of the Agreement. .1 The Performance, Labor and Material Bond shall be executed in conformity with the American Institute of Architect's Document A-312 (1984 Edition), with coverage provided by a surety having a financial rating from A.M. Best of A, VII or higher. .2 Whenever the Contractor shall be and is declared by the Owner to be in default under the Contract, the Surety and Contractor are each responsible to make full payment to the Owner for any and all additional services of the Architect as defined in the Owner/Architect Agreement which are required as a result of the Contractor's default and in protecting the Owner's right under the agreement with the Contractor to remedy the Contractor's default or honor the terms of the Performance Bond. .3 These Bonds shall be maintained by the Contractor and shall remain in full force and effect until final acceptance of the Work by the Owner. The Contractor agrees and will cause the Surety to agree to be bound by each and every provision of all the Contract Documents. .4 The Surety shall give written notice to Owner, within seven (7) days after receipt of a declaration of default, of the Surety's election either to remedy the default or defaults promptly or to perform the work promptly or to pay to Owner the penal sum of the bond, time being of the essence. In said notice of election, the Surety shall indicate the date on which the remedy or performance will commence, and it shall then be the duty of the Surety to give prompt notice in writing to Owner immediately upon completion of (a) the remedy and/or correction of each default, (b) the remedy and/or correction of each omitted item of work, (c) the furnishing of each omitted item of work, and (d) the performance of the work. The Surety shall not assert solvency of its Principal or its Principal's denial of default as justification for its failure to promptly remedy the default or defaults or perform the mak. .5 The Principal and Surety further agree as part of this obf)gation�§ pay ll all such damages of any kind to person or property that may ,reit It Orn a',= failure in any respect to perform and complete the Work incluWtb but not' limited to, all repair and replacement costs necessary to rectify cbk'strvion (� error, architectural and engineering costs and fees, all consuht Hlfeel, all 0 testing and laboratory fees, and all legal fees and litigation costs -incurr.4 by the Owner. r .6 The Surety agrees that other than as is provided in the Bond it may not demand of the Owner that the Owner shall (a) perform any thing or act, (b) give any notice, (c) furnish any clerical assistance, (d) render any service, (e) furnish any papers or documents, or (t) take any other action of any nature or description which is not required of the Owner to be done under the Contract Documents. 11.4.2 Surety shall be satisfactory to the Owner and shall be authorized to do business in the state of Iowa. 1.13 ARTICLE 13 -MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 72 00 — Page 17 of 20 A. Change paragraph 13.1 to read as follows: 13.1 The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Iowa of the place where the Project is located except that, if the parties have selected arbitration as the method of binding dispute resolution, the Federal Arbitration Act shall govern Section 15.4. B. Change paragraph 13.3.1 to read as follows: 13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual, to a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if deliveFed At of sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the party giving notice. C. Change paragraph 13.5.1 to read as follows: 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work shall be made as required by the Contract Documents and by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules, and regulations or lawful orders of public authorities. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals. The Contractor shall give the °D Architect and Owner timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to Amade so the Architect and Owner may observe such procedures. The Owner ® .sball bear costs of 1) tests, inspections or approvals that do not become (� .a Jwuirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded and 2) tests, �wspections or approvals where building codes or applicable laws or regulations N >-pmhibit the Owner from delegating their cost to the Contractor. Copies of all ,reports, data and other documents related to tests, inspections and �'9provals shall be provided to the Architect as soon as practicable. o _ N D. Delete paragraphs 13.7. E. Add the following Section 13.8: 13.8 The Contractor shall maintain policies of employment as follows: .1 The Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, sex, age, disability or national origin or otherwise as may be required by local or state ordinance. The Contractor shall take affirmative action to insure thatapplicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, religion, color, sex, age, disability or national origin or otherwise as may be required by local or state ordinance. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the policies of non-discrimination. .2 The Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors shall, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by them or on their behalf, state that all Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 72 00 — Page 18 of 20 qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, religion, color, sex, age, disability or national origin or otherwise as may be required by local or state ordinance F. Add the following Section 13.9: 13.9 The Contractor shall maintain CONTRACT COMPLIANCE PROGRAM (ANTI DISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS) forall contracts of $25,000 ormore, the Contractor shall abide by the requirements of the City's Contract Compliance Program, which is included with these Specifications beginning on page CC -1. 1.14 ARTICLE 14 -TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT A. Add the following paragraph 14.2.1.5: .5 fails or refuses to provide insurance or proof of insurance as required by the Contract Documents. B. Change paragraph 14.2.4 to read as follows: 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Initial Decision Maker, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. The Contractor shall bear all testing, engineering, accounting, and legal expenses made necessary as a rp§ult of termination of the Contract. o O�� ` 1.15 ARTICLE 15 -CLAIMS AND DISPUTES — vy _.. A. Change paragraphs 15.1.1 through 15.1.3 to read as follows: C) co 15. 1.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the pseaking,rn as a matter of right, payment of money, or other similar relief with ctb the administration terfas of the Contract during the performance of t fr6or/ . he term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question'Zetwethe Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. The response ility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. Nothing in this Article is intended to limit claims by the Owner related to the performance of or quality of the Work. 15.1.2 Notice of Claims. Claims by either the Owner or Contractor must be initiated by written notice to the other party and to the Initial Decision Maker with a copy sent to the Architect if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker. Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. An additional Claim relating to the same subject matter made after the initial Claim has been implemented by Change Order will not be considered and is deemed waived by the Contractor. unless submitted in a timely FnaMeF. 15.1.3 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim, except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section 9.7 and Article 14, Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 72 00 — Page 19 of 20 the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments for sums not in dispute in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Architect will prepare Change Orders and issue Certificates for Payment in accordance with the decisions of the Initial Decision Maker. B. Change paragraph 15.2.5 to read as follows: 15.2.5 The Initial Decision Maker will render an initial decision approving or rejecting the claim, or indicating that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the claim. This initial decision shall 1) be in writing, 2) state the reasons therefore, and 3) notify the parties and the Architect, if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker, of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. The C. Delete paragraphs 15.2.6 and 15.2.6.1 in their entirety. D. Delete Section 15.3 MEDIATION in its entirety. E. Delete Section 15.4 ARBITRATION in its entirety. F. Add the following paragraph 15.5 to read as follows: 15.5 The Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. Disputes shall be resolved by legal or equitable proceedings in a court of appropriate jurisdiction. Under no circumstances shall binding arbitration be required as to any dispute arising between the parties or under the Contract Documents. Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 72 00 — Page 20 of 20 cn _ y CD c . s J>: m Ur N } U _ 2= 1- Q s o N O O N Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project 00 72 00 — Page 20 of 20 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 01 10 00 - SUMMARY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT A. Project Name: Robert A. Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements. B. Owner's Name: City. of Iowa City. C. Architect's Name: OPN Arhitects, Inc. D. Project Description: The project is for a single prime contract that consists of alterations to the existing Robert A Lee Recreation Center. The project includes renovations to existing pool deck restrooms, renovations to the existing racquetball court and game room, and renovations to the existing building fire alarm system. 1.02 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION A. Contract Type: A single prime contract based on a Stipulated Price. 1.03 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Owner intends to continue to occupy adjacent portions of the existing building during the entire construction period. 1. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. 2. Maintain exits, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Mantain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct Walkways, corridors or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Notify Owner not less than 72 hours in advance of activities that will affect Owner's operations. B. Owner intends to occupy the Project upon Substantial Completion. C. Owner Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to occyRy and to place and install equipment in completed areas of building, before SubstantiaLCompin, provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such &CamenLof --n equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Wo _ 1. Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each spec Aertiggqtpf ther. Work to be occupied before Owner occupancy. t7 2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction beforejwhery, M occupancy. r" = Q 3. Before partial Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall bai; o operational, and required tests and inspections shall be successfully comple3id. On r occupancy, Owner will operate and maintain mechanical and electrical systerns serving occupied portions of building. 4. On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service for occupied portions of building. 1.04 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A. Construction Operations: Limited to work area. 1. Locate and conduct construction activities in ways that will limit disturbance to site. B. Arrange use of site and premises to allow: 1. Owner occupancy. 2. Work by Owner. 3. Use of site and premises by the public. C. Provide access to and from site as required bylaw and by Owner: 1. Emergency Building Exits During Construction: Keep all exits required by code open during construction period; provide temporary exit signs if exit routes are temporarily altered. 2. Do not obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or other public ways without permit. SUMMARY 01 1000-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 1. Emergency Building Exits During Construction: Keep all exits required by code open during construction period; provide temporary exit signs if exit routes are temporarily altered. 2. Do not obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or other public ways without permit. D. Utility Outages and Shutdown: 1. Limit disruption of utility services. Coordiate disruptions with the Owner in advance. 2. Do not disrupt or shut down life safety systems, including but not limited to fire sprinklers and fire alarm system, without 7 days notice to Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Prevent accidental disruption of utility services to other facilities. E. Noise, Vibration and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration, odors or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner. 1. Notify Architect and Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed disruptive operations. F. Nonsmoking Campus: Smoking or any tobacco use is not permitted on the work site. 1.05 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. General: Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract. Coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed under separate contracts. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION SUMMARY 01 10 00 -2 00 Q Y W Q =O r CO C� 1— v� N >- 2:3 LL~¢ o N 0 O - N SUMMARY 01 10 00 -2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 0120 00 - PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for progress payments. B. Documentation of changes in Contract Sum and Contract Time. C. Change procedures. D. Procedures for preparation and submittal of application for final payment. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 00 50 00 - Contracting Forms and Supplements: Forms to be used. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 1. Coordinate line items in the schedule of values with other required administrative fortes and schedules, including the following: a. Application for Payment forms with continuation sheets. b. Submittal schedule. c. Items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Submit the schedule of values to Architect at earliest possible date, but no later than seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment. 3. Subschedules for Phased Work: Where the Work is separated into phases requiring separately phased payments, provide subschedules showing values coordinated with each phase of payment. 4. Subschedules for Separate Elements of Work: Where the Contractor's construction schedule defines separate elements of the Work, provide subschedules showing values coordinated with each element. 5. Subschedules for Separate Design Contracts: Where the Owner has retained design professionals under separate contracts who will each provide certification of payment requests, provide subschedules showing values coordinated with the scope of eapt design services contract as described in Division 01 Section "Summary." N B. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to estainedgms fora the schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification S 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the scheduleMv4lueK) a. Project name and location. n co b. Name of Architect. <m a M c. Architect's project number. o 3 d. Contractor's name and address. *:X o e. Date of submittal. p Z:- 2. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format of AIA Document G703. (_n 3. Arrange the schedule of values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for each Rem listed: a. Related Specification Section or Division. b. Description of the Work. c. Name of subcontractor. d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. e. Name of supplier. f. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value. g. Dollar value of the following, as a percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. 1) Labor. 2) Materials. PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 20 00 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 16404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 3) Equipment. 4. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with Project Manual table of contents. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of five percent of the Contract Sum. a. Include separate line items under Contractor and principal subcontracts for LEED documentation and other Project closeout requirements in an amount totaling five percent of the Contract Sum and subcontract amount. 5. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 6. Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. If required, include evidence of insurance. 7. Provide separate line items in the schedule of values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work. 8. Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each allowance. Show line -item value of unit -cost allowances, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by measured quantity. Use information indicated in the Contract Documents to determine quantities. 9. Purchase Contracts: Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each purchase contract. Show line -Rem value of purchase contract. Indicate owner payments or deposits, if any, and balance to be paid by Contractor. 10. Each item in the schedule of values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item. a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work -in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the schedule of values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option. 11. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the schedule of values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in r— a change in the Contract Sum. 1.04 APK ICATI"S FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS LWs A. ayr!!tPeriod: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement. B. 'Gsel'-' AIA G702 and Form AIA G703, edition stipulated in the Agreement. C. oSor item, provide a column for listing each of the following: !:J. >ffe(M Number. `�.`@oription of work. �'. rgwousApplications. 29. Work in Place and Stored Materials under this Application. ` `�. Authorized Change Orders. 6. Total Completed and Stored to Date of Application. 7. Percentage of Completion. 8. Balance to Finish. 9. Retainage. D. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. Applications shall be notarized. Architect will return incomplete applications without action. 1. Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed and for stored products. 2. List each authorized Change Order as a separate line item, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original Rem of work. 3. Submit electronic copies of each Application for Payment. PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012000-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA E. Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied for materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. 1. Provide certificate of insurance, evidence of transfer of title to Owner, and consent of surety to payment, for stared materials. 2. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requested, such as paid invoices. Match amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do not include overhead and profit on stored materials. 3. Provide summary documentation for stored materials indicating the following: a. Value of materials previously stored and remaining stored as of date of previous Applications for Payment. b. Value of previously stored materials put in place after date of previous Application for Payment and on or before date of current Application for Payment. c. Value of materials stored since date of previous Application for Payment and remaining stored as of date of current Application for Payment. F. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's lien from every entity who is lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment. 1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after deduction for retainage, on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of an Rem, submit final or full waivers. 3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entitles involved in the Work must submit waivers. 4. Waivers: Submit each Application for Payment with Contractor's waiver of mechanic's lien for construction period covered by the application. 5. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by final waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully entitled to a lien. G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of Values. o 3. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary R it's not final). p o 4. Schedule of unit prices, R applicable. 5. Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final). D — 6. List of Contractor's staff assignments. M r J r co 7. Copies of building permits. — rr- 8. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdictionilTarfa]JhancA ' r of the Work. o (� 9. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 10. Performance and Payment Bonds. D cn 11. Information requred for Owner's insurance. H. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. I. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not prevously submitted and accepted, including but not limited tot he following: 1 Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2000-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 16404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where requried and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims." 5. AIA Document G706A, "Contractors Affidavit of Release of Liens." 6. AIA Docuement G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 7. Evidence that claims have been settled. 8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 9. Removal of temporary facilities and services. 10. Change of door locks to Owners access. 1.05 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on "Architect's Instruction to Contractor' (ITC) form. B. For minor changes not involving an adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time, Architect will issue instructions directly to Contractor by ITC. C. Owner -Initiated Proposal Requests or ITC's: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Proposal Requests or ITC's issued by Architect are for information only. Do not consider them instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within 14 days after receipt of Proposal Request or ITC, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to excute the r change. aQ Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b?- Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade N v~ discounts. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 4 Include an updated Contractors Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the 0 o change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish o — times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. D. For other required changes, Architect will issue a document signed by Owner instructing Contractor to proceed with the change, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. The document will describe the required changes and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. 2. Promptly execute the change. E. For changes for which advance pricing is desired, Architect will issue a document that includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised drawings and specifications, a change in Contract Time for executing the change and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. Contractor shall prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within 7 days. F. Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to Architect, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the work, with a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation. 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 20 00 -4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 6. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Product Requirements" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. G. Allowances: 1. Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, base each Change Order proposal on the difference between purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by final measurement of work -in-place. If applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, and similar margins. a. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the allowance. b. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution of overhead costs and other margins claimed. c. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of work, if any, claimed in Change Orders related to unit -cost allowances. d. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work -in-place by independent quantity survey, measure, or count 2. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the allowance described in the Contract Documents, whether for the Purchase Order amount or Contractor's handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit. Submit claims within 21 days of receipt of the Change Order or Construction Change Directive authorizin ff . jork to proceed. Owner will reject claims submitted later than 21 days after sucouthonoa ion. a. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in th4lERngd%irder,� cost amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of wo?7, * dWged r' from what could have been foreseen from information in the Contra 06 mom- r -r1 b. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection Of cher-fir t lower-priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as oij§:10%ly �c indicated. O x O H. Computation of Change in Contract Amount: As specified in the Agreement anc %nditioas of the Contract. `J' 1. For change requested by Architect for work falling under a fixed price contract, the amount will be based on Contractor's price quotation. 2. For change requested by Contractor, the amount will be based on the Contractor's request for a Change Order as approved by Architect. 3. For pre -determined unit prices and quantities, the amount will based on the fixed unit prices. I. Substantiation of Costs: Provide full information required for evaluation. 1. Provide following data: a. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. b. Taxes, insurance, and bonds. c. Overhead and profit. d. Justification for any change in Contract Time. e. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. 2. For Time and Material work, submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract. PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 20 00-5 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 16404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA J. Execution of Change Orders: On Owner's approval of Proposal Request, ITC, or Contractor's Proposal, Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract. K. After execution of Change Order, promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum. L. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub -schedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit. M. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. 1.06 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive. 1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012000-6 r_ CD R Ld J} ! co U 1— �d N �- U o CD N 0 N END OF SECTION PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012000-6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA SECTION 01 25 00 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedural requirements for proposed substitutions. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 00 21 13 - Instructions to Bidders: Restrictions on timing of substitution requests. B. Section 00 43 25 - Substitution Request Form - During Procurement: Required form for substitution requests made before end of Bidding/Negotiation Phase (During Bidding). 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes from Contract Documents requirements proposed by Contractor to materials, products, assemblies, and equipment. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Proposed due to changed Project circumstances beyond Contractor's control. a. Unavailability. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Proposed due to possibility of offering substantial advantage to the Project. a. Substitution requests offering advantages solely to the Contractor will not be considered. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. A Substitution Request for products, assemblies, materials, and equipment constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specked product, equipment, assembly, or system. 2. Agrees to provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product, 3. Agrees to provide same or equivalent maintenance service and source of replacerrQt parts, as applicable. 0 0 4. Agrees to coordinate installation and make changes to other work that may�quV for _� the work to be complete, with no additional cost to Owner. D --4 " 5. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently�qgmec apparent. B. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposedpstife7Fion with Contract Documents. Burden of proof is on proposer. ::E7c cO C. Content: Include information necessary for tracking the status of each SubstitutidFRequedT and information necessary to provide an actionable response. UP D. Limit each request to a single proposed substitution item. 1. Submit an electronic document, combining the request form with supporting data into single document. 3.02 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES DURING PROCUREMENT A. Instructions to Bidders specifies time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during the bidding period, and the documents required. B. Submittal Form: 1. Submit substitution requests by completing the form in Section 00 43 25. See this form for additional information and instructions. Use only this form; other forms of submission are unacceptable. 3.03 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES DURING CONSTRUCTION (AFTER BIDDING PHASE) A. Submittal Form (after award of contract): SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 25 00 - 1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 1. Submit substitution requests by completing form provided by Architect. Use only this form; other forms of submission are unacceptable. B. Architect will consider requests for substitutions only within 15 days after date of Agreement. C. Submit request for Substitution for Cause within 14 days of discovery of need for substitution, but not later than 14 days prior to time required for review and approval by Architect, in order to stay on approved project schedule. D. Submit request for Substitution for Convenience immediately upon discovery of its potential advantage to the project, but not later than 14 days prior to time required for review and approval by Architect, in order to stay on approved project schedule. 1. In addition to meeting general documentation requirements, document how the requested substitution benefits the Owner through cost savings, time savings, greater energy conservation, or in other specific ways. 2. Document means of coordinating of substitution item with other portions of the work, including work by affected subcontractors. 3. Bear the costs engendered by proposed substitution of: a. Owner's compensation to the Architect for any required redesign, time spent processing and evaluating the request. b. Other unanticipated project considerations. E. Substitutions will not be considered under one or more of the following circumstances: 1. When they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without having received prior approval. 2. Without a separate written request. 3. When acceptance will require revisions to the Contract Documents. 4. When there is no Project cost savings or Project time savings associated with the substitution. 3.04 RESOLUTION A. Architect may request additional information and documentation prior to rendering a decision. Trovide this data in an expeditious manner. © B. Archil ill notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request. (if END OF SECTION W J %' a 00 N )— U F—� -Q) Us o O N - O N SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 -2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 01 30 00 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Electronic document submittal service. B. Preconstruction meeting. C. Site mobilization meeting. D. Progress meetings. E. Construction progress schedule. F. Coordination drawings. G. Requests for Information (RFI) H. Submittals for review, information, and project closeout. I. Electronic submittal procedures. J. Submittal procedures. 1.02 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation., cr B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedurev required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, andl!W atNdees`T at meetings. D ::; a 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordinoed of t&ir Work is required. -1�n� C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required admlr'166stive�; procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure ordFd rogSss ofC) the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the follovl. 1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. ui 2. Preparation of the schedule of values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Preinstallation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. 8. Startup and adjustment of systems. D. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste. 1. Wood floors identified in drawings to be demolished may be partially salvaged by third party salvage orgainzation. a. Salvage will be completed before pre-bid meeting. Contractors are encouraged to attend pre-bid meeting and survey extents of salvage. b. Contractors may salvage remaining wood floor. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3000-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 2. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 ELECTRONIC DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL SERVICE A. All documents transmitted for purposes of administration of the contract are to be in electronic (PDF, MS Word, or MS Excel) format, as appropriate to the document, and transmitted via an Internet -based submittal service that receives, logs and stores documents, provides electronic stamping and signatures, and notifies addressees via email. 1. Besides submittals for review, information, and closeout, this procedure applies to Requests for Interpretation (RFIs), progress documentation, contract modification documents (e.g. supplementary instructions, change proposals, change orders), applications for payment, field reports and meeting minutes, Contractor's correction punchlist, and any other document any participant wishes to make part of the project record. 2. Contractor and Architect are required to use this service. 3. It is Contractor's responsibility to submit documents in allowable format. 4. Subcontractors, suppliers, and Architect's consultants are to be permitted to use the service at no extra charge. 5. Users of the service need an email address, internal access, and PDF review software that includes ability to mark up and apply electronic stamps (such as Adobe Acrobat, r— www.adobe.com, or Bluebeam PDF Revu, www.bluebeam.com), unless such software capability is provided by the service provider. 6�,-�Paper document transmittals will not be reviewed; emailed electronic documents will not cr- �ie reviewed. (� 7 J>6JI other specified submittal and document transmission procedures apply, except that J 00 v tjectronic document requirements do not apply to samples or color selection charts. C4it�he cost of the service is to be paid by Contractor; include the cost of the service in the LL - it C&* Sum. Q= Subrfi&al Service: The selected service is: 1. Submittal Exchange (tel: 1-800-714-0024): www.submittalexchange.com/#sle. 2. Procore (tel: 1-866-477-6267): www.procore.com. D. Training: One, one-hour, web -based training session will be arranged for all participants, with representatives of Architect and Contractor participating; further training is the responsibility of the user of the service. E. Project Closeout: Architect will determine when to terminate the service for the project and is responsible for obtaining archive copies of files for Owner. 3.02 RELEASE OF CAD/BIM FILES A. Contractors may request plans for their use/benefit for assistance in preparing submittals or for use in construction. 1. 2D PDF drawing files of individual sheets may be obtained at no charge to the Contractor. 2. 2D CAD drawings of individual sheets will be available at a charge per sheet to the Contractor 3. A signed Electronic File Transfer release / waiver form is required for all files released to Contractors. 4. BIM (Models) are not considered a portion of the Contract Documents and release of the design Models in native file format or in translation format will not be provided. 3.03 MEETINGS, GENERAL A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3000 -2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner, and Architect, within three days of the meeting. 3.04 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Owner will schedule a meeting after Notice of Award. B. General Contractor shall schedule and conduct a preconstruction meeting before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but not later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. 1. Conduct the conference to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. 2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: a. Tentative construction schedule. b. Phasing. c. Critical work sequencing and long -lead items. d. Designation of key personnel and their duties. e. Lines of communications. f. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. g. Procedures for RFIs. h. Procedures for testing and inspecting. i. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. j. Distribution of the Contract Documents. k. Submittal procedures. I. Preparation of record documents. m. Use of the premises. n. Work restrictions. o. Working hours. p. Owner's occupancy requirements. q. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. r. Procedures for moisture and mold control. s. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. I. Construction waste management and recycling. u. Parking availability. v. Office, work, and storage areas. w. Equipment deliveries and priorities. x. First aid. y. Security. z. Progress cleaning. C. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.05 SITE MOBILIZATION MEETING A. Attendance Required: 1. Contractor. 2. Owner. 3. Architect. 4. Contractor's superintendent. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 30 00-3 .n ni 0 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 5. Major Subcontractors. B. Agenda: 1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor. 2. Owner's requirements. 3. Temporary utilities provided by Owner. 4. Security and housekeeping procedures. 5. Waste Management Plan. 6. Schedules. 7. Application for payment procedures. 8. Procedures for testing. 9. Procedures for maintaining record documents. 10. Requirements for start-up of equipment. 11. Inspection and acceptance of equipment put into service during construction period. C. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.06 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at two week intervals. B. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Owner, Architect, as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. All participants at the meeting shall 3.07 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. Within 10 days after date of the Agreement, submit preliminary schedule defining planned operations for the first 60 days of work, with a general outline for remainder of work. B. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment. 3.08 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Provide information required for preparation of coordination drawings. Complete information on a single drawing illustrating the following proposed materials and mounting heights: 1. Architectural walls and cieling materials. Identify ceiling heights. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 013000-4 be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters regarding the Work. C. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project and as follows: r-1. Review minutes of previous meetings. -2. Re4iew of work progress. 1-&` d observations, problems, and decisions. C al. tification of problems that impede, or will impede, planned progress. w 4cr5. view of submittals schedule and status of submittals. ocS. c-"Iity and work standards. of us of proposal requests. As proposal �. ending changes, `010. Status of Change Orders. "1. Maintenance of progress schedule. 12. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 13. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 14. Coordination of projected progress. 15. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 16. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 17. Other business relating to work. D. Record minutes and distribute copies within three days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.07 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. Within 10 days after date of the Agreement, submit preliminary schedule defining planned operations for the first 60 days of work, with a general outline for remainder of work. B. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment. 3.08 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Provide information required for preparation of coordination drawings. Complete information on a single drawing illustrating the following proposed materials and mounting heights: 1. Architectural walls and cieling materials. Identify ceiling heights. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 013000-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2. Structural framing and other structural elements above the proposed ceiling line. Identify sizes of structural members. Identify bottom of structure. 3. Mechanical ductwork (two line diagrams) and equipment. Identify size of ductwork and equipment. Identify top and bottom of ductwork and equipment. 4. Plumbing supply and drain lines. Identify size of plumbing lines. Identify bottom of piping. Identify top and bottom of piping at crossovers with other elements. 5. Fire protection piping lines. Identify size of plumbing lines. Identify bottom of piping. Identify top and bottom of piping at crossovers with other elements. 6. Electrical equipment mounted above the ceiling. Identify top and bottom side of equipment. 7. Locations of recessed light fixtures. Identify top of fixture. 8. Identify top and bottom side of equipment. 9. Data cable trays and equipment mounted above the ceiling. Identify bottom of cable trays. 10. Identify access panels necessary for equipment access or maintainance. 11. Identify other elements requiring above ceiling coordination. B. Coordination Drawing Organization: Organize coordination drawings as follows: 1. Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plans: Show architectural and structural elements, and mechanical, plumbing, fire -protection, fire -alarm, and electrical Work. Show locations of visible ceiling -mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately represent the Work. 2. Plenum Space: Indicate subframing for support of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, and related Work. Locate components within ceiling plenum to accommodate layout of light fixtures indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and other components. 3. Mechanical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical rooms showingplans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire -protection, fire -alarm, and ele rical equipment. �� i L_ .n 4. Structural Penetrations: Indicate penetrations and openings required for aF�weipl S. r� 5. Slab Edge and Embedded Items: Indicate slab edge locations and sizes and tt5catlli6s of t embedded items for metal fabrications, sleeves, anchor bolts, bearing plate&.+ les, door rn floor closers, slab depressions for floor finishes, curbs and housekeeping p nd 3 similar items. CD Q 1.J 6. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show the following: 19- a . a. Sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, incluwrng insulation, bracing, flanges, and support systems. b. Dimensions of major components, such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment. c. Fire -rated enclosures around ductwork. 7. Electrical Work: Show the following: a. Runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches in diameter and larger. b. Light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, and other fire -alarm locations. c. Panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, busway, generator, and motor control center locations. d. Location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines. 8. Fire -Protection System: Show the following: a. Locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and sprinkler heads. C. Review drawings prior to submission to Architect. D. Architect Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Architect will so inform Contractor, who shall make changes as directed and resubmit. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3000-5 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3.09 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFI) A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor with no response. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Architect. 6. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. r-12. Contractor's signature. —13. Atfachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop wings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items W *ding interpretation. rx � � Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected co materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches. Cx RIS s: AIA Document G716 or other forth acceptable to Architect. � 1. vachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format. DR Archiat's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. cam., Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect_ after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. 1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action: a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs. 2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt of additional information. 3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Division 01 Section "Contract Modification Procedures." a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect_ in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response. E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Include the following: 1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 30 00 - 6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 3. Name and address of Architect. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's response was received. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response. 1. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 2. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: 1. Product data. 2. Shop drawings. 3. Samples for selection. 4. Samples for verification. B. Submit to Architect for review for the limited purpose of checking for compliance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. C. Samples will be reviewed for aesthetic, color, or finish selection. D. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below and for record documents purposes described in Section 0178 00 - Closeout Submittals. N 3.11 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION o a A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms pro .A foreach "T1 portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fag"�! ed �a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: n-< N `- 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or sypi*in§�o products. -Gr y rn 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 70 = Q 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontra�.r- �? B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submiRg list of9y personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home, office, and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. 1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office, _and by each temporary telephone. Keep list current at all times. C. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information: 1. Design data. 2. Certificates. 3. Test reports. 4. Inspection reports. 5. Manufacturer's instructions. 6. Manufacturer's field reports. 7. Other types indicated. D. Submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for Owner. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 30 00-7 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3.12 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Submit Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion. B. Submit Final Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion. C. Submit for Owner's benefit during and after project completion. 3.13 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements: Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections. 1. Submit electronic submittals via email as PDF electronic files. 2. Action Submittals: Submit three paper copies of each submittal unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two copies. 3. Informational Submittals: Submit two paper copies of each submittal unless otherwise indicated. Architect will not return copies. 4. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Provide a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. a. Provide a digital signature with digital certificate on electronically submitted certificates and certifications where indicated. b. Provide a notarized statement on original paper copy certificates and certifications r— where indicated. Q B. 2ro4uyoata: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and Mpelf {moduct or equipment. LLJ Q. 40Formation must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data JifiLnot suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. c.L. >&W each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. — 4ude the following information, as applicable: Manufacturer's catalog cuts. N b2 Manufacturer's product specifications. N c. Standard color charts. d. Statement of compliance with specked referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency. f. Application of testing agency labels and seals. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Availability and delivery time information. 4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable: a. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring. b. Printed performance curves. c. Operational range diagrams. d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings. 5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. 6. Submit Product Data in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. b. Three paper copies of Product Data unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two copies. C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project -specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Identification of products. b. Schedules. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 30 00 -8 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA c. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. 2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches, but no larger than 30 by 42 inches. 3. Submit Shop Drawings in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. b. Two opaque (bond) copies of each submittal. Architect will return one copy(ies). c. Three opaque copies of each submittal. Architect will retain two copies; remainder will be returned. D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. e. Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item. 3. For projects where electronic submittals are required, provide corresponding electronic submittal of Sample transmittal, digital image file illustrating Sample characteristics, and identification information for record. 4. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality -control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition atae of use. o C_ b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as cwtgls " — property, are the property of Contractor. -4 5. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consistingpf�,uj�its r sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns ava�6le. a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where-.copa�rn, ltrerg texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from man product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected. 6. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, preparech from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain twoSample sets; remainder will be returned. 1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3000 -9 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations. E. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product indicated in the Contract Documents or assigned by Contractor if none is indicated. 2. Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable. 3. Number and name of room or space. 4. Location within room or space. 5. Submit product schedule in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. b. Three paper copies of product schedule or list unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two copies. F. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified. G. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on AWS forms. Include names of firms and Jersonnel certified. H. jDstajllgr6ertificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Q Pst�`giomplies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is � thbkzed by manufacturer for this specific Project. I. cMan6fbtZrer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying _ RHat draftr7facturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of 5anda 4oring experience where required. J. croductBertificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Woduct complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. cv K. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. L. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. M. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. N. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information: 1. Name of evaluation organization. 2. Date of evaluation. 3. Time period when report is in effect. 4. Product and manufacturers' names. 5. Description of product. 6. Test procedures and results. 7. Limitations of use. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3000-10 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA O. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents. P. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. Q. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. R. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers. [%E,!_1I]D]Yil Is] :f_1RIP-111-1„IY■1_11111 A. General Requirements: 1. Sequentially identify each item. For revised submittals use original number and a sequential numerical suffix. 2. Identify: Project; Contractor; subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number; and specification section number and articlelparagraph, as appropriate on each copy. 3. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the work and Contract Documents. 4. Deliver each submittal on date noted in submittal schedule, unless an earlier date has been agreed to by all affected parties, and is of the benefit to the project. a. Upload submittals in electronic form to Electronic Document Submittal Services 5. website. o 0 Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of*Md �Wns. 6. Identify variations from Contract Documents and product or system limitatii r"at Ay bei detrimental to successful performance of the completed work. n_'< � (� 7. 8. Provide space for Contractor and Architect review stamps. —{ n When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous sn�Yn ssio� m 9. Distribute reviewed submittals. Instruct parties to promptly report inability ta—M ply�th 0 requirements. 7= F 10. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed. cn B. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal. 4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's consultants, Owner, or other parties is indicated, allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal. 5. Concurrent Consultant Review: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted simultaneously to Architect and to Architect's consultants, allow 15 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3000-11 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA days for review of each submittal. Submittal will be returned to Architect before being returned to Contractor. 3.15 SUBMITTAL REVIEW A. Submittals for Review: Architect will review each submittal, and approve, or take other appropriate action. B. Submittals for Information: Architect will acknowledge receipt and review. See below for actions to be taken. C. Architect's actions will be reflected by marking each returned submittal using virtual stamp on electronic submittals. D. Architect's and consultants' actions on items submitted for review: 1. Authorizing purchasing, fabrication, delivery, and installation: a. "Approved". b. "Approved as Noted. 1) At Contractor's option, submit corrected item, with review notations acknowledged and incorporated. 2. Not Authorizing fabrication, delivery, and installation: a. "Revise and Resubmit". 1) Resubmit revised item, with review notations acknowledged and incorporated. b. "Not Approved". 1) Submit item complying with requirements of Contract Documents. E. Architect's and consultants' actions on items submitted for information: 1. Items for which no action was taken: a. "For Record Only" - to notify the Contractor that the submittal has been received for record only. ® _ �o END OF SECTION W 4 Uj J C _ N >- V o O N -- O N ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3000-12 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 0132 16 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preliminary schedule. B. Construction progress schedule, bar chart type. C. Construction reports. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Within 10 days after date of Agreement, submit preliminary schedule. B. Within 20 days after review of preliminary schedule, submit draft of proposed complete schedule for review. C. Within 10 days after joint review, submit complete schedule. D. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment. 1.03 SCHEDULE FORMAT A. Listings: In chronological order according to the start date for each activity. Identify each activity with the applicable specification section number. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 2.01 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice of Award to date of final completion. 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order. B. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following: 1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 14 days, unless specifically allowed by Architect. N 2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the follov-40A Ion ad items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate ies's schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submiagle., N r—^ approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery. Go i 3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Dien 01 1 T „ Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times 1 Contractor's construction schedule with submittal schedule. ©:%� cj 4. Startup and Testing Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for startup and testi. 5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substadfal Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. 6. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion of punch list items and final completion. C. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. 1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract. 3. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by Owner. 4. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Limitations of continued occupancies. c. Uninterruptible services. d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 013216-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA e. Use of premises restrictions. f. Provisions for future construction. g. Seasonal variations. h. Environmental control. 5. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Subcontract awards. b. Submittals. c. Purchases. d. Mockups. e. Fabrication. f. Sample testing. g. Deliveries. h. Installation. i. Tests and inspections. j. Adjusting. k. Curing. I. Building flush -out. m. Startup and placement into final use and operation. 6. Construction Areas: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following: a. Structural completion. b. Temporary enclosure and space conditioning. c. Permanent space enclosure. _ d. Completion of mechanical installation. 6 Completion of electrical installation. YSubstantial Completion. W 7. �ther Constraints: Insert constraints not indicated elsewhere. J $ ones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but CVited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion. f� �� emporary enclosure and space conditioning. 'P. 66 -if -Correlation: Superimpose a cost correlation timeline, indicating planned and actual costs. cOnce line, show planned and actual dollar volume of the Work performed as of planned and N actual dates used for preparation of payment requests. F. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues: 1. Unresolved issues. 2. Unanswered Requests for Information. 3. Rejected or unreturned submittals. 4. Notations on returned submittals. 5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and Contract Time. G. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 14 or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew sizes, and equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished. H. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules. 2.02 REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 013216-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. List of separate contractors at Project site. 3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 4. Equipment at Project site. 5. Material deliveries. 6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain or snow. 7. Accidents. 8. Meetings and significant decisions. 9. Unusual events (see special reports). 10. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 11. Meter readings and similar recordings. 12. Emergency procedures. 13. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 14. Change Orders received and implemented. 15. Construction Change Directives received and implemented. 16. Services connected and disconnected. 17. Equipment or system tests and startups. 18. Partial completions and occupancies. 19. Substantial Completions authorized. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRELIMINARY SCHEDULE A. Prepare preliminary schedule in the form of a horizontal bar chart. o 3.02 CONTENT o A. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning 8085mpa—ion ofn each element of construction. B. Identify each item by specification section number. 4C)Co C. Identify work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities. :< 17– a rn D. Provide sub -schedules for each phase of Work identified in the Phasing Drawings Eo = Q E. Show accumulated percentage of completion of each item, and total percentagof Work.- orldcompleted, completed,as of the first day of each month. cn F. Provide legend for symbols and abbreviations used. 3.03 BAR CHARTS A. Include a separate bar for each major portion of Work or operation. B. Identify the first workday of each week. 3.04 REVIEW AND EVALUATION OF SCHEDULE A. Participate in joint review and evaluation of schedule with Architect at each submittal. B. Evaluate project status to determine work behind schedule and work ahead of schedule. C. After review, revise as necessary as result of review, and resubmit within 10 days. 3.05 UPDATING SCHEDULE A. Maintain schedules to record actual start and finish dates of completed activities. B. Indicate progress of each activity to date of revision, with projected completion date of each activity. C. Annotate diagrams to graphically depict current status of Work. D. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in Work, and other identifiable changes. E. Indicate changes required to maintain Date of Substantial Completion. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 01 32 16-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform. 2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor, and the Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order. B. Employment of agency in no way relieves Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Have work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specked quality. F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer. G. ISecure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand ATresse"ibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement. 10 TOORAS LLJ A. 'Mon �pbrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. c&o r> permit tolerances to accumulate. B.o th manufacturers' tolerances. Should manufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract t 9oc�'ts, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. C.djust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place. 3.03 TIMING AND INSPECTION A. See individual specification sections for testing required. B. Testing Agency Duties: 1. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of services. 2. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified standards. 3. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. 4. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or noncompliance of Work or products. 5. Perform additional tests and inspections required by Architect. 6. Submit reports of all tests/inspections specked. C. Limits on Testing/Inspection Agency Authority: 1. Agency may not release, revoke, after, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Agency may not assume any duties of Contractor. 4. Agency has no authority to stop the Work. D. Contractor Responsibilities: QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 1. Owner will fumish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform. 2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor, and the Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order. B. Employment of agency in no way relieves Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specked quality. B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Have work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality. F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer. G. ISecure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand Afressesavibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement. A� TOR 5 (J A. -vonkbNgbrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. &o 63 permit tolerances to accumulate. J B.o ith manufacturers' tolerances. Should manufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract Lj outs, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. C. adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place. 3.03 TIEVING AND INSPECTION A. See individual specification sections for testing required. B. Testing Agency Duties: 1. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of services. 2. Perform specked sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified standards. 3. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. 4. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-compliance of Work or products. 5. Perform additional tests and inspections required by Architect. 6. Submit reports of all teststinspections specified. C. Limits on Testing/Inspection Agency Authority: 1. Agency may not release, revoke, after, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Agency may not assume any duties of Contractor. 4. Agency has no authority to stop the Work. D. Contractor Responsibilities: QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 16404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 1. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work. 2. Provide incidental labor and facilities: a. To provide access to Work to be tested/inspected. b. To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be tested/inspected. c. To facilitate tests/inspections. d. To provide storage and curing of test samples. 3. Notify Architect, Owner and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testingAnspection services. 4. Employ services of an independent qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. 5. Arrange with Owner's agency and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. E. Re -testing required because of non-compliance with specified requirements shall be performed by the same agency on instructions by Architect. F. Re -testing required because of non-compliance with specified requirements shall be paid for by Contractor. 3.04 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. Replace Work or portions of the Work not complying with specified requirements. 3.05 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with d able seams that are as invisible as possible. B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality -control service activities. � n s C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignmeP;; N responsibility for quality -control services. CIOcy "-I END OF SECTION ;<m a � 3 �7C O QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY. IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 -4 tb Q= Q ]C� Lu xc Wcr � .1 � _,>= U F- �. N U 1� Q q N � 0 N PROJECT NO. 18404000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 -4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA SECTION 01 42 16 - DEFINITIONS ;Eli fttej4:I:1:7_11111 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section supplements the definitions contained in the General Conditions. B. Other definitions are included in individual specification sections. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Approved: When used to convey Architects action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. B. Directed: A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized, "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed". C. Furnish: To supply, deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operation. D. Indicated: Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "Shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." E. Install: To unload, temporarily store, unpack, assemble, erect, apply, place, anchor, work to dimensions, finish, cure, protect, clean, start up, and make ready for use. F. Product: Material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the work result. Not materials or equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying, or erection and not incorporated into the work result. Products may be new, never before used, or re -used materials or equipment. G. Project Site: Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. H. Provide: To fumish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. o N I. Regulations: Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authoritio havi -� jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction irx% y► t acontrof performance of the Work. —+ N J. Supply. Same as Fumish. C-) Go PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED Gr a rn PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED o o END OF SECTION r cn DEFINITIONS 014216-1 FILED 2020 JAN 28 All 11: 16 CITY IOWA CITY, I OH'A o;a �O Dm <a om �m m ax m n M m D 1 O z n m z m v x D N m N 3 v A O m 9 m z y T M O m m 0 z O o� A O O O ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 01 50 00 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary utilities. B. Temporary telecommunications services. C. Vehicular access and parking. D. Project identification sign. E. Field offices. 1.02 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for construction personnel. B. Erosion- and Sedimentation -Control Plan: Show compliance with requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent. C. Fire -Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire -prevention program. D. Moisture Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and construction from water absorption and damage. 1. Describe delivery, handling and storage provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water damage. 2. Indicate procedures for discarding water -damaged materials, protocols for mitigating water intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water -damaged Work. 3. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire -resistive materials, plastering, and terrazzo grinding, and describe plans for dealing with water from these operations. Show proceedures for verifying that wet construction has dried sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials. E. Dust- and HVAC -Control Plan: Submit coordination drawing and narrative that indicates the dust- and HVAC -control measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operation. Identify further options if proposed measures are later detedi�ned to be inadequate. Include the following: o 1. Locations of dust -control partitions at each phase of work. y Z2 x 2. HVAC system isolation schematic drawing. n.< N 3. Location of proposed air -filtration system discharge. �n co 4. Waste handling proceedures. :gym a rn 5. Other dust -control measures. 3 1.03 TEMPORARY UTILITIES tom. D A. Owner will provide the following: rn 1. Electrical power, consisting of connection to existing facilities. 2. Water supply, consisting of connection to existing facilities. 3. Sewer service, consiting of connection to existing facilities. B. Provide and pay for all heating and cooling and ventilation required for construction purposes. 1. Do not use Owner's electrical power for heating, cooling and ventilation during construction. C. Use trigger -operated nozzles for water hoses, to avoid waste of water. 1.04 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES A. Provide, maintain, and pay for telecommunications services to field office at time of project mobilization. B. Telecommunications services shall include: TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO, 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 1. Windows-based personal computer dedicated to project telecommunications, with necessary software and laser printer. 2. Internet Connections: Minimum of one; DSL modem or faster. 3. Email: Accountladdress reserved for project use. 1.05 EXTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary weather tight closure of exterior openings to accommodate acceptable working conditions and protection for Products, to allow for temporary heating and maintenance of required ambient temperatures identified in individual specification sections, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. Provide access doors with self-closing hardware and locks. 1.06 INTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary partitions as indicated to separate work areas from Owner -occupied areas, to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into Owner -occupied areas, and to prevent damage to existing materials and equipment. 1.07 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING A. Coordinate access and haul routes with governing authorities and Owner. B. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions. C. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets. D. Provide temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off-site parking. 1.08 WARTE REMOVAL A.-Provide�,,vaste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in clean and Q mrd e'ondition. W B.,NDr)ie containers with lids. Remove trash from site daily. J C.,,DuE p4rs must be more than 5 feet away from owner's dumpster and building. D "if rR!rtfi4als to be recycled or re -used on the project must be stored on-site, provide suitable LJ=noAi_- nbustible containers; locate containers holding flammable material outside the structure o unkF4therwise approved by the authorities having jurisdiction. En OpenTree-fall chutes are not permitted. Terminate closed chutes into appropriate containers with lids. 1.09 FIELD OFFICES A. Field Office to be located in work area and equipped with sturdy funtiture, drawing rack, and drawings diplay table. B. Owner to provide space for Project Meetings. 1.10 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Date of Substantial Completion inspection. B. Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of 2 feet. Grade site as indicated. C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposure. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA ;U JUK4X91rj1[d:e:[all illl=1e 3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilites where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of permanent facilities. 3.02 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. B. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction. C. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilites, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. 1. Portable restroom may be located in laydown area and must be secured to the ground and locked during non working hours. 2. Contractor shall not use owner's restroom. D. Heating: Provide temporary heating required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. E. Isolation of Work Areas in Occupied Facilities: Prevent dust, fumes, and odors from entering occupied areas. F. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed constru tion from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful eft on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation regr83-mentM produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption. -n G. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system gQfic o size� capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations. 00 1. Connect temporary service to Owner's existing power source, as directed h��ri� ney rn H. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequateinai for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions. 3.03 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION m A. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water. 1. Dispose of rainwater in lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilites. 2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations. C. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. 1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities. 3.04 SECURITY AND PROTECTION OF FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Comply with requirements specified. D. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates. E. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting. F. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. G. Temporary Partitions: Provide floor -to -ceiling dustproof partitions to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate occupied areas from fumes and noise. H. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire -protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire -prevention program. I. Contractor's Moisture -Protection Plan: Avoid trapping water in finished work. Document visible signs of mold that may appear during construction. 1:4 IL I OX01 JI&I =M 1191 : I TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000-4 © Y W aQ UJ- qp UF— a E3 o cW O -- TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 01 51 00 - TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary Utilities: Provision of electricity, lighting, heat, ventilation, and water. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 29 CFR 1926 - U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards; current edition. 1.03 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. Cost: By Owner. B. Provide power service required from utility source. C. Provide power outlets for construction operations, with branch wiring and distribution boxes located at each floor. Provide flexible power cords as required. D. Provide main service disconnect and over -current protection at convenient location and meter. E. Permanent convenience receptacles may not be utilized during construction. 0 F. Provide adequate distribution equipment, wiring, and outlets to provide single p? branch - circuits for power and lighting. x y 1.04 TEMPORARY LIGHTING FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES n_eco A. Provide and maintain LED, compact fluorescent, or high-intensity discharge lightingsui le i for the application for construction operations in accordance with requirements of R f926 and authorities having jurisdiction. o� o x B. Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting conduct, pigtaNs, and lamps as required. C. Maintain lighting and provide routine repairs. 1.05 TEMPORARY HEATING A. Cost of Energy: By Contractor. B. Provide heating devices and heat as needed to maintain specified conditions for construction operations. C. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50 degrees F in areas where construction is in progress, unless indicated otherwise in specifications. D. Existing facilities shall not be used. 1.06 TEMPORARY COOLING A. Cost of Energy: By Contractor. B. Provide cooling devices and cooling as needed to maintain specified conditions for construction operations. C. Maintain maximum ambient temperature of BO degrees F in areas where construction is in progress, unless indicated otherwise in specifications. D. Existing facilities shall not be used. 1.07 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE A. Cost of Water Used: By Contractor. B. Extend branch piping with outlets located so water is available by hoses with threaded connections. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA TEMPORARY UTILITIES 015100-2 Q � s Q W" N U� >" U V3 c O N TEMPORARY UTILITIES 015100-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 01 60 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General product requirements. B. Transportation, handling, storage and protection. C. Product option requirements. D. Substitution limitations. E. Maintenance materials, including extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 0125 00 -Substitution Procedures: Substitutions made during procurement anirdr construction phases. o 0 1.03 DEFINITIONS D� Z A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchases for&*ct W r taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "rr)g@ryal,'co "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. {r— y, rn 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, includine (PC model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's publis root literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. F 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project& facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Products: Product that is demonstrated and approved, prior to bid, through substitution process, to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those specified products. B. Basis -0f -Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis -of -design product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information speck to this Project. B. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project; indicate utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances. C. Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. 1. For selection from standard finishes, submit samples of the full range of the manufacturer's standard colors, textures, and patterns. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NEW PRODUCTS A. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by the Contract Documents. 2.02 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software of types and in quantities specked in individual specification sections. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Deliver to Project site, obtain receipt prior to final payment. 2.03 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurerent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modred to include Project -specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified fors are include with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated from properly executed. 3. Refer to Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. PARTi EXECUTION L�.01 AROW_0 SELECTION PROCEDURES W �al Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are aged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation. -►1 CO Pt=Provide products Complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items N >--Uneeded for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. -�QStandard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are U z o C�specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used c — successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Where products are accompanied by the ter "as selected," Architect will make selection. 4. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutieons for Contractor's convenience will not be considered unless approved by the Architect prior to bid. 2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 3. Basis -of Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product, that meets or exceeds the characteristics of the basis -of -design product, by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Designation as an acceptable comparable manufacturer does not signify acceptance of a specific product by that manufacturer unless it is deemed, by the Architect, as meeting or exceeding the characteristics of the basis -of -design product. a. Construction Document design is based on the basis -of -design product listed, if a comparable product from another named manufacturer is proposed, the Architect shall consider the Contractor's selection of a comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If all of the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record non-compliance with these requirements: PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 1) Selected comparable product must be from one of the manufacturer's listed as an acceptable manufacturer in the specifications. 2) Evidence that the selected comparable product does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of work. 3) Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed comparable product with the basis -of -design product named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. 4) Evidence that comparable product provides warranty which meets or exceeds that specified. 5) List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 6) Samples, if requested. o b. Products by unnamed manufacturers will only be considered prior to bid. Conry with "Comparable Product Requests" paragraphs for consideration of co le" products. 7y --i c. Where a list of manufacturers is not provided, comply with "Comparalplg�2tod0� Requests" paragraphs for consideration of comparable products. Cot=ble%oducF request will ony be considered prior to bid. C rn a C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's e' gMCvide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Arct�bt s dd'cision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. cn D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. 3.02 SUBSTITUTION LIMITATIONS A. See Section 0125 00 - Substitution Procedures. B. Submit substitution request on Substitution Request Form provided in the Specification Manual. 1. Notification of approved substitutions shall be provided by Addendum. 2. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a substitution request within time allocated. 3.03 COMPARABLE PRODUCT REQUESTS A. Submit request for consideration of each comparable product during the bidding period complying with same time restrition as substitutions, using same form as substitution requests. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within three days of receipt of request. 2. Notification of approved substitutions shall be provided by Addendum. 3. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated. 3.04 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Package products for shipment in manner to prevent damage; for equipment, package to avoid loss of factory calibration. B. If special precautions are required, attach instructions prominently and legibly on outside of packaging. C. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site storage time and potential damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism to stored materials. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 -3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA D. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of surrounding areas. F. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. G. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage, and to minimize handling. H. Arrange for the return of packing materials, such as wood pallets, where economically feasible. 3.05 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to excessive materials handling and misapplication. See Section 01 74 19. B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. C. Store with seals and labels intact and legible. D. Store sensitive products in weathertight, climate -controlled enclosures in an environment favorable to product. E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. F.,,pProtect products from damage or deterioration due to construction operations, weather, —precipiIption, humidity, temperature, sunlight and ultraviolet light, dirt, dust, and other :co r ants. W r � C with manufacturer's warranty conditions, if any. H. CovE?products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to CO pr�p condensation and degradation of products. N e 1.24 PmVeW contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining. J-1 P(cZ* equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, odisfiy`)3'rement, or damage. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 01 70 00 - EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. B. Requirements for alterations work, including selective demolition, except removal, disposal, and/or remediation of hazardous materials and toxic substances. C. Cutting and patching. D. Laying out the Work. E. Cleaning and protection. F. Starting of systems and equipment. G. Demonstration and instruction of Owner personnel. H. Closeout procedures, including Contractor's Correction Punch List, except payment procedures. I. General requirements for maintenance service. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 0179 00 - Demonstration and Training: Demonstration of products and systema to be commissioned and where indicated in specific specification sections rqa 1.03 DEFINITIONS O c 7 0 A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or pj�4OPinar= of ...— other work. j—G N " co B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original cor`;dns after rn installation of other work. 3� 1.04 SUBMITTALS o A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. 3v 471 B. Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration that affects: 1. Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element. 3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. 4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 5. Work of Owner or separate Contractor. 6. Include in request: a. Extent: Describe reason for and extent of each occurrence of cutting and patching. b. Changes to In -Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building appearance and other significant visual elements. c. Products: List products to be used for patching and firms or entities that will perform patching work. d. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed. e. Utilities and Mechanical and Electrical Systems: List services and systems that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services and systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate length of time permanent services and systems will be disrupted. 1) Include description of provisions for temporary services and systems during interruption of permanent services and systems. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. For field engineering, employ a professional engineer of the discipline required for specific service on Project, licensed in the State in which the Project is located. Employ only individual(s) trained and experienced in establishing and maintaining horizontal and vertical EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 7000-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA control points necessary for laying out construction work on project of similar size, scope and/or complexity. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements. 1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify Architect of locations and details of cutting and await directions from Architect before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural elements during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load -carrying capacity or increase deflection. 2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational fife or safety. Operational elements include the following: a. Primary operational systems and equipment. b. Fire separation assemblies. c. Air or smoke barriers. �0 d. Fire -suppression systems. e<S Mechanical systems piping and ducts. Control systems. W Q L- Communication systems. h?- Fire -detection and -alar systems. J 07 Conveying systems. Electrical wiring systems. ! !y rZ3 Operating systems of special construction. � 3. er Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or Ncomponents in a manner that could change their load -carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Other construction elements include but are not limited to the following: a. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. b. Membranes and flashings. c. Exterior curtain -wall construction. d. Sprayed fire -resistive material. e. Equipment supports. f. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. g. Noise- and vibration -control elements and systems. 4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Use of explosives is not permitted. B. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. C. Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air -borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere and over adjacent property. 1. Provide dust -proof barriers between construction areas and areas continuing to be occupied by Owner. EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 7000-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA D. Pest and Rodent Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent pests and insects from damaging the work. E. Pollution Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by construction operations. Comply with federal, state, and local regulations. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements. C. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work that are indicated diagrammatically on drawings. Follow routing indicated for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. D. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. E. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections. N F. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction oEBefecti `a work-� and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption dfdirrer activities. r.. PART 2 PRODUCTS Co 2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS rn g A. New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and�r pahingo and extending work. 'J;� Sr B. Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspecting and testing products why necessary, referring to existing work as a standard. C. In -Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. ;EIA 07*3*1111ttfh7a 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied or attached. C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication, to minimize waste due to over -ordering or misfabrication. E. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. F. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 017000-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA G. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following: 1. Description of the Work. 2. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. 3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. 4. Recommended corrections. H. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. R3bY� �:t�1�1:7a� l Lfla A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to [local utility] [Owner] that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to ft the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C. paceR uirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagra tically on Drawings. C) D. fAeamstrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. UJ E. %eal.cwraLks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. F. *pl U f-r�ufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to {{� �pplyiag�ny new material or substance in contact or bond. ,43 LAAG THE WORK 0 A. cMerify loMtions of survey control points prior to starting work. N B. Promptly notify Architect of any discrepancies discovered. C. Protect survey control points prior to starting site work; preserve permanent reference points during construction. D. Promptly report to Architect the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons. E. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changes without prior written notice to Architect. F. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. G. Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on site, referenced to established control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on project record documents. 3.04 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated. B. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement. C. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00 -4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. D. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. E. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated. F. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and horizontal lines, unless otherwise indicated. G. Make consistent texture on surfaces, with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated. H. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance. I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indrted, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to forghairlir>Loints ..i J. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that arlio-, oVered. hazardous. n { r10 `-- 3.05 ALTERATIONS A. Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field obArvatiognd existing record documents only. o :30 1. Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as indicated. s� 2. Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation. rn 3. Beginning of alterations work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions. B. Remove existing work as indicated and as required to accomplish new work. 1. Remove items indicated on drawings. 2. Relocate items indicated on drawings. 3. Where new surface finishes are to be applied to existing work, perform removals, patch, and prepare existing surfaces as required to receive new finish; remove existing finish if necessary for successful application of new finish. 4. Where new surface finishes are not specified or indicated, patch holes and damaged surfaces to match adjacent finished surfaces as closely as possible. C. Services (Including but not limited to HVAC, Plumbing, Fire Protection, Electrical, and Telecommunications): Remove, relocate, and extend existing systems to accommodate new construction. 1. Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation; maintain access to equipment and operational components; if necessary, modify installation to allow access or provide access panel. 2. Where existing systems or equipment are not active and Contract Documents require reactivation, put back into operational condition; repair supply, distribution, and equipment as required. 3. Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with new services, maintain existing systems in service until new systems are complete and ready for service. a. Disable existing systems only to make switchovers and connections; minimize duration of outages. b. Provide temporary connections as required to maintain existing systems in service. 4. Verify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities. EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 017000-5 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 5. Remove abandoned pipe, ducts, conduits, and equipment, including those above accessible ceilings; remove back to source of supply where possible, otherwise cap stub and tag with identification; patch holes left by removal using materials specified for new construction. D. Protect existing work to remain. 1. Prevent movement of structure; provide shoring and bracing if necessary. 2. Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting new work. 3. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work. E. Adapt existing work to fit new work: Make as neat and smooth transition as possible. F. Patching: Where the existing surface is not indicated to be refinished, patch to match the surface finish that existed prior to cutting. Where the surface is indicated to be refinished, patch so that the substrate is ready for the new finish. G. Refinish existing surfaces as indicated: 1. Where rooms or spaces are indicated to be refinished, refinish all visible existing surfaces to remain to the specified condition for each material, with a neat transition to adjacent finishes. 2. If mechanical or electrical work is exposed accidentally during the work, re-cover and refinish to match. H. Clean existing systems and equipment. I. Bemove demolition debris and abandoned items from alterations areas and dispose of off-site, -do not � or bury. C D PATCHING 0 W A.Vh r�ppagr possible, execute the work by methods that avoid cutting or patching. -J B. cc ee ions article above for additional requirements. C. aPerkrRaavhatever cutting and patching is necessary to: (� .¢=I. plete the work. C=2. roducts together to integrate with other work. 03. Provide openings for penetration of mechanical, electrical, and other services. '4. Match work that has been cut to adjacent work. 5. Repair areas adjacent to cuts to required condition. 6. Repair new work damaged by subsequent work. 7. Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested. 8. Remove and replace defective and non -complying work. D. Execute work by methods that avoid damage to other work and that will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. In existing work, minimize damage and restore to original condition. E. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. F. Employ original installer to perforin cutting for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces. G. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut. H. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to minimize interruption to occupied areas. I. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. J. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 7000 -6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond -core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 31 Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. K. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. L. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. M. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seo voids with fire rated material, to full thickness of the penetrated element. o N. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and sir`f Iar,o*Ptions..n following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that areas inVlejbTq as= practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified -tri otF Sections, where applicable. -4 n rn 1. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one f6 cited a into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. PTyM amen Q surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-placeto arSr3wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform7Zblor and, appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, prepare substrate and apply primer and intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over the patch, and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 2. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even -plane surface of uniform appearance. 3. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity of building enclosure. 4. Finish patched surfaces to match finish that existed prior to patching. On continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit. 5. Match color, texture, and appearance. 6. Repair patched surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections due to patching work. If defects are due to condition of substrate, repair substrate prior to repairing finish. 3.07 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations. B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. D. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. E. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials. EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00 -7 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA F. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer. G. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas. H. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle coverings if possible. 3.08 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C). 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. 1. Mow grass and weed growth areas to keep groth maintained. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom -clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D. �nstalled Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written —4 istructigns of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials © ::5pecifieWly recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning . naWets that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed UJ wmurf=_ J J E.opCoawaled Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. C\1 Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to #_,(- QenM6feedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. GN WastdIDisposal: Do not bury or bum waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials N down sewers or into waterways. H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.09 SYSTEM STARTUP A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions that may cause damage. C. Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. D. Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 7000-8 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 10404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA E. Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel and manufacturer's representative in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. F. Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. 3.10 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION A. See Section 0179 00 - Demonstration and Training. B. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to Owners personnel two weeks prior to date of Substantial Completion. 3.11 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 3.12 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste -removal operations to cd ly with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollwion o T regulations. o n B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaninW. r5ean ach r surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaningaii.- op 1r-��1 maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. �n 1 " 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for t'6rocat�t of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Proje(a. ?J o a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by constructiorraiC iv`ities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter -(6n d oti� foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even -textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to a dirt -free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; clean according to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains remain. j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision -obscuring materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. k. Remove labels that are not permanent. I. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment[, elevator equipment,] and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. m. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. n. Replace disposable air fitters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. o. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. p. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous. EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 7000-9 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA D. Clean interior and exterior glass, surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. E. Remove all labels that are not permanent. Do not paint or otherwise cover fire test labels or nameplates on mechanical and electrical equipment. F. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned. G. Clean finers of operating equipment. H. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, scuppers, overflow drains, area drains, and drainage systems. I. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. J. Remove waste, surplus materials, trash/rubbish, and construction facilities from the site; dispose of in legal manner; do not bum or bury. 3.13 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Accompany Project Coordinator on preliminary inspection to determine items to be listed for completion or correction in the Contractors Correction Punch List for Contractor's Notice of Substantial Completion. B. Substantial Completion Procedures 1. Contractors List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractors punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. 2. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items k10 below that are incomplete at time of request. a< Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having Q = r� jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and Q w— utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. W _pe- Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project J co UI" record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, final completion construction photographic documentation, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and a E"Q similar final record information. V Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Divisions 02 through 33 Sections, o— including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, N final certifications, and similar documents. d. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Divisions 02 through 33 Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Architect. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. 1) Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. e. Submit test/adjust/balance records. f. Submit sustainable design submittals required in Division 01 sustainable design requirements Section and in individual Division 02 through 33 Sections. g. Submit changeover information related to Owners occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. 3. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. a. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. b. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 7000 -10 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA c. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. d. Perforin preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. e. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training video recordings specified in Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training." f. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities. g. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency responders. h. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. i. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. j. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. 4. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect's punch list, that must be completed or corremd before certificate will be issued. o a. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previ(LaAspvions as incomplete is completed or corrected. y ::� a --- b. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for&gak: � (� completion. -in rn C. Conduct Substantial Completion inspection and create Final Correction Punch Limritairi� 0 Architect's and Contractor's comprehensive list of items identified to be completrre d and submit to Architect. c D. Final Completion Procedures: y m 1. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following: a. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 01 Section "Price and Payment Procedures." b. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each tem has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. c. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. d. Submit pest -control final inspection report and warranty. e. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. 2. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. a. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. E. List of Incomplete Items (Punch List) 1. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. a. Organize list of spaces in sequential order. EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00 -11 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA b. Organize items apptying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3.14 REPAIR OF THE WORK A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion. B. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and property adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials. 2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration. a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and dentification. 3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity. 4. Replace burned -out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for �0 new fixtures. 3.15 MAINTENANCE A. X-Progq�ervice and maintenance of components indicated in specification sections. B.'�Ma�N ance Period: As indicated in specification sections or, if not indicated, not less than one „J wyeel fern the Date of Substantial Completion or the length of the specified warranty, whichever Nis INqer. t. U— C:!!� E)q11ffe system components at a frequency consistent with reliable operation. Clean, adjust, andl*icate as required. N Include systematic examination, adjustment, and lubrication of components. Repair or replace parts whenever required. Use parts produced by the manufacturer of the original component. E. Maintenance service shall not be assigned or transferred to any agent or subcontractor without prior written consent of the Owner. END OF SECTION EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00 -12 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 01 78 00 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Project Record Documents. B. Operation and Maintenance Data. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, shop drawings, product data, and samples. B. Individual Product Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Submit documents to Architect with claim for final Application for Payment. o B. Operation and Maintenance Data: o 1. Submit two copies of draft or formats and outlines of b�ntefore� preliminary proposed start of Work. Architect will review draft and return one copy with comment ---A Z ..- 2. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during comtrdctind 1 operated by Owner, submit completed documents within ten days after acc once. 3. Submit one copy of completed documents 15 days prior to final inspection. o ill be reviewed and returned after final inspection, with Architect commentf coo nt of all document sets as required prior to final submission. 4. Submit a set of revised final documents in final form within 10 days after finafa7lspectify. C. Warranties and Bonds: 1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Owner's permission, submit documents within 10 days after acceptance. 2. Make other submittals within 10 days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final Application for Payment. 3. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit within 10 days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. B. Record Prints: 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked -up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding archive photographic documentation. 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 01 7800 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations below first floor. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order or ConstructionChange Directive. k. Changes made following Architect's written orders. I. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked -up record prints. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red -colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. ,06. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order — nTbers, and similar identification, where applicable. C._Ensff"ntries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner. W D.aStgrf record documents separate from documents used for construction. J E.CC)ReJnformation concurrent with construction progress. F.NSpbeftations: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products j t Qinshlllsd, including the following: �1. nufacturer's name and product model and number. 02. duct substitutions or alternates utilized. 'r 3. Changes made by Addenda and modifications. 3.02 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Source Data: For each product or system, list names, addresses and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts. B. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information. C. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. D. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. For Each Product, Applied Material, and Finish: 1. Product data, with catalog number, size, composition, and color and texture designations. B. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental cleaning agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C. Where additional instructions are required, beyond the manufacturer's standard printed instructions, have instructions prepared by personnel experienced in the operation and maintenance of the specific products. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 017800-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 3.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. For Each Item of Equipment and Each System: 1. Description of unit or system, and component parts. 2. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. 3. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests. 4. Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts. B. Where additional instructions are required, beyond the manufacturer's standard printed instructions, have instructions prepared by personnel experienced in the operation and maintenance of the specific products. C. Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut -down, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and any special operating instructions. D. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and trouble shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions. E. N Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required. F. 0 Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions. <_ it G. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. H. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and ms" r required for maintenance. m I. .f m a Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification section�� s 3.05 ASSEMBLY OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS :4: A. Assemble operation and maintenance data into durable manuals for Owner's personnel UAS, with data arranged in the same sequence as, and identified by, the specification sections. B. Operation and Maintenance Manual Electronic File: Assemble complete operation and maintenance manual submittal package into a single indexed electronic PDF file with links enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document. C. Where systems involve more than one specification section, provide separate linked dividers for each system. D. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of described products. E. Binders: 3 Commercial quality, 8-1/2 by 11 inch three D side ring binders with durable plastic covers; 2 inch maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings. F. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; identify title of Project; identify subject matter of contents. G. Project Directory: Title and address of Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect, Consultants, Contractor and subcontractors, with names of responsible parties. H. Tables of Contents: List every dem using the same identification as on the divider tabs; where multiple volumes are required, include all volumes Tables of Contents in each volume, with the current volume clearly identified. I. Dividers: Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system; identify the contents on the divider tab; immediately following the divider tab include a description of product and major component parts of equipment. J. Contents: Prepare a Table of Contents for each volume, with each product or system description identified, in three parts as follows: CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 01 78 00-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 1. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect, Contractor, Subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers. 2. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by system and subdivided by specification section. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers. Identify the following: a. Significant design criteria. b. List of equipment. c. Parts list for each component. d. Operating instructions. e. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems. f. Maintenance instructions for special finishes, including recommended cleaning methods and materials, and special precautions identifying detrimental agents. 3. Part 3: Project documents and certificates, including the following: a. Shop drawings and product data. b. Photocopies of warranties and bonds. END OF SECTION CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 01 7800-4 W Q WO Ji OJ OF ^+. N 1- U 2= -7 ~Q U? N � O N CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 01 7800-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA SECTION 01 79 00 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Demonstration of products and systems where indicated in specific specification sections. B. Training of Owner personnel in operation and maintenance is required for: 1. HVAC systems and equipment. 2. Electrical systems and equipment. 3. Fire Alarm System. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 0178 00 - Closeout Submittals: Operation and maintenance manuals. B. Other Specification Sections: Additional requirements for demonstration and training. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE N A. Instructor Qualifications: Familiar with design, operation, maintenance and troublesh00%g of the relevant products and systems. o 0 1. Provide as instructors the most qualified trainer of those contractors and/ ` tall who actually supplied and installed the systems and equipment. ""r 2. Where a single person is not familiar with all aspects, provide specialists v�Aecee0 nary r qualifications. Gr- y, M rti PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED s PART 3 EXECUTION g: 3.01 DEMONSTRATION -GENERAL D m A. Demonstrations conducted during system start-up do not qualify as demonstrations for the purposes of this section, unless approved in advance by Owner. B. Demonstration may be combined with Owner personnel training if applicable. C. Operating Equipment and Systems: Demonstrate operation in all modes, including start-up, shut -down, seasonal changeover, emergency conditions, and troubleshooting, and maintenance procedures, including scheduled and preventive maintenance. 1. Perform demonstrations not less than two weeks prior to Substantial Completion. 2. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within three months. D. Non -Operating Products: Demonstrate cleaning, scheduled and preventive maintenance, and repair procedures. 1. Perform demonstrations not less than two weeks prior to Substantial Completion. 3.02 TRAINING -GENERAL A. Conduct training on-site unless otherwise indicated. B. Training schedule will be subject to availability of Owner's personnel to be trained; re -schedule training sessions as required by Owner; once schedule has been approved by Owner failure to conduct sessions according to schedule will be cause for Owner to charge Contractor for personnel "show -up" time. C. Product- and System -Speck Training: 1. Review the applicable O&M manuals. 2. For systems, provide an overview of system operation, design parameters and constraints, and operational strategies. 3. Review instructions for proper operation in all modes, including start-up, shut -down, seasonal changeover and emergency procedures, and for maintenance, including preventative maintenance. 4. Provide hands-on training on all operational modes possible and preventive maintenance. DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 79 00 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 5. Emphasize safe and proper operating requirements; discuss relevant health and safety issues and emergency procedures. 6. Discuss common troubleshooting problems and solutions. 7. Discuss any peculiarities of equipment installation or operation. 8. Discuss warranties and guarantees, including procedures necessary to avoid voiding coverage. 9. Review recommended tools and spare parts inventory suggestions of manufacturers. 10. Review spare parts and tools required to be furnished by Contractor. 11. Review spare parts suppliers and sources and procurement procedures. D. Be prepared to answer questions raised by training attendees; if unable to answer during training session, provide written response within three days. END OF SECTION DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900-2 _ s Q �0 LU�>- Jco�� N y -U LL a Z� o N O C) N DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 02 41 00 - DEMOLITION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Building demolition excluding removal of hazardous materials and toxic substances. B. Selective demolition of building elements for alteration purposes. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 29 CFR 1926 -U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards; current edition. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Demolition Plan: Submit demolition plan as specified by OSHA and local authorities. 1. Indicate extent of demolition, removal sequence, bracing and shoring, and location and construction of barricades and fences. 2. Identify demolition firm and submit qualifications. B. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped and active utilities and subsurface construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS — NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL PROCEDURES AND PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Comply with applicable codes and regulations for demolition operations and safety of adjacent structures and the public. 1. Obtain required permits. c 2. Take precautions to prevent catastrophic or uncontrolled collapse of strucFmms to W removed; do not allow worker or public access within range of potential c i3e o,. -n unstable structures. t 3. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices. -G N 4. Conduct operations to minimize effects on and interference with adjacent ctures andrn occupants. 5. Do not close or obstruct roadways or sidewalks without permit. o x 6. Conduct operations to minimize obstruction of public and private entrancA and exRi s; do® not obstruct required exits at any time; protect persons using entrances and exitsmom removal operations. 7. Obtain written permission from owners of adjacent properties when demolition equipment will traverse, infringe upon or limit access to their property. B. Do not begin removal until receipt of notification to proceed from Owner. C. Protect existing structures and other elements that are not to be removed. 1. Provide bracing and shoring. 2. Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures. 3. Stop work immediately if adjacent structures appear to be in danger. D. If hazardous materials are discovered during removal operations, stop work and notify Architect and Owner; hazardous materials include regulated asbestos containing materials, lead, PCB's, and mercury. 3.02 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Coordinate work with utility companies; notify before starting work and comply with their requirements; obtain required permits. B. Protect existing utilities to remain from damage. C. Do not disrupt public utilities without permit from authority having jurisdiction. D. Do not close, shut off, or disrupt existing life safety systems that are in use without at least 7 days prior written notification to Owner. DEMOLITION 0241 00-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA E. Do not close, shut off, or disrupt existing utility branches or take -offs that are in use without at least 3 days prior written notification to Owner. F. Locate and mark utilities to remain; mark using highly visible tags or flags, with identification of utility type; protect from damage due to subsequent construction, using substantial barricades if necessary. G. Remove exposed piping, valves, meters, equipment, supports, and foundations of disconnected and abandoned utilities. 3.03 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ALTERATIONS A. Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation and existing record documents only. 1. Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as indicated. 2. Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation. 3. Beginning of demolition work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions that would be apparent upon examination prior to starting demolition. B. Remove existing work as indicated and as required to accomplish new work. 1. Remove items indicated on drawings. C. Services (Including but not limited to HVAC, Plumbing, Fire Protection, Electrical, and Telecommunications): Remove existing systems and equipment as indicated. 1. Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation; maintain access to equipment and operational components. 2. Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with new services, maintain existing systems in service until new systems are complete and ready tb� service. �3. �rify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities before removal. Q4. =DRiamove abandoned pipe, ducts, conduits, and equipment, including those above (�. C.) cessible ceilings; remove back to source of supply where possible, otherwise cap stub N tag with identification. -- D.=Protectxisting work to remain. 9. 3aivent movement of structure; provide shoring and bracing if necessary. �2. P9form cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting new work. �. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work. 4. Patch as specified for patching new work. 3.04 DEBRIS AND WASTE REMOVAL A. Remove debris, junk, and trash from site. B. Leave site in clean condition, ready for subsequent work. C. Clean up spillage and wind-blown debris from public and private lands. END OF SECTION DEMOLITION 024100-2 ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER IOWA CITY, IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 SECTION 03 30 00 - CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast -in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, finishes and expanded polystyrene (EPS). 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. D. Formwork Shop Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer detailing fabrication, assembly, and support of formwork. E. Polished Concrete Mock -Up: Provide mockup per Specification 01 45 40. F. Construction Joint Layout: Indicate proposed construction joints required to construct the slab. 1. Location of construction joints is subject to the approval of the Architect. G. Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) – Geofoam or equivalent 1. Submit product data listing physical properties in compliance with ASTM D6917. 2. Shop drawings and connections. 3. 10 -year physical property warranty. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. B. Material certificates. C. Material test reports. o D. Minutes of pre -installation conference(s). o 0 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE VE C-) y A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-riftZ cd rcrete — products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for prod uctiotiila6ilitii,and (� equipment.- I C-) 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready MfftWiCoTete M Production Facilities." O-7 Q B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, qualified according to WM G:ib77 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated. D .1171 C. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.4/D Im.4M, "Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel." D. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. ACI 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete," Sections 1 through 5. 2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." E. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures. F. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site or by telephone. Conference to include Architect, Structural Engineer, Contractor and / or Subcontractor, Concrete Polisher. G. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregates from a single source and obtain admixtures through a single source from a single manufacturer. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 FORM -FACING MATERIALS A. Smooth -Formed Finished Concrete: Form -facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Fumish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. B. Rough -Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. 2.02 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 25 percent. B. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 1 ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER IOWA CITY, IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 1. Epoxy -Coated Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 775/A 775M, epoxy coated, with less than 2 percent damaged coating in each 12 -inch (300 -mm) bar length. C. Plain -Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185/A 185M, plain, fabricated from as -drawn steel wire into flat sheets. D. Deformed -Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 497/A 497M, flat sheet. E. Galvanized -Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185/A 185M, plain, fabricated from galvanized -steel wire into flat sheets. F. Epoxy -Coated Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 884/A 884M, Class A coated, Type 1, plain steel. G. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice. Where bar supports are located in slabs where the surface is exposed, bar supports shall be noncorrosive. H. Re-entrant comers at slab on grade shall be reinforced with a #4 bar x 2'-6' long, placed at mid - depth of slab. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source, throughout Project: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I, gray. Supplement with the following with the approval of the Engineer: a. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F. Maximum of 20% replacement of cement by G mass. �C Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag: ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120. OB. ailorf r'pVeight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, graded. 0I. —JOITiximurn Coarse -Aggregate Size: 1-1/4 inches for interior slabs on grade, 1 inch for J co C-leyndations and exterior slabs on grade. ci vide aggregates from a single source with documented service record data of at least ax years' satisfactory service in similar applications and service conditions using similar aggregates and cementitious materials. C. lFine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. ater: ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable. 2.04 ADMIXTURES A. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. B. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B. 3. Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. 4. High -Range, Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F. 5. High -Range, Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G. C. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type ll. 2.05 WATERSTOPS A. Flexible Rubber Waterstops: CE CRD -C 513, with factory -installed metal eyelets, for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids through joints. Factory fabricate corners, intersections, and directional changes. B. Chemically Resistant Flexible Waterstops: Thermoplastic elastomer rubber waterstops with factory -installed metal eyelets, for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids through joints; resistant to oils, solvents, and chemicals. Factory fabricate corners, intersections, and directional changes. C. Flexible PVC Waterstops: CE CRD -C 572, with factory -installed metal eyelets, for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids through joints. Factory fabricate corners, intersections, and directional changes. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-2 ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER IOWA CITY, IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 D. Self -Expanding Butyl Strip Waterstops: Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip, butyl rubber with sodium bentonite or other hydrophilic polymers, for adhesive bonding to concrete, 3/4 by 1 inch (19 by 25 mm). E. Self -Expanding Rubber Strip Waterstops: Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip, bentonite -free hydrophilic polymer modified chloroprene rubber, for adhesive bonding to concrete, 3/8 by 3/4 inch (10 by 19 mm). 2.06 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Sheet Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class A (Plastics). 1. Moisture Vapor Perneance: 0.25 perms or lower. 2. Vapor Retarder Products: a. Moistop Ultra 15 by Fortifiber Building System Group. b. Stego Wrap (15 -mil) Vapor Barrier by STEGO INDUSTRIES LLC. C. VaporBlock 15 by Raven Industries. 3. Vapor Retarder Accessories: a. Vapor Retarding Seam Tape: Provide seam tape from same manufacturer as vapor retarder as recommended by manufacturer for use with specified system. b. Vapor Retarding Mastic with Water Vapor Transmission Rate of ASTM E 96, 0.3 perms or lower. C. Pipe Boots: Construct pipe boots from vapor barrier material, pressure sensitive tape and/or mastic per manufacturer's instructions. o 2.07 CURING MATERIALS o A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufacturedr.9pplIlotion –� B. to fresh concrete.— Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kw'ring approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. (305 g/sq. m) when dry. --r c) Co C. Moisture -Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethypM st�,gt. rn D. Water: Potable. = E. Clear, Waterbome, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Ty@ I" CIM B, dissipating. v F. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Clan B, non -dissipating, certified by curing compound manufacturer to not interfere with bonding of floor covering. G. Clear, Solvent -Borne, Membrane -Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class A. 1. VOC Content: Curing and sealing compounds shall have a VOC content of 200 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). H. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class A. 1. VOC Content: Curing and sealing compounds shall have a VOC content of 200 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2.08 RELATED MATERIALS A. Expansion- and Isolation -Joint -Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt -saturated cellulosic fiber or ASTM D 1752, cork or self -expanding cork. 2.09 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. B. Cementitious Materials: Use fly ash, pozzolan, ground granulated blast -furnace slag, and silica fume as needed to reduce the total amount of portland cement, which would otherwise be used, by not more than 20 percent. Only cement shall be used in polished concrete slabs. C. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use water -reducing high -range water -reducing or plasticizing admixture in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. All anticipated admixtures must be clearly identified in any mix design submitted for approval. 2. Use water -reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 -3 ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER IOWA CITY, IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 3. Use water -reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy -use industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. D. Proportion normal -weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: a. 4000 psi at 28 days for all uses. 2. Typical Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.50 3. Slump Limit: 8 inches (200 mm) for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches (50 to 100 mm) before adding high -range water -reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture, plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm). 4. Air Content: 6 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1 -inch (25 -mm) nominal maximum aggregate size. 5. Air Content: Do not allow air content of trowel -finished floors to exceed 3 percent. 2.10 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 2.11 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M and ASTM C 1116/C 1116M, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F (30 and 32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. 2.12 tEEXPANDED POLYSTYRENE (EPS) A. ..Basis Design: Foam Control EPS Geofoam in compliance with ASTM D6817, Type EPS 15. Q B. =GeK� blocks to be treated by manufacturer with tested and proven termite treatment for w elpty. lade applications. 3 year minimum field exposure. Treatment to be EPA registered, meuirements of ICC ES AC329 and recognized in an ICC ES Engineering report. J C. NCo nrr Plates: Galvanized or stainless-steel plates with two-sided, multi -barbed design zca le of piercing EPS Geofoam. Each plate shall have a lateral holding strength of at least 60 �lbsE5 tested with EPS15 Geofoam. PART 3=iEXEOtDTION 3.01 bFORMWORK A. "Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. 3.02 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast -in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded - 1 . mbedded.1. All post installed anchors used for anchor rods supporting steel columns, as indicated, are required to be tested by the Owner's testing agency. 2. Wet -setting of anchor rods and/or reinforcement is not allowed. 3.03 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Sheet Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair sheet vapor retarder according to ASTM E 1643 and manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Lap joints 6 inches (150 mm) and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape. 3.04 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. 3.06 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 -4 ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. All joints in exposed slabs must be approved by the Architect and Engineer. C. Contraction Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one- fourth of concrete thickness as follows. Type of joint must be approved by the Architect and Engineer. 1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond -rimmed blades. Cut 1/8 -inch- (3.2 -mm-) wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. D. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: After removing formwork, install joint -filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. E. Maximum spacing of contraction joints: 1. Slab on Grade: 30 times the thickness of the slab or as indicated. r, 2. Exposed basement walls: 30 feet o 3. Exposed non -basement walls or exposed curbs: 12 feet Q F. Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other joints indicatecEibco g to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.06 CONCRETE PLACEMENT n� c A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and ei ded itemq l is complete and that required inspections have been performed. rn S B. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickn�at es new0 concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction join as ind Oted. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. C. Cold -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1. D. Hot -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301. E. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site or during placement unless explicitly required and documented by ready -mix supplier. F. For concrete that is to be polished: 1. Transit mixer drums should be properly washed out after each concrete mix discharge and before a new batch is loaded. 2. During mixing, transporting and placing the concrete mix, monitor and control the temperature to not more than 85 degrees F. 3.07 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed -surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. B. Smooth -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed -surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view, or as indicated on Architectural drawings. C. Rubbed Finish: Apply the following to smooth -formed finished as -cast concrete where indicated: 1. Smooth -Rubbed Finish: Not later than one day after form removal, moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until producing a uniform CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-5 ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER IOWA CITY. IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 color and texture. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process. 2. Grout -Cleaned Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply grout of a consistency of thick paint to coat surfaces and fill small holes. Mix one part portland cement to one and one- half parts fine sand with a 1:1 mixture of bonding admixture and water. Add white Portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches so color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. Scrub grout into voids and remove excess grout. When grout whitens, rub surface with clean burlap and keep surface damp by fog spray for at least 36 hours. 3. Cork -Floated Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply a stiff grout. Mix one part portland cement and one part fine sand with a 1:1 mixture of bonding agent and water. Add white Portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches so color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. Compress grout into voids by grinding surface. In a swirling motion, finish surface with a cork float. D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3.08 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Scratch Finish: While still plastic, texture concrete surface that has been screeded and bull- �!Noated or darbied. Use stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes to produce a profile amplitude of 1/4 inch •• (6 mmgm one direction. [� =1. �ply scratch finish to surfaces indicated. W C. 2Flc&Mish: Consolidate surface with power -driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or ina510 sible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. NRe efloat passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular =tetue. E1. cjpply float finish to surfaces indicated or to be covered with fluid -applied or sheet c waterproofing, built-up or membrane roofing, or sand -bed terrazzo. D. o TroweTxinish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power -driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. 1. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces indicated, exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin -film -finish coating system. 2. Finish to the following tolerances, according to ASTM E 1155: a. All other slabs: Specified overall values of flatness FF 35 and of levelness FL 17; with minimum local values of flatness FF 24 and of levelness FL 17. E. Trowel and Fine -Broom Finish: Apply a first trowel finish to surfaces indicated and where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or thin -set method. While concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. 1. Comply with flatness and levelness tolerances for trowel -finished floor surfaces. F. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 3.09 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold -weather protection and ACI 301 for hot -weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 Ib/sq. ft. x h (1 kg/sq. m x h) before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods: CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-6 ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER IOWA CITY. IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 1. Moisture -Retaining -Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture -retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches (300 mm), and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 2. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. a. Removal: After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound manufacturer unless manufacturer certifies curing compound will not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project. 3. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.10 EXPANDED POLYSTYRENE (EPS) INSTALLATION A. Verify conditions of substrate, grade and other conditions which affect installation of foam. Do no install until conditions meet manufacturer's requirements. B. Comply with manufacturer's product data including technical bulletings. C. Install a minimum of two connector plates for each 4'x8' section of foam block in layer over layer installations. D. Protect installed product and finish surface from damage during construction. 3.11 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval. 1. Defective concrete shall be repaired, removed or patched at no additional CW to the Owner. a 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL O Cl) A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspecting akmy tcwerfora�-- field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. LINO, tests shall includq-vwfol ming ffr" every 100 CY and fractions thereof of concrete placed: �y c p� 1. Slump, Air Content, Temperature (concrete and air), air entrainment arret:.Pet ai 3 telt' r cylinders. Break 1 cylinder at 7 days, 1 cylinder at 28 days and h�" cyh der i0 reserve. :V::x C? 2. The cost to perform additional tests due to defective concrete or deficient testa -results shall be paid by the Contractor. The cost to repair, remove or patch defective cr3ii trete shall be paid by the Contractor. END OF SECTION 03 30 00 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 -7 FILED 1020 JAN 28 AM 111: 16 CITY CLERK IOWA CITY. IOWA ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 04 20 00 - UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes unit masonry assemblies consisting of the following: 1. Concrete masonry units (CMUs). 2. Mortar and grout. 3. Reinforcing steel. 4. Masonry joint reinforcement. 5. Ties and anchors. 6. Miscellaneous masonry accessories. B. Products installed, but not furnished, under this Section include the following: 1. Steel lintels and shelf angles for unit masonry, furnished under Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications." 2. Manufactured reglets in masonry joints for metal flashing, furnished under Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Reinforced Masonry: Masonry containing reinforcing steel in grouted cells. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide structural unit masonry that develops indicated net -area compressive strengthgf,n) at 28 days. o A B. Determine net -area compressive strength (f,) of masonry from average net-arlocbm�lssive_rt fd_ strengths of masonry units and mortar types (unit -strength method) according 1e1bI&A and- 2 nd"'2 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. c > ^< � 1.05 ACTION SUBMITTALS - rte' A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. { : 0 B. Shop Drawings: For the following: ZE a :r, o 1. Masonry Units: Show sizes, profiles, of special shapes. i 1.06 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Q A. Material Certificates: Include statements of material properties indicating compliance with requirements including compliance with standards and type designations within standards. Provide for each type and size of the following: 1. Masonry units. a. Include material test reports substantiating compliance with requirements. b. For masonry units used in structural masonry, include data and calculations establishing average net -area compressive strength of units. 2. Cementitious materials. Include brand, type, and name of manufacturer. 3. Preblended, dry mortar mixes. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 4. Grout mixes. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. B. Mix Designs: For each type of mortar and grout. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 1. Include test reports, per ASTM C 780, for mortar mixes required to comply with property specification. 2. Include test reports, per ASTM C 1019, for grout mixes required to comply with compressive strength requirement. C. Cold -Weather Procedures: Detailed description of methods, materials, and equipment to be used to comply with cold -weather requirements. UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 042000-1 ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ASTM C 1093 for testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. B. Source Limitations for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of a uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, through one source from a single manufacturer for each product required. C. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry, from a single manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one source or producer for each aggregate. D. Masonry Contractors Qualifications: The Masonry company may be required to provide recorded experience with a minimum record of five (5) years in service at the time of bidding. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store masonry units on elevated platforms in a dry location. If units are not stored in an enclosed location, cover tops and sides of stacks with waterproof sheeting, securely tied. If units become wet, do not install until they are dry. B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp. C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained, and contamination avoided. D. Deliver preblended, dry mortar mix in moisture -resistant containers designed for lifting and Lnemptying into dispensing silo. Store preblended, dry mortar mix in delivery containers on --elevat@o platforms, under cover, and in a dry location or in a metal dispensing silo with _wejk4T)roof cover. EZSt r�masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of W .x dir!Moil. 1.0! PMDJ&�ONDITIONS A=Prp�tocon of Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with U_ Awa —pwof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when oconstrG`Ztion is not in progress. N1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides and hold cover securely in place. B. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at least 3 days after building masonry walls or columns. C. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such masonry. 1. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings. 2. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes, from mortar droppings. 3. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from splashing mortar and dirt onto completed masonry. D. Cold -Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold -weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 1. Cold -Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F and above and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than 7 days after completing cleaning. E. Hot -Weather Requirements: Comply with hot -weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 042000-2 ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER IOWA CITY, IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified. 3. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.02 MASONRY UNITS, GENERAL A. Defective Units: Referenced masonry unit standards may allow a certain percentage of units to exceed tolerances and to contain chips, cracks, or other defects exceeding limits stated in the standard. Do not uses units where such defects, including dimensions that vary from specified dimensions by more than stated tolerances, will be exposed in the completed Work or will impair the quality of completed masonry. 2.03 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMUs) A. Shapes: Provide shapes indicated and as follows: 1. Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions. 2. Provide bullnose units for outside corners, unless otherwise indicated. Do not provide bullnose units at door frames. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90 0 1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average nfEarea imum compressive strength of 1900 psi. n a 2. Weight Classification: Normal weight.:>—r Z 3. Size (Width): Manufactured to dimensions 3/8 inch less than nominal dirgan'�sion 4. Exposed Faces: Provide color and texture matching the range represen�y Arc itect� sample. rn a 5. Grade: For above grade interior units, use Grade N, Type I, complying 04TNE-90 fp load bearing concrete masonry. For below grade units, use G e M,%ype Architectural concrete exterior masonry units shall comply with AST C-55, Wade N. Masonry shall comply with UBC Standard 21-4 for load bearing units, and 21- or non - load bearing units. 2.04 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold -weather construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color indicated. B. Masonry Cement: Shall comply with ASTM C-91 for Type N or M masonry. C. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. D. Portland Cement -Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement complying with ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III, and hydrated lime complying with ASTM C 207, Type S. E. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144. 1. For mortar that is exposed to view, use washed aggregate consisting of natural sand or crushed stone. 2. Colored -Mortar Aggregates: Natural sand F. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 042000-3 ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA G. Water: Potable. H. Mortar for Exterior Block: When exterior concrete masonry is to be used a water repellant mortar will be used which is of the same manufacturer as that of the masonry block water repellant admixture. Color shall match the block color, unless otherwise noted. 2.05 REINFORCEMENT A. Masonry Joint Reinforcement, General: ASTM A 951. 1. Interior Walls: Hot -dip galvanized, carbon steel. 2. Exterior Walls: Hot -dip galvanized, steel. 3. Wire Size for Side Rods: W1.7. 4. Wire Size for Cross Rods: W1.7. 5. Wire Size for Veneer Ties: W1.7. 6. Spacing of Cross Rods, Tabs, and Cross Ties: Not more than 16 inches o.c. 7. Provide in lengths of not less than 10 feet . 8. At corners, use 16 gauge, hot dipped wire push ties, 16" from corner. 2.06 TIES AND ANCHORS A. Materials: Provide ties and anchors as specified: 1. Hot -Dip Galvanized, Carbon -Steel Wire: ASTM A 82; with ASTM A 153, Class B-2 coating. 2. Stainless -Steel Wire: ASTM A 580, Type 304. 2.07 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air -entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 2. Limit cementitious materials in mortar to portland cement and lime. U -) B. Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in form of a preblended mix. Measure quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend dients before delivering to Project site. Wing for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270 Property Specification. Provide the LU1 foYdWing types of mortar for applications stated unless another type is indicated or needed to ope required compressive strength of masonry. J N r or masonry below grade or in contact with earth, use Type S. Q `pr reinforced masonry, use Type S. Cbr exterior, above -grade, load-bearing and non -load-bearing walls and parapet walls; for a interior load-bearing walls; for interior non -load-bearing partitions; and for other �+ applications where another type is not indicated, use Type S. 4. For interior non -load-bearing partitions Type N. D. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476 1. Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that will comply with Table 1. 15.1 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for dimensions of grout spaces and pour height. 2. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches as measured according to ASTM C 143. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Verify that foundations are within tolerances specified. 2. Verify that reinforcing dowels are properly placed. B. Before installation, examine rough -in and built-in construction for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 042000-4 ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER IOWA CITY. IOWA 3.02 INSTALLATION. GENERAL PROJECT NO. 18404000 A. Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls and other masonry construction to full thickness shown. Build single-wythe walls to actual widths of masonry units, using units of widths indicated. B. Build chases and recesses to accommodate items specified in this and other Sections. C. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completing masonry. After installing equipment, complete masonry to match the construction immediately adjacent to opening. D. Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required to provide a continuous pattern or to fit adjoining construction, cut units with motor -driven saws; provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. E. Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry to produce a uniform blend of colors and textures. 1. Mix units from several pallets or cubes as they are placed. F. Wetting of Brick: Wet brick before laying if initial rate of absorption exceeds 30 9/30 sq. in. per minute when tested per ASTM C 67. Allow units to absorb water so they are damp �i not wet at time of laying. c 3.03 LAYING MASONRY WALLS o c-) _ s� A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns witKLM orr—int thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement -type joints, return a d o ts. Avoid using less -than -half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, when€ essiblle at other locations. _rn g B. Stopping and Resuming Work: Stop work by raking back units in each course j 6FthoFQ in course below; do not tooth. When resuming work, clean masonry surfaces that aha to regerve mortar, remove loose masonry units and mortar, and wet brick if required before laying Mh masonry. C. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections shall be installed by Trades furnishing materials. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. D. Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar, unless otherwise indicated. E. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath, wire mesh, or plastic mesh in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core. F. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 24 inches under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated. G. Build non -load-bearing interior partitions full height of story to underside of solid floor or roof structure above, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Install compressible filler in joint between top of partition and underside of structure above. 2. Wedge non -load-bearing partitions against structure above with small pieces of tile, slate, or metal. Fill joint with mortar after dead -load deflection of structure above approaches final position. 3. At fire -rated partitions, treat joint between top of partition and underside of structure above to comply with Division 7 Section "Fire -Resistive Joint Systems." To be installed by trade providing material. H. Bond breakers: Locate where masonry wall meets concrete floor or roof construction. Note where fire separation is required. 3.04 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Lay hollow brick and concrete masonry units as follows: 1. With face shells fully bedded in mortar and with head joints of depth equal to bed joints. 2. With webs fully bedded in mortar in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters. UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 042000-5 rn ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER IOWA CITY. IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 3. With webs fully bedded in mortar in grouted masonry, including starting course on footings. 4. With entire units, including areas under cells, fully bedded in mortar at starting course on footings where cells are not grouted. B. Lay solid masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not deeply furrow bed joints or slush head joints. 3.06 LINTELS A. Install steel lintels where indicated. B. Provide masonry lintels where shown and where openings of more than 12 inches for brick - size units and 24 inches for block -size units are shown without structural steel or other supporting lintels. C. Provide minimum bearing of 8 inches at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. D. Inset leg of steel lintel to allow for tool joint at bearing location. 3.06 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION A. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores as needed to support reinforced masonry elements during construction. 1. Construct formwork to provide shape, line, and dimensions of completed masonry as indicated. Make forms sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie, and support forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing of reinforced masonry. 2. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufficiently to carry their own weight and other temporary loads that may be placed on Ln them during construction. Q B.:Qlas einforcement: Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6fTMS 602. w C.spro� Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained enough metre o resist grout pressure. J cc)1. c4kLmply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for cleanouts and for grout cv>pWement, including minimum grout space and maximum pour height. 4 r �2. FS t height of vertical grout pours to not more than 60 inches. Df RE AI POINTING, AND CLEANING A`o"Rem&ve_ and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise 'damaged or that do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units; install in fresh mortar, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. END OF SECTION 04 20 00 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04 20 00 -6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 04 20 01 - MASONRY VENEER PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Concrete block. B. Clay facing brick. C. Mortar and grout. D. Reinforcement and anchorage. E. Flashings. F. Installation of lintels. G. Accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications: Loose steel lintels. B. Section 07 25 00 - Weather Barriers: Through wall flashings. C. Section 07 92 00 - Joint Sealants: Sealing control and expansion joints. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold -Worked Austenitic Stainless 9*1 Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2015. o 0 B. ASTM C67/C67M - Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Brick and SWaurak9lay 71 Tile; 2018. C. ASTM C144 -Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar; 2011. Co cp 6 D. ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2016. < m � M E. ASTM C207 - Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes; 2Q0 o (Reapproved 2011). F. ASTM C216 - Standard Specification for Facing Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made From Clay or Shale); 2017a. G. ASTM C270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry; 2014a. H. ASTM C404 - Standard Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout; 2011. I. ASTM C979/C979M - Standard Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete; 2016. J. TMS 402/602 - Building Code Requirements and Specification for Masonry Structures; 2016. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data for masonry units, fabricated wire reinforcement, and mortar. B. Samples: 1. Submit four samples of facing brick units to illustrate color, texture, and extremes of color range. 2. Submit samples of required accessories. 3. Submit samples for selection of mortar color. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with provisions of TMS 402/602, except where exceeded by requirements of Contract Documents. 1.06 MOCK-UP A. Contractor to construct a mock-up including accessories and strcutural backup. Mock-up will be used to demonstrate quality of brick blend and mortar match. Mock-up to contain all colors and textures of bricks in blend. MASONRY VENEER 04 20 01 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Approved mock-up may remain as part of the Work. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, handle, and store masonry units by means that will prevent mechanical damage and contamination by other materials. 1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Cold Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold -weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/ TMS 602. Provide winter protection and heat sources for installation of masonry units, as required to maintain project constructions schedule, at no additional cost to Owner. 1. Heat mortar sand or mixing water to produce mortar temperatures between 40°F and 120°F at the time of mixing. Maintain mortar above freezing until used in masonry. 2. When the mean daily temperature is between 40°F and 32°F, protect completed masonry from rain or snow by covering. 3. When the mean daily temperature is between 320F and 25°F, completely cover completed masonry with a weather resistive membrane for 24 hours after construction. 4. When ambient temperature is between 25°F and 20°F, use heat sources on both sides of the masonry under construction and install wind breaks when wind velocity is in excess of 15 mph. Completely cover completed masonry with insulating blankets or equal protection for 24 hour period after construction. 5. When ambient temperature is below 20°F, provide an enclosure for the masonry under construction and use heat sources to maintain temperatures above 32°F within the Ln enclosure 24 hours after construction. 6. Frdzen Materials: Q .= N29 Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not s w — build on frozen work. Do not lay masonry units having a temperature below 20°F. !.0 `c7. _Remove and replace masonry work damaged by frost or freezing t— _J B.2 -lo ther Requirements: Comply with hot -weather construction requirements contained in zAC 1/ASCE 61TMS 602. When ambient temperatures exceeds 100 deg F, or 90 deg F (� �v✓it� wind velocity greater than 8 mph, do not spread mortar beds more than 48 inches ahead =of ma,-Whry. Set masonry units within one minute of spreading mortar. N1. Maintain sand piles in a damp, loose condition. 2. Maintain temperature of mortar and grout below 120°F. 3. Flush mixer, mortar transport container, and mortarboards with cool water before they come in contact with mortar ingredients or mortar. 4. Maintain mortar consistency by retempering with cool water. 5. Use mortar within 2 hours of initial mixing. 6. Fog spray all newly constructed masonry until damp, at least three times a day until the masonry is three days old. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Concrete Block: Comply with referenced standards and as follows: 1. Size: Standard units with nominal face dimensions of 16 by 8 inches and nominal depths as indicated on drawings for specific locations. 2.02 BRICK UNITS A. Facing Brick: ASTM C216, Type FBS Matt 8 FBX Velour, Grade SW. 1. Size: Norman. 2. Special Shapes: Molded units as required by conditions indicated, unless standard units can be sawn to produce equivalent effect. MASONRY VENEER 0420 01 -2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3. Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net -area compressive strength of 3000 psi, measured in accordance with ASTM C67. 4. Initial Rate of Absorption: Provide units with less than 25g per 30 square inch initial rate of absorption. Individual units shall not vary by more than five percent. 5. Both bed sides of all brick shall be coated 3/8th with the same coating as the face. 6. Product: a. Belden, 50% 8530 Velour Texture mods and 50% 920-926 Rugg Texture mods. b. Contractor to request bricks with no manufacturer stamps on rear stretcher. Rear face will be exposed due to special detailing. 2.03 MORTAR MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type I; color as required to produce approved color 1. General: Provide anchors that allow vertical adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to pane of wall for attachment over metal studs, concrete or concrete masonry, and as follows: a. Structural Performance Characteristics: Capable of withstanding a 100-Ibf loads in both tension and compression without deforming or developing play in excess of 0.05 inch. 2. Screw -Attached, Masonry -Veneer Anchors: Units consisting of a wire tie and a metal anchor section. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) Heckmann Building Products Inc.; No. 75 -TC ThermalClip Pos-I-Tie with Wire Tie. 2) Hohmann 8. Barnard, Inc.; Thermal 2 -seal Wing Nut Anchor with Wire Tie. b. Anchor Section: Corrosion -resistant, self -drilling, eye -screw designed to receive wire tie. Eye -screw has spacer that seats directly aligns frames and is same thickness as sheathing and has gasketed washer head that covers hole in sheathing. Overall length as required for wall thickness. c. Wire Ties: Triangular-shaped wire ties fabricated from 0.187 -inch diameter, hot -dip galvanized steel wire. 2.05 FLASHINGS A. Rubberized Asphalt Flashings with stainless steel drip edges, as specified in Section 07 25 00 - Weather Barriers. B. Metal Flashing Materials: 1. Stainless Steel Flashing: ASTM A666, Type 304, soft temper; 26 gage, 0.0187 inch thick; finish 2B to 2D. MASONRY VENEER 042001-3 sample. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. C. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C144. D. Grout Aggregate: ASTM C404. E. Pigments for Colored Mortar: Pure, concentrated mineral pigments specifically intend"for mixing into mortar and complying with ASTM C979/C979M. o c 1. Color: As selected by Architect to match existing masonry color. ZE: n F. Water: Clean and potable. D G. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. _-i n co M H. Cold Weather Admixtures: ASTM C494, non -chloride, non -corrosive, acceleratiflGpe p' recommended by the manufacturer for use in masonry mortar of composition iced c 0 2.04 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE D F A. Adjustable Masonry -Veneer Anchors: a' 1. General: Provide anchors that allow vertical adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to pane of wall for attachment over metal studs, concrete or concrete masonry, and as follows: a. Structural Performance Characteristics: Capable of withstanding a 100-Ibf loads in both tension and compression without deforming or developing play in excess of 0.05 inch. 2. Screw -Attached, Masonry -Veneer Anchors: Units consisting of a wire tie and a metal anchor section. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) Heckmann Building Products Inc.; No. 75 -TC ThermalClip Pos-I-Tie with Wire Tie. 2) Hohmann 8. Barnard, Inc.; Thermal 2 -seal Wing Nut Anchor with Wire Tie. b. Anchor Section: Corrosion -resistant, self -drilling, eye -screw designed to receive wire tie. Eye -screw has spacer that seats directly aligns frames and is same thickness as sheathing and has gasketed washer head that covers hole in sheathing. Overall length as required for wall thickness. c. Wire Ties: Triangular-shaped wire ties fabricated from 0.187 -inch diameter, hot -dip galvanized steel wire. 2.05 FLASHINGS A. Rubberized Asphalt Flashings with stainless steel drip edges, as specified in Section 07 25 00 - Weather Barriers. B. Metal Flashing Materials: 1. Stainless Steel Flashing: ASTM A666, Type 304, soft temper; 26 gage, 0.0187 inch thick; finish 2B to 2D. MASONRY VENEER 042001-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Preformed Control Joints: Rubber material. Provide with comer and tee accessories, fused joints. B. Cavity Vents: Molded PVC grilles, insect resistant. 1. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2. Manufacturers: a. Heckmann Building Products Inc.; No. 85 Cell Vent. b. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc; Quadro-Vent: www.h-b.com/sle. c. WIRE -BOND; Cell Vents: www.wirebond.com. C. Drainage Fabric: Polyester mesh bonded to a water and vapor -permeable fabric. 1. Manufacturers: a. Advanced Building Products, Inc; Advanced Drain: www.advancedbuildingproducts.com/#sle. b. Mortar Net Solutions; DriPlane: www.mortamet.com/#sle. c. York Manufacturing, Inc; Weep Armor Weep Vent Protection: www.yorkmfg.com/#sle. D. Cleaning Solution: Non -acidic, not harmful to masonry work or adjacent materials. E. Cleaning Solution: 1. Do not use products containing hydrochloric (muriatic) acid, hydrofluoric acid, or Lr") ammonium bifluoride. 2. ftr removing localized ferrous staining: Use oxalic acid or phosphoric acid; mix one part id with ten parts water by volume. Higher concentrations may be used for local MX w plication. .07 MORY ao OIXING _ Am MyrteOfor Unit Masonry: ASTM C270, Proportion Specification. 1`.kAerior, non-loadbearing masonry; Type N. Crd1�r{r`gd Mortar: Proportion selected pigments and other ingredients to match Architect's No sample, without exceeding manufacturer's recommended pigment -to -cement ratio. N C. Mixing: Use mechanical batch mixer and comply with referenced standards. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive veneer masonry. B. Verify that related items provided under other sections are properly sized and located. C. Verify that built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into masonry work. 3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is requied, cut units with motor -driven saws, provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. B. Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry produce a uniform blend of colors and textures. C. Wetting of Brick: Wet brick before laying if initial rate of absorption exceeds 30g/30 sq. in. per minute where tested per ASTM C 67. Allow units to absorb water so they are damp but not wet at time of laying. D. Comply with tolerances in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 620 and with the following: 1. For conspicuous vertical lines, suce as external comers, doorjambs, reveals, and expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum. MASONRY VENEER 04 20 01 -4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 10404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary from level by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum. 3.03 COURSING A. Establish lines, levels, and coursing indicated. Protect from displacement. B. Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form vertical and horizontal joints of uniform thickness. C. Concrete Masonry Units: D. Brick Units: 1. Bond: Stacked. 2. Coursing: Three units and three mortarjoints to equal 8 inches. 3. Mortar Joints: Concave and flush as indicated on drawings. 3.04 PLACING AND BONDING A. Lay solid masonry units in full bed of mortar, with full head joints, uniformly jointed with other work. B. Buttering corners of joints or excessive furrowing of mortar joints is not permitted. C. Remove excess mortar as work progresses. D. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has achieved initial set. Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace. E. Perform job site cutting of masonry units with proper tools to provide straight, clean, unchipped edges. Prevent broken masonry unit comers or edges. F. Isolate top joint of masonry veneer from horizontal structural framing members or support angles with compressible joint filler. G. Bed and Head Joints: 1. Unless otherwise required, construct 3/8' thick bed and head joints. 2. At foundation, construct bed joint of the starting course a thickness not less than 1/4° and not more than 3/4'. 3. Unless otherwise noted, tool joint with a round jointer when the mortar is thumbprint PWd. H. Collar Joints: o 0 1. Unless otherwise required, solidly fill collar joints less than 3/4 inch wide wiflQ the job progresses. n� I. Stopping and Resuming Work: Stop work by racking back units in each course 44mr^lhogWin r course below; do not tooth. When resuming work, clean masonry surfaces that Y'Y�t' receive M mortar, remove loose masonry units and mortar, and wet brick if required beforEtl�gtpg ffmh masonry. zi p Q 3.05 WEEPS/CAVITY VENTS n r A. Install weeps in veneer walls at 24 inches on center horizontally on top of through -wall flashing above shelf angles and lintels and at bottom of walls. B. Install cavity vents in veneer walls at 32 inches on center horizontally below shelf angles and lintels and at top of walls. C. Close cavities off vertically and horizontally with compressible filler materials in manner indicated on drawings. Install through -wall flashing and weep holes above horizontal filler locations. 3.06 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE -MASONRY VENEER A. Refer to section 04 20 00 -Unit Masonry. B. MasonryBack-Up: Embed anchors in masonry back-up to bond veneer at maximum 1.77 sq ft of wall surface per anchor. Place additional anchors at perimeter of openings and ends of panels, so maximum spacing of anchors is 8 inches on center. MASONRY VENEER 04 20 01 -5 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3.07 MASONRY FLASHINGS A. Install flashings as indicated in Section 07 25 00 -Weather Barriers and as follows: 1. Whether or not specifically indicated, install masonry flashing to divert water to exterior at all locations where downward flow of water will be interrupted. a. Extend flashings full width at such interruptions and at least 6 inches, minimum, into adjacent masonry or tum up at least 8 inches, minimum, to form watertight pan at non -masonry construction. b. Remove or cover protrusions or sharp edges that could puncture flashings. c. Seal lapped ends and penetrations of flashing before covering with mortar. d. Install metal drip edges beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible flashing 1/2 inch back from outside face of wall and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal drip edge. e. Lap end joints of flashings at least 4 inches and seal watertight with manufacturer approved sealant. 3.08 LINTELS A. Steel Lintels: Install steel lintel supplied from Division 5 of this specification. Provide a minimum of 8 inches of end bearing on each side of opening unless noted otherwise. All exterior exposed steel lintels (outside the buildings moisture protection enclosure envelope) shall be hot -dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123. 3.09 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A. Do not continue horizontal joint reinforcement through control or expansion joints. B. ufhstall preformed control joint device in continuous lengths. Seal butt and comer joints in .accord*e with manufacturer's instructions. (� C. =ize of joints as indicated on drawings; if not indicated, 3/4 inch wide and deep. D. OForrr13mpansion joint as detailed on drawings. 3.1 TO"R*iUS A. max" Variation From Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/16 inch. t: #- B. 'Maxi Variation from Plane of Wall: 1/4 inch in 10 ft and 1/2 inch in 20 ft or more. 0 C. apaximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch per story non -cumulative; 1/2 inch in two stories or 'More. D. Maximum Variation from Level Coursing: 1/8 inch in 3 ft and 1/4 inch in 10 ft; 1/2 inch in 30 ft. E. Maximum Variation of Mortar Joint Thickness: Head joint, minus 1 inch, plus 1 inch. 3.11 CUTTING AND FITTING A. Obtain approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry work not indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired. 3.12 CLEANING A. Remove excess mortar and mortar smears as work progresses. B. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work. C. Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution. D. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. 3.13 PROTECTION A. Without damaging completed work, provide protective boards at exposed external corners that are subject to damage by construction activities. END OF SECTION MASONRY VENEER 0420 01 -6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 0140 00 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittals. B. References and standards. C. Testing and inspection agencies and services. D. Control of installation. E. Tolerances. F. Defect Assessment. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 0142 16 - Definitions. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Test Reports: After each testfinspection, promptly submit two copies of report to Architect and to Contractor. B. Certificates: When specified in individual specification sections, submit certification by the manufacturer and Contractor or installation/application subcontractor to Architect, in quantities specified for Product Data. 1. Indicate material or product complies with or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: When specified in individual specification sections, submit printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, for the Owner's information. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation. D. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Submit reports for Architect's benefit as contract administrator or for Owner. N 1. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing compliance witttnfonn*n given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. -jE c-) C- 1.04 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS > z _� A. For products and workmanship specified by reference to a document or documeRRr 4o4lude f— in the Project Manual, also referred to as reference standards, comply with requil�ements of them standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by�ca@ j codes. o 0 0 B. Comply with reference standard of date of issue current on date of Contract D�� ment�.except where a speck date is established by applicable code. cn C. Obtain copies of standards where required by product specification sections. D. Maintain copy at project site during submittals, planning, and progress of the specific work, until Substantial Completion. E. Should specked reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. F. Neither the contractual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor those of Architect shall be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. 1.05 TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCIES AND SERVICES A. Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency to perform specified testing and inspections. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 04 43 13 - STONE MASONRY VENEER PART2 PRODUCTS 1.01 STONE A. Limestone: Indiana Oolitic Limestone; complying with ASTM C568/C568M Classification I -Low Density. 1. Grade: Select, per ILI (HB). 2. Color: Buff. 1.02 MORTAR APPLICATIONS A. At Contractor's option, mortar may be field -mixed from packaged dry materials, made from factory premixed dry materials with addition of water only, or ready -mixed. 1.03 MORTAR MIXES 1.04 ACCESSORIES -ANCHORED VENEER A. Flashings: As specified in Section 04 20 00. 1.05 STONE FABRICATION - ANCHORED VENEER END OF SECTION STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313-1 ti P N � C G co co �-- -{C� <r fTl a rn y D� F J STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313-2 ]C 3 W z Q tic C:) Lj- >: J co J - U r- >- Z3 1 -U � F -Q Uy o N O 0 N STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313-2 ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER IOWA CITY, IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000-1 SECTION 05 40 00 - COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Load-bearing wall framing. 2. Non -load-bearing wall framing. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of cold -formed steel framing product and accessory. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include layout, spacings, sizes, thicknesses, and types of cold -formed steel framing; fabrication; and fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners. 2. Indicate reinforcing channels, opening framing, supplemental framing, strapping, bracing, bridging, splices, accessories, connection details, and attachment to adjoining work. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For testing agency. B. Welding certificates. C. Product test reports. D. Research reports. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Tests: Mill certificates or data from a qualified independent testing agency. B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel." C. Comply with AISI S230 "Standard for Cold -Formed Steel Framing - Prescriptive Method for One and Two Family Dwellings." PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers ring products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, th-follow. 1. AIISteel & Gypsum Products, Inc.n v 2. California Expanded Metal Products Company. 3. ClarkWestem Building Systems, Inc. CX) r 4. Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries company. "{� 5. MarinoWARE_ rn a Zr 6. Nuconsteel; a Nucor Company. o�� o Q 7. SCAFCO Corporation. 8. Steel Network, Inc. (The). 9. Untied Metal Products, Inc. 10. United Steel Manufacturing. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. AISI Specifications and Standards: Unless more stringent requirements are indicated, comply with AISI S100 and AISI 5200. B. Fire -Resistance Ratings: Comply with ASTM E 119; testing by a qualified testing agency. 1. Indicate design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another qualified testing agency. 2.03 COLD -FORMED STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of grade and coating weight as follows: 1. Grade: 33 ksi, LINO 2. Coating: G60, A60, AZ50, or GF30. B. Steel Sheet for Vertical Deflection Clips: ASTM A 653, structural steel, zinc coated, of grade and coating as follows: 1. Grade: 33, minimum. 2. Coating: G60. 2.04 LOAD-BEARING WALL FRAMING A. Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000-1 ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER IOWA CITY, IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 18 gauge, LINO 2. Flange Width: 1.625 in, UNO 3. Section Properties: as indicated B. Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with straight flanges, and matching minimum base -metal thickness of steel studs. C. Steel Box or Back -to -Back Headers: Manufacturer's standard C -shapes used to form header beams, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 18 gauge, LINO 2. Flange Width: 1.625 in, UNO 3. Section Properties: as indicated 2.05 NON -LOAD-BEARING WALL FRAMING A. Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 20 gauge, LINO 2. Flange Width: 1.375 in, UNO 3. Section Properties: as indicated B. Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, and matching minimum base -metal thickness of steel studs. C. Vertical Deflection Clips: Manufacturer's standard bypass clips, capable of accommodating upward and downward vertical displacement of primary structure through positive mechanical attachment to stud web. uT. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers ring products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, Q = Yt following: 7C AIISteel & Gypsum Products, Inc. _1)?- ClarkWestern Building Systems, Inc. J co Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries company. N > MarinoWARE. Q SCAFCO Corporation. LL cia Steel Network, Inc. (The). D. Mingle Mflection Track: Manufacturer's single, deep -leg, U-shaped steel track; unpunched, "ith unstiffened flanges, of web depth to contain studs while allowing free vertical movement, with flanges designed to support horizontal loads and transfer them to the primary structure. E. Double Deflection Tracks: Manufacturer's double, deep -leg, U-shaped steel tracks, consisting of nested inner and outer tracks; unpunched, with unstiffened flanges. F. Drift Clips: Manufacturer's standard bypass or head clips, capable of isolating wall stud from upward and downward vertical displacement and lateral drift of primary structure through positive mechanical attachment to stud web and structure. 2.06 FRAMING ACCESSORIES A. Fabricate steel -framing accessories from steel sheet, ASTM A 1003, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of same grade and coating weight used for framing members. B. Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration. 2.07 ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36, zinc coated by hot -dip process according to ASTM A 123. B. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, threaded carbon -steel hex -headed bolts and carbon - steel nuts; and flat, hardened -steel washers; zinc coated by hot -dip process according to ASTM A 153, Class C C. Retain "Expansion Anchors" Paragraph below if expansion anchors are acceptable. Verify safety factor with Project's structural engineer. Revise as required or insert specific load requirements and names of acceptable products. D. Expansion Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials, with allowable load or strength design capacities calculated according to ICC -ES AC193 and ACI 318 greater than or equal to the design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified testing agency. COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000-2 ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA E Power -Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials, with allowable load capacities calculated according to ICC - ES AC70, greater than or equal to the design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified testing agency. F. Mechanical Fasteners: ASTM C 1513, corrosion -resistant -coated, self -drilling, self -tapping, steel drill screws. 1. Head Type: Low -profile head beneath sheathing, manufacturer's standard elsewhere. 2.08 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A 780. B. Cement Grout: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I; and clean, natural sand, ASTM C 404. Mix at ratio of 1 part cement to 2-1/2 parts sand, by volume, with minimum water required for placement and hydration. C. Nonmetallic, Nonshrink Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout containing selected silica sands, portland cement, shrinkage -compensating agents, and plasticizing and water -reducing agents, complying with ASTM C 1107, with fluid consistency and 30 -minute working time. D. Shims: Load bearing, high-density multimonomer plastic, and nonleaching; or of cold -formed steel of same grade and coating as framing members supported by shims. E. Sealer Gaskets: Closed -cell neoprene foam, 1/4 -inch -thick, selected from manufacturer's standard widths to match width of bottom track or rim track members. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Install load bearing shims or grout between the underside of load-bearing wall bottom track and the top of foundation wall or slab at locations with a gap larger than 1/4 inch to ensure a uniform bearing surface on supporting concrete or masonry construction. B. Install sealer gaskets at the underside of wall bottom track or rim track and at thpjop of foundation wall or slab at stud or joist locations. N 3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL p A. Cold -formed steel framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, oDgayZ field assembled. B. Install cold -formed steel framing according to AISI S200 and to manufau&'s�grittenf� instructions unless more stringent requirements are indicated. —ln rn C. Install cold -formed steel framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to_jine, a� with° ' ' connections securely fastened. o - o D. Install framing members in one-piece lengths. .__ E. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads comparff3le in intensity to those for which structure was designed. Maintain braces and supports in place, undisturbed, until entire integrated supporting structure has been completed and permanent connections to framing are secured. F. Do not bridge building expansion joints with cold -formed steel framing. Independently frame both sides of joints. G. Install insulation, specified in Section 072100 "Thermal Insulation," in built-up exterior framing members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and multiple studs at openings, that are inaccessible on completion of framing work. H. Fasten hole reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's approved or standard punched openings. I. Erection Tolerances: Install cold -formed steel framing level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet and as follows: 1. Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 3.03 LOAD-BEARING WALL INSTALLATION A. Install continuous top and bottom tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor at corners and ends, and at spacings as follows: 1. Anchor Spacing: as indicated, 32" maximum COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000-3 ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER IOWA CITY, IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 B. Squarely seat studs against top and bottom tracks with gap not exceeding of 1/8 inch between the end of wall framing member and the web of track. Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom tracks. Space studs as follows: 1. Stud Spacing: As indicated. C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for non -plumb walls or warped surfaces and similar configurations. D. Align studs vertically where floor framing interrupts wall -framing continuity. Where studs cannot be aligned, continuously reinforce track to transfer loads. E. Align floor and roof framing over studs. Where framing cannot be aligned, continuously reinforce track to transfer loads. F. Anchor studs abutting structural columns or walls, including masonry walls, to supporting structure as indicated. G. Install headers over wall openings wider than stud spacing. Locate headers above openings as indicated. Fabricate headers of compound shapes indicated or required to transfer load to supporting studs, complete with clip -angle connectors, web stiffeners, or gusset plates. 1. Frame wall openings with not less than a double stud at each jamb of frame as indicated on Shop Drawings. Fasten jamb members together to uniformly distribute loads. 2. Install runner tracks and jack studs above and below wall openings. Anchor tracks to jamb studs with clip angles or by welding, and space jack studs same as full -height wall studs. H. fistall supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing in stud framing indicated to support .fixture quipment, services, casework, heavy trim, furnishings, and similar work requiring ® =etta t to framing. W i Jlf jype of supplementary support is not indicated, comply with stud manufacturer's written vommendations and industry standards in each case, considering weight or load ulting from item supported. — I. IstolRrizontal bridging in stud system, spaced vertically as indicated on shop drawings (6-0" U, dna ). Fasten at each stud intersection. idging: Cold -rolled steel channel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs of punched Nscuds with a minimum of two screws into each flange of the clip angle for framing members up to 6 inches (150 mm) deep. 2. Bridging: Combination of flat, taut, steel sheet straps of width and thickness indicated and stud -track solid blocking of width and thickness to match studs. Fasten flat straps to stud flanges and secure solid blocking to stud webs or flanges. 3. Bridging: Proprietary bridging bars installed according to manufacturer's written instructions. J. Install steel sheet diagonal bracing straps to both stud flanges, terminate at and fasten to reinforced top and bottom tracks. Fasten clip -angle connectors to multiple studs at ends of bracing and anchor to structure. K. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including supplementary framing, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable wall - framing system. 3.04 NON -LOAD-BEARING WALL INSTALLATION A. Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor to supporting structure as indicated. B. Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom track unless otherwise indicated. Space studs as follows: 1. Stud Spacing: as indicated, 16" maximum C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for non -plumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements. D. Isolate non -load-bearing steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of vertical loads while providing lateral support. 1. Install single deep -leg deflection tracks and anchor to building structure. 2. Install double deep -leg deflection tracks and anchor outer track to building structure. 3. Connect vertical deflection clips to bypassing studs and anchor to building structure. 4. Connect drift clips to cold -formed metal framing and anchor to building structure. COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000-4 ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER IOWA CITY, IOWA I ]:16211 x01 a: NX E ZIiZI4Ql] E Install horizontal bridging in wall studs, spaced vertically in rows indicated on Shop Drawings but not more than 48 inches apart. Fasten at each stud intersection. 1. Top Bridging for Single Deflection Track: Install row of horizontal bridging within 12 inches of single deflection track. Install a combination of bridging and stud or stud -track solid blocking of width and thickness matching studs, secured to stud webs or flanges. a. Install solid blocking at centers indicated on Shop Drawings. 2. Bridging: Cold -rolled steel channel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs of punched studs. 3. Bridging: Combination of flat, taut, steel sheet straps of width and thickness indicated and stud -track solid blocking of width and thickness to match studs. Fasten flat straps to stud flanges and secure solid blocking to stud webs or flanges. 4. Bridging: Proprietary bridging bars installed according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable wall - framing system. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Field and shop welds will be subject to testing and inspecting. C. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect. D. Remove and replace work where test results indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements. E. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.06 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricata`�>' and installed cold -formed steel framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASN A7VPand manufacturer's written instructions. *M B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to maAbQtur@Fand Installer that ensure that cold -formed steel framing is without damage or deterior@pt�at @e of r` Substantial Completion. --i C -) v M END OF SECTION 05 40 00 5; D _J COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000-5 FILED 2020 JAN 28 AM 11: 15 IOWA CITY, IOWA ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 05 50 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Shop fabricated steel and aluminum items. 1. Fabricated items include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Steel lintels. b. Bollards. c. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AAMA 611 - Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum; 2014 (2015 Errata). B. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2014. C. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc -Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2012. D. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2015. E. ASTM At 53/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2016a. F. ASTM A283/A283M - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates; 2013. o G. ASTM 8221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy ExtrudeSBars, Weds, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2014. �n y ij H. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extru&d ars Cods= Wire, Profiles, and Tubes (Metric); 2013. c � co 1. I. ASTM F3125/F3125M - Standard Specification for High Strength Structural Bolts Eel ao M Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, 120 ksi (830 MPa) and 150 ksi (1040 MPa) Minimum Tage �S Strength, Inch and Metric Dimensions; 2015a. o : p J. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive ExaminNion; 2Q12. J K. AWS D1.1/D1.1 M -Structural Welding Code- Steel; 2015 (with March 2016 Errata). L. SSPC-Paint 15 - Steel Joist Shop Primer/Metal Building Primer; 1999 (Ed. 2004). M. SSPC-Paint 20 - Zinc -Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic"); 2002 (Ed. 2004). N. SSPC-SP 2 - Hand Tool Cleaning; 1982 (Ed. 2004). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. 1. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. 2. Signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for thier preparation and structural calculations. C. Welders' Certificates: Submit certification for welders employed on the project, verifying AWS qualification within the previous 12 months. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design all metal fabrications under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in the State in which the Project is located. METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 - 1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS - STEEL A. Steel Sections: ASTM A36/A36M. B. Plates: ASTM A283/A283M. C. Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Grade B Schedule 40, hot -dip galvanized finish. D. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Type 1, galvanized to ASTM At53/A153M where connecting galvanized components. E. Welding Materials: AWS 131.1/131.1 M; type required for materials being welded. F. Shop and Touch -Up Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. G. Touch -Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, Type I - Inorganic, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.02 NWTERIALIS-ALUMINUM A.= Exttadlilld Aluminum: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221 M), 6063 alloy, T6 temper. � 3 %R ON A03 Fit d hop assemble items in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. BN F brigte items with joints tightly fitted and secured. A G'_' posed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt c tight,2ysh, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. N [P� Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. 2.04 FABRICATED ITEMS A. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work. 1. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction. 2. Fabricate supports for operable partitions from continuous steel beams of sizes recommended by partition manufacturer with attached bearing plates, anchors, and braces as recommended by partition manufacturer. Drill or punch bottom flanges of beams to receive partition track hanger rods; locate holes where indicated on operable partition Shop Drawings. B. Bollards: Steel pipe, concrete filled, crowned cap, or as otherwise detailed, galvanized finish. C. Lintels: As detailed; galvanized finish. D. Miscellaneous Steel Trim 1. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible. 2. Galvanize miscellaneous steel trim. E. Cast -In safety treads: Extruded Aluminium with black abrasive granules; 1-7/8" min depth 2.05 FINISHES - STEEL A. Prime paint steel items. METAL FABRICATIONS 055000-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Prepare surfaces to be primed in accordance with SSPC-SP2. C. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. D. Prime Painting: One coat. E. Galvanizing of Structural Steel Members: Galvanize after fabrication to ASTM A123/A123M requirements. Provide minimum 1.7 oz/sq ft galvanized coating. 2.06 FINISHES -ALUMINUM A. Class I Natural Anodized Finish: AAMA 611 AA-M12C22A41 Clear anodic coating not less than 0.7 mils thick. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required. B. Supply setting templates to the appropriate entities for steel items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. o B. Provide for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true aligrfrrient� completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. - — C. Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings, unless otherwise indicated. Cent Md a gn bollards in holes 3 inches above bottom of excavation. Place concrete and vibraortami) )for consolidation. Support and brace bollards in position until concrete has cured. U'�J D. Field weld components as indicated on drawings. — j C? E. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.101.1 M. r F. Obtain approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story, non -cumulative. B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch. C. Maximum Out -of -Position: 1/4 inch. END OF SECTION METAL FABRICATIONS 056000-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA METAL FABRICATIONS 055000-4 F— .=...,s N i— U o N O -- O N METAL FABRICATIONS 055000-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA M*did [KZt11S*4F1Mglg=11_I:Ilk P1-1=1 ;7_1t41:[*9 PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Interior stair railings and guardrails. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc -Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2012. B. ASTM E985 - Standard Specification for Permanent Metal Railing Systems and Rails for Buildings; 2000 (Reapproved 2006). C. SSPC-Paint 15 - Steel Joist Shop Primer/Metal Building Primer, 1999 (Ed. 2004). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RAILINGS -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Railings shall withstand the effects fo gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated: 1. Handrails and Top Rails of Guards: a. Uniform load of 50 Ibf/ft. applied in any direction. b. Concentrated load of 200 Ibf applied in any direction. c. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. o 2. Infill of Guards: 0 0 a. Concentrated load of 50 Ibf applied horizontally on an area of 1 sq. ft. b. Infill load and other loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. D - r — B. Design, fabricate, and test railing assemblies in accordance with the most string n m r requirements of ASTM E985 and applicable local code. Gr rn a C. Allow for expansion and contraction of members and building movement without �q 'Qge2w connections or members. �� o D. Dimensions: See drawings for configurations and heights. Z' E. Provide anchors and other components as required to attach to structure, made of same materials as railing components unless otherwise indicated; where exposed fasteners are unavoidable provide flush countersunk fasteners. F. Provide welding fittings to join lengths, seal open ends, and conceal exposed mounting bolts and nuts, including but not limited to elbows, T -shapes, splice connectors, flanges, escutcheons, and wall brackets. 2.02 STEEL RAILING SYSTEM A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Grade B Schedule 40, black finish. B. Welding Fittings: Factory- or shop -welded from matching pipe or tube; seams continuously welded; joints and seams ground smooth. C. Shop and Touch -Up Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.03 FASTENERS A. General: Provide the following: B. Fasteners for Anchoring Railings to Other Construction: Select fasteners of type, grade, and class required to produce connections suitable for anchoring railings to other types of construction indicated and capable of withstanding design loads. PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05 52 13 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. B. Anchoring Cement: Factory -packaged, nonshrink, nonstaining, hydraulic -controlled expansion cement formulation for mixing with water at Project site to create pourable anchoring and grouting cement. Provide formulation that is resistant to erosion from water exposure without needing protection by a sealer or waterproof coating and that is recommended by manufacturer for exterior use. C. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Section 09 90 00 Painting and Coating. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Accurately form components to suit specific project conditions and for proper connection to building structure. B. Fit and shop assemble components in largest practical sizes for delivery to site. C. Fabricate components with joints tightly fitted and secured. Provide spigots and sleeves to accommodate site assembly and installation. D. Welded Joints: 1. Exterior Components: Continuously seal joined pieces by continuous welds. Drill condensate drainage holes at bottom of members at locations that will not encourage water intrusion. 2. Interior Components: Continuously seal joined pieces by continuous welds. 3. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. W. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion reotance of base metals. T -a �in fusion without undercut or overlap. UJ %t. flux immediately. 7. -Alt posed connections, finish exposed surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness 00 N4� ( s after finishing and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces. E. zil oma -flanges in direction by bending. F. -Ben tibers in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each configuration required; maintain Gross 466tion of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of components. G. Close exposed ends of railing members with prefabricated end fittings. H. Provide wall returns at ends of wall -mounted handrails unless otherwise indicated. Close ends of returns unless clearance between end of rail and wall is 1/4 inch or less. I. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors to interconnect railing members to other work unless otherwise indicated. 1. At brackets and fittings fastened to plaster or gypsum board partitions, provide crush -resistant fillers, or other means to transfer loads through wall finishes to structural supports and prevent bracket or fitting rotation and crushing of substrate. J. Corrosion Control: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials. 2.06 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable lf they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 0552 13-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. D. Provide exposed fasteners with finish matching appearance, including color and texture, of railings. 2.07 STEEL ANDIRON FINISHES A. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous -metal surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." B. Primer Application: Apply shop primer to prepared surfaces of railings unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements in SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting. Primer need not be applied to surfaces to be embedded in concrete or masonry. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing railings. Set railings accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels and free of rack. 1. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of railing components that have been coateggr finished after fabrication and that are intended for field connection by mechanical�,other means without further cutting or fitting. © - n 2. Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1/16 inch in 3 feet. c? s B. Install components plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or det�'witi;Ight joints. oo m C. Anchor railings securely to structure. G ) 3 D. Anchoring Posts: Use metal sleeves preset and anchored into concrete for insta,f4ostIE5After� posts have been inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between posts and sleeGlidwith ."c anchoring cement, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufac�ers wifen instructions. 3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop -painted surfaces. 3.03 PROTECTION A. Protect finishes of railings from damage during construction period with temporary protective coverings approved by railing manufacturer. Remove protective coverings at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 0552 13-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 055213-4 to Q 3 ® Q Wo W mc'j o C= N N -- PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 055213-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 06 10 00 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sheathing. B. Preservative treated wood materials. C. Fire retardant treated wood materials. D. Miscellaneous wood nailers, furring, and grounds. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications: Miscellaneous steel connectors and support angles for wood framing. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM Al53/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2016a. B. ASTM D2898 - Standard Test Methods for Accelerated Weathering of Fire -Retardant -Treated Wood for Fire Testing; 2010. C. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2016. D. AWPA U1 -Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood; 2016. E. PS 1 - Structural Plywood; 2009. N 0 F. PS 20 -American Softwood Lumber Standard; 2015.c 00 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide technical data on insulated sheathing, wood preservativQnc teriFA, andf— application instructions. ' rn B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that wood products supplied for rough carpeergr 0 exceed specified requirements. �� o 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING r t' t A. General: Cover wood products to protect against moisture. Support stacked products to prevent deformation and to allow air circulation. B. Fire Retardant Treated Wood: Prevent exposure to precipitation during shipping, storage, or installation. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Dimension Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and requirements of specified grading agencies. 1. If no species is specified, provide any species graded by the agency specked; if no grading agency is specified, provide lumber graded by any grading agency meeting the specified requirements. 2. Grading Agency: Any grading agency whose rules are approved by the Board of Review, American Lumber Standard Committee (www.alsc.org) and who provides grading service for the species and grade specified; provide lumber stamped with grade mark unless otherwise indicated. B. Lumber fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. 2.02 DIMENSION LUMBER A. Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings, S4S. B. Moisture Content: S-dryor MC19. C. Miscellaneous Framing, Blocking, Nailers, Grounds, and Furring: 1. Lumber: S4S, No. 2 or Standard Grade. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00 - 1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 2. Boards: Standard or No. 3. 2.03 CONSTRUCTION PANELS PX11'I A. Plywood Wall Sheathing: Plywood, PS 1, Grade C -D, Exposure I. A. Fasteners and Anchors: 1. Metal and Finish: Hot -dipped galvanized steel comptying with ASTM A153/A153M for high humidity and preservative -treated wood locations, unfinished steel elsewhere. 2. Drywall Screws: Bugle head, hardened steel, power driven type, length three times thickness of sheathing. B. Glass Mat Faced Sheathing Tape: Self -adhering glass -fiber tape, minimum 2 inches wide, 10 by 10 by 20 threads/inch, of type recommended by sheathing and tape manufacturers for use with silicone emulsion sealant in sealing joints in glass -mat gypsum sheathing with a history of successful service. 2.05 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT A. Treated Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements of AWPA U1 - Use Category System for wood treatments determined by use categories, expected service conditions, and specific applications. 1. Fire -Retardant Treated Wood: Mark each piece of wood with producer's stamp indicating compliance with specified requirements. B. Fire Retardant Treatment: 1. Manufacturers: Ln a. Arch Wood Protection, Inc: www.wolmanizedwood.com. Hoover Treated Wood Products, Inc: www.frtw.com. 0 _ �C_S. Koppers, Inc: www.koppers.com. c V, —Fxterior Type: AWPA U1, Category UCFB, Commodity Specification H, chemically treated UJ J>3nd pressure impregnated; capable of providing a maximum flame spread index of 25 Cpv~;w�'hhen tested in accordance with ASTM E84, with no evidence of significant combustion 4yhen test is extended for an additional 20 minutes both before and after accelerated �— eathering test performed in accordance with ASTM D2898. LL v ® Kiln dry wood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber o— and 15 percent for plywood. N b. Treat all exterior rough carpentry items. c. Do not use treated wood in direct contact with the ground. 3. Interior Type A: AWPA U1, Use Category UCFA, Commodity Specification H, low temperature (low hygroscopic) type, chemically treated and pressure impregnated; capable of providing a maximum flame spread index of 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, with no evidence of significant combustion when test is extended for an additional 20 minutes. a. Kiln dry wood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and 15 percent for plywood. b. Treat rough carpentry items as indicated . c. Do not use treated wood in applications exposed to weather or where the wood may become wet. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Coordinate installation of rough carpentry members specified in other sections. 3.02 INSTALLATION -GENERAL A. Select material sizes to minimize waste. B. Reuse scrap to the greatest extent possible; clearly separate scrap for use on site as accessory components, including: shims, bracing, and blocking. ROUGH CARPENTRY O6 1000-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA C. Where treated wood is used on interior, provide temporary ventilation during and immediately after installation sufficient to remove indoor air contaminants. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. Wall Sheathing: Secure with long dimension perpendicular to wall studs, with ends over fine bearing and staggered, using nails, screws, or staples. 1. Wood Structural Panel Sheathing Installation: a. Comply with applicable recommendations in APA Form No. E30, "Engineered Wood Construction Guide," for types of structural -use panels and applications indicated. b. Fasten panels as indicated below: 1) Screw to cold -formed metal framing. 2) Space panels 1/8 inch apart at edges and ends. 2. Gypsum Sheathing Installation: a. Comply with GA -253 and with manufacturer's written instructions. 1) Fasten gypsum sheathing to cold -formed metal framing with screws. 2) Install boards with a 3/8 inch gap where non -load bearing construction abuts structural elements. 3) Install boards with a 1/4 inch gap where they abut masonry or similar materials that might retain moisture, to prevent wicking. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Framing Members: 1/4 inch from true position, maximum. B. Variation from Plane (Other than Floors): 1/4 inch in 10 feet maximum, and 1/4 inch in 30 feet maximum. 3.05 CLEANING A. Waste Disposal: 1. Comply with applicable regulations. 2. Do not bum scraps on project site. B. Do not leave any wood, shavings, sawdust, etc. on the ground or buried in fill. C. Prevent sawdust and wood shavings from entering the storm drainage system. END OF SECTION ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000 -3 0 N Q n D� O '- z n� c <m m M o� C o D ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000 -3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY, IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000-4 Ln cr-- O Q LO Jco r N U YU N v N PROJECT NO. 18404000 ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA PATCHING OF EXISTING ROOFING 0701 55-1 SECTION 07 01 55 - PATCHING OF EXISTING ROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Patching of existing roofing areas as indicated on drawings. B. Temporary roofing protection. 1.02 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate with affected mechanical and electrical work associated with roof penetrations. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for each type of material. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate size, configuration, and installation details. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Ensure storage and staging of materials does not exceed static and dynamic load-bearing capacities of roof decking. 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Existing Roofing System: membrane roofing. B. Do not remove existing roofing membrane when weather conditions threaten the integrity of building contents or intended continued occupancy. C. Maintain continuous temporary protection prior to and during installation of new roofing work. D. Provide notice at least three days before starting activities that will affect normal building operations. PART 2 PRODUCTS ^� 2.01 N MATERIALS o 0 A. Patching Materials: Provide necessary materials in accordance with requiremeijaf e4ing roofing system. n -< " B. Temporary Roofing Protection Materials: = 00 icy 1. Contractor's responsibility to select appropriate materials for temporary prv(4 ion a rn roofing areas as determined necessary for this work. o � C. Roofing Recover Materials: -_ h 1. Contractor's responsibility to select appropriate materials for roof patching: New rnFgrials must match materials and thickness of removed materials. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Type and size as required and compatible with existing and new roofing areas to resist local wind uplift. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Sweep roof surface clean of loose matter. 3.02 MATERIAL REMOVAL A. Remove only existing roofing materials that can be replaced with new materials the same day. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install new roof patches in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as required to maintain existing roofing warranties. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Provide protection of existing roofing system that is not having work performed on it. PATCHING OF EXISTING ROOFING 0701 55-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Do not permit traffic over unprotected or repaired deck surface. END OF SECTION PROJECT NO. 18404000 PATCHING OF EXISTING ROOFING 0701 55-2 Ln _ Q ® Y3 ca o W c Ujr J N r� o N O _ N PROJECT NO. 18404000 PATCHING OF EXISTING ROOFING 0701 55-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 07 21 00 - THERMAL INSULATION PART1 GENERAL r, c 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES _ A. Board insulation at cavity wall construction, perimeter foundation wall, undersid6 f!Nor*bs, and exterior wall behind wall finish. Z B. Batt insulation in exterior wall construction. C. Batt insulation for filling perimeter window and door shim spaces and crevices in a Qor uy�ll m t , 1 and roof. S 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS O 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C578 - Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation; 2016. B. ASTM C665 - Standard Specification for Mineral -Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing; 2012. C. ASTM C1289 - Standard Specification for Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation Board; 2016. D. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2016. E. NFPA 285 - Standard Fire Test Method for Evaluation of Fire Propagation Characteristics of Exterior Non -Load -Bearing Wall Assemblies Containing Combustible Components; 2012. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance criteria, and product limitations. C. Manufacturers Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Manufacturers Installation Instructions: Include information on special environmental conditions required for installation and installation techniques. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Products provided under this section and installed at part of an exterior wall assembly shall have passed NFPA 285 testing as part of a wall assembly matching those detailed on drawings f9_1:4 Apa 11:193 111111,191&1 2.01 APPLICATIONS A. Insulation at Perimeter of Foundation: Extruded polystyrene board. B. Insulation Inside Masonry Cavity Walls: Polyiscocyanurate board. 2.02 FOAM BOARD INSULATION MATERIALS A. Extruded Polystyrene (XPS) Board Insulation: Complies with ASTM C578 with either natural skin or cut cell surfaces. 1. Type: ASTM C578, Type IV. 2. Flame Spread Index (FSI): Class A - 0 to 25, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 3. Smoke Developed Index (SDI): 450 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 4. Type and Thermal Resistance, R -value: Type IV, 5.0 (0.88) per 1 inch thickness at 75 degrees F mean temperature. 5. Complies with fire resistance requirements as part of an exterior non -load-bearing exterior wall assembly when tested in accordance with NFPA 285. 6. Board Edges: Square. 7. Type and Water Absorption: Type IV, 0.3 percent by volume, maximum, by total immersion. 8 Manufacturers: THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA a. Dow Chemical Company: www.dow.com/#sle. b. Owens Corning Corporation: www.ocbuildingspec.com/sle. B. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation with Facers Both Sides: Rigid cellular foam, complying with ASTM C1289. 1. Classifications: a. Type I: Faced with aluminum foil on both major surfaces of the core foam. 1) Class 1 - Non -reinforced core foam. 2) Compressive Strength: 16 psi, minimum. 3) Thermal Resistance, R -value: At 1-12 inch thick; 9.0 at 75 degrees F. 2. Flame Spread Index (FSI): Class A - 0 to 25, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 3. Smoke Developed Index (SDI): 450 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 4. Board Thickness: As indicated on drawings. 5. Board Edges: Square. 6. Manufacturers: a. Atlas Roofing Corporation: www.atlasroofing.com/sle. b. Dow Chemical Company: www.dow.com/#sle. c. GAF: www.gaf.com/sle. d. Hunter Panels, LLC: www.hunterxci.com/sle. 2.03 BATT INSULATION MATERIALS A. Mineral Fiber Batt Insulation: Semi-rigid preformed batt or blanket, complying with ASTM C665; friction fit; unfaced flame spread index of 0 (zero) when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. u9. Smoke Developed Index: 0 (zero), when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2. Coknplying with ASTM C612 Type IVB. „,W61tture sorption: 1 % maximum to ASTM C1104/C1104M. X1. E7F62gi resistance: Zero mould growth to ASTM C1338. W '`r5. osive resistance: ...i oo fit' Steel to ASTM C665: Pass. N >bV Stainless steel to ASTM C795: Conforms. �%. �kness: As indicated on drawings. Q7. �is-0f-Design: Provide ROXUL, Cavityrock DD with black mat facer, or a comparable o product approved by the Architect prior to bid. 2.04 AC&ESSORIES A. Tape: Foil tape, self -adhering type, mesh reinforced, 2 inch wide. B. Insulation Fasteners: Impaling clip of unfinished steel with washer retainer and clips, to be adhered to surface to receive insulation, length to suit insulation thickness and substrate, capable of securely and rigidly fastening insulation in place. C. Adhesive: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer for application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate, adjacent materials, and insulation materials are dry and that substrates are ready to receive insulation. B Verify substrate surfaces are flat, free of honeycomb, fins, irregularities, or materials or substances that may impede adhesive bond. 3.02 BOARD INSTALLATION AT FOUNDATION PERIMETER A. Apply adhesive to back of boards: B. Install boards horizontally on foundation perimeter. 1. Install in running bond pattern. 2. Butt edges and ends tightly to adjacent boards and to protrusions. C. Cut and fit insulation tightly to protrusions or interruptions to the insulation plane. THERMAL INSULATION 0721 00-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 16404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3.03 BOARD INSTALLATION AT CAVITY WALLS A. Install boards to fit snugly between wall ties. B. Install boards horizontally on walls. C. Cut and fit insulation tightly to protrusions or interruptions to the insulation plane. D. Seal joints with foil tape. 3.04 BOARD INSTALLATION UNDER CONCRETE SLABS A. Place insulation under slabs on grade after base for slab has been compacted. B. Cut and fit insulation tightly to protrusions or interruptions to the insulation plane. C. Prevent insulation from being displaced or damaged while placing vapor retarder and placing slab. 3.05 BATT INSTALLATION A. Install insulation in accordance with manufacturers instructions. B. Install in exterior wall spaces without gaps or voids. Do not compress insulation. C. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Insulate miscellaneous gaps and voids. D. Fit insulation tightly in cavities and tightly to exterior side of mechanical and electrical services within the plane of the insulation. E. Retain insulation batts in place with spindle fasteners at 12 inches on center. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Do not permit installed insulation to be damaged prior to its concealment. END OF SECTION _ N 0 N � �n O a D� x c->-< " ::;n co .<r- m m � = Q J THERMAL INSULATION 072100-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 16404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA THERMAL Ln _ 4 c, W ,Y LLJ J >- F -. UF - THERMAL INSULATION 0721 00-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 07 25 00 - WEATHER BARRIERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Weather barriers. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Weather Barrier: Assemblies that form either water -resistive barriers, air barriers, or vapor retarders. B. Vapor Retarder: Air tight barrier made of material that is relatively water vapor impermeable, to the degree specified, with sealed seams and with sealed joints to adjacent surfaces. 1. Water Vapor Permeance: For purposes of conversion, 57.2 ng/(Pa s sq m) = 1 perm. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D - National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; current edition. B. ASTM D1970/131970M - Standard Specification for Self -Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection; 2015a. C. ASTM E96/E96M - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials; 2016. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Air barrier shall be capable of performing as a continuous vapor -permeable air barrier and as a liquid -water drainage plane flashed to discharge to the exterior incidental condensation or water penetration. Air barrier assemblies shall be capable of accommodating substrate movement and of sealing substrate expansion and control joints, construction material changes, and transitions at perimeter conditions without deterioration and air leakage exceeding specified limits. B. Water barrier shall be capable of performing as a continuouse non -vapor -permeable air and water barrier flashed to discharge to exteiror condensation and water penetration. Water barrier membrane assemblies shall be capable of accommodatng substrate movement and o)yealing substrate expansion and control joints, construction material changes, and tra itions� perimeter conditions without deterioration and air leakage exceeding specifies. m 1.05 SUBMITTALS D— a A. Product Data: Provide data on material characteristics. coco r B. Shop Drawings: Provide drawings of special joint conditions. <m y. M 1. Include details of interface between air barriers and water barriers. ozr I a C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate preparation and installationrt`yfhods r 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Products provided under this section and installed at part of an exterior wall assembly shall have passed NFPA 285 testing as part of a wall assembly matching those detailed on drawings 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the materials manufacturers before, during and after installation. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged packages in a clean, dry, protected location and within temperature range required by manufacturer. B. Remove and replace liquid materials that cannot be applied within their stated shelf life. C. Store rolls according to manufacturer's written instructions. D. Protect stored materials from direct sunlight. WEATHER BARRIERS 07 2500-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA i�0:1i�Y�P1x3tK�L`D]YI[�I:F9 A. Environmental Limitations: Apply weather barriers within the range of ambient and substrate temperatures recommended by weather barrier manufacturers. Protect substrates from environmental conditions that affect performance of weather barriers. Do not apply weather barriers to a damp or wet substrate or during snow, rain, fog, or mist. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NON -PERMEABLE AIR AND WATER BARRIER (VAPOR RETARDER) 0 A. Non -Permeable Air and Water Barrier Sheet: ASTM D1970/131970M. 1. Type: Rubberized asphalt bonded to thermoplastic sheet, self-adhesive. 2. Thickness: 40 mil, 0.040 inch, nominal. 3. Water Vapor Permeance: 0.05 perm, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. 4. Seam and Perimeter Tape: As recommended by sheet manufacturer. 5. Manufacturers: a. Carlisle Coatings and Waterproofing, Inc; CCW -705 Air and Vapor Barrier Sheet: www.cadisleccw.com/#sle. b. GPC Applied Technologies (Grace), Perm -A -Barrier. c. Henry Company; Blueskin SA: www.henry.com/#sle. B. Non -Permeable Air and Water Barrier Coating (Water Barrier Membrane): Liquid applied, res ilieQt, UV -resistant coating and associated joint treatment. 1. Film Thickness: 40 mils (0.040 inch), minimum. 2. Rater Vapor Permeance: 0.02 perm, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM .¢ uJ�9 6/E96M. co 3. C-:) C Content: Less than 50 g per L when tested in accordance with 40 CFR 59, Subpart " rQEPA Method 24). z4. r—Sotable for use on concrete, masonry, plywood and gypsum sheathing. x3 5. G,Ternt Preparation Treatment: Coating manufacturer's recommended method, either tape N 6reinforcing mesh saturated with coating material. N6. Performance Requirements: Property Test Method BOD Value Cured Film Thickness ASTM D 3767, Method A 60 mils 1.5 mm) nominal Volatile Organic Compound < 0.63 Ib/gal (< 75g/L) OC content, maximum Air Permeance at 75 Pa (0.3 ASTM C 2178 <0.0002 cfm/ft2 in. water) Differential Pressure <0.001 L/s.m2) Assembly Air Permeance at 75 Pa (0.3 in. water) ASTM C 2357 <0.0008 cfrntft2 Differential Pressure. (<0.004 L/s.m2) Water Vapor Permeance ASTM E 96, Method BW 0.08 perms <4.6 n /Pa.s.m2 Pull Adhesion to Concrete Block (CMU) ASTM D 4541-02 35 psi 0.24 N/mm2) Pull Adhesion to Glass -Faced Gypsum Board ASTM D 4541-02 18 psi 0.12 N/mm2) Peel Adhesion to Concrete ASTM D 903 Modifiedl 5 lbs/in (880 N/m) Elongation ASTM D 412 500% minimum Pliability; 1800 bend over 1 inch mandrel at -23-F ASTM D 1970 Unaffected Low Temperature Flexibility and Crack Bridging; 1/8 inch ASTM C 836 Pass crack cycling at -15°F WEATHER BARRIERS 07 2500-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA Extensibility over 1/4 crack after heat aging ASTM C 836 Pass Application Temperature, minimum consisting of 36 mils of rubberized asphalt, integrally bonded to a 4 mil high-density cross - 20°F -7°C Peak Heat Release ASTM E 1354 < 150 KW/M2 Total Heat Release ASTM E 1354 < 20 MJ/M2 Effective Heat of Combustion ASTM E 1354 < 18 MJ/kg Flame Spread Index ASTM E 84 or UL 723 <25 Smoke -Developed Index ASTM E 84 or UL 723 < 450 Footnote 1: Waterproofing membrane is applied to concrete and allowed to cure. Peel adhesion of the membrane is measured at a rate of 2 inches per minute with a peel angle of 90 degrees at room temperature. 7. Basis -of -Design: a. GPC Applied Technologies (Grace), Perm -A -Barrier Liquid. b. Other Acceptable Products: 1) Carlisle Coatings and Waterproofing, Inc; Barriseal-S: www.carlisleccw.com/#sle. 2) Henry Company; Air -Bloc 32MR: www.henry.com/#sle. 8. Joint Filler. As recommended by coating manufacturer and suitable to the substrate. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Transition Membrane: A 40 mil self -adhering waterproofing used for flashing around beams, Test Method columns, and wall openings (including window, door and curtain wall frames, louvers, etc.); Water Vapor Transmission, consisting of 36 mils of rubberized asphalt, integrally bonded to a 4 mil high-density cross - laminated polyethylene film. Membrane shall be interleaved with disposable silicone -coated ASTM E 96, Method B release paper until installed. Fully -supported self -adhered membranes must be provided at all Air Permeance at 0.3 in. corners, (inside and outside), transitions, and changes in substrate. Liquid applied merrozpnes that utilize mesh reinforcements will not be allowed. ASTM C 2178 1. Basis -of -Design Product: GCP Applied Technologies (Grace) Perm -A -Beater Det —n Membrane. Z 2. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Henry Corporation OND minimum b. Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing r- v m 3. Performance Requirements: M s �;NZ o -4°C) Property Test Method BOD Value y Water Vapor Transmission, max. ASTM E 96, Method B 0.05 perms (2.9 n /Pa.s.m2 Air Permeance at 0.3 in. water (75 Pa) differential ASTM C 2178 <0.0012 cfm/ft2 pressure, max Puncture Resistance, minimum ASTM E 154 40 lbs 178 N Lap Adhesion, min; at -25°F -4°C) ASTM E 1876 5 Itis/in 880 N/m Low Temperature Flexibility; ASTM D 1970 Unaffected Tensile Strength, Film, minimum ASTM D 412, Die C 400 lbs/in2 (2.7 MPa) Modred WEATHER BARRIERS 07 25 00 -3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 0 W J U_ Elongation, min; ultimate Test Method BOD Value failure of rubberized asphalt, ASTM D 412, Die C 200% minimum ASTM E 96. Method B 0.05 perms (2.9 ng/Pa.s.m2) B. Flexible Membrane Through -Wall Flashing: Self-adhesive sheet flashing complying with ASTM D1970/D7970M, except slip resistance requirement is waived if not installed on a roof. 1. Thickness: 40 mil (32 mil rubberized asphalt laminated to 8 mil high-density polyethylene film) 2. Basis -of -Design Product: GCP Applied Technologies (Grace) Perm -A -Barrier Wall Flashing. 3. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Henry Corporation. b. Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing. 4. Performance Requirements: Property Test Method BOD Value Water Vapor Transmission, max. ASTM E 96. Method B 0.05 perms (2.9 ng/Pa.s.m2) Water Absorption, maximum ASTM D 570 0.1 % by weight Puncture Resistance, minimum ASTM E 154 80 lbs (356 N) Tear Rtsistance, Initiation, mi _ ASTM D 1004 13 lbs (58 N) M.D. T sistance, Pr tion, min ASTM D 1938 9 lbs 40 N M.D. La esion, min; at -25°F ASTM E 1876 5 Ibsen (880 N/m L erature Flexibility ASTM D 1970 Unaffected at -45°F Teo' Strength, Film, minimum. ASTM D 412, Die C 800 Ibs/in2 (5.5 MPa) Modred Elongation, min; ultimate failure of rubberized asphalt I ASTM D 412, Die C 1 200% C. Detailing Compound: Two-part, elastomeric, trowel grade material for use with self -adhered membranes and tapes. 1. Basis -of -Design Product: GCP Applied Technologies (Grace) Bituthene Liquid Membrane. 2. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Henry Corporation. b. Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofings. D. Metal Drip Edge: Provide metal drip edge where flashing is exposed or partially exposed and where indicated, complying with Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" and as follows: 1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304, 0.016 inch thick. a. Metal Drip Edges: Fabricate from stainless steel. Extend into wall and 1/2 inch out from wall, with outer edge bent down 30 degrees and hemmed. 2. Basis -of -Design Product: Hohmann & Barnard 26 gage minimum, 1-1/2" minimum, stainless steel hemmed drip plate. E. Miscellaneous Materials: Tape and other accessories specified or acceptable to manufacturer of fluid- applied air and vapor barrier membrane. WEATHER BARRIERS 072500-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces and conditions are ready to accept the work of this section. B. The installer shall examine conditions of substrates and other conditions under which this work is to be performed and notify the Contractor, in writing, of circumstances detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected C. Verify that items built-in under other sections are properly located, sized, and securely installed. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect adjacent work areas and finish surfaces from damage during installation. B. Refer to manufacturer's literature for requirements for preparation of substrates. Surfaces shall be structurally sound and free of voids, spelled areas, loose aggregate and sharp protrusions. Remove contaminants such as grease, oil and wax from exposed surfaces. Remove dust, dirt, loose stone and debris. Use repair materials and methods which are acceptable to manufacturer of fluid -applied air and vapor barrier. C. Cast -In -Place Concrete Substrates: 1. Surface shall be free of any visible water, frost, or ice. 2. Fill form tie rod holes with concrete and finish flush with surrounding surface. 3. Repair bug holes greater than 1/2 inch in diameter and 1/4 inch deep, and finish flush with surrounding surface. 4. Remove scaling to sound, unaffected concrete, and repair exposed area. 5. Grind irregular construction joints and protrusions taller than 1/8' .to suitable flush surface. D. Masonry Substrates: Apply air and vapor barrier over concrete block with smooth flush mortar joints. Fill all voids and holes, particularly in the mortar joints, with a lean mortar mix, non -shrinking grout or parge coat. o E. Related Materials: Treat joints and install flashing as recommended by membrine o manufacturer. �— 3.03 INSTALLATION D — A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. < Co B. Vapor Retarders: Install continuous air tight barrier over surfaces indicated, with:.�d gms and with sealed joints to adjacent surfaces. o .:;o C. Application of Fluid -Applied Membrane: :7Z 1. Spray- or trowel -apply a continuous uniform film at minimum 60 mils dry fill hickne�-aj using multiple, overlapping passes. 2. When spraying, use a cross -hatching technique (alternating horizontal and vertical passes) to ensure even thickness and coverage. 3. When spraying, use high pressure, mufti -component, airless spray equipment approved by material manufacturer. 4. Carry membrane into any openings a minimum of 2 inches. 5. Seal all brick -ties and other penetrations as work progresses. D. Application of Transition Membrane: 1. After allowing the fluid -applied membrane to cure to tack -free finish, apply transition membrane with a minimum overlap of 3 inches onto each surface at all beams, columns and joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Tie-in to window and door frames, spandrel panels, roof and floor intersections and changes in substrate. a. Install products in accordance to manufacturer's installation instructions, necessary to provide a continuous weather barrier for all transitions in plane. 3. Use pre-cut, easily -handled lengths for each location. WEATHER BARRIERS 07 2500 -5 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 4. Remove silicone -coated release paper and position membrane flashing carefully before placing it against the surface. 5. When properly positioned, place against surface by pressing firmly into place using hand roller. 6. Overlap adjacent pieces 2 inches, and roll all seams with a hand roller. 7. Seal top edge of flashing with sealant compatible with all surrounding materials. 8. Transition flashing is not to be pre-installed prior to application of fluid -applied membrane, apply transition flashing as above. Spray or trowel a continuous uniform film of Fluid -Applied Membrane at minimum 60 mils dry film thickness using multiple, overlapping passes, with a minimum overlap of 3 inches between the fluid applied and the transition flashing E. Application of Flexible Membrane Wall Flashing: 1. Precut pieces of flashing to easily handled lengths for each location. 2. Remove silicone -coated release paper and position flashing carefully before placing it against the surface. 3. When properly positioned, place against surface by pressing firmly into place using hand roller. Fully -adhere flashing to substrate to prevent water from migrating under flashing. 4. Overlap adjacent pieces 2 inches and roll all seams with a hand roller. 5. Trim bottom edge 1/2 inch back from exposed face of the wall. Flashing shall not be permanently exposed to sunlight. 6. At heads, sills and all flashing terminations, turn up flashing ends a minimum of 2 inches, and make careful folds to form an end dam, with the seams sealed. 7. Seal top edge of flashing with sealant compatible with all surrounding materials. 8. Do not allow the rubberized -asphalt surface of the flashing membrane to come in contact with poly- sulfide sealants, creosote, uncured coal tar products, or ethylene-propylene-diene-terpolymer products (EPDM). F. Installation of the primary membrane is to occur prior to all inside and outside corners, fenestration rough openings and penetrations, then install the initial application of detail LO membrane. 3.04 TOLERANCES C) A— S tCM to be installed to accommodate the following maximum live load deflection in the plane o exterior wall: UJ 1.—J Ferify maximum live load deflection with structural requirements or 3!8 inch, whichever is N r Beater. "3.05 %EAtRMG AND PROTECTION A-' Re(Age any masking materials after installation. Clean any stains on materials which would obe eWosed in the completed work using procedures as recommended by manufacturer. Fluid -applied air and vapor barrier membrane is not suitable for permanent exposure and should be protected from the effects of sunlight. C. Schedule work to ensure that the membrane system is covered as soon as possible after installation. Protect membrane system from damage during subsequent operations. If the air and vapor barrier membrane system cannot be covered within sixty (60) days after installation, apply temporary UV protection such as dark plastic sheet or tarpaulins. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Do not cover installed fluid -applied air and vapor barrier until required inspections have been completed by testing agency. B. The testing agency shall verify proper application thickness via a wet mil gauge during the application process. C. Hose tests will be performed for areas clad with composite wood panels, aluminum composite panels, fiber reinforced cementitions panels, and thin limestone adhered panel. Refer to those WEATHER BARRIERS 07 2500 -6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA sections for testing requirements. Replace and/or repair components that have failed field testing and retest until performance is satisfactory. Coordination of ABAA Tests and Inspections: 1. Provide testing and inspection required by ABAA QAP. 2. Notify ABAA in writing of schedule for air barrier work, and allow adequate time for testing and inspection. 3. Cooperate with ABAA testing agency. 4. Allow access to air barrier work areas and staging. 5. Do not cover air barrier work until tested, inspected, and accepted. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Do not leave materials exposed to weather longer than recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION N N tE C-) v, tat p- N ::4� Co :4m P � WEATHER BARRIERS 072500-7 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA WEATHER BARRIERS 072500-8 s Q _ W � =o i 1 pp J U!- a"'—J N i- U o N O - 0 N WEATHER BARRIERS 072500-8 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 07 62 00 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 04 20 00 - Unit Masonry: Metal flashings embedded in masonry. B. Section 07 92 00 - Joint Sealants: Sealing non -lap joints between sheet metal fabrications and adjacent construction. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AAMA 2603 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Pigmented Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels (with Coil Coating Appendix); 2015. B. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold -Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2015. C. ASTM 8209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate; 2014. D. ASTM 8209M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate (Metric); 2014. E. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2014a. F. ASTM D4586/D4586M - Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos -Free; 2007, with Editorial Revision (2012). PART PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET MATERIALS A. Pre -Finished Aluminum: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M), 20 gage, (0.032 inch) thick; plain finish shop pre -coated with modified silicone coating. r,,, 1. Modified Silicone Polyester Coating: Pigmented Organic Coating System, AAMA X13; baked enamel finish system. o 2. Color: to match curtain wall mullion. D� �_ B. Stainless Steel: ASTM A666, Type 304 alloy, soft temper, 28 gage, (0.0156 incKtb ck; p000thr No. 4 - Brushed finish. n co 2.02 FABRICATION m M A. S Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion ofd ctso 0 B. Form pieces in longest possible lengths. y C. Hem exposed edges on underside 1/2 inch; miter and seam corners. D. Form material with flat lock seams, except where otherwise indicated, at moving joints, use sealed lapped, bayonet-type or interlocking hooked seams. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Same material and finish as flashing metal, with soft neoprene washers. B. Concealed Sealants: Non -curing butyl sealant. C. Exposed Sealants: ASTM C920; elastomeric sealant, with minimum movement capability as recommended by manufacturer for substrates to be sealed; color to match adjacent material. D. Plastic Cement: ASTM D4586/D4586M, Type I. END OF SECTION SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 62 00 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200-2 D Y W � .a 'O LLJ %- co N J C.) >- i1® 2m a WC I. - v 3 o N O O N SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 16404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA SECTION 07 92 00 - JOINT SEALANTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Nonsag gunnable joint sealants. B. Self -leveling pourable joint sealants. C. Joint backings and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C834 - Standard Specification for Latex Sealants; 2014. B. ASTM C919 - Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications; 2012. C. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2014a. D. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2016. E. ASTM C1248 - Standard Test Method for Staining of Porous Substrate by Joint Sealants; 2008 (Reapproved 2012). F. ASTM C1311 - Standard Specification for Solvent Release Sealants; 2014. G. ASTM C1521 - Standard Practice for Evaluating Adhesion of Installed Weatherproofing Sealant Joints; 2013. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data for Sealants: Submit manufacturer's technical data sheets for each product to be used, that includes the following. 1. Physical characteristics, including movement capability, VOC content, hardness, cure time, and color availability. N 2. List of backing materials approved for use with the specific product. 3. Substrates that product is known to satisfactorily adhere to and with which 4m&Rible. 4. Substrates the product should not be used on. y N B. Color Cards for Selection: Where sealant color is not specified, submit manufact!�condi T cards showing standard colors available for selection. r r � v C. Preinstallation Field Adhesion Test Plan: Submit at least two weeks prior to start &*SAallaaJn. D. Preinstallation Field Adhesion Test Reports: Submit filled out Preinstallation Field tfh C= Test Reports log within 10 days after completion of tests; include bagged test samples and � photographic records. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Preinstallation Field Adhesion Test Plan: Include destructive field adhesion testing of one sample of each combination of sealant type and substrate, except interior acrylic latex sealants, and include the following for each tested sample. 1. Identification of testing agency. 2. Preinstallation Field Adhesion Test Log Form: Include the following data fields, with known information filled out. a. Test date. b. Copy of test method documents. c. Age of sealant upon date of testing. d. Test results, modeled after the sample form in the test method document. e. Indicate use of photographic record of test. B. Field Adhesion Test Procedures: 1. Allow sealants to fully cure as recommended by manufacturer before testing. 2. Have a copy of the test method document available during tests. 3. Record the type of failure that occurred, other information required by test method, and the information required on the Field Quality Control Log. JOINT SEALANTS 0792 00-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 4. When performing destructive tests, also inspect the opened joint for proper installation characteristics recommended by manufacturer, and report any deficiencies. 5. Deliver the samples removed during destructive tests in separate sealed plastic bags, identified with project, location, test date, and test results, to Owner. 6. If any combination of sealant type and substrate does not show evidence of minimum adhesion or shows cohesion failure before minimum adhesion, report results to Architect. C. Destructive Field Adhesion Test: Test for adhesion in accordance with ASTM C1521, using Destructive Tail Procedure. 1. Sample: At least 18 inch long. 2. Minimum Elongation Without Adhesive Failure: Consider the tail at rest, not under any elongation stress; multiply the stated movement capability of the sealant in percent by two; then multiply 1 inch by that percentage; if adhesion failure occurs before the "'I inch mark" is that distance from the substrate, the test has failed. 3. If either adhesive or cohesive failure occurs prior to minimum elongation, take necessary measures to correct conditions and re -test; record each modification to products or installation procedures. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Correct defective work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. B. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories that fail to achieve watertight seal , exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 JOINT SEALANT APPLICATIONS A. Scope: 1. Exterior Joints: Seal open joints, whether or not the joint is indicated on drawings, unless specifically indicated not to be sealed. Exterior joints to be sealed include, but are not limited to, the following items. a. Wall expansion and control joints. b. Joints between door, window, and other frames and adjacent construction. c.s Joints between different exposed materials. Q p Openings below ledge angles in masonry. W .¢ iei— Other joints indicated below. 2. &O'or Joints: Seal open joints, whether or not the joint is indicated on drawings, unless N fically indicated not to be sealed. Interior joints to be sealed include, but are not ed to, the following items. ca3 Joints between door, window, and other frames and adjacent construction. N b.o_ In sound -rated wall and ceiling assemblies, gaps at electrical outlets, wiring devices, N piping, and other openings; between wall1ceiling and other construction; and other flanking sound paths. c. Joints in concrete floors. d. Expansion joints in finish flooring. e. Other joints indicated below. 3. Do not seal the following types of joints. a. Intentional weepholes in masonry. b. Joints within rainscreen system. c. Joints indicated to be treated with manufactured expansion joint cover or some other type of sealing device. d. Joints where sealant is specified to be provided by manufacturer of product to be sealed. e. Joints where installation of sealant is specified in another section. f. Joints between suspended panel ceilings/grid and walls. B. Exterior Joints: Use non -sag non -staining silicone sealant, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Lap Joints in Sheet Metal Fabrications: Butyl rubber, non -curing; includes the following: JOINT SEALANTS 079200-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA a. Thresholds. b. Sheet metal flashings and trim joints, including scuppers and gutters. 2. Control and Expansion Joints in Concrete Paving: Self -leveling polyurethane "traffic -grade" sealant. C. Interior Joints: Use non -sag polyurethane sealant, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Wall and Ceiling Joints in Non -Wet Areas: Acrylic emulsion latex sealant. 2. Joints between Fixtures in Wet Areas and Floors, Walls, and Ceilings: Mildew -resistant silicone sealant; white. 3. In Sound -Rated Assemblies: Acrylic emulsion latex sealant. 4. Other Floor Joints: Self -leveling polyurethane traffic -grade" sealant. D. Interior Wet Areas: Bathrooms, restrooms, kitchens, food service areas, and food processing areas; fixtures in wet areas include plumbing fixtures, food service equipment, countertops, cabinets, and other similar items. 2.02 NONSAG JOINT SEALANTS A. Non -Staining Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Uses M and A; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion or traffic. 1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 50 percent, minimum. 2. Non -Staining To Porous Stone: Non -staining to light-colored natural stone when tested in accordance with ASTM C1248. 3. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 4. Products: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 795 Silicone Building Sealant: www.dowcoming.com/construction/#sle. b. Sika Corporation; Sikasil WS-290/WS-295: www.usa-sika.com. c. Tremco, Spectrem 1/Spectrem 2/Spectrem 4 -TS: www.tremcosealants.com., 5. Applications: c a. Exterior joints unless otherwise indicated, including, but not limited tc&e follg ing: —n 1) Exterior vertical control and expansion joints in unit masonry. E 2) Exteriorjoints between flashing materials and unit masonry. N `-�► 3) Exterior perimeter joints between different materials listed abovev.—m rn B. Mildew -Resistant Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Uses M and A; singldfRmponent, mildew resistant; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion or traffi�� 0 1. Color: White. 2. Products: r 00 a. Dow Corning Corporation, 786 Mildew Resistant. b. Pecora Corporation; 898NST Sanitary Silicone Sealant - Class 50: www.pecora.com. c. Sika Corporation; Sikasil GP: www.usa-sika.com. d. Tremco; Tremsil 200: www.tremcosealants.com. 3. Applications: a. Interior joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters. b. Joints between counters and adjoining walls and floors at bathrooms, kitchens and other wet areas. C. Polyurethane Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Uses M and A; single or multi-component; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion or traffic. 1. Color: Match adjacent finished surfaces. 2. Manufacturers: a. BASF; MasterSeal NP1/NP2. b. Pecora Corporation; DynaTrol I-XL/DynaTrol ll. c. Sika Corporation; Sikaflex-1a/Sikaflex-2c: www.usa-sika.com. d. Tremco; Vulkem 116/Dymeric 240: www.tremcosealants.com 3. Applications: a. Vertical joints on exposed surfaces of interior unit masonry and concrete walls and partitions. JOINT SEALANTS 079200-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA b. Interior perimeter joints of exterior openings. c. Joints between top of non -load bearing unit masonry walls and underside of cast -in-place concrete slabs and beams. D. Acrylic Emulsion Latex: Water-based; ASTM C834, single component, non -staining, non-bleeding, non -sagging; not intended for exterior use. 1. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 2. Products: a. Pecora, AC -20 + Silicone: www. pecora.com. b. Sherwin-Williams Company; 950A Siliconized Acrylic Latex Caulk: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. c. Tremco, Tremflex 834: www.tremcosealants.com. 3. Applications: a. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors, windows and elevator entrances. E. Non -Curing Butyl Sealant: Solvent -based; ASTM C1311; single component, non -sag, non -skinning, non -hardening, non-bleeding; vapor -impermeable; intended for fully concealed applications. 1. Applications: a. Thresholds. 2.03 SELF -LEVELING SEALANTS A. Self -Leveling Polyurethane Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade P, Uses M and A; single or multi-component; explicitly approved by manufacturer for traffic exposure; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion . 1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 25 percent, minimum. '.2. (4or: To be selected by Architect from manufacturers standard range. =3. ducts: g 'Pecora Coprporation, Urexpan NR -200: www.pecora.com UJ �-. Sika Corporation; Sikaflex-1c SL: www.usa-sika.com/#sle. oD Tremco Sealants; THC-900/THC-901: www.tremcosealants.com. *ications: d,X aB�: Exterior horizontal nontraffic and traffic isolation and contraction joints in cast -in-place ® o concrete slabs. o b. Exterior control and expansion joints in horizontal traffic surfaces of brick pavers, ceramic tile, stone paving units and similar materials unless otherwise specked in individual specification sections. c. Interior expansion, control, contraction, and isolation joints in horizontal traffic surfaces in concrete, ceramic tile, dimension stone, dimension stone tile and brick, unless otherwise specified in individual specification sections. B. Self -Leveling Polyurethane Sealant for Continuous Water Immersion: Polyurethane; ASTM C920, Grade P, Uses M and A; single or mufti -component; explicitly approved by manufacturer for traffic exposure and continuous water immersion. 1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 25 percent, minimum. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Backer Rod: Cylindrical cellular foam rod with surface that sealant will not adhere to, compatible with specific sealant used, and recommended by backing and sealant manufacturers for specific application. 1. Closed Cell and Bi -Cellular: 25 to 33 percent larger in diameter than joint width. B. Backing Tape: Self-adhesive polyethylene tape with surface that sealant will not adhere to and recommended by tape and sealant manufacturers for specific application. C. Primers: Type recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application; non -staining. JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 -4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that joints are ready to receive work. B. Verify that backing materials are compatible with sealants. C. Verify that backer rods are of the correct size. D. Preinstallation Adhesion Testing: Install a sample for each test location indicated in the test plan. 1. Test each sample as specified in PART 1 under QUALITY ASSURANCE article. 2. Notify Architect of date and time that tests will be performed, at least 7 days in advance. 3. Record each test on Preinstallation Adhesion Test Log as indicated. 4. If any sample fails, review products and installation procedures, consult manufacturer, or take whatever other measures are necessary to ensure adhesion; re -test in a different location; if unable to obtain satisfactory adhesion, report to Architect. 5. After completion of tests, remove remaining sample material and prepare joint for new sealant installation. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter that could impair adhesion of sealant. 1. Clean porous joint substate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Concrete. b. Masonry. c. Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile. o 2. Clean nonporous surfaces surfaces with chemical cleaners or other meansAat do Pmk } stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesi QOjoint; sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include, but are not limited to, the folljwirgt 2 a. Metal. < m 1 b. Porcelain enamel. rn c. Glazed surfaces of ceramic tile. $ B. Clean joints, and prime as necessary, in accordance with manufacturer's instructic— o C. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C103. s- D. Mask elements and surfaces adjacent to joints from damage and disfigurement due to sealant work; be aware that sealant drips and smears may not be completely removable. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturers requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. B. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C1193. C. Perform acoustical sealant application work in accordance with ASTM C919. D. Precast Architectural Concrete Panel Joints: Install two-stage sealant joints and expansion joints in accordance with PCI Architectural Precast Concrete Design Manual, Section 4.7 and as detailed on drawings. E. Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve width -to -depth ratio, neck dimension, and surface bond area as recommended by manufacturer, except where specific dimensions are indicated. F. Install bond breaker backing tape where backer rod cannot be used. G. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags, and without getting sealant on adjacent surfaces. JOINT SEALANTS 079200-5 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA H. Do not install sealant when ambient temperature is outside manufacturer's recommended temperature range, or will be outside that range during the entire curing period, unless manufacturer's approval is obtained and instructions are followed. I. Nonsag Sealants: Tool surface concave, unless otherwise indicated; remove masking tape immediately after tooling sealant surface. J. Concrete Floor Joint Filler: After full cure, shave joint filler flush with top of concrete slab. END OF SECTION JOINT SEALANTS 079200-6 - �o r �_I cc) N U f— >- —F—Q F—< o CD N O N JOINT SEALANTS 079200-6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 08 11 13 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Non -fire -rated hollow metal doors and frames. B. Thermally insulated hollow metal doors with frames. C. Hollow metal borrowed lites glazing frames. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 08 71 00 - Door Hardware. B. Section 08 80 00 - Glazing: Glass for doors and borrowed lites. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ADA Standards - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. B. ANSI/ICC A117.1 - American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; International Code Council; 2009. C. ANSI/SDI A250.8 - Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames (SDI -100); 2014. D. ANSI/SDI A250.10 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames; 2011. E. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process; 2015. F. ASTM A1008/A1008M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold -Rolled, Carbon, o Structural, High -Strength Low -Alloy, High -Strength Low -Alloy with Improved Formabilitya Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable; 2016. r . _T1 ,p�c? Carbon, G. ASTM A1011/A1011 M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot- carbon, Structural, High -Strength Low -Alloy, High -Strength Low -Alloy with Improved Forgvbdity,P*d Ultra -High Strength; 2015. ::� C-) H. BHMA Al 56.115 -American National Standard for Hardware Preparation in SteVors Steel Frames; 2014. ;5-1* 1 o g 1. ICC A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; 2009. � m J. NAAMM HMMA 830 - Hardware Selection for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2002. K. NAAMM HMMA 831 - Hardware Locations for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2011. L. NAAMM HMMA 840 - Guide Specifications for Installation and Storage of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2007. M. NAAMM HMMA 861 - Guide Specifications for Commercial Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2006. N. SDI 117 - Manufacturing Tolerances for Standard Steel Doors and Frames; 2013. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Materials and details of design and construction, hardware locations, reinforcement type and locations, anchorage and fastening methods, and finishes; and one copy of referenced standards/guidelines. B. Shop Drawings: Details of each opening, showing elevations, glazing, frame profiles, and any indicated finish requirements. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with NAAMM HMMA 840 or ANSI/SDI A250.8 (SDI -100) in accordance with specified requirements. B. Protect with resilient packaging; avoid humidity build-up under coverings; prevent corrosion and adverse effects on factory applied painted finish. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 0811 13 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: 1. Ceco Door, an Assa Abloy Group company: www.assaabloydss.com 2. Curries, an Assa Abloy Group company: www.assaabloydss.com 3. Deansteel Manufacturing Company: www.deansteel.com 4. Steelcraft, an Allegion brand: www.allegion.com/#sle. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Requirements for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: 1. Steel Sheet: Comply with one or more of the following requirements; galvannealed steel complying with ASTM A653/A653M, cold -rolled steel complying with ASTM A1008/A1008M, or hot -rolled pickled and oiled (HRPO) steel complying with ASTM A1011/A1011 M, commercial steel (CS) Type B, for each. 2. Accessibility: Comply with ICC A117.1 and ADA Standards. 3. Exterior Door Top Closures: Flush end closure channel, with top and door faces aligned. 4. Door Edge Profile: Manufacturers standard for application indicated. 5. Typical Door Face Sheets: Flush. 6. Glazed Lights: Non -removable stops on non -secure side; sizes and configurations as indicated on drawings. Style: Manufacturers standard. 7. Hardware Preparations, Selections and Locations: Comply with NAAMM HMMA 830 and NAAMM HMMA 831 or BHMA Al 56.115 and ANSI/SDI A250.8 (SDI -100) in accordance = with specified requirements. 8. enc Coating for Typical Interior and/or Exterior Locations: Provide metal components ® = x 2 nc-coated (galvanized) and/or zinc -iron alloy -coated (galvannealed) by the hot -dip w process in accordance with ASTM A653/A653M, with manufacturer's standard coating W _j thickness, unless noted otherwise for specific hollow metal doors and frames. �ppv� J R� CpMed Requirements: If a particular door and frame unit is indicated to comply with more thaw jye type of requirement, comply with the specified requirements for each type; for Ij- ince, an exterior door that is also indicated as being sound -rated must comply with the o requRments specified for exterior doors and for sound -rated doors; where two requirements H conflict, comply with the most stringent. 2.03 HOLLOW METAL DOORS A. Exterior Doors: Thermally insulated. 1. Grade: ANSI A250.8 Level 4, physical performance Level A, Model 2, seamless (continuously welded with seams dressed smooth). 2. Core Material: Mineral fiberboard insulation with 22-guage vertical steel stiffener ribs, welded at both ends. 3. Door Thickness: 1-3/4 inch, nominal. 4. Top Closures: Inverted steel channel closure, installed Flush, filled and finished smooth 5. Door edges shall be fabricated using beveled edges on hinge and lock sides. 6. All door seams shall have 1 -inch welds every 6 -inches on center, ground and finished smooth. 7. Insulating Value: R -value of not less than 6.0 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu when tested according to ASTM C 1363. 8. Weatherstripping: Refer to Section 08 71 00. 9. Door Finish: Factory primed for field finishing. B. Interior Doors, Non -Fire Rated: 1. Grade: ANSI A250.8 Level 3, physical performance Level A, Model 2, seamless. 2. Core Material: Sound insulation core with 22-guage vertical steel stiffener ribs, welded at both ends. 3. Door Thickness: 1-3/4 inch, nominal. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 13-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 4. Door Finish: Factory primed for field finishing. 2.04 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. Comply with standards and/or custom guidelines as indicated for corresponding door in accordance with applicable door frame requirements. B. Exterior Door Frames: Full profile/continuously welded type. "Timely' and "Redi-frames" are prohibited. 1. Galvanizing: Components hot -dipped zinc -iron alloy -coated (galvannealed) in accordance with ASTM A653/A653M, with A602F180 coating. 2. Frame Metal Thickness: 14 gage, 0.067 inch, minimum. 3. Weatherstripping: Integral, recessed into door edge or frame. C. Interior Door Frames, Non -Fire Rated: Fully welded type. "Timely' and "Redi-frames" are prohibited. 1. Frame Metal Thickness: 16 gage, 0.053 inch, minimum. D. Door Frames, Fire -Rated: Fully welded type. "Timely' and "Redi-frames' are prohibited. 1. Fire Rating: Same as door, labeled. 2. Frame Metal Thickness: 16 gage, 0.053 inch, minimum. E. Borrowed Lites Glazing Frames: Construction and face dimensions to match door frames, and as indicated on drawings. F. Provide mortar guard boxes for hardware cut-outs in frames to be installed in masonry or to be grouted. 2?. G. Provide 6" styrofoam block with same profile as frame so as not to allow grout in the both 6" H. of frame. p`) a Frames in Masonry Walls: Size to suit masonry coursing with head member 4 inl tjAhigNo fill r opening without cutting masonry units. n c 1 M I. Frame corner joints shall be mitered, interlocked, welded and ground smooth. fir- v J. Doors shall be template reinforced for hardware 7 ga. on hinges, 12 ga. everywherg�l 3 Q 2.05 FINISHES g� A. Primer: Rust -inhibiting, complying with ANSI/SDI A250.10, door manufacturer's staard. r_0 B. Automotive Undercoating: Provide afield applied, non-flammable, low-VOC automotive undercoat layer to the inside of all frames that will be in contact with anti -freezing agents in plaster or mortar. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Glazing: As specified in Section 08 80 00, factory installed. B. Grout for Frames: Portland cement grout with maximum 4 inch slump for hand troweling; thinner pumpable grout is prohibited. 1. Provide 6 inch polystyrene rigid insulation fillers cut to frame profile installed in bottoms of frames to keep grout out of bottom 6 inches of frame. C. Sound Batt Insulation for Frames: At all interior frames in metal framed walls, provide acoustic batt insulation as specified in Section 09 21 16. D. Silencers: Resilient rubber, fitted into drilled hole; provide three on strike side of single door, three on center mullion of pairs, and two on head of pairs without center mullions. E. Ceiling Struts: Minimum 1/4 inch thick by 1 inch wide steel. F. Temporary Frame Spreaders: Provide for factory- or shop -assembled frames. G. Jamb Anchors: 1. Masonry Type: Adjustable strap -and stirrup or T-shaped anchors to suit frame size, not less than 0.042 inch thick, with corrugated or perforated straps not less than 2 inches wide by 10 inches long; or wire anchors not less than 0.177 inch thick. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 13 -3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO.18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2. Stud -Wall Type: Designed to engage stud, welded to back of frames; not less than 0.042 inch thick. 3. Postinstalled Expansion Type for In -Place Concrete or Masonry: Minimum 3/8 inch diameter bolts with expansion shields or inserts. Provide pipe spacer from frame to wall, with throat reinforcement plate, welded to frame at each anchor location. H. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.042 inch thick, and as follows: 1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip ype anchors, with extension clips, allowing not less than 2 -inch hieght adjustment. Terminate bottom of frames at finish floor surface. 2.07 STOPS AND MOLDINGS A. Moldings for Glazed Lites in Doors: Minimum 0.032 inch thick, same material as door face sheet. B. Fixed Frame Moldings: Formed integral with hollow metal frames, a minimum of 5/8 inch high unless otherwise indicated. C. Loose Stops for Glazed Lites in Frames: Minimum 0.032 inch thick, same material as frames. 2.08 FABRICATION A. Tolerances: Fabricate hollow metal work to tolerances indicated in SDI 117. B. Hollow Metal Doors: 1. Exterior Doors: Provide weep -hole openings in bottom of exterior doors. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration. 2. Glazed Lites: Factory cut openings in door. 3. Astragals: Provide overlapping astragal on one leaf of pairs of doors where required by NFPA 80 for fire -performance rating or where indicated. 4. Steel -Stiffened Door Cores: Provide minimum thickness 0.026 inch, steel vertical stiffeners of same material as face sheets extending full -door height, with vertical webs spaced not more than 6 inches apart. Spot weld to face sheets no more than 5 inches o.c. Fill spaces between stiffeners with glass- or mineral -fiber insulation. C.—Hollow,Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections, provide alignment plates or Q * an*sgt each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal as frames. =1 Ided Frames: Weld flush face joints continuously; grind, fill, dress and make smooth, UJ 'a ��sh, and invisible. 002. v$idelight and Transom Bar Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face fV y..g@ams or joints, fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at LLQ F—cr )ssings and to jambs by butt welding. -x) 3. c..3 Itovide countersunk, flat- or oval -head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners bless otherwise initiated. N N 4. Grout Guards: Weld guards to frame at back of hardware mortises in frames to be grouted. 5. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four spot welds per anchor. 6. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchor as follows: a. Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c. and as follows: 1) Two anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high. 2) Three anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high. 3) Four anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches high. 4) Five anchors per jamb plus 1 additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 96 inches high. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped doors, drill stops to receive door silencers. a. Single -Door Frames: Three door silencers. b. Double -Door Frames: Two door silencers. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 0811 13-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA D. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow metal work to receive templated mortised hardware according to the Door Hardware Schedule and templates furnished as specked in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware". 1. Locate hardware as indicated, or if not indicated, according to ANSI/SDI A250.8. 2. Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised and surface -mounted door hardware. 3. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI/SDI A250.6 and ANSI/DHI At 15 Series specifications for preparation of hollow metal work for hardware. 4. Coordinate locations of conduit and wiring boxes for electical connections with Division 26 electrical sections. E. Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites where indicated. Form comers of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline joints. 1. Single Glazed Limes: Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on secure side of hollow metal work. 2. Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior doors and frames. 3. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of hollow metal work. 4. Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removeable stops with type of glazing and type of installation indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. C. Verify that finished walls are in plane to ensure proper door alignment. o 3.02 INSTALLATION o 0 3 A. Install doors and frames in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and rewtqz_ requirements of specified door and frame standards or custom guidelines indicpted; r -o B. Coordinate frame anchor placement with wall construction. —{ co m�-3 C. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until der�nejW anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces,�xtng p C surfaces smooth and undamaged. D. Grout frames in masonry construction, using hand trowel methods; brace frames so that' pressure of grout before setting will not deform frames. E. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, and secure with postinstalled expansion anchors. F. Metal -Stud Partitions: Solidly pack batt insulation behind frames. G. Masonry Walls: Coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly filling space betwwen frames and masonry with grout. H. Ceiling Struts: Extend struts vertically from top of frame at each jamb to overhead structural support at each jamb. Bend top of struts to provide flush contact for securing to supporting construction. Provide adjustable wedged or bolted anchorage to frame jamb members. I. Hollow Metal Doors: Fd hollow metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified below. Shim as necessary. J. Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Division 08 Section "Glazing" and with hollow metal manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Secure stops with countersunk flat- or oval -head machine screws spaced uniformly not more than 9 inches o.c. and not more than 2 inches o.c. from each corner. K. Coordinate installation of hardware. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 13-5 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA L. Comply with glazing installation requirements of Section 08 80 00. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Clearances Between Door and Frame: Comply with related requirements of specified frame standards or custom guidelines indicated in accordance with SDI 117 or NAAMM HMMA 861. B. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust for smooth and balanced door movement. B. Prime Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air -drying, rust -inhibitive primer. C. Metallic -Coated Surfaces: Clean abraded areas and repair with glavanizing repair paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 1 �O i 00 �+...�1 N J>: c_) i— o N O O - N HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113-6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 08 16 13 - FIBERGLASS DOORS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fiberglass doors. B. Fiberglass door frames. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 08 71 00 - Door Hardware. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D635 - Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position, 2018. B. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2016. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard details, installation instructions, hardware and anchor recommendations. rqc�a B. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout and profiles, include assembly methods. c3 1. Indicate product components, including hardware reinforcement locationsCD JF s —n preparations, accessories, finish colors, patterns, and textures. 35 =i Z —� 2. Indicate wall conditions, door and frame elevations, sections, materials, gagas-finis%_1s, r location of door hardware by dimension, and details of openings, use samefence r,- numbers indicated on drawings to identify details and openings. .7 v7c 1 " C. Selection Samples: Submit two complete sets of color chips, illustrating manufac§4s available finishes, colors, and textures. D. Door Corner Sample: Submit corner cross sections, 10 inch by 10 inch in size, illustratingro construction, finish, color, and texture. E. Test Reports: Submit certified test reports from qualified independent testing agency indicating doors comply with specified performance requirements. F. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer; include detailed terms of warranty. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. B. Store materials in original packaging, under cover, protected from exposure to harmful weather conditions and from direct contact with water. 1. Store at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by manufacturer. 2. Do not use non -vented plastic or canvas shelters. 3. Immediately remove wet wrappers. C. Store in position recommended by manufacturer, elevated minimum 4 inch above grade, with minimum 1/4 inch space between doors. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install doors until structure is enclosed. B. Maintain temperature and humidity at manufacturer's recommended levels during and after installation of doors. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide ten (10) year manufacturer warranty covering materials and workmanship, including degradation or failure due to chemical contact. FIBERGLASS DOORS 081613-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Fiberglass Doors: 1. ChemPruf Door Company, Ltd; Standard Series Fiberglass Doors and Frames: www. chem -prof. com/#sle. 2. Tiger Door, LLC; Commercial Duty FRP Doors and Frames: www.tigerdoor.com/#sle. 3. Comm Company, FRP Doors and Frames: www. corrim.com. 2.02 DOOR AND FRAME ASSEMBLIES A. Door and Frame Assemblies: Factory -fabricated, prepared and machined for hardware. 1. Screw -Holding Capacity: Tested to 890 lbs, minimum. 2. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index (FSI) of 0 to 25, Class A, and smoke developed index (SDI) of 450 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 3. Flammability: Self -extinguishing when tested in accordance with ASTM DI 4. Clearance Between Door and Frame: 1/8 inch, maximum. 5. Clearance Between Bottom of Door and Finished Floor: 3/4 inch, maximum; not less than 1/4 inch clearance to threshold. 2.03 COMPONENTS A. Doors: Fiberglass construction with reinforced core. 1. Thickness: 1-3/4 inch, nominal. 2. Core Material: Manufacturer's standard core material for application indicated. 3. Construction: a. Seamless construction, laminated FRP face sheets sbonded to an internal door stile and rail channel subframe/core assembly. Composite door panel must be bonded over its entire surface area, not just adhesive -bonded at perimeter stiles and rails. 7 4. Face Sheet Texture: Smooth. 5. Sbframe and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard materials. ® = 6.!C gaterproof Integrity: Provide factory fabricated edges, cut-outs, and hardware Lu -X w preparations of fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP); provide cut-outs with joints sealed i *l dependently of glazing, louver inserts, or trim. 07 7 c-) Uardware Preparations: Factory reinforce, machine, and prepare for door hardware ^-- Ycluding field installed items; provide solid blocking for each item; field cutting, drilling or �pping is not permitted; obtain manufacturer's hardware templates for preparation as o Unecessary. P2 Door Frames: Provide type in compliance with performance requirements specked for doors. 1. Frame jambs and header shall be joined at comers via miter connections with hidden FRP angle clips and associated fasteners. Post and beam comers will not be acceptable. Exposed fasteners for miter connections will not be acceptable except for wrap wall applications 2. Profiles: As indicated on drawings. 3. Non -Fire -Rated: a. Fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) with gel -coating matching doors. 4. Hardware Cut-outs: Provide continuous backing or mortar guards of same material as frame, with watertight seal. 5. Frame Anchors: Stainless steel, Type 304; provide three anchors in each jamb for heights up to 84 inches with one additional anchor for each additional 24 inches in height. 6. Reinforcing: Provide manufacturer's standard reinforcing at hinge, strike, and closer locations. 2.04 FINISHES A. Provide one of the following as standard from manufacturer. 1. Gel Coating: Ultraviolet (UV) stabilized polyester finish. a. Thickness: Minimum 15 mils wet thickness, plus/minus 3 mils. FIBERGLASS DOORS 08 16 13 -2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA lexiR b. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full line of colors. 2. Painted: Two-part aliphatic polyurethane, low VOC industrial coating. a. Thickness: Minimum 5 mils wet thickness. b. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full line of colors. A. Door Hardware: As specified in Section 08 71100. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. B. Clean and prepare substrate in accordance with manufacturer's directions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; do not penetrate frames with anchors. B. Install door hardware as specked in Section 08 71 00. C. Set units plumb, level, and true -to -line, without warping or racking doors, and with specified clearances; anchor in place. D. Set thresholds in continuous bed of sealant, era E. 0 In masonry walls, install frames prior to laying masonry; anchor frames into masonry moBir joints; fill jambs with grout as walls are laid up. o� n a� F. Z _ In stud walls, install frames prior to building walls; anchor frames to studs using dBneealeT- anchors. n00 �, G. Separate aluminum and other metal surfaces from sources of corrosion of electritT ncactl at (n points of contact with other materials. :corner.- 3 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Lubricate, test, and adjust doors to operate easily, free from warp, twist or distortion and t1?':,-bt watertight for entire perimeter. B. Adjust hardware for smooth and quiet operation. C. Adjust doors to fit snugly and close without sticking or binding. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean installed products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions prior to owners acceptance. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage until Date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION FIBERGLASS DOORS 081613-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA FIBERGLASS DOORS 081613-4 O W ..J 0o vr— "moi U N O O N FIBERGLASS DOORS 081613-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION O8 31 00 - ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wall access door and frame units. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide sizes, types, finishes, hardware, scheduled locations, and details of adjoining work. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation requirements. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified and with at least three years documented experience. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS ASSEMBLIES A. Wall -Mounted Units: 1. Location: As indicated on drawings. 2. Material: Steel. 0 3. Size: As indicated on drawings. 4. Door/Panel: Hinged, standard duty, with key operated mortise lock and noandlec�i�' 5. Wall Mounting Criteria: Provide surface -mounted face frame and door surf86Rflus5wdh j frame surface. + Z 6. Products: 0 a. Activar Construction Products Group - JL Industries; TM -Multi PurpoS��cess t" n Panel: www.activarcpg.com • — 3� b. Babcock -Davis; BNT Architectural Access Doors: www.babcockdavisrCO j Li c. Nystrom, Inc; NT Architectural Access Doors: www.nystrom.com 2.02 WALL -MOUNTED UNITS co A. Wall -Mounted Units: Factory fabricated door and frame, fully assembled units with corner joints welded, filled and ground flush; square and without rack or warp; coordinate requirements with type of installation assembly being used for each unit. 1. Style: Exposed frame with door surface flush with frame surface. 2. Door Style: Single thickness with rolled or turned in edges. 3. Primed and Factory Finish: Polyester powder coat; color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. 4. Door/Panel Size: As indicated on the drawings. 5. Hardware: a. Hinges for Non -Fire -Rated Units: Concealed, constant force closure spring type. b. Latch/Lock: Mortise cylinder lock -operated cam latch, two keys for each unit. 6. Products: a. Activar Construction Products Group - JL Industries; TM - Multi Purpose Access Panel: www.activarcpg.com b. Babcock -Davis; BNT Architectural Access Doors: www.babcockdavis.com c. Nystrom, Inc; NT Architectural Access Doors: www.nystrom.com PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that rough openings are correctly sized and located. ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 08 3100-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 1511➢a C 6I /_14 Aa11 l [a] 21 A. Install units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install frames plumb and level in openings, and secure units rigidly in place. C. Position units to provide convenient access to concealed equipment when necessary. END OF SECTION ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 0831 00-2 r W100 U F— h.L.. N d O CV ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 0831 00-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 08 4414 - GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Architectural Aluminum Curtain Wall Systems, including perimeter trims, stools, accessories, shims and anchors, and perimeter sealing of curtain wall framing. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS: A. Section 07 25 00 "Weather Barriers" B. Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants" C. Section 08 80 00 "Glazing" 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Comply with performance requirements specified, as determined by testing of glazed aluminum curtain walls representing those indicated for this Project without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. 1. Glazed aluminum curtain walls shall withstand movements of supporting structure including, but not limited to, story drift, twist, column shortening, long-term creep, and deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads. Failure also includes the following: a. Thermal stresses transferring to building structure. b. Glass breakage. c. Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other components. d. Failure of operating units. B. Delegated Design: Design glazed aluminum curtain walls, including comprehensive �o engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance reqd0aments:and design criteria indicated. C. Wind loads: Provide Curtain Wall system; include anchorage, capable of withstar4w~g wiA --- load design pressures as indicated on structural drawings. ::;n co D. Structural -Test Performance: Test according to ASTM E 330 and TAS 202 as f016F: . m 1. When tested at positive and negative wind load design pressures, assemblrGi:ft no$ evidence deflection exceeding U175 of clear span. `= C3 2. A static air design load of 40 psf shall be applied in the positive and negativt directipn. a. When tested at 150% of positive and negative wind -load design pressures, OD assemblies, including anchorage, do not evidence material failures, structural distress, and permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2% percent of clear span. b. Minimum test duration according to ASTM E 330 is 10 seconds. E. Deflection of Framing Members: At design wind pressure, as follows: 1. Deflection Normal to Wall Plane: Limited to edge of glass in a direction perpendicular to glass plane not exceeding 1_/175 of the glass edge length for each individual glazing lite, or an amount that restricts edge deflection of individual glazing Ides to 3/4 inch , whichever is less. 2. Deflection Parallel to Glazing Plane: Limited to U360 of clear span or 1/8 inch, whichever is smaller. a. Operable Units: Provide a minimum 1/16 -inch clearance between framing members and operable units. 3. Cantilever Deflection: Where framing members overhang an anchor point, limit deflection to two times the length of cantilevered member, divided by 175. F. Seismic Story Drift: Accommodate design displacement of adjacent stories indicated. 1. Design Displacement: Shall not exceed 1% of story height. GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS 084414-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2. Test Performance: Meeting criteria for passing based on building occupancy type when tested according to AAMA 501.4 at design displacement and 1.5 times the design displacement. G. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: No evidence of water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested according to ASTM E 331 and TAS 202 at 15psf. H. Water Penetration under Dynamic Pressure: No evidence of water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested according to AAMA 501.1 at dynamic pressure equal to 15psf. 1. Maximum Water Leakage: No uncontrolled water penetrating assemblies or water appearing on assemblies' normally exposed interior surfaces from sources other than condensation. Water leakage does not include water controlled by flashing and gutters that is drained to exterior. I. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures: 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. 2. Test Interior Ambient -Air Temperature: 75 deg F. 3. Test Performance: No buckling; stress on glass; sealant failure; excess stress on framing, anchors, and fasteners; or reduction of performance when tested according to AAMA 501.5. J. Energy Performance: Glazed aluminum curtain walls shall be tested in accordance with NFRC Ind AAMA Standards. K. .:Mn fficiency: =1. IlArmal Transmittance (U -factor): Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have U -factor of UJ c LLAPreater than 0.38 (HP Low -e) for as determined according to AAMA 1503. J L. ocAir fft7ition: Maximum air leakage through fixed glazing and framing areas of 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. M fixt04ill area as determined according to ASTM E 283 and TAS 202 at a minimum �stavzeft-pressure differential of 6.24 psf. M 3 ri ss�ation Resistance: When tested to AAMA Specification 1503, the condensation o resistance factor shall not be less than: `" 1. Clearwall (SS): CRFglass (HP Low -e) = 61, CRFframe = 78 N. Condensation Index (1): when tested to CSA -A440-00, the Condensation Index shall not be less than: 1. Clearwall (SS): Iglass (HP Lowe) = 56, Iframe = 74 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. 1. Recycled Content: a. Provide documentation that aluminum has a minimum of 50% mixed pre- and post -consumer recycled content with a sample document illustrating project specific information that will be provided after product shipment. b. Once product has shipped, provide project specific recycled content information, including: 1) Indicate recycled content; indicate percentage of pre- and post -consumer recycled content per unit of product. 2) Indicate relative dollar value of recycled content product to total dollar value of product included in project. 3) Indicate location recovery of recycled content. 4) Indicate location of manufacturing facility. B. Shop Drawings: For glazed aluminum curtain walls. Include plans, elevations, sections, full-size details, and attachments to other work. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory -applied color finishes. GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS 084414-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, in manufacturer's standard sizes. E. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified preconstruction testing agency, for glazed aluminum curtain walls, indicating compliance with performance requirements. F. Fabrication Sample: Of each vertical -to -horizontal intersection of aluminum -framed curtain wall systems, made from 12" (304.8 mm) lengths of full-size components and showing details of the following: 1. Joinery 2. Glazing 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Installer who has had successful experience with installation of the same or similar systems required for the project and other projects of similar size and scope. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer capable of fabricating glazed aluminum curtain walls that meet or exceed performance requirements. C. Source Limitations: Obtain aluminum curtain wall system through one source from a single manufacturer. D. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for aesthetic effects and performance characteristics of assemblies. Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction. 1. Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with.,; Architect's approval. If revisions are proposed, submit comprehensive exp(anatory2ita to Architect for review. o t� C-) a E. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals arMPttq_ demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and executit p,< (V �»- 1. Build mockups for type(s) of curtain wall elevation(s) indicated, in location(44%howRn Drawings.Gm 3� M 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS o 7 _ = p A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of structural supports for glazed al*inum Prtain walls by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop DrGF*ngs. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit, for Owners acceptance, manufacturer's standard warranty. 1. Warranty Period: Two (2) years from Date of Substantial Completion. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis -of -Design Product: 1. Kawneer Company Inc., Clearwall Curtain Wall System. 2. Frame depth options: a. Clearwall Curtain Wall System - SS (Screw Spline). 1) Clearwall (SSIT): 2-1/2" x 7-3/8" or 2-1/2" x 5-7/8", outside glazed with metal interfaced insulating glass (interface shop applied with 3M VHB structural glazing tape). 3. Tested to AAMA 501-05 and TAS 202. B. Substitutions: See Section 0125 00 - Substitution Procedures. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Extrusions: Alloy and temper recommended by glazed aluminum curtain wall manufacturer for strength, corrosion resistance, and application of required finish and not less GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS 084414-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA than 0.070" wall thickness at any location for the main frame and complying with ASTM B 221: 6063-T6 alloy and temper. 1. Recycled Content: Shall have a minimum of 50% mixed pre- and post -consumer recycled content. a. Indicate recycled content; indicate percentage of pre -consumer and post -consumer recycled content per unit of product. b. Indicate relative dollar value of recycled content product to total dollar value of product included in project. c. Indicate location recovery of recycled content. d. Indicate location of manufacturing facility. B. Aluminum sheet alloy: Shall meet the requirements of ASTM 8209. C. Fasteners: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel or other materials to be non -corrosive and compatible with aluminum window members, trim hardware, anchors, and other components. D. Anchors, Clips, and Accessories: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or zinc -coated steel or iron complying with ASTM B 633 for SC 3 severe service conditions or other suitable zinc coating; provide sufficient strength to withstand design pressure indicated. E. Reinforcing Members: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or nickel/chrome-plated steel complying with ASTM B 456 for Type SC 3 severe service conditions, or zinc -coated steel or moron complying with ASTM B 633 for SC 3 severe service conditions or other suitable zinc .,coatin rovide sufficient strength to withstand design pressure indicated. Q F.e4hb For sealants required within fabricated curtain wall system, provide permanently W IasW ran -shrinking, and non -migrating type recommended by sealant manufacturer for joint Jsize a d ovement. _ G. �oloeA6_ s: Reference to tolerances for wall thickness and other cross-sectional dimensions of ft"rtain wall members are nominal and in compliance with AA Aluminum Standards and 2.03 CIMTAIN WALL FRAMING A. gaming Members: Manufacturer's standard extruded- or formed -aluminum framing members of thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads. 1. Glazing System: Retained mechanically with toggles on four sides. 2. Glazing Plane: Front. B. Glass: 1. Clearwall (SSIT): Outside glazed with metal interfaced 1" insulating glass (interface shop applied with 3M VHB structural glazing tape). C. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum with non -staining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components. D. Framing Sealants: Shall be suitable for glazed aluminum curtain wall as recommended by sealant manufacturer. E. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion -resistant, non -staining, nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials. Where exposed shall be stainless steel. 1. Toggle Assembly: Toggle assembly as tested by manufacturer. F. Perimeter Anchors: When steel anchors are used, provide insulation between steel material and aluminum material to prevent galvanic action. G. Packing, Shipping, Handling and Unloading: Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. H. Storage and Protection: Store materials protected from exposure to harmful weather conditions. Handle curtain wall material and components to avoid damage. Protect curtain wall material against damage from elements, construction activities, and other hazards before, during and after installation. GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS 084414-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2.04 GLAZING A. Glazing: Comply with Division 08 Section "Glazing'. 1. System: Outside toggle glazed format with 1" or 1-1/8" double glazed insulating glass. a. Clearwall (SSIT): Outside glazed with metal interfaced 1" insulating glass (interface shop applied with 3M VHB structural glazing tape). 3M to conduct application review prior to start of each project. B. Glazing Gaskets: Gaskets to meet the requirements of ASTM C864. C. Spacers and Setting Blocks: Manufacturer's standard elastomeric type. D. Bond -Breaker Tape: Manufacturer's standard TFE-fluorocarbon or polyethylene material to which sealants will not develop adhesion. 2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Bituminous Paint: Cold -applied asphalt -mastic paint complying with SSPC-Paint 12 requirements except containing no asbestos, formulated for 30 -mil thickness per coat. 2.06 FABRICATION A. Form or extrude aluminum shapes before finishing. B. Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics: 1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations. 2. Accurately fitted joints. 3. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members. r , 4. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing maintain required glazing edge clearances. U 5. Provisions for field replacement of glazing from exterior. :E D 6. Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view'veatA extent possible. m 7. Internal weeping system or other means to drain water passing joints, condo atior� M occurring within framing members, and moisture migrating within glazed al�m=rtain wall to exterior. Q„ o 8. Double seal design with primary air and vapor barrier at interior side of glaz,aluml�u' m curtain wall and secondary seal weeped and vented to exterior. cc C. Curtain Wall Framing: Fabricate components for assembly using shear block system following manufacturer's standard installation instructions. D. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings. 2.07 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. B. Factory Finishing: 1. (70% PVDF), AAMA 2605, Fluoropolymer Coating. a. Color White: To be selected from manufacturer's standard colors PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install curtain wall systems plumb, level, and true to line, without warp or rack of frames with manufacturer's prescribed tolerances and installation instructions. Provide support and anchor in place. GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS 084414-5 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 1. Dissimilar Materials: Provide separation of aluminum materials from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action contact points. 2. Glazing: Glass shall be outside glazed and held in place with extruded aluminum pressure plates anchored to the mullion using stainless steel fasteners spaced no greater than 9" (228.6) on center. 3. Water Drainage: Each light of glass shall be compartmentalized using joint plugs and silicone sealant to divert water to the horizontal weep locations. Weep holes shall be located in the horizontal pressure plates and covers to divert water to the exterior of the building. B. Related Products Installation Requirements: 1. Sealants (Perimeter): Refer to Joint Treatment (Sealants) Section. 2. Glass: Refer to Glass and Glazing Section. a. Reference: ANSI Z97.1, CPSC 16 CFR 1201 and GANA Glazing Manual 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests: Architect shall select curtain wall units to be tested as soon as a representative portion of the project has been installed, glazed, perimeter caulked and cured. Conduct tests for air infiltration and water penetration with manufacturer's representative present. Tests not meeting specked performance requirements and units having deficiencies shall be corrected as part of the contract amount. 1. Testing: Testing shall be performed per AAMA 503 by a qualified independent testing agency. Refer to Testing Section for payment of testing and testing requirements. a. Air Infiltration Tests: Conduct tests in accordance with ASTM E 783. Allowable air infiltration shall not exceed 1.5 times the amount indicated in the performance requirements or 0.09 cfm/ft2, whichever is greater. b. Water Infiltration Tests: Conduct tests in accordance with ASTM E 1105. No uncontrolled water leakage is permitted when tested at a static test pressure of two-thirds the specified water penetration pressure but not less than 8 psf. B. Manufacturer's Field Services: Upon Owners written request, provide periodic site visit by manufacturer's field service representative. 3.04 ADJWSTING, CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. ProtectiQ: Protect installed product's finish surfaces from damage during construction. Protect ® a'iumcurtain wall system from damage from grinding and polishing compounds, plaster, ne, itf cement, or other harmful contaminants. W B. �leadi Repair or replace damaged installed products. Clean installed products in accordance th mat%gfacturer's instructions prior to owners acceptance. Remove construction debris from IJ goject sO and legally dispose of debris. •-- C. -Remove and replace glass that has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged Zring construction period. a END OF SECTION GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS 084414-6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 08 71 00 — DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes commercial door hardware for the following: Swinging doors. B. Door hardware includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following 1. Mechanical door hardware. NQ, 2. Cylinders specified for doors in other sections. C: C. Related Sections:..— c�-< Co 1. Division 08 Section "Door Hardware Schedule". W. 2. Division 08 Section "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames". D. Codes and References: Comply with the version year adopted by the Au fruity F.3uing Jurisdiction. 00 I. ANSI A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 2. ICC/IBC - International Building Code. 3. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 4. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. 5. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. 6. NFPA 105 - Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies. 7. State Building Codes, Local Amendments. E. Standards: All hardware specified herein shall comply with the following industry standards: 1. ANSI/BHMA Certified Product Standards - A156 Series 2. UL10C — Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets including installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, operational descriptions and finishes. DOOR HARDWARE 0871 00 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA B. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. I. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule." 2. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Organize door hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware Sets at the end of Part 3. Submittals that do not follow the same format and order as the Door Hardware Sets will be rejected and subject to resubmission. 3. Content: Include the following information: a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, and finish of each door hardware C. Keying Schedule: After a keying meeting with the owner has taken place prepare a separate keying schedule detailing final instructions. Submit the keying schedule in electronic format. Include keying system explanation, door numbers, key set symbols, hardware set numbers and special instructions. Owner must approve submitted keying schedule prior to the ordering of permanent cylinders/cores. D. Informational Submittals: Product Test Reports: Indicating compliance with cycle testing requirements, based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified independent testing agency. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Provide manufacturers operating and maintenance manuals for each item comprising the complete door hardware installation in quantity as required in Division 01, Closeout Submittals. DOOR HARDWARE 0871 00-2 item. b. Manufacturer of each item. C. Fastenings and other pertinent information. '7 d. Location of door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings, both on floor < plans and in door and frame schedule. Q= �p e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. �— W Q J� f. Mounting locations for door hardware. CO UH g. Door and frame sizes and materials. -J }�j h. Warranty information for each product. U_ " � 3i bmittal Sequence: Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule at earliest possible date, N pacularly where approval of the Door Hardware Schedule must precede fabrication of N other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Include Product Data, Samples, Shop Drawings of other work affected by door hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of the Door Hardware Schedule. C. Keying Schedule: After a keying meeting with the owner has taken place prepare a separate keying schedule detailing final instructions. Submit the keying schedule in electronic format. Include keying system explanation, door numbers, key set symbols, hardware set numbers and special instructions. Owner must approve submitted keying schedule prior to the ordering of permanent cylinders/cores. D. Informational Submittals: Product Test Reports: Indicating compliance with cycle testing requirements, based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified independent testing agency. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Provide manufacturers operating and maintenance manuals for each item comprising the complete door hardware installation in quantity as required in Division 01, Closeout Submittals. DOOR HARDWARE 0871 00-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers Qualifications: Engage qualified manufacturers with a minimum 5 years of documented experience in producing hardware and equipment similar to that indicated for this Project and that have a proven record of successful in-service performance. B. Installer Qualifications: A minimum 3 years documented experience installing both standard and electrified door hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. C. Door Hardware Supplier Qualifications: Experienced commercial door hardware distributors with a minimum 5 years documented experience supplying both mechanical and electromechanical hardware installations comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project. Supplier recognized as a factory direct distributor by the manufacturers of the primary materials with a warehousing facility in Project's vicinity. Supplier to have on staff a certified Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner concerning both standard and electromechanical door hardware and keying. D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware specified in this section from a single source unless otherwise indicated. I. Electrified modifications or enhancements made to a source manufacturer's profit line by a secondary or third party source will not be accepted. o on � E. Each unit to bear third party permanent label demonstrating compliance with3WL efeA9nced. standards. C-) -< " r' =; C? Co F. Keying Conference: Conduct conference to comply with requirements in Divig6p1 tion ` ' , "Project Meetings." Keying conference to incorporate the following criteria into t8q�al ing schedule document: g v v t I. Function of building, purpose of each area and degree of security required. CD 2. Plans for existing and future key system expansion. 3. Requirements for key control storage and software. 4. Installation of permanent keys, cylinder cores and software. 5. Address and requirements for delivery of keys. G. Pre -Submittal Conference: Conduct coordination conference in compliance with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings" with attendance by representatives of Supplier(s), Installer(s), and Contractor(s) to review proper methods and the procedures for receiving, handling, and installing door hardware. I. Prior to installation of door hardware, conduct a project specific training meeting to instruct the installing contractors' personnel on the proper installation and adjustment of their respective products. Product training to be attended by installers of door hardware (including electromechanical hardware) for aluminum, hollow metal and wood doors. Training will include the use of installation manuals, hardware schedules, templates and physical product samples as required. 2. Inspect and discuss electrical roughing -in, power supply connections, and other preparatory work performed by other trades. 3. Review sequence of operation narratives for each unique access controlled opening. 4. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials. 5. Review the required inspecting, testing, commissioning, and demonstration procedures DOOR HARDWARE 0871 00 -3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA H. At completion of installation, provide written documentation that components were applied to manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and according to approved schedule. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up and shelving for door hardware delivered to Project site. Do not store electronic access control hardware, software or accessories at Project site without prior authorization. B. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. C. Deliver, as applicable, permanent keys, cylinders, cores, access control credentials, software and related accessories directly to Owner via registered mail or overnight package service. Instructions for delivery to the Owner shall be established at the "Keying Conference". Ii K: 616161:U71J_r1[il 0 A. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing standard and electrified hardware. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and ,installing hardware to comply with indicated requirements. B. Do � Frame Preparation: Doors and corresponding frames are to be prepared, reinforced ,,an4pRwired (if applicable) to receive the installation of the specified electrified, monitoring, Ui •asigHl�pg and access control system hardware without additional in -field modifications. CO t, �— ..-..., N )- U 1.7 =WARR*NTY E3 s A. GeneQ Warranty: Reference Division 01, General Requirements. Special warranties specified i in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Warranty Period: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer(s), agreeing to repair or replace components of standard and electrified door hardware that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period after final acceptance by the Owner. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. 2. Faulty operation of the hardware. 3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 4. Electrical component defects and failures within the systems operation. C. Standard Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise indicated. D. Special Warranty Periods: 1. Ten years for mortise locks and latches. 2. Five years for exit hardware. DOOR HARDWARE O8 71 00 -4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 1.8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE A. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in Door Hardware Sets and each referenced section that products are to be supplied under. B. Designations: Requirements for quantity, item, size, finish or color, grade, function, and other distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in the Door Hardware Sets at the end of Part 3. Products are identified by using door hardware designations, as follows: Named Manufacturer's Products: Product designation and manufacturer are listed for each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing requirements. Manufacturers' names are abbreviated in the Door Hardware Schedule. C. Substitutions: Requests for substitution and product approval for inclusive mechanical and electromechanical door hardware in compliance with the specifications must be submitted in writing and in accordance with the procedures and time frames outlined in Division 01, Substitution Procedures. Approval of requests is at the discretion of the architect, ow%, and their designated consultants. O r '� t•? y. 2.2 HANGING DEVICES n_< 00 im mfr v A. Hinges: ANSI/BHMA A156.1 certified butt hinges with number of hinge knuc&lal�]pnd-other options as specified in the Door Hardware Sets. 0x CO 1. Quantity: Provide the following hinge quantity: cc a. Two Hinges: For doors with heights up to 60 inches. b. Three Hinges: For doors with heights 61 to 90 inches. C. Four Hinges: For doors with heights 91 to 120 inches. d. For doors with heights more than 120 inches, provide 4 hinges, plus 1 hinge for every 30 inches of door height greater than 120 inches. 2. Hinge Size: Provide the following, unless otherwise indicated, with hinge widths sized for door thickness and clearances required: a. Widths up to 3'0°: 4-1/2" standard or heavy weight as specified. b. Sizes from TV to 4'0°: 5° standard or heavy weight as specified. 3. Hinge Weight and Base Material: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following: a. Exterior Doors: Heavy weight, non-ferrous, ball bearing or oil impregnated bearing hinges unless Hardware Sets indicate standard weight. DOOR HARDWARE 0871 00 -5 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA b. Interior Doors: Standard weight, steel, ball bearing or oil impregnated bearing hinges unless Hardware Sets indicate heavy weight. 4. Hinge Options: Comply with the following: a. Non -removable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that, when tightened into a groove in hinge pin, prevents removal of pin while door is closed; for the all out -swinging lockable doors. 5. Manufacturers: a. Hager Companies (HA) - CB Series. b. McKinney Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (MK) - TA Series. C. Stanley Hardware (ST) - CB Series. B. Continuous Geared Hinges: ANSIIBHMA A156.26 Grade 1-600 certified continuous geared hinge. with minimum 0.120 -inch thick extruded 6060 T6 aluminum alloy hinge leaves and a minimum overall width of 4 inches. Hinges are non -handed, reversible and fabricated to template screw locations. Factory trim hinges to suit door height and prepare for electrical cut- outs. 'T. Manufacturers: ® Q w o a. McKinney Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (MK). (,(.j _1?- b. Pemko Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (PE). 00 v r— cm c.> 2..3 - CYLINDERS AND KEYING 0 0 A. `general: Cylinder manufacturer to have minimum (10) years experience designing secured h' aster key systems and have on record a published security keying system policy. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of keyed cylinder and keys from the same source manufacturer as locksets and exit devices, unless otherwise indicated. Manufacturers: a. Yale Locks and Hardware (YA). C. Cylinders: Original manufacturer cylinders complying with the following: 1. Mortise Type: Threaded cylinders with rings and cams to suit hardware application. 2. Rim Type: Cylinders with back plate, flat -type vertical or horizontal tailpiece, and raised trim ring. 3. Bored -Lock Type: Cylinders with tailpieces to suit locks. 4. Mortise and rim cylinder collars to be solid and recessed to allow the cylinder face to be flush and be free spinning with matching finishes. 5. Keyway: Match Facility Standard. D. Keying System: Each type of lock and cylinders to be factory keyed. 1. Conduct specified "Keying Conference" to define and document keying system instructions and requirements. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00-6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO, 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2. Furnish factory cut, nickel -silver large bow permanently inscribed with a visual key control number as directed by Owner. 3. Existing System: Key locks to Owner's existing system. Verify existing keyway with owner. 2.4 2.5 Key Quantity: Provide the following minimum number of keys 1. Change Keys per Cylinder: Two (2) 2. Master Keys (per Master Key Level/Group): Five (5). Key Registration List (Bitting List): 1. Provide keying transcript list to Owner's representative in the proper format for importing into key control software. 2. Provide transcript list in writing or electronic file as directed by the Owner. MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHING DEVICES A. Mortise Locksets, Grade 1 (Heavy Duty): ANSI/BHMA A156.13, Series 1000, Operational Grade 1 certified. Locksets are to be manufactured with a corrosion resistant steel case and be field -reversible for handing without disassembly of the lock body. Manufacturers: a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) — 8200 Series. b. Yale Locks and Hardware (YA) — 8800FL Series. LOCK AND LATCH STRIKES A. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latch curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set, indicated, and as follows: CD r®`s n co _<r m C?70 n CD orbolf,'with unliss othyise 1. Flat -Lip Strikes: For locks with three-piece antifriction latchbolts, as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Extra -Long -Lip Strikes: For locks used on frames with applied wood casing trim. 3. Aluminum -Frame Strike Box: Provide manufacturer's special strike box fabricated for aluminum framing. 4. Double -lipped strikes: For locks at double acting doors. Furnish with retractable stop for rescue hardware applications. Standards: Comply with the following: 1. Strikes for Mortise Locks and Latches: BHMA At 56.13. 2. Strikes for Bored Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.2. 3. Strikes for Auxiliary Deadlocks: BHMA A156.36. 4. Dustproof Strikes: BHMA At 56.16. DOOR HARDWARE 0871 00 -7 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2.6 CONVENTIONAL EXIT DEVICES A. General Requirements: All exit devices specified herein shall meet or exceed the following criteria: 1. At doors not requiring a fire rating, provide devices complying with NFPA 101 and listed and labeled for "Panic Hardware" according to UL305. Provide proper fasteners as required by manufacturer including sex nuts and bolts at openings specified in the Hardware Sets. 2. Where exit devices are required on fire rated doors, provide devices complying with NFPA 80 and with UL labeling indicating "Fire Exit Hardware". Provide devices with the proper fasteners for installation as tested and listed by UL. Consult manufacturer's catalog and template book for specific requirements. 3. Except on fire rated doors, provide exit devices with hex key dogging device to hold the pushbar and latch in a retracted position. Provide optional keyed cylinder dogging on devices where specified in Hardware Sets. 4. Devices must fit flat against the door face with no gap that permits unauthorized dogging of the push bar. The addition of filler strips is required in any case where the door light extends behind the device as in a full glass configuration. 5. Lever Operating Trim: Where exit devices require lever trim, furnish manufacturer's heavy duty escutcheon trim with threaded studs for thru-bolts. a. Lock Trim Design: As indicated in Hardware Sets, provide finishes and designs to match that of the specified locksets. b. Where function of exit device requires a cylinder, provide a cylinder (Rim or p Mortise) as specified in Hardware Sets. w - LIJ 6. v}�(ertical Rod Exit Devices: Where surface or concealed vertical rod exit devices are used N > t interior openings, provide as less bottom rod (LBR) unless otherwise indicated. F rovide dust proof strikes where thermal pins are required to project into the floor. � 7. 49arrow Stile Applications: At doors constructed with narrow stiles, or as specified in Hardware Sets, provide devices designed for maximum 2" wide stiles. cti 8. Dummy Push Bar: Nonfunctioning push bar matching functional push bar. 9. Extended cycle test: Devices to have been cycle tested in ordinance with ANSI/BHMA 156.3 requirements to 9 million cycles. 10. Rail Sizing: Provide exit device rails factory sized for proper door width application. 11. Through Bolt Installation: For exit devices and trim as indicated in Door Hardware Sets. B. Conventional Push Rail Exit Devices (Heavy Duty): ANSI/BHMA A156.3, Grade 1 certified panic and fire exit hardware devices furnished in the functions specified in the Hardware Sets. Exit device latch to be stainless steel, pullman type, with deadlock feature. Manufacturers: a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 80 Series. b. Yale (YA) — 7000 Series. DOOR HARDWARE 0871 00 -8 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2.7 DOOR CLOSERS A. All door closers specified herein shall meet or exceed the following criteria: 1. General: Door closers to be from one manufacturer, matching in design and style, with the same type door preparations and templates regardless of application or spring size. Closers to be non -handed with full sized covers including installation and adjusting information on inside of cover. 2. Standards: Closers to comply with UL -10C for Positive Pressure Fire Test and be U.L. listed for use of fire rated doors. 3. Cycle Testing: Provide closers which have surpassed 15 million cycles in a test witnessed and verified by UL. 4. Size of Units: Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for sizing of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Where closers are indicated for doors required to be accessible to the physically handicapped, provide units complying with ANSI ICC/A117.1. 5. Closer Arms: Provide heavy duty, forged steel closer arms unless otherwise indicated in Hardware Sets. 6. Closers shall not be installed on exterior or corridor side of doors; where possible install closers on door for optimum aesthetics. 7. Closer Accessories: Provide door closer accessories including custom templates ecial mounting brackets, spacers and drop plates as required for proper installation.�ovide through -bolt and security type fasteners as specified in the hardware setso B. Door Closers, Surface Mounted (Large Body Cast Iron): ANSI/BHMA A156.4, t qck 1 saoface mounted, heavy duty door closers with complete spring power adjustment, sizecfhru W and rn fully operational adjustable according to door size, frequency of use, and opening orM . Cj®sers to be rack and pinion type, one piece cast iron body construction, with adjustab4l ckAeck (, and separate non-critical valves for closing sweep and latch speed control. c? 1. Manufacturers: Go a. Corbin Russwin Hardware (RU) - DC8000 Series. b. Norton Door Controls (NO) — 9500 Series. C. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 281 Series. C. Door Closers, Surface Mounted (Unitrol): Unitrol arms to have door stop mechanism to absorb dead stop shock on arm and top hinge. Hold -open arms to have a spring loaded mechanism in addition to shock absorber assembly. Arms to be provided with rigid steel main arm and secondary arm lengths proportional to the door width. Manufacturers: a. Corbin Russwin Hardware (RU) - Unitrol Series. b. Norton Door Controls (NO) - Unitrol Series. C. Yale Locks and Hardware (YA) - Unitrol Series. DOOR HARDWARE 087100-9 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 2.8 ARCHITECTURAL TRIM A. Door Protective Trim 1. General: Door protective trim units to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets. 2. Size: Fabricate protection plates (kick, armor, or mop) not more than 2" less than door width (LDW) on stop side of single doors and 1" LDW on stop side of pairs of doors, and not more than 1" less than door width on pull side. Coordinate and provide proper width and height as required where conflicting hardware dictates. Height to be as specified in the Hardware Sets. 3. Where plates are applied to fire rated doors with the top of the plate more than 16° above the bottom of the door, provide plates complying with NFPA 80. Consult manufacturer's catalog and template book for specific requirements for size and applications. 4. Protection Plates: ANSI/BHMA A156.6 certified protection plates (kick, armor, or mop), fabricated from the following: a. Stainless Steel: 300 grade, 050 -inch thick. 5. Options and fasteners: Provide manufacturer's designated fastener type as specified in the Hardware Sets. Provide countersunk screw holes. 6. Manufacturers: Q a. Hiawatha, Inc. (HI). Y�:: b. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (RO). 0 = MCD c. Trimco (TC). W Q 0o CJ ~ 2.4 �O(RRQOPSAND HOLDERS Q LLA. bene a&oor stops and holders to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware ts. N B. Door Stops and Bumpers: ANSI/BHMA A156.16, Grade 1 certified door stops and wall bumpers. Provide wall bumpers, either convex or concave types with anchorage as indicated, unless floor or other types of door stops are specified in Hardware Sets. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. Where floor or wall bumpers are not appropriate, provide overhead type stops and holders. 1. Manufacturers: a. Hiawatha, Inc. (HI). b. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (RO). C. Trimco (TC). C. Overhead Door Stops and Holders: ANSI/BHMA A156.6, Grade 1 certified overhead stops and holders to be surface or concealed types as indicated in Hardware Sets. Track, slide, arm and jamb bracket to be constructed of extruded bronze and shock absorber spring of heavy tempered steel. Provide non -handed design with mounting brackets as required for proper operation and function. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 10 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA Manufacturers: a. Rixson Door Controls (RF). b. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (RO). C. Sargent Manufacturing (SA). 2.10 ARCHITECTURAL SEALS A. General: Thresholds, weatherstripping, and gasket seals to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets. Provide continuous weatherstrip gasketing on exterior doors and provide smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated. At exterior applications provide non -corrosive fasteners and elsewhere where indicated. B. Smoke Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 105 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for smoke control ratings indicated, based on testing according to UL 1784. 1. Provide smoke labeled perimeter gasketing at all smoke labeled openings. C. Fire Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to UL -10C. H c+ 1. Provide intumescent seals as indicated to meet UL10C Standard for 04itloe F�issureTl Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, and NPFA 252, Standard Methods of Firzv'awts 4 Doo 6 Assemblies. C7 < � -{C) D. Sound -Rated Gasketing: Assemblies that are listed and labeled by a testing�r�rvnspIctingf ' , agency, for sound ratings indicated. p� O E. Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal Ar'lps arer&sily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer. F. Manufacturers: 1. National Guard Products (NG). 2. Pemko Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (PE). 3. Reese Enterprises, Inc. (RE). 2.11 FABRICATION A. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws according to manufacturers recognized installation standards for application intended. 2.12 FINISHES A. Standard: Designations used in the Hardware Sets and elsewhere indicate hardware finishes complying with ANSIIBHMA A156.18, including coordination with traditional U.S. finishes indicated by certain manufacturers for their products. DOOR HARDWARE 0871 00 - 11 ROBERTA. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition, hardness, and other qualities complying with manufacturer's standards, but in no case less than specified by referenced standards for the applicable units of hardware C. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine scheduled openings, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Notify architect of any discrepancies or conflicts between the door schedule, door types, drawings and scheduled hardware. Proceed only after such discrepancies or conflicts have been resolved in writing. 3.2 PREPARATION A. -'Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Comply with ANSI/DHI A115 series. [) B. - W000rs: Comply with ANSI/DHI All 5-W series. wr U UJ UJ Q –J .J3 N IN LATION ra A. KZ Inblach item of mechanical and electromechanical hardware and access control equipment c�a to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and according to specifications. 0 N 1. Installers are to be trained and certified by the manufacturer on the proper installation and adjustment of fire, life safety, and security products including: hanging devices; locking devices; closing devices; and seals. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable publications, unless specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations: 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 2. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors." 3. Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with ANSI A117.1 "Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities." 4. Provide blocking in drywall partitions where wall stops or other wall mounted hardware is located. C. Retrofitting: Install door hardware to comply with manufacturers published templates and written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 9 DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -12 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO, 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA Sections. Do not install surface -mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. D. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." E. Storage: Provide a secure lock up for hardware delivered to the project but not yet installed. Control the handling and installation of hardware items so that the completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware losses before and after installation. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Inspection: Supplier will perform a final inspection of installed door hardware and state in report whether work complies with or deviates from requirements, including whether door hardware is properly installed, operating and adjusted. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. N O 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION o m A. Protect all hardware stored on construction site in a covered and dry place. PfeteAt used hardware installed on doors during the construction phase. Install any and all tmrdvGar � the �— latest possible time frame. =i c :<r— a M r*1 B. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. C. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper finish. Provide final ?%lotectioR' and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at IF& of owner occupancy. 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Instruct Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain mechanical and electromechanical door hardware. 3.8 DOOR HARDWARE SETS A. The hardware sets represent the design intent and direction of the owner and architect. They are a guideline only and should not be considered a detailed hardware schedule. Discrepancies, conflicting hardware and missing items should be brought to the attention of the architect with corrections made prior to the bidding process. Omitted items not included in a hardware set should be scheduled with the appropriate additional hardware required for proper application and functionality. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -13 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA B. The supplier is responsible for handing and sizing all products and providing the correct option for the appropriate door type and material where more than one is presented in the hardware sets. Quantities listed are for each pair of doors, or for each single door. C. Manufacturers Abbreviations: 1. MK - McKinney 2. PE - Pemko 3. YA - Yale 4. RO - Rockwood 5. RF - Rixson 6. NO - Norton 7.OT-OTHER Doors: R1 Hardware Sets Set: 1.0 1 Continuous Hinge CFM83HD1 PE 1 Exit Device (rim, classroom) 7105 AU626F 630 YA 1 Rim Cylinder 1109 626 YA 1 MortisejCylinder 2153 626 YA 1 Surf Oxerhealold Open 9-X26 630 RF ]lurfaz-Cl*c, PR09500 689 NO LljCick P Ste J K1050 10"x 2" LDW CSK BEV US32D RO 1Jhresbvld v1-- 253x3AFG PE Rain �iar(�: U 346A TKSP PE U—Gaskllllf�n9 v —' Q 316APK TKSP PE 1 SweER 315CN TKSP PE 0 N Set: 2.0 Doors: R2 1 Continuous Hinge CFM83HD1 PE 1 Exit Device (rim, nightlatch) 7105 121 NL 630 YA 1 Rim Cylinder 1109 626 YA 1 Mortise Cylinder 2153 626 YA 1 Pull RM201 Mtg-Type 12XHD US32D RO 1 Surf Overhead Hold Open 9-X26 630 RF 1 Surface Closer PR09500 689 NO 1 Kick Plate K1050 10" x 2" LDW CSK BEV US32D RO DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 14 FILED 2020 JAN 28 AM 11: 13 CITY CLERK IOWA CITY. IOWA ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY, IOWA Doors: R5 3 Hinge 1 Storeroom Lock 1 Wall Stop Doors: R7 3 Hinge 1 Privacy Lock w/ Indicator 1 Wall Stop END OF SECTION 087100 Set: 5.0 TA2714 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" AUR 8805FL 400 Set: 7.0 TA2314 4-1/2" x 4-1/2 AUR 8802FL IND 400 PROJECT NO. 18404000 US26D MK 626 YA US26D RO US32D MK 626 YA US26D RO DOOR HARDWARE 0871 00-15 e3 o �n q m rn :)co y s a v c DOOR HARDWARE 0871 00-15 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA SECTION 08 80 00 - GLAZING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Insulating glass units. B. Glazing units. C. Plastic films. D. Glazing compounds and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 08 11 13 - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Glazed lites in doors and borrowed lites. B. Section 08 14 16 - Flush Wood Doors: Glazed lites in doors. C. Section 08 43 13 - Aluminum -Framed Storefronts: Glazing furnished as part of storefront assembly. D. Section 08 44 13 - Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls: Glazing furnished as part of wall assembly. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 16 CFR 1201 - Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials; current edition. B. ANSI Z97.1 - American National Standard for Safety Glazing Materials Used in Buildings - Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test; 2015. C. ASTM C864 - Standard Specification for Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets, Setting Blocks, and Spacers, 2005 (Reapproved 2015). rN"� D. ASTM C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass; 2016. o E. ASTM C1048 -Standard Specification for Heat -Strengthened and Fully Tend Glass;. 2012. n� NCA r-- F. GANA (GM) - GANA Glazing Manual; 2009. D t ' G. GANA (SM) - GANA Sealant Manual; 2008. r+n 1.04 SUBMITTALS G? A. Product Data on Insulating Glass Unit, Glazing Unit, and Plastic Film Glazing -Types: NFovide structural, physical and environmental characteristics, size limitations, special handling and installation requirements. B. Product Data on Glazing Compounds and Accessories: Provide chemical, functional, and environmental characteristics, limitations, special application requirements, and identify available colors. C. Samples: Submit two samples 12 by 12 inch in size of glass units. D. Certificate: Certify that products of this section meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Warranty Documentation: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with GANA (GM) and GANA (SM) for glazing installation methods. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified and with at least three years documented experience. 1.06 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Adhesion and Compatibility Testing: Test each glazing material type, tape sealant, gasket, glazing accessory, and glass -framing member for adhesion to and compatibility with elastomeric glazing sealants. GLAZING 088000-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 1. Testing will not be required if data are submitted based on previous testing of current sealant products and glazing materials matching those submitted. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Insulating Glass Units: Provide a ten (10) year manufacturer warranty to include coverage for seal failure, interpane dusting or misting, including replacement of failed units. B. Laminated Glass: Provide a five (5) year manufacturer warranty to include coverage for delamination, including providing products to replace failed units. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Float Glass Manufacturers: 1. Cardinal Glass Industries: www.cardinalcorp.com. 2. Guardian Industries Corp: www.sunguardglass.com. 3. Pilkington North America Inc: www.pilkington.com/na. 4. PPG Industries, Inc: www.ppgideascapes.com. 2.02 GLASS MATERIALS A. Float Glass: Provide float glass based glazing unless otherwise indicated. 1. Annealed Type: ASTM C1036, Type I - Transparent Flat, Class 1 - Clear, Quality -Q3. 2. Heat -Strengthened and Fully Tempered Types: ASTM C1048, Kind HS and FT. 3. Kind FT - Fully Tempered Type: Complies with ASTM 01048. 4. Fully Tempered Safety Glass: Complies with ANSI Z97.1 and 16 CFR 1201 criteria. 2.03 INSULATING GLASS UNITS A. Insulating Glass Units: Vision glazing, with Low -E coating. 1. Applications: Exterior insulating glass glazing unless otherwise indicated. 2. Space between lites filled with air. a. Total Thickness: 1 inch. 4. T#mal Transmittance (U -Value), Winter - Center of Glass: 0.29, nominal. Iole Light Transmittance (VLT): 70 percent, nominal. Tar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC): 0.39, nominal. 7. Z gjs of Design - Vitro Architectural Glass (formerly PPG Glass): www.vitrogiazings.com �. ,Qet oard Lite: Heat -strengthened float glass, 1/4 inch thick, minimum. Provide fully -- _ RMered units where saftety glass is required. iS�Low-E Coating: Vitro Architectural Glass (formerly PPG Glass) Solarban 60 on #2 o ©_surface. b. Color: Clear. 9. Inboard Lite: Heat -strengthened float glass, 1/4 inch thick. Provide fully tempered units where saftety glass is required. a. Coating: No coating on inboard lite. b. Color: Clear. 2.04 GLAZING UNITS A. Monolithic Safety Glazing: Non -fire -rated. 1. Applications: a. Glazed lites in doors, except fire doors. b. Glazed sidelights to doors, except in fire -rated walls and partitions. c. Other locations required by applicable federal, state, and local codes and regulations. d. Other locations indicated on drawings. 2. Glass Type: Fully tempered safety glass as specified. 3. Tint: Clear. 4. Thickness: 1/4 inch, nominal. GLAZING 088000-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Setting Blocks: Silicone, with 80 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness; ASTM C864 Option II. Length of 0.1 inch for each square foot of glazing or minimum 4 inch by width of glazing rabbet space minus 1/16 inch by height to suit glazing method and pane weight and area. B. Spacer Shims: Silicone, 50 to 60 Shore A durometer hardness; ASTM C864 Option II. Minimum 3 inch long x one half the height of the glazing stop x thickness to suit application, self adhesive on one face. C. Glazing Tape, Back Bedding Mastic Type: Preformed, butyl -based, 100 percent solids compound with integral resilient spacer rod applicable to application indicated; 5 to 30 cured Shore A durometer hardness; coiled on release paper; black color. D. Glazing Clips: Manufacturer's standard type. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Clean contact surfaces with appropriate solvent and wipe dry within maximum of 24 hours before glazing. Remove coatings that are not tightly bonded to substrates. B. Seal porous glazing channels or recesses with substrate compatible primer or sealer. C. Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant where required for proper sealant adhesion. 3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install glazing in compliance with written instructions of glass, gaskets, and other glazing material manufacturers, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in glazing referenced standards. c N B. Do not exceed edge pressures around perimeter of glass lites as stipulated by goss 0 manufacturer. C. Set glass lites of system with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characterQtjGK N CD r D. Set glass lites in proper orientation so that coatings face exterior or interior as indliWed E. Prevent glass from contact with any contaminating substances that may be there of==—,.m construction operations such as, and not limited to the following; weld splatter, VWng plastering, mortar droppings, etc. 2> 3.03 INSTALLATION - DRY GLAZING METHOD (TAPE AND TAPE) A. Application - Interior Glazed: Set glazing infills from the interior of the building. B. Cut glazing tape to length and set against permanent stops, projecting 1/16 inch above sight line. C. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inch from comers. D. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape for full contact at perimeter of pane or unit. E. Place glazing tape on free perimeter of glazing in same manner described above. F. Install removable stop without displacement of tape. Exert pressure on tape for full continuous contact. G. Carefully trim protruding tape with knife. 3.04 INSTALLATION - STRUCTURAL SILICONE GLAZING A. Follow basic guidelines of structural silicone glazing for glazing application. 1. Four -Sided Structural: Glass with four sides structurally adhered to horizontal and vertical metal back-up mullion. B. Provide design review of the glazing system and project details, adhesion testing, proper surface preparation, training and a quality service program. C. Provide only structural silicone sealant, tested and manufactured for structural glazing. GLAZING 0880 00 -3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 3.05 CLEANING A. Remove excess glazing materials from finish surfaces immediately after application using solvents or cleaners recommended by manufacturers. B. Remove non -permanent labels immediately after glazing installation is complete. C. Clean glass and adjacent surfaces after sealants are fully cured. D. Clean glass on both exposed surfaces not more than 4 days prior to Date of Substantial Completion in accordance with glass manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.06 PROTECTION A. After installation, mark pane with an 'X' by using removable plastic tape or paste; do not mark heat absorbing or reflective glass units. B. Remove and replace glass that is damaged during construction period prior to Date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION GLAZING 088000-4 c-� _ Q xo W J% JJ O° U H - _ N U US o N O -- O N GLAZING 088000-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 09 05 61 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This section applies to floors identified in contract documents that are receiving the following types of floor coverings: 1. Athletic wood flooring. B. Preparation of new concrete floor slabs for installation of floor coverings. C. Testing of concrete floor slabs for moisture and alkalinity (pH). 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 30 00 - Cast -in -Place Concrete: Limitations on curing requirements for new concrete floor slabs. B. Section 09 64 66 - Wood Athletic Flooring: Moisture supression penetrating sealer. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM F710 -Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring; 2011. B. ASTM F2170 - Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Using in situ Probes; 2016a. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate scheduling of cleaning and testing, so that preliminary cleaning has been ceapleted for at least 24 hours prior to testing,m �— 1.05 SUBMITTALS o (') y. A. Floor Covering and Adhesive Manufacturers' Product Literature: For each specy1c_4 m�ygation of substrate, floor covering, and adhesive to be used; showing: CD 4 1. Moisture and alkalinity (pH) limits and test methods. �r�- z„ rn 2. Manufacturer's required bond/compatibility test procedure. o� B. Testing Agency's Report: �? 1. Description of areas tested; include floor plans and photographs if helpful. Y> r, 2. Summary of conditions encountered. 3. Moisture and alkalinity (pH) test reports. 4. Copies of specified test methods. 5. Submit report to Architect. 6. Submit report not more than two business days after conclusion of testing. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Moisture and alkalinity (pH) testing shall be performed by an independent testing agency employed and paid by Contractor. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Independent testing agency experienced in the types of testing specified. C. Contractor's Responsibility Relating to Independent Agency Testing: 1. Confine date of start of testing at least 10 days prior to actual start. 2. Allow at least 4 business days on site for testing agency activities. 3. Achieve and maintain specified ambient conditions. 4. Notify Architect when specified ambient conditions have been achieved and when testing will start. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperature in spaces where concrete testing is being performed, and for at least 48 hours prior to testing, at not less than 65 degrees F or more than 85 degrees F. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 0561 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Maintain relative humidity in spaces where concrete testing is being performed, and for at least 48 hours prior to testing, at not less than 40 percent and not more than 60 percent. PART PRODUCTS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONCRETE SLAB PREPARATION A. Perform following operations in the order indicated: 1. Preliminary cleaning. 2. Internal relative humidity tests; in same locations as moisture vapor emission tests, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Alkalinity (pH) tests; in same locations as moisture vapor emission tests, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Patching, smoothing, and leveling, as required. 5. Other preparation specified. 3.02 PRELIMINARY CLEANING A. Clean floors of dust, solvents, paint, wax, oil, grease, asphalt, residual adhesive, adhesive removers, film -forming curing compounds, sealing compounds, alkaline salts, excessive laitance, mold, mildew, and other materials that might prevent adhesive bond. B. Do not use solvents or other chemicals for cleaning. 3.03 INTERNAL RELATIVE HUMIDITY TESTING A. Where the floor covering manufacturer's requirements conflict with either the referenced test method or this specification, comply with the manufacturer's requirements. B. Where this specification conflicts with the referenced test method, comply with the requirements of this section. C. Test in accordance with ASTM F2170 Procedure A and as follows. M D.—Testing.With electrical impedance or resistance apparatus may not be substituted for the SpecfwRrASTM test method, as the values determined are not comparable to the ASTM test ® yvalues:£dd do not quantify the moisture content sufficiently. w Lj,J E. 'Yh the.elent that test values exceed floor covering manufacturer's limits for J cadh4mNk-s/primers/sealers/etc. specified, contact the Architect with solutions recommended by _ s or�oQring manufacturers. LL. F. !gepQn;keport the information required by the test method. 3.04 ALWIILINIT!i TESTING A. CWhere the floor covering manufacturer's requirements conflict with either the referenced test method or this specification, comply with the manufacturer's requirements. B. The following procedure is the equivalent of that described in ASTM F710, repeated here for the Contractor's convenience. C. Use a wide range alkalinity (pH) test paper, its associated chart, and distilled or deionized water. D. Place several drops of water on a clean surface of concrete, forming a puddle approximately 1 inch in diameter. Allow the puddle to set for approximately 60 seconds, then dip the alkalinity (pH) test paper into the water, remove it, and compare immediately to chart to determine alkalinity (pH) reading. E. In the event that test values exceed floor covering manufacture's limits for adhesives/primer/sealers specked, contact the Architect with solutions recommended by floor coverning manufacturer. 3.05 PREPARATION A. See individual floor covering section(s) for additional requirements. B. Comply with requirements and recommendations of floor covering manufacturer. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 05 61 -2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA C. Fill and smooth surface cracks, grooves, depressions, control joints and other non-moving joints, and other irregularities with patching compound. D. Do not fill expansion joints, isolation joints, or other moving joints. END OF SECTION COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 05 61 -3 N 0 N d c� < c +c m C:)� o .n COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 05 61 -3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY. IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 05 61 -4 ch Y w e WO J ..J w U'- �.. N 2m HQ CJS N c:) O N PROJECT NO. 18404000 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 05 61 -4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 09 21 16 -GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES IdcT3i111115414:I:(;TL1 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Performance criteria for gypsum board assemblies. B. Metal stud wall framing. C. Metal channel ceiling framing. D. Acoustic insulation. E. Cementitious backing board. F. Gypsum wallboard. G. Joint treatment and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 05 40 00 - Cold -Formed Metal Framing: Exterior wind -load-bearing metal stud framing. B. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking product and execution requirements. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS , A. a AISI S100-12 -North American Specification for the Design of Cold -Formed Stgel Struc$kal Members; American Iron and Steel Institute; 2012. n jl B. ANSI At 08.11 - American National Standard Specifications for Interior Installati0a o"it Cementitious Backer Units; 2010 (Reaffirmed 2016). CnCo (� C. ANSI At 18.9 - American National Standard Specifications for Test Methods and 3 ifi at ions for Cementitious Backer Units; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2016). - rn y D. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Gaty) o Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process; 2015. r r E. ASTM C475/C4751M - Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishng Gypsum Board; 2015. F. ASTM C645 - Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members; 2014. G. ASTM C754 - Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw -Attached Gypsum Panel Products; 2017. H. ASTM C840 - Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2016. I. ASTM C954 - Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs From 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness; 2015. J. ASTM C1002 - Standard Specification for Steel Self -Piercing Tapping Screws for Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs; 2016. K. ASTM C1047 - Standard Specification for Accessories For Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base; 2014a. L. ASTM C1278/C1278M - Standard Specification for Fiber -Reinforced Gypsum Panel; 2007a (Reapproved 2015). M. ASTM C1288 - Standard Specification for Discrete Non -Asbestos Fiber -Cement Interior Substrate Sheets; 2014. N. ASTM C1325 - Specification for Non -Asbestos Fiber -Mat Reinforced Cementitious Backer Units; 2017. O. ASTM C1396/C1396M - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board; 2014a. P. ASTM C1629/C1629M - Standard Classification for Abuse -Resistant Nondecorated Interior Gypsum Panel Products and Fiber -Reinforced Cement Panels; 2015. Q. ASTM D3273 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber; 2016. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA R. ASTM E90 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements; 2009 (Reapproved 2016). S. ASTM E413 - Classification for Rating Sound Insulation; 2016. T. GA-216 -Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2016. U. UL (FRD) - Fire Resistance Directory, current edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data on metal framing, gypsum board, accessories, and joint finishing system. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on partition head to structure connectors, showing compliance with requirements. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. Provide completed assemblies complying with ASTM C840 and GA-216. B. Interior Partitions: Provide completed assemblies with the following characteristics: 1. Acoustic Attenuation: STC of 45-49 calculated in accordance with ASTM E413, based on tests conducted in accordance with ASTM E90. C. Fire Rated Assemblies: Provide completed assemblies complying with applicable code. 1. UL Assembly Numbers: Provide construction equivalent to that listed for the particular assembly in the current UL (FRD). 2.02 METAL FRAMING MATERIALS A. Non-Loadbearing Framing System Components: ASTM C645; galvanized sheet steel, of size and properties necessary, but no less than 20 gauge (0.296") non-load bearing studs, to comply with ASTM C754 for the spacing indicated, with maximum deflection of wall framing of U240 at 5 psf. cn 1. At Wall Locations to Receive Cement Board Backer and Tile at Wall Heights over 16 feet: jpaximum wall deflection shall be U360 at 5 psf. Use no less than 20 gauge (0.033") ,3dructural studs, ANSI 108.11. = 2a_- Studs: "C" shaped with flat or formed webs. jJ 3 J>Runners: U shaped, sized to match studs. J co 4t.)H3eiling Channels: C-shaped. CV 5>-cOhannel Bridging and Bracing: Pre-notched steel, 7/8 by 7/8 by 50 inches, 0.0329-inch 2 i-linimum base-steel thickness. Provide in the following locations, as applicable: LU —4i Between stud punchouts (at 24" o.c. minimum) in framing for walls to be filled with N — foamed-in-place insulation. o b. In non-composite walls (i.e. walls with gypsum board on only one side or walls with gypsum board on neither side (ex. above ceiling areas) at 12" maximum from horizontal tracks, and at 48" o.c. minimum. B. Grid Suspension System for Gypsum Board Ceiling: ASTM C 645, direct -hung system composed of main beams and cross -furring members that interlock. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.; Drywall Grid Systems. b. Chicago Metallic Corporation; Drywall Grid System. c. USG Corporation; Drywall Suspension System. C. Partition Head to Structure Connections: Provide mechanical anchorage devices that accommodate deflection using slotted holes, screws and anti -friction bushings, preventing rotation of studs while maintaining structural performance of partition. 1. Structural Performance: Maintain lateral load resistance and vertical movement capacity required by applicable code, when evaluated in accordance with AISI S100-12. 2. Material: ASTM A653/A653M steel sheet, SS Grade 50/340, with G60/Z180 hot dipped galvanized coating. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 3. Provide components UL -listed for use in UL -listed fire -rated head of partition joint systems of fire rating and movement required. 2.03 BOARD MATERIALS A. Manufacturers - Gypsum -Based Board: 1. CertainTeed Corporation: www.certainteed.com. 2. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum: www.gpgypsum.com. 3. National Gypsum Company: www.nationaigypsum.com. 4. USG Corporation: www.usg.com. B. Gypsum Wallboard: Paper -faced gypsum panels as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. 1. Application: Use for vertical surfaces and ceilings, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Unfaced fiber -reinforced gypsum panels as defined in ASTM C1278/C1278M, suitable for paint finish, of the same core type and thickness may be substituted for paper -faced board. 3. Mold Resistance: Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273. a. Provide on walls and ceilings in toilet rooms, janitor closets and other locations as indicated on drawings. 4. At Assemblies Indicated with Fire -Rating: Use type required by indicated tested assembly; if no tested assembly is indicated, use Type X board, UL or WH listed. 5. Thickness: a. Vertical Surfaces: 5/8 inch. b. Multi -Layer Assemblies: Thicknesses as indicated on drawings. C. Abuse Resistant Wallboard: _ o 1. Application: High -traffic areas indicated. o 2. Surface Abrasion: Level 2, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM C1629/C1629M. < tv r 3. Indentation: Level 1, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM C16'A(Fg1oZVM. 4. Soft Body Impact: Level 2, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTII" - v rn C1629/C1629M. 5. Mold Resistance: Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D32� o 6. Paper -Faced Type: Gypsum wallboard as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396My 7. Type: Fire resistance rated Type X, UL or WH listed. D 8. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 9. Edges: Tapered. 10. Paper -Faced Products: a. National Gypsum Company, Gold Bond Hi -Abuse XP Gypsum Board. b. USG, Sheetrock Brand Mold Tough AR Firecode X Panels. D. Backing Board For Tiled Areas: 1. Application: Surfaces behind tile locations. 2. ANSI Cement -Based Board: Non -gypsum -based; aggregated Portland cement panels with glass fiber mesh embedded in front and back surfaces complying with ANSI A118.9 or ASTM C1325. a. Thickness: 1/2 inch. 3. ASTM Cement -Based Board: Non -gypsum -based, cementitious board complying with ASTM C1288. a. Thickness: 1/2 inch. b. Products: 1) James Hardie Building Products, Inc: www.jameshardie.com. 2) National Gypsum Company; PennaBase Brand Cement Board. 3) USG Corporation; Durock Brand Cement Board. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 0921 16-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 2.04 GYPSUM WALLBOARD ACCESSORIES A. Acoustic Insulation: ASTM C665; preformed glass fiber, friction fit type, unlaced. Thickness: As required to fill wall cavity. B. Acoustic Sealant: Acrylic emulsion latex or water-based elastomeric sealant; do not use solvent -based non -curing butyl sealant. 1. Acceptable Products: a. Pecora Corporation; AC -20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant. b. United States Gypsum Co.; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant. 2. Applications: a. Both faces of interior gypsum board partitions at perimeter relief joints and through penetrations. b. As required for acoustical -rated constructions. c. As required for gypsum board shaft -wall assemblies. C. Finishing Accessories: ASTM C1047, galvanized steel or rolled zinc, unless noted otherwise. 1. Types: As detailed or required for finished appearance. 2. Special Shapes: In addition to conventional corner bead and control joints, provide U -bead at exposed panel edges. D. Aluminum Reveal Trim: Extruded accessories of profiles and dimensions indicated. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Fry Reglet. b. Gordon, Inc. c. Pittcon Industries. 2. Aluminum: Alloy and temper with not less than the strength and durability properties of ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T5. 3. Finish: Corrosion -resistant primer compatible with joint compound and finish materials specked. E. Joint Materials: ASTM C475/C475M and as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for M project conditions. . 1. ape: 2 inch wide, creased paper tape for joints and comers. F JgNCbmpound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is W .x cdble with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. filling: At open joints and damaged surface areas, use setting -type taping compound. fV 2. >_ abedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim x r-41!nges, use setting -type taping compound. cc LL 3.5 RI Coat: For second coat, use setting -type, sandable topping compound. N 4. Khish Coat: For third coat, use drying -type, all-purpose compound. C3� Screws for Fastening of Gypsum Panel Products to Cold -Formed Steel Studs Less than 0.033 inch in Thickness and Wood Members: ASTM C1002; self -piercing tapping screws, corrosion resistant. H. Screws for Fastening of Gypsum Panel Products to Steel Members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch in Thickness: ASTM C954; steel drill screws, corrosion resistant. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that project conditions are appropriate for work of this section to commence. B. Do not begin installation of gypsum board panels until building is fully enclosed. 3.02 FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Metal Framing: Install in accordance with ASTM C754 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Suspended Ceilings and Soffits: Space framing and furring members as indicated. 1. Level ceiling system to a tolerance of 1/1200. 2. Laterally brace entire suspension system. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 0921 16-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA C. Studs: Space studs at 16 inches on center unless otherwise indicated. 1. Extend partition framing to structure where indicated and to ceiling in other locations. 2. Partitions Terminating at Ceiling: Attach ceiling runner securely to ceiling track in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3. Partitions Terminating at Structure: Attach top runner to structure, maintain clearance between top of studs and structure, and connect studs to track using specified mechanical devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; verify free movement of top of stud connections; do not leave studs unattached to track. D. Openings: Reinforce openings as required for weight of doors or operable panels, using not less than double studs at jambs. E. Blocking: Install wood blocking as specified in Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry'. 3.03 ACOUSTIC ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION A. Acoustic Insulation: Place tightly within spaces, around cut openings, behind and around electrical and mechanical items within partitions, and tight to items passing through partitions. B. Acoustic Sealant: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Place continuous bead at perimeter of each layer of gypsum board. 3.04 BOARD INSTALLATION A. Comply with ASTM C840, GA -216, and manufacturer's instructions. Install to minimize butt end joints, especially in highly visible locations. B. Single -Layer Non -Rated: Install gypsum board in most economical direction, with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing. C. Double -Layer Non -Rated: Use gypsum board for first layer, placed parallel to framing orf ring members, with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing. Place second layer perpenlar to framing or furring members. Offset joints of second layer from joints of first lam. c -n L- D. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contract as edge eV with .._ not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. r E. Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum in concealed spaces (above celllpgs, aWil, -n except in chases braced internally. —Cr y i 1. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or s raFrsi_,gs, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. in area.L;;7 Q 2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. ;71 t 3. Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by structural members; allow 1/4 - to 3/8 -inch -wide joints to install sealant. F. Attachment to Steel Framing: Attach panels so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. G. Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum panels. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. H. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels. I. Fire -Rated Construction: Install gypsum board in strict compliance with requirements of assembly listing. J. Cementitious Backing Board: Install over steel framing members where indicated, in accordance with ANSI A108.11 and manufacturers instructions. 1. Where tile backing panels abut other types of panels in the same plane, shim surface. K. Installation on Metal Framing: Use screws for attachment of gypsum board. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A. Control Joints: Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces and as indicated. 1. Not more than 30 feet apart on walls and ceilings over 50 feet long. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 - 5 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Comer Beads: Install at external comers, using longest practical lengths. C. Edge Trim: Install at locations where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 3.06 JOINT TREATMENT A. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints and damaged surface areas, use setting -type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use setting -type taping compound. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting -type, sandable topping compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying -type, all-purpose compound. 5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use drying -type, all-purpose compound. B. Finish gypsum board in accordance with levels defined in ASTM C840, as follows: 1. Level 5: Walls and ceilings to receive semi -gloss or gloss paint finish and other areas specifically indicated. a. All joints and interior angles shall have taped embedded in joint compound and immediately whiped with a joint knife or trowel, leaving a thin coating of joint compound over all joints and interior angles. Two separate coats of joint compound shall be applied over all flat joints and one separate coat of joint compound applied over interior angles. Fastener heads and accessories shall be covered with three separate coats of joint compound. A thin skim coat of joint compound shall be trowel applied to the entire surface. Excess compound shall be immediately sheared off, leaving a film or skim coating of compound completely covering paper. The prepared surface must be smooth and free of tool marks and ridges and all other imperfections. 2. Level 4: Walls and ceilings to receive paint finish or wall coverings, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Level 1: Wall areas above finished ceilings, whether or not accessible in the completed construction. 4. At fire -rated wall areas above finished ceilings, provide minimum finish levels as required Cl) by fire -rated assembly. C„ Tapll, and sand exposed joints, edges, and comers to produce smooth surface ready to = reVg finishes. Q 1.w Pgather coats of joint compound so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch. W D. Fil[Jp�d finish joints and comers of cementitious backing board as recommended by N rn na" Curer. E.!.07 WTIECMN A� Protect installed products from damage from weater, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, o and 6tfier causes during remainder of the construction period. N B. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. 3.08 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. END OF SECTION GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 0921 16 -6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 09 23 00 - GYPSUM PLASTER PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Gypsum plastering. B. Metallath. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Aluminum reveal trim. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C35 - Standard Specification for Inorganic Aggregates for Use in Gypsum Plaster; 2001 (Reapproved 2014). B. ASTM C842 - Standard Specification for Application of Interior Gypsum Plaster; 2005 (Reapproved 2015). C. ASTM C847 - Standard Specification for Metal Lath; 2012. D. ASTM C1396/C1396M - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board; 2014a. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data on plaster materials, characteristics, and limitations of products specified. 1.05 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involyIo in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materiaWAcl installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. fdvpp A�Oitect`n and Owner's Representative of scheduled meeting dates. v 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS )Co T A. Do not apply plaster when substrate or ambient air temperature is under 50 deg F overt „ 80 degrees F. � 3 PART 2 PRODUCTS :X CO 2.01 PLASTER MATERIALS v �O A. Base Coat Plaster: ASTM C28. 1. Products: a. National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond Two -Way Hardwall Plaster b. USG Corporation; Red Top Gypsum Plaster. B. Finish Plaster: Mill mixed, gaged, interior finish. 1. Products: a. National Gypsum Company; Gypsum Gauging Plaster (Super White). b. USG Corporation; Red Top Gauging Plaster. C. Aggregate for Base Coats: ASTM C35; sand. D. Water: Clean, fresh, potable and free of mineral or organic matter that could adversely affect plaster. 2.02 LATH AND ACCESSORIES A. Gypsum Lath: ASTM C1396/C1396M, standard type. 1. Thickness: 3/8 inch. B. Beads, Screeds, Joint Accessories, and Other Trim: Depth governed by plaster thickness, maximum possible lengths. 1. Material: Formed zinc, expanded metal flanges. 2. Casing Beads: Square edges. GYPSUM PLASTER 09 23 00 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3. Control Joints: Accordion profile with protective tape, 2 inch flanges. 4. Other Accessories as indicated on drawings. C. Fasteners: Nails, staples, or other approved metal supports, of type and size to suit application, to rigidly secure accessories in place. 2.03 PLASTER MIXES A. Over Gypsum Lath: Two -coat application, gypsum neat plaster and sand mixed and proportioned in accordance with ASTM C842. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing conditions are satisfactory before starting work. B. Grounds and Blocking: Verify items within walls for other sections of work have been installed. C. Gypsum Lath and Accessories: Verity substrate is flat and surface is ready to receive work of this section. Verify joint and surface perimeter accessories are in place. D. Do not begin until unacceptable conditions have been corrected. E. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.02 PREPARATION 3.03 INSTALLATION - ACCESSORIES A. Install lath perpendicular to framing members, with lath face exposed. Stagger end joint of alternate courses. Butt joints tight. Maximum gap allowed: 1/8 inch. B. Montinuously reinforce internal angles with corner mesh, return 3 inches from comer to form the angle reinforcement; fasten at perimeter edges only. Q C. =Plac�ner bead at external wall comers; fasten at outer edges of lath only. (� D. 41ad mesh diagonally at corners of lathed openings. Secure rigidly in place. J E. o:FladbAtrich wide strips of strip mesh centered over junctions of dissimilar backing materials. C tecare%idly in place. LL F. �la�ing beads at terminations of plaster finish. Butt and align ends. Secure rigidly in emplace. o_ N G. nontrol and Expansion Joints: 1. Locate as indicated, but no more than 20 feet on center. 2. Use preformed device to form joint. 3.04 PLASTERING A. Apply gypsum plaster in accordance with ASTM C842 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Overall thickness of Plaster including Finish Coat: As indicated on drawings. C. Finish Texture: 1. Troweled smooth finish. provide this finish for gypsum plaster unless otherwise indicated on drawings. D. Where flangeless "mud in" diffusers and/or light fixtures are installed in plaster surfaces, provide finsh around fixture after installation. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from True Flatness: 1/16 inch in 10 feet. END OF SECTION GYPSUM PLASTER 092300-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA SECTION 09 30 00 - TILING illii�H3:13:7d� 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Tile for floor applications. B. Tile for wall applications. C. Ceramic accessories. D. Ceramictrim. E. Non -ceramic trim. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Tile backer board. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI A108/A118/A136 -American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile (Compendium); 2017. 1. ANSI A108.1 a - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet -Set Method, with Portland Cement Mortar, 2014. 2. ANSI A108.1b -American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry -Set or Latex -Portland Cement Mortar; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010). 3. ANSI A108.1c - Specifications for Contractors Option: Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet -Set Method with Portland Cement Mortar or Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Bed with Dry -Set or Latex -Portland Cement; 1999 (Reaff coed 2010). ro 4. ANSI A108.4 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation a6Cerarr is Tile with Organic Adhesives or Water Cleanable Tile -Setting Epoxy Adhesive; ®(Ri sed). 5. ANSI A108.5 -American National Standard Specifications for Installation CarrTile �-- with Dry -Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex -Portland Cement Mortar; 14 eafftomed 2010).r- rn 6. ANSI A108.6 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of miaile with Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile -Setting and -Grouting Epo r 9 p (Reaffirmed 2010). �p 7. ANSI A108.10 -American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Grout iro Tilework; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010). 8. ANSI At 08.12 - American National Standard for Installation of Ceramic Tile with EGP (Exterior Glue Plywood) Latex -Portland Cement Mortar; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010). 9. ANSI A108.13 - American National Standard for Installation of Load Bearing, Bonded, Waterproof Membranes for Thin -Set Ceramic Tile and Dimension Stone; 2005 (Reaffirmed 2010). 10. ANSI A137.1 -American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile; 2013.1. 11. ASTM C373 - Standard Test Method for Water Absorption, Bulk Density, Apparent Porosity, and Apparent Specific Gravity of Fired Whiteware Products, Ceramic Tiles, and Glass Tiles; 2014a. B. TCNA (HB) -Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation; 2016. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Construction Joints: The surface where two successive placements of concrete meet, across which it may be desirable to achieve bond and through which reinforcement may be made continuous. B. Contraction Joints/Control Joints: Formed, sawed or tooled groove in a concrete structure to create a weakened plane and regulate the location of cracking resulting from the dimensional change of different parts of the structure. TILING 09 30 00-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA C. Expansion Joints: (1) A separation provided between adjoining parts of a structure to allow movement where expansion is likely to exceed contraction; (2) a separation between pavement slabs on grade, filled with a compressible filler material; (3) an isolation joint intended to allow independent movement between adjoining parts. D. Isolation Joints: A separation between adjoining parts of a concrete structure, usually a vertical plane, at a designated location such as to interfere least with performance of the structure, yet such as to allow relative movement in three directions and avoid formation of cracks elsewhere in the concrete and through which all or part of the bonded reinforcement is interrupted. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturers' data sheets on tile, mortar, grout, and accessories. Include instructions for using grouts and adhesives. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate tile layout, patterns, color arrangement, perimeter conditions, junctions with dissimilar materials, control and expansion joints, thresholds, ceramic accessories, and setting details. C. Samples: Mount tile and apply grout on two plywood panels, minimum 18 by 18 inches in size illustrating pattern, color variations, and grout joint size variations. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Maintenance Data: Include recommended cleaning methods, cleaning materials, and stain removal methods. F. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. Extra Wall Tile: 1 box (10 pieces) of each color of wall tile. 2. Extra Floor Tile: 3 percent percent of each size, color, and surface finish combination. 1.06 DEaERY,ITORAGE, AND HANDLING A. �rrotV `aghesives from freezing or overheating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. T 2 RE20Effias 2110' TILE. v, �� Ii A. RAterbr Full Tile: Refer to Drawing Sheet A601 for Finish Material Specification. B. �iter8 *or Tile: Refer to Drawing Sheet A601 for Finish Material Specification. C. gManufaffirers: All products by the same manufacturer. A Dal -Tile Corporation: www.dafile.com/#sle. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. D. Glazed Wall Tile, Type - ANSI A137.1, standard grade. 1. Moisture Absorption: 7.0 to 20.0 percent as tested in accordance with ASTM C373. 2. Size: 2-3/4" by 8-3/4" inch, nominal. 3. Color(s): To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 4. Color(s): As indicated on drawings. 5. Products: a. Natural Hues, Pearl White. b. Natural Hues, Aegean. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A. Ceramic Accessories: Glazed finish, same color and finish as adjacent field tile; same manufacturer as tile. B. Ceramic Trim: Matching bullnose and surface bullnose ceramic shapes in sizes coordinated with field tile. 1. Applications: a. Open Edges: Bullnose. b. Inside Comers: Jointed. TILING 093000-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY, IOWA c. Base to Wall Joints: Bullnose base. 2. Manufacturers: Same as for tile. P t1k1i;JN]AEllaiS/t1114:U_1*' A. Mortar Bond Coat Materials: 1. Latex -Portland Cement type: ANSI A118.4. a. Provide mortars mixed with liquid latex admixture. b. Basis -of -Design: Bostik, Single -Flex FS. 2.04 GROUTS A. Products: 1. Basis -of -Design: Bostik, TruColor Pre -Mixed Grout. PROJECT NO. 18404000 B. Urethane Grout: Water-based, urethane grout (modified ANSI 118.3 -UG). 1. Color(s): As indicated on drawings.. 2. Products: a. Basis -of -Design: Bostik, TruColor Pre -Mixed Grout. PXIb1•_70101=[--I@]Will;,FAII 40MI&9 A. Mesh Tape: 2 inch wide self-adhesive fiberglass mesh tape. B. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers. 2.06 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout r, manufacturers' written instructions. N 0 B. Add materials, water, and additives in accurate proportions. o; r� f C. Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixijigTyne,d other procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimurrkppftn"Imce characteristics for installations indicated. n PART 3 EXECUTION � _ 3.01 EXAMINATION 6;0 O A. Verify that sub -floor surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specked farthat ty1n of work and are ready to receive tile. B. Verify that sub -floor surfaces are dust -free and free of substances that could impair bonding of setting materials to sub -floor surfaces. C. Verify that concrete sub -floor surfaces are ready for tile installation by testing for moisture emission rate and alkalinity; obtain instructions if test results are not within limits recommended by tile manufacturer and setting materials manufacturer. D. Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrate are coordinated with tile joint locations; if not coordinated, adjust joint locations in consultation with Architect. E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect surrounding work from damage. B. Vacuum clean surfaces and damp clean. C. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler. Level existing substrate surfaces to acceptable flatness tolerances. 3.03 INSTALLATION -GENERAL A. Install tile, thresholds, and stair treads and grout in accordance with applicable requirements of ANSI A108.1a through ANSI A108.13, manufacturer's instructions, and TCNA (HB) recommendations. �r 1 rn 0 TILING 0930 00-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA B. Lay the to pattern indicated. Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings. C. Cut and fit tile to penetrations through tile, leaving sealant joint space. Form comers and bases neatly. Align floor joints. D. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interuptions, unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and comers without distupting pattern or joint alignments. E. Place tile joints uniform in width. Make grout joints without voids, cracks, excess mortar or excess grout, or too little grout. F. Joint spacing for perimeter of sheet mounted tile shall match joint spacing of tile within the sheet. G. Form internal angles square and external angles bullnosed. H. Install ceramic accessories rigidly in prepared openings. I. For installations indicated below, follow procedures in ANSI A108 Series tile installation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage. 1. Tile floors composed of tiles 8 by 8 inch or larger. 2. Tile floors composed of rib -backed tiles. J. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units. K. Keep control and expansion joints free of mortar, grout, and adhesive. L. Install construction joints, perimeter joints and movementjoints, as detailed on drawings and as otherwise directed by Architect, in accordance with The Tile Council of North America Handbook "Movement Joint Design Essentials EJ171." M. Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints and other sealant -filled joints during installation of setting materials and tile. Do not saw -cut joints after installing tiles. 1. Locate joints in tile surfaces directly above joints in concrete substrates. N. Allow tile to set for a minimum of 48 hours prior to grouting. O� Grout tilile joints to comply with requirements of ANSI A108.10, unless otherwise indicated. P.•. At a3ges in plane and tile -to -tile control joints, use the sealant instead of grout, with either bog ""WW m�`aker tape or backer rod as appropriate to prevent three -sided bonding. 3.Q4 IRSTq� r1 ION - SHOWERS A.OAt i es~,ss�hower floors and walls, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method 6422, fpr 5"cated shower tray floor in lieu of mortar bed floor, thin set over substrate board and <Mae; walls, all with waterproofing membrane. 13.=Show6vaterproofing sytem: N1. Install waterproofing to comply with ANSI A108.13 and manufacturer's written instructions to produce waterproof membrane of uniform thickness and bonded securely to substrate. 2. Do not install tile or setting materials over waterproofing until waterproofing had cured and been tested to determine that it is watertight. C. Grout with urethane grout. D. Seal joints between tile work and other work with sealant specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers." 3.05 INSTALLATION -WALL TILE A. Over cementitious backer units on studs, install in accordance with The Tile Council of North America Handbook Method W244C, with latex-portland cement mortar and urethane grout. B. Over interior concrete and masonry install in accordance with TCNA (HB) Method W202 with latex-portland cement mortar and urethane grout. 3.06 CLEANING A. Clean tile and grout surfaces. TILING 0930 00-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3.07 PROTECTION A. Do not permit traffic over finished floor surface for 4 days after installation. END OF SECTION N O Oo N .;_O L- n 1 n —i c—, co � r- m m o � 3 tfi�tt �n TILING 093000-5 FILED 2020 JAN 28 AM 11: 13 CITY CLERK IOWA CITY, IOWA O0 >ca Dm 0 <D Om �m m am m m z m D O z 0 m z 1 m v x a N m N 9 T m 0 m m 1 z O J (r� M ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 09 51 00 - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Acoustical units. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 23 37 00 - Air Outlets and Inlets: Air diffusion devices in ceiling. B. Section 28 46 00 - Fire Detection and Alarm: Fire alar components in ceiling system. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C635/C635M -Standard Specification for the Manufacture, Performance, and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panel Ceilings; 2013a. B. ASTM E1264 -Standard Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products; 2014. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Sequence work to ensure acoustical ceilings are not installed until building is enclosed, sufficient heat is provided, dust generating activities have terminated, and overhead work is completed, tested, and approved. B. Do not install acoustical units until after interior wet work is dry. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate grid layout and related dimensioning, junctions with other ceiling finishes, and mechanical and electrical items installed in the ceiling. B. Product Data: Provide data on suspension system components. C. Samples: Submit two samples 6 x 6 inch in size illustrating material and finish of acoL"cal units. o c D. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance�roje`g 1. Extra Acoustical Units: Provide 2 boxes of each type and size panel pro3ided on*roject.-- 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS CD A. Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 60 degrees F, and maximum humidvgM- 4Vrce4*Tl prior to, during, and after acoustical unit installation. x a PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACOUSTICAL UNITS D A. Acoustical Units - General: ASTM E1264, Class A. 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product, approved prior to bid, by one of the following: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. b. Chicago Metallic Corporation. c. USG Interiors, Inc. 2. Acoustical Panel (ACP) Products: Refer to drawing sheet A602 for Finish Material Specification. 2.02 SUSPENSION SYSTEM(S) A. Suspension Systems - General: Complying with ASTM C635/C635M; die cut and interlocking components, with clips, splices, and perimeter moldings as required. 1. Intermediate duty system with main and cross runners roll forted from cold -rolled steels sheet, prepainted, electrolytically zinc coated, or hotdip galvanized. 2. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product, approved prior to bid, by one of the following: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 - 1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA b. Chicago Metallic Corporation. c. USG Interiors, Inc. 3. Suspension Systems: Refer to drawing sheet A602 for Finish Material Specification. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Support Channels and Hangers: Galvanized steel; size and type to suit application, seismic requirements, and ceiling system flatness requirement specified. 1. Attachment Devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, "Direct Hung," unless otherwise indicated. Comply with seismic design requirements. 2. Wire Hangers, Braces and Ties: Zinc -coated carbon -steel wire; ASTM C641, Class 1, zinc coating, soft temper. a. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at 3 times hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, "Direct Hung") will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106 inch diameter wire. 3. Provide acoustic type hangers where indicated on drawings. B. Perimeter Moldings: Same material and finish as grid. 1. At Exposed Grid: Provide L-shaped molding for mounting at same elevation as face of grid. C. Perimeter Trim: Extruded aluminum trim, height as indicated on drawings, white. 1. Acceptable Products: a. Armstrong, Axiom Classic Perimeter Trim. b. Alpro, Avier Perimeter Trim. D. Touch-up Paint: Type and color to match acoustical and grid units. 1L\AI&A *3x0111IIIG :I 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work. 3.02 IQTALLATION - SUSPENSION SYSTEM A._ RigjLl�ecure system, including integral mechanical and electrical components, for maximum TE deft -9:&n of 1:360. W Cc B. InstWtWPafter major above -ceiling work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other J oo wow l-- Cz Hag suspension system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where ILL -KX ca5iM members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members. DN WherFAucts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce the nearest N affected hangers and related carrying channels to span the extra distance. E. Do not support components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes total dead load to exceed deflection capability. F. Support fixture loads using supplementary hangers located within 6 inches of each corner, or support components independently. G. Do not eccentrically load system or induce rotation of runners. H. Perimeter Molding: Install at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces and at junctions with other interruptions. 1. Use longest practical lengths. 2. Overlap corners. 3.03 INSTALLATION -ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. Install acoustical units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Fit acoustical units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 0951 00 -2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA C. Fit border trim neatly against abutting surfaces. D. Install units after above -ceiling work is complete. E. Install acoustical units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp, and dents. F. Cutting Acoustical Units: 1. Make field cut edges of same profile as factory edges. 2. Double cut and field paint exposed reveal edges. G. Where round obstructions occur, provide preformed closures to match perimeter molding. A. Maximum Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. B. Maximum Variation from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Eccentric Loads: 2 degrees. 4:111XG1d&1*kIP]L ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 095100-3 N Ci N O C7 G 1 i� �rn � rn r ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 095100-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 0951 00-4 c-> W � o uj J '- co U E— N >- E3 F - Q o N O - 0 N ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 0951 00-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 09 64 66 - WOOD ATHLETIC FLOORING PART 2 PRODUCTS 1.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Wood Athletic Flooring: 1. Action Floor Systems; Action ProAir WBS: www.actionfloors.com/#sle. 2. Connor Sports Flooring; www.connorfloor.com/#sle. 3. Robbins Sports Surfaces; — www.robbinsfloor.com/#sle. 4. Substitutions: Section 0160 00 - Product Requirements. 1.02 WOOD ATHLETIC FLOORING A. General: Wood strip flooring, MFMA (PUR) compliant for application indicated; system components provided by single manufacturer. B. Application: East Room. C. System Description: 1. Floating, double layer subfloor system, wood strip flooring. 1.03 COMPONENTS A. Wood Strip Flooring: 1. Provide MFMA grade -marked flooring, stamped as manufactured by MFMA member mill. 2. Species: Northern hard maple, kiln dried; tongue and groove edges, end matched. 3. Grade: First. 4. Thickness: 25/32 inch. 5. Width: 2-1/4 inches. B. Sleepers: 1. Plywood, 7/8 inch by 4 inch nominal. N C. Resilient Cushioning: Manufacturers standard rubber pads, factory -applied to bottom six of 0 sleepers. p r_.. - D. Vapor Retarder: Polyethylene sheet, 6 mil thick; 2 inch wide tape for sealing slwsanj 1.04 FINISHES )co (� A. Floor Finishes: Types recommended by flooring manufacturer and complying WOIR MA specifications. r*i Q 1. Sealer: Oil based urethane. o o 2. Finish Coats: Oil based urethane; high gloss. 1.06 ACCESSORIES D A. Ventilating Base: As shown in drawings: 1. Molded rubber, [4] inch high with a [3] inch toe, pre -molded outside corners; black color. 2. Extruded Aluminum, 4 inch x 3 inch field modified per drawings, venilated, mechanically fastened; white color. B. Edge Strip: Angle; mill finish aluminum. C. Transition Strip: As shown in drawings. D. Adhesives: Types recommended by flooring manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 2.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting this work. B. Verify that concrete subfloor surface is smooth and flat to plus or minus 1/4 inch in 10 feet. C. Cementitious Subfloor Surfaces: Verify that substrates are dry enough and ready for flooring installation by testing for moisture and alkalinity (pH). 1. Obtain instructions if test results are not within limits recommended by flooring material manufacturer and adhesive materials manufacturer. WOOD ATHLETIC FLOORING 096466-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA D. Verify that required floor -mounted utilities are in correct location. 4*A>:7=1]c1;T_1%11$] A. Prepare substrate to receive wood flooring in accordance with manufacturer's and MFMA instructions. B. Vacuum clean substrate. 2.03 INSTALLATION A. Sleepers: 1. Place sleepers at 90 degree angle to direction of finished floor; space 12 inches on center. Stagger end joints a minimum of 24 inches. 2. For floating applications, do not secure sleepers to structure. B. Wood Flooring: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's and MFMA instructions. 2. Lay flooring parallel to length of main playing area. Blind nail or staple to subfloor. 3. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges, and where flooring terminates. 4. Provide 2 inch expansion space at walls and other interruptions. C. Finishing: 1. Mask off adjacent surfaces before beginning sanding. 2. Sand flooring to smooth even finish with no evidence of sander marks. Remove dust by vacuum. 3. Apply finishes in accordance with floor finish manufacturer's and MFMA instructions. 4. Apply first coat, allow to dry, then buff lightly with recommended pad to remove irregularities. Vacuum clean and wipe with damp, lint -free cloth before applying succeeding coats. 5. Apply last coat of finish. 2.04 PROTECTION A. Prohibit traffic on finished floor for 72 hours after installation. BFn Place protective coverings over finished floors; do not remove coverings until Date of Subst6tial Completion. — �O END OF SECTION LLJ Q J>: 00 C-) F N ,—U o CD hJ O N WOOD ATHLETIC FLOORING 096466-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 09 65 00 - RESILIENT FLOORING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Resilient base. B. Installation accessories. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM F1861 -Standard Specification for Resilient Wall Base; 2008 (Reapproved 2012). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics; including sizes, patterns and colors available; and installation instructions. B. Verification Samples: Submit two samples, 6 by 6 inch in size illustrating color and pattern for each resilient flooring product specified. C. Maintenance Data: Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning, stripping, and re -waxing. D. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. Extra Flooring Material: 20 square feet of each type and color. 2. Extra Wall Base: 10 linear feet of each type and color. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store all materials off of the floor in an acclimatized, weather -tight space. B. Protect roll materials from damage by storing on end. C. Do not double stack pallets. 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Store materials for not less than 48 hours prior to installation in area of installation at a".b temperature of 70 degrees F to achieve temperature stability. Thereafter, maiaWin cordons above 55 degrees F. o c> PART PRODUCTS D� Z 2.01 RESILIENT BASE c')CID G (� A. Resilient Base: ASTM F1861, Type TS rubber, vulcanized thermoset; top set SIE B, Cave. M 1. Manufacturers: M s a. Burke Flooring; Commercial Wall Base - TS: www.burkeflooring.com o b. Johnsonite, a Tarkett Company; : www.johnsonite.com/#slq> c. Roppe Corp; : www.roppe.com/#sle. D d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2. Height: 4 inch. 3. Thickness: 0.125 inch. 4. Length: Roll. 5. Basis -of -Design Refer to Finish Material Specification on Drawing Sheet A602. Provide the basis -of -design product or a comparable product approved prior to bid. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Primers, Adhesives, and Seam Sealer: Waterproof; types recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer, compatible with materials being adhered; maximum VOC of 50 g/L; CRI Green Label certified manufacturer. 1. Provide adhesives recommended by manufacturer for installation on cementitious sub -floor surface moisture and pH levels present at time of installation. 2. Provide floor sealers for surfaces that test over adhesive manufacurer's maximum recommended moisture/pH levels. Follow adhesive manufacturer's recommendations for RESILIENT FLOORING 09 6500 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA sealer products and application as required to meet manufacturer's warranty requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are flat to tolerances acceptable to flooring manufacturer, free of cracks that might telegraph through flooring, clean, dry, and free of curing compounds, surface hardeners, and other chemicals that might interfere with bonding of flooring to substrate. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate. 3.03 INSTALLATION -GENERAL A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Adhesive -Applied Installation: 1. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of materials before initial set. 2. Fit joints and butt seams tightly. 3.04 INSTALLATION - RESILIENT BASE A. Fit joints tightly and make vertical. Maintain minimum dimension of 18 inches between joints. B. Miter internal corners. At external comers, use premolded units. At exposed ends, use premolded units. C. Install base on solid backing. Bond tightly to wall and floor surfaces. D. Scribe and fit to door frames and other interruptions. 3.05 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. B. Clean in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. C. Floor Polish: Remove soil, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes from floor tile surfaces before applying liquid floor polish. 1. Apply four coats. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Prohibit traffic on resilient flooring for 48 hours after installation. END OF SECTION RESILIENT FLOORING 0965 00 -2 c-� _ Q O LJJ J% 5 Go OF �J Od ) C� t— Q O N O ` O N RESILIENT FLOORING 0965 00 -2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA A. Verify that sub -floor surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work and are ready to receive flooring. B. Verify that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work, are dust -free, and are ready to receive flooring. C. Verify that sub -floor surfaces are dust -free and free of substances that could impair bonding of materials to sub -floor surfaces. FLUID -APPLIED FLOORING 09 67 00 - 1 SECTION 09 67 00 - FLUID -APPLIED FLOORING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fluid -applied flooring and base. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 22 10 06 - Plumbing Piping Specialties: Recessed plumbing access cover frames. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ICRI 310.21R - Selecting and Specifying Concrete Surface Preparation for Sealers, Coatings, Polymer Overlays, and Concrete Repair; 2013. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Samples: Submit two samples, 3 by 3 inch in size illustrating color and pattern for each floor material for each color specified. C. Maintenance Data: Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, procedures for stain removal, repairing surface, and suggested schedule for cleaning. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store resin materials in a dry, secure area. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperature required by manufacturer 72 hours prior to, during, and 24 hours after installation of materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS o 2.01 N FLUID -APPLIED FLOORING SYSTEMS c C:) A. Fluid -Applied Flooring: Epoxy base coat(s), with broadcast aggregate. v 1. Aggregate: Quartz granules. C-) _< 2. Top Coat: Polyurethane. CID System Thickness: 1/8 inch, dry. 3. nominal, when <r yrn 4. Texture: Slip resistant. � � Q 5. Sheen: High gloss. co 6. Color. Match Existing; QB -1020 Clearwater Quartz Colorgranules by Torging 7. Products: a. Sherwin-Williams Company: General Polymers Brand; Ceramic Carpet #400 Decorative Broadcast: www.generalpolymers.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Cant Strips: Molded of flooring resin material. B. Subfloor Filler: Type recommended by fluid -applied flooring manufacturer. C. Primer: Type recommended by fluid -applied flooring manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that sub -floor surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work and are ready to receive flooring. B. Verify that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work, are dust -free, and are ready to receive flooring. C. Verify that sub -floor surfaces are dust -free and free of substances that could impair bonding of materials to sub -floor surfaces. FLUID -APPLIED FLOORING 09 67 00 - 1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA D. Verify that concrete sub -floor surfaces are ready for flooring installation by testing for moisture emission rate and alkalinity; obtain instructions if test results are not within limits recommended by flooring materials manufacturer. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove sub -floor ridges and bumps. Fill low spots, cracks, joints, holes, and other defects with sub -floor filler. B. Prepare concrete surfaces according to ICRI 310.2R, C. Apply, trowel, and float filler to achieve smooth, flat, hard surface. Grind irregularities above the surface level. Prohibit traffic until filler is cured. D. Vacuum clean substrate. E. Apply primer to surfaces required by flooring manufacturer. 3.03 INSTALLATION -ACCESSORIES A. Install cant strips at base of walls where flooring is to be extended up wall as base. B. Install terminating cap strip at top of base; attach securely to wall substrate. 3.04 INSTALLATION - FLOORING A. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Apply each coat to minimum thickness indicated. C. Finish to smooth level surface. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Barricade area to protect flooring until fully cured. END OF SECTION FLUID -APPLIED FLOORING 096700-2 M W a ��- _JU�- N �U Z O_Ec) ~'Q U o N O CD ` N FLUID -APPLIED FLOORING 096700-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 09 84 30 - SOUND -ABSORBING WALL AND CEILING UNITS PART2 PRODUCTS 1.01 FABRIC -COVERED SOUND -ABSORBING UNITS A. Manufacturers: 1. CertainTeed Ceilings: Ecophon Wall Panel C. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Sound Absorbing Units: Prefinished, factory assembled fabric -covered panels. 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index of 25 or less and smoke developed index of 450 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. C. Fabric -Covered Acoustical Panels for Walls and Ceilings: 1. Panel Core: Manufacturer's standard High Density Glass Wool: Minimum of 50 percent recycled content, Class A fire rated in Accordance with ASTM E84 core. 2. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC):.95 when tested in accordance with ASTM C423 for Type A- mounting, per ASTM E795. 3. Panel Size: 106-5/16 inches by 23-5/8 inches. 4. Panel Thickness: As required to meet required acoustical performance. 5. Edges: Kerfed, wrapped. 6. Fabric: Damage resistant glass fiber. 7. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 8. Mounting Method: Back -mounted with mechanical fasteners. 1.02 ACCESSORIES A. Back -Mounting Accessories: Manufacturer's standard accessories for concealed support, designed to allow panel removal: B. Connect WP Profile System frame. N 1. Colors: White p n o PART 3 EXECUTION 2.01 EXAMINATION n -G N300 A. Examine substrates for conditions detrimental to installation of acoustical units. ed with rn installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. rn Z E5;0 2.02 INSTALLATION p A. Install acoustical units in locations as indicated, following manufacturer's installation t instructions. `D END OF SECTION SOUND -ABSORBING WALL AND CEILING UNITS 098430-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SOUND -ABSORBING WALL AND CEILING UNITS 098430-2 M — Q 0 — �O Q J>: J 00 N uv - � U C �Q U � o pN N c=) SOUND -ABSORBING WALL AND CEILING UNITS 098430-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA SECTION 09 91 13 - EXTERIOR PAINTING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation. B. Field application of paints. C. Scope: Finish exterior surfaces exposed to view, unless fully factory -finished and unless otherwise indicated. D. Do Not Paint or Finish the Following Items: 1. Items factory -finished unless otherwise indicated; materials and products having factory -applied primers are not considered factory finished. 2. Items indicated to receive other finishes. 3. Items indicated to remain unfinished. 4. Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels, and operating parts of equipment. 5. Floors, unless specifically indicated. 6. Glass. 7. Concealed pipes, ducts, and conduits. 8. Data cable: a. Painter shall be aware that any amount of paint or overspray of paint on data cable will void the warranty of the data cable. Attempts to remove paint by chemical or physical means from data cable is not allowed. All data cable with paint/overspray shall be required to be fully replaced. Entire run of cable will be replaced. No splicing is allowed. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. SSPC-SP 3 -Power Tool Cleaning; 1982 (Ed. 2004). o ti 1.03 SUBMITTALS c A. Product Data: Provide complete list of products to be used, with the following il"tio&for each: 1. Manufacturer's name, product name and/or catalog number, and general pMqupt c�gory (e.g. "alkyd enamel"). __<rM 2. Cross-reference to specified paint system(s) product is to be used in; include �scrIpon o� each system. o 3. Manufacturer's installation instructions. > S. Samples: Submit three paper "draw down" samples, 8-1/2 by 11 inches in size, illustrating range of colors available for each finishing product specified. 1. Where sheen is specified, submit samples in only that sheen. C. Maintenance Data: Submit data including care and cleaning instructions, touch-up procedures, and repair of painted and finished surfaces. D. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. Extra Paint and Coating: 1 full quart of each color and sheen. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Benchmark Samples (Mockups): Provide a full -coat benchmark finish sample for each type of coating and substrate required. 1. Wall Surfaces: Provide samples on at least 100 sq. ft. 2. Final approval of colors will be from benchmark samples. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. EXTERIOR PAINTING 0991 13-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. C. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturers instructions. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. B. Follow manufacturers recommended procedures for producing best results, including testing of substrates, moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations. C. Do not apply exterior paint and finishes during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is outside the humidity ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. D. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid -height at substrate surface. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide paints and finishes from the same manufacturer to the greatest extent possible. B. Substitutions: See Section 0160 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 PAINTS AND FINISHES - GENERAL A. Paints and Finishes: Ready mixed, unless required to be a field -catalyzed paint. 1. Provide paints and finishes of a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating, with good flow and brushing properties, and capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. 2. Provide materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. N 3. For opaque finishes, tint each coat including primer coat and intermediate coats, one-half shade lighter than succeeding coat, with final finish coat as base color. 4, Supply each paint material in quantity required to complete entire project's work from a ® s - C@ingle production run. W a 5J >5o not reduce, thin, or dilute paint or finishes or add materials unless such procedure is rb ~specifically described in manufacturers product instructions. —4.03 PA11471�STEMS - EXTERIOR F_nr Galvanized Metal Indicated to be Painted: L' 0 1. c9imer: o a. Diamond Vogel: Mult-E-Prime 500 Hi -Build Epoxy Primer b. Pittsburg Paints; 95-245 Series Pitt -Guard DTR Polymide Epoxy Coating. c. Sherwin-Williams: Tile -Clad High Solids. d. Tnemec; Series 27 WB Typoxy Polymide Epoxy. 2. Intermediate Coat: a. Diamond Vogel: Mutt-E-Poxy 180 Epoxy Mastic. b. Pittsburg Paints; 95-8800 Series Pitthane High -Build Urethane Enamel. c. Sherwin-Williams; Macropoxy 646. d. Tnemec; None required. 3. Topcoat: a. Diamond Vogel; Multi -Thane 330 High Solids Acrylic Polyurethane. b. Pittsburg Paints; 95-8800 Series Pitthane High -Build Urethane Enamel. c. Sherwin-Williams: Acrolon 218. d. Tnemec; Series 1075 Endura -Shield 11. B. Exterior Existing EIFS to be Painted: 1. Surface prep - Power wash to remove all contaminants EXTERIOR PAINTING 0991 13-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2. Prime coat: Tnemec, Series 156 Enviro-Crete at 120-140 sq ft / gallon 3. Finish coat: Tnemec, Series 156 Enviro-Crete at 120-140 sq ft / gallon C. Exterior Existing Stucco to be Painted: 1. Surface prep - Power wash to remove all contaminants. 2. Primer: Loxon, Concrete & Masonry Primer/Sealer A24W8300. 3. Finish Coats (2 Coats): Sherwin-Williams SuperPaint, gloss as selected by Architect. 2.04 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Accessory Materials: Provide primers, sealers, cleaning agents, cleaning cloths, sanding materials, and clean-up materials as required for final completion of painted surfaces. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially effect proper application. C. Test shop -applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly and correct defects prior to application. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. , a C. Remove or mask surface appurtenances, including electrical plates, hardware, t fixtrip9trim, escutcheons, and fittings, prior to preparing surfaces for finishing. a D. Seal surfaces that might cause bleed through or staining of topcoat. Y E. Remove mildew from impervious surfaces by scrubbing with solution of tetra -sot h�hate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. r �'Tj rn v F. Galvanized Surfaces: 1. Prepare surface according to SSPC-SP 3. �? 3.03 APPLICATION $' A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied. C. Apply each coat to uniform appearance. D. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to applying next coat. E. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing. 3.04 CLEANING A. Collect waste material that could constitute afire hazard, place inclosed metal containers, and remove daily from site. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect finishes until completion of project. B. Touch-up damaged finishes after Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION EXTERIOR PAINTING 0991 13-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113-4 N ® wO .S N V } V UL V o N O � N EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 09 91 23 - INTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation. B. Field application of paints. C. Scope: Finish interior surfaces exposed to view, unless fully factory -finished and unless otherwise indicated. 1. Both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telecom equipment before installing equipment. 2. Elevator pit ladders. 3. Prime surfaces to receive wall coverings. 4. Mechanical and Electrical: a. In finished areas, paint insulated and exposed pipes, conduit, boxes, insulated and exposed ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports, mechanical equipment, and electrical equipment, unless otherwise indicated. D. Do Not Paint or Finish the Following Items: 1. Items factory -finished unless otherwise indicated; materials and products having factory -applied primers are not considered factory finished. 2. Items indicated to receive other finishes. 3. Items indicated to remain unfinished. 4. Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels, bar code labels, and operating parts of equipment. 5. Floors, unless specifically indicated. 6. Ceramic and other tiles. 7. Glass. 8. Concealed pipes, ducts, and conduits. 9. Data cable. a. Painter shall be aware that any amount of paint or overspray of paint on datable will void the warranty of the data cable. Attempts to remove paint by CAemiccoor physical means from data cable is not allowed. All data cable with pa@&eraray shall be required to be fully replaced. Entire run of cable will be repla�d�Jo licing— is allowed. � � 00 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS ;Gm z„ rn A. MPI (APSM) - Master Painters Institute Architectural Painting Specification Marttt3urs�$nt 0 Edition, www.paintinfo.com. AP- B. SSPC-SP 1 - Solvent Cleaning; 2015. ,y C. SSPC-SP 3 - Power Tool Cleaning; 1982 (Ed. 2004). D. SSPC-SP 6 - Commercial Blast Cleaning; 2007. E. SSPC-SP 13 - Surface Preparation of Concrete; (Reaffirmed 2015); 2003. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide complete list of products to be used, with the following information for each: 1. Manufacturer's name, product name and/or catalog number, and general product category (e.g. "alkyd enamel"). 2. Cross-reference to specked paint system(s) product is to be used in; include description of each system. 3. Manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Samples: Submit two paper "draw down" samples, 8-1/2 by 11 inches in size, illustrating range of colors available for each finishing product specified. 1. Where sheen is specified, submit samples in only that sheen. INTERIOR PAINTING 0991 23 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate special surface preparation procedures. D. Maintenance Data: Submit data including finish schedule showing where each product/color/finish was used, product technical data sheets, care and cleaning instructions, touch-up procedures, repair of painted and finished surfaces, and color samples of each color and finish used. E. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. Extra Paint and Finish Materials: 1 gallon of each color; from the same product run, store where directed. 2. Label each container with color in addition to the manufacturer's label. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified, with minimum three years documented experience. B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified with minimum five years experience. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability 2.02 PAINTS AND FINISHES -GENERAL A. Paints and Finishes: Ready mixed, unless intended to be a field -catalyzed paint. 1. Provide paints and finishes of a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating, with good flow and brushing properties, and capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. 2. Supply each paint material in quantity required to complete entire project's work from a single production run. 3. Do not reduce, thin, or dilute paint or finishes or add materials unless such procedure is specifically described in manufacturer's product instructions. 2.03 PAINT SYSTEMS - INTERIOR A. Interior Gypsum Board Surfaces to be Painted: 1. Two top coats and one coat primer. 2. Top Coats for Walls: Interior Eggshell Latex. a. Products: 1) Diamond Vogel, Vantage Plus Interior Latex Eggshell Enamel 2) PPG Paints Ultra -Hide 150 Interior Low Sheen Paint, 1410-XXXXV, Eggshell. 3) Pratt & Lambert Pro -Hide Gold Ultra Interior Latex, Eggshell. INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23-2 B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. C. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions. 1.06 WELD CONDITIONS �. P= Dgv+t apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature reB required by the paint product manufacturer. UJ B FXIU)cmanufacturer's recommended procedures for producing best results, including testing of o, sLYsf'cates, moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations. '— t� P_wvy�Je lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid -height at substrate surface. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 ;MANUFACTURERS N A. Provide paints and finishes used in any individual system from the same manufacturer; no exceptions. 2.02 PAINTS AND FINISHES -GENERAL A. Paints and Finishes: Ready mixed, unless intended to be a field -catalyzed paint. 1. Provide paints and finishes of a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating, with good flow and brushing properties, and capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. 2. Supply each paint material in quantity required to complete entire project's work from a single production run. 3. Do not reduce, thin, or dilute paint or finishes or add materials unless such procedure is specifically described in manufacturer's product instructions. 2.03 PAINT SYSTEMS - INTERIOR A. Interior Gypsum Board Surfaces to be Painted: 1. Two top coats and one coat primer. 2. Top Coats for Walls: Interior Eggshell Latex. a. Products: 1) Diamond Vogel, Vantage Plus Interior Latex Eggshell Enamel 2) PPG Paints Ultra -Hide 150 Interior Low Sheen Paint, 1410-XXXXV, Eggshell. 3) Pratt & Lambert Pro -Hide Gold Ultra Interior Latex, Eggshell. INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 4) Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex, Eg-Shel. 3. Top Coats for Ceilings: Interior Flat Latex. a. Products: 1) Diamond Vogel, Vantage Plus Interior Latex Flat Enamel. 2) PPG Paints Ultra -Hide 150 Interior Paint, 1210-XXXXV, Flat. 3) Pratt & Lambert Pro -Hide Gold Ultra Interior Latex, Flat. 4) Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex, Flat. 4. Primer: As recommended by top coat manufacturer for specific substrate. B. Concrete and Concrete Masonry Units: Interior Semi -Gloss Latex. 1. Products: a. Diamond Vogel, Vantage Plus interior Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel. b. PPG Paints Ultra -Hide 150 Interior Paint, 1416-XXXXV, Semi -Gloss. c. Pratt & Lambert Pro -Hide Gold Interior Latex, Semi -Gloss. d. Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex, Semi -Gloss. C. Ferrous and Galvanized Metal Surfaces to be Painted: For surfaces subject to frequent contact by occupants, including metals: 1. Medium duty applications include doors, door frames, railings, handrails, guardrails, balustrades, and miscellaneous metals. 2. Two top coats and one coat primer. 3. Top Coat(s): Interior Light Industrial Coating, Water Based. a. Products: 1) Diamond Vogel, Finium DTM-AT Acrylic Semi -Gloss. 2) PPG Paints Pitt -Tech Plus, 90-1210 Series, Semi -Gloss. 3) Sherwin-Williams Pro Industrial Acrylic Coating, Semi -Gloss. D. Interior Epoxy Coating: Including gypsum board and concrete masonry units. 1. Primer for gypsum wallboard: As recommended by manufacturer. 2. Primer for concrete masonry: Masonry filler. 3. Finish Coatings: Two coats. Provide one of the following: o a. Diamond Vogel, Eas-E-Poxy Pre -Catalyzed Waterborne Epoxy Ser>>fiGlooss o b. Pittsburgh Paints; PITT -GLAZE Water Based Acrylic Epoxy Semi -Gory c. Pratt & Lambert Acrylic Waterborne Epoxy, Semi -Gloss. - d. Sherwin-Williams Pro Industrial Pre -Catalyzed Waterbased Epoxy, S8rrl-Gkw. E. Dry Fall: Metals; exposed structure and overhead -mounted services, includin iep primed steel deck, structural steel, metal fabrications, galvanized ducts, galvanized cote ar l C galvanized piping. o 1. One top coat. D 2. Top Coat: Latex Dry Fall. a. Products: 1) Diamond Vogel, Luminance 300 Latex Dri-Mist Flat. 2) PPG Paints Speedhide Super Tech Water Based Interior Dry -Fog, 6-725X1, Flat. (MPI #118) 3) Pratt & Lambert Waterborne Dry Fall, Flat, 4) Sherwin-Williams Waterborne Acrylic Dryfall, Flat. F. Transparent Finish on Concrete Floors. 1. 2 coats sealer. 2. Sealer: Water Based for Concrete Floors. a. Products: 1) Tamms; Clearseal WB 300. 2) L & M Construction Chemicals; Dress & Seal WB 3) W.R. Meadows; VOCOMP - 25. INTERIOR PAINTING 0991 23-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2.04 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Accessory Materials: Provide primers, sealers, cleaning agents, cleaning cloths, sanding materials, and clean-up materials as required for final completion of painted surfaces. B. Patching Material: Latex filler. C. Fastener Head Cover Material: Latex filler. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially effect proper application. C. Test shop -applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. D. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. 2. Concrete Floors and Traffic Surfaces: 8 percent. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly and correct defects prior to application. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. C. Remove or mask surface appurtenances, including electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings, prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. D. Seal surfaces that might cause bleed through or staining of topcoat. Congrpte: 1.�gemove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not coat ® _ =€Rrfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be coated exceeds that permitted in W .t �qg��nufacturer's written instructions. 2. v jarepare surface as recommended by top coat manufacturer and according to SSPC-SP �. N >- �. F s� M�so1�: -->1. v ove efflorescence and chalk. Do not coat surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of csurfaces or if alkalinity of mortar joints exceed that permitted in manufacturer's written cam+ instructions. Allow to dry. 2. Prepare surface as recommended by top coat manufacturer. G. Concrete Floors and Traffic Surfaces: Remove contamination, acid etch, and rinse floors with clear water. Verify required acid -alkali balance is achieved. Allow to dry. H. Gypsum Board: Fill minor defects with filler compound. Spot prime defects after repair. 1. Galvanized Surfaces: 1. Prepare surface according to SSPC-SP 3. J. Ferrous Metal: 1. Solvent clean according to SSPC-SP 1. 2. Shop -Primed Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. Re -prime entire shop -primed item. 3. Remove rust, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances using using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer and blast cleaning according to SSPC-SP 6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning". Protect from corrosion until coated. INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3.03 APPLICATION A. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical components and paint separately. B. Apply products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions. C. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied. D. Apply each coat to uniform appearance in thicknesses specified by manufacturer. E. Include areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtues, grilles, convector covers, covers for finned -tube radiation, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection. 1. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 2. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through registers or grilles. 3. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 4. Finish doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faces. F. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer. G. Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure complete coverage with pores filled. H. Dark Colors and Deep Clear Colors: Regardless of number of coats specified, apply as many coats as necessary for complete hide. o 0 I. Sand wood and metal surfaces lightly between coats to achieve required finish. o o.T1 J. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and px + l s j% prior. to applying next coat. 7-1 n—C P0 K. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fitM1gg7en%ed prior to finishing. r- M L. Concrete Floor Sealer: Follow manufacturer's instructions for preparation and insa on 3.04 CLEANING " 37 .9r A. Collect waste material that could constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers`gnd remove daily from site. B. At end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from Project site. C. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting D. Provide "Wet Paint: signs to protect newly painted finishes. i11*0�I Telffe rll A. Protect finishes until completion of project. B. Touch-up damaged finishes after Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION INTERIOR PAINTING 0991 23-5 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA INTERIOR PAINTING 099123-6 N 00 N L�! 7- v a N O N INTERIOR PAINTING 099123-6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 10 14 10 - MISCELLANEOUS INTERIOR SIGNAGE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Room and door signs. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Signage Schedule: Provide information sufficient to completely define each sign for fabrication, including room name, other text or graphics to be applied, sign and letter sizes, fonts, and colors. 1. Submit for approval by Owner through Architect prior to fabrication. 1.04 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install tape adhesive when ambient temperature is lower than recommended by manufacturer. B. Maintain this minimum temperature during and after installation of signs. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Flat Signs: 1. Mohawk Sign Systems, Inc; Product _: www.mohawksign.com. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 SIGNAGE APPLICATIONS A. Accessibility Compliance: Signs are required to comply with ADA Standards and ICC A117.1 and applicable building codes, unless otherwise indicated; in the event of conflicting N requirements, comply with the most comprehensive and specific requirements. f7N B. Room and Door Signs: Provide signs for toilet rooms, vestibule and east room,C) 1. Sign Type: Flat signs with engraved panel media as specified. 2. Provide'tactile" signage, with letters raised minimum 1/32 inch and Grade ty ill a" r 3. Character Height: 1 inch. �n 4. Service Rooms: Identify with room name and braille. _ r"- =, m 5. Rest Rooms: Identify with pictograms, the names "MEN" and "WOMEN", ao�Raille"rc. 2.03 SIGN TYPES" o A. Flat Signs: Signage media without frame. 1. Edges: Square. 2. Corners: Square. 3. Wall Mounting of One -Sided Signs: Tape adhesive. B. Color and Font: Unless otherwise indicated: 1. Character Font: Match Building Standard. 2. Character Case: Upper case only. 3. Background Color: Match Building Standard. 4. Character Color: Contrasting color to be determined by Architect. 2.04 TACTILE SIGNAGE MEDIA A. Engraved Panels: Laminated colored plastic; engraved through face to expose core as background color: 1. Total Thickness: 1/16 inch. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Tape Adhesive: Double sided tape, permanent adhesive. MISCELLANEOUS INTERIOR SIGNAGE 101410-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY, IOWA PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PROJECT NO. 18404000 B. Install neatly, with horizontal edges level. C. Locate signs where indicated by Architect. D. Protect from damage until Substantial Completion; repair or replace damage items. END OF SECTION MISCELLANEOUS INTERIOR SIGNAGE 101410-2 N i LLj , 00 .J7- Uh_ N >- 1j_ � v== o N O D N MISCELLANEOUS INTERIOR SIGNAGE 101410-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 10 28 00 - TOILET AND SHOWER ACCESSORIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Commercial toilet accessories. B. Commercial shower accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09 30 00 - Tiling: Ceramic washroom accessories. B. Section 22 40 00 - Plumbing Fixtures: Under -lavatory pipe and supply covers. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ADA Standards - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. B. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold -Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2015. C. ASTM C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass; 2016. D. ASTM C1503 - Standard Specification for Silvered Flat Glass Mirror; 2008 (Reapproved 2013). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit data on accessories describing size, finish, details of function, and attachment methods. B. Samples: Submit two samples of each accessory, illustrating color and finish. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Accessories - General: Shop assembled, free of dents and scratches and packaged complete with anchors and fittings, steel anchor plates, adapters, and anchor components for installation. B. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A666, Type 304. _ o C. Mirror Glass: Annealed float glass, ASTM C1036 Type I, Class 1, Quality Q2, w- er@i , protective and physical characteristics complying with ASTM C1503. py 2 D. Fasteners, Screws, and Bolts: Hot dip galvanized; tamper -proof; security type. c7 -G N "- 2.02 FINISHES Co r A. Stainless Steel: Satin finish, unless otherwise noted. o rrj Y M 2.03 COMMERCIAL TOILET ACCESSORIES A. Toilet Paper Dispenser: Double roll, surface mounted bracket type, cast aluminum, saWinish, bracket with plastic spindles. 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Bobrick, B-274 Double -Roll Toilet Tissue Dispenser with Controlled Delivery. B. Mirrors: Stainless steel framed, 1/4 inch thick annealed float glass; ASTM C1036. 1. Annealed Float Glass: Silvering, protective and physical characteristics in compliance with ASTM C1503. 2. Size: As indicated on drawings. 3. Frame: 0.05 inchangle shapes, with mitered comers, and tamperproof hanging system; satin finish. 4. Basis -of -Design Product: Bobrick, B-165 Mirror. a. Substitutions: See Section 01 25 00 - Substitution Procedures. C. Grab Bars: Stainless steel, nonslip grasping surface finish. 1. Standard Duty Grab Bars: a. Push/Pull Point Load: 250 pound -force, minimum. b. Dimensions: 1-1/4 inch outside diameter, minimum 0.05 inch wall thickness, exposed flange mounting, 1-1/2 inch clearance between wall and inside of grab bar. TOILET AND SHOWER ACCESSORIES 1028 00 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA c. Length and Configuration: As indicated on drawings. d. Basis -of -Design Product: Bobrick, B-6806 1-1/2" Diameter Straight Grab Bar. 1) Substitutions: See Section 01 25 00 — Substitution Procedures. D. Sanitary Napkin Disposal Unit: Stainless steel, surface -mounted, setf-closing door, locking bottom panel with full-length stainless steel piano -type hinge, removable receptacle. 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Bobrick, B-270 Surface -Mounted Sanitary Napkin Disposal. a. Substitutions: See Section 0125 00 — Substitution Procedures. 2.04 COMMERCIAL SHOWER AND BATH ACCESSORIES A. Shower Curtain Rod: Stainless steel tube, 1 inch outside diameter, 0.04 inch wall thickness, satin -finished, with 3 inch outside diameter, minimum 0.04 inch thick satin -finished stainless steel flanges, for concealed mounting. 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Bobrick, B-207 Shower Curtain Rod with Concealed Mounting. a. Substitutions: See Section 0125 00—Substitution Procedures. B. Shower Curtain: 1. Material: Opaque vinyl, 0.008 inch thick, matte finish, with antibacterial treatment, flameproof and stain -resistant. 2. Material: Vinyl, machine washable, and mildew -resistant. 3. Size: 48 by 72 inches, hemmed edges. 4. Grommets: Stainless steel; pierced through top hem on 6 inch centers. 5. Color: White. 6. Shower Curtain Hooks: Chrome -plated or stainless steel spring wire designed for snap closure. 7. Basis -of -Design Product: Bobrick, 204 Shower Curtain. a. Substitutions: See Section 01 25 00 — Substitution Procedures. C. Folding Shower Seat: Wall -mounted surface; welded tubular seat frame, structural support members, hinges and mechanical fasteners of Type 304 stainless steel, L-shaped reversable seat. cv 1. Seat: Phenolic or polymeric composite one-piece seat or seat slats, of color as selected. = 2. psis -of -Design Product: Bobrick, B-5181 Reversible Folding Shower Seat. Y$ Substitutions: Section 0160 00 -Product Requirements. Dg Rok: Heavy-duty stainless steel, single -prong, rectangular -shaped with exposed j 'a fa iA , Brushed Stainless finish. 0o 1. vh72sis-of-Design Product: Bobrick, B-233 ..M5 E4C-aW_*AND/HAIR DRYERS L1-- A.—'iEl Hand Dryer: N 1. sis-of-Design: World Dryer Corporation, A5. N2. Mounting: Surface. 3. Operation: Electronic -sensor activated with timed power cut-off switch. a. Operation Time: 30 seconds. 4. Cover Finish: Cast Iron, Porcelin Enamel Finish. 2.06 CHANGING STATIONS A. Adult Changing Station: Wall mounted, fixted height adult changing station with folding safety rail. 1. Materials: a. Bench: PVC canvas. b. Frame: Powder coated steel. 2. Color: White. 3. Mounting: Fixed. 4. Maximum Load: 330 lbs. 5. Basis -of -Design: Pressalit, Adult Changing Table R8406000. a. Substitutions: See Section 01 25 00 — Substitution Procedures. TOILET AND SHOWER ACCESSORIES 102800-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verity existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify exact location of accessories for installation. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Provide templates and rough -in measurements as required. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions in locations indicated on the drawings. B. Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. C. Mounting Heights: As required by accessibility regulations, unless otherwise indicated on drawings. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect installed accessories from damage due to subsequent construction operations. END OF SECTION TOILET AND SHOWER ACCESSORIES 102800-3 N O N an a, Tj D n -G corrI r- �r a m Cn 0 TOILET AND SHOWER ACCESSORIES 102800-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY. IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 TOILET AND SHOWER ACCESSORIES 102800-4 N 'O W LLIr J N U r - r� � o O - N 0 N PROJECT NO. 18404000 TOILET AND SHOWER ACCESSORIES 102800-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 10 44 00 - FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire extinguishers. B. Fire extinguisher cabinets. C. Accessories. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA 10 -Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers; 2013. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Confirm keying for emergency key cabinet with fire department having jurisdiction prior to final purchase of unit. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide extinguisher operational features. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate locations of cabinets and cabinet physical dimensions. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special criteria and wall opening coordination requirements. D. Maintenance Data: Include test, refill or recharge schedules and re -certification requirements. 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install extinguishers when ambient temperature may cause freezing of extinguisher ingredients. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A A. Fire Extinguisher, Cabinets and Accessories: ,.a 1. Activar Construction Products Group: www.activarcpg.com/#sle. p a' 2. Larsen's Manufacturing Co: www.larsensmfg.com. mac? 3. Potter -Roemer: www.potterroemer.com. 7' --i n_< 2.02 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS -=1n A. Fire Extinguishers - General: Comply with product requirements of NFPA 10 and;iliw4catlm, codes, whichever is more stringent. o 0 B. Multipurpose Dry Chemical Type Fire Extinguishers: Carbon steel tank, with presTp gau . 1. Class: A:B:C type. o 2. Size: 5 pound. 3. Finish: Baked polyester powder coat, color as selected. 2.03 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS A. Cabinet Configuration: Semi -recessed type. 1. Size to accommodate accessories. 2. Trim: Rolled return, with 2-1/2 inch projection. B. Door: 0.036 inch metal thickness, reinforced for flatness and rigidity with nylon catch. Hinge doors for 180 degree opening with two butt hinge. C. Door Glazing: Acrylic plastic, clear, 1/8 inch thick, flat shape and set in resilient channel glazing gasket. D. Finish of Cabinet Exterior Trim and Door: No. 4 - Brushed stainless steel. E. Finish of Cabinet Interior: White colored enamel. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Extinguisher Brackets: Formed steel, chrome -plated. FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 104400-1 low ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Cabinet Signage: C. Lettering: "FIRE EXTINGUISHER" decal, or vinyl self -adhering, pre -spaced black lettering in accordance with authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify rough openings for cabinet are correctly sized and located. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Secure rigidly in place. C. Place extinguishers in cabinets. D. Install emergency key cabinets per manufacturer's written instructions and as approved by fire department having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 104400-2 N e � i W Q EECR —%� Nl- U CD c++ 0 N FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 104400-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA SECTION 22 00 10 - PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Refer to Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements and Division 01 - General Requirements, which all apply to work under this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section applies to all work under the plumbing contract. This shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. Waste and Vent Systems 2. Hot and Cold Water Distribution System 3. Plumbing Fixtures 4. Sanitary Sewer 5. Piping Insulation B. The work shall include all materials, equipment and labor required for complete and properly functioning plumbing systems. C. Drawings for plumbing work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work and indicate general arrangement of equipment, piping and approximate sizes and locations of equipment and materials. D. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangements,,,arake such changes without additional cost to Owner. o _ 0 `t E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain piping or items such as unions or fitti ay be but such items are required by other sections of the specificationsIr-W er hey shown, where are required by the nature of the work, they shall be furnished and installed. Co =ir yFri F. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the palar�jiraft involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft, o :Jr p L cn' G. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highett stand s of the craft. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes and standards: 1. International Mechanical Code 2. Uniform Plumbing Code 3. International Building Code 4. International Fire Code 5. National Electric Code (NEC) 6. National Fire Protection Association Standards (NFPA) 7. Local Utility Company Requirements 8. Local Codes, all trades 9. Standards of ASME, ASHRAE, NEMA, IEEE, AGA, SMACNA 10. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 11. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (U.L.) PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 12. Iowa Administrative Codes 13. Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) 14. ANSI/NSF 372 B. Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their work and shall notify Design Professional of any discrepancies between the design and applicable code requirements so that any conflicts can be resolved. Where two or more codes or standards are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision. C. Where drawings or specifications call for workmanship or materials in excess of code requirements, a lower grade of construction will not be permitted. 1.04 REQUIREMENTS & FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Contractor shall comply with the rules and regulations of the authorities having jurisdiction and local utility companies. Contractor shall check with each utility company providing service to this project and determine or verify their requirements regarding incoming services. B. Meters for incoming services shall be selected based on the project requirements. Any questions concerning this shall be referred to Design Professional prior to bidding. Contractor shall provide the appropriate meter and associated materials if not furnished by the utility company. C. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections, licenses and fees required in connection ith the plumbing work. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required by the tate, Gjty, County and Utility. .=Coq@&r shall make all arrangements with each utility company and pay all service charges w �ilssoJcl�ted with new service. _A05 @%UN!PJNG DRAWINGS Z 1-- Lj& !�The�; Iumbing drawings indicate in general the building arrangement only, Contractor shall examine construction drawings to familiarize himself with the specific type of building 21onstruction, i.e. type of structural system, floors, walls, ceilings, room finishes and elevations. B. Drawings are intended to convey the scope of the work and to indicate the general arrangement and locations of piping and equipment. C. Contractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact locations for equipment and rough -ins and the exact routing of piping so as to best fit the layout of the work. D. Contractor shall take his own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions scaling of the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work. E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as pipe fittings and valves may not be shown, but where such items are required by code or by other sections of the specifications, such items shall be furnished and installed. 1.06 ACTIVE SERVICES A. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying exact location of all existing services prior to beginning work in that area. PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 00 10-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA Existing active services, i.e., water, gas, sewer, electric, when encountered, shall be protected against damage. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services which are to remain. C. When active services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make request to authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures. D. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance with requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction. 1.07 SITE INSPECTION A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to familiarize himself with the conditions of the site which will affect his work and shall verify points of connection with utilities, routing of outside piping to include required clearances from any existing structures, trees or other obstacles. B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of Contractor's failure to make this inspection. 1.08 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION A. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate his work with the schedule of the General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays. B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment and the building. Design Professional reserves the right to determine space priorit)F�gf the contractors in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and ecj�pmenf�gf the various contractors. C. Drawings and specifications are intended to be complimentary. Any work shown in eitITer of them, whether in the other or not, shall be executed according to the true intent and mining thereof, the same as if set forth in all. Conflicts between the drawings and the specificatieas or rn between the requirements set forth for the various contractors shall be called to the attention of Design Professional. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be ass4ned that none is required and that Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and s*ificatigps as issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification will be maHg by Design Professional and his decision will be final. D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material shall be completely protected from weather elements, painting and plaster until the project is substantially completed. Damage from rust, paint and scratches shall be repaired as required to restore equipment to original condition. E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the Painting Contractor, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for checking to assure that adequate protection is being provided. F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires Contractor to work in finished areas of the building, Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. Contractor shall arrange with the General Contractor for patching and refinishing of such areas which may be damaged in this respect. PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 2200 10- 3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 1.09 OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Piping and sleeves passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and pipe and/or sleeve shall be sealed with UL listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor. Where piping and sleeves pass through floors, roofs, walls and partitions that are not fire or smoke rated, penetrations shall be sealed with grout or caulk. B. Existing Structure: 1. Contractor shall provide cutting, lintels and patching, and patch painting in the existing structure, as required for the installation of his work, and shall furnish lintels and supports as required for openings. 2. Cutting of structural support members will not be permitted without prior approval of the Design Professional. Extent of cutting shall be minimized; use core drills, power saws or other machines which will provide neat, minimum openings. 3. Patching shall match adjacent materials and surfaces and shall be performed by craftsmen skilled in the respective craft required. 1.10 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING A. Contractor shall do all excavating necessary for sanitary sewers, storm sewers, water piping, gas piping, etc., and shall backfill trenches and excavations after work has been inspected. Care s?Mll be t(Ken in excavating that walls and footings and adjacent load bearing soils are not ® disturbi d=in any way, except where lines must cross under a wall footing. Where a line must poss LMRa footing, the crossing shall be made by the smallest possible trench to accommodate tfie pi j)F.ccavation shall be kept free from water by pumping if necessary. e, C-) r_ iri BMkfith Zb ut the structure shall be placed, when practical, as the work of construction It ItP7.grdnett Backfilling on or against concrete work shall be done only when directed. Backfilling cnrencfl� shall progress as rapidly as the testing and acceptance of the finished sections of the 4ak will permit. Backfill shall be in accordance with Division 31 Specifications. N 1.11 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable U.S.A. manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified item. Where two or more units are required of the same item, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified otherwise. B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as parts, controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items, when required, shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for. 1.12 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall furnish, to Design Professional, complete sets of shop drawings and other submittal data. Contractor shall review and sign shop drawings before submittal. Refer to Division 01 specifications for additional requirements. PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Shop drawings shall be bound into sets and cover related items for a complete system as much as practical and shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings. Incomplete, piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected. C. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not necessarily limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below. D. After award of contract, Contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule including dates that the submittals will be to Design Professional for review. E. Submit required information on the following items: F. Design Professional will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting the plans and specfcations. G. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract drawings and specifications. 1.13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS o N O A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to Design Professional in VipliFatifi completion ofthejob. RefertoDivision01specifications for additional information. TDA Z n -< PO B. Submit manuals in duplicate upon completion of the job. Manuals shall be bound:FH91hreoring rn hard -backed binder. Front cover and spine of each binder shall have the following leff�0_g done: OPERATION EF o AND <n MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR PLUMBING SYSTEMS (PROJECT NAME) (LOCATION) (DATE) SUBMITTED BY (NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR) C. Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Use plastic tab indexes for sections of manual. Each section shall contain the following information for equipment furnished under this contract: 1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees. PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010-6 CERTIFICATE OTHER SPEC DETAIL PROD INSTALL O 8 M OF SYSTEM (SEE SECTION EQUIPMENT DWGS DATA SAMPLES METHODS MANUAL DEMON- NOTES) STRATION 22 05 23 General Duty Valves for X Plumbing Piping 22 05 53 Plumbing Identification X 22 07 00 Plumbing Insulation X 22 40 00 1 Plumbing Fixtures X X F. Design Professional will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting the plans and specfcations. G. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract drawings and specifications. 1.13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS o N O A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to Design Professional in VipliFatifi completion ofthejob. RefertoDivision01specifications for additional information. TDA Z n -< PO B. Submit manuals in duplicate upon completion of the job. Manuals shall be bound:FH91hreoring rn hard -backed binder. Front cover and spine of each binder shall have the following leff�0_g done: OPERATION EF o AND <n MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR PLUMBING SYSTEMS (PROJECT NAME) (LOCATION) (DATE) SUBMITTED BY (NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR) C. Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Use plastic tab indexes for sections of manual. Each section shall contain the following information for equipment furnished under this contract: 1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees. PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010-6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2. Installation instructions. 3. Operating instructions. 4. Maintenance instructions. 5. Spare parts identification and ordering list. 6. Local service organization, address, contract and phone number. 7. Shop drawings with reviewed stamp of Design Professional and Contractor shall be included, if applicable, along with the items listed above. 8. Reports of all tests and demonstrations including certificate of owner instruction, testing and balancing report, etc. 1.14 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. Tests Required: Piping shall be tested and proved tight under the following static pressures. Pressure shall be maintained for four (4) hours. System Pressure Domestic Water Piping Systems Refer to Section 22 11 16 — Domestic Water Piping Shop Air Piping 150 psi air pressure. Soil, Waste, Storm Drainage Piping Below Grade 10 feet waterhead or fill to top of vent outlet above roof. Soil, Waste, Storm Drainage Piping Above Grade Fill piping with water to top of vent outlet above roof, or 10 feet waterhead. NTESTIp)G NOTE: All rubber gasket joints for cast iron soil pipe and fittings should be properly ^reslIAMed if test pressures exceed 10 feet of head. &�C 11 ms shall be tested by Contractor and placed in proper working order prior to ul . der5Wrating systems to Owner. Contractor shall submit a report to Design Professional citing �atas Eves, pressures, and results of all tests performed. 1,11A6 T"I oAND DEMONSTRATIONS o A. `;Prior to acceptance of the plumbing installation, Contractor shall provide to Owner, or his designated representatives, all comprehensive training on essential features and functions of all systems installed, and shall instruct Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of such systems. 1. Provide adequate notice to Owner as to when instruction will be conducted so appropriate personnel can be present. 2. Prepare the instruction format for a minimum of four Owner Representatives. B. Equipment training: 1. Manufacturer's representatives shall provide instruction on each major piece of equipment. Contractor shall provide instruction on all other equipment. 2. Training sessions shall use the printed installation, operation and maintenance instruction materials included in the O&M manuals and emphasize preventative maintenance and safe operating procedures. 3. Training shall be performed by qualified factory trained technicians. 4. Plumbing Contractor shall attend all sessions performed by the manufacturer's representative and shall add to each session any special information relating to the details of installation of the equipment as it might impact the operation and maintenance. 5. Equipment training shall occur as soon as possible after start up of the equipment and shall include hands-on operation. Training shall be provided for equipment listed in the table below. PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 00 10-6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY, IOWA System training: PROJECT NO. 18404000 1. These sessions shall include hands-on demonstrations of system wide start-up, operation in all possible modes, shut -down and emergency procedures. D. The following are minimum requirements for Owner instruction: Section Description HoursPresented (Note t) By Others Present Remarks 22 00 10 Plumbing System1 r Contractor Note 2 (Excluding Equipment) � v cn 0 1. Any unused hours shall be used at Owner's discretion during the first year of occupancy. 2. System training shall include, but not be limited to, valve locations, system routing, and air/water flow patterns, system start-up/shut-down/emergency procedures. E. Contractor shall submit to Design Professional a certificate, signed by Owner stating the date, time and persons instructed and that the instruction has been completed to Owners satisfaction. An example of a certificate form is as follows: PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010-7 N d O 0 r �� �r rn rn � v cn 0 PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010-7 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA M w J U— CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION This document is to certify that Contractor has demonstrated the hereafter listed systems to Owner's representatives in accordance with the Contract documents and that the instruction has been completed to Owner's satisfaction. A. Project: B. System(s): C. Contractor's representatives giving instruction and demonstration: Contractor: NAMES DATE HOURS Owner's representatives receiving instruction: _ NAMES DATE HOURS H- Q O Acknowledgement of demonstration: E. Contractor's Representative: Owner's Representative: signature date signature date PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010-8 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 1.16 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01. B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical dimensions and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of the substitution. 1.17 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturers type, style, dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or on the plan schedules are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality. These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to Design Professional at least 8 days prior to the bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals. B. Manufacturers who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product rejected at time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall be the responsibility of Contractor and/or the manufacturer. C. If Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his responsibility to assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. Contractor shall assume all responsibility for physical dimensions (including accessibility for maintenance), operating characteristics, and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of using the alternate manufacturer. D. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product requirements. Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifications as required. Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog number that are not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met. N 0 N 1.18 WARRANTY O o A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01 for information on warranties and correction of v33rk with-* the — warranty period. Cl 0 (� 1. If a warranty or warranty period are not defined in Division 00 or 01, then "tar f all rn warranty periods shall be the date of Substantial Completion and the��h Fthe Q warranty shall be for one year. `= a. If construction is phased with distinct and separate Substantial Corh�letionites for portions of the building and/or systems, separate warranties shall be provided for each of these phased areas and/or systems. b. The entire Plumbing system, including all sub -systems, shall be guaranteed against defect in materials and installation for the duration of the warranty period. Any malfunctions or defects which occur within the warranty period shall be promptly corrected without cost to the Owner. This guarantee shall not limit or void any manufacturer's express or implied warranty. B. Refer to other Division 22 sections for systems, equipment, or material requiring extended warranties beyond one year. C. The date of systems/equipment startup or equipment/material shipment to the site shall not be considered the notable date with relation to the warranty of that Rem. All systems, equipment, material, etc., shall have the same start date with respect to the warranty period. PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010-9 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA D. Systems, equipment or material put into use to facilitate construction activities (e.g. testing and balancing, commissioning, temporary conditioning, etc.) prior to the start of the warranty period shall not impact the length of the warranty in any way. 1.19 COMPLETION A Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non -hazardous and ready for normal use by Owner. B. Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and equipment left during the progress of this contract at job completion. 1.20 CLEANING A. At the conclusion of the construction, the entire system of piping and equipment shall be cleaned internally. B. All temporary labels, stickers, etc., shall be removed from all fixtures and equipment. Name plates, ratings, instruction plates, etc., shall not be obscured by paint, insulation, or placement of units. C. Before being placed in service, all domestic water distribution systems, including those for cold water and hot water shall be chlorinated as required per Section 22 1116 - Domestic Water Piping. 1.21 ELECTRICAL WORK A. Electrical work and equipment provided by Contractor shall include the following: 1. starters and disconnects for motors of plumbing equipment, but only where specifically EAndicated to be furnished integrally with equipment. 2. :firing from motors to disconnect switches or junction boxes for motors of plumbing - ��Equipment, but only where specifically indicated to be furnished integrally with equipment. J'� UFAII control wiring in accordance with the requirements of Division 26. 00 -.J N >_U B. ZEIech *Contractor shall provide all power wiring for plumbing equipment, including services for Tl�otorsaFd equipment furnished by the plumbing contractor. Motor and equipment locations are mhown tithe electrical drawings. C. Electrical Contractor shall make final connections for all motors and equipment furnished by the plumbing contractor. D. Electrical Contractor shall furnish safety disconnects and starters for all motors and equipment furnished by the plumbing contractor (unless specifically indicated to be furnished integrally with the equipment), so as to make service complete to each item of equipment. E. Contractor shall consult with Electrical Contractor prior to conduit rough -in and shall verify with him the exact locations for rough -ins, and the exact size and characteristics of the services required, and shall provide Electrical Contractor a schedule of electrical loads for the equipment furnished by him. These schedules will be used for sizing services, disconnects, fuses, starters and overload protection. 1.22 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A Refer to Division 01 for specific requirements concerning temporary utilities. END OF SECTION 22 00 10 PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 2200 10 -10 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 22 05 00 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section includes the following: 1. Demolition 2. Sleeves 3. Escutcheons 4. Fire Stopping 5. Guards PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 DEMOLITION MATERIALS A. All materials removed shall be the property of the removing contractor and shall be removed from the site by him, unless otherwise specified. 2.02 SLEEVES N p o L A Sleeves passing through non -load bearing walls and partitions shall be galvayieshsteels with lock seam joints of minimum gauges as follows: N C-) c r 1. For pipes 2-1/2" and smaller - 24 gauge r— m 2. For pipes 3" to 6" - 22 gauge 3 3. For pipes over 6" - 20 gauge o Q i B. Sleeves passing through load bearing walls, concrete beams, fireproof walls, foundations, footings and waterproof floors shall be Schedule 40 steel pipe or cast iron pipe. C. Sleeves are not required in masonry walls which are core drilled or walls of drywall construction, except where partition is a firestop, smokestop, or side of air plenum. D. Sleeves for insulated piping shall be of sufficient internal diameter to take pipe and insulation and to allow for free movement of pipe. Waterproof sleeves shall be of sufficient internal diameter to take pipe and waterproofing material. E. In finished areas where pipes are exposed, sleeves shall be terminated flush with wall, partitions and ceilings, and shall extend 1/2" above finished floors. Extend sleeves 1" above finished floors in areas likely to entrap water and fill space between sleeves and pipe with graphite packing and caulking compound. F. Sleeves passing through membrane waterproofing or lead safe shall be provided with flashing, furnished and installed by General Contractor, extending 12" beyond sleeve in all directions; flashing shall be secured and sealed to membrane or lead safe and shall be sealed to sleeve and caulked watertight. Sleeves passing through roof shall be installed in same manner except sleeves shall extend to 6" above roof. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 0500 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA G. For exterior walls below grade, sleeves shall be cast iron. Space between sleeve and pipe shall be sealed with modular rubber links tightened with bogs (Link -Seal or equal). Waterproofing of pipe penetrations in exterior walls shall be coordinated with waterproofing contractor. 2.03 ESCUTCHEONS A. Provide chrome plated escutcheons at each sleeved opening into finished spaces. Escutcheons shall fit around insulation or around pipe when not insulated; outside diameter shall cover sleeve. Where sleeve extends above finished floor, escutcheon shall be high cap type and shall clear sleeve extension. Secure escutcheons or plates to sleeve but not to insulation with set screws or other approved devices. 2.04 FIRESTOPPING A. Piping, sleeves and ducts passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and pipe, sleeve, and/or duct shall be sealed with UL Listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 DEMOLITION A. (General; 4. molition shall be accomplished by the proper tools and equipment for the work to be moved. Personnel shall be experienced and qualified in the type of work to be 4 ba rformed, 4 �>�ontractor shall remove existing equipment and piping not necessary for additions or c\r fisting portions of building as indicated on drawings and/or specified herein. To include 414- Ct .C�.,�. I abandoned equipment and piping back to point of origin. Demolition of equipment �thall include removal of associated concrete equipment pad and/or support steel. Z3ontractor shall be responsible for the cutting and capping of all existing services before p any work is commenced by the General Contractor. 0 B. N Work by Others: Unless specifically noted under other contracts, Contractor shall assume all required work shall be performed by him. In general, the following will be performed by others: 1. General Contractor will remove any floors, walls and ceilings, neatly patch, match, complete and finish all affected surfaces. 2. Electrical Contractor will disconnect all electrical services and remove abandoned conduit back to point of origin. Existing Conditions: 1. If any piping serving existing fixtures or equipment which are to remain are disturbed by operations under this Contract, Contractor shall provide pipe and insulation required to reestablish continuity of such piping systems. 2. Contractor shall arrange for General Contractor to repair, patch and paint all construction, with material necessary to match surrounding material, which is necessary due to removal of equipment and piping. 3. Contractor shall furnish all required labor and material where required to extend new work to connect to similar work where new addition adjoins existing building and for extension of existing system. Connection shall be made in a suitable manner. C1Zi0in, i74\Ti'fi7 7S:Z*41111 3i7 77�� rI'i1=1Q r r r ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA D. Owner's Right of Salvage: The Owner may designate and have salvage rights to any material herein demolished by the Contractor. 3.02 SLEEVES A. Install sleeves for all piping passing through floors, roof, walls, concrete beams and foundations as required by this section. 3.03 ESCUTCHEONS A. Install escutcheons for all pipes entering finished spaces. 3.04 GUARDS A. Where exposed insulated piping extends to floor, provide sheet metal guard around insulation to extend up from floor 48". Guard to be galvanized sheet not less than 26 gauge. END OF SECTION 22 05 00 _ CD N O N C C- --j - Z C-)-< r <m a rn Sm S o D ut 0 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY, IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500-4 r" Lu J oc) J>: "t— �� N ? U U o N O - O N PROJECT NO. 18404000 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 22 05 23 - GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install valves as required by the drawings and this section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal data shall include physical dimensions, construction materials, and pressure and temperature ratings. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ANSI/NSF 372 Certification: All potable water supply piping valves (excluding main gate valves greater than 2") shall meet the requirements of ANSI/NSF 372 Certification, Drinking Water System Components, Lead Content. o N PART 2 - PRODUCTS �n C- v Z 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS n� --I n CD A. Gate Valves and Check Valves m To � 3 1. NIBCO� o 2. PowellCA y 3. Milwaukee o 4. Watts 5. Clow B. Lugged Body Butterfly Valves 1. NIBCO 2. ABZ 3. Milwaukee 4. Watts C. Ball Valves 1. Watts LFB-6080/6081 2. Milwaukee UPBA-400S/450S 3. NIBCO T/S-585-66 LF 4. Apollo 77CLF-140/240 D. Domestic Hot Water Recirculation Balancing Valves 1. Taco 2. Bell & Gossett GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 23 -1 m 0 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY, IOWA 3. Wheatley 4. Armstrong 5. Flow Design Inc. (Flow Set) 6. Griswold 7. NIBCO PROJECT NO. 18404000 E. All valves of same type shall be of the same manufacturer unless otherwise specified in this section or on the drawings. Model numbers in valve schedule based on NIBCO, unless noted otherwise. 2.02 VALVE CONSTRUCTION A. Gate valves shall have solid tapered wedge, except where otherwise specked. B. Check Valves: 2" and smaller, horizontal swing type with Teflon seat, bronze lead free body. 200 psi, CWP and 300 deg. F maximum temperature. 2-1/2" and larger, flanged silent check type with bronze mounted bolted bonnet and renewable seat and disc, ductile iron body, 150 psi at 366 deg F conforming to MSS SP -136. C. Ball Valves 4" and smaller: Bronze two-piece with stainless steel ball, teflon seats and stuffing box ring, vinyl insulated lever handle. 1. Full port for valves 2-1/2' and smaller. 2. Standard port for valves 3" and larger. D. Domestic hot water recirculation balancing valves: Bell & Gossett Model CB 'Circuit Setter" or equal. 1. Y gall type valve with brass body and stainless-steel ball construction, glass and carbon g LNed TFE seat rings, extended readout ports with integral check valves and gasketed W c W ops, drain port, calibrated nameplate and position indicator, memory stops, and NPT J op U Konnectors, rated for 300 psig at 250°F. c9. >- calves to seal leak -tight at maximum rated working pressure. �. � halves to be selected for 5 ft. pressure drop at full open setting and design water flow. E. nutterflyp- /alves 3' and Larger: ASTM A536 ductile iron body with aluminum bronze disc, EPDM Mr BUNA N seat, 416 stainless steel stem with extended neck. 2.03 VALVE SCHEDULE A. Furnish valves as per the following schedule: Service Valve type Building domestic water, before and Gate - 2" and larger, Clow — epoxy coated, after meter resilient seated, full port OS&Y Domestic hot and cold -water Ball - 2-1/2" and smaller, Apollo 77C -LF pressures up to 200 psi Ball - 3" and 4", Apollo 70 -LF Butterfly — 3" and larger, LD -2000 Check - 2" and smaller, T/S413Y-LF 2-1/2" and larger, 910 -LF Domestic hot water recirculation All sizes — Bell & Gossett Model CB circuit valves setter. GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA Valves installed on all systems with insulated piping shall be provided with valve handle extensions and/or extended neck design to facilitate installation of insulation and make handles operable without damage to the insulation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Install valves as indicated on the drawings and as called for in other sections. 3.02 Install valves in equipment rooms to provide easy access to valve. Each valve installed 8'-0" above the floor shall be provided with chain operator. Bottom of chain operator shall be 7'-0" above floor. 3.03 Check valves shall not be installed in vertical runs of piping unless they are specifically designed for vertical operation. 3.04 Gate valves shall be installed in horizontal pipes with the valve stem in the vertical up position. Rotate valve stem only as allowed by the manufacturer's installation instructions. END OF SECTION 22 05 23 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523-3 a N � C D--- z _ 0 M D u1 0 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY, IOWA a - =3 _ � o LLL et J 1' ap U F— N )- U _ Q L 9-7.... o � N O N PROJECT NO. 18404000 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 22 05 29 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide materials, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install hangers, supports, anchors, guides and seals as required by the drawings and this section. B. Types of supports, anchors and seals specified in this section include the following 1. Horizontal -Piping Hangers and Supports. 2. Vertical -Piping Clamps. 3. Hanger -Rod Attachments. 4. Building Attachments. 5. Saddles and Shields. 6. Miscellaneous Materials. 7. Anchors. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE c _ N A. Code Compliance: Comply with applicable plumbing and mechanical codes pert g tQ-product fl materials and installation of supports, anchors and seals. p— X. n -C IV B. UL and FM Compliance: Provide products which are Underwriters Laboratoryipg lis%d and Factory Mutual approved. { rn v M S r—y C. ANSI Compliance: All supports and parts shall conform to the latest requirem�=f taANSP Code for Pressure Piping B31.1.0 except as supplemented or modified by the oquirerEWts of this specification. o PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORIES (Reference Catalog Figure numbers from Anvil) A. Pipe support systems shall secure pipes in place, prevent pipe vibration, provide vertical adjustment for maintaining required grades, and provide for expansion and contraction. B. Pipe hangers shall be capable of supporting the pipe in all conditions of operation. They shall allow free expansion and contraction of the piping, and prevent excessive stress resulting from transferred weight being induced into the pipe or connected equipment. C. Wherever possible, pipe attachments for horizontal piping shall be pipe clamps. D. Wherever possible, structural attachments shall be beam clamps. E. All rigid hangers shall provide a means of vertical adjustment after erection. F. Hanger rods shall be subject to tensile loading only. At hanger locations where lateral or axial movement is anticipated, suitable linkage shall be provided to permit swing. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA G. Where horizontal piping movements are greater than 1/2 inch, or where the hanger rod angularity from the vertical is greater than 4 degrees from the cold to hot position of the pipe, the hanger pipe and structural attachments shall be offset in such manner that the rod is vertical in the hot position. H. Hangers shall be designed so that they cannot become disengaged by movements of the supported pipe. I. Where supports are attached to concrete or other structural members, care shall be taken to prevent damage or weakening of the structural members. J. Where concrete inserts are used, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to accurately locate and attach inserts to concrete forms. K. Hangers and supports that are in direct contact with copper piping shall be copper plated or have nonmetallic coating for electrolytic protection. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - HORIZONTAL PIPE SUPPORT A. Steel and stainless-steel pipe shall be supported at a maximum span of 10 feet for all pipe sizes, with hanger rods sized accordingly for total supported weight. B. Copper pipe shall be supported at a maximum length of 6 feet for pipe sizes up through 1-1/2" and at a maximum length of 10 feet for pipe sizes 2" and larger with hanger rods sized accordingly for the total supported weight. C. PVC and CPVC pipe shall be supported at a maximum span of 3 feet for pipe sizes up through 1' and at a maximum span of 4 feet for pipe sizes 1-1/4' and larger with hanger rods sized accordingly for total supported weight. D. PEX tubiag and Polyethylene pipe shall be supported at a maximum span of 32" with hanger rods wed dingly for the total supported weight. af CD CD G`zast 'U'lig'ptoil pipe shall be supported with one hanger for each section of pipe (maximum 10' J ypen) rW tEhanger rods sized accordingly for the total supported weight. Locate hangers within fWub-br joint. � ofr�Q IR d .i Sto the above specked spacings, install additional hangers at change in pipe direction d at concentrated loads, large valves, strainers, etc. N G. When two or more pipes are to be run parallel together, they may be supported on trapeze type hangers. Trapeze bar angles or channels and hanger rods shall be of sufficient size with required spacing to support the particular group of pipes. H. For suspending hanger rods from brackets attached to walls; use welded steel brackets, Fig 194 for loads up to 750 lbs; Fig. 195 for loads up to 1,500 lbs; Fig. 199 for loads up to 3000 lbs. I. Where pipes are to be racked along walls, use malleable iron one -hole clamp, Fig. 126 for pipes up to 3". For pipes larger than 3", use steel channel strut pipe rack. J. Where pipes are to be supported from floor, use unistrut pipe stand with post base. Unformed concrete will not be permitted. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA K. Hangers and supports for insulated cold piping shall not injure or pierce insulation. Provide insulation protection shields or saddles for piping, (Fig. 167) in conjunction with hanger or roll device 3.02 INSTALLATION - VERTICAL PIPE SUPPORTS A. Support vertical steel and copper pipe at every other floor line. B. Support vertical cast iron soil pipe at every floor line. C. In addition to the above, support vertical pipes at base of riser with base fitting set on concrete or block pier, or by hanger located on horizontal connection close to riser. D. Where pipe sleeves extend above floor, place pipe clamps at ceiling below and support clamp extensions from inserts or other approved attachment. 3.03 PIPE ATTACHMENTS A. For horizontal steel pipe, use adjustable carbon steel clevis, Fig. 260, for pipes up to 30". B. For horizontal copper pipe and tube, use copper plated adjustable carbon steel clevis, Fig. CT -65. C. When thermal expansion for horizontal pipe is in excess of 1/2" axially as indicated on the drawing, use adjustable steel yoke pipe roll, Fig. 181, or pipe roll stand, Fig. 177. D. For glass piping, provide padded pipe clamps and padded hangers as per manuf.Mrer=s recommendations. o rte' 3.04 INTERMEDIATE ATTACHMENTS D — c�-G N A. Hanger rods: use carbon steel single or double end threaded, Figs. 140 and 2331cas r9$uiredr Continuous threaded rod, Fig. 146, may be used wherever possible. Contractor m6)[:� hi3ptio411 cut and thread rod on the job site. o 70 (� r1; K o B. Chain, wire or perforated strap hangers will not be permitted. One pipe shall notDe suspended from another pipe. o C. Hangers shall be supported from appropriate structural members. In no case shall hangers be supported from ductwork, cable trays, piping, or other equipment. Existing hangers and supports shall not be used as supports for new hangers unless specifically designed as such, or additional loadings have been confirmed to be acceptable for existing supports. 3.05 STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS A. For attaching steel or copper plated hanger rods to reinforced concrete; use black carbon steel concrete inserts, Fig. 285 for loads up to 400 lbs., Fig. 281 for loads up to 1200 lbs. or suitable drilled inserts equal to Ramset/Red Head - Trubott wedge anchor, Ramset/Red Head Epcon system or Hilti Kwik Bott II anchor. B. For attaching steel hanger rods to structural steel beams, use malleable iron C -clamps, Fig. 87, with retaining clip for loads up to 500 lbs.; Fig. 229 with extension piece for loads up to 1,365 lbs. For copper plated hanger rods, use copper plated malleable iron C -clamps, Fig. CT -88, with hardened cup point set screw, for loads up to 400 lbs. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 2205 29 -3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA C. For attaching steel hanger rods to wood structural members, use malleable iron ceiling flange pipe threaded, Fig. 128 for loads up to 480 lbs., Fig. 153 for loads up to 1270 lbs. For copper plated hanger rods, use copper plated malleable iron ceiling flange, Fig. CT -128R for loads up to 180 lbs. D. Under no circumstances shall hangers be attached to metal roof deck. 3.06 PIPE COVERING PROTECTION A. Hangers and supports for insulated cold piping and ductwork shall not injure or pierce insulation. Provide insulation protection shields or saddles for piping, Fig. 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 165A, 166A, or 167 in conjunction with hanger or roll device. 3.07 ROOF MOUNTED PIPING AND EQUIPMENT A. Roof mounted equipment, not specified to be mounted on roof curbs, shall be installed on equipment mounting rails specifically designed for that purpose or as shown on plans. B. Roof mounted piping shall be mounted on a pipe support system equal to B -Line C -Port. END OF SECTION 22 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 29 -4 _ o 00 N ci 1- U O N 4 �7 "- N HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 29 -4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 22 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of plumbing identification work required by this section is indicated on drawings and/or specked in other Division -22 sections. B. Type of identification devices specified in this section include the following 1. Painted identification materials 2. Plastic pipe markers 3. Plastic tape 4. Valve tags C. Identification furnished as part of factory fabricated equipment, is specified as part of the equipment assembly in other Division -22 sections. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ANSI Standards: Comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size, colors, and viewing angles of identification devices. r> G 1.04 SUBMITTALS o n A. Schedules: Submit valve schedule for each piping system, formatted in an Exci2s eaFaeet i with a digital copy provided to the Owner along with a printed copy on 8-1/2'19" paper. j Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on tag), lona on of�lve (room or space), and variations for identification (if any). Mark valves which aniGnfor 0 emergency shut-off and similar special uses, by special "flags", in margin of Ohedule� In addition, furnish extra copies for Maintenance Manuals. o B. Labeling Nomenclature: Submit list indicating system types with appropriate nomenclature to be provided on the pipe labels. Where possible, match to system labels on drawings. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for each application as referenced in other Division -22 sections. Where more than one single type is specified for an application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single selection for each product category. B. Painted Identification Materials: 1. Stencils: Standard fiberboard stencils, prepared for required applications with letter sizes generally complying with recommendations of ANSI A13.1 for piping and similar applications, but not less than 3/4" high letters for access door signs and similar operational instructions. IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 53 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2. Stencil Paint: Standard exterior type stenciling enamel; black, except as otherwise indicated; either brushing grade or pressurized spray -can form and grade. 3. Identification Paint: Standard identification enamel of colors indicated, or, if not otherwise indicated for piping systems, comply with ANSI A13.1 for colors. C. Plastic Pipe Markers: 1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed flexible or semi-rigid, permanent, color -coded, plastic -sheet pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1. 2. Small Pipes: For external diameters not greater than 6" (including insulation if any), provide full -band pipe markers extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location, fastened by one of the following methods: a. Snap -on application of pre -tensioned semi-rigid plastic pipe marker. b. Adhesive lap joint in pipe marker overlap. C. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation). d. Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color -coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than 3/4" wide full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 1-1/2". 3. Large Pipes: For external diameters of 6" and larger (including insulation if any), provide either full -band or narrow strip -type pipe markers, but not narrower than 3 times letter height (and of required length), fastened by one of the following methods: a. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation). b. Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color -coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than 1-1/2" wide; full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 3". - © Strapped -to -pipe (or insulation) application of semi-rigid type, with manufacturer's U-1 — standard stainless-steel bands. W 4 -J ettering: Manufacturer's standard pre-printed nomenclature which best describes piping N v,-2ystem in each instance, as selected by Design Professional in cases of variance with _ n mes as shown or specified. LL- rows: Print each pipe marker with arrows indicating direction of flow, either integrally o r®th piping system service lettering (to accommodate both directions), or as a separate o unit of plastic. N D. Plastic Tape: General: Manufacturer's standard color -coded pressure -sensitive (self-adhesive) vinyl tape, not less than 3 mils thick. a. Width: Provide 1-1/2" wide tape markers on pipes with outside diameters (including insulation, if any) of less than 6", 2 1/2" wide tape for larger pipes. b. Color: Comply with ANSI A13.1, except where another color selection is indicated. E. Valve Tags: 1. Brass Valve Tags: Provide polished brass valve tags with stamp -engraved piping system abbreviation in 1/4" high letters and sequenced valve numbers 7/16" high, and with 3/16" hole for fastener. Tag thickness 0.040 inches. a. Provide 2" diameter tags, except as otherwise indicated. b. Fill tag engraving with black enamel. 2. Plastic Valve Tags: Provide red heavy plastic tag with 7/16" white embossed sequenced numbers. 3. Valve Tag Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard solid brass chain (wire link or beaded type), or solid brass S -hooks or heat sealed braided copper wire of the sizes required for proper attachment of tags to valves, and manufactured specifically for that purpose. IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 53 -2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA Name Plates: 1. General: Provide manufacturers standard preprinted plastic, brass, or aluminum with stamped, engraved or embossed letters. 2. Lettering: a. Large Equipment: 1 1/2" lettering as appropriate. b. Small Equipment: 3/4" lettering as appropriate. 3 Attachments: Mounting holes and screws, pressure sensitive adhesive backing, or solid brass chain. 2.02 LETTERING AND GRAPHICS A. General: Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in plumbing identification work, with corresponding designations shown, specked or scheduled. Provide numbers, lettering and wording as indicated or, H not otherwise indicated, as recommended by manufacturers or as required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of plumbing systems and equipment. 1. Multiple Systems: Where multiple systems of same generic name are shown and specked, provide identification which indicates individual system number as well as service (as examples; Boiler No. 3, Air Supply No. 1H, Standpipe F12). PART 3 - EXECUTION N 3.01 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION 0 0 A. General Installation Requirements: r? 1. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which req sLWion, [" painting or other covering or finish including valve tags, install idem ion after completion of covering and painting if any. Install identification prior to:jpRllatidh of M acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. o f _j � o B. Access Door Identification: cn 0 1. Provide stenciled or plastic -laminate type signs on each access door in ductwork and housings, indicating purpose of access (to what equipment) and other maintenance and operating instructions, and appropriate safety and procedural information. C. Piping System Identification: 1. General: Install pipe markers of one of the following types on each piping system, and include arrows to show normal direction of flow: a. Stenciled markers, including color -coded background band or rectangle, and contrasting lettering of black or white. Extend color band or rectangle 2" beyond ends of lettering. b. Plastic pipe markers, with application system as indicated under "Materials" in this section. C. Stenciled markers, black or white for best contrast, wherever continuous color -coded painting of piping is provided. 2. Locate pipe markers and color bands as follows wherever piping is exposed to view in occupied spaces, machine rooms, accessible maintenance spaces (shafts, tunnels, plenums) and exterior non -concealed locations. Install all markers such that lettering is visible from the floor. a. Near each valve and control device. IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 53-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA b. Near each branch, excluding short take -offs for fixtures and terminal units; mark each pipe at branch, where there could be question of flow pattern. C. Near locations where pipes pass through walls or floors/ceilings, or enter non -accessible enclosures. d. At access doors, manholes and similar access points which permit view of concealed piping. e. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. f. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 20' along each piping run with a minimum of one marker in each room. g. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. D. Valve Identification: 1. General: Provide valve tag on every valve, cock and control device in each piping system; exclude check valves, valves within factory -fabricated equipment units, plumbing fixture faucets, convenience and lawn -watering hose bibs, and shut-off valves at plumbing fixtures and similar rough -in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553-4 each tagged valve in valve schedule for each piping system. E. Equipment Identification: 1. General: Provide equipment identification for all equipment including water heaters, heat exchangers, water softeners, and pumps. 2. Labeling: All equipment shall be labeled as per construction document plan marks or as designated by Owner. 3. Provide identification by means of nameplates or stenciled painting as appropriate. a. For equipment with factory furnished casing, identification shall be by adhesive fixed name plates. b. Field insulated items, such as heat exchangers may be identified by plastic pipe markers or stenciled lettering. — END OF SECTION 22 05 53 < ]C � W `= UJ J CC) U� CV 1-U C= O N O N - IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 22 07 00 - PLUMBING INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install insulation to all hot and cold surfaces of piping, tanks, fittings and other surfaces as required by the drawings and this section. B. Insulation shall include insulating materials, jackets, adhesive, mastic coatings, tie wire and other materials as required to complete the insulating work. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: Insulating materials, jackets, mastics, etc., shall meet flame spread and smoke developed ratings in accordance with NFPA-90A. Flame spread rating of not more than 25, smoke developed rating of not more than 50 as tested by ANSI/ASTM E84 (UL 723) (NFPA 255) method. All accessory items such as PVC jacketing and fittings, adhesive, mastic, Cement tape and cloth shall have the same component ratings as specified above. N 0 B. Installation of insulation materials shall be in accordance to the latest edition�CMIC�WIAC_11 National Commercial & Industrial Standards for the appropriate material applicatioP. Z C-) r 1.04 SUBMITTALS p-� rn „ 1'1 A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions f— cii h 3 of plumbing insulation. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's product number, es? 7 and furnished accessories for each plumbing system requiring insulation. u1 0 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in containers with manufacturer's stamp or label, affixed showing fire hazard ratings of products. B. Protect insulation against dirt, water, and chemical and plumbing damage. Do not install damaged insulation; remove from project site. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Insulating Materials 1. Owens/Corning Fiberglass Corp. 2. Armacell 3. Pittsburgh Coming Corp. 4. CertainTeed Corp. 5 Knauf Fiber Glass 6, John's -Manville Corp. 7 Aeroflex PLUMBING INSULATION 2207 00- 1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA B. Mastics and adhesives as recommended by insulation manufacturer. 2.02 PIPE INSULATION A Type 'A': Preformed sectional heavy density fiberglass insulation and factory applied vapor barrier, all service jacket with pressure sensitive self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips. Suitable for operating temperatures from 0 to +850 deg. F. Thermal conductivity shall be no more than 0.23 Btu-in/hr-sq.ft.-deg F @ 75 deg. F mean temperature. Water vapor permeance of .02 perms. Equal to Owens Corning 25 ASJ/SSL. 1. Where insulation is exposed to weather outdoors it shall be covered with an aluminum or stainless steel weatherproof jacket 0.016" thick and sealed. 2. Where insulation is exposed in indoor occupied space and within 8 feet of finished floor, it shall be covered with 30 mil PVC jacket equal to Johns Manville Zeston. B. Type 'B': Flexible elastomeric extruded pipe covering, 6 pound density, 0.27 K factor, water vapor permeance of 0.20 perms. Suitable for temperature from -40 deg. F to +220 deg. F. Equal to Armacell, AP Armaflex, joints sealed with adhesive as recommended by insulation manufacturer. 1. Where insulation is exposed to weather outdoors it shall be covered with an aluminum or stainless steel weatherproof jacket 0.016" thick and sealed. 2. Where insulation is exposed in indoor occupied space and within 8 feet of finished floor, it shall be covered with 30 mil PVC jacket equal to Johns Manville Zeston. 2.03 FITTING INSULATION A Type 'AV: Fittings: Insulate with mitered segments of same insulating material as for adjacent pipe covering, or with pre -molded fiberglass wired in place and covered with all -service jacket or low smoke PVC fitting covers. Valve bodies, strainer bodies, flanges, etc.: insulate with single or rMtiple layers of same insulating material as for adjacent pipe covering, wired in place and cgyered vtO all -service jacket. 1 ire Fittings: Insulate fittings, valve bodies, strainer bodies, etc., with mitercut pipe insula� sheet insulation of same material as pipe covering. co 2.04 EQPNIEIW INSULATION A Type'G' 1. Rigid fiberglass insulation board with factory applied all service jacket. Suitable for operating temperatures of 0 to +850 deg. F. Water vapor permeance of .02 perms. Equal to Owens Corning Series 700 with 25 ASJ facing. 2. Cut or miter insulation where necessary to fit the shape and contour of the equipment. On round surfaces band insulation in place with 3/4° x 0.015' thick galvanized steel bands 18° on center. On flat or irregular surfaces impale insulation over welded pins on 12" centers and secure with speed washers. 3. Apply vapor seal ASJ pressure -sensitive patches at damaged areas. All insulation edges and butt joints are to be sealed with pressure -sensitive joint sealing tape to match the jacket. Apply in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. PLUMBING INSULATION 22 07 00-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 15404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Type T: 1. Flexible elastomeric insulation. Suitable for operating temperatures of -40 to +220 deg. F. Equal to Armacell Armaflex II Sheet Insulation. 2. Cut insulation where necessary to fit the shape and contour of the equipment. Insulation shall be installed using Armacell 520 Adhesive. 3. Exposed outdoor insulation shall be finished with two coats of Armacell Armaflex finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Use only experienced applicators regularly engaged in the trade. Rough work will be rejected. Application details shall be in accordance with the insulating materials supplier's recommendations except where a higher standard is specified. All surface finishes shall be extended in such a manner as to protect all raw edges, cuts and surfaces of insulation. 3.02 Do not insulate the following: A. Valve bonnets B. Unions in hot piping C. Preinsulated expansion joints 3.03 Inspect all piping and equipment before applying insulation to insure the installing contractor has completed all leak tests, and that all surfaces are clean, dry and ready for application dInsulation. 0 3.04 Covering for "cold" pipes shall pass unbroken through hanger clevises, sleeves,Catc. WI detail f covering for cold surfaces shall be such that continuous covering with unbrokBn=vapcXbarrierand uncompressed insulation is provided as required to prevent condensation. Themame t'verin and hanging detail shall be used for pipes connecting to vibrating equipment owv&rymg pulsatipa pressures to avoid metal contact between pipes and hangers. G r- E5� 3.05 Insulation at removable heads, strainer plugs, and other access points shall be f4bfit;at6?in such a manner that it can be readily removed without damage to the insulation. Removableninsulation shall have a vapor proof cover fabricated so as to allow it to be resealed to the equipRent vapor barrier. ********NOTE: Not all services may apply — refer to plans for scope of services. ********** 3.06 INSULATION SCHEDULE Service Type Insulation and Thickness* Above Ground Piping Domestic cold water lines (including all Type A and Al: pipe material types) All pipe sizes —1" thick Type B and 131: 1-1/4" and smaller -1/2" thick 1-1/2" and larger -1" thick 1-1/4" and smaller -1/2" thick 1-1/2" and larger -1" thick PLUMBING INSULATION 22 07 00-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA Domestic hot water, tempered water, and Type A and Al: recirculating lines (including all pipe 1 1/4" and smaller — 1" thick material types) 1-1/2" and larger— 1-1/2" thick Type B and B1: Ut 1 1/4" and smaller —1" thick N 1-1/2" and larger— 1-1/2" thick Storm piping, sump pump discharge lines. Type A and A1: 1" thick for all pipe sizes Sanitary vent piping within ten feet of roof penetration Type B and B1: 1" thick for all pipe sizes Underside of roof drain bodies Type G: 1" thick Type I: 3/4° thick Steam domestic water heaters — piping Type A and Al and components as part of system 1-1/4" and smaller- 1-1/2" thick package 1-1 /2" and larger - 2" thick Steam domestic water heaters — heat Type G: 2" thick exchanger Underground Piping Domestic hot water lines and recirculation Type B and B1: lines (including all pipe material types) 1 1/4" and smaller -1" thick 1-1/2" and larger—l-1/2" thick " For piping exposed to outdoor ambient temperatures, increase thickness by 1/2" END OF SECTION 22 07 00 PLUMBING INSULATION 22 0700-4 LU ap Ut N } V 9 C7 r q M O O -- N END OF SECTION 22 07 00 PLUMBING INSULATION 22 0700-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 22 11 16 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, tools, labor and supervision necessary to fabricate and install complete piping system as required by the drawings and this section. 1. Extent of domestic water piping work is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section. 2. Insulation of domestic water piping is specified in other Division -22 sections and is included as work of this section. 3. Installation of valves for domestic water piping system is specified in other Division -22 sections and is included as work of this section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and install domestic water piping in accordance with ASME 831.9 "Building Services Piping". B. UPC Compliance: Fabricate and install domestic water piping in accordance with IAMPO "Uniform Plumbing Code". C. IPC Compliance: Fabricate and install domestic water piping in accordance with the "International Plumbing Code". N O D. Plumbing and Drainage Institute: Fabricate and install domestic water piping v8 Stanq!9rd PDI- WH2O1. ti=p E. ANSI/NSF 372 Certification: All potable water supply piping, valves, fittit 9<an&fixtur= (excluding toilets, urinals, fill valves, flush valves, shower valves, and main geteCValv�greajer than T) shall meet the requirements for ANSI/NSF 372 Certification, DrinkYfg�WatEc Systfrn Components, Lead Content. o : 3 1.04 SUBMITTALS 0 A. Submit manufacturer's material data and installation methods for each type of system to be provided. B. Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts for each type of device to be used. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Water Hammer Arrestors 1. Ancon 2. Sioux Chief DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 2211 16-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3. Wade 4. Watts 5. Zurn B. Copper Pressure Seal Fittings 1. Viega Pro Press 2. NIBCO Press System 2.02 BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. General: Provide piping materials and factory -fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide materials and products complying with Uniform Plumbing Code and International Plumbing Code where applicable, base pressure rating on domestic water piping system's maximum design pressures. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in domestic water piping systems. Where more than one type of materials or products are indicated, selection is Installer's option. B. Valves: Refer to Section 22 05 23 - General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping. C. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section - 22 05 00 - Common Work Results for Plumbing. D. Expansion Compensation: Refer to Section 22 05 16 - Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping. E. Meters and Gauges: Refer to Section 22 05 19 - Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping. F. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 22 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping. 2^.03 PIPE: C r giovi &i a materials meeting the following criteria and referenced standards: W '¢ w v�uctile Iron Pipe (D -Iron): Cement lined ductile iron, ANSI/AWWA C1 04/A21.4. _j >-rype K Copper (K Cu): Type K copper water tube, hard temper, ASTM B88. f—(pe L Copper (L Cu): Type L copper water tube, hard temper, ASTM B88. c-) grass (Brass): Schedule 40 Chromium plated, ASTM B43. y gainless Steel (St St): Type 304 schedule 10 0 N DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 11 16-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Unless specifically prohibited by local codes, provide piping materials for systems indicated according to the following table: 2.04 FITTINGS: A. Cast iron water pipe: Class 250 ANSI A21.20, AWWA C110-71, standard mechanical joint fittings. Material B. Copper water tube cast bronze or wrought copper: D -Iron PVC K Cu L Cu Brass PEX St St Underground water service manufacturer's recommendations. Z; C-) oo j C. Brass pipe: Cast bronze screwed, 125 -pound, flat band water pattern, chromiqT;Iatec for chromium plated pipe. L _3Z o main for domestic water, 2.05 JOINTS Cn 0 X smaller than 2" Underground water service main for domestic water, 2" and X larger Underground water service X Service main for Fire Suppression FX Above ground water service main to Backflow Preventer X combined domestic/FX service Domestic water below slab X Water service pipes 2" and X smaller Above ground domestic water X X Exposed fixture connections X 2.04 FITTINGS: A. Cast iron water pipe: Class 250 ANSI A21.20, AWWA C110-71, standard mechanical joint fittings. B. Copper water tube cast bronze or wrought copper: 1. Solder joint type. ANSI B16.18 and B16.22-63. Where copper piping is used,..fpr combined water/fire protection water service, joints upstream of fire protect back preventer shall be brazed. 2. Pressure Seal pipe joining system, copper press fittings, 1/2" to 4" in diamiW AWE 816.18, ASME B16.22. O -rings for copper press fittings shall be EPDM. Insllallptio�er manufacturer's recommendations. Z; C-) oo j C. Brass pipe: Cast bronze screwed, 125 -pound, flat band water pattern, chromiqT;Iatec for chromium plated pipe. L _3Z o 2.05 JOINTS Cn 0 A. Copper water tube: 1. Use non -corrosive 95-5 tin -antimony solder, cut pipe square, clean, ream and polish tube ends and inner surfaces of fittings, apply flux and solder joint as recommended by manufacturer of solder type fittings. Where copper piping is used for combined watertfire protection water service, joints upstream of fire protection backflow preventer shall be brazed. 2. Pressure Seal pipe joining system, copper press fittings, 1/2" to 4" in diameter. ASME 816.18, ASME B16.22. 0 -rings for copper press fittings shall be EPDM. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 11 16-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 2.06 NIPPLES AND UNIONS A. All nipples shall conform to size, weight and strength of adjoining pipe. When length of unthreaded portion of nipple is less than 1-1/2", use extra strong nipple; do not use close nipples. B. For pipe 2" and smaller, use screwed unions, for pipe 2-1/2" and over use flanged unions. Install unions in the following locations so that a minimum amount of pipe need be disassembled: 1. Long runs, at intervals of 80 feet. 2. In by-pass around equipment, valves, and controls. 3. In connections to equipment. 4. Where indicated on drawings. D. Dielectric unions shall be installed between any connection of copper pipe and ferrous piping or equipment. In grooved piping systems, provide Clearflo by Victaulic. 2.07 AIR VENTS A. Manual Air Vents: Bell & Gossett Model No. 17SR. B. Automatic Air Vents: Bell & Gossett Model No. 7 2.08 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS A. Water hammer arrestors shall be piston type with seamless copper chamber, two O-ring piston -and a 60 psi charge. Water hammer arrestors shall be sized, tested and certified in accordance with theplumbing and Drainage Institute Standard PDI-WH2O1 and American Society of Sanitary ung'-- ng Standard ASSE-1010. PART 1 EOUTION CO V I- 3.01 RepeeTMN z '= a Q Ter%�L Examine areas and conditions under which domestic water piping systems materials c -end products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have C%een corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. General: Install basic materials and products as per manufacturers' recommendations, Uniform and International Plumbing Codes, local code requirements and as required to meet system pressure and performance requirements. B. Piping Protection: Protect piping from damage during construction, including, but not limited to covering pipes during application of spray on fire -proofing to prevent fire proofing material from coming in contact with the pipes. C. Valves 1. Refer to Section 22 05 23 - General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping. 2. Locate valves for easy access and operation. Do not locate valves with stems below horizontal. 3 Sectional Valves: Install on each branch and riser, close to main, where branch or riser serves 2 or more plumbing fixtures and elsewhere as indicated. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 2211 16-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 4. Shutoff Valves Install on inlet and outlet of each domestic water equipment item and elsewhere as indicated. 5. Check Valves: Install on discharge side of each pump, and elsewhere as indicated. C. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section 22 05 00 - Common Work Results for Plumbing. D. Expansion Compensation Products: Refer to Section 22 05 16 - Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping. E. Meters and Gauges: Refer to Section 22 05 19 - Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping. F Supports and Anchors: Refer to Section 22 05 29 — Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. 3.03 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING A. Install pipe for all domestic water and domestic water systems as indicated on drawings, as called for in other sections, and as specked herein. B. Arrange and install piping approximately as indicated; straight, plumb, and as direct as possible; form right angles on parallel lines with building walls. Keep pipes close to walls and avoid interference with other trades. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other; space at a distance to permit applying full insulation and to permit access for servicing valves. Most piping to be run in concealed locations unless indicated exposed, or in equipment rooms. Locate piping to avoid ductwork. C. Install horizontal piping as high as possible without sags or humps so that proper grades can be maintained for drainage. D. Check all piping for interference with other trades; avoid placing water pipes over eWtrical equipment. o 0 r. "n E. Where rough -in is required for equipment furnished by others, verify exact roug tr dim�'nsion� with owner or equipment supplier before roughing -in. n r. F. Extend cold water and hot water piping to each fixture and other equipment re�Otnngater supplies. c? o G. Pitch pipes to accessible drainage point where unions, plugged tees or drainage Valves sFAI be provided. H. Connect branch -feed piping to mains at horizontal centerline of mains; connect run -out piping to branches at horizontal centerline of branches. I. Pipes built into masonry or concrete construction shall be wrapped with tar paper or burlap to prevent bonding to the concrete. J. No pipe shall be located in an outside wall or other location where freezing is likely to occur. K. No pipe shall be in contact with, or attached to, a structural member in a manner that causes the transmission of noise to the structure. Block ends of runs to prevent movement due to water hammer. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 1116 -5 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3.04 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Refer to Section 22 11 23 - Domestic Water Pumps, 22 33 00 - Electric Domestic Water Heaters, 22 3400 - Fuel Fired Domestic Water Heaters, and 22 35 00 - Domestic Water Heat Exchangers. B. General: Conned domestic water piping system to plumbing equipment as indicated and comply with equipment manufacturer's instructions where not otherwise indicated. Install shutoff valve and union on supply and return, drain valve on drain connection. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF FIXTURES A. Refer to Section 22 40 00 - Plumbing Fixtures, 22 45 00 - Emergency Plumbing Fixtures, and 22 47 00 - Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers. B. General: Connect water piping system to plumbing fixtures as indicated and comply with manufacturer's instructions where not otherwise indicated. C. Refer Water supply to all fixtures and containers shall be so installed as to prevent back siphonage of polluted water into the water supply. All supplies shall be either above the flood rim of the fixture or separated from the drainage end by means of approved vacuum breakers 3.06 INSTALLATION OF WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS A. Install water hammer arrestors as indicated on the drawings and as required per Plumbing and Drainage Institute Standard PDI-WH2O1. Water hammer arrestors to be installed in accessible locations where possible. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING SPECIALTIES A. General: Install plumbing specialties and valves as per manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Ptovide mons, valves to units at each connection as required by inspection. D xy W.3.09 m=06 HR rlC TESTING LL 1 -J Genefeltjyew water mains shall be subject to hydrostatic testing in accordance with AW WA C600 d atffei applicable AWWA Standards of latest revision and the following supplemental (L tnlpl$fs. B. &pplemientalInstructions: N 1. All newly laid pipe or any valved section thereof shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure of 1.5 X the working pressure at the point of testing or 100 psig, whichever is greater. 2. The test procedures shall: a. Not exceed pipe or thrust restraint design pressures. b. Be of at least 4 -hour duration. C. Not exceed the rated pressure of the valves or hydrants. 3. Each valved section of pipe shall be filled with water slowly and the specked test pressure shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe. 4. Before applying the specified test pressure, air shall be expelled completely from the pipe, valves and hydrants. 5. Any damaged or defective pipe, fittings, valves or hydrants that are discovered following the pressure test shall be repaired or replaced with sound material and the test shall be repeated. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 11 16-6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 6. A leakage test shall be conducted concurrently with the pressure test. Leakage shall be defined as the quantity of water that must be supplied into the newly laid pipe, or any valved section thereof, to maintain test pressure. 7. No pipe installation will be accepted where leakage is observed. 3.09 DISINFECTION A. General: Upon completion of a newly installed piping or when repairs to an existing pipe are made, the piping shall be disinfected according to instructions listed in AWWA C651, local codes, local utility requirements, and the following supplemental instructions. B. Repairs: Repairs to mains and plumbing shall be disinfected by swabbing with hypochlorite and Flushing in accordance with AWWA C651. END OF SECTION 22 11 16 N d 0 C^ r� d p = Z C7 0 r 1 o�Iz o r cn 0 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 2211 16-7 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY, IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116-8 CD S W W ws J i-' co N C.) F -- '- U 4 =� N O N PROJECT NO. 18404000 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116-8 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 16404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 22 13 16 - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, tools, labor and supervision necessary to fabricate and install complete piping system as required by the drawings and this section. 1. Extent of sanitary waste and vent piping work is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. UPC Compliance: Fabricate and install sanitary waste and vent piping in accordance with IAMPO "Uniform Plumbing Code". B. IPC Compliance: Fabricate and install sanitary waste and vent piping in accordance with the A. Floor Drains 1. Jay R. Smith 2. Jonespec 3. Josam 4. Wade 5. Watts 6. Zurn 2.02 BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. General: Provide piping materials and factory -fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide materials and products complying with International and Uniform Plumbing Codes. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in sanitary waste and vent piping systems. Where more than one type of materials or products are indicated, selection is Installer's option. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 - 1 "International Plumbing Code". 0 C. Plumbing and Drainage Institute: Fabricate and install domestic water piping witIt:Stand9M PDI v WH2O1.n _ a _ 1.04 SUBMITTALS n< N 00A. �r- rn Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts for each type of device to be used. a O�* p PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS CD A. Floor Drains 1. Jay R. Smith 2. Jonespec 3. Josam 4. Wade 5. Watts 6. Zurn 2.02 BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. General: Provide piping materials and factory -fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide materials and products complying with International and Uniform Plumbing Codes. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in sanitary waste and vent piping systems. Where more than one type of materials or products are indicated, selection is Installer's option. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 - 1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section - 22 05 00 - Common Work Results for Plumbing. C. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 22 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping. 2.03 PIPE: A. Provide pipe materials meeting the following criteria and referenced standards: 1. Cast Iron Soil Pipe (C -Iron): Service class, bell and spigot, asphalt coated, ASTM A74. 2. No -Hub Cast Iron Soil Pipe (C -Iron NH): Service class, no hub, asphalt coated, CISPI 301 or ASTM A-888. 3. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC): Schedule 40, DWV, ASTM D1785 and ASTM D2665. 4. Type K Copper (K Cu): Type K copper water tube, hard temper, ASTM B88. 5. Type M Copper (M Cu): Type M copper water tube, hard temper, ASTM B88. 6. Brass (Brass): 17 gauge brass tube, chromium plated, ASTM B43. 7. Acid Resistant Fire -Retardant Polypropylene (FR PP): Schedule 40 drainage pipe. 8. Acid Resistant Polypropylene (PP): Schedule 40 drainage pipe. 9. Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC): Schedule 40, ASTM Cell Classification 23447, manufactured in accordance with ASTM F 2618. B. Unless specifically prohibited by local codes, provide piping materials for systems indicated according to the following table: 2.04 FITTINGS: A. Material and strength of fittings for sewer pipe, conform to pipe as per ASTM Standards. B. PVC pipe fittings (below grade sanitary sewer): Provide fittings produced and recommended for the service indicated by manufacturer of piping. C. PVC DWV pipe fittings: ASTM D2665 DWV Schedule 40 socket type. Provide fittings produced and recommended for the service indicated by manufacturer of tubing. Solvent cements as per ASTM 2564. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16-2 Material C -Iron C -Iron PVC K Cu M Cu Brass FR PP PP CPVC NH Sanitary waste and vent below slab to 5' outside X X X building perimeter -Sanitary waste and vent above stSb, up to and X X X cl 2-1/2° W a ry-waste and vent abovzAb, 3° and X X X X -advice r p I- b ound X X o e drain lines nde-rj&und X onder Mate drain lines Exposed fixture X connections Urinal Branch Waste X Pipes 2.04 FITTINGS: A. Material and strength of fittings for sewer pipe, conform to pipe as per ASTM Standards. B. PVC pipe fittings (below grade sanitary sewer): Provide fittings produced and recommended for the service indicated by manufacturer of piping. C. PVC DWV pipe fittings: ASTM D2665 DWV Schedule 40 socket type. Provide fittings produced and recommended for the service indicated by manufacturer of tubing. Solvent cements as per ASTM 2564. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO, 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA D. Copper drainage tube: Cast bronze fittings, solder joint fittings. ANSI 816.23. E. Brass pipe: Cast bronze screwed, 125 pound, flat band water pattern, chromium plated, for chromium plated pipe. F. Acid resistant polypropylene fittings: DWV pattern with socket type ends for use with electrically fused joints. Fire -retardant fittings required above grade. G. Acid resistant CPVC fittings: CPVC drainage patterns meeting the requirements of ASTM D 3311. 2.05 JOINTS A. Cast iron bell and spigot soil pipe: Pack joints with oakum, fill with molten lead at one pouring, caulk solid flush with hub rim. If approved by Code, pre-set plastic or neoprene joint may be used, ASTM C 564. B. Cast iron no -hub pipe: Coupling assembly tightened by torque wrench, CISPI 310, ASTM C 564. C. PVC pipe fittings (below grade sanitary sewer): Listed compression type joints. D. PVC DWV pipe: Solvent cement in accordance with ASTM D2564. E. Copper drainage tube: Use non -corrosive 50-50 solder, cut pipe square, clean, ream and polish tube ends and inner surface of fittings, apply flux and solder joint as recommended by manufacturer of solder type fittings. Use same method for copper refrigerant pipe, exoiet use silver solder with 5% silver content, or equal strength brazing alloy. V CDr F. Acid Resistant Polypropylene Piping: Electro -fusion welded joints or plastic mech"it�l codlings. for use above grade, electo-fusion welded joints only below grade. Joints betrugM dipyjmilarr. materials shall be made with manufacturer provided adapters. CID r— m rin G. Acid Resistant CPVC pipe: Low VOC solvent cement in accordance with ASTM F 3 o C3 2.06 VENTS p� Lin A. Vents through the roof shall be cast iron long increasers beginning at 12" under the roof and extending at least above the highest possible water level on the roof but in no case less than 8". Size increases as follows: Vent Size Increase To 1-1/4" and 1-1/2" 3" minimum 2" and 2-1/2" 4" minimum 3" 4" 4" 6" B. Provide and install flashing for each vent through the roof. The flashing shall extend up around the pipe and be sealed to the pipe and shall extend over the roof deck at least one foot in each direction from the base. 2.07 FLOOR DRAINS A. Shall be of the style as called for in fixture schedule. B. Drains without integral traps shall have service class p -traps. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2.08 CLEANOUTS A. In floors of finished areas: cast iron caulking ferrule for soil pipe hub with brass countersunk plug and cast brass round flush access cover with polished top. B. In floors of unfinished areas: cast iron with tapered body for caulking into soil pipe hub, with brass countersunk plug. C. In walls of finished areas: cast brass raised head plug and round stainless steel cover plate with polished top and countersunk cover screw. Provide with caulking ferrule where installed in cast iron soil pipe. D. In walls of unfinished areas: cast brass raised head, iron pipe size male threads. Provide with caulking ferrule where installed in iron soil pipe. E. In floors of areas subject to vehicular travel: cast iron with tapered body for caulking into soil pipe hub, with brass countersunk plug. Weight rated for fork truck and heavy traffic duty. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which sanitary waste and vent piping systems materials and products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS -Generaonstall basic materials and products as required per manufacturer=s recommendations, terra) and Uniform Plumbing Codes, local code requirements and as required to meet the W ten4m?he documents. J f0 101,$ waste pipe shall be covered by earth or construction without first being proved free of Q aks by f hydrostatic test of at least 10 feet head. C. ZU� stall vents in practical alignment and supported with constant pitch back to the drainage system, `Aoncealed from finished spaces, unless shown or directed otherwise. D. Soil, waste and vent connections to fixtures shall be accurately located and concealed from finished spaces, unless indicated otherwise. E. Connections to horizontal branches shall be at 45 deg. angle using Wye or Tee -Wye. Connection to vertical stacks shall be with Sanitary Tee or Tee -Wye at 45 deg. 3.03 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING A. Install pipe for all sanitary waste and vent systems as indicated on drawings, as called for in other sections, and as specified herein. B. Arrange and install piping approximately as indicated; straight, plumb, and as direct as possible; form right angles on parallel lines with building walls. Keep pipes close to walls and avoid interference with other trades. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other; space at a distance to permit applying full insulation and to permit access for servicing valves. Most piping to be run in concealed locations unless indicated exposed, or in equipment rooms. Locate piping to avoid ductwork. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA C. Provide proper support to maintain uniform fall of 1/4" per foot for lines 3" and smaller and 1/8" per foot for lines 4" and larger. Protect all openings against the entrance of dirt. Where piping must cross footings, the piping shall cross under footings unless noted otherwise on the drawings. D. Check all piping for interference with other trades, avoid placing water pipes over electrical equipment. E. Where rough -in is required for equipment furnished by others, verify exact rough -in dimension with owner or equipment supplier before roughing -in. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section 22 05 00 - Common Work Results for Plumbing. G. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 22 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping. H. Equipment Connections General: Connect sanitary waste and vent piping system to plumbing equipment as indicated, and comply with equipment manufacturer's instructions where not otherwise indicated. Install shutoff valve and union on supply and return, drain valve on drain connection. Field Quality Control 1. Piping Tests: Test sanitary waste and vent piping in accordance with testing requirements of Division -22 Basic Materials and Methods, Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions. J. Underground installation of thermoplastic pipe shall be done in accordance with D'21. ^-n 3.04 INSTALLATION OF CLEANOUTS n� c A. Provide a cleanout at the base of each stack where the sewer leaves the builduramndothem points where required by code and good practice. Cleanout spacing shall not exs�l 599" or�D long runs. Cleanouts shall be the same size as pipe up to and including 4" and 45(rA" urge pipes. Cleanouts for concealed pipes shall be set flush with floor and wall surfaced cn 3.05 INSTALLATION OF FLOOR DRAINS A. Obtain exact finish floor levels from the General Contractor and set floor drain top rims accurately to proper level. Allow for proper slope towards drains. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF FIXTURES A. Refer to Section 22 40 00 - Plumbing Fixtures. END OF SECTION 22 13 16 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16-5 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 2213 16-6 y L� LU co w V% Imo.' <c o N 0 O N SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 2213 16-6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA SECTION 22 40 00 - PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary for the plumbing fixture installation as required by the drawings and this section. B. Fixtures, trim and accessories shall be of type and model numbers as scheduled on the drawings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit catalog cuts giving manufacturer's model numbers, fixture and rough -in dimensions, and construction material for each type of fixture, trim and accessory scheduled. Furnish rough -in information that impacts other trades to General Contractor for distribution to other sub -contractors. This includes, but is not limited to, sink cut out templates, shower/tub framing dimension drawings, electrical power rough -in dimension drawings, etc. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ANSI/NSF 372 Certification: All potable water supply piping and valves shall meet the requirements of ANSI/NSF 372 Certification, Drinking Water System Components, Lead Content. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Vitreous China and Cast Iron Enameled Fixtures 1. American Standard o 2. Crane o m 3. Eller 4. Kohler 5. Zurn C7-< 6. Sloan -1n < rn CO To rn B. Trim 1. American Standard U1 2. Chicago Faucet 3. Delta 4. Eljer 5. Elkay 6. Kohler 7. T & S Brass Works 8. Sloan PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA C. Flush Valves 1. Sloan - Royal Series 2. Zurn—Aquavantage Series D. Carriers 1. Jay R. Smith 2. Josam 3. Wade 4. Watts 5. Zurn E. Valve Boxes 1. Guy Gray F. Fiberglass Tub and Shower Modules 1. Leonard 2. Powers 3. Symmons 4. Apollo 5. Lawler PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000-2 1. Aqua Glass 2. Aquarius 3— Cedar Glass 4- Qmversal-Rundle 64. @ane C: ELA-Ruatic #? LLIRLst Bath 8%ria v F- seySeats -� -i r< E3Bdneke g' bhurch Olsonite 4. Sperzel 5. Comfort Seats 6. Bemis Commercial 7. ProFlo H. Shower Valves 1. Leonard 2. Symmons 3. Delta 4. Kohler 5. Bradley I. Thermostatic Mixing Valves 1. Leonard 2. Powers 3. Symmons 4. Apollo 5. Lawler PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 2.02 VITREOUS AND CAST IRON FIXTURES A. Vitreous ware shall be non-absorbant, even color, unwarped, two -fired vitreous china, grade "A" as rated by the Bureau of Standards. B. Enameled cast iron fixtures shall have the enamel fused with the iron to provide a hard acid -resisting enameled finish. C. Vitreous and enamel fixtures shall be white, except where other colors are called for in the schedule. D. Bath tubs shall have slip -resistant surface. E. Fiberglass, gel -coat fixtures shall incorporate Microban antimicrobial protection. 2.03 TRIM A. Trim to include supply pipes, stop valves, faucets, tail pieces, strainers, waste and traps. Floor and wall plates shall be brass. Exposed trim shall be chrome plated. B. Potable water supply piping and fixtures (excluding toilets, urinals, fill valves, flush valves, and shower valves) shall meet the certification requirements of ANSI/NSF 372 — Drinking Water System Components, Lead Content. C. Stop valves shall be compression type with loose key control. o D. c P -trap shall be adjustable 18 gauge tubular brass. Where offset P -traps aregyrired_for - n handicapped accessible lavatories, offset and P -trap shall be insulated with Handi Ou4by Truebro, or equal. When supply risers are exposed, they shall be insulated with Harl* L4v-Qyprd r by Truebro, or equal. 7n co <r Mp rn E. Trim shall be considered "exposed" even when concealed behind base cabinets havor9 �yp' :x o F. Mixing valve, transformer, or piping under the counter shall be covered with Lav-Shiel�by Truebro or equal in areas where a cabinet does not cover them. — G. Water closet fixture carriers shall be heavy duty type with a minimum weight rating of 500 lbs. 2.04 VALVE BOXES A. Box material shall be PVC High temperature Resin with Intumescent pad for to achieve fire rating required to match rating of wall where box is shown on plans. Snap on frame shall accommodate up to two layers of 5/8" drywall. B. Valves shall be included as indicated in Plumbing Fixture Schedule on the plans. All valves for domestic hot or cold water shall be lead free and comply with NSF/ANSI 372 (annex G) and the US Safe Drinking Water Act. C. Accessories: Provide other accessories as indicated in the Plumbing Fixture Schedule on the plans. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Install fixtures and make water supply, waste and vent connections as indicated on the drawings. PLUMBING FIXTURES 2240 00-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IOWA CITY, IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 3.02 Set fixtures in center of stalls, between partitions where required. Dimensions for spacing shall be verified with General Contractor. Fixtures in ADA accessible stalls shall be installed with the flush valve handle to the open side of the stall, where applicable. 3.03 Setting shall be absolutely tight and rigid on proper ground. Use Miracle Adhesive Corporation Tub -Caulk or approved equal pointing material under all setting surfaces. 3.04 Wall hung fixtures shall be securely hung. All wall hung fixtures shall have carriers unless other mounting means are approved by Design Professional. Mounting heights shall be as indicated on Architectural elevations, and in accordance with the requirements of the ADA. 3.05 Chair carriers shall be securely braced to construction and shall be concealed with feet concealed in floor. Where feet cannot be concealed in floor, provide stub feet. Carriers for urinals shall have thrust bolts at bottom. Carriers for lavatories and electric water coolers shall have mounting plate type hanger or concealed arms as required by the fixture schedule. Carriers shall be coordinated with plumbing fixtures. 3.06 Fixtures shall be covered after they are set to prevent damage during the balance of construction. At the conclusion of work, the covering shall be removed and the fixtures properly cleaned. 3.07 Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of the fixtures until acceptance by Owner. Damaged fixtures shall be replaced at no additional cost to Owner. 3.08 Joints of lavatories with counter and/or wall, sinks with wall, urinals with wall and water closets with wall and/or floor shall be caulked with transparent silicone caulk by Contractor. END OF SECTION 22 40 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000-4 Q E2 d Jr ecoU�— ..t NLl ? U Jy o C7 N O N PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 23 00 10 - HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Refer to Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements, which all apply to work under this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section applies to all work under the HVAC contract. This shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. Piping Insulation 2. Ductwork for Air Distribution 3. Grilles, Registers, Diffusers and Dampers 4. Exhaust Fans and Ducts 5. Thermostats and Control Wiring 6. Insulation of Ducts and Plenums 7. Furnaces and Condensing Units and Refrigerant Piping 8. Terminal Heating and Cooling Units 9. Hydronic Piping B. The work shall include all materials, equipment and labor required for complete and properly functioning HVAC systems. N b C. Drawings for HVAC work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scoEg of wow and indicate general arrangement of equipment, piping and approximate sizes ar*dacaUgps of" j1 equipment and materials. 2'— x C7 : N D. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangdpnt0nakem such changes without additional cost to Owner. _ < r rl s Co A E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain piping or items such as unions or fittwg?� in ywot be shown, but where such items are required by other sections of the specs ications9br where they are required by the nature of the work, they shall be furnished and installed. F. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft. G. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest standards of the craft. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes and standards: 1. International Mechanical Code 2. Uniform Plumbing Code 3. International Building Code 4. National Electric Code (NEC) 5. National Fire Protection Association Standards (NFPA) 6. Local Utility Company Requirements 7. Local Codes, all trades HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 00 10-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 8. Standards of ASME, ASHRAE, NEMA, IEEE, AGA, SMACNA 9. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 10. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (U.L.) 11. Iowa Administrative Codes 12. Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) B. Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their work and shall notify Design Professional of any discrepancies between the design and applicable code requirements so that any conflicts can be resolved. Where two or more codes or standards are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision. C. Where drawings or specifications call for workmanship or materials in excess of code requirements, a lower grade of construction will not be permitted. 1.04 REQUIREMENTS & FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections, licenses and fees required in connection with the HVAC work. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required by the State, City, County and Utility. 1.05 HVAC DRAWINGS A. The HVAC drawings indicate in general the building arrangement only, Contractor shall examine construction drawings to familiarize himself with the specific type of building construction, i.e. type of structural system, floors, walls, ceilings, room finishes and elevations. Sraare intended to convey the scope of the work and to indicate the general arrangement d ns of ducts, piping and equipment. .X w LV L ontlg for shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact locations Ar eguiffient and rough -ins and the exact routing of piping and ducts so as to best fit the layout gif the -w*. D. cBontrad' shall take his own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions: scaling Rthe drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work. E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as pipe fittings and valves may not be shown, but where such items are required by code or by other sections of the specifications, such items shall be furnished and installed. 1.06 ACTIVE SERVICES A. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying exact location of all existing services prior to beginning work in that area. B. Existing active services, i.e., water, gas, sewer, electric, when encountered, shall be protected against damage. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services which are to remain. C. When active services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make request to authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures. D. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance with requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction. HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 00 10-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA I 91YAW-9i 11 4FC1.12;m NIZ A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to familiarize himself with the conditions of the site which will affect his work and shall verify points of connection with utilities, routing of outside piping to include required clearances from any existing structures, trees or other obstacles. B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of Contractor's failure to make this inspection. 1.08 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION A. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate his work with the schedule of the General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays. B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment and the building. Design Professional reserves the right to determine space priority of the contractors in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and equipment of the various contractors. C. Drawings and specifications are intended to be complimentary. Any work shown in Agher of them, whether in the other or not, shall be executed according to the true intent and 5&aning thereof, the same as if set forth in all. Conflicts between the drawings and th6Z*ecific frons o between the requirements set forth for the various contractors shall be called to IQ attmion of Design Professional. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids,it wilf�ie VSs um that none is required and that Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and Sicatmns issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification a made bm Design Professional and his decision will be final. r o :XZ o (7 D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and terial $Hall be completely protected from weather elements, painting and plaster until the projec is subs tially completed. Damage from rust, paint and scratches shall be repaired as required to restore equipment to original condition. E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the Painting Contractor, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for checking to assure that adequate protection is being provided. F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires Contractor to work in finished areas of the building, Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. Contractor shall arrange with the General Contractor for patching and refinishing of such areas which may be damaged in this respect. 1.09 OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Piping, sleeves and ducts passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and pipe, sleeve, and/or duct shall be sealed with UL listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor. Where piping, sleeves and ducts pass through floors, roofs, walls and partitions that are not fire or smoke rated, penetrations shall be sealed with grout or caulk. HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 00 10-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Existing Structure: 1. Contractor shall provide cutting, lintels and patching, and patch painting in the existing structure, as required for the installation of his work, and shall furnish lintels and supports as required for openings. 2. Cutting of structural support members will not be permitted without prior approval of the Design Professional. Extent of cutting shall be minimized; use core drills, power saws or other machines which will provide neat, minimum openings. 3. Patching shall match adjacent materials and surfaces and shall be performed by craftsmen skilled in the respective craft required. 1.10 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING A. Contractor shall do all excavating necessary for hydronic piping, gas piping, etc., and shall backfill trenches and excavations after work has been inspected. Care shall be taken in excavating that walls and footings and adjacent load bearing soils are not disturbed in any way, except where lines must cross under a wall footing. Where a line must pass under a footing, the crossing shall be made by the smallest possible trench to accommodate the pipe. Excavation shall be kept free from water by pumping if necessary. B. Backfill about the structure shall be placed, when practical, as the work of construction progresses. Backfilling on or against concrete work shall be done only when directed. Backfilling of trenches shall progress as rapidly as the testing and acceptance of the finished sections of the work will permit. Backfill shall be in accordance with Division 31 Specifications. 0 1.11 M.ATERb14.S AND EQUIPMENT NCR: =0JIals and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable U.S.A. manufacturer W meg ti¢ engaged in the manufacture of the specked item. Where two or more units are required coof "tome item, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified nbth&rf+&. � �Q 4 --All4r14rial and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's Nrecommendations. 0 N C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as parts, controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items, when required, shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for. 1.12 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall furnish, to Design Professional, complete sets of shop drawings and other submittal data. Contractor shall review and sign shop drawings before submittal. Refer to Division 01 specifications for additional requirements. B. Shop drawings shall be bound into sets and cover related items for a complete system as much as practical and shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings. Incomplete, piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected. C. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not necessarily limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below. D. After award of contract, Contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule including dates that the submittals will be to Design Professional for review. HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 00 10-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA E. Submit required information on the following items SPEC SECTION EQUIPMENT DETAIL DWGS PROD DATA SAMPLES INSTALL METHODS O & M MANUAL CERTIFICATE OTHER OF DEMON- (SEE STRATION NOTES 230519 Meters and Gauges for HVAC Piping X 23 05 23 General Duty Valves for HVAC Piping X 23 05 48 Vibration Controls for HVAC Piping, Ductwork and Equipment X 23 05 53 HVAC Identification X 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC 1 23 07 00 HVAC Insulation X 23 09 00 Building Automation System X X X X 2321 13 Hydronic Piping: Air Vents X X Press &Temp Test Station X 2331 13 Metal Duds X X 1 23 33 00 Air Duct Accessories X X o 233416 HVAC Fans X X 23 37 13 Diffusers, Registers and Grilles X n c" 23 62 00 Packaged Compressor and Condenser Units X X _ m FTJ 23 73 13 Modular Indoor Central Station Air -Handling Units X X 23 82 39 Unit Heaters X X NOTES: 1. Submit test reports as described in specification section. F. Design Professional will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting the plans and specifications. G. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract drawings and specifications. 1.13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to Design Professional in duplicate upon completion of the job. Refer to Division 01 specifications for additional information. HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010-5 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Submit manuals in duplicate upon completion of the job. Manuals shall be bound in a three ring hard -backed binder. Front cover and spine of each binder shall have the following lettering done: OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS (PROJECT NAME) (LOCATION) (DATE) SUBMITTED BY (NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR) C. Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Use plastic tab indexes for sections of manual. Each section shall contain the following information for equipment furnished under this contract: 1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees. 2. Installation instructions. 3. Operating instructions. 4 Maintenance instructions. P_ Spre parts identification and ordering list. 6_•al service organization, address, contract and phone number. C r p drawings with reviewed stamp of Design Professional and Contractor shall be Wcluded, if applicable, along with the items listed above. 6. E3iworts of all tests and demonstrations including certificate of owner instruction, testing J co .. >Ain balancing report, etc. W4 TESTS Aft'DEMONSTRATIONS o CD A.is Required: Piping shall be tested and proved tight under the following static pressures. ressure shall be maintained for four (4) hours. System Pressure H dronic Piping 150 psi water Refrigeration Piping: Charge and operate unit. Check for Precharged Lines leaks with electronic leak detector. B. All systems shall be tested by Contractor and placed in proper working order prior to demonstrating systems to Owner. Contractor shall submit a report to Design Professional citing dates, times, pressures, and results of all tests performed. 1.15 TRAINING AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. Prior to acceptance of the HVAC installation, Contractor shall provide to Owner, or his designated representatives, all comprehensive training on essential features and functions of all systems installed, and shall instruct Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of such systems. 1. Provide adequate notice to Owner as to when instruction will be conducted so appropriate personnel can be present. 2. Prepare the instruction format for a minimum of four Owner Representatives. HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 0010-6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA B. Equipment training for Owner: 1. Manufacturer's representatives shall provide instruction on each major piece of equipment. Contractor shall provide instruction on all other equipment. 2. Training sessions shall use the printed installation, operation and maintenance instruction materials included in the O&M manuals and emphasize preventative maintenance and safe operating procedures. 3. Training shall be performed by qualified factory trained technicians. 4. HVAC Contractor shall attend all sessions performed by the manufacturers representative and shall add to each session any special information relating to the details of installation of the equipment as it might impact the operation and maintenance. 5. Equipment training shall occur as soon as possible after start up of the equipment and shall include hands-on operation. Training shall be provided for equipment listed in the table below. C. System training for Owner: 1. HVAC and Temperature Controls Contractors shall jointly conduct system operating training. These sessions shall include: a. HVAC system overview. b. System wide start-up. C. Operation of control system. d. Function of each component. e. System operating procedures in all possible modes. f. Programming procedures. g. Shut -down and maintenance procedures. h. Emergency procedures. D. The following are minimum requirements for Owner instruction: o Section Description Hours Presented By Others Present-, "_lRermoks (Note 1) nN 23 00 10 HVAC System 1 Mach. Contractor --ote 22 (Excluding Equipment) T.C. Contractor � 23 62 00 Central HVAC Equip. 2 Contractor o 237313 D cn 233416 Fans 1 1 lContractor 23 09 00 Temperature Control 2 T.C. Contractor Note 3 System 1 1. Any unused hours shall be used at Owners discretion during the first year of occupancy. 2. System training shall include, but not be limited to, valve locations, system routing, and airtwater flow patterns, system start-up/shut-down/emergency procedures. 3. Training shall occur in several sessions over the course of the first year of operation. A minimum of four separate dates are required for temperature controls, two dates for chillers. E. Contractor shall submit to Design Professional a certificate, signed by Owner stating the date, time and persons instructed and that the instruction has been completed to Owner's satisfaction. An example of a certificate form is as follows: HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010-7 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION This document is to certify that Contractor has demonstrated the hereafter listed systems to Owner's representatives in accordance with the Contract documents and that the instruction has been completed to Owner's satisfaction. A. Project: B. System(s): C. Contractor's representatives giving instruction and demonstration: Contractor: NAMES DATE HOURS D. Owner's representatives receiving instruction: Owner: HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010-8 0 NAMES DATE HOURS V.) c W N _ o O N O N Acknowledgement of demonstration: E. Contractor's Representative: signature date Owner's Representative: signature date HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010-8 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 1.16 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01. B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical dimensions and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of the substitution. 1.17 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturer's type, style, dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or on the plan schedules are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality. These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to Design Professional at least 8 days prior to the bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals. B. Manufacturers who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product rejected at time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall be the responsibility of Contractor and/or the manufacturer. C. If Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his responsibility to assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. Contractor shall assume all responsibility for physical dimensions (including accessibility for maintenance), operating characteristics, and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of using the alternate manufacturer. N D. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product23quirerRgnts. Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specificationq t44 ,re ed. Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog n�]rnfi7jr thare not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met, n 4 ry co, �n 1.18 WARRANTY <m a M o � _ A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01 for information on warranties and correction of itf the 0 warranty period. > CA 1. If a warranty or warranty period are not defined in Division 00 or 01, then the start of all warranty periods shall be the date of Substantial Completion and the length of the warranty shall be for one year. a. If construction is phased with distinct and separate Substantial Completion dates for portions of the building and/or systems, separate warranties shall be provided for each of these phased areas and/or systems. b. The entire HVAC system, including all sub -systems, shall be guaranteed against defect in materials and installation for the duration of the warranty period. Any malfunctions or defects which occur within the warranty period shall be promptly corrected without cost to the Owner. This guarantee shall not limit or void any manufacturer's express or implied warranty. B. Refer to other Division 23 sections for systems, equipment, or material requiring extended warranties beyond one year. C. The date of systems/equipment startup or equipment/material shipment to the site shall not be considered the notable date with relation to the warranty of that tem. All systems, equipment, material, etc., shall have the same start date with respect to the warranty period. HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010-9 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA D. Systems, equipment or material put into use to facilitate construction activities (e.g. testing and balancing, commissioning, temporary conditioning, etc.) prior to the start of the warranty period shall not impact the length of the warranty in any way. 1.19 COMPLETION A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non -hazardous and ready for normal use by Owner. B. Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and equipment left during the progress of this contract at job completion. 1.20 CLEANING A Prior to assembly of pipe and piping components, all loose dirt, scale, oil, and other foreign matter on internal and exterior surfaces shall be removed by means consistent with good piping practices. During fabrication and assembly, slug and weld splatter shall be removed from both internal and external pipe joints by preening, chipping, and wire brushing. B. At the conclusion of the construction, the entire system of piping and equipment shall be cleaned internally. Prior to flushing erected piping surfaces, Contractor shall disconnect all instrumentation and equipment and open wide all valves. C. All temporary labels, stickers, etc., shall be removed from all fixtures and equipment. Name plates, ratings, instruction plates, etc., shall not be obscured by paint, insulation, or placement of units. D. oHeating and air conditioning equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned and clean filters installed. 1.21 ELECTRIOL WORK �q, Yl�o W ec r�'¢atwork and equipment provided by HVAC Contractor shall include the following: J %- _ J iters and disconnects for motors of HVAC equipment, but only where specifically dicated to be furnished integrally with equipment. 2J.F3Wiring from motors to disconnect switches or junction boxes for motors of HVAC o cgquipment, but only where specifically indicated to be furnished integrally with equipment. �. -Electrical heating coils and similar elements in HVAC equipment. `'4. All control wiring in accordance with the requirements of Division 26. B. Electrical Contractor shall provide all power wiring for HVAC equipment, including services for motors and equipment furnished by the HVAC contractor. Motor and equipment locations are shown on the electrical drawings. C. Electrical Contractor shall make final connections for all motors and equipment furnished by the HVAC contractor. D. Electrical Contractor shall furnish safety disconnects and starters for all motors and equipment furnished by the HVAC contractor (unless specifically indicated to be furnished integrally with the equipment), so as to make service complete to each item of equipment. E. Contractor shall consult with Electrical Contractor prior to conduit rough -in and shall verify with him the exact locations for rough -ins, and the exact size and characteristics of the services required, and shall provide Electrical Contractor a schedule of electrical loads for the equipment furnished by him. These schedules will be used for sizing services, disconnects, fuses, starters and overload protection. HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010-10 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA F. Refer to Division 23 Controls section for control system wiring. Control wiring shall be done in accordance with the requirements of Division 26. 1.22 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Refer to Division 01 for specific requirements concerning temporary utilities. B. Under no circumstances shall the building HVAC equipment be used for temporary heat, cooling or ventilation during construction prior to Owner acceptance of the building at substantial completion. END OF SECTION 23 00 10 0 N O N Q D —i Z (�� --IC7 N co rsp rn M� D N HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 00 10 -11 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY, IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 00 10 -12 CD _ B -- Q C:) uj- >: oc) J C-3 �— �.� N 1- U Me -4i ~Q 3 a N O 0 -- N PROJECT NO. 18404000 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 00 10 -12 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 23 05 00 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART1- GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A This section includes the following: 1. Demolition 2. Sleeves 3. Escutcheons 4. Fire Stopping 5. Guards PART 2- PRODUCTS N 2.01 DEMOLITION MATERIALS _ N O O A. All materials removed shall be the property of the removing contractor and shall b Aiaov &from the site by him, unless otherwise specked. 2.02 SLEEVES �m m a A. Sleeves passing through non -bad bearing walls and partitions shall be galvanizaAieeteal with lock seam joints of minimum gauges as follows: D 1. For pipes 2-1/2" and smaller - 24 gauge 2. For pipes 3" to 6" - 22 gauge 3. For pipes over 6" - 20 gauge B. Sleeves passing through load bearing walls, concrete beams, fireproof walls, foundations, footings and waterproof floors shall be Schedule 40 steel pipe or cast iron pipe. C. Sleeves are not required in masonry walls which are core drilled or walls of drywall construction, except where partition is a firestop, smokestop, or side of air plenum. D. Sleeves for insulated piping shall be of sufficient internal diameter to take pipe and insulation and to allow for free movement of pipe. Waterproof sleeves shall be of sufficient internal diameter to take pipe and waterproofing material. E. In finished areas where pipes are exposed, sleeves shall be terminated flush with wall, partitions and ceilings, and shall extend 1/2" above finished floors. Extend sleeves 1" above finished floors in areas likely to entrap water and fill space between sleeves and pipe with graphite packing and caulking compound. F. Sleeves passing through membrane waterproofing or lead safe shall be provided with flashing, furnished and installed by General Contractor, extending 12" beyond sleeve in all directions; flashing shall be secured and sealed to membrane or lead safe and shall be sealed to sleeve and caulked watertight. Sleeves passing through roof shall be installed in same manner except sleeves shall extend to 6" above roof. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA G. For exterior walls below grade, sleeves shall be cast iron. Space between sleeve and pipe shall be sealed with modular rubber links tightened with bolts (Link -Seal or equal). Waterproofing of pipe penetrations in exterior walls shall be coordinated with waterproofing contractor. 2.03 ESCUTCHEONS A. Provide chrome plated escutcheons at each sleeved opening into finished spaces. Escutcheons shall fit around insulation or around pipe when not insulated; outside diameter shall cover sleeve. Where sleeve extends above finished floor, escutcheon shall be high cap type and shall clear sleeve extension. Secure escutcheons or plates to sleeve but not to insulation with set screws or other approved devices. 2.04 FIRESTOPPING A. Piping, conduit, sleeves and ducts passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and pipe, conduit, sleeve, and/or duct shall be sealed with UL Listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of walVfloor. PART 3 - EXECUTION 4111m111=1S10]4111[a]: o_ A. (general zw �o CC emolition shall be accomplished by the proper tools and equipment for the work to be LLJ oved. Personnel shall be experienced and qualified in the type of work to be oo >90ormed. 2 i_Cgtractor shall remove existing equipment and piping not necessary for additions or •= Z3gsting portions of building as indicated on drawings and/or specified herein. To include a bandoned equipment and o �piping back to point of origin. Demolition of equipment a shall include removal associated concrete equipment pad and/or support steel. 3`" Contractor shall be responsible for the cutting and capping of all existing services before any work is commenced by the General Contractor. B. Work by Others: Unless specifically noted under other contracts, Contractor shall assume all required work shall be performed by him. In general, the following will be performed by others: 1. General Contractor will remove any floors, walls and ceilings, neatly patch, match, complete and finish all affected surfaces. 2. Electrical Contractor will disconnect all electrical services and remove abandoned conduit back to point of origin. C. Existing Conditions: 1. If any piping serving existing fixtures or equipment which are to remain are disturbed by operations under this Contract, Contractor shall provide pipe and insulation required to reestablish continuity of such piping systems. 2. Contractor shall arrange for General Contractor to repair, patch and paint all construction, with material necessary to match surrounding material, which is necessary due to removal of equipment and piping. 3. Contractor shall furnish all required labor and material where required to extend new work to connect to similar work where new addition adjoins existing building and for extension of existing system. Connection shall be made in a suitable manner. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA D. Owner's Right of Salvage: The Owner may designate and have salvage rights to any material herein demolished by the Contractor. 3.02 SLEEVES A. Install sleeves for all piping passing through floors, roof, walls, concrete beams and foundations as required by this section. 3.03 ESCUTCHEONS A. Install escutcheons for all pipes entering finished spaces. 3.04 GUARDS A. Where exposed insulated piping extends to floor, provide sheet metal guard around insulation to extend up from floor 48°. Guard to be galvanized sheet not less than 26 gauge. 3.05 ACCESS DOORS A. Install access doors per manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 23 OS 00 N 4 0 v� z � r- Gm 00 a m v o; = o 3> cn COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500-4 0 - 4 W a �r e J co N Yv z ra O o N d N COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA SECTION 23 05 13 - COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT PART1- GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Section includes general requirements for single-phase and polyphase, general-purpose, horizontal, small and medium, squirrel -cage induction motors for use on ac power systems up to 600 V and installed at equipment manufacturer's factory or shipped separately by equipment manufacturer for field installation. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit for all motors provided. B. C. D. Product Data: Provide wiring diagrams with electrical characteristics and connection requirements. Test Reports: Indicate test results verifying nominal efficiency and power factor for thre0hase motors larger than 112 horsepower. o 0 Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: wiring instructions. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL :�_ C-) L_ I1 Indicate setting, mechanical connections,]a atiSR, and---- �--) 0 r �"' rr*1 p' M D cn A. Comply with NEMA MG unless noted otherwise. B. Constant Speed Motors: Minimum 1.15 service factor; rated at 40 deg. C. ambient temperature with 90 deg. C. temperature rise (Class B insulation). C. Motors Used with Variable Frequency Controllers: Inverter duty rated, Class F insulation (minimum). Windings shall be copper magnet with moisture -resistant insulation varnish, designed and tested to resist transient spikes, high frequencies, and short time rise pulses produced by pulse -width modulated inverters. Shall include Aegis motor shaft grounding rings. D. Multiple speed motors: Multiple windings. E. Motor Efficiency: Premium efficiency as defined in NEMA MG1. F. Peak instantaneous current: Maximum 130% of full -load. G. All motors shall be provided as required for motor orientation within equipment. H. Horsepower ratings shall be adequate for operating the connected loads continuously in the prevailing ambient temperatures in areas where the motors are installed, without exceeding the NEMA standard temperature rises for the motor insulations. COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230513-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA Motor designs, as indicated by the NEMA code letters, shall be coordinated with the connected loads to assure adequate starting and running torques. J. Motor Enclosures: 1. Shall be the NEMA types shown on the drawings for the motors. 2. Where the types of motor enclosures are not shown on the drawings, they shall be the NEMA types which are most suitable for the environmental conditions where the motors are being installed. Motors located outdoors to be totally enclosed weatherproof epoxy - sealed type. 3. Thoroughly clean and paint the enclosures at the factory with manufacturer's prime coat and standard finish. K. Additional requirements for speck motors, as indicated in other sections, shall also apply. 2.02 SINGLE PHASE POWER A. Capacitor start motors starting torque shall be three times full load torque and starting current shall be less than five times full load current. B. Pull-up Torque: Up to 350 percent of full load torque. C. Ereakdown Torque: Approximately 250 percent of full load torque. in FAotas;. — Capacitor in series with starting winding, provide capacitor-start/capacitor-run motors W with iWr�apacitors in parallel with run capacitor remaining in circuit at operating speeds. Q Lij _j �F o@ripjiroef Enclosure: Class A (50 degrees C temperature rise) insulation, NEMA Service Factor, � rel�rioated sleeve or ball bearings. Lir. z I `. ncfed& Motors: Class A (50 degrees C temperature rise) insulation, 1.0 Service Factor, cegrelubr� ted ball bearings. c 2.03 THREE PHASE POWER - SQUIRREL CAGE MOTORS A. Starting Torque: Between 1 and 1-1/2 times full load torque. B. Starting Current: Six times full load current. C. Power Output, Locked Rotor Torque, Breakdown or Pull Out Torque: NEMA Design B characteristics. D. Design, Construction, Testing and Performance: Conform to NEMA MG 1 for Design B motors. E. Insulation System: NEMA Class B or better. F. Testing Procedure: In accordance with IEEE 112. Load test motors to determine free from electrical or mechanical defects in compliance with performance data. G. Motor Frames: NEMA Standard T -Frames of steel, aluminum or cast iron with end brackets of cast iron or aluminum with steel inserts. H. Thermistor System (Motor Frame Sizes 254T and Larger): Three PTC thermistors imbedded in motor windings and epoxy encapsulated solid state control relay for wiring into motor starter. COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230513-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA I. Bearings: Grease lubricated anti -friction ball bearings with housings equipped with plugged provision for relubrication, rated for minimum AFBMA 9, L-10 life of 20,000 hours. Calculate bearing load with NEMA minimum V -belt pulley with belt center line at end of NEMA standard shaft extension. Stamp bearing sizes on nameplate. 2.04 ELECTRONICALLY COMMUTATED MOTORS A. Where indicated, provide electronically commutated motors with the following features: 1. Brushless, permanent magnet DC motor 2. Built in inverter 3. Microprocessor based controller for speed control. 4. 0-10VDC or 0-20mA input signal 5. Minimum 70% efficiency through all speeds. 6. Bearings rated for L10 40,000 hours of continuous operation PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 23 05 13 O aC-) n ~ q n r- �rn a g� Z s Q7 v N 0 a 2 rV CD COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230513-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY, IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230513-4 0 0 w Q ujo J } -i LL .; ~ 5r Vg� C7 0 N PROJECT NO. 18404000 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230513-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 23 05 19 - METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install meters and gauges as required by the drawings and this section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts showing complete descriptive data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Thermometers 1. Weiss 9VU35 (Base Specification) 2. Dwyer 3. Taylor 4. Weksler v 5. U.S. Gauge _ a 6. Trerice o n 3D c.. 7. Milijoco B X1. _ B. Gauges (For Water or Steam)—tn m r .<_r m 1. Weiss Series 4CTS (Base Specification) M O= 2. Dwyer p 3. Taylor D Cn 4. Weksler 5. U.S. Gauge 6. Trerice 7. Milijoco 2.02 THERMOMETERS A. 9" "Adjust -Angle" industrial thermometer complete with double thick glass front, red reading, separable socket and arranged so the unit can be set at any required angle front to back or left to right during or after installation. Range 30-240 deg. F for hot water, 0-120 deg. F for chilled water, and 0-120 deg. F for heat pump water. METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 19 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2.03 GAUGES A. Weiss Series 4" liquid filled compound pressure -vacuum gauge with snubber, stainless steel case, white dial, 1/4" male NPT. 1. Hydronic systems — typical range to be 30" vacuum to 100 Ib. pressure. For systems with a fill pressure greater than 30 psi (e.g. mufti -story buildings, refer to Expansion Tank Schedule), extend range as necessary to account for fill pressure plus scheduled pump head. 2. Low pressure steam - 30" vacuum to 30 Ib. pressure. 3. Medium and High pressure steam - 30" vacuum to 1-1/2 times the system pressure for. 4. For outside applications use silicon filled gauge. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Install thermometers in discharge and return piping at boilers, heat exchangers, and chillers, at each supply and return connection for large heating and cooling coils and at other points as indicated on the drawings. 3.02 Install gauge for each pump, mounted on 1/4" copper tube manifold connected to the suction and discharge of the pump, with the needle valves in the manifold on each side of the gauge, so that the gauge may be opened to either the suction or discharge pressure. 3.03 Install gauges on boiler and heat exchanger headers, at pressure reducing valves and at other points as indicated on drawings. END OF SECTION 23 05 19 METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING 230519-2 0 _ Q W c Wo J i - J cc) �...,. N ?- U a ~�L o N J -- O N END OF SECTION 23 05 19 METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING 230519-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 23 05 23 - GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING PART1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install valves as required by the drawings and this section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal data shall include physical dimensions, construction materials, and pressure and temperature ratings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Gate Valves, Globe Valves 1. NIBCO 2. Powell 3. Milwaukee N 4. Watts 5. Apollo Valves o 0 �n a B. Check Valves D"4 s 1. NIBCO n -G ro Co r 2. Watts Ir ern M 3. Milwaukee = 4. Apollo Q 5. Metraflex D u1 C. Lugged Body Butterfly Valves 1. NIBCO 2. ABZ 3. Milwaukee 4. Watts 5. Apollo Valves D. Grooved Body Butterfly and Grooved Swing Check Valves 1. Victaulic 2. Milwaukee 3. NIBCO 4. Gruvlok by Anvil E. Ball Valves GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 23 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 2. Milwaukee BA-400S/BA450S 3. NIBCO T/S 585-70-66 4. Apollo 77C-140/240 Refrigerant Ball Valves 1. Apollo 79-700 Series 2. Mueller Streamline Cyclemaster Series G. All valves of same type shall be of the same manufacturer unless otherwise specified in this section or on the drawings. H Model numbers in valve schedule based on NIBCO, unless noted otherwise. 2.02 VALVE CONSTRUCTION A Gate valves shall have solid tapered wedge, except where otherwise specified. Valves on steam service 4" and larger shall have 1/2" (minimum) bypass valve and piping. B. Globe valves shall have renewable composition discs as recommended by manufacturer for intended service, or renewable bevel seats and metal discs. Valves on steam service 4" and larger shall have 1/2" (minimum) bypass valve and piping. C. Check Valves: Horizontal swing type with bronze seat and composition of bronze disc as oapproved; body of same material, pressure rating, screwed or flanged and finish as adjoining globe§Fgate valve. Check valves 2' and larger installed at outlet of pumps shall be spring loaded toileFpe. 2-1/2' and larger, flanged silent check type with bronze mounted bolted bonnet and Tom-. en able seat and disc, ductile iron body, 150 psi at 366 deg F conforming to MSS SPA 36. W -J r �. ccBalHVes 2-1/2" and smaller: Full port, bronze two-piece with stainless steel ball, teflon seats Znd� �ng box ring, vinyl insulated lever handle. a LIE.utterf pValves 2-1/2" and larger: ASTM A536 ductile iron body with aluminum bronze disc, PDM or BUNA N seat, 416 stainless steel stem with gear box operator and extended neck. N F. Refrigerant Ball Valves 2-5/8" and smaller: Brass two-piece full port with chrome plated ball, teflon seats, triple sealed stem, and brass cap. Valve shall be hermetic welded. 2.03 VALVE SCHEDULE A. Furnish valves as per the following schedule: riew pump water, coonngmeaung csan - z-vz anc smaner, Apono i rt: water, pressures up to 200 psi, Butterfly - 2-1/2" and larger, LD2000-3/5 temperatures from 40 deg. F to 250 deg. F. Swing Check - 2" and smaller, 413B 2-1/2" and larger, F918 Silent Check — 2' and larger, Temp < 180 deg. F -910-W, W -910-W, Or W -920-W Temp > 180 deg. F-910-8, W -91 0-B GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 0523-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA Steam, condensate and boiler feed, Gate - 2" and smaller, T-134 up to 125 psi and below 450 deg. F. 2-1/2" and larger, F-6170 (150# Class) Check - 3" and smaller, T-433 4" and larger, Fig. 559, F-918 Globe - 2" and smaller, Fig. 2600, T -235-Y 2-1/2" and larger, Fig. 241 F -718-B Steam, condensate and boiler feed, Gate - 2" and smaller, T-174 up to 250 psi (300# Class) Gate - 2-1/2" and larger, Powell 3003 Check - 2" and smaller, T-473 Check -2-1/2° and larger, Powell 3061 Globe - 2" and smaller, T-275 Globe - 2-1/2" and larger, Powell 3031 Refrigerant lines Ball – 2-5/8" and smaller, A oll0 79 700 B. Valves installed on all systems with insulated piping shall be provided with valve handle extensions and/or extended neck design to facilitate installation of insulation and make handles operable without damage to the insulation. C. Grooved Piping System: At Contractor's option, if mechanical grooved piping system is utilized, the butterfly valves for HVAC applications may be Victaulic Series VIC-300 and swing check valves for HVAC applications may be Victaulic Series 712 swing check valves, except in pump discharge. Check valves in pump discharge shall be as specified previously. PART 3 - EXECUTION N 3.01 Install valves as indicated on the drawings and as called for in other sections. 3.02 Install valves in equipment rooms to provide easy access to valve. Each valve Inst 0� ove� the floor shall be provided with chain operator. Bottom of chain operator shall be T v%or. r- 3.03 3.03 Check valves shall not be installed in vertical runs of piping unless they are specificaigneed for rn vertical operation. 3 3.04 Valves shall not be installed in vertical sections of steam pipe. D 3.05 Gate valves shall be installed in horizontal pipes with the valve stem in the vertical up position. Rotate valve stem only as allowed by the manufacturer's installation instructions. END OF SECTION 23 05 23 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 0523 -4 0 X UJ `_ Lu" CC) .J>= UI- LL Z � !- V� C= N CJ O -- N GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 0523 -4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 23 05 29 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide materials, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install hangers, supports, anchors, guides and seals as required by the drawings and this section. B. Types of supports, anchors and seals specified in this section include the following: 1. Horizontal -Piping Hangers and Supports. 2. Vertical -Piping Clamps. 3. Hanger -Rod Attachments. 4. Building Attachments. 5. Saddles and Shields. 6. Miscellaneous Materials. 7. Anchors. N 1.03 0 QUALITY ASSURANCE o n y� „ A. Code Compliance: Comply with applicable plumbing and mechanical codes pertainE o ptuct (� materials and installation of supports, anchors and seals. t� B. UL and FM Compliance: Provide products which are Underwriters Laboratorie,€ ledand Q Factory Mutual approved. o Y clt C. ANSI Compliance: All supports and parts shall conform to the latest requirements of the AASI Code for Pressure Piping B31.1.0 except as supplemented or modified by the requirements of this specification. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORIES (Reference Catalog Figure numbers from Anvil) A. Pipe support systems shall secure pipes in place, prevent pipe vibration, provide vertical adjustment for maintaining required grades, and provide for expansion and contraction. B. Pipe hangers shall be capable of supporting the pipe in all conditions of operation. They shall allow free expansion and contraction of the piping, and prevent excessive stress resulting from transferred weight being induced into the pipe or connected equipment. C. Wherever possible, pipe attachments for horizontal piping shall be pipe clamps. D. Wherever possible, structural attachments shall be beam clamps. E. All rigid hangers shall provide a means of vertical adjustment after erection. Hanger rods shall be subject to tensile loading only. At hanger locations where lateral or axial movement is anticipated, suitable linkage shall be provided to permit swing. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA G. Where horizontal piping movements are greater than 1/2 inch, or where the hanger rod angularity from the vertical is greater than 4 degrees from the cold to hot position of the pipe, the hanger pipe and structural attachments shall be offset in such manner that the rod is vertical in the hot position. H. Hangers shall be designed so that they cannot become disengaged by movements of the supported pipe. I. Where supports are attached to concrete or other structural members, care shall be taken to prevent damage or weakening of the structural members. J. Where concrete inserts are used, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to accurately locate and attach inserts to concrete forms. K. Hangers and supports for insulated cold piping shall not injure or pierce insulation. Provide insulation protection shields or saddles for piping, (Fig. 167) in conjunction with hanger or roll device L. Hangers and supports that are in direct contact with copper piping shall be copper plated or have nonmetallic coating for electrolytic protection. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALL 90N - HORIZONTAL PIPE SUPPORT A., Steel. rfd�copper pipe shall be supported at a maximum span of 10 feet for all pipe sizes, with hange4�rreds sized accordingly for total supported weight. For 1/2 in. copper tube, maximum c pacipgyshall be 8 feet. =a N { ;B. Tlastie Ripe (PVC, CPVC, polyethylene, etc.) shall be supported at a maximum span of 4 feet for all plpto es, with hanger rods sized accordingly for total supported weight. r~ C. rclln addition to the above specified spacings, install additional hangers at change in pipe direction and at concentrated loads, large valves, strainers, etc. D. When two or more pipes are to be run parallel together, they may be supported on trapeze type hangers. Trapeze bar angles or channels and hanger rods shall be of sufficient size with required spacing to support the particular group of pipes. E. For suspending hanger rods from brackets attached to walls; use welded steel brackets, Fig 194 for loads up to 750 lbs; Fig. 195 for loads up to 1,500 lbs; Fig. 199 for loads up to 3000 lbs. F. Exterior refrigerant piping shall be supported with steel angle or steel channel strut supports as detailed on the drawings. G. Where pipes are to be racked along walls, use malleable iron one -hole clamp, Fig. 126 for pipes up to 3". For pipes larger than 3", use steel channel strut pipe rack. H. Where pipes are to be supported from floor, use unistrut pipe stand with post base. Unformed concrete will not be permitted. 3.02 INSTALLATION - VERTICAL PIPE SUPPORTS A. Support vertical steel and copper pipe at every other floor line. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. In addition to the above, support vertical pipes at base of riser with base fitting set on concrete or block pier, or by hanger located on horizontal connection close to riser. C. Where pipe sleeves extend above floor, place pipe clamps at ceiling below and support clamp extensions from inserts or other approved attachment. 3.03 PIPE ATTACHMENTS A. For horizontal steel pipe, use adjustable carbon steel clevis, Fig. 260, for pipes up to 30". B. For horizontal copper pipe and tube, use copper plated adjustable carbon steel clevis, Fig. CT -65. C. When thermal expansion for horizontal pipe is in excess of 1/2" axially as indicated on the drawing, use adjustable steel yoke pipe roll, Fig. 181, or pipe roll stand, Fig. 177. 3.04 INTERMEDIATE ATTACHMENTS A. Hanger rods: use carbon steel single or double end threaded, Figs. 140 and 253 as required. Continuous threaded rod, Fig. 146, may be used wherever possible. Contractor may at his option cut and thread rod on the job site. B. Chain, wire or perforated strap hangers will not be permitted. One pipe shall not be suspended from another pipe. C. Hangers shall be supported from appropriate structural members. In no case shall hangers be supported from ductwork, cable trays, piping, or other equipment. Existing hanggrs andports shall not be used as supports for new hangers unless specifically designed as s&9hgr a@iition" loadings have been confirmed to be acceptable for existing supports. )>� T"y, 3.05 STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS �n co r r- '-< A. For attaching steel or copper plated hanger rods to reinforced concrete; use blo30rb�stee1d concrete inserts, Fig. 285 for loads up to 400 lbs., Fig. 281 for loads up to 120 ;=r Stable drilled inserts equal to Ramset/Red Head - Trubolt wedge anchor, Ramset/R Head�Apcon system or Hilti Kwik Bolt II anchor. - B. For attaching steel hanger rods to structural steel beams, use malleable iron C -clamps, Fig. 87, with retaining clip for loads up to 500 lbs.; Fig. 229 with extension piece for loads up to 1,365 lbs. For copper plated hanger rods, use copper plated malleable iron C -clamps, Fig. CT -88, with hardened cup point set screw, for loads up to 400 lbs. C. For attaching steel hanger rods to wood structural members, use malleable iron ceiling flange pipe threaded, Fig. 128 for loads up to 480 lbs., Fig. 153 for loads up to 1270 lbs. For copper plated hanger rods, use copper plated malleable iron ceiling flange, Fig. CT -128R for loads up to 180 lbs. D. Under no circumstances shall hangers be attached to metal roof deck. 3.06 PIPE AND DUCT COVERING PROTECTION A. Hangers and supports for insulated cold piping and ductwork shall not injure or pierce insulation. Provide insulation protection shields or saddles for piping, Fig. 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 165A, 166A, or 167 in conjunction with hanger or roll device. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 0529-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3.07 ROOF MOUNTED PIPING AND EQUIPMENT A. Roof mounted equipment, not specified to be mounted on roof curbs shall be installed on equipment mounting rails specifically designed for that purpose or as shown on plans. B. Roof mounted piping and ductwork shall be mounted on a pipe support system equal to B-Line C- Port. END OF SECTION 23 05 29 0 G jr �� N ? U O -- N Q N HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 23 05 48 - VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Conditions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of vibration isolation work required by this section is indicated on drawings and schedules, and/or specified in other Division -23 sections. B. All HVAC equipment over one horsepower, unless otherwise noted shall be isolated from the structure by means of vibration and noise isolators. C. Where isolator type and deflection are not shown, the related equipment shall be isolated in accordance with the 2011 ASHRAE Handbook - HVAC Applications, Chapter 48. D. Types of vibration isolation products specified in this section include the following: 1. Precompressed Molded Fiberglass Isolators. 2. Elastomeric Isolators. 3. Spring Isolators, Free Standing. N 4. Spring Isolators, Vertically -Restrained. 5. Isolation Hangers. o pr9 } 6. Structural Steel Bases. --- 7. Concrete Inertia Bases. 8. Isolation Rail Systems. OD 9. Flexible Duct Connectors. fir-- 10. Flexible Pipe Connectors. o� E. Vibration isolation products furnished as part of factory -fabricated equipment areecified part of the equipment assembly in other Division -23 sections. Refer to other sections of these specifications for equipment foundations, hangers, sealants, gaskets and other work related to vibration isolation work. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Qualification: Provide each type of vibration isolation unit produced by specialized manufacturer, with not less than 5 years' successful experience in production of units similar to those required for project. 1. The materials and systems specified in this Section shall all be provided by the Contractor, from a single vibration isolation materials manufacturer to assure single responsibility for the performance of all isolation materials. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. The isolator manufacturer's submittal shall include the complete design for required isolation and bases, and a tabulation of the design data including O.D., free and operating heights of the isolators. VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 230548-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS Vibration Isolation Products 1. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 2. Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc. 3. VMC Group 4. Mason Industries B. Flexible Pipe Connectors 1. Keflex 2. Metraflex 3. Twin City Hose 4. Minnesota Flexible 5. Mason Industries C. The following item specifications apply to the corresponding Type numbers used in the Vibration Isolation Schedule. Model types are based on the 2011 ASHRAE Handbook - HVAC Applications, Chapter 48. 2.02 ISOLATION MATERIALS AND SUPPORT UNITS A. Springs: All springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection. All springs except internal nested springs shall have an outside diameter not less than E0 of the compressed height of the spring. Ends of springs shall be square and ground for stability. gaterally stable springs shall have kx/ky ratios of at least 0.9. All springs shall be fully c�or- to indicate capacity — color striping is not considered adequate. <s CorrosssU%Protection: All springs shall be powder -coated enamel. Housings shall be galvanized, j d�qc��'eedted enamel, or painted with rust -resistant paint. Hot -dipped galvanized housings shall pr Q as indicated on the Schedule. Rse �vm 1" Type A Bases - no base required. Isolators may be attached directly to the supported equipment. 2. Type B Bases - Steel Equipment Bases: Bases shall be of welded construction with cross members to form an integral support platform. Structural steel members shall be designed to match supported equipment. a. Vibration bases for fans shall have adjustable motor slide rails as indicated on their Schedule, and shall accommodate motor overhang. b. Bases for exterior use shall be painted or hot -dipped galvanized for complete corrosion resistance. C. Minimum clearance under steel equipment bases shall be 25mm (1'). 3. Type C Bases - Concrete Inertia Bases: Inertia bases shall be of welded steel construction with concrete in -fill supplied by the installing contractor on site and shall incorporate reinforcing bars, spaced 300 mm (12') maximum on centers each way. a. Inertia bases for pumps shall be of sufficient size to accommodate supports for pipe elbows at pump suction and discharge connections (if this information has been provided for configuration). b. Inertia bases for fans shall include motor slide rails as indicated on their Schedule. VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 230548-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA C. The weight of each inertia base shall be at least (1.5 times(x)) to the weight of the equipment mounted thereon or sufficient to lower the center of gravity to or below the isolator support plane. d. Inertia bases shall be a minimum of 150 mm (6") thick. 4. Type D Bases: Isolation Rail System, consisting of two parallel aluminum rail systems with continuous neoprene air and water seal, incorporating steel spring isolators designed for one inch static deflection, all fabricated to be installed over the roof curb system, and provide continuous support for the isolated equipment. D. Isolator Types 1. Type 1 Isolator - Rubber Pads and Glass Fiber Pads: a. Isolation pads shall be single ribbed or crossed, double ribbed elastomer -in - shear pads, in combination with steel shims when required, having minimum static deflections as tabulated. All pads shall be true elastomer -in -shear using alternately higher and lower ribs to provide effective vibration isolation, and shall be molded using 2500 PSI (176 kg/cm2) tensile strength, oil resistant compounds with no color additives. Pads shall be 45 to 65 durometer and designed to permit 60 or 120 PSI (4.2 or 8.4 kg/cm2) loading at maximum rated deflections. When two isolation pads are laminated, they shall be separated by, and bonded to, a galvanized steel shim plate. Neoprene vibration isolators shall have minimum operating static deflections as shown on the Vibration Isolation Schedule or as indicated on the project bid documents, not exceeding published load capabilities. b. Fiberglass continuous support material shall be high-density matrix of compressed molded fiberglass; individually coated with a flexible, moisture - impervious elastomeric membrane, designed to allow controlled air movement in the fiber media. It shall be manufactured in such a way that the pumping action of air between fibers provides viscous damping, reducing motion card by transient shock and vibration. The material shall be non�rr sivq, non— combustible, non-absorbent, and resists rust, ozone, mildew anr`�us,�rmin proof and it shall not shrink, swell, or decompose. Isolation char a ticFyf theme media shall be constant over a temperature range of -40"F to (4WC to � 121"C)• �r m 2. Type 2 Isolators - Rubber Mounts and Hangers: Z a. Vibration isolators shall be neoprene, molded from oil -resistant c ...w h cast -in -top steel load transfer plate for bolting to supported eq ent, &d a bolt -down plate with holes provided for anchoring to supporting structure. -Top and bottom surfaces shall have non-skid ribs. Neoprene vibration isolators shall have minimum operating static deflections as shown on the Vibration Isolation Schedule or as indicated on the project documents but not exceeding published load capabilities. b. Vibration isolators with maximum static deflection requirements under the operating load conditions not exceeding .40" shall be hangers consisting of an elastomer -in -shear insert encased in a welded steel bracket and provided with a stamped load transfer cap. The elastomer insert shall be neoprene, molded from oil resistant compounds and shall be color coded to indicate load capacity and selected to operate within its published load range. The hanger bracket shall be designed to carry a 500% overload without failure and to allow a support rod misalignment through a 30 -degree arc without metal -to -metal contact or other short circuit. VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 230548-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3. Type 3 Isolators - Spring Isolators and Hangers: a. Vibration isolators shall be free standing, un -housed, laterally stable springs wound from high strength spring steel. Springs shall have a lateral stiffness greater than 0.8 times the rated vertical stiffness and shall be designed to provide up to 50% overload capacity. Springs shall be supported either with a neoprene cup or a metal base plate complete with a ribbed neoprene pad, minimum 6 mm (0.25') thick, bonded to the base plate. Springs shall be selected to provide operating static deflections as required. Springs shall be color coded or otherwise identified to indicate load capacity. In capacities up to 5,000 lbs., springs shall be replaceable. In capacities over 5,000 lbs., springs shall be welded to the top and bottom load plate assemblies. Springs shall be assembled between a top and bottom steel load plate. The upper load plate shall be provided with a steel leveling bolt lock nut and washer for attachment to the supported equipment. The lower load plate shall have a non-skid noise isolation pad bonded to the bottom and have provisions for bolting the isolator to the supporting structure. b. Vibration isolators for suspended equipment, with minimum static deflection requirement exceeding .4", shall be hangers consisting of a free-standing, laterally stable steel spring and elastomeric washer in series, assembled in a stamped or welded steel bracket. The spring element shall meet all the specified characteristics described in above. The stamped or welded hanger bracket shall meet all the specified characteristics described above. Shall also be fitted with a self -centering load cap for the hanger rod. c4a Type 4 Isolators - Restrained Spring Isolators: Vibration isolators for equipment which is -' agbject to load variations and large external or torquing forces shall consist of large r aremeter laterally stable steel springs assembled into formed or welded steel housing Eiisemblies designed to limit vertical movement of the supported equipment. Springs J �3klall be supported either with a neoprene cup of a metal base plate complete with a cp UFibbed neoprene pad, minimum 6 mm (0.25°) thick, bonded to the base plate. Housing N >-asembly shall be formed or fabricated steel members and shall consist of a top -load %ZX i'- ZX —gate complete with adjusting and leveling bolts, vertical restraints, isolation washers and > vgbottom plate with non-skid noise stop pads and holes provided for anchoring to o supporting structure. Housing shall be hot dipped galvanized. Spring elements shall meet all the specified characteristics described above. 5. Type 5 Isolators - Thrust Restraints: Provide in pairs. Locate on centerline of fan if possible. Bridge the flexible duct connector. Spring elements shall meet all the specified characteristics described above. E. Flexible Piping Connectors: 1. Hydronic Systems: a. Minimum ratings shall be 200 psi at 220 deg F. b. Size 1-1/4" and smaller: Single sphere connector of neoprene and Kevlar tire cord fabric. Bead wires to prevent pull out. Basis of design: Mason Industries Type SFU. C. Size 1-1/2" and larger: Twin sphere connector constructed of neoprene and Kevlar tire cord reinforcement. The raised rubber flanges must encase solid steel rings to prevent pull out. Flexible cable is not acceptable. Basis of design: Mason Industries Type SFDEJ. 2. Steam Systems or Exterior Piping for Hydronic Systems: a. Minimum ratings shall be 400 psi at 250 deg F. b. Construction shall be 316L stainless steel hose with 304 stainless steel double braid to withstand the effects of potential flashing. 3. See Section 23 2123 - Hydronic Pumps for pump connector specifications. VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 230548-4 ROBERTA. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA F. Flexible Ductwork Connectors: 1. Flexible neoprene or heavy glass fabric duct connector with minimum material thickness of 0.024" and weight of 30 oz/sq. yard. 2. Minimum temperature range shall be 30 to 200 deg F. 3. The materials shall have a flame spread rating below 25 and smoke development rating below 50. 4. The minimum static pressure rating shall be 10". PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PERFORMANCE OF ISOLATORS A. General: Comply with minimum static deflections recommended by the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air -Conditioning Engineers, including definitions of critical and noncritical locations, for selection and application of vibration isolation materials and units as indicated. B. Manufacturer's Recommendations: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's recommendations for selection and application of vibration isolation materials and units. 3.02 APPLICATIONS A. General: Apply types of vibration isolation materials and units indicated at locations shown or scheduled. Selection is Installer's option where more than one type is indicated. B. Piping Isolation: 1. Piping over one -inch diameter and piping three supports away from rotalWg or reciprocating HVAC equipment shall be isolated from the structure by meEgs of A116tion and noise isolators. r- 2. Suspended piping shall be isolated with Type 2 or Type 3 Hangers descries rem 3. Floor mounted piping shall be isolated with Type 2 or Type 3 Isolators descr" hE*in. 4. Minimum deflection shall be equal to the deflection of the equipment the p4pcoWects m to for the first three supports near the equipment; all other isolators shall bel9 rM a 5. Flexible piping connectors shall be incorporated in the piping adjacent to arof ing, compressorized, and/or rotating equipment and pumps, unless noted othe w. a. Chillers and cooling towers shall have flexible pipe connectors. >' cn b. See Section 23 2123 — Hydronic Pumps for pump connector specific riions. Flexible pipe connectors not required at in-line pump installations. C. Flexible pipe connectors are not required at zone level terminal units, condensate pumps, glycol tanks, split systems, CRAC units, C. Duct Isolation: 1. High velocity ductwork, for a distance of 50 feet from high pressure fans, shall be isolated from the structure by means of Type 2 or Type 3 Hangers described herein. 2. Minimum deflection shall be equal to the deflection of the equipment the ductwork connects to for the first three supports near the equipment; all other isolators shall be 1.00". 3. Flexible ductwork connectors shall be incorporated in the ductwork adjacent to all air moving units, unless noted otherwise. a. Flexible duct connectors are not required at boiler intake/flues or hood exhaust fans. VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 23 0548 -5 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's instructions for installation and load application to vibration isolation materials and units. Adjust to ensure that units do not exceed rated operating deflections or bottom out under loading and are not short-circuited by other contacts or bearing points. Remove space blocks and similar devices (if any) intended for temporary protection against overloading during installation. B. Anchor and attach units to substrate and equipment as required for secure operation and to prevent displacement by normal forces, and as indicated. C. Adjust leveling devices as required to distribute loading uniformly onto isolators. Shim units as required where leveling devices cannot be used to distribute loading properly. D. Locate isolation hangers as near overhead support structure as possible. E. Bond flanges of flexible duct connectors to ducts and housings to provide airtight connections. Seal seams and penetrations to prevent air leakage. F. Flexible Pipe Connectors: Install on equipment side of shutoff valves, horizontally and parallel to equipment shafts wherever possible. 3.04 EYAMINATION OF RELATED WORK (%C :MstaWrC 9f vibration isolation work shall observe installation of other work related to vibration W ola€ nwork, including work connected to vibration isolation work; and, after completion of other related)0vork (but before equipment startup), shall furnish written report to Contractor listing ,_„ j C@bsinadequacies for proper operation and performance of vibration isolation work. Report alcor, but not necessarily be limited to the following: .1Z Q �. v quipment installations (performed as work of other sections) on vibration isolators. �. -Piping connections including flexible connections. Ductwork Connections including provisions for flexible connections. 4. Passage of piping and ductwork which is to be isolated through walls and floors. B. Do not start up equipment until inadequacies have been corrected in manner acceptable to vibration isolation Installer. END OF SECTION 23 05 48 VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 230548-6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 23 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT PART1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of identification work required by this section is indicated on drawings and/or specified in other Division -23 sections. B. Type of identification devices specified in this section include the following: 1. Painted identification materials 2. Plastic pipe markers 3. Plastic tape 4. Valve tags C. Identification furnished as part of factory fabricated equipment, is specified as part of the equipment assembly in other Division -23 sections. 0 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE o 0 -� C— )� A. ANSI Standards: Comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size, colors, and vieWiri ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Painted Identification Materials: 1. Stencils: Standard fiberboard stencils, prepared for required applications with letter sizes generally complying with recommendations of ANSI A13.1 for piping and similar applications, but not less than 3/4" high letters for access door signs and similar operational instructions. 2. Stencil Paint: Standard exterior type stenciling enamel; black, except as otherwise indicated; either brushing grade or pressurized spray -can form and grade. 3. Identification Paint: Standard identification enamel of colors indicated, or, if not otherwise indicated for piping systems, comply with ANSI A13.1 for colors. C. Plastic Pipe Markers: 1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed flexible or semi-rigid, permanent, color -coded, plastic -sheet pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1. 2. Small Pipes: For external diameters not greater than 6" (including insulation if any), provide full -band pipe markers extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location, fastened by one of the following methods: a. Snap -on application of pre -tensioned semi-rigid plastic pipe marker. b. Adhesive lap joint in pipe marker overlap. C. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation). d. Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color -coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than 3/4" wide full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 1-1 /2". 03. Large Pipes: For external diameters of 6" and larger (including insulation if any), provide -tither full -band or narrow strip -type pipe markers, but not narrower than 3 times letter eight (and of required length), fastened by one of the following methods: ® = w Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation). w a Jam' Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than m L.) t= 1-1/2" wide; full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 3". N >-6? Strapped -to -pipe (or insulation) application of semi-rigid type, with manufacturer's Zi t= Q standard stainless steel bands. v*ering: Manufacturer's standard pre-printed nomenclature which best describes piping rA, system in each instance, as selected by Design Professional in cases of variance with rte' names as shown or specked. 5. Arrows: Print each pipe marker with arrows indicating direction of flow, either integrally with piping system service lettering (to accommodate both directions), or as a separate unit of plastic. D. Plastic Tape: General: Manufacturer's standard color -coded pressure -sensitive (self-adhesive) vinyl tape, not less than 3 mils thick. a. Width: Provide 1-1/2" wide tape markers on pipes with outside diameters (including insulation, ff any) of less than 6", 2 1/2" wide tape for larger pipes. b. Color: Comply with ANSI A13.1, except where another color selection is indicated. E. Valve Tags: Brass Valve Tags: Provide polished brass valve tags with stamp -engraved piping system abbreviation in 1/4" high letters and sequenced valve numbers 7/16" high, and with 3/16" hole for fastener. Tag thickness 0.040 inches. a. Provide 2" diameter tags, except as otherwise indicated. b. Fill tag engraving with black enamel. IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 2305 53 -2 ROBERTA. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 10404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2. Plastic Valve Tags: Provide red heavy plastic tag with 7/16" white embossed sequenced numbers. 3. Valve Tag Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard solid brass chain (wire link or beaded type), or solid brass S -hooks or heat sealed braided copper wire of the sizes required for proper attachment of tags to valves, and manufactured specifically for that purpose. Name Plates: 1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard preprinted plastic, brass, or aluminum with stamped, engraved or embossed letters. 2. Lettering: a. Large Equipment: 1 1/2" lettering as appropriate. b. Small Equipment: 3/4" lettering as appropriate. 3. Attachments: Mounting holes and screws, pressure sensitive adhesive backing, or solid brass chain. R1GYMR4II1 =1 00t7_1:I @X0 71:j:I [99 A. General: Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in HVAC identification work, with corresponding designations shown, specified or scheduled. Provide numbers, lettering and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by manufacturers or as required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of HVAC systems and equipment. 1. Multiple Systems: Where multiple systems of same generic name are shown and specified, provide identification which indicates individual system number as well as service (as examples; Boiler No. 3, Air Supply No. 1H, Standpipe F12). n.� PART 3 - EXECUTION _ o nz O o 3.01 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION y Ti A General Installation Requirements: Co (— 1. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which' a i—ulatin painting or other covering or finish including valve tags, install caq n afo completion of covering and painting if any. Install identification prio instNation of acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. N B. Ductwork Identification Access Doors: Provide stenciled or plastic -laminate type signs on each access door in ductwork and housings, indicating purpose of access (to what equipment) and other maintenance and operating instructions, and appropriate safety and procedural information. C. Piping System Identification: General: Install pipe markers of one of the following types on each system indicated to receive identification, and include arrows to show normal direction of flow: a. Stenciled markers, including color -coded background band or rectangle, and contrasting lettering of black or white. Extend color band or rectangle 2" beyond ends of lettering. b. Plastic pipe markers, with application system as indicated under "Materials" in this section. C. Stenciled markers, black or white for best contrast, wherever continuous color -coded painting of piping is provided. IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 23 0553 -3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2. Locate pipe markers and color bands as follows wherever piping is exposed to view in occupied spaces, machine rooms, accessible maintenance spaces (shafts, tunnels, plenums) and exterior non -concealed locations. Install markers such that lettering is visible from floor. a. Near each valve and control device. b. Near each branch, excluding short take -offs for fixtures and terminal units; mark each pipe at branch, where there could be question of flow pattern. C. Near locations where pipes pass through walls or floors/ceilings, or enter non -accessible enclosures. d. At access doors, manholes and similar access points which permit view of concealed piping. e. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. f. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 20' along each piping run with a minimum of one marker in each room. g. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. D. Valve Identification: 1. General: Provide valve tag on every valve, cock and control device in each piping system; exclude check valves, valves within factory -fabricated equipment units, and shut-off valves at terminal devices and similar rough -in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List each tagged valve in valve schedule for each piping system. E. Equipment Identification: m CP @eneral: Provide equipment identification for all equipment including air handling units, © YArminal units, fans, pumps, boilers, heaters, control panels, heat exchangers, wandensing units, and chillers. JJ.'abeling: All equipment shall be labeled as per construction document plan marks or as J co L3 designated by Owner. c3! >- (rovide identification by means of nameplates or stenciled painting as appropriate. LL , c 'I For equipment with factory furnished casing, identification shall be by adhesive fixed name plates. N Field insulated items, such as heat exchangers may be identified by plastic pipe civ markers or stenciled lettering. F. Filter Identification: All filter locations shall be provided with a permanent fitter label indicating the size and quantity of fitters required at that location. The label shall be legible, durable (phenolic or equivalent), and easily viewed when changing the filter. All filters shall be a standard size. END OF SECTION 23 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 230553-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 23 05 93 - TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of testing, adjusting and balancing work is indicated by requirements of this section, and also by drawings and schedules, and is defined to include, but is not necessarily limited to, air and hydronic distribution systems, domestic water circulation and associated equipment and apparatus of mechanical work. The work consists of setting speed and volume (including pulley changes as required), adjustments of system components, recording data, conducting tests, preparing and submitting reports, and recommending modifications to work as required by contract documents. Entering, navigating the Building Automation System in order to adjusting 'K factors' and related items is also required. B. Component types of testing, adjusting and balancing specified in this section includes the following as applied to HVAC equipment: 1. Air Systems: N a. Heat Pumps O o b. Furnaces71 C. Air Handling Units --- d. Energy Recovery Units �_ no Co `— e. Exhaust Fans f. Ductwork Systemsrn m M S g. Diffusers and Grilles E5 M h. Fume Hoods o i. Underfloor Air Plenums cn 2. Water Systems: ry a. Pumps b. Coils C. Heat Exchangers d. Ground Heat Exchangers e. HVAC Piping Systems f. Domestic Hot Water Recirculating System C. The Heating and Air Conditioning Contractor shall provide a complete and operating HVAC system and shall cooperate with the balancing agency by: 1. Installing balancing dampers as required by the Drawings and Specifications and requested by the Testing and Balancing Contractor. 2. Putting complete system into operation during duration of balancing period. 3. Providing up-to-date set of Drawings and advising immediately of any changes made to the system during construction. 4. Providing labor and equipment and cost of performing corrections, such as dampers, belts, etc., as required without undue delay. 5. Providing complete submittal information for all HVAC equipment, complete with pertinent engineering information. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 1.03 REFERENCES A Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) - National Standards for Field Measurement and Instrumentation, Total System Balance. B. ASHRAE - HVAC Applications Handbook: Chapter 34, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. (Most recent edition). C. National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) - Procedural Standards for Testing, Balancing and Adjusting of Environmental Systems. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tester. A firm with at least 3 years of successful testing, adjusting and balancing experience on projects with testing and balancing requirements similar to those required for this project, who is not Installer of system to be tested and is otherwise independent of project. B. TAB Agency Qualification: Current membership in AABC or certification by NEBB or SMACNA. C. Test Equipment Criteria: The basic instrumentation requirements and accuracy/calibration required by AABC, National Standards or by NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Systems. D. All testing and balancing contractors are to be approved by the Design Professional before 64ding. The contractors approved to date are: C:) < L' acision Test and Balance nye, Iowa W ¢>3t5) 288-2332 UF— ,� ;j y;Eatems Management and Balancing z F-Voukee, Iowa EJW) 987-2825 o O :' Integrity Testing and Balancing Madrid, Iowa (515) 250-6055 4. Omega Test and Balance Adel, Iowa (515) 729-6046 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with testing, adjusting and balancing work until work has been completed and is operable. Ensure that there is no latent residual work still to be completed. B. Do not proceed until work scheduled for testing, adjusting and balancing is clean and free from debris, dirt and discarded building materials. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. TAB Agency Qualifications: Submit names and qualifications of company officers and jab supervisor. Submit list of proposed test equipment and sample report format indicating all measurements to be taken. These shall be submitted to and reviewed by Design Professional prior to commencing work. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA B. The test -and -balance report shall be complete with logs, data, and records as required herein. All logs, data, and records shall be typed on white bond paper and bound. The report shall be certified accurate and complete by the balancing agency's certified test -and -balance engineer. C. Submit electronic pdf file of the test -and -balance report to Design Professional. D. The report shall contain the required data in a format selected by Balancing Contractor. E. Report shall include the following information: (For all references to "design", specific information from shop drawings shall be incorporated.) 1. Air Moving Equipment a. Location Identification/number and location b. Manufacturer and Model C. C. Supply, return and exhaust, air flow, design and actual Minimum static pressure, design and actual d. Outside air flow, design and actual (where applicable) f. e. Inlet, discharge, and total static pressure, design and actual a. f. Full static pressure profile with measurements between all components through Room number/location C. unit. o g. h. Fan RPM, design and actual o Static pressure across the coil section with the face and bypassper Fjioth —n the face and bypass positions (where face and bypass dampers ariji0vidaM. --� co 2. V -Belt Drive: rn a. IdentificationAocation <m b. Z Required driven RPM Q C. Driven sheave, diameter and RPM O d. Belt, size and quantity y un e. Motor sheave, diameter and RPM 1`1' 3. Duct Traverse: a. System zonetbranch b. Duct size and area C. Velocity and airflow, design and actual d. Duct static pressure e. Air temperature and correction factor (if applicable) 4. Air Monitoring Station Data: a. Identification location b. System C. Size and area d. Velocity and airflow, design and actual 5. Air Terminal Unit Data: a. Identification/number and location b. Manufacturer and model C. Size d. Minimum static pressure, design and actual e. Maximum air flows, design and actual f. Minimum air flow, design and actual 6. Room Air Distribution Test Sheet: a. Air terminal number b. Room number/location C. Terminal type and size TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY, IOWA d. Area factor e. Velocity, design and actual f. Air flow, design and actual g. Percent of design air flow h. Air outlet differential pressure (for underfloor plenums) Pump Data: a. Identification/number b. Manufacturer and model C. Impeller size d. Service e. Flow rate, pressure drop, BHP, design and actual f. Discharge suction and total pressure g. Shut off, discharge, suction and total pressures PROJECT NO. 18404000 8. Heat Exchanger: a. Identification/number b. Manufacturer and model C. Location and service d. Steam pressure, design and actual (where applicable) e. Primary water entering and leaving temperature, design and actual f. Primary water flow and pressure drop, design and actual g. Secondary water entering and leaving temperature, design and actual (where applicable) h. Secondary water flow and pressure drop, design and actual (where applicable) 11. Terminal Unit Heating and Cooling Coil Data a. Identif cation/n umber b. Manufacturer and model C. Entering and leaving DB temperature, design and actual d. Entering and leaving water temperature, design and actual e. Water flow, design and actual f. Differential pressure across balancing valves. 12. Water Flow Measuring Station: a. Identification/station b. Manufacturer and model C. Location d. Size e. Flow rate and pressure drop, design and actual f. Station calibrated setting TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -4 9. Ground Heat Exchanger: a. Circuit number and pipe size m b. Circuit flow rate, design and actual. 0 ••10. -'-16entral Station Cooling and Heating Coil Data: �. Identification/number W wc w>b. a. Location and service Air flow, design aD vc and actual �...� N >- v . Entering and leaving air DB and WB temperatures, design and actual Lj 2 -CR Qe. Water flow and pressure drop, design and actual Entering leaving design Uhf. and water temperature, and actual og. Air pressure drop, design and actual L'S h. Differential pressure across balancing valves. 11. Terminal Unit Heating and Cooling Coil Data a. Identif cation/n umber b. Manufacturer and model C. Entering and leaving DB temperature, design and actual d. Entering and leaving water temperature, design and actual e. Water flow, design and actual f. Differential pressure across balancing valves. 12. Water Flow Measuring Station: a. Identification/station b. Manufacturer and model C. Location d. Size e. Flow rate and pressure drop, design and actual f. Station calibrated setting TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 13. Electric Motors: a. Manufacturer (1/4 hp and larger only) b. HP/BHP, design and actual C. Phase, voltage, amperage; design and actual d. Service factor e. Starter size, rating, heater elements (as applicable) 14. Fume Hoods a. Fume Hood manufacturer and model b. Identification/building location C. Exhaust airflow, design and actual d. Face velocity at min and max sash position, design and actual e. Sash size f. K -factor 15. Radiant Floors and Snow Melt: a. Circuit number and size b. Circuit flow rate, design and actual C. Thermal images of entire radiant area after balancing is complete o 0 PART 2- PRODUCTS � 2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS n� N A. Except as otherwise indicated, use same products as used by original Installer forinchinas M in insulation, ductwork and housings which have been cut or drilled for test pi in Ing access for test instruments, attaching jibs, and similar purposes. �� q D c.�t 1. At Tester's option, plastic plugs with retainers may be used to patch drilled holes in ductwork and housings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 TESTING A. Examine installed work and conditions under which testing is to be done to ensure that work has been completed, cleaned and is operable. Do not proceed with TAB work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Tester. Before initiating balancing work, Contractor shall verify that systems are complete and operable. Ensure the following: 1. Equipment is operable and in a safe and normal condition. 2. Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable. 3. Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment. 4. Final filters are clean and in place. If required, install temporary media in addition to final filters. 5. Duct systems are clean of debris. 6. Correct fan rotation. 7. Volume dampers are in place and open. 8. Coil fins have been cleaned and combed. 9. Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place. 10. Air outlets are installed and connected. 11. Duct system leakage has been minimized. 12. Hydronic systems have been flushed, filled, and vented. 13. Correct pump rotation. 14. Proper strainer baskets are clean and in place. 15. Service and balance valves are open. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-5 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Test, adjust and balance environmental systems and components, as indicated, in accordance with procedures outlined in applicable standards. C. Coordinate TAB procedures with any phased construction completion requirements for the project. Systems serving completed phases of the project will require TAB for such phases prior to partial final inspections. D. Allow sufficient time in construction schedule for TAB and submission of reports prior to partial final inspections. E. Prepare report of test results, including instrumentation calibration reports, in format recommended by applicable standards. Draft report shall be sent to Design Professional for review prior to issuance to Owner. F. Patch holes in insulation, ductwork and housings, which have been cut or drilled for test purposes, in manner recommended by original Installer. G. Mark equipment settings, including damper control positions, fan speed control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings at completion of TAB work. Provide markings with paint or other suitable permanent identification materials. H. Prepare a report of recommendations for correcting unsatisfactory mechanical performances when system cannot be successfully balanced; including, where necessary, modifications which TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-6 pceed requirements of contract documents for HVAC work. I. 0 The end balance agency shall perform the following tests and balance the air system in _.yco with the following requirements (provide written substantiating data): 1. J adjust and record all blower RPM at design requirements. crest, ,,_Make pitot tube transverse of main supply ducts and obtain design CFM at all fans and z 2§ I- wers. c_,> st and record all system static pressures, suction and discharge. C& QBst and adjust all systems for design CFM of recirculated air. Test and adjust all systems for design CFM of outside air. 6. Test and record entering and leaving air temperatures (DB and WB); all air units. 7. Adjust all zones to proper design CFM, supply and return. 8. Test and adjust each diffuser, grille and register within 10% design requirements. 9. In reading and tests of diffusers, grilles and registers, include design velocity and final velocity, when required, and design CFM and final CFM after adjustments. 10. Balance variable volume systems at maximum air flow rate, full cooling, and at minimum air flow rate, full heating. 11. Balance fume hoods for design flow rate/face velocity, including calibration of face velocity sensors. 12. In cooperation with the control manufacturer's representative, set adjustments of all controllers to operate as specked, indicated and/or noted. 13. Flow Rate Tolerances: a. Applications which do not require differential pressure control: -10% to +10%. b. Applications which require differential pressure control: 1) Positive zones a) Supply air: 0 to +10% b) Exhaust and return air: 0 to -10% 2) Negative zones a) Supply air: 0 to -10% b) Exhaust and return air. 0 to +10% C. Minimum outside air: 0 to +10% TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 14. Coordinate locations of volume dampers with the mechanical contractor as required to J. balance the entire system. 15. Underfloor Plenum Test: a. This test shall be witnessed by the Contractor for all underfloor plenums. invited to witness the test. b. Seal off all floor air outlets with foil removed. C. Use a glycol solution smoke machine General Contractor and Mechanical The Design Professional shall also be tape that won't leave a residue when to charge the underfloor plenum with smoke. d. Once the entire plenum is charged, turn on the air handling unit that serves the underfloor plenum. e. Photographically document all areas where smoke leaks from the plenum, with emphasis on smoke leaking into areas that are not served by the underfloor plenum (e.g. adjacent rooms, levels below, etc.). f. The Contractors shall seal the areas of the plenum leaks. g. This process shall be repeated until the sum of all air outlets in the room meets the required flow rate tolerances. The test and balance agency shall perform the following tests and balance the water system in accordance with the following requirements (provide written substantiating data): 1. Before setting pump capacities, check the following items: a. Automatic fill valve setting and strainer b. Expansion tank level o C. Cleanliness of system water o m d. Make certain all pump strainers are clean n C— e. Check air vents at coils and high points of system S>y a` 2. Measure circulating pump capacities by differential pressure measuremmpWage and brake horsepower method using the pump manufacturer's capacity cw[0 PDaition (� all automatic valves, hand valves and balancing cocks for full flow, ughmcoils, convertors, etc. during pump adjustment. Use only calibrated test games focvump� adjustment; the use of pressure gauges installed with the system will eIwed.Q Adjust triple duty valve as required to provide minimum differential press&te req ** d for most remote automatic flow control valve. ry 3. Use calibrated Venturi tubes, orifices, or other metered fittings and pressure gauges to determine flow rates for system balance. Where flow metering devices are not installed, base flow balance on temperature difference across various heat transfer elements in the system. 4. Balance system with automatic control valves fully open to heat transfer elements. For coils with 3 -way control valves, set bypass balancing cock to provide total flow when control valve is in 100% bypass position equal to total flow when control valve is 100% open to coil. 5. Determine minimum differential pressure setpoint required to maintain flow at all water coils. Coordinate final setting with Temperature Control Contractor. 6. Coordinate the setting of controls to maintain coil water inlet design temperatures, with coil valves positioned for full flow through coil during adjustment. Balance individual water coils at full flow to maintain temperature differential specified. 7. Mark settings of all balancing cocks at required positions. Do not use service or shut-off valves for balancing unless indexed for balance point. For automatic flow control valves: Record differential pressure and verify within operating range of valve. 8. Flow Rate Tolerances: a. Two -pipe system pumps and coils: -10% to +10% 9. Up to 10% of automatic flow control cartridges can be replaced by the mechanical contractor if required to achieve the specified pressure or flow. Coordinate with the mechanical contractor as required. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 0593 -7 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 10. Unless noted otherwise balance all domestic hot water circulation valves to 0.5 gpm. K. Where balancer has a question regarding appropriate system configuration for balancing, balancer should contact Design Professional for clarification. END OF SECTION 23 05 93 a� O < —,. SC O LIJ `z J } g CC) U F-- •••••1 N i-CJ o O N - O N TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-8 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 23 07 00 - HVAC INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install insulation to all hot and cold surfaces of piping, ductwork, tanks, fittings and other surfaces as required by the drawings and this section. B. Insulation shall include insulating materials, jackets, adhesive, mastic coatings, tie wire and other materials as required to complete the insulating work. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Conditioned Space: an area inside the building which is heated and/or cooled. B. Tempered Space: an area inside the building which is not directly heated or cooled, but is adjacent to a heated or cooled space with no insulation separating the two spaces (e.cceiling plenums). o 0 C. Untempered Space: an area inside the building which is not conditioned andxrs-not tWhpered._. (e.g., attic spaces). 2-< " --in CC) D. Exterior: An area outside the building (e.g., roof mounted items). m a m 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE ES D ut A. NFPA Compliance: Insulating materials, jackets, mastics, etc., shall meet flame spr&Vd and smoke developed ratings in accordance with NFPA-90A. Flame spread rating of not more than 25, smoke developed rating of not more than 50 as tested by ANSI/ASTM E84 (UL 723) (NFPA 255) method. All accessory items such as PVC jacketing and fittings, adhesive, mastic, cement tape and cloth shall have the same component ratings as specified above. B. Installation of insulation materials shall be in accordance to the latest edition of MICA/NIAC National Commercial & Industrial Standards for the appropriate material application. C. NFPA Compliance: Fire Barrier Duct Wrap systems shall meet requirements of NFPA 96 for grease duct application. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of HVAC insulation. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's product number, thickness, and furnished accessories for each HVAC system requiring insulation. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in containers with manufacturer's stamp or label, affixed showing fire hazard ratings of products. HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 - 1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Protect insulation against dirt, water, and chemical and HVAC damage. Do not install damaged insulation; remove from project site. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Insulating Materials 1. Owens/Coming Fiberglass Corp. 2. Armacell. 3. Pittsburgh Coming Corp. 4. CertainTeed Corp. 5. Knauf Fiber Glass 6. John's -Manville Corp. 7. Aeroflex Mastics and adhesives as recommended by insulation manufacturer. 2.02 PIPE INSULATION A. Type 'A': Preformed sectional heavy density fiberglass insulation and factory applied vapor barrier, all service jacket with pressure sensitive self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips. Suitable for operating temperatures from 0 to +850 deg. F. Thermal conductivity shall be no greater than 0.23 Btu-in/hr-sq.ft.-deg F @ 75 deg. F mean temperature. Water vapor permeance of .02 perms. Equal to Owens Corning 25 ASJ/SSL. C4. Where insulation is exposed to weather outdoors it shall be covered with an aluminum or o 4tainless steel weatherproof jacket 0.016" thick and sealed. 2. -3Mere insulation is exposed in indoor occupied space and within 8 feet of finished floor, it rr Shall be covered with 30 mil PVC jacket equal to Johns Manville Zeston. W J>INhere insulation is exposed in a mechanical room and is within 6 feet of finished floor, it c��hall be covered with a 0.016" aluminum jacket. .J N >— U 151- pdt!D2S Flexible elastomeric extruded pipe covering, 6 pound density, 0.27 K factor, water U_ =V0pol:--bLrffneance of 0.20 perms. Suitable for temperature from -40 deg. F to +220 deg. F. Equal cM Arnaell, AP Arnaflex, joints sealed with adhesive as recommended by insulation Manufacturer. Exposed outdoor insulation to be finished with two coats of ArnacellArmaflex WB Finish protective coating. 1. Where insulation is exposed to weather outdoors it shall be covered with an aluminum or stainless steel weatherproof jacket 0.016" thick and sealed. 2. Where insulation is exposed in indoor occupied space and within 8 feet of finished floor, it shall be covered with 30 mil PVC jacket equal to Johns Manville Zeston. 3. Where insulation is exposed in a mechanical room and is within 6 feet of finished floor, it shall be covered with a 0.016" aluminum jacket. C. Type 'C': Preformed rigid hydrous calcium silicate insulation. Mechanically fastened by wiring in place using 16 gauge wire on 9" centers and covered with suitable jacketing for indoor or outdoor application. Suitable for operating temperatures +200 to +1200 deg. F. Thermal conductivity shall be no greater than 0.42 Btu-in/hr-sq.ft.-deg F @ 200 deg. F mean temperature. Equal to Owens -Coming Kaylo asbestos -free pipe insulation. HVAC INSULATION 23 0700-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA D. Type 'D': Preformed rigid cellular glass insulation with factory applied self sealing jacket. Suitable for operating temperatures -200 to +900 deg. F. Thermal conductivity shall be no greater than 0.29 Btu-in/hr-sq.ft.-deg F @ 75 deg. F mean temperature. Equal to Pittsburgh Coming Foamglas with Pittwrap SS Jacketing. E. Type 'E': Preformed sectional heavy density fiberglass insulation, absorbent hydrophilic wicking - cloth, and factory applied vapor barrier, all service jacket with evaporation holes aligned with inner wicking fabric and pressure sensitive self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips. Suitable for operating temperatures from 35 to +350 deg. F. Thermal conductivity shall be no greater than 0.23 Btu-in/hr-sq.ft.-deg F @ 75 deg. F mean temperature. Water vapor permeance of .02 penes. Equal to Knauf Fiber Glass PermaWick. 2.03 FITTING INSULATION A. Type 'Al': Fittings: Insulate with mitered segments of same insulating material as for adjacent pipe covering, or with pre -molded fiberglass wired in place and covered with all -service jacket or low smoke PVC fitting covers. Valve bodies, strainer bodies, flanges, etc.: insulate with single or multiple layers of same insulating material as for adjacent pipe covering, wired in place and covered with all -service jacket. 1. Where insulation is exposed to weather outdoors it shall be covered with an aluminum or stainless steel weatherproof jacket 0.016" thick and sealed. 2. Where insulation is exposed in indoor occupied space, it shall be covered with 30 mil PVC jacket equal to Johns Manville Zeston. 3. Where insulation is exposed in a mechanical room and is within 6 feet of finished floor, it shall be covered with a 0.016' aluminum jacket. 0 N B. Type 'B1': Fittings: Insulate fittings, valve bodies, strainer bodies, etc., with miteg!t pipa�, insulation or sheet insulation of same material as pipe covering. D _ C. Type 'C1': Fittings: Insulate fittings with mitered segments of pipe insulation of mial a� pipe covering, wired in place and finished with a 1/4' layer of insulating cemeni , Ive bodies n tpipestrainer bodies, flanges, etc.: insulate with single or multiple layers of same insulgmagrial at— pipe covering, wired in place and finished with 1/4° layer of insulating cement. o% o .c D. Type'D1': Fittings: Insulate fittings with mitered segments of pipe insulation ofsame maf4al as pipe covering, wired in place and covered with suitable jacketing for indoor or outdoor application. Valve bodies, strainer bodies, flanges, etc.: insulate with single or multiple layers of the same insulating material as pipe covering, wired in place, and covered with suitable jacketing for indoor or outdoor application. E. Type 'E1': Fittings: Insulate with mitered segments of same insulating material as for adjacent pipe covering, or with pre -molded fiberglass wired in place and covered. Wrap all fittings with PermaWick absorbent fabric and cover with appropriate all -service jacket or Proto PermaWliick PVC jackets with factory punched evaporation holes. Valve bodies, strainer bodies, flanges, etc.: insulate with single or multiple layers of same insulating material as for adjacent pipe covering, wired in place and covered with all -service jacket. Wrap all fittings with PermaWick absorbent fabric and cover with appropriate all surface jacket or Proto PermaWick PVC jackets with factory punched evaporation holes. HVAC INSULATION 230700-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2.04 EQUIPMENT INSULATION Type'G': 1. Rigid fiberglass insulation board with factory applied all service jacket. Suitable for operating temperatures of 0 to +850 deg. F. Water vapor permeance of .02 perms. Equal to Owens Coming Series 700 with 25 ASJ facing. 2. Cut or miter insulation where necessary to fit the shape and contour of the equipment. On round surfaces band insulation in place with 3/4° x 0.015° thick galvanized steel bands 18" on center. On flat or irregular surfaces impale insulation over welded pins on 12' centers and secure with speed washers. 3. Apply vapor seal ASJ pressure -sensitive patches at damaged areas. All insulation edges and butt joints are to be sealed with pressure -sensitive joint sealing tape to match the jacket. Apply in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. B. Type'H': 1. Rigid hydrous calcium silicate insulation. Suitable for operating temperatures of +200 to +1200 deg. F. Equal to Owens -Coming Kaylo asbestos free block insulation. 2. Cut or miter insulation where necessary to fit the shape and contour of the equipment. Insulation shall be held in place with 3/4° x 0.015° thick galvanized steel bands 18° on center. 3. Insulation shall be finished with 1/2" thickness of insulating cement, in two coats. C. Type T: CIN P xible elastomeric insulation. Suitable for operating temperatures of -40 to +220 deg. -Equal to Armacell Armaflex II Sheet Insulation. insulation where necessary to fit the shape and contour of the equipment. Insulation ! _SIMI[ be installed using Armstrong 520 Adhesive. 1 osed outdoor insulation shall be finished with two coats of Armacell Armaflex finish. 2.05 DIKT I0§0EATION "i o A. Cov€ring: Johns Manville Microlite Standard or equivalent firberglass duct wrap with factory applied Foil Scrim Kraft (FSK) vapor barrier jacket, 1.0 pound per cubic foot density. B. Rigid Duct Covering: Johns Manville or equivalent semi-rigid fiberglass insulation board with a factory applied Foil Scrim Kraft (FSK) vapor barrier jacket, three (3) pound per cubic foot density. Exterior rigid dud insulation to be covered with VentureClad 1577CW multilayered, self-adhesive jacketing system. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Use only experienced applicators regularly engaged in the trade. Rough work will be rejected. Application details shall be in accordance with the insulating materials suppliers recommendations except where a higher standard is specked. All surface finishes shall be extended in such a manner as to protect all raw edges, cuts and surfaces of insulation. B. All piping shall be insulated unless specifically noted otherwise. Piping not noted in the table below shall be insulated with thicknesses matching ASHRAE 90.1 based on the fluid temperatures. HVAC INSULATION 2307 00-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3.02 PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A Do not insulate the following: 1. Valve bonnets 2. Unions in hot piping 3. TC valve operators 4. Hot piping within radiation enclosures or unit cabinet. 5. Cold piping within unit cabinets provided piping is located over drain pan. 6. Condensate piping between steam trap and union. 7. Preinsulated expansion joints B. Inspect all piping and equipment before applying insulation to insure the installing contractor has completed all leak tests, and that all surfaces are clean, dry and ready for application of insulation. C. Covering for "cold" pipes shall pass unbroken through hanger clevises, sleeves, etc. All details of covering for cold surfaces shall be such that continuous covering with unbroken vapor barrier and uncompressed insulation is provided as required to prevent condensation. The same covering and hanging detail shall be used for pipes connecting to vibrating equipment or carrying p L ting pressures to avoid metal contact between pipes and hangers. 0 O C,.. D. Insulation at removable heads, strainer plugs, and other access points shall be fabd$�d i uch a manner that it can be readily removed without damage to the insulation. Remov3Bsra ion shall have a vapor proof cover fabricated so as to allow it to be resealed to the eg6im nt xopor barrier. -ir j n E. Provide rigid insulation inserts at hangers for pipes sizes 2" and larger. Ins ha e polyisocyanurate or calcium silicate, a minimum of 180 degrees and extend 2" beyondA a harf�er shield. Refer to MICA Plate 1-610. Wood or plastic block hanger inserts shall not be l'sed. N F. Use hydraulic insulating cement anywhere insulation fibers are exposed, to fill voids, and to repair damages to the factory applied vapor barrier. Finish with material matching or compatible with adjacent jacket material. 3.03 DUCT INSULATION APPLICATION A. Unless specifically indicated to not be insulated, all ductwork and accessories shall be either lined or covered. Duct systems not listed or without a type or thickness indicated on the plans shall be insulated with 1-112" wrap. 3.04 DUCT COVERING INSTALLATION A. Inspect all ductwork and equipment before applying insulation to insure the installing contractor has completed all leak tests, and that all surfaces are clean, dry and ready for application of insulation. B. Covering shall be cut slightly longer than circumference of duct to insure full thickness at corners. All insulation shall be adhered with edges tightly banded, and shall be adhered to duct with fire resistant adhesive. Adhesive shall be applied so that insulation conforms to duct surfaces uniformly and firmly. C. In addition to the adhesive, the insulation shall be additionally secured to the bottom of all ducts 18" or wider by means of grip nails and speed clips. The protruding ends of the pins shall be cut off flush after the speed clips have been applied. The vapor barrier facing shall be thoroughly sealed with a vapor barrier mastic and tape where the pins have pierced through. HVAC INSULATION 230700-5 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA D. Insulation for "cold" ducts and accessories shall pass unbroken through hangers, sleeves, fire dampers, flexible connectors, reheat coils, etc. as required to prevent condensation. All details of covering for cold surfaces shall be such that continuous covering with unbroken vapor barrier and uncompressed insulation is provided. The same covering and hanging detail shall be used for ducts connecting to vibrating equipment or carrying pulsating pressures to avoid metal contact between ducts and hangers. Insulation Contractor shall be responsible for coordination with equipment suppliers as required to ensure continuous covering of unlined equipment components, i.e. VAV terminal unit supply collar and exposed reheat coil u -bends, fan coil unit discharge, etc. E. Insulation at all access points shall be fabricated in such a manner that it can be readily removed without damage to the insulation. Removable insulation shall have a vapor proof cover fabricated so as to allow it to be resealed to the equipment vapor barrier. "'"'"NOTE: Not all services apply -refer to plans for scope of services. •'"""•"*'*" 3.05 PIPE INSULATION APPLICATION tC) W J Uo Service Type Insulation and Thickness' Above Ground Piping Hot water heating lines, supply and Type A and A1: return, condenser water for building 1-1/4' and smaller- 1-1/2'thick beating 1-1/2' and larger - 2' thick C) Q Type C and Cl: cr- 0 1-1 /4" and smaller - 2-1/2" thick c r 1-12" to 6" - 3" thick _j co cwt— 8" and larger -4"thick J@illettlwder, heat pump water lines, Type A and Al: e9ap6fA*water, ground water, well 6" and smaller -1" thick Jater, syMem make-up water 8" and larger- 1-1/2" thick 0 N Type B and 81: 6" and smaller -1" thick 8" and larger -1-1/2" thick Type E and E1: 6' and smaller -1'thick 8' and larger - 1-1/2' thick Heat recovery piping Type A and Al: All pipe sizes -1' thick Condensing appliance flue pipe in Type A and Al: un -heated spaces All pipe sizes -1-12' thick Type B and B1: All pipe sizes -1" thick HVAC INSULATION 230700-6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA Service Type Insulation and Thickness' Low pressure steam (up to 15 psig) Type A and Al: 1-1/4" and smaller- 1-12" thick 1-1/2" and larger - 2" thick Type C and Cl: 1-1/4' and smaller— 2-1/2' thick 1-1/2' to 6" — 3" thick 8" and larger -4-1/2" thick Medium pressure steam (up to 60 Type A and Al: psig) 3/4" and smaller -1-1/2" thick 1" and larger - 3" thick Type C and Cl: 3/4' and smaller -2-1/2" thick 1" to 1-1/4" - 4" thick 1-1/2" to 4" — 4-1/2' thick 5" and larger — 5' thick High pressure steam (over 60 psig) Type A and Al: 3/4" and smaller - 2-1/2" thick 1" to 3" - 3" thick 4" and larger -4" thick Type C and Cl: 3/4" and smaller -4" thick 1" to 3" —4-1/2" thick 00 4" and larger— 6" thick a rn Steam condensate and pump Type A and Al: p � discharge lines 1-1/4" and smaller- 1-1/2" thictfE C? 1-1/2" and larger - 2" thick y' n Type C and Cl: 1-1/4" and smaller -2-1/2" thick 1-1/2" to 6'— 3" thick 8' and larger— 4-1 /2" thick Condensate drain lines Type A and Al: 1" thick for all pipe sizes. Heat exchangers condensate Type G: 2" thick. receivers, air separators, Buffer Tank Type H: 3-12" thick Refrigeration piping Type B and B1: 3/4" and smaller— 3/4" thick 7/8' to 1-5/8" — 1" thick 2-1/8' and larger -1-12" thick Chiller evaporator Type I —1" thick Chilled water or two -pipe system pump volutes Generator/Engine Exhaust Piping Type C and C1 2" thick for all pipe sizes HVAC INSULATION 230700-7 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA Service Type Insulation and Thickness' Underground Pioing Type D and D1: 4' and smaller -1-1/2" thick Hot water heating lines, supply and 6' to 14" – 2" thick return 16' to 18" – 2-1/2" thick 20' to 24' – 3' thick Low pressure steam Type D and D1: 4" and smaller -1-1/2' thick 6' to 14" – 2" thick 16' to 18' – 2-1/2" thick 20' to 24" – 3' thick Medium pressure steam Type D and D1: 4" and smaller -1-1/2" thick 6' to 14" – 2" thick 16' to 18" – 2-12" thick 20' to 24' – 3' thick High pressure steam Type D and D1: 4" and smaller -2-1/2" thick 6' to 8" – 4" thick 10' to 14' – 5-1/2' thick 16' to 18' – 6' thick 20' to 24' – 7' thick Steam condensate and pump Type D and D1: discharge lines 4' and smaller -1-1/2' thick 6' to 14'– 2" thick 16' to 18' – 2-12' thick a's 20' to 24' – 3' thick 0 =Forexposed to outdoor ambient temperatures, increase thickness by 12' END OF SECTION 23 07 00 HVAC INSULATION 230700-8 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 23 09 00 — BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) PART1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements Division 22 — Plumbing, Division 23 — HVAC, Division 26 — Electrical, Division 27 —Telecommunications, and Division 26— Electronic Safety and Security are applicable to work required of this section. B. Coordination: 1. Coordination Required by BAS Contractor: The BAS Contractor shall provide all required information, material, direction and installation instructions to the designated contp9tor as required to allow this work to be completed in a timely/cost effective manner. This ifeudes, but is not limited to, the following: o a. Coordinate with General Contractor prior to the start of constmctia c) y 1) Locations of all sensors and devices located in CMU wallsc re%iwallsr" concrete slabs, pre -cast walls, etc. Where shop drawing a pmvideU for these items, the locations shall be shown on the fitted shoq-n drawing(s). rT1 b. Coordinate with the HVAC and Plumbing Piping Contractor prior tnst&tion� of piping on site: — 1) Locations of and pipe size transitions for all sensors, contiio'I valveGtc., ensuring accurate readings/operation and required access. 2) Locations of water flow measuring stations (WFMS) meeting the installation requirements for straight lengths of pipe upstream and downstream of the WFMS for the specific piping arrangement. C. Coordinate with Sheet Metal Contractor prior to the submittal of ductwork shop drawings: 1) Locations of all sensors, dampers, etc., ensuring accurate readings/operation and required access. 2) Locations of airflow measuring stations (AFMS) meeting the installation requirements for straight lengths of duct upstream and downstream of the AFMS for the specific ductwork arrangement. d. Coordinate with Testing and Balancing Contractor: 1) Provide support and coordination with Testing and Balancing (TAB) Contractor for all interfaces between controls and TAB scope of work. Provide all devices and timely access to the BAS for TAB Contractor use in completing TAB procedures. e. Coordinate with Electrical Contractor: 1) Quantities and locations for line voltage power requirements for powering BAS panels and devices. 2) If additional line voltage power is required for the operation of the BAS beyond the scope shown on the plans, it is the BAS Contractor's responsibility to provide the additional power; however, this work shall be performed by a qualified Electrical Contractor in accordance with the requirements of Division 26 specifications and included in the BAS Contractor's bid. 3) Quantities and locations of additional junction boxes required for controls components installed in electrical wiring systems (e.g. current sensor, relays, etc.). f. Coordinate with Telecom Contractor: 1) Quantities and locations of information outlet(s). BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2) If additional information outlets are needed beyond the quantity shown on the plans, it is the BAS Contractor's responsibility to provide these additional outlets. This work shall be performed by a qualified Telecom Contractor in accordance with Division 27 specifications and included in A. Contractor shall furnish and install a complete fully functioning BAS including all necessary hardware and all operating and applications software necessary to perform the control sequences of operation as called for in this specification and on the plans. The BAS Contractor shall include all items not specifically itemized in these specifications that are necessary to implement, maintain, and operate the system in compliance with the functional intent of these specifications. The BAS shall be a complete system designed for use on Intranets and the Internet. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination with the Owner without disruption to any of the other activities taking place on that LAN. B. The BAS shall possess a fully modular architecture, permitting expansion in the future through additional controllers, sensors, actuators, etc. C. Manage and coordinate the BAS system work in a timely manner in consideration of the project schedule. Coordinate cooperatively with the associated work of other trades so as to assist the progress and not impede or delay the work of associated trades. 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS A. The control system shall be installed by competent control mechanics and electricians employed by the BAS Contractor. BAS Contractor is responsible for all work performed by their subcontractors. B. All bidders must be BAS Contractors in the business of installing direct digital control building automation systems for a minimum of 3 years. BAS Contractors must also have a minimum of five completed projects of similar size and complexity that have been in operation at least one year with the product line that will be used on this project. Any request for substitution must include a list of projects and completion dates to demonstrate compliance with this requirement. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900-2 the BAS Contractors bid. g. Coordinate with Fire Alarm Contractor: 1) Quantities and locations for all points of connection between the BAS and fire alarm system. 2. Work by Others: The following incidental work shall be furnished by the designated under the supervision of the BAS Contractor. o` a. HVAC and Plumbing Piping Contractor shall: 0 „ 1) Install automatic valves, wells, flow switches, and water flow measuring 0 = o stations that are specified to be supplied by the BAS Contractor. w 41 2) Install all pipe mounted BAS items including wells, paddle switches and _li differential pressure switches, including their isolation valves and oo v~ associated tubing. N }P Sheet Metal Contractor shall: 0111) U's 1) Install all automatic dampers furnished by the BAS Contractor. Assemble o multiple section dampers with required interconnecting linkages and Q c — extend required number of shafts through duct for external mounting of damper actuators. 2) Provide necessary blank -off plates or ductwork transitions required to install dampers that are smaller than the duct size. 3) Provide access door or other approved means of access through ducts for service to control equipment. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall furnish and install a complete fully functioning BAS including all necessary hardware and all operating and applications software necessary to perform the control sequences of operation as called for in this specification and on the plans. The BAS Contractor shall include all items not specifically itemized in these specifications that are necessary to implement, maintain, and operate the system in compliance with the functional intent of these specifications. The BAS shall be a complete system designed for use on Intranets and the Internet. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination with the Owner without disruption to any of the other activities taking place on that LAN. B. The BAS shall possess a fully modular architecture, permitting expansion in the future through additional controllers, sensors, actuators, etc. C. Manage and coordinate the BAS system work in a timely manner in consideration of the project schedule. Coordinate cooperatively with the associated work of other trades so as to assist the progress and not impede or delay the work of associated trades. 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS A. The control system shall be installed by competent control mechanics and electricians employed by the BAS Contractor. BAS Contractor is responsible for all work performed by their subcontractors. B. All bidders must be BAS Contractors in the business of installing direct digital control building automation systems for a minimum of 3 years. BAS Contractors must also have a minimum of five completed projects of similar size and complexity that have been in operation at least one year with the product line that will be used on this project. Any request for substitution must include a list of projects and completion dates to demonstrate compliance with this requirement. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA C. The BAS system shall be provided by a single source manufacturer offering a full line of controllers. This system shall be furnished, engineered, and installed by the manufacturer's local branch office or the manufacturer's locally authorized representative. BAS Contractor shall have factory trained technicians to provide instruction, routine maintenance, and emergency service within 24 hours upon receipt of request. D. Control system components shall be the manufacturer's latest standard of design at the time of bid and in conformance with the following applicable standards for products specified. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The building automation system and components shall meet the following regulatory requirements: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials, ASTM. 2. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, IEEE. 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association, NEMA. 4. Electronics Industries Alliance, EIA. 5. National Fire Protection Association, NFPA. 6. National Electrical Code, NEC. 7. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air -Conditioning Engineers, ASHRAE, (ASHRAE Standard 135 The BACnet Standard). 8. American National Standards Institute, ANSI (ANSI 568 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard). 9. Underwriters Laboratory, UL (UL 916 Energy Management Systems). 10. FCC Regulation, Part 15. 11. Local building codes. 1.05 SUBMITTALS N A. The following shall be submitted for approval prior to commencing construction ofShe BASH 0 0 1. Contractor Qualifications: Document compliance with qualification req�aenkisted-"3 above. Include names, email addresses, and phone numbers of the �je�t n9nagerr-- primary programmer, electrical subcontractor, and other team members. co 2. BAS Design Submittal, including: -<r— a. A bookmarked PDF with bookmarks for each plan sheet with tit d hpmbe1, � r each schedule, and each product cut sheet with appropriate des n. o (� b. A table of contents listing sheet titles and sheet numbers. p C. A floor plan showing the proposed locations of all network controllers. CA d. BAS network architecture diagrams including all controllers, repeaters, ga?eways, interconnections, etc. e. Calculations showing that system architecture can support the minimum trending and data storage requirements of the project with a written guarantee that the final installation will meet the project trending and storage requirements. f. Schematics with accurate arrangement of devices as they relate to the equipment. g. Sequences and points lists as intended to be installed and programmed. A direct copy of the sequences and points lists from the plans will not be acceptable. h. Points schedule for each physical point shown on the schematics, including: tag, point type, system name and display units. i. Point-to-point wiring diagrams including start -stop arrangement for each piece of equipment, equipment interlocks, controller wiring terminal numbers and any special connection information required for properly controlling the HVAC equipment. j. Controller schedule, including quantity, part number, description, and optional features. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA k. Control damper schedule including a separate line for each damper and a column for each of the damper attributes, including: associated system, associated equipment, part number, fail position, damper type, damper operator, blade type, bearing type, seals, duct size, damper size, damper material, mounting, and actuator type. I. Control valve schedules including a separate line for each valve and a column for each of the valve attributes: associated system, associated equipment, part rn number, configuration, fail position, pipe size, valve size, valve type, valve material, C:) close off pressure, capacity, valve CV, calculated CV, design pressure, actual pressure, and actuator type. © = Airflow measuring station schedules including a separate line for each AFMS and �— W ,s J} a column for each of the AFMS attributes: associated system, associated F– equipment, part number, type, ducttfan inlet size, AFMS material, velocity range, J and design airflow. �n Product cut sheets including manufacturer's catalog data describing each item of (J_ F33 control equipment or component provided and installed for the project. Cut sheets 0 o shall include performance data as applicable (e.g. valve Cv, damper pressure Ndrops, operating range, sensor accuracy, sensor units, sensor, sensor hysteresis, sensor stability, etc.). o. Product cut sheets for any data storage devices including all technical specifications. B. The following shall be submitted for approval a minimum of two months prior to substantial completion: 1. Floor plan graphics. 2. One sample graphic of each different equipment arrangement included on the project. Graphics that are not identical (except for equipment labels) need to be submitted as separate graphics. 1.06 SOFTWARE LICENSES A. Provide required copies of all licenses for software, including software licenses on local workstations and software loaded or embedded into controllers or other network devices. BAS licensing shall allow for unlimited access to the system; no restrictions shall be placed on the licensing. All software used by the Contractor to install the system or needed to operate the system to its full capabilities shall be licensed and provided to the Owner. 1.07 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS A. Provide instructions on how to calibrate all sensors on the project. If a sensor cannot be field recalibrated but has the ability for replacement calibrated parts, include a source for obtaining the replacement parts. B. Refer to 23 0010 for Operation and Maintenance (O&M) and Owner training requirements. All products and devices installed shall be included in the O&M manual. Include the following: 1. Manufacturer's catalog data and specifications on sensors, transmitters, controllers, control valves, damper actuators, gauges, indicators, terminals, and any miscellaneous components used in the system. 2. A copy of all device calibration reports and certifications (e.g. NIST). 3. An operator's manual which will include detailed instructions for all operations of the system. 4. Operating and maintenance cautions and instructions. 5. An operator's reference table listing the addresses of all connected input points and output points. Settings shall be shown where applicable. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 6. A programmer's manual which will include all information necessary to perform programming functions. 7. A language manual which will include a detailed description of the language used and all routines used by the system. 6. Flow charts of the overall system configuration. 9. Complete program listing file and parameter listing file for all programs. 10. A copy of all software licenses. 11. A copy of the warranty. 12. Recommended spare parts list. C. Provide as -built documentation in the same format as the BAS Design Submittal, updated with all revisions and as -built conditions. Place a digital copy with a link from the BAS to the final as -built documentation. Also include a PDF copy on the operator workstation, if provided. As-builts shall be submitted after the system demonstration has been performed. Include a copy of the as -built point-to-point wiring diagrams and final programmed sequence inside each control panel enclosure. Also indicate exact installed locations on the floor plans for the following: 1. All network controllers 2. Pump differential pressure sensors 3. Fan differential pressor sensors 4. Outdoor air temperature and/or humidity sensor D. Provide a warranty on the entire system, including software, hardware, and labor. Refer to 23 0010 for warranty requirements. Provide an extended five (5) year warranty on all control valves and control valve actuators. 1. In the last month of the warranty period, all BAS software and controller firmware, software, drivers, etc., shall be upgraded and validated to the latest release (version) in effect the end of the warranty period. 'o 2. At the end of the warranty period, the final version of all BAS software arli rWgrm ningM shall be fully backed up on external storage device(s) (e.g. CD, USB drive t'y). olude� all software licenses. Turn the external storage device over to the Owner. n -< " �— In m 1.08 PRE-PROGRAMMNG DESIGN REVIEW MEETING <m y, jTj A. Prior to starting programming, a design review meeting shall be scheduled W2Ae Dgsign Professional. The agenda of this meeting will be to discuss the design intent, reviiw all sy_Wms requiring control, review naming conventions, and answer any questions the Temperature CMrols Contractor may have. 1.09 DESIGN PROFESSIONAL BAS ACCESS A The BAS Contractor shall provide BAS access to the Design Professional prior to substantial completion or the date of the final punch list, whichever occurs first. This shall include a username and password unique to the Design Professional. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS Subject to compliance with requirements, acceptable manufacturers are as follows: Schneider Electric - Baker Group BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900-5 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2.02 SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE A. The complete electronic BAS system may be comprised of the following levels of control devices. 1. Operator Workstation includes the hardware and software necessary for an operator to D. The BAS network shall support both copper and optical fiber communication media. E. All line drivers, repeaters, signal conditioners, etc., shall be provided as necessary for proper data communication. F. The system shall use the same application programming language for all levels. G. The system shall be configured as a distributed processing network(s) capable and shall be scalable and expandable at all levels of the system using the same software interface and the same types of controllers. Systems that require replacement of either the workstation software or any controllers to expand the system shall not be acceptable. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900-6 interface with the control system. 2. Central File Server shall store all data required by the system and be permanently connected to the network. 3. Network Controller(s) are used for high level global programming functions and system networking. 4. Local Controllers are for control of large primary HVAC systems such as air handling systems, heating hot water systems and chilled water systems. 5. Application Specific Controllers are dedicated for specific equipment such as VAV boxes, fan coils, and heat pumps. BT Repeaters are used for communication signal enhancement along the Tier 2 network. Q Weways are used to allow communication between two different communication Q -- y_pretocols. ac Ci:Qtwork thermostats dedicated to specific equipment such as VAV boxes, fan coils, or heat W c JgUfnps, etc. J ao UField devices include, but are not limited to, electronic sensors, valves, actuators, switches, >-Ways, and transducers. LL �. t'T*r 1 level network is the main backbone of the system and shall be an Ethernet Local v21fea Network (LAN). All network controllers, the Operator Workstation, and the Central oe Server shall be connected directly to this network without the need for gateway n devices. 11. Tier 2 level networks are the communication busses managed by the network controllers. Local Controllers and Application Specific Controllers shall reside on a Tier 2 communication bus without any third -party controllers. All third -party controllers shall reside on a Tier 2 communication bus dedicated to third -party controllers. B. Data throughout any level of the network shall be available to and accessible by all other devices, controllers, the Central File Server, and the Operator Workstation. C. Interruptions or faults at any point on the network shall not interrupt communications between other nodes on the network. D. The BAS network shall support both copper and optical fiber communication media. E. All line drivers, repeaters, signal conditioners, etc., shall be provided as necessary for proper data communication. F. The system shall use the same application programming language for all levels. G. The system shall be configured as a distributed processing network(s) capable and shall be scalable and expandable at all levels of the system using the same software interface and the same types of controllers. Systems that require replacement of either the workstation software or any controllers to expand the system shall not be acceptable. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900-6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2.03 OPERATOR INTERFACE A. General: The BAS operator interface shall be user friendly, readily understood and shall make maximum use of colors, graphics, icons, embedded images, animation, text based information and data visualization techniques to enhance and simplify the use and understanding of the BAS system by authorized users at the Operator Interface. 1. User access to the BAS system shall be protected by a flexible and Owner redefinable software -based password access protection. Password protection shall be muni -level (minimum of 4 levels) and partitionable to accommodate the varied access requirements of different user groups. Provide the means to define unique access privileges for each individual authorized user. Also provide the means to establish general password groups to which an individual will then be assigned. Once assigned to the group each individual will assume all the capabilities and restrictions of that group. Provide the means to manage individual user password and access privileges under the control of a master password. 2. The operator interface shall be able to combine data from any and all of the system components in a single browser window. This shall include historical data stored on a server. 3. The operator interface shall incorporate comprehensive support for functions including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: a. User access for selective information retrieval and control command execution. b. Monitoring and reporting. C. Alarm, non -normal, and return to normal condition annunciation. d. Selective operator override and other control actions. No e. Information archiving, manipulation, formatting, display and reportq. o f.BAS internal performance supervision and diagnostics. r-- —n g. On-line access to user HELP menus. >Z h. On-line access to current BAS as -built records and documentatioq->-G N i. Means for the controlled re -programming, reconfiguration of BAS.-pperat% andr for the manipulation of BAS database information in compliance witKR prowailingM codes, approvals and regulations for individual BAS applications.— ;:0 a 4. Provide BAS reports and displays making maximized use of simple Erhart laguageo descriptions and readily understood acronyms, abbreviations and the likvo assi6huser understanding and interpretation. ry 5. All text naming conventions shall be consistent in their use and application throughout the BAS and coordinated with Owner preference. B. Web Interface 1. The system shall be capable of supporting clients using a standard web browser such as Internet Explorer' . Systems requiring additional software (to enable a standard Web browser) are not acceptable. 2. The web browser shall provide the same view of the system, in terms of graphics, schedules, calendars, logs, etc., and provide the same interface methodology as is provided by the graphical user interface on the operator workstation. Systems that require different views or that require different means of interacting with objects such as schedules, or logs, shall not be acceptable. 3. The web browser client shall support at a minimum, the following functions: a. User logon identification and password shall be required. Security using Java authentication and encryption techniques to prevent unauthorized access shall be implemented. b. Users shall have administrator -defined access privileges. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 23 09 00 -7 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA C. The system shall provide the capability to specify a users home page. Provide the ability to limit a specific user to just their defined home page. From the home page links to other views, or pages in the system, shall be possible if allowed by the system administrator. d. Graphical screens developed for the operator interface shall be the same screens used for the web browser client. Any animated graphical objects supported by the operator workstation software shall be supported by the web browser interface. e. HTML programming shall not be required to display system graphics or data on a web page. HTML editing of the web page shall be allowed if the user desires a specific look or format. f. Real-time values displayed on a web page shall update automatically without requiring a manual 'refresh' of the web page. g. Graphic screens on the web browser client shall support hypertext links to other locations on the Internet or on Intranet sites, by specifying the Uniform Resource Locator (URL) for the desired link. C. Alarms: Alarms shall be routed directly from network controllers to the operator workstation and/or servers. It shall be possible for specific alarms from specific points to be routed to specific PCs and servers. The alarm management portion of the operator interface software shall, at the minimum, provide the following functions: 1. The BAS shall annunciate diagnostic alarms, at a minimum, indicating system failure, individual controller failure, individual component failure, and non -normal operating conditions. 2. Any attribute of any object in the system may be designated to report an alarm. 3. Log date and time of alarm occurrence. $' Generate a'pop-up' window, with audible alarm, informing a user that an alarm has been eived. (� =Jglow a user, with the appropriate security level, to acknowledge, temporarily silence, or W = w Y18card an alar. Q 6.—r�-rovide an audit trail on hard drive for alarms by recording user acknowledgment, deletion, co C-) ;5 of an ala. The audit trail shall include the name of the user, the ala, the cv A rr ion taken on the alar, and a time/date stamp. ovide the ability to direct alarms to an e-mail address or phone number via text message. o this must be provided in addition to the pop up window described above. Systems which c use e-mail and/or text messaging as the exclusive means of annunciating alarms are not acceptable. D. Reports: Reports shall be generated and directed to one or more of the following: operator interface displays or an archive at the users option. As a minimum, the system shall provide the following reports: 1. All points in the BAS system. 2. All points in each BAS application. 3. All points locked out or overridden in a BAS application. 4. All points currently in alar in a BAS application. 5. All BAS schedules. 6. All user defined and adjustable variables, schedules, interlocks, etc. 7. BAS diagnostic and system status reports. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 23 09 00 -8 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA E. Navigation Tree: The system shall have an intuitive and easy to navigate collapsible and expandable navigation tree. Requirements of the navigation tree shall include: 1. A dedicated folder where links to all graphics are located. In systems with many different graphics, locate similar equipment graphics in a sub -folder (e.g. VAVs for Level 1 in a sub- folder). 2. A grouping of all systems/equipment/points by the network controller and communication bus it resides on. All systems and equipment shall match the names indicated on the plans. 3. A minimum of 5 collapsible and expandable levels. 4. Links to long-term trends. 5. Links to all alarms and alarm history logs. 6. Ability for the operator to customize the navigation tree by defining groupings and adding any systems or points to those groups and modifying the order of groups. 7. Ability for groups to be located within other groups. 8. Ability to rename any group, system, or point in the navigation tree. Dynamic Color Graphics: The system shall allow for the creation of user defined, color graphic displays for the viewing of HVAC, systems, electrical systems, building schematics, etc. These graphics shall contain point information from the database including any attributes associated with the point (engineering units, etc.). In addition, users with the appropriate securit _level s@ll be able to command equipment or change setpoints from a graphic through the usegfAhe gsuse. --n Requirements of the color graphic subsystem include: 1. An unlimited number of graphic displays shall be able to be generated and er tedo r 2. Graphics shall be based on vectorized technology and HTML5 programrt7A(st ngfge. (" n Rasterized graphics and Java programming language are not acceptable. =r3. Values of real time attributes displayed on the graphics shall be dynamic a'j70jjpon the displays. 4. The graphic displays shall be able to display and provide animation based on reeMme BAS data that is acquired, derived, or entered. 5. Users with the appropriate security level shall be able to change values (setpoints) and states in system controlled equipment directly from the graphic display. 6. Provide a graphic editing tool that allows users with the appropriate security level to create and edit graphic files. It shall be possible to edit the graphics directly while they are on line, or at an off line location for later downloading to the controller. 7. BAS system shall be provided with a complete user expandable symbol library containing all of the basic symbols used to represent typical system components. Implementing these symbols in a graphic shall involve dragging and dropping them from the library to the graphic. 8. The following graphics, at a minimum, shall be provided: a. Floor plan graphics showing all as constructed room numbers, zoning boundaries, zone level space sensors readings (temperature, relative humidity, occupancy, CO2, CO, etc.) and indicate accurate locations of the sensors. The floor plan graphics shall also show the as constructed location and name of all network controllers. 1) All readings shall be color coded to indicate the deviation from current set point and a legend describing the colors and associated deviation scale. 2) Any readings in an alarm shall flash on the graphic. 3) All zones shall include a link to the zone level equipment graphic page. b. Central system graphics showing all equipment and components with interconnecting piping/ductwork in schematic form. Equipment and components shall be accurately placed relative to each other on the schematic. 1) Each hydronic piping system. 2) Each smoke evacuation system. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 23 09 00 -9 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3) Each stairwell pressurization system. 4) Each space (such as a lab) with differential pressure control. 5) Overall building pressure with all airflows entering and leaving the building. 6) Each steam piping system. C. A graphic screen for all equipment connected to the BAS system. At a minimum, all points listed in the minimum points list on the plans shall be visible on the graphic screen. 1) Include a separate graphic screen for every individual piece of equipment. Where two or more pieces of equipment are redundant (e.g. system pumps), they may reside on the same graphic screen. 2) Where a reset or staging schedule is required, include the details of the reset schedule and staging schedule on the graphics. Indicate the current set point or stage as calculated by the reset or staging schedule. 3) Where a software button is required by the sequence, include the software button on the graphic. 4) All software points listed on the plans shall also be included on the graphic. d. Where redundant equipment is set up as lead lag, the graphic screen shall include the ability for the user to switch the lead/lag positions. G. Schedules: It shall be possible to configure and download all schedules within the BAS from the operator interface. 1. The system shall provide multiple schedule input forms for automatic BAS time -of -day scheduling and override scheduling of BAS operations. At a minimum, the following spreadsheet types shall be accommodated: m a. Weekly schedules. CD b. Monthly schedules. c. Special "Only active if today is a holiday" schedules. o Temporary override schedules. (� 2.=¢ ! QTru dules shall be provided for each individual piece of equipment. Similar equipment on J co Egpame system shall also be able to be scheduled globally. For example, All VAVs on N g HU system shall be able to have the same schedule as the AHU ortheir own individual d ile for each VAV. Each schedule shall include all output points residing within the m. Each point may have a unique schedule of operation relative to the system use �o scbedule, allowing for sequential starting and control of equipment within the system. N Scheduling and rescheduling of points shall be accomplished easily via the system schedule spreadsheets. 3. Monthly calendars for a 12 -month period shall be provided that allow for simplified scheduling of holidays and special days in advance. Holidays and special days shall be user -selected with the pointing device or keyboard, and shall automatically reschedule equipment operation as previously defined on the weekly schedules. H. Power failure and automatic restart: 1. Provide for the automatic, orderly and predefined shutdown of parts or all of the BAS following total loss of power to parts or all of the BAS. 2. Provide for the automatic, orderly and predefined startup and return to normal control of parts or all of the BAS following total loss of power to those parts or all of the BAS. Archive and annunciate time and details of restoration. 3. Maintain the operation of the BAS real-time clock during periods of power outage for a minimum of 72 hours. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 23 09 00 -10 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA Historical trending and data collection: Trend and store point data as indicated on the plans. Long- term data collection can be stored locally if memory allows or offloaded to a separate system server or hard drive. Data shall be capable of being exported in a .csv,.xis or .xlsx format or other acceptable formats for custom queries and reports using industry standard software analysis tools. 1. Trend shall be capable of recording as raw data or data that is filtered where specified to be filtered before recording by the following typical fitter types: a. Average value. b. Maximum value. C. Minimum value. d. Change of value (COV). e. Change of state (COS). f. Range — difference between minimum and maximum values. 2. The software shall be able to perform the following functions on a set of user selected data: a. Standard deviation. b. Sum of all values. C. Variance. 3. Trends shall be able to be displayed in a table or graphical format. Trends shall be able to be saved in the navigation tree for future reference. The graphical display shall have the following capabilities: a. Displaying multiple trends of any user selected points on one graph. b. Adjust both the x-axis and y-axis scales. o C. Utilize multiple y-axes with unique scales and assign trends to either at the user's choosing. C:) d. Change trend colors, line types, and line weights. �y :, Z e. Change display of trends between analog values and binary. Bing0ispl2VA shal(� have the option to be displayed as a square wave. �C m T J. Point naming conventions and abbreviations shall be consistent with the plans an rn orflVent1 ,Q1 between all systems and equipment. �� C? N 2.04 NETWORK CONTROLLERS A. General: The network controller shall be a microprocessor based, multi -tasking real time system controller that provides advanced system programming, uplink and downlink communications, polling and other supervisory functions for local and application specific controllers. B. Each network controller shall be classified as a BACnet compatible device, supporting the BACnet Building Controller (B -BC) profile. Controllers that support a lesser profile such as B-AAC, B -ASC, or B -SA are not acceptable. Network controllers shall be tested and certified by the BACnet Testing Laboratory (BTL) as Advanced Application Controllers (B -BC). C. Hardware Specifications 1. Operating Environment: The controller shall be capable of operating in an environment of 32 to 122 deg F and 10 to 90% relative humidity non -condensing. 2. Memory: Both the operating system of the controller, plus the application program for the controller, shall be stored in non-volatile, FLASH memory. Controllers shall contain enough memory for the current application, plus required history logging, plus a minimum of 20% additional free memory. If the controller does not have the required built-in memory capacity, a separate data storage device shall be provided. 3. Communication Ports: Each network controller shall provide communication to both the Operator Workstation(s) and the field buses. An on -board Ethernet port shall be provided. 4. Stand -Alone: The controller shall be a true no -host system that does not require a PC or "Host" computer to perform any control functions or communications. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 23 09 00 -11 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 5. Modular Expandability: The system shall employ a modular input/output (1/0) design to allow easy expansion. Input and output capacity is to be provided through plug-in modules. It shall be possible to combine 1/0 modules as desired to meet the 1/0 requirements for individual control applications. 6. Real Time Clock (RTC): Each network controller shall include a battery -backed, real time clock, accurate to 10 seconds per day. The RTC shall provide the following: time of day, day of week, day, month, and year. The system shall automatically correct for daylight savings time and leap years. 7. Power Supply: The power supply for the network controller shall be auto sensing, 120 VAC, 60 Hz power, with a tolerance of +/- 20%. Line voltage below the operating range of the system shall be considered a power outage. The controller shall contain over voltage surge protection and require no external AC power signal conditioning. a. Automatic Restart After Power Failure: Upon restoration of power after an outage, the network controller shall automatically and without human intervention: update all monitored functions, resume operation based on current, synchronized time and status, and implement special start-up strategies as required. b. Battery backup: The network controller shall include an on -board battery to back up the controller's RAM. The battery shall have a shelf life of over 5 years and provide accumulated backup of all RAM and clock functions for at least 30 days. In the case of a power failure, the network controller shall first try to restart from the RAM memory. If that memory is corrupted or unusable, then the network m controller shall restart itself from its application program stored in its FLASH memory. $r Id communication ports shall be individually electrically isolated to protect against ® :1Z = Wensients, spikes, and power surges. The ports shall be optically isolated from each other, LLJ W `s the controller circuit board and from power wiring. Optical isolation shall be provided either cp V(K an integral component to the controller or provided as a separate interface device --� " %—between the controller and field wiring. Lj JE ilure of any network controller shall register as an alarm in the BAS. --� U ss D. 108ptwork F;ontroller Software 0 N 1. General: The network controller shall contain FLASH memory to store both the resident operating system and the application software. There will be no restrictions placed on the type of application programs in the system. Each network controller shall be capable of parallel processing and executing all control programs simultaneously. Any program may affect the operation of any other program. Each program shall have the full access of all 1/0 facilities of the processor. This execution of control function shall not be interrupted due to normal user communications including interrogation, program entry, printout of the program for storage, etc. 2. Passwords: User access to the controller shall be protected by a flexible and Owner redefinable software -based password access protection. Password protection shall be mufti -level (minimum of 4 levels) and partitionable to accommodate the varied access requirements of different user groups. Provide the means to define unique access privileges for each individual authorized user. Also provide the means to establish general password groups to which an individual will then be assigned. Once assigned to the group each individual will assume all the capabilities and restrictions of that group. Provide the means to manage individual user password and access privileges under the control of a master password. 3. Login: A user definable login message shall be displayed every time the workstation is connected to a system controller. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 23 09 00 -12 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 4. User Programming Language: The application software shall be user programmable. This includes all strategies, sequences of operation, control algorithms, parameters, and setpoints. The source program shall be English language -based and programmable by the user. The language shall be structured to allow for the easy configuration of control programs, schedules, alarms, reports, telecommunications, local displays, mathematical calculations, passwords, and histories. The language shall be self -documenting. Users shall be able to place comments anywhere in the body of a program. Program listings shall be configurable by the user in logical groupings. Controllers that use a "canned" program method will not be accepted. 5. Help Menu: On-line location sensitive help shall be provided for each menu item, describing the consequences of making the highlighted menu selection. 6 Programming Functions: The software blocks shall provide all the necessary mathematics, logic, utility, and control functions necessary for proper sequence of control. These functions shall be contained in the network controller operating system to be available in any combination for field programming the unit through RAM memory. a. Proportional, Integral plus Derivative Control (PID) b. Self -tuning PID C. Two position control d. Digital filter e. Ratio calculator f. Equipment cycling protection 7. Energy Management Applications: As a minimum, the network controller shall lefse the ability to, but not be limited to, perform energy management strategies sugb as: o a. Time or event based scheduling b. Calendar/holiday based scheduling C. Temporary schedule overrides D N d. Adaptive optimum start/stop co ar- e. Chiller and boiler reset/optimization -<r �, m f. Demand IimitingAoad shedding r g. Enthalpy switchover (economizer) o h. Temperature compensated duty cycling i. CFM tracking n j. Temperature or pressure reset k. Run time totalization I. Alarm detection and dial out or email out M. Night setback n. Historical trending 8. Alarms: The network controller shall be capable of comparing analog and digital readings to predetermined high and low limits and annunciate each time a value enters or returns from an alar condition. Unique high and low limits shall be supplied for each analog point in the network. The network shall be capable of suppressing selected alar reporting when the primary equipment from which the alar point is based is in the inactive state. The alar features of the system controller software shall, as a minimum, provide the following: a. Digital, analog, and hVlow settings and deadband b. Sliding alar limits C. Conditional alarming d. Alarm inhibiting through feedback loop e. Fluttering alarm suppression f. Separate tailored alarm messages of 70 characters each g. Auto dial of any user selected alarm condition to a minimum of 25 telephone numbers h. Auto email of any user selected alarm condition to a minimum of 25 email addresses BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900-13 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 9. Trending: Each network controller shall have the capability to simultaneously trend a minimum of 60 combined points. Adjustable sampling intervals for each trend from 30 seconds to one day or on change of value/state shall be possible. Each trend shall be capable of being automatically started or stopped, based on time of day, externally sensed points, alarms, or a calculated value. Upload of trend data to the operator workstation or other memory storage device shall be automatically performed at any time during the sampling period. The uploaded trend data shall be fully compatible with Microsoft Excel. 10. On -Line Testing: The network shall have the capability to allow the operator to design, test, and implement desired control strategies on-line. 11. Communication Diagnostics: The network controller software shall be capable of self - diagnosing failure automatically without necessary query by the operator. In the event of communications failure or limited power failure, the network shall be capable of both notifying a local operator of the speck occurrence, as well as communicating to a remote operator, either by the internal or auto dialing/emailing the condition. In addition to automatic self -diagnostics, each network controller shall maintain communications statistics on local and application specific controller communications. These statistics shall tabulate total communications attempted versus successful and unsuccessful communications by unit number. An option shall exist to reset communications statistics to zero (0) at any time. 2.05 LOCAL CONTROLLERS A. General: Each HVAC local controller shall be a stand-alone BAS controller. The local controllers shall be a local control loop microprocessor -based controller installed at each HVAC system (e.g. air handling unit, heating plant, chilled water plant). Each controller shall be fully programmable, contain its own control programs and will continue to operate in the event of a failure or communication loss to its associated network controller. B. Each local controller provided must be a BACnet device, supporting the BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC) profile. Controllers that support a lesser profile such as B -ASC or SA are not acceptable. Local controllers shall be tested and certified by the BACnet Testing .tabor ]C afy (BTL) as Advanced Application Controller(B-AAC). O J1 - J Co. Rperating Environment: The controller shall be capable of operating in an environment of 2 to 122 deg F and 10 to 90% relative humidity non -condensing. Ti. v*emory: Both the operating system of the controller, plus the application program for the c coDntroller, shall be stored in non-volatile, FLASH memory. Controllers shall contain enough c memory for the current application plus required history logging. All controllers with volatile memory shall have a battery -backup for a minimum of 72 hours. Each controller shall be addressable by a workstation or laptop. 3. Isolation: Control, communication, and power circuits for each controller shall be individually electrically isolated to protect against transients, spikes, and power surges. 4. Input/Output Modules: Provide with at least the minimum quantity of inputs and outputs as required by the sequence of operations and points list. a. Analog inputs shall accept industry standard analog signals (4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC, etc.). b. Binary inputs shall detect contact closures. C. Universal inputs shall have functionality as either an analog or binary input. d. Digital outputs may be latched or momentary contact type. e. Analog outputs shall have a 1% resolution over total output span of 100%. f. Configurable outputs shall have functionality as either an analog or binary output. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900-14 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 5. Expandability: Provide input and output expansion capability through the use of plug-in modules. At least two 1/0 expansion modules must be capable of being added to the base local controller. D. Software: Provide complete controller software to execute all HVAC system local loop controls functions. 1. Control Parameters: The software blocks in the local controller shall produce all of the necessary reverse acting and/or direct acting PI signals as required by the control sequence. The proportional and integral values which make up the PI output value shall be readable and modifiable, at the system workstation or the portable service tool to facilitate tuning of control loops. 2. Networking: Each input, output, or calculation result shall be capable of being assigned to the system controller for system networking. The local controller shall also provide the ability to download and upload configuration data, both locally at the controller and via the BAS communications network. 3. Scan: Controller shall continuously scan and maintain the most recent data in RAM for retrieval by a network controller, operator interface, and by the local controller software programs. 4. Database: All field control databases shall be entered, changed or downloaded to the local controllers via a laptop or operator workstation. 1. 5. Auto -Calibration: All inputs shall feature an auto -calibrate function to eliminate 40sing errors. —1—A 6. Memory: Provide amount of memory required to store data until it is sent%ate *ork �- controller. _' --t r+ 7. Programming Functions: Provide the following standard BAS loop programrMhefunQ&ns: r a. Control block programming r C- b. PI or PID control m C. Serial load staging O p d. Binary load staging Ln e. Analog load staging f. Master-submaster routines g. Anti -windup for integrated loops 8. Real Time Clock (RTC): All local controllers shall have a real time clock in either hardware or software. The accuracy shall be within 10 seconds per day. The RTC shall provide the following information: time of day, day, month, year, and day of week. Each local controller shall receive a signal, every hour, over the network from the network controller, which synchronizes all local controllers' real time clocks. E. Failure Operation: 1. Automatic Restart After Power Failure: Upon restoration of power after an outage, the controller shall automatically and without human intervention: update all monitored functions, resume operation based on current, synchronized time and status, and implement special start-up strategies as required. 2. Stand -Alone Operation During Network Communication Failure: Controllers requiring the application or database to be downloaded from a host or share processing with a network controller shall not be acceptable. During a communication failure the application specific controller must run the control application using the current setpoints and configuration. 3. Failure of any local controller shall register as an alarm in the BAS. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 23 09 00 -15 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 2.06 APPLICATION SPECIFIC CONTROLLERS A. General: Each HVAC application specific controller shall be a stand-alone BAS controller. The controller shall include all hardware and software required for communications with the network controller. Unless noted otherwise, an individual application specific controller shall be dedicated for each terminal device. B. Each application specific controller provided must be a BACnet device, supporting the BACnet Application Specific Controller (B -ASC) profile. Controllers that support a lesser profile such as B- SA are not acceptable. Local controllers shall be tested and certified by the BACnet Testing Laboratory (BTL) as Application Specific Controllers (B -ASC). C. Hardware: 1. Operating Environment: The controller shall be capable of operating in an environment of 32 to 122 deg F and 10 to 90% relative humidity non -condensing. 2. Input/Output Modules: Provide with at least the minimum quantity of inputs and outputs as required by the sequence of operations and points list. a. Analog inputs shall accept industry standard analog signals (4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC, etc.). b. Binary inputs shall detect contact closures. C. Universal inputs shall have functionality as either an analog or binary input. d. Digital outputs may be latched or momentary contact type. e. Analog outputs shall have a 1 % resolution over total output span of 100%. f. Configurable outputs shall have functionality as either an analog or binary output. 3. Expandability: Provide input and output expansion capability through the use of plug-in modules. Where additional inputs or outputs are required for the specified application, provide the expansion module with the application speck controller. D. aSoftware: C) 4- -a. Xtrogramming: The control program shall reside in the application specific controller. The c W -application program shall be maintained in read only memory (ROM). The default J>fatabase, i.e. setpoints and configuration information, shall be stored in electrically ap L -"-erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM). Controllers requiring local setting _ N >-r4 potentiometers or dip switches are not acceptable for programming functions. Dip Q itches for creating unique addresses for controllers are acceptable. 4 -21 v to -Calibration: All inputs shall feature an auto -calibrate function to eliminate sensing N Errors. O N. E. Failure Operation: 1. Automatic Restart After Power Failure: Upon restoration of power after an outage, the controller shall automatically and without human intervention: update all monitored functions, resume operation based on current, synchronized time and status, and implement special start-up strategies as required. 2. Stand -Alone Operation During Network Communication Failure: Controllers requiring the application or database to be downloaded from a host or share processing with a network controller shall not be acceptable. During a communication failure the application specific controller must run the control application using the current setpoints and configuration. 3. Failure of any application specific controller shall register as an alarm in the BAS. 2.07 REPEATERS AND SIGNAL CONDITIONERS A. Provide a repeaters and signal conditioners at locations in the controls network where required. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900-16 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2.08 GATEWAYS A. Provide a gateway at all points of connections of dissimilar controls networks/protocols. The gateway shall permit the exchange of all specked and required information between the two dissimilar networks/protocols. 2.09 FIELD DEVICES A. Multi -Purpose Sensors: 1. All mufti -purpose or combination sensors shall meet all requirements listed below for the individual sensors that are being combined into one unit. 2. Sensors are only allowed to be combined if shown in the exact same location on the controls schematics, HVAC plans, or elevations with no components between them. B. Temperature Sensors: 1. General: a. All temperature devices shall use precision thermistors or RTD sensors accurate to +/-1 degree F over a range of —30 to 230 degrees F, unless indicated otherwise. 2. Space Sensors and/or Thermostats: a. Sensors shall be available in an off-white ventilated enclosure, unless noted otherwise on the plans. Sensor shall be able to be mounted on a standard electrical box. b. Where indicated on the plans, the sensor housing shall feature both a mechanism for adjusting the space temperature set point and/or a push button for selecting after hours occupied operation. C. Where indicated on the plans, the sensor shall incorporate either an LED or LCD display for viewing the space temperature, set point, and other operator selectable parameters. Using built in buttons, operators shall be able to adjust set points directly from the sensor. Resolution shall be as indicated on the plans. d. Minimum sensing range shall be 32 to 100 deg. If a space is being.controllgato a set point outside of this range, then a sensor appropriate for the l cptioe shall be provided. — $" e. All sensors shall be the same appearance in the occupied and put{IiSzkea4the building, but may have different options as required (set point adjustp", ovwride button, etc.). Exceptions that would allow a different appearprlce include rn mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, storage rooms, vestibules, etc,-. S 3. Duct Sensors: Sensors shall incorporate a thermistor bead embedded Ike tt5of a stainless steel tube. Wiring shall terminate in a galvanized steel box atihe end,¢f the probe, except where wiring factory provided wiring can be connected to a controller out additional wiring. Probe style dud sensors are required in air handling applications where the coil or duct area is less than 14 square feet. a. For duct widths 12" or less, use a minimum 4" probe. b. For duct widths between 13" and 24", use a minimum 8" probe. C. For duct widths larger than 24", use a minimum 12' probe. 4. Averaging Temperature Sensors: Sensors shall be employed in duds which are larger than 14 square feet. The length of flexible copper tubing shall cover no more than one square foot of face area per one linear foot of sensing element length. The maximum length of the copper tube for one device shall be 24 ft. Where a longer length is required, multiple sensors shall be provided and the average temperature calculated by software programming. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 23 09 00 -17 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 5. Immersion Sensors: Sensors shall be employed for measurement of temperature in all hydronic, domestic water, and refrigerant piping applications. Thermal wells shall be brass or stainless steel for non -corrosive fluids below 250 degrees F and 300 series stainless steel for all other applications. Wiring shall terminate in a galvanized steel box at the end of the probe. The length of the probe shall extend into the pipe so the end of the probe is in the middle third of the pipe. Use for all water temperature sensors on all pipe sizes 2" and larger, unless indicated otherwise on the controls schematics. 6. Pipe Surface Mount Temperature Sensors (Strap -on): Use on all pipe sizes 1-1/2° and smaller or where specifically indicated on the controls schematics. 7. Freezestats: Low limit temperature sensors with manual reset and capillary tube that senses the lowest temperature along the length of the capillary. The length of the capillary tube shall cover no more than one square foot of face area per one linear foot of capillary tube length. Where long lengths are required, provide multiple freezestats. The sensor shall be adjustable throughout the entire temperature range of 15 to 55 deg F. 8. Outdoor Air Sensors: Provide with weather shield to protect against solar radiation and precipitation with multiple discs/shields over the probe to allow for good airflow and accurate readings even if mounted in direct sunlight. Minimum sensing range shall be from -40 to 140 deg F. 9. Slab Sensors: Sensor shall accurate measure temperatures below 40 deg F. Provide with an enclosure to be recessed into the slab. C. Humidity Sensors: 1. Space Sensors: a. Humidity sensors shall be of the solid-state type using a hydroscopic polymer or thin film capacitive sensing element. b. Sensors shall be available in an off-white ventilated enclosure, unless noted 00 otherwise on the plans. Sensor shall be able to be mounted on a standard p Q electrical box. X30: Accuracy: +1- 3% over a range of 0-90% non -condensing. ® _ 02co- Accuracy: +/- 1% over a range of 0-90% non -condensing. Sensor shall have a ,ct w mufti -point calibration and be NIST certified. yrs. Stability: +/_ 1% annually over 2 years. >_ Eguct and/or Air Moving Equipment Sensors: -- F— Humidity sensors shall be of the solid-state type using a hydroscopic polymer or thin film capacitive sensing element. o Q Accuracy: +/_ 3% over a range of 0-90% non -condensing. NC. Accuracy: +/- 1% over a range of 0-90% non -condensing. Sensor shall have a muni -point calibration and be NIST certified. d. Stability: +/_ 1% annually over 2 years. e. Where installed in high velocity ductwork, provide an element guard. 3. Outdoor Air Sensors: a. Provide with weather shield to protect against solar radiation and precipitation with multiple discs/shields over probe to allow for good airflow and accurate readings even if mounted in direct sunlight. b. Accuracy: +/_ 2% over a range of 0-90% non -condensing. C. Stability: +/-1% annually. 4. All humidity sensors shall be able to be recalibrated in the field or the sensing tip to be replaced without replacing the entire sensor. D. Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Sensors: 1. Sensing Technology: Non -Dispersive Infra -Red (NDSR) with single lamp, dual wavelength. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 23 09 00 - 18 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2. Range: 0 — 2,000 ppm or 0 — 5,000 ppm as required based on the control and alarm concentrations indicated on the plans. If no concentrations are indicated, use 0 — 2,000 ppm. 3. Accuracy: +/- 2% of range or 2% of reading. 4. Stability: +/- 5% over 5 years. 5. Provide with one CO2 calibration kit for the entire project. Kit shall include two 17 -liter CO2 calibration gas cylinders, one at 200 ppm and one at 1,000 ppm. Also provide a gas regulator, tubing, fittings, adapters, sensor cones, etc., as required for the application. E. Specialty Gas Detection: 1. All specialty gas detection components shall be manufactured by one of the following: a. Critical Environment Technologies b. Honeywell 2. Carbon Monoxide (CO) Sensors: a. Sensing Technology: Electrochemical. b. Range: 0-200ppm. C. Stability: +/- 3% per year. d. Detection Range: 50 It radius. e. Enclosure: Waterproof with hinged door, LED display, audible alar, and silence button. f. Provide with one CO calibration kit for the entire project. Kit shall include two CO calibration gas cylinders, each at different concentrations within the sensor range. Also provide a gas regulator, tubing, fittings, adapters, sensor cones,,,gtc., as required for the application. tcz 3. Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) Sensors: o0 a. Sensing Technology: Electrochemical. D� z �{ b. Range: 0 —10 ppm. -- C. Stability: +/- 2% per month. � 0 r d. Detection Range: 50 ft radius.<r— e. Enclosure: Waterproof with hinged door, LED display, audible alar ar4ilen 0 button. f. Provide with one NO2 calibration kit for the entire project. KitAall incRide two NO2 calibration gas cylinders, each at different concentrations within tlffenjsensor range. Also provide a gas regulator, tubing, fittings, adapters, sensor cones, etc., as required for the application. 4. Specialty Gas Central Controller: a. Enclosure: Waterproof with hinged door, LED display, audible alar, and silence button. b. Provide with multi -channel inputs (4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC) compatible with the sensorsttransmitters provided. Provide the quantity of controllers as required based on the number of sensorsttransmitters. Link controllers together if multiple controllers are required. Differential Pressure Sensor: Differential pressure sensor shall be temperature compensated and shall vary the output voltage with a change in differential pressure. Sensor shall have a non - repeatability of +/- 0.05% of range. Sensor shall be capable of withstanding up to 150% of rated pressure without damage. Duct differential pressure sensors shall have an appropriate range for the application with a minimum accuracy of +/- 1% of range. a. Sensors in positively pressurized ductwork (typically downstream of the supply fan) shall only have a positive range. b. Sensors in negatively pressurized ductwork (typically upstream of a fan) or between fans in series (typically in an air handling unit) shall have both a negative and positive range. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 23 09 00 -19 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2. Room differential pressure sensors shall have a range of -0.25' w.c. to 0.25' w.c. and a minimum accuracy of +/- 0.5% of range. 3. Underfloor plenum differential pressure sensors shall have a range of 0' w.c. to 0.25' w.c. and a minimum accuracy of +/- 0.5% of range. 4. Building differential pressure sensors shall have a range of -0.25' w.c. to 0.25' w.c. and a minimum accuracy of +/- 0.5% of range. Sensor shall be provided with a pressure sensing tip that incorporates a shield to minimize the effect of wind. 5. Water differential pressure sensors shall be accurate to +/- 0.5% of range. The housing shall be NEMA 4 rated. 6. Steam and gas differential pressure sensors shall be accurate to +/- 0.5% of range. The housing shall be NEMA 4 rated. G. Air Differential Pressure Switches: Differential pressure switches shall be field adjustable with a range appropriate for the duct pressure classification and include manual reset. The switch shall be capable of withstanding up to 150% of rated pressure without damage. Provide a red pilot lighted reset button located on the control panel that is wired to the manual reset from the switch. H. Airflow Measuring Stations (AFMS): 1. General: a. All AFMSs shall be manufactured by Ebtron. b. Provide a thermal anemometer using instrument grade self -heated thermistor sensors with thermistor temperature sensors. 2. Duct -Mounted Air Flow Measuring Stations (Duct sizes 16" or less in any direction): a. Airflow measuring stations to be Ebtron Model ELF/F. Each device shall consist of two independent sensor nodes in a single probe assembly for ducts from 5' to 16" and a single sensor node for 4" ducts. b. Each sensing node shall independently determine the airflow rate, which shall be equally weighted in calculations by the transmitter prior to output as the average for the duct and be linear to flow. C. Each device shall have a certified accuracy of +/-3% of reading over the entire calibrated airflow range of 0 to 3,000 fpm, including repeatability of 0.25% of reading. d. Analog output resolution shall be equal to or better than 0.015% full-scale. e. Each device shall be individually wind tunnel calibrated as an assembly to o volumetric airflow, standards. The design shall include compensation for flow ® losses to eliminate inaccuracies associated with airflow measurement in small g ducts. W Q >4. Required Environmental Operating Range J car 1) The transmitter operating temperature range shall be at least -20° F to 120° F. Q 2) The sensor probe operating temperature range shall be at least -20° F to 160° F. CD r 3) The operating humidity range shall be at least 0 to 99% (non -condensing). N g. Probes shall be constructed of extruded 6063 aluminum tubes or of Type 316 stainless steel tubes. h. The transmitter shall be capable of field configuration and diagnostics and identifying a faulty sensor node, ignore it and continue to operate by correctly averaging the remaining sensor node. 3. Duct -Mounted Air Flow Measuring Stations (Duct sizes up to and including 2 square feet): a. Airflow measuring stations to be Ebtron Hybrid Series HTx104-P. Each device shall consist of four independent sensor nodes in a number of probes required for the application. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 23 09 00 -20 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 4. b. Each sensing node shall independently determine the airflow rate, which shall be equally weighted in calculations by the transmitter prior to output as the average for the duct and be linear to flow. C. Each device shall have a certified accuracy of +/-2% of reading over the entire calibrated airflow range of 0 to 5,000 fpm, including repeatability of 0.25% of reading. d. Analog output resolution shall be equal to or better than 0.025% full-scale. e. Each device shall be individually wind tunnel calibrated as an assembly to volumetric airflow standards. The design shall include compensation for flow losses to eliminate inaccuracies associated with airflow measurement in small ducts. f. Required Environmental Operating Range 1) The transmitter operating temperature range shall be at least -20° F to 120° F. 2) The sensor probe operating temperature range shall be at least -20° F to 160° F. 3) The operating humidity range shall be at least 0 to 99% (non -condensing). g. Probes shall be constructed of gold anodized extruded 6063 aluminum tubes or of Type 316 stainless steel tubes. h. The transmitter shall be capable of field configuration and diagnostics and identifying a faulty sensor node, ignore it and continue to operate by correctly averaging the remaining sensor node. i. The transmitter shall be provided with a 16 -character, alpha -numeric, LCD display. The airflow rate, temperature, airflow alarm and system status alarm shall be visible on the display. j. Provide with remote mounted display enclosure for mounting below 7 fto the mechanical room. o 4 Duct -Mounted Air Flow Measuring Stations (Duct sizes larger than 2 squa..,�� a. Airflow measuring stations to be Ebtron Gold Series GTx116-P+.ch Agvice shall consist of up to 16 independent sensors in a number of probe�icyquiad for the application. The quantity of nodes provided shall be according tgHre fol}Qjwing n table. � = r— :7-, O i~ Llt w Area ft' #Sensor Nodes >2&54 6 >4&58 8 >8&512 12 > 12 &:5 14 14 > 14 16 b. A total of 4 probes shall be required for openings with an aspect ratio a 1.5 and with an area z 25 ftz. C. Each sensing node shall independently determine the airflow rate, which shall be equally weighted in calculations by the transmitter prior to output as the average for the duct and be linear to flow. d. Each device shall have a certified accuracy of +/-2% of reading over the entire calibrated airflow range of 0 to 5,000 fpm, including repeatability of 0.25% of reading. e. Analog output resolution shall be equal to or better than 0.025% full-scale. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 23 09 00 -21 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA f. Each device shall be individually wind tunnel calibrated as an assembly to volumetric airflow standards. The design shall include compensation for flow losses to eliminate inaccuracies associated with airflow measurement in small ducts. g. Required Environmental Operating Range 1) The transmitter operating temperature range shall be at least -20° F to 120° F. 2) The sensor probe operating temperature range shall be at least -20° F to 160° F. 3) The operating humidity range shall be at least 0 to 99% (non -condensing). h. Probes shall be constructed of gold anodized extruded 6063 aluminum tubes or of Type 316 stainless steel tubes. i. The transmitter shall be capable of field configuration and diagnostics and identifying a faulty sensor node, ignore it and continue to operate by correctly averaging the remaining sensor node. j. The transmitter shall be provided with a 16 -character, alpha -numeric, LCD display. The airflow rate, temperature, airflow alarm and system status alarm shall be visible on the display. k. Provide with remote mounted display enclosure for mounting below 7 ft in the mechanical room. 5. Fan Inlet Air Flow Measuring Stations: a. Airflow measuring stations to be Ebtron Gold Series GTx108-F. The number of independent sensor nodes provided shall be as follows: 1) SWSI and DWDI fans: 2 probes x 1 sensor node/per probe in each fan 00 inlet. CD =2 2) Fan Arrays (2 to 4 fans): 2 probes x 1 sensor node per probe in each fan ci Q inlet. "'_,u _J?= 3) Fan Arrays (5 to 8 fans): 1 probe x 1 sensor node per probe in each fan inlet. m ci �. Each sensing node shall independently determine the airflow rate, which shall be N >-� equally weighted in calculations by the transmitter prior to output as the average Q for the duct and be linear to flow. Each device shall have a certified accuracy of +/-2% of reading over the entire o — calibrated airflow, range of 0 to 10,000 fpm, including repeatability of 0.25% of reading. d. Analog output resolution shall be equal to or better than 0.025% full-scale. e. Each device shall be individually wind tunnel calibrated as an assembly to volumetric airflow standards. The design shall include compensation for flow losses to eliminate inaccuracies associated with airflow measurement in small ducts. f. Required Environmental Operating Range 1) The transmitter operating temperature range shall be at least -20° F to 120° F. 2) The sensor probe operating temperature range shall be at least -20° F to 160° F. 3) The operating humidity range shall be at least 0 to 99% (non -condensing). g. Each sensor probe shall consist of one sensor node mounted on a 304 stainless steel block with two adjustable zinc plated steel rods connected to 304 stainless steel pivoting mounting feet. h. The transmitter shall be capable of field configuration and diagnostics and identifying a faulty sensor node, ignore it and continue to operate by correctly averaging the remaining sensor node. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 23 09 00 -22 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA The transmitter shall be provided with a 16 -character, alpha -numeric, LCD display. The airflow rate, temperature, airnow alarm and system status alarm shall be visible on the display. Provide with remote mounted display enclosure for mounting below 7 ft in the mechanical room. Water Flow Measuring Stations (WFMSs) 1. General: a. All WFMSs shall be manufactured by Onicon. 2. Inline Electromagnetic Flow Meter: a. Provide model F-3200. b. The flow station shall operate at +/- 0.2% of reading from 1.6 to 33 ft/s of and +/- 0.0033 ft/s from 0.033 to 1.6 ft/s. C. Provide meter liner of appropriate material based on the application. All heating hot water flow meters shall have a PTFE liner. d. Provide with remote mounted display enclosure for mounting below 7 ft in the mechanical room. 3. Insertion Electromagnetic Flow Meter: a. Provide model F-3500. b. The flow station shall operate at + 1% of reading from 2 to 20 ft/sec and + 0.02 ft/sec from 0.1 to 2 ft/sec. C. Unit shall be removable by hand without system shutdown or drain. t -O J. BTU Meters: CDv _< C--) 1. All BTU meters shall be manufactured by Onicon and be paired with an Ok;;flow meter– – and Onicon temperature sensors. All components shall come as a packQc 4, caNratedl— system. rn 2. Provide model System -10 BTU meter with display. = rn v 3. Provide with a BACnet communication protocol. CD K. Control Valves: cn c� 1. General: a. Refer to section 23 0523 – General Duty Valves for HVAC for valve construction and application requirements, unless noted otherwise below. b. Valves shall be packless and electrically actuated with true linear flow characteristics in relationship to valve opening. C. Valves shall meet the heating and cooling flow rates specified and close off against the differential pressure conditions for the system in which it is installed. d. Valves should be sized to operate accurately and with stability from 10 to 100% of the maximum design flow. 2. Hydronic Systems: a. Valves with a modulating actuator shall be sized for a 3 to 5 psi pressure drop at the design flow rate. b. Valve shall be 2 -way or 3 -way as indicated on the plans. If there is no indication, the valve shall be 2 -way. C. Pressure Independent Control Valves: 1) The flow through the valve shall not vary more than +/- 5% due to system pressure fluctuations. 2) The rangeability of the control valve shall be a minimum of 100 to 1. 3) Each valve shall be provided with p/t ports on the inlet and outlet of the valve. 4) A flow tag shall be provided with each valve. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900-23 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3. Steam Systems: a. Low pressure steam valves used in modulation control shall be sized between 40% and 60% pressure drop of inlet pressure. Low pressure valves used in two -position control shall have a low pressure drop. b. Steam equipment with modulating control shall utilize two valves in a 1/3 - 2/3 parallel arrangement in order to achieve control rangeability. L. Valve Actuators: 1. Actuators shall be electronic and shall be direct coupled over the shaft, without the need for connecting linkage. 2. Actuator shall have electronic overload circuitry to prevent damage. 3. Actuators shall be available with spring return to the normal position when required or as indicated on the plans. 4. Actuators shall have a position indicator for external indication of valve position. 5. Actuators shall have manual override capability. 6. Actuators shall be quick opening or slow opening as required by the application. 7. Actuators shall be able to completely close the valve against system pressure. 8. Actuators shall be two -position or modulating as required by the sequence of operations. 9. Actuators shall be compatible with the type of valve as indicated on the plans or elsewhere in the specifications (e.g. two-way vs. three-way, ball vs. butterfly, etc.). M. Control Dampers: 11. Damper frames are to be constructed of minimum 13 gauge metal with linkage concealed C) in he side channel. Provide with compressible spring stainless steel side seals and self- ncating bearings. per blade width shall not exceed 8 inches and the blade length shall not exceed 48 W c Lei rhes. Damper blades shall have an airfoil profile to minimize pressure drop through the per. Seals shall bebutyl-rubber or EPDM and are required at the ends of the blades. ?�- vide opposed blade dampers for modulating applications and parallel blade for two- Fpgsition control. Z3�*nper shall be constructed of the same material as the duct in which it will be installed, c e Mept as noted below: C a. Dampers in exhaust or outdoor air ducts shall be aluminum S� Dampers in exhaust or outdoor air ducts shall have insulated blades and completely thermally broken construction. 6. Where damper shafts penetrate the damper housing, it shall be sealed while allowing the free movement of the shaft without breaking the seal. 7. Damper shall be ultra-low leakage rated as Class 1A at 1" w.c. and Class 1 at 4" w.c. as defined by AMCA 500. 8. Dampers that are indicated to close completely by the sequence of operations shall be provided with flanged connections. N. Damper Actuators: 1. Actuators shall be electronic and shall be direct coupled over the shaft, without the need for connecting linkage. 2. Actuators shall have electronic overload circuitry to prevent damage. 3. Actuators shall be available with spring return to the normal position when required or as indicated on the plans. 4. Actuators shall have a position indicator for external indication of damper position. 5. Actuators shall have manual override capability without disconnecting damper linkage. 6. Actuators shall be quick opening or slow opening as required by the application. 7. Actuators shall be able to completely close the damper against system pressure. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900-24 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 8. Actuators shall be two -position or modulating as required by the sequence of operations. 9. Provide the appropriate quantity of damper actuators as required by the application. 0. Fume Hood Control System: 1. All fume hood control systems shall be TSI Inc. Model FHC50. 2. Variable volume fume hood control shall include a controller, face velocity sensors, 304 stainless steel fume hood damper and actuator, and all associated control components. 3. The damper actuator shall be capable of 0 to 85 degrees of damper travel within 5 seconds with a torque of 400 in. oz. and capable of direct or reverse action. 4. The fume hood velocity controller shall be capable of accurately controlling face velocities down to 50 FPM and shall be set for 130 FPM. Controllers shall have readout of actual velocity, low velocity light, low velocity contact, and audible alarm. P. Position Switches: Provide switch that can sense the full closed position and an adjustable open position between 10 and 100%. Q. Current Switches: Current status switches shall be used to monitor motors and other electrical loads as indicated on the plans. Current switches shall be available in solid and split core models and offer either a digital or an analog signal to the automation system. The sensing range of the sensor shall be appropriate for the device being monitored. R. Audible and Visible Alarms: Horn shall be continuous tone with solid-state electric signal and red LED pilot light. Provide a separate silence button (refer to manual push buttons below) to be mounted at an accessible height. The light shall remain on and the alarm condition activeMren after the silence button is pressed until the alarm state is resolved. o E c. S. Pilot Lights: Light shall be LED type with push -to -test function and have an oil -tight a Mr he light shall be green when indicating normal operation and red when indicating an issrgcY alb. r --I m T. Manual Push Buttons: Button shall be round, approximately 3/4" in diameter. Prov(di=witt�,the (n quantity and type of contacts required for the application. Submit color options for s bathe CD Design Professional during submittal review. `�, o > rn U. Manual Switches: Provide line -voltage toggle switch appropriate for the application. Refwto Division 26. 2.10 CONTROL WIRING A. The term "control wiring" is defined to include providing of wire, conduit, junction boxes, and miscellaneous materials as required for mounting and connecting electric or electronic control devices and network communication devices. B. All control wiring and wiring connections required for the installation of the BAS system shall be provided by BAS Contractor unless specifically shown on the electrical or telecommunication drawings or called for in Division 26 or Division 27. C. All control wiring shall comply with the requirements of local and national electrical codes. D. Control wiring in ducts, air plenums, air moving equipment, and other air handling spaces shall be specifically listed for the use, including wiring provided with field devices. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 23 09 00-25 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Inspect and examine areas and conditions under which control systems are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the installer. B. Install systems and materials in accordance with drawings and details, manufacturer's instructions, reviewed submittals, and contract documents. Install electrical components and use electrical products complying with requirements of applicable Division -26 sections of these specifications. C. Where components are installed in potentially wet or corrosive environments, install in an appropriate enclosure. Enclosures shall be of the type as indicated: 1. Components installed in exterior locations or locations subject to moisture shall be installed in a NEMA 4 enclosure. 2. Where possible, do not install components in corrosive environments. However, if the component must be installed in corrosive locations, it shall be installed in a NEMA 4X enclosure. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF CONTROLLERS A Install controllers in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and with adequate clearance to allow for maintenance. B. Install all controllers in a control panel enclosure. Control panels shall be of the type as indicated: 1. Controllers installed in interior locations shall be installed in a NEMA 1 enclosure. co2. Controllers installed in exterior locations or locations subject to moisture shall be installed 04in a NEMA 4 enclosure. .:L3. -t ere possible, do not install controllers in corrosive environments. However, if the QW- controller must be installed in corrosive locations, it shall be installed in a NEMA 4X JTenclosure and all associated components shall also be appropriate for the application and J v!r all be approved by the Design Professional prior to installation. N >' 3 — e. ab ontrol panel enclosures with the system or equipment served. Network controllers shall ILL- � I.17R& to indicate the general areas of the building served. All labels shall match the Wsignatlbns on the as -built drawings, which shall match the equipment tags on the plans. 0 N D. Include a copy of the as -built point-to-point wiring diagrams and final programmed sequence inside each control panel enclosure. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF FIELD DEVICES A. General: 1. Install all field devices where indicated on the plans and in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and with adequate clearance to allow for proper operation, maintenance, and removal of the device. 2. Repair pipe insulation to maintain the integrity of the insulation vapor barrier. Use hydraulic insulating cement to fill voids and to repair damages to the factory applied vapor barrier. Finish with material matching or compatible with adjacent jacket material. 3. Repair duct insulation to maintain the integrity of the insulation vapor barrier. Use foil tape to repair damages to the factory applied vapor barrier. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900-26 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 4. Where a field device penetrates a duct or air moving equipment, seal around the penetration to prevent air leakage. B. Room/Wall-mounted Sensors: 1. Install at the elevation indicated on the plans. 2. Install plastic guards over sensors with user adjustment where noted on the plans. 3. Provide insulated back panel where sensors are located on the inside face of an exterior wall or on a column enclosure. C. Temperature Sensors: 1. Averaging Temperature Sensors: Install sensing element with equal spacing to provide uniform coverage of the face area. 2. Immersion Sensors: Coordinate the pipe size required to accept the probe diameter of the sensor without significant flow restriction with the HVAC and Plumbing Piping Contractor. All probes shall be installed in a minimum 1-1/4' pipe size. 3. Pipe Surface Mount Temperature Sensors (Strap -on): Use only where specifically indicated on the plans. Install with thermally conductive paste at the pipe contact point. Where sensor is to be installed on an insulated pipe, install probe under the insulation and secure around pipe with only the wire protruding from insulation. Seal around wiring to maintain the vapor barrier of the pipe insulation. 4. Freezestat: Install sensing element with equal spacing to provide uniform coverage of the face area. Adjust the low limit temperature setting as indicated on the plans or as Mquired for the application. o 5. Outdoor Air Temperature and/or Humidity Sensors: Install in the locaticroshowrtyn the'.0' plans. If not shown on the plans, contact the Design Professional. 6. Slab Sensors: Install sensor centered between parallel runs of tubing thaa!�sp;&d atr the typical design spacing. Locate sensor away from high foot traffic area&2JEL�iwWrom paths of vehicular travel. fir- y 1 " D. Duct -mounted Relative Humidity Sensors: When installed downstream of a humid1;Qjns® far enough downstream in airflow path to allow for full moisture absorption into the ar tream,]� all operating conditions of the humidifier. When element guard is provided with the sensor, install upstream of the sensor. E. CO2 Sensors: Within one month prior to project substantial completion, calibrate all sensors. Provide calibration reports as part of the closeout documents. F. Occupancy Sensors: Wire to the extra contact on the occupancy sensor/room lighting controller provided by the Electrical Contractor. G. Differential Pressure Sensors: 1. Duct Differential Pressure Sensors: Install in the location in the system shown on the plans. If not shown on the plans, contact the Design Professional. 2. Water Differential Pressure Sensors: Install in the location in the system shown on the plans. If not shown on the plans, contact the Design Professional. 3. Building Differential Pressure Sensors: Install in the location shown on the plans. Where not shown on the plans, contact the Design Professional. Air Differential Pressure Switches: For a positively pressurized duct, adjust the set point to be 0.25' less than the duct pressure classification rating. For a negatively pressurized duct, adjust the set point to be 0.25° more than the duct pressure classification rating. Unless indicated otherwise on the plans. Refer to the Duct Classification Schedule on the plans for duct pressure classification ratings. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900-27 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA Airflow Measuring Stations (AFMS): 1. Duct -mounted: Install in an unobstructed straight length of duct in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations based on the duct fittings immediately upstream and downstream of the unobstructed straight length of duct. 2. Fan inlet: Install one per fan where indicated on the plans. 3. Where the AFMS comes with a remotely mounted display and the sensor is located in a mechanical room, the display shall also be located in the mechanical room. If the AFMS is located above a ceiling or in an occupied space, the display shall be located in the nearest mechanical, electrical, or custodial room, provided the distance is does not exceed the maximum allowed by the manufacturer. Mount the display within 7 ft AFF. 4. If the AFMS is an insertion probe -type, install in a location with enough clearance to fully remove the probe from the duct. J. Water Flow Measuring Stations (WFMS) 1. Install in an unobstructed straight length of pipe in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations based on the pipe fittings immediately upstream and downstream of the unobstructed straight length of pipe. 2. If the WFMS is an insertion -type, install in a location with enough clearance to fully remove the sensor from the pipe. K. ateam FWw Measuring Stations (SFMS) �dastall in an unobstructed straight length of pipe in accordance with the manufacturer's W Q w recommendations based on the pipe fittings immediately upstream and downstream of the v�obstructed straight length of pipe. .J} the SFMS is an insertion -type, install in a location with enough clearance to fully remove Se sensor from the pipe. U_ .at U�-> L. aTU MdMr: Install meter so the display is within 7 ft of the floor. If the BTU meter is located above 91 ceiling or in an occupied space, the display shall be located in the nearest mechanical, electrical, or custodial room, provided the distance is does not exceed the maximum allowed by the manufacturer. M. Control Valves: Install so that the valve stem axis is vertical, with operator side up. Where vertical stem position is not possible, or would result in poor access, valves may be installed with stem horizontal. Do not install valves with stem below horizontal or down. N. Fume Hood Control System: Mount sensor and controller on hood. Wire between sensor and controller. Make final connections of wiring between controller and damper actuator. O. Current Switch: Adjust so that the set point is below the minimum operating current and above motor no load current. P. Wall -mounted Audible and Visible Alarms: Install device at 6'-8° above finished floor. Install silence button at 46° AFF and below the audible and visible alarm. Q. Wall -mounted Push Buttons: Install at the elevation indicated on the plans. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 23 09 00 -28 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3.04 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL WIRING A. The BAS Contractor may use the building telecommunications network for Tier 1 level communication between network controllers. The BAS Contractor shall utilize the data ports indicated specifically for BAS use on the telecommunications plans. If any additional or relocated data ports are required based on the BAS Contractor's system layout, the BAS Contractor shall hire the Telecommunications Contractor to provide the additional data ports at no cost to the Owner. B. Any equipment specked to be on emergency power shall also have all associated controls on emergency power, including all network controllers, local controllers, devices, etc. C. Control wiring shall be routed in blue conduit in the following locations: concealed in walls, concealed above inaccessible ceilings, finished areas with exposed structure, inside air moving equipment or ductwork, locations subject to moisture, exterior locations, and in all unfinished spaces, such as mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, etc. Where conduit is in an exterior location or subject to moisture, it shall be rigid and sealed to be water tight. Control wiring shall not share conduit with line voltage wiring. D. Control wiring routed to devices in accessible locations may be routed in flexible conduit. The minimum size of the flexible conduit shall be 1/2" and the maximum length shall be 36". E. Control wiring concealed by accessible construction may be installed without conduit. Accessible locations include areas such as above accessible ceilings and below accessible floors. Control wiring shall not share cable tray with telecommunications wiring or raceways with any other trade. All wiring shall be neatly routed and tie -wrapped to structural components, supported at least every 4 feet. Excess wire shall be neatly coiled and secured to structure. Under no circumstan shall cable be supported by piping, conduit, ductwork, ceiling tile or ceiling support wires. C shall be neatly routed in line with building lines. o c_ F. Install all control wiring to meet all manufacturer installation requirements, includi" nqt eyWedinp.— the maximum cable length, tension, or bend radius. At all building expansion joint;; vid9KMeanis for movement of wiring and conduit that exceeds the expected movement of the Wkfrng. ,. j� = M� G. Label or color code each control wire at each end. Permanently label or code eac�, irit d5ll fiekf✓-7 terminal strips to show the instrument or item served. Color coded cable with cabj®diagra*s may be used to accomplish cable identification. H. Splices shall not be made in shielded wiring. 3.05 SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE A. System Verification and Testing Procedure: The BAS Contractor shall confirm the system is complete, including all controls installed, graphics complete, and software programs have been completely tested and exercised for proper equipment operation. BAS control panels shall be demonstrated via a functional end to end test such that: 1. All output channels shall be commanded (on/off, stop/start, adjust, etc.) and their operation verified. 2. All analog input channels shall be verified for proper operation. 3. All binary input channels shall be verified by changing the state of the field device and observing the appropriate change of displayed value. 4. If a point should fail testing, perform necessary repair action and retest failed point and all interlocked points. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900-29 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 5. Automatic control operation shall be verified by introducing an error into the system and observing the proper corrective system response. 6. Selected time and setpoint schedules shall be verified by changing the schedule and observing the correct response on the controlled outputs. B. System Demonstration: After the BAS Contractor has confirmed proper operation, acceptance testing will commence at a mutually agreeable time within ten (10) calendar days of the request. At that time, the BAS Contractor shall demonstrate the operation of the system to the Owner's Representative and Design Professional. Any issues are discovered during this demonstration shall be corrected. C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit copies of operation and maintenance manuals as required by this section and section 23 00 10 — HVAC General Provisions. END OF SECTION 23 09 00 r, C� Q Q �2 � cr--o W 00 _ '- a LL z3ii: ® o C= — 0 N BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900-30 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 23 21 13 - HYDRONIC PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, tools, labor and supervision necessary to fabricate and install complete piping system as required by the drawings and this section. 1. Extent of hydronic piping work is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section. 2. Insulation of hydronic piping is specified in other Division -23 sections, and is included as work of this section. 3. Installation of valves for hydronic piping system is specified in other Division -23 sections and is included as work of this section. N 0 _ N 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE o rn a A. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and install hydronic piping in accordance with AOE A1.9 "Building Services Piping".�n co B. UMC Compliance: Fabricate and install hydronic piping in accordance with 2b0'Urgorm Mechanical Code". ::rC C. IMC Compliance: Fabricate and install hydronic piping in accordance with the �Internatro al Mechanical Code". 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's submittal information including cut sheets, material data, and product specifications. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Grooved Piping Systems 1. Gruvlok by Anvil International 2. Victaulic B. Copper Pressure -Seal Fittings 1. Viega Pro Press 2. NIBCO Press System C. System fill pressure valve, air vents and other hydronic accessories 1. Amtrol/Thrush 2. Bell & Gossett HYDRONIC PIPING 23 21 13-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3. Taco 4. Wheatley 5. Armstrong 6. Patterson Pump D. Coil Piping Packages 1. Pro Hydronic Specialties 2. Griswold 3. IMI Flow Design Inc. 4. NuTech Hydronic Specialty Products E. Manual Balancing Valves 1. Bell & Gossett 2. Tour & Andersson/Victaulic 3. IMI Flow Design Inc. (Flow Set) 4. Pro Hydronic Specialties 5. Griswold 6. NuTech Hydronic Specialty Products F. Strainers 1. Keckley 2. Metraflex 3. Titan 4. IMI Flow Design Inc. (Autoflow) Or- Griswold tQ SfEEquipment yPt Hydronic Specialties 2;00t BA -MC 6MRIALS AND PRODUCTS CC) cot_ A. i3bber3lr 93}ovide piping materials and factory -fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure r*gs�ldfiperature ratings and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper sftctim A determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide materials afid products complying with ASME B31.9 "Code for Building Services Piping" where applicable, b9e pressure rating on hydronic piping system's maximum design pressures. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in hydronic piping systems. Where more than one type of materials or products are indicated, selection is Installer's option. B. Valves: Refer to Section 23 05 23 - General Duty Valves for HVAC Piping. C. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section - 23 05 00 - Common Work Results for HVAC. D. Expansion Compensation: Refer to Section 23 05 16 - Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping. E. Meters and Gauges: Refer to Section 23 05 19 - Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping. F. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 23 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping. HYDRONIC PIPING 23 211 13 - 2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY, IOWA 2.03 PIPE: PROJECT NO. 18404000 Material Service A. Copper water tube, hard temper, ASTM B88. Type L Heating water. Chilled water. Heat pump water. Type M Above ground condensate drain lines. As permitted by local code. B. Black steel pipe, Heat pump water. Heating water. Schedule 40, ASTM A53` Chilled water. C. Black steel pipe, Chilled/Heating water where threaded fittings Schedule 80, ASTM A53` are used ' ASTM A53 is for normal use only. 2.04 FITTINGS: A. Copper water tube cast bronze or wrought copper: 1. Solder joint type. ANSI B16.18 and 316.22-63. 2. Pressure -Seal pipe joining system, copper press fittings, 1/2" to 4° in diameter. ASME 816.18, ASME B16.22. O -rings for copper press fittings shall be EPDM. Installation per manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Mechanical grooved and roll -groove copper piping system and fittings: may be used as approved by code for copper piping. All components shall be by one manufacturer. System installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Steel Pipe N 1. Threaded pipe (2° dia and smaller): Malleable iron fittings, 125 pound standard band water pattern. o C_ 2. Welded pipe (2 1/2" dia and larger): Standard radius weld fittings and v eciMr slip on flanges, same material and strength as pipe. -C 3. Mechanical grooved and roll -groove steel piping system and fittings: N e tf�d asr approved by code for black steel, stainless steel and galvanized steel. G typg go be(n used shall be appropriate for intended service. All components srall�e Ei�c one® manufacturer. System installation shall be in accordance with the tifiufaOrer's recommendations. y. c.� 2.05 JOINTS A. Copper water tube: 1. Use non -corrosive 95-5 tin -antimony solder, cut pipe square, clean, ream and polish tube ends and inner surfaces of fittings, apply flux and solder joint as recommended by manufacturer of solder type fittings. 2. Pressure -Seal pipe joining system, copper press fittings, 1/2" to 4° in diameter. ASME 816.18, ASME B16.22. 0 -rings for copper press fittings shall be EPDM. 3. Mechanical grooved and roll grooved couplings: Grooved couplings may be used as approved by code for copper piping. Gasket type to be used shall be appropriate for intended service. All components shall be by one manufacturer. System installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Steel Pipe: 1. Threaded pipe (2" dia and smaller): Make joints using Teflon tape applied to male threads only. Cut pipe square, cut threads clean, remove burrs and ream ends to full size of bore. For fuel piping and lubricating oil piping, joint sealing material shall be resistant to petroleum products. 2. Welded pipe (2 1/2" dia and larger): Welding shall conform to welding section of ANSI - B31.3 "Code for Power Piping.' 3. Mechanical grooved and roll grooved couplings: Grooved couplings may be used as approved by code for black steel, stainless steel and galvanized steel piping. Gasket type to be used shall be appropriate for intended service. All components shall be by one manufacturer. System installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2.06 NIPPLES AND UNIONS A. All nipples shall conform to size, weight and strength of adjoining pipe. When length of unthreaded portion of nipple is less than 1-1/2", use extra strong nipple; do not use close nipples. B. For pipe 2" and smaller, use screwed unions, for pipe 2-1/2" and over use flanged unions. For steel pipe use black or galvanized malleable iron unions, to conform to pipe with ground joint. Cast iron flanged unions gasket type. C. Install unions in the following locations so that a minimum amount of pipe need be disassembled: 1. Long runs, at intervals of 80 feet. 2. In by-pass around equipment, valves, and controls. "23. In connections to equipment. ..4. Where indicated on drawings. -" Y� o^ �. ,=Dig�ctru: unions shall be installed between any connection of copper pipe and ferrous piping or co egnt. In grooved piping systems, provide Clearflo by Victaulic. _.07 VR Xjr Lit r "A. Nan air Vents: Bell & Gossett Model No. 17SR. N O B. `Automatic Air Vents: Bell & Gossett Model No. 7. 2.08 PRESSURE & TEMPERATURE TEST STATIONS A. Supply and install in an accessible position, Peterson Equipment Company #110 "Pete's Plug", or equal, 1/4" MPT fitting ("110 -XL for insulated piping) to receive either a temperature or pressure probe 1/8" O. D. in the supply and return piping of all chillers, coils, fan coil units, heat exchangers, water pumps, and on all hot water and chilled water, supply and return mains. Fitting shall be solid brass with two (2) valve cores or Nordel (maximum 275 deg. F. at 500 PSI), fitted with a color coded and marked cap with gasket and shall be rated at 1000 PSIG. Single valve core or Neoprene valve core devices are unacceptable. B. Meters and Instruments - The installing contractor shall supply and present to the owner upon completion of testing, one Series 1500 -XL pressure and temperature test kit, consisting of a 0-100 PSI, 0-230 ft. of water pressure gauge with No. 500 gauge adapter attached, a 25-125 deg. F. pocket testing thermometer, a 0-220 deg. F. pocket testing thermometer, a No. 500 gauge adapter, and a protective carrying case. HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2.09 COIL PIPING PACKAGE A. Coil piping package shall include combination isolation valve and strainer, union for inlet and outlet coil connections, union connections for temperature control valve, and flow limiting device with integral isolation valve. All components shall be line size without reductions. B. Combination Valve/Strainer: Shall include a combination valve, Y -strainer and union with two extended temperature/pressure test ports and hose end drain valve with cap and chain. 1. Strainer shall be 20 mesh stainless steel screen. 2. Valves up to 2" shall be full -port ball with blow-out proof stem and stainless steel ball. 3. Valves larger than 2" shall be butterfly type, carbon steel body with bronze seat, bronze disc with EPDM seal and stainless steel stem. C. Unions: Provide union for inlet and outlet connections to coil and for temperature control valve installation. Union at outlet of coil shall include manual air vent and pressureftemperature port. D. Manual Balancing Valve: 1. Valves up to 2" shall be ball type valve with brass body and stainless steel ball construction, glass and carbon fitted TFE seat rings, extended readout ports with integral check valves and gasketed caps, drain port, calibrated nameplate and position indicator, memory stops, and NPT connectors, rated for 300 psig at 250°F. 2. Valves larger than 2" shall be lugged butterfly type valve with carbon steel body, bronze seat, bronze disc with EPDM seal insert, stainless steel stem, readout ports with integral check valves and gasketed caps, drain port, calibrated nameplate and position "icator, memory stops, and flanged connection rated for 175 psig at 250°F. o 3. Valves to be selected for 5 ft. pressure drop at full open setting and desi er Cow. j l 4. Provide identification, by metal tag with chain or visible sticker,�diri zone ... identification and balanced flow rate (GPM). n rV �n m 2.10 MANUAL BALANCING VALVES Gr a r' , rT1 � A. Provide calibrated manual balancing valves where indicated on the plans. C? 7> ut B. Construction: W 1. 1/2" to 2" ball type valve with brass body and stainless steel ball construction, glass and carbon fitted TFE seat rings, extended readout ports with integral check valves and gasketed caps, drain port, calibrated nameplate and position indicator, memory stops, and NPT connectors, rated for 300 psig at 250°F. 2. 2 1/2" to 12" butterfly or globe style valve with cast iron or carbon steel body, bronze seat, stainless steel stem, readout ports with integral check valves and gasketed caps, drain port, calibrated nameplate and position indicator, memory stops, and flanged connection rated for 175 psig at 250°F C. Valves to seal leak -tight at maximum rated working pressure. D. Valves to be selected for 5 ft. pressure drop at full open setting and design water flow. E. Provide identification, by metal tag with chain or visible sticker, providing zone identification and balanced flow rate (GPM). HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13-5 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2.11 STRAINERS A. Strainers shall be Y -strainers with hose end drain valve with cap and chain (and shall be independent of isolation valve). ANSI Class 125 cast bronze or cast iron. B. Y -strainers shall be 20 mesh stainless steel screen with removable cap. 2.12 SUPPLY AND RETURN HOSES A. All hoses shall be a minimum of 12inches in length and equipped with swivel end connections at terminal unit. All end connections shall be crimped to meet stated pressure ratings. Serrated/slip fit connections are not acceptable. B. Hose materials shall be high quality polyethylene pipe insulation over a stainless steel braided inner core and withstand working pressure of 375 PSI (1/2"), 300 PSI (3/4"), 225 PSI (1"), 200 PSI (1-1/4") at 211 deg. F and 175 PSI (1-1/2") and 150 PSI (2") at 200 deg. F. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which hydronic piping systems materials and products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer. 3.02 CD TION OF BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS a --SR jGe 4 Install basic materials and products as required per manufacturer's recommendations, AS 31.9 "Code for Building Services Piping", and as required to meet the intent of the enioc�r its. Ll B. 9/ah� o �. Refer to Section 23 0523 - General Duty Valves for HVAC Piping. "�. Locate valves for easy access and operation. Do not locate valves with stems below horizontal. 3. Sectional Valves: Install on each branch and riser, close to main, where branch or riser serves 2 or more hydronic terminals or equipment connections, and elsewhere as indicated. 4. Shutoff Valves: Install on inlet and outlet of each mechanical equipment item, and on inlet of each hydronic terminal, and elsewhere as indicated. 5. Drain Valves: Install on each mechanical equipment item located to completely drain equipment for service or repair. Install at base of each riser, at base of each rise or drop in piping system, and elsewhere where indicated or required to completely drain hydronic piping system. 6. Check Valves: Install on discharge side of each pump, and elsewhere as indicated. C. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section 23 05 00 - Common Work Results for HVAC. D. Expansion Compensation Products: Refer to Section 23 05 16 - Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping. E. Meters and Gauges: Refer to Section 23 05 19 - Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113-6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA F. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 23 05 29 – Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment. 3.03 HYDRONIC PIPING A. Install pipe for all hydronic systems as indicated on drawings, as called for in other sections, and as specified herein. B. Arrange and install piping approximately as indicated; straight, plumb, and as direct as possible; form right angles on parallel lines with building walls. Keep pipes close to walls and avoid interference with other trades. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other; space at a distance to permit applying full insulation and to permit access for servicing valves. Most piping to be run in concealed locations unless indicated exposed, or in equipment rooms. Locate piping to avoid ductwork. C. Install horizontal piping as high as possible without sags or humps so that proper grades can be maintained for drainage. D. Check all piping for interference with other trades, avoid placing water pipes over electrical equipment. E. Where rough -in is required for equipment furnished by others, verify exact rough -in dimension with owner or equipment supplier before roughing -in. F. Install automatic temperature control valves and other items as called for to be installed in piping and furnished by Section 23 09 00 - Building Automation System (BAS). 3.04 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES N O A. Install pressure reducing and fill valves as indicated and make cold water connection. Iosall fast fill by-pass line with globe valve. o n Cv 71 D� z B. Install manual air vents for each terminal unit coil and at other points likely to er ttWairriucludirp— all high points in the system piping. __4 C CO �r a rn C Maintain access to pressure and temperature test stations. � _ 3.05 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS CA W A. General: Connect hydronic piping system to mechanical equipment as indicated, and comply with equipment manufacturer's instructions where not otherwise indicated. Install shutoff valve and union on supply and return, drain valve on drain connection. B. Hydronic Terminals: Install hydronic terminals with valve and union on outlet; union, shutoff valve on inlet. Install manual air vent on element in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Locate valves and balancing cocks behind valve access doors for ease of maintenance. Where indicated, install automatic temperature control valve with unions between valve and element on supply line. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Piping Tests: Test hydronic piping in accordance with testing requirements of Division -23 Basic Materials and Methods, Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113-7 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3.07 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Cleaning, Flushing and Inspecting: Clean, Flush and inspect hydronic piping systems in accordance with requirements of Division -23 Basic Materials and Methods, Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions. B. Chemical Treatment: Refill hydronic piping systems, adding caustic soda to maintain ph of 8.0 to 8.5 and sodium sulfate in amount of 113 caustic soda or to maintain residual of 30- to 40 -ppm in system. Add trisodium phosphate to make hardness of 0 -ppm and residual of approximately 30 -ppm in system. Repeat measurements daily with system under full circulation and apply chemicals to adjust levels until no change is apparent. END OF SECTION 23 21 13 HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13-8 u7 CD d 3 Y O_ W g —t�' J N C-) I-- >-U LL. a c:.3 o N O g N HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13-8 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 23 23 00 - REFRIGERANT PIPING PART1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, tools, labor and supervision necessary to fabricate and install complete piping system as required by the drawings and this section. Extent of refrigerant piping work is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section. a. Refrigerant suction line piping between compressors and cooling coils. b. Refrigerant liquid line piping between liquid receivers and cooling coils. Insulation of refrigerant piping is specified in other Division -23 sections and is included as work of this section. Installation of valves for refrigerant piping system is specified in other Division -23 sections and is included as work of this section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ANSI Code Compliance: Comply with applicable provisions of ANSI B31.5, "Refrioation Piping", and extend applicable lower pressure limits to pressures below 15 psig. p o B. Safety Code Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of ANSI ASHRAE 1�, 17feE�Code .— for Mechanical Refrigeration". n W —i C'7 C. UMC Compliance: Fabricate and install refrigeration piping in accordance with I,a61WQ %Vformrn Mechanical Code". D. IMC Compliance: Fabricate and install refrigeration piping in accordance with-d'Interrtoonal Mechanical Code". PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. General: Provide piping materials and factory -fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide materials and products complying with ANSI B31.5 "Code for Refrigeration Piping" where applicable, base pressure rating on refrigeration piping system's maximum design pressures. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in refrigeration piping systems. Where more than one type of materials or products are indicated, selection is Installer's option. B. Valves: Refer to Section 23 05 23 - General Duty Valves for HVAC Piping. C. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section - 23 05 00 - Common Work Results for HVAC D. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 23 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping. REFRIGERANT PIPING 23 23 00 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2.02 PIPE Material Service A. Copper refrigeration tube, soft Refrigerant lines for systems less than temper. Type L -ACR. ASTM 8280. 5 tons. B. Copper refrigeration tube, hard. temper. Type L -ACR. ASTM B280. 2.03 FITTINGS A. Copper refrigerant tubes: Refrigerant lines for systems over 5 tons. 1. 3/4" and Smaller: Cast copper -alloy for flared copper tubes. 2. 7/8" through 4 1/8': Wrought -copper, solder joints. 2.04 JOINTS A. Copper refrigerant tube: 3/4" and Smaller: Flared. 7/8" through 4 1/8': Soldered, silver -lead solder, ANSI/ASTM B 32, Grade 96 TS. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which refrigerant piping systems materials and products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer. C=) 3.02 IiLSTATION OF BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS C_ �F 'Ooenlnstall basic materials and products as required per manufacturer=s recommendations, C,NS'144=1.5 ACode for Refrigerant Piping" and as required to meet the intent of the documents. N i- C.) j �efrg*t Piping i install pipe for all refrigerant systems as indicated on drawings, as called for in other sections, and as specified herein. 2. Arrange and install piping approximately as indicated; straight, plumb, and as direct as possible; form right angles on parallel lines with building walls. Keep pipes close to walls and avoid interference with other refrigerant items. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other; space at a distance to permit applying full insulation and to permit access for servicing valves. Most piping to be run in concealed locations unless indicated exposed, or in equipment rooms. Locate piping to avoid ductwork. 3. Install horizontal piping as high as possible without sags or humps so that proper grades can be maintained for drainage. Pitch piping in direction of oil return to compressor. 4. Check all piping for interference with other trades, avoid placing water pipes over electrical equipment. 5. Where rough -in is required for equipment furnished by others, verify exact rough -in dimension with owner or equipment supplier before roughing -in. REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 6. Where refrigeration piping is buried, encase piping and insulation loosely in schedule 40 PVC and ventilate PVC pipe to allow vapor line to see outside air temperature. Ensure PVC pipe is free draining to prevent water buildup. Provide a riser trap and slope refrigeration line to trap. Where buried lengths exceed 25', provide a 90 minute timer wired parallel with thermostat control to operate unit every 90 minutes to maintain safe slugging levels. C. Valves 1. Refer to Section 23 05 23 - General Duty Valves for HVAC Piping. 2. Locate valves for easy access and operation. Do not locate valves with stems below horizontal. D. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section 23 05 00 - Common Work Results for HVAC. E. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 23 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping. F. Install specialties and accessories as indicated on drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and applicable codes and standards. G. Equipment Connections General: Connect refrigerant piping system to refrigerant equipment as indicated, and comply with equipment manufacturer's instructions where not otherwise indicated. H. Field Quality Control Refrigerant Piping Leak Test: Prior to initial operation, test refrigerant p*ng with electronic leak detector. System must be entirely leak -free. .,_- o Repair or replace refrigerant piping as required to eliminate leaks, and fat anpecifw f, to demonstrate compliance. p _ t74 -'C N r END OF SECTION 23 23 00 ;Grn y t"T'1] 3 y � W REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300-3 R0BERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY. IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300-4 Ln O ® � �2 cr- O W G Jco N -j "~ CJ ~ Q U CD o N 0 O N PROJECT NO. 18404000 REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA SECTION 23 31 13 - METAL DUCTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to fabricate and erect ductwork as required by the drawings and this section. B. Low velocity ductwork shall apply to the following: 1. Supply: Downstream of terminal units. 2. Return: Upstream of terminal units. 3. Exhaust: Upstream of terminal units. 4. Transfer & Combustion: Less than 1" static pressure. 5. Outdoor & Relief: Upstream/Downstream of unit. 6. Laundry Vent: Downstream of dryer. C. High velocity ductwork shall apply to the following: 1. Supply & Ventilation: Upstream of terminal units or velocity z than 2,500. FPM 2. Return: Downstream of terminal units and/or a than 2,500 FPM. 3. Exhaust: Downstream of terminal units and/or z than 2,500 FPM. 1.03 DEFINITIONS c 0 A. Conditioned Space: An area inside the building which is heated and/or cooled. CD _n B. Tempered Space: an area inside the building which is not directly heated @5apolesb but adjacent to a heated or cooled space with no insulation separating the two sp3r�—M(e.QOceilir plenums). C r- a rri :10 a (�'� C. Untempered Space: an area inside the building which is not conditioned andot *pereiY (e.g., attic spaces). v crt W D. Exterior: An area outside the building (e.g., roof mounted items). 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Duct and plenum construction, metal gauges, reinforcing, methods of supporting and hanging and other sheet metal work as called for shall be in accordance with the following standards: 1. "SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards", most recent Edition, by the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA). B. Unless noted otherwise, all ductwork shall be provided with pressure class and leakage class as indicated and scheduled on the plans. If pressure or seal class is not indicated, ductwork shall be provided to meet the pressure class based on the scheduled capacity of the equipment it is served by or connected to and with seal class A. METAL DUCTS 2331 13-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA C. NFPA Compliance: All liner and covering materials shall have maximum UL Flame Spread Index of 25, and maximum Smoke Developed Index of 50, and shall meet all requirements of NFPA-90A. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit Y47 per foot scale shop fabrication shop drawings. a. Shop drawings shall include locations of all control devices, including dampers, airflow measuring stations, sensors, etc. Coordinate locations with the BAS Contractor prior to submitting shop drawings. Shop drawings shall include the BAS Contractors submittal review stamp prior to submitting to the Design Professional for review. 2. Submit shop drawings of elbows and fittings showing static pressure loss charted for air quantities involved in each. B. Two copies of duct leak testing results. C. Product Data: Submit manufacturers specifications and installation instructions for each type of mechanical insulation. Submit schedule showing manufacturers product number, thickness, and furnished accessories for each mechanical system requiring insulation. Submit product data for each accessory/component for ductstfittings including, but not limited to turning vanes, tie rods, sealants and balancing dampers. D. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and replacement material lists for each type of mechanical insulation. Include this data in maintenance manual. E. (=iertificatlons: Submit certifications or other data as necessary to show compliance with these :Ipecjac Aions and governing regulations. Include proof of compliance for test of products for fire tratirrf Qrrosiveness, and compressive strength. LY9uctLt&age Test Results. C., r c) 1.06 RK,Ut T- RY REQUIREMENTS A. V$ationaPire Protection Association, NFPA 90A: Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 0 N B. Underwriters Laboratories, UL 181: Factory -Made Duct Materials and Air Duct Connections. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect shop -fabricated ductwork, accessories and purchased products from damage during shipping, storage and handling. 1. Stored materials subject to rejection due to damage. B. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in containers with manufacturers stamp or label, affixed showing fire hazard ratings of products. C. Protect insulation against dirt, water, and chemical and mechanical damage. Do not install damaged insulation; remove from project site. METAL DUCTS 2331 13-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. All sheet metal work shall be constructed of prime quality re -squared tight coat galvanized steel, except where other type material is specked. Manufacturer's name and U.S. gauge number shall appear on each sheet. B. Duct Lining Materials 1. Certain -Teed 2. Owens Corning Fiberglass 3. Johns -Manville 4. PPG 5. Knauf C. Single Wall Spiral Ductwork 1. Semco Incorporated 2. Steelcraft Corp. 3. United Sheet Metal Division, United McGill Corp. 4. Norlock 5. Eastern Sheet Metal 2.02 LOW VELOCITY DUCTWORK A. General: Provide factory -fabricated or shop fabricated duct and fittings. B. Materials: 1. Galvanized sheet steel complying with ANSI/ASTM A527, lockforrning qua, with ANSI/ASTM A525, G90 zinc coatings, mill phosphatized. — o C. Gauge: Comply with code requirements for minimum gauge thickness for vario4-$ ) D. Fittings: C-)� C r r 1. Construct branches, bends, and elbows with centerline radius of not lessrtt�an Oct 10 times the width (diameter), where space conditions will not permit thism c c wher0 indicated on drawings, square elbows with air turns shall be used. 2. Slopes for transitions or other changes in dimension shall be minimum 1:3: �W 3. Longitudinal seams shall be Pittsburgh Lock or snaplock equal per SMACNA. Lateral seams shall be slip drive or standing. Slip seams and sheet metal screws not permitted. E. Single -Wall Ducts: Spiral -wound, galvanized steel with individual formed steel tees and elbows. Material shall be galvanized steel complying with ANSI/ASTM A653. Finish shall be mill phosphatized. 1. Single -Wall Round Duct Gauges: Minimum USS Gauge Duct Diameter (Inches) Spiral Lock Seam Up to 8 26 9 to 22 24 23 to 36 22 37 to 50 20 51 to 60 18 61 and Over 16 METAL DUCTS 2331 13-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2.03 PLENUMS A Plenums shall be fabricated of same material as duct connecting to plenum; shall be two metal gauges heavier than gauge of largest duct connecting to plenum. 2.04 DUCT SEALING — LOW VELOCITY A. All joints in low velocity duct work shall be sealed with Foster 32-14 or DuctMate ProSeal. Apply and install joint sealer per manufacturer's recommendations. In general, apply to male end of coupling and/or interior of female fitting. After connection, brush sealant over the assembled joint and screws with a 2" to 3" wide band. Sealant shall be allowed to set for 48 hours before any air pressure is put on system. All tie bars, bolts and rivets shall be sealed with the specified sealant. Sealant as manufactured by 3M No. 800 or United Sheet Metal will be considered equal. B. Alternate Sealing System: 1. Transverse duct joints may be made with the Ductmate System or an approved equal. 2. The installation of the Ductmate System shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instruction and installation manuals. 3. The standard Ductmate System joint is the equivalent of a SMACNA "J" connection. The Ductmate-JR System joint is the equivalent of a SMACNA "E" connection. Construction of the duct, such as gauge, reinforcing, etc. shall be as indicated in the addendum to the SMACNA manuals as provided by the manufacturer and as tested by Pittsburgh Testing N Laboratory. CD Q .6. 9i+ct %tftg Requirements: SMACNA Seal Class A. 6.J = Cr_- o L"5 DUST L�p U F— A: Zin rials shall be Type'A' Duct Liner, Certain -Teed Toughgard or equivalent, one and one ImiIf ("Q pounds per cubic foot density or equal. —'°mo) vs B. less 4&cifically indicated to not be insulated, all ductwork and accessories shall be either lined M wrapped. Duct systems not listed or without a type or thickness indicated on the plans shall be insulated with 1-1/2" wrap. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Assemble and install ductwork in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve airtight and quiet systems, capable of performing each indicated service. 1. Install each run with minimum joints. 2. Align ductwork accurately at connections and with internal surfaces smooth. 3. Support ducts rigidly with suitable ties, braces, hangers and anchors of type which will hold ducts true -to -shape and prevent buckling and vibration. B. Ducts shall be installed following essentially lines indicated on drawings, install offsets, angles and transitions as may be required to avoid interferences with other work. Maintain full capacity of ducts at offsets, angles and transitions except where drawings indicate use of reducing or increasing transitions. General: Each duct section shall be rigidly supported from structure. Attach hangers to structure with expansion plugs, concrete inserts, beam clamps or other approved means. Rubber in -shear isolators shall be installed in hangers for all ducts in equipment rooms, to prevent vibration transmission to the structure. METAL DUCTS 2331 13-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA Install hangers and supports in accordance with SMACNA Standards general locations: 1. Install hangers close to transverse joints of main ducts and branches, clinch collar branch connections and the first branch elbows after nested splits. 2. Locate hangers of dud penetrating walls or partitions as though the walls will contribute no support to the duct. 3. Install hangers in pairs on exact opposite sides of duct. 4. Maintain hanger spacing intervals less than, equal to, but not greater than the specified maximums. 5. Install hangers at the midpoint of small and medium size horizontal vaned square elbows. On wide vaned square elbows, install additional hangers at maximum allowable intervals or less measured along the heel lines of the elbows. 6. Provide a set of hangers at the midpoint of small and medium size horizontal radius elbows. Install one or more supplementary hangers, as necessary, along the inside and outside arcs of large radius elbows of any angle whenever the lengths of these arcs exceed the maximum hanger spacing length for that particular size duct. 7. Provide at least one set of hangers for short duct branches 3 feet or less in length. 8. Provide each dud riser with a minimum of two supports completely spanning the shaft opening at each floor. One pair of supports may be used to support more than one dud riser, provided that the strength of the supports is increased appropriately and proper additional supplementary steel is used at the extra risers. 9. Support duct risers, located between floors that are more than 15 feet high, at each floor and halfway points between floors. The distance between intermediate supports on very high floors should not exceed 12 feet. Intermediate hangers may be supported from an adjacent wall or hung by rods from supports on the floor above. 10. Provide one or more sets of hangers for equipment in dud runs such as heating coils, heat pumps, etc., as recommended by their manufacturers. D. Locate duct hangers approximately: r� 1. C= N 2 to 24 inches from flexible connections of fans. o m 2. 2 to 24 inches from the outlets or flexible connects of VAV control units or r>*& bons. 3. 12 to 36 inches from the main duct to the first hanger of long branch duds.=' --I r 4. 2 to 12 inches from the ends of all branch duds and linear diffuser plenumsn c 5. 6. 2 to 24 inches from fire damper breakaway joints.I 0 inches to half the duct width plus 2 inches from the vertical centerline: F* he lAver rn elbow of short vertical offsets made with vaned square elbows. The widtf�rs t he 7. dimension of the elbow in the plane of the turn. : 0 inches to half the dud width plus 2 inches from the vertical centerline of thebottorfunnd top elbows of vaned square elbow offsets over 8 feet high. 8. One-eighth of the arc in from the ends of bottom and top radius elbows of vertical offsets longer than 8 feet. Short vertical offsets require hangers at the bottom elbow. Likewise, sloping offsets need at least one set of hangers at their lower radius elbow. 9. 6 to 12 inches from transverse joints of ducts whose lengths are the same as specified hanger intervals. 10. 6 to 12 inches from one side of walls or partitions penetrated by ducts. E. Maximum permitted hanger spacing: 1. Ducts with areas up to 4 square feet may have their hangers spaced up to 8 feet apart. 2. Duds with areas 4.1 to 10 square feet may have their hangers spaced not more than 6 feet apart. 3. Ducts with areas over 10 square feet may have their hangers located up to 4 feet apart. METAL DUCTS 2331 13 -5 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA F. Provide and install locking manual volume dampers in all duct systems as required for controlling air volumes to trunk ducts, branch ducts, outlets and inlets. Provide and install additional volume dampers as required by Testing and Balancing Contractor for balancing of system. G. All connections shall be sealed, including but not limited to branch connections, spin -ins, taps, access doors, access panels and connections to equipment. Openings for rotating shafts shall be sealed with bushings or other devices that seal off air leakage. H. Duct sizes shown on drawings are net inside dimensions and sheet metal size shall be increased to allow for duct linings. I. Install as indicated on the drawings all duct mounted equipment as specified in other sections. J. Install eccentric reducers with tops of both duct sizes flush to maintain maximum ceiling space below ducts. K. Openings: 1. Provide in ductwork to accommodate access doors, temperature control components and fire dampers. 2. Install access panels for inspection and servicing of all duct mounted equipment including, but not limited to: reheat coils, sound attenuators, motorized dampers, airflow measuring stations, smoke and fire dampers. 3. Provide pitot tube openings for testing of systems, complete with metal cap, with spring N device or screw to ensure against air leakage. C4 ere openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation materials inside ® _ metal collar. ,jfDr kitchen exhaust hood grease ductwork, provide cleanouts as required by code. In UJ Jneral, for horizontal ducts cleanouts shall be spaced not more than 20 feet apart and J N >_located not more than 10 feet from changes in direction that are greater than 45 �}¢ rees. For vertical ducts, provide a cleanout on each floor level. Provide a cleanout at Q Utginlet of sidewall and roof mounted exhaust fans and at inlet and outlet of in-line fans. LL_—' o L. &ate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities. M. Connections: 1. Connect duct to equipment with flexible fabric, sheet metal clips, screws and washers. 2. At each point where ducts pass through partitions, provide sleeve with space between duct and sleeve packed with insulation and sealed. N. Where ducts pass through fire -rated walls, partitions, floors, and ceilings, seal openings in accordance with Specification Section 23 0500 - Common Work Results for HVAC. 3.02 DUCT LINER APPLICATION A. Apply duct liner with coated or surface designed to be exposed facing the air stream and adhered with 100% coverage of fire retardant adhesive. When width exceeds 12' or height exceeds 24", additionally secure liner with mechanical fasteners spaced 12" maximum centers. Fasteners shall start within 3" of leading edge of traverse joints. Coat all exposed joints and edges of traverse joints with a fire retardant adhesive. B. Duct sizes shown on drawings are net inside dimensions and sheet metal size shall be increased to allow for duct lining. METAL DUCTS 2331 13-6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY, IOWA 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Cleaning: PROJECT NO. 18404000 Clean ductwork internally, as it is installed, of dust and debris. Clean external surfaces of foreign substances which might cause corrosive deterioration of metal or where ductwork is to be painted. B. Temporary Closure: At ends of ducts which are not connected to equipment or air distribution devices at time of ductwork installation or that are on-site but not yet installed, provide temporary closure of polyethylene film or other covering until time connections are to be completed. 3.04 DUCTWORK APPLICATION SCHEDULE —LOW VELOCITY AIR SYSTEM MATERIAL HVAC Supply, Return Steel, Galvanized General Exhaust Transfer Natatorium Supply Aluminum Natatorium Exhaust END OF SECTION 23 31 13 ra O n_n n 00 rn n S W METAL DUCTS 2331 13-7 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA METAL DUCTS 233113-8 N O Q CD �O w Q J� N v >-CD V l N O N METAL DUCTS 233113-8 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 23 33 00 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of duct accessories is indicated on drawings and by the requirements of this section. B. Types of duct accessories required for project include the following: 1. Volume Dampers/Regulators 2. Flexible Ducts 3. Access Doors 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Industry Standards: Comply with American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air -Conditioning Engineers, Inc. (ASHRAE) recommendations pertaining to construction of duct accessories, except as otherwise indicated. B. NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable provisions of ANSI/NFPA 90A "Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems", pertaining to installation of duct accessories. 1.04 SUBMITTALS 0 ry A Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical information for each type ofacc sory,— including dimensions, capacities, materials of construction, installation instructmintcing 0 requirements with ductwork, and method of fastening or support where applicable 1 N B. Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's maintenance data including parts lists- @trach type o duct accessory; include this data in Maintenance Manual.m a PART2-PRODUCTS> Cno w 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products manufactured by one of the following: Flexible Ductwork a. Semco b. Wiremold C. Thermaflex d. Valuflex 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS A. Manual Volume Dampers: Fabricated of same material as ducts, two metal gauges heavier than duct and hammered 1" all around, mounted on 3/8" square rod with saw slot position indicator. Provide end bearings with gasket - Young Regulator Co. Model 666 -FD or equal. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Manual Volume Damper Regulators: 1. Accessible areas: Provide locking position regulator with gasket and handle - Young Regulator Co. Model 403 -FD or equal. Provide minimum 6° tag for each damper for identification. 2. Inaccessible areas: Provide concealed manual volume damper regulators with cover plate and gear assembly - Young Regulator Co. Model 315 or equal. C. Air Turns: Elgen "Air-Tite" or equal shop fabricated. D. Flexible Duct Connection: 30 ounce woven glass fiber, double neoprene coated, fire retardant, waterproof and air tight, suitable for temperatures to 250 deg. F, UL approved. Ventfabric, Inc. "Ventglass" or equal. E. Access Panels: Shall be of same material as ducts in which they are installed, fabricated of two thicknesses of not less than 24 gauge, with 1" thick rigid glass fiber filler. Provide sheet metal frame, air tight gasket and two thumb operated cam lock latches. Latches must be operable without the use of any tools. 2.03 FLEXIBLE DUCT A. Flexible duct shall be factory pre -insulated, consisting of vinyl coated spring steel wire helix bonded to vinyl coated fiberglass mesh screen, having one (1) inch nominal fiberglass insulation and vinyl impregnated closely woven fiberglass vapor barrier. Basis of Design: Semco, Type Al. B. Composite assembly shall meet Class I requirements of NFPA-90A and shall be UL listed for flame spread rating of not more than 25 and smoke developed rating of not more than 50. Assembly shall meet the requirements of UL -181. C. Where flexible dud is allowed, it shall be connected to metal ducts, terminal units and diffusers with Panduit, Tylon or equal tool installed nylon clamps. cu D. waximuai length of flexible duct connections from metal duct to terminal units and grilles, Q =gi -and diffusers shall be not greater than 72". All duct turns greater than 45 deg. shall be w 2ml cWhe%'& ductwork is routed exposed, flexible ductwork is not acceptable. All exposed ductwork LLPART'I 016"F --TION N 4 3.01 RiSPECTION A. Examine areas and conditions under which duct accessories will be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install duct accessories in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, with applicable portions of details of construction as shown in SMACNA standards, and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products serve intended function. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA B. Install access panels for inspection and servicing of all duct mounted equipment including, but not limited to: reheat coils, sound attenuators, motorized dampers, airflow measuring stations, fire dampers, smoke dampers, and combination fire/smoke dampers. Unless noted otherwise, access doors to be square and dimensions shall be 2" less than the duct dimension where they are installed, with a maximum size requirement of 24" x 24". Locate access doors (i.e. side or bottom of duct) where they provide the best access to duct equipment/accessory relative to surrounding piping, equipment, structure, etc. C. Install access doors to open against system air pressure, with latches operable from either side, except outside only where duct is too small for person to enter. D. Coordinate with other work, including ductwork, as necessary to interface installation of duct accessories properly with other work. E. Field Quality Control: Operate installed duct accessories to demonstrate compliance with requirements. Test for air leakage while system is operating. Repair or replace faulty accessories, as required to obtain proper operation and leakproof performance. F. Install all manual dampers with damper in full open position. END OF SECTION 23 33 00 N O _ N 0 0 n m <r r �T sa. r � 1 M s �� o D Cn W AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 -3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-4 N O Q Y 0 J co J C-3� N } V 3 -� v N O CD N AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA SECTION 23 34 16 - HVAC FANS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of HVAC fan work is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section. B. Types of fans required for this project include the following: 1. Utility Fans 2. In-line Cabinet Fans 3. In-line Centrifugal Fans 4. Tubular Centrifugal Fans 5. Mixed Flow 6. Power Ventilators 7. Axial Fans 8. Sidewall Propeller Fans 9. Kitchen Hood Exhaust Fans N O C. Vibration isolation required for air distribution equipment is specified in other Divisr-23 sWions, and is included as work of this section. �c> �� K°� D. Refer to section 23 05 13 Common Motor Requirements for HVAC EquiprgenKfori�&otor requirements furnished with HVAC fans. ern rn rn E. Refer to Division -26 sections for power work required in conjunction with ;111strijgtion equipment; not work of this section. Y c.11 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE w A. AMCA Compliance: Provide HVAC fans bearing the Air Movement and Control Association, Inc. (AMCA) Certified Ratings Seal. B. UL Compliance: Provide air distribution equipment electrical components which have been listed and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories (UL). 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver HVAC fans with factory -installed shipping skids and lifting lugs; pack components in factory -fabricated protective containers. B. Handle HVAC fans carefully to avoid damage to components, enclosures, and finish. Do not install damaged components; replace and return damaged components to fan manufacturer. C. Store HVAC fans in clean dry place and protect from weather and construction traffic. HVAC FANS 233416-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal data shall include physical dimensions, fabrication details, materials, fan curves, sound ratings, motor size and electrical characteristics and required brake horsepower for specified operating conditions. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Power Ventilators 1. Greenheck 2. Carnes 3. PennBarry 4. Loren Cook Co. 5. Twin City Fan and Blower 6. Acme B. Sidewall Propeller Fans 1. Greenheck 2. Carnes N 3. PennBarry C) 4. Loren Cook Co. 5. pTwin City Fan and Blower Q 6. w �'-Acme t.a.i .J.02 =VI*ENTILATORS CNJ r A.�arg*ll be complete factory assembled units and shall include housings, non -overloading fan oheels;�adjustable speed V -belt drives, air stream cooled motors and vibration isolators. N O B. c`Fan wheel classification must be capable of maximum rpm achievable based on the motor horsepower provided. C. Housings shall be of aluminum. D. A conduit chase shall be provided for running the electrical wiring through the curb into the motor compartment. E. Single phase motors shall be furnished with built-in overload protection. F. Each unit shall be equipped with the following accessories: 1. Expanded aluminum bird screen 2. Disconnect device 3. Variable pitch motor pulley 4. Motorized damper 5. Wall mounting kit. HVAC FANS 233416-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2.03 SIDEWALL PROPELLER FANS A. Belt driven, axial type sidewall fans shall be provided as follows: 1. Propellers shall be constructed with fabricated steel, fabricated aluminum, or cast aluminum blades and hubs. Propellers shall be securely attached to fan shafts. All propellers shall be statically and dynamically balanced. 2. Motors shall be permanently lubricated, heavy duty type, carefully matched to the fan load and furnished at the specified voltage, phase, and enclosure. 3. Ground and polished steel fan shafts shall be mounted in permanently lubricated, sealed ball bearing pillow blocks. Bearings shall be selected for a minimum (1-10) Ilte in excess of 1000,000 hours at maximum cataloged operating speeds. Drives shall be sized for a minimum of 150 percent of driven horsepower. Pulleys shall be of the fully machined cast iron type, keyed and securely attached to wheel and motor shafts. Motor sheaves shall be adjustable for system balancing. 4. Drive frame and panel assemblies shall be galvanized steel or painted steel. Drive frames shall be formed channels and fan panels shall have prepunched mounting holes, formed flanges, and a deep formed inlet venturi. Drive frames and panels shall be bolted construction or welded construction (level 3 fans only). 5. The axial exhaust or supply fans shall bear the AMCA Certified Ratings Seals for both sound and air performance. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTIONS A. Examine areas and conditions under which fans are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. N 3.02 INSTALLATION OF HVAC FANS N CD A. Install fans where indicated, in accordance with equipment manufacturertInstilation_ instructions, and with recognized industry practices, to ensure that equipmen"wplim with - requirements and serves intended purposes. c') Co <� v M B. Coordinate with other work, including ductwork and electrical work as necess ( intMace installation of HVAC fans with other work. Fumish layout and size of roof curbs fol (66i m®nted fans and wall openings for wall mounted fans to General Contractor. rs W C. Install units with vibration isolators or isolation bases, complying with Division -23, Section 23 0548 - Vibration Controls for HVAC Piping, ductwork and Equipment. D. Alignment: Check alignment of belt driven fans, and, where necessary, realign shafts of motors and fans within recommended tolerances by manufacturer, and in presence of manufacturer --s service representative 3.03 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Ensure HVAC fans are wired properly, with rotation in direction indicated and intended for proper performance. B. Provide positive electrical equipment and motor grounding HVAC FANS 233416-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 16404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Upon completion of installation of HVAC fans, and after motor has been energized with normal power source, test equipment to demonstrate compliance with requirements. Where possible, field correct malfunctioning equipment, then retest to demonstrate compliance. Replace equipment which cannot be satisfactorily corrected. 3.05 BALANCING A. Refer to Division 23, Section 23 05 93 - Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC of fan systems; not work of this section. 3.06 SPARE PARTS A. General: Furnish to owner, with receipt, 1 spare set of belts for each belt driven equipment item. END OF SECTION 23 3416 HVAC FANS 233416-4 N O O W Q UJ 0:) -i>: OF N tU c O b N HVAC FANS 233416-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 23 37 13 - DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary for the installation of grilles, registers and diffusers as per the schedules on the drawings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts for each type of device to be used. B. Product Data: For each product indicated, include the following: 1. Data Sheet: Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting details; and performance data including throw and drop, static -pressure drop, and noise ratings. 2. Diffuser, Register, and Grille Schedule: Indicate drawing designation, room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers No 1. Carnes o N ag 2. Titus D� 3. E.H. Price 4. Metal Aire n CID 5. Krueger f— �r�1 rn 6. Nailor E5 -.:;o 7. Anemostat O 2.02 Diffusers, registers, and grilles shall be of the type and style as scheduled. w PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Install wall mounted grilles and registers plumb and level and flush to surface. Locations may be altered slightly, as acceptable to the Design Professional, so as to fit masonry portions of the structure. 3.02 In grid panel type ceilings, lay -in metal pan, acoustical, etc., grilles, registers and diffusers shall be located in the center of the panel. 3.03 Coordinate locations of ceiling diffusers and registers with Design Professional's reflected ceiling plan. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify Design Professional for determination of final location. 3.04 Adjust blow pattern as indicated on plans and as scheduled, prior to balancing END OF SECTION 23 3713 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES 23 37 13 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES 233713-2 N O < 0 uO W uj a —,>-: .�Jd N y— U o N O O N DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES 233713-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 23 62 00 - PACKAGED COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSOR UNITS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of condensing unit work required by this section is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section. B. Types of condensing units in this section include the following: 1. Air-cooled condensing units. C. Refer to other Division -23 sections for piping, refrigeration specialties, etc., required external to condensing units for installation; not work of this section. D. Refer to Division -26 sections for field -installed power wiring required for condensing units; not work of this section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements 1. ARI Compliance: Provide capacity ratings for condensing units in accordance with Air -Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI) Standard 360 "Standard for Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air -Conditioning Equipment" and ARI 210 "Standard foraitary Air -Conditioning Equipment". o 2. ASHRAE Compliance: Construct refrigerating system of condensing unitgccdjdance"'f'� with American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conddior)Art�Engtneers. (ASHRAE) Standard ANSUASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for Mechanical Refojger4tiorl t. 3. UL Compliance: Provide condensing units which are listed by Underwriters) Cabo ewories' i., (UL) and have UL label affixed. { rrn m � r B. Warranty: oz o cn 1. Provide one year warranty on all parts except compressor. w 2. Provide five year warranty on compressor. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's equipment specifications, equipment capacities, ratings and selection points and installation and start-up instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly type shop drawings indicating dimensions, weight loadings, required clearances and method of assembly of components. C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements for power supply wiring. Submit manufacturer's ladder -type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory installed and portions to be field installed. PACKAGED COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER UNITS 23 62 00 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Handle condensing units and components carefully to prevent damage, breaking, denting and scoring. Do not install damaged condensing units or components; replace with new. B. Store condensing units and components in clean dry place. Protect from weather, dirt, fumes, water, construction debris and physical damage. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Air-cooled Condensing Units 1. Lennox Industries, Inc. 2. Trane Company 3. Daikin Applied 2.02 GENERAL A. Provide factory -assembled and tested air-cooled condensing units as indicated, consisting of compressor, condenser coil, fan, motor, refrigerant reservoir, and operating controls. Provide capacity and electrical characteristics as scheduled. 2.03 UNITS FROM 7-1/2 TO 15 TONS A. N casing: c,:: Lgasing shall be constructed of 18 gauge galvanized steel. W exterior surfaces shall be cleaned, phosphatized and finished with a weather resistant cp C_)}baked enamel finish. N. >_ Mnit surfaces shall be tested 500 hours in salt spray test. 2 i—,nits shall have removable end panels which allow access to all major components and -;-� 33ontrols. p O B. ggompressors: 1. 7-112 Tons: a. Single direct drive hermetic reciprocating compressor. b. Unit shall include oil pump, crank case heater, temperature and current overloads, internal spring isolation, and external high and low pressure cutout devices. 2. 10 - 20 Tons: a. Dual direct drive hermetic reciprocating compressors. b. Unit shall include oil pump, crank case heater, temperature and current overloads, internal spring isolation, and external high and low pressure cutout devices. C. Refrigerant Circuits: 1. 7-1/2 Tons: Single Refrigerant Circuit. 2. 10 - 20 Tons: Dual Refrigerant Circuits. 3. Each refrigerant circuit shall have the following: a. Integral subcooling circuit. b. Filter dryer. C. Liquid and suction line service valves and gauge port. PACKAGED COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER UNITS 236200-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA D. Condenser: 1. Condenser coils shall be constructed of aluminum fins mechanically bonded to seamless copper tubing. Condensers shall be factory leak tested at 450 psig air pressure underwater. 2. Provide with direct drive, statically and dynamically balanced vertical discharge fins. 3. Motors shall have permanently lubricated ball or sleeve bearings and thermal overload protection. E. Provide the following: 1. Factory wired controls. 2. Anti -short cycle times. 3. Low ambient operation to OOF. 4. Hot gas bypass lite. 5. Time delay relay. 6. Condenser coil guard. 7. Non-fused disconnect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine areas and conditions under which condensing units are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Contractor. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF CONDENSING UNITS N A. General: Install condensing units in accordance with manufacturer's installation instrf0ions. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, and maintairvnanuf fLrer's—, recommended clearances. ZE c') _ B. Support: Install ground mounted units on 4" thick reinforced concrete pad, 4" larjZr� eWh sidif- than condensing unit. Anchor unit to pad using inserts or anchor bolts. fir— m rn C. Electrical: Furnish electrical field -wiring diagrams to Electrical Contractor for_r v8ng tC_) condensing units. x ut W D. Air -Cooled Condensing Units: Connect refrigerant piping to unit; run piping so as to not interfere with access to unit. 1. Install furnished field -mounted accessories. 2. Refrigerant piping shall be insulated in accordance with the requirements of Section 23 07 00 — HVAC Insulation. 3. All control wiring shall be the responsibility of the HVAC Contractor. 4. Install flexible piping connection for units mounted on spring isolators. E. Start up condensing units, in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions. Test controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3.03 TRAINING OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of condensing units. END OF SECTION 23 62 00 PACKAGED COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER UNITS 23 62 00 -3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA O r c= LLJ J 00 - U F- ,.,-,...3 >- E3 } -L? 4 O C N PACKAGED COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER UNITS 236200-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 23 73 13 - INDOOR CENTRAL STATION AIR HANDLING UNITS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install air handling units as required by the drawings and this section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ARI Compliance: Units shall have certified ratings complying with ARI Standard 430. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal data shall consist of drawings and/or catalog cuts giving dimensions, arrangement, construction materials, fan performance curves, coil capacity, horsepower, electrical characteristics and installation instructions. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Air Handling Units 1. Daikin Applied o 2. Trane Company o 3. Lennox Industries, Inc. D� Z 2.02 GENERAL c 00 A. Units shall be factory built and assembled with arrangements as indicated on thins. m B. Units shall have capacities, ratings and performance as scheduled. m :D:r � o D 2.03 CASINGS cW A. Unit casings shall be fabricated of heavy gauge steel reinforced with steel angle framework as required for smooth operation for pressure rating. Casings shall be sectionalized with separate fan and coil sections. Units casing shall be of double-wall construction. B. Casing insulation shall be foil faced fiberglass with captured or sealed insulation edges. Casing panel shall be a minimum of R-13. C. Casings shall have removable panels to provide access to all internal components. All access doors shall have a minimum clear opening dimension of 10". D. IAQ drain pans shall be provided under the complete coil section and double pitched to the drain connection to promote positive drainage. Drain pans shall be double-wall insulated. Drain pans shall comply with ASHRAE 62.1. MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL STATION AIR HANDLING UNITS 23 73 13 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 2.04 FANS A. Fans shall be double width, double inlet centrifugal type. B. Fan housings shall be die -formed with streamlined inlets and side sheets. Bearings shall be grease lubricated ball bearings selected for 200,000 hours average life. C. Fans shall be statically and dynamically balanced and factory run tested, in the unit. D. Fan and motor assembly shall be internally isolated from unit casing with factory mounted spring isolators. Fan scroll shall be attached to the unit by a flexible canvas duct. E. Fan and sheave combinations shall be selected to operate at design conditions without exceeding variable frequency drive speeds of 100 Hz. Combinations requiring operation above 100 Hz are not acceptable. F. Fan wheel classification must be capable of maximum rpm achievable based on the motor horsepower provided. 2.05 COILS A. Coils shall be furnished for heating and/or cooling media as scheduled on the drawings. B. Coils shall be aluminum fin, copper tube type. Fins shall have drawn, belled collars bonded to the tubes by means of mechanical expansion of the tubes. Coil casings shall be galvanized steel. C. Blot w heating coils shall be of the metering type with metering orifices in the supply header to Q =InsLW Sual distribution of water to each tube. = I=— L"06 0O'T0'B9:4ND DRIVES 00 L> F' �. c'1lilot�I%14hall be NEMA Premium Efficiency, normal torque, 40 deg. C rise, splash proof, of 1 Tbortker rating and electrical characteristics as scheduled on the drawings. Motors shall be o uit &r use with variable frequency drives. r B. rives shall be rated at 1.25 times the motor horsepower rating. Drives up to and including 40 horsepower shall be adjustable speed drives (don't use on over 50 HP) for adjustment within plus or minus 10% of specified RPM. Units shall be furnished with approved drive guards. C. Motor shall be mounted on an adjustable mount, suitable for adjusting bell tension and drive alignment. 2.07 FILTER MODULES A. Filter modules shall be furnished with face area and performance as scheduled on drawings. Modules shall consist of side -access filter racks, access doors, and filter blank -offs. Filter module requirements shall be coordinated with fitter media specified in separate section. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Install units and make piping and duct connections as indicated on the drawings. 3.02 For units with water heating and/or cooling coils, install balancing cock, pressure and temperature test stations and shut off valve in return lines. In supply line, install shut off valve, and automatic control valve. MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL STATION AIR HANDLING UNITS 237313-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3.03 Extend condensate drain line to nearest floor drain and elbow into drain. Condensate waste shall be trapped at drain pan, with screwed cleanout plug in low point of trap. Multiple condensate discharges shall be trapped separately, as close to the unit as possible. The effective trap seal shall be two (2) times the suction pressure of the fan in inches for draw through units, but not less than three (3) inches. 3.04 Provide equipment base rail or housekeeping pad as required to maintain required height for installation of all piping and ductwork connections to unit including condensate traps. 3.05 Provide one complete extra set of filters for each air handling system. If system is designed to include pre -filters and after -fitters, provide only pre -filters. Install new filters at completion of air handling system and prior to testing, adjusting and balancing work. Obtain receipt from Owner that new filters have been installed. END OF SECTION 23 73 13 MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL STATION AIR HANDLING UNITS 2373 13-3 d r-� c+ p(J ...rq C7 0 ®.+moi rn y% .-n w MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL STATION AIR HANDLING UNITS 2373 13-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL STATION AIR HANDLING UNITS 237313-4 O C Y S crQ W a J 00 _jj>-: C-) �- N }- U _ � ~4 Ui a O cam+ 0 N — MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL STATION AIR HANDLING UNITS 237313-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 23 8239 - UNIT HEATERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install unit heaters as required by the drawings and this section. 1.03 UNIT HEATERS A. Unit heaters shall include the following: 1. Hydronic/Steam Unit Heaters 2. Electric Unit Heaters and Cabinet Unit Heaters 1.04 SUBMITTALS o -a 0 A. Submit shop drawings and/or catalog cuts showing technical data necessary to evaluAft the dimensions, diagrams, 4atwanf,Dther� equipment, to include color charts, wiring performance descriptive data necessary to describe fully the terminal units. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS D A. Hydronic/Steam Unit Heaters and Cabinet Unit Heaters 3;* n 1. Airtherm 2. Trane 3. Daikin Applied 4. Modine 5. Vulcan 6. Sterling 7. Rittling B. Electric Unit Heaters and Cabinet Unit Heaters 1. Trane 2. Berko - (Division of Marly) 3. Q -mark - (Division of Marty) 4. Brasch 5. Indeeco 2.02 HYDRONIC/STEAM UNIT HEATERS AND CABINET UNIT HEATERS A. Units shall have capacities and ratings and shall be of arrangement as scheduled on the drawings. UNIT HEATERS 23 82 39 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Units shall be furnished complete with coils, enclosures, drain pans, fans and motors as required to make complete functioning units. C. Units to be installed in finished areas to be furnished with bonderized, phosphatized, flow -coated baked -on primer with spray applied baked -on enamels in color as selected by Design Professional. D. Coils shall consist of seamless copper tubes mechanically bonded to aluminum fins. Maximum working pressure 125 psig and test pressure of 300 psig. E. Motors for unit heaters shall be totally enclosed, Class 'B' insulation, with built-in overload protection, and shall be prewired to terminal strip in factory mounted junction box. Motors for cabinet unit heaters shall be brushless DC Electrically Commutated Motors (ECM) factory programmed and run tested in assembled units. 1. Motors shall have integral thermal overload protection with a maximum ambient operating temperature of 104F and shall be permanently lubricated. 2. Provide motor controller with contacts to receive 0-10V DC input from the Building Automation System for control of the motor speed. G. Filters for cabinet unit heaters shall have 1" thick woven glass replaceable media, and permanent aluminum frames. 2.03 ELECTRIC UNIT HEATERS A. Units shall have capacities and ratings and shall be of arrangement as scheduled on the drawings. B. Units shall be furnished complete with coils, enclosures, fans and motors as required to make —complete functioning units. C:) ,Q Mnits,tdbe installed in finished areas to be furnished with bonderized, phosphatized, flow -coated 7alkeRiE primer with spray applied baked -on enamels in color as selected by Design 7clllirofks�ioal from the manufacturer's standard offering. c� C>t— . D! �a/otofs (a unit heaters and cabinet unit heaters shall be totally enclosed, Class 'B' insulation, with 2wilth&e1zerload protection, and shall be prewired to terminal strip in factory mounted junction *xUC N E. Iters for cabinet unit heaters shall have 1" thick woven glass replaceable media, and permanent aluminum frames. Units shall have single point, line voltage connection for incoming power for 208, 240 or 480 volt services. G. Provide the following accessories: 1. Thermostat with external adjustable knob. 2. Three position fan selector switch. 3. Pilot light to indicate when heating elements are energized. 4. Disconnect switch. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 Install units and make duct and piping connection as indicated on drawings. UNIT HEATERS 23 8239 -2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 3.02 Install shut-off cocks, balancing cocks, air vents, control valves and devices as required for complete installation. 3.03 Controls: Install devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory -mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Contractor for power wiring. A. Verify that wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and installation requirements of Division -26 sections. Do not proceed with equipment start-up until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment installer. 141111I*1;I&i*4 011Il1l P O o "11 8 'XO f .� /� W 1 14, L -s - I t' - UNIT HEATERS 238239-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA UNIT HEATERS 238239-4 CD a W .a LLJ J U f - Q H V 2 m N O O N UNIT HEATERS 238239-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 26 00 10 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART1-GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Refer to Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements and Division 01 - General Requirements, which all apply to work under this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work shall include furnishing of all systems, equipment and material specified in this division and as called for on the electrical drawings, to include supervision, operations, methods and labor for the fabrication, installation, start-up and tests for the complete electrical installation. B. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft. C. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest standards of the craft. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes and standards: 1. National Electrical Code 2. National Fire Protection Association 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association c 4. Standards of Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers o 5. International Building Code o L_ "1 6. Occupational Safety and Health Act D=R �. 7. Iowa Administrative Code n_< 8. NECAStandardsco rc'3 9. Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) -.e f— z,. B. All Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicalAg' fCrthe¢>work� and shall notify Design Professional of any discrepancies between the design and aAplicablg-pode requirements so that any conflicts can be resolved. Where two or more codes or s andardsjaye in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision. 1.04 REQUIREMENTS & FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections, licenses and fees required in connection with the electrical work including State of Iowa Electrical Inspections. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required by the State, City, County and Utility. 1.05 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS A. The electrical drawings indicate in general the building arrangement only. Contractor shall examine construction drawings to become familiar with the specific type of building construction, i.e. type of structural system, floors, walls, ceilings, room finishes and elevations. B. Drawings for the electrical work are in part diagrammatic, and are intended to convey the scope of the work and to indicate in general the location of equipment. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA C. Contractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact locations for equipment and rough -ins and the exact routing of conduits and raceway so as to best fit the layout of the work. D. Contractor shall take his own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions; scaling of the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work. E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as couplings, pull or splice boxes may not be shown, but where such items are required by code or by other sections of the specifications or where they are required for proper installation of the work, such items shall be furnished and installed. 1.06 ACTIVE SERVICES A. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying exact locations of all existing services prior to beginning work in that area. B. Existing active services, i.e., water, gas, sewer, electric, when encountered, shall be protected against damage. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services which are to remain. C. When active services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make request to authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures. D. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance with requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction. 1.07 SITE INSPECTION A. CeiWactor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to familiarize himself with the c it itions,4 the site which will affect his work and shall verify points of connection with utilities, raping gEo9tside conduit to include required clearances from any existing structures, trees or other obEdacl&g.� W a:s _ B. Edda p6gihent will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of Contractor's failure F tdlAak" inspection. Tbt1 COURDHOON AND COOPERATION A. laall be Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate his work with the schedule of the General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays. B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment and the building. The Design Professional reserves the right to determine space priority of the contractors in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and equipment of the various contractors. C. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications or between the requirements set forth for the various contractors shall be called to the attention of the Design Professional. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed that none is required and that the Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and specifications as issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification will be made by the Design Professional and his decision will be final. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material shall be completely protected from weather elements, painting, plaster, etc., until the project is substantially completed. Damage from rust, paint, scratches, etc., shall be repaired as required to restore equipment to original condition. E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the Painting Contractor, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for checking to assure that adequate protection is being provided. Refer to Division 09 for painting protection. F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires the contractor to work in areas previously finished by the General Contractor, the Electrical Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. Electrical Contractor shall arrange with the General Contractor for patching and refinishing of such areas which may be damaged in this respect. 1.09 OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Refer to Division 1 for additional cutting and patching information. B. Conduits and sleeves passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and conduit or sleeve shall be sealed with UL listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor. Where conduit or sleeves pass through floors, roofs, walls and partitions that are not fire or smoke rated, penetrations shall be sealed with grout or caulk. C. New structure: 1. Contractor will coordinate the placing of openings and lintels in the new structure as required for the installation of the electrical work with the General Contractor. 2. Contractor shall furnish to General Contractor the accurate locations and sizes for required openings, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility of checking to an�aure that proper size openings are provided. When additional cutting and patch is re(gred due to Contractor's failure to coordinate this work, Contractor shall make ar!! a neeb for the cutting, patching, and painting required. a D. Existing Structure: =-Ic-) co � < rn 1. Contractor shall provide cutting, lintels and patching, and patch painting 8 emoting structure, as required for the installation of his work, and shall furnish Iintel��riB supports as required for openings. > 2. Cutting of structural support members will not be permitted without prior approval the Design Professional. Extent of cutting shall be minimized; use core drills, power saws or other machines which will provide neat, minimum openings. 3. Patching shall match adjacent materials and surfaces and shall be performed by craftsmen skilled in the respective craft required. E. Conduits and wireways passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between walltfloor and conduits, sleeves and/or wireways, shall be sealed with UL listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor. Where conduits, sleeves and/or wireways pass through floors, roofs, walls and partitions that are not fire or smoke rated, penetrations shall be sealed with grout or caulk. F. For exterior walls below grade, sleeves shall be cast iron. Space between sleeve and conduit shall be sealed with modular mechanical rubber links tightened with bolts as made by Thunderline Corporation, Wayne, Michigan 48184. Waterproofing of conduit penetrations in exterior walls shall be coordinated with waterproofing contractor. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 10 -3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 1.10 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING A. Contractor shall do all excavating necessary for lightpole bases, underground wiring, conduit and duct banks, and shall backfill trenches and excavations after work has been inspected. Care shall be taken in excavating that walls and footings and adjacent load bearing soils are not disturbed in any way, except where lines must cross under a wall footing. Where a line must pass under a footing, the crossing shall be made by the smallest possible trench to accommodate the conduit. Excavation shall be kept free from water by pumping if necessary. B. Backfill about the structure shall be placed, when practical, as the work of construction progresses. Backfilling on or against concrete work shall be done only when directed. Backfilling of trenches shall progress as rapidly as the testing and acceptance of the finished sections of the work will permit. Backfill shall be in accordance with Specification Division 31. 1.11 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable U.S.A. manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified item unless authorized in writing by Design Professional. Where more than one unit is required of the same system, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified otherwise. B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as parts, controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items when required shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for. `R`al-1'AaIF21�1 A. Contractor shall furnish, to the Design Professional, complete sets of shop drawings and other 4mittal-data. Contractor shall review and sign shop drawings before submittal. Refer to Division Q tiispec@tions for additional requirements. w S'iriop d nigs shall be bound into sets and cover related items for a complete system as much as J pxactk5Raad shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings. Incomplete, Icei�!r unbound submittals will be rejected. Q .a miTelrequired by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not necessarily Ii}�{ted to -Mose identified in the submittal schedule below. D. After award of contract, the contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule including dates that the submittals will be to the Design Professional for review. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 10 -4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY, IOWA E. Submit required information on the following items: PROJECT NO. 18404000 F. Design Professional will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting the plans and specifications. G. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract drawings and specifications. 1.13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to Design Professional. Refer to Division 01 specifications for additional information. B. Submit manuals in duplicate upon completion of the job. Manuals shall be bound in a three ring hard -backed binder. Front cover and spine of each binder shall have the following letteringpvne: N O OPERATION CERTIFICATE AND MAINTENANCE c�–< MANUAL -; nCo FOR <r 3, rriA OF SYSTEM OTHER SPEC O DETAIL PROD (LOCATION) INSTALL O & M DEMON- (SEE SECTION EQUIPMENT DWGS DATA SAMPLES METHODS MANUAL STRATION NOTES 26 27 26 Wiring Devices X X 26 29 23 Variable Frequency X X X Drives 26 28 15 Motor and Service X X X Disconnects 26 50 00 Lighting X X X X 26 82 39 Unit Heaters X X X NOTES: 1. Provide preliminary report; refer to specification section for requirements. F. Design Professional will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting the plans and specifications. G. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract drawings and specifications. 1.13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to Design Professional. Refer to Division 01 specifications for additional information. B. Submit manuals in duplicate upon completion of the job. Manuals shall be bound in a three ring hard -backed binder. Front cover and spine of each binder shall have the following letteringpvne: N O OPERATION C-� AND MAINTENANCE c�–< MANUAL -; nCo FOR <r 3, rriA ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS O (PROJECT NAME) cn (LOCATION) (DATE) SUBMITTED BY (NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR) C. Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Use plastic tab indexes for sections of manual. Each section shall contain the following information for equipment furnished under this contract: 1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees. 2. Installation instructions. 3. Operating instructions. 4. Maintenance instructions. 5. Spare parts identification and ordering list. 6. Local service organization, address, contact and phone number. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 10 -5 rn Q ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA Shop drawings with reviewed stamp of Design Professional and Contractor shall be included, if applicable, along with the items listed above. D. Items to be included shall be those listed in shop drawing section. 1.14 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. All systems shall be tested by Contractor and placed in proper working order prior to demonstrating systems to Owner. B. Contractor shall test the electrical grounding system resistance in accordance with Specification Section 26 0526 — Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems and submit a report to Design Professional stating the results. C. Prior to acceptance of the electrical installation, the Contractor shall demonstrate to the Owner, or his designated representatives, all essential features and functions of all systems installed, and shall instruct the Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of such systems. Owner instruction shall be provided for the following systems: Sections Description Hrs. on Site Hrs. off Site Presented By Others Present Remarks 26 50 00 Building Lighting 2 Manufacturer's Contractor Controls Representative REMARKS: 1. Perform complete system test at time of instructions. 2. Any unused hours shall be used at Owner's discretion during the first year of occupancy. D. Contractor shall submit to the Design Professional a certificate signed by the Owner stating the date, time, and persons instructed and that the instruction has been completed to the Owner's '�jotisfaction. An example of a certificate form is as follows: 0 � �v LU .a L0 JGoC) i- _ C%J > U Lj- Q � N ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010-6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION This document is to certify that the contractor has demonstrated the hereafter listed systems to the Owner's representatives in accordance with the Contract documents and that the instruction has been completed to the Owner's satisfaction. A. Project: B. System(s): C. Contractor's representatives giving instruction and demonstration: Contractor: NAMES DATE HOURS D. Owner's representatives receiving instruction: Owner: NAMES DATE -A HOURS "< C) r E. Acknowledgement of demonstration: Contractor's Representative: Owner's Representative: signature date signature date IV m rn � CA r ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010-7 r rn ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 1.15 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01. Requests shall clearly describe the equipment for which approval is being requested. Include all data necessary to demonstrate that equipment's capacities, features and performance are equivalent. between specified equipment and equipment for which approval is being requested. If the equipment is acceptable, Design Professional will approve it in an addendum. Design Professional will, under no circumstances, be required to prove that an item proposed for substitution is or is not of equal quality to the specified item. B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical dimensions and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of the substitution. 1.16 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturers type, style, dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or on the plan schedules are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality. These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to Design Professional at least 8 days prior to the bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals. B. Manufacturers, who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product rejected at time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall be Oe responsibility of the Contractor and/or the manufacturer. Q :J: YContractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his responsibility = Cl -' assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. w c �39ontractor shall assume all responsibility for physical dimensions, operating J co vharacteristics, and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all N >-reitra work necessitated by other trades as a result of using the alternate manufacturer. o �ihere a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product o requirements. Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the ti specifications as required. Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog number that are not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met. 1.17 WARRANTY A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01 for information on warranties and correction of work within the warranty period. If a warranty or warranty period are not defined in Division 00 or 01, then the start of all warranty periods shall be the date of Substantial Completion and the length of the warranty shall be for one year. a. If construction is phased with distinct and separate Substantial Completion dates for portions of the building and/or systems, separate warranties shall be provided for each of these phased areas and/or systems. b. The entire Electrical system, including all sub -systems, shall be guaranteed against defect in materials and installation for the duration of the warranty period. Any malfunctions or defects which occur within the warranty period shall be promptly corrected without cost to the Owner. This guarantee shall not limit or void any manufacturers express or implied warranty. B. Refer to other Division 26 sections for systems, equipment, or material requiring extended warranties beyond one year. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 10 -8 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA C. The date of systems/equipment startup or equipment/material shipment to the site shall not be considered the notable date with relation to the warranty of that item. All systems, equipment, material, etc., shall have the same start date with respect to the warranty period. D. Systems, equipment or material put into use to facilitate construction activities (e.g. testing and balancing, commissioning, temporary conditioning, etc.) prior to the start of the warranty period shall not impact the length of the warranty in any way. 1.18 CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01. 1.19 COMPLETION A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non -hazardous and ready for normal use by the Owner. B. When all the electrical work is complete Contractor shall thoroughly clean all material and equipment installed as a part of this contract and leave all equipment and material in new condition. C. Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and equipment left during the progress of this contract at job completion. 1.20 CLEANING A. Prior to assembly of electrical equipment, all loose dirt, scale, oil, and other foreign matter on internal and exterior surfaces shall be removed by means consistent with good electrical practices. B. All temporary labels, stickers, etc., shall be removed from all fixtures and equipment. Name plates, ratings, instruction plates, etc., shall not be obscured by paint, insulation, or placement of units. C. Electrical equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned on the interior and exterior of equipmEm This includes, but is not limited to: removal of wiring trimmings within electrical pane8and dWdebris from activation boxes. c2 o _n D. All light fixtures shall be wiped clean with all fingerprints and dust removed. C -)co 1"� 1.21 TEMPORARY UTILITIES �m = rn o� 0 A. Refer to Specification Division 1 for specific requirements concerning temporary u!b&. o t END OF SECTION 26 00 10 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 2600 10-9 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010-10 0 0 cr:o W z LLj J� _j co U V— m. �Q 6 N O -- N ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010-10 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 26 05 00 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section includes the following: Demolition. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. All materials removed shall be the property of the removing contractor and shall be removed from the site unless otherwise specified. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Demolition shall be accomplished by the proper tools and equipment for the work to be removed. Personnel shall be experienced and qualified in the type of work to be performed. a 3.02 c� EXAMINATION c) m A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as shown on Drawings.n—< [� rn B. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities. <rn C. GO'q Demolition Drawings are based on casual field observation. Report discrepancks"to Liner before disturbing existing installation. A 3.03 PREPARATION A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings scheduled for removal. B. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel experienced in such operations. C. Existing Electrical Services: Maintain existing system in service. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Obtain permission from Owner at least 72 hours before partially or completely disabling system. Minimize outage duration. Make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area. D. Existing Fire Alarm System: Maintain existing system in service. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Notify Owner at least 72 hours before partially or completely disabling system. Minimize outage duration. Make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA E. Existing Telecommunications Systems: Maintain existing systems in service. Disable systems only to make switchovers and connections. Obtain permission from Owner at least 72 hours before partially or completely disabling system. 3.04 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A. Demolish and extend existing electrical work under provisions of this Section. B. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. Extend existing installations using materials and methods as specified. C. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply. D. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces. E. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets which are not removed. F. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution equipment. C) G. 1sconne¢t and remove electrical devices and equipment serving utilization equipment that has men ved. S 6, ud 1%sco!6p4t and remove abandoned luminaires. Remove brackets, stems, hangers, and other wscegsfts. " 3-c-) LL r 1. J[epcent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. J. Maintair2access to existing electrical installations which remain active. Modify installation or cprovide access panel as appropriate. K. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused. 3.05 FLUORESCENT LAMP AND BALLAST DISPOSAL A. Unless noted otherwise, all existing fluorescent lamps and ballasts within light fixtures to be removed shall be assumed to contain mercury and PCB's respectively. These items need to be disposed of by a mercury and PCB Disposal Contractor, who shall be a subcontractor to Electrical Contractor. This Disposal Contractor shall have all local, state, and federal authorization for handling, transporting, and processing these materials. Disposal Contractor shall have pollution insurance and shall generate a Certificate of Disposal. Ballasts and all contaminated materials shall be incinerated. Lamps shall be recycled. B. Available Disposal Contractors Subject to compliance with requirements, below are available Contractors: a. A-tec Recycling, Inc. b. ALTA Resource Management Services, Inc. C. Full Circle Ballast Recyclers d. Midwest Lamp Recycling, Inc. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3.06 WORK BY OTHERS A. Unless specifically noted under other contracts, Electrical Contractor shall assume all required work shall be performed by him. In general, the following will be performed by others: 1. General Contractor will remove any bases, floor fill, wall work and footings; neatly patch, match, complete and finish all affected surfaces. 2. Mechanical Contractor will disconnect all mechanical services and remove pipe back to behind finish surfaces, close and cap ends of pipe. 3.07 OWNER'S RIGHT OF SALVAGE A. Owner may designate and have salvage rights to any material herein demolished by the Contractor. END OF SECTION 26 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500-3 N Q e�J _ n� W �� rn � o Q v COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA O O Q D c=O UJ W -J>= co tj I- �.�. N >--L3 = I. -Q O v CV COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 26 05 19 - LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall furnish all material, tools, labor, and supervision necessary to install all wiring systems. B. This section describes the basic materials and methods of installation for general wiring systems of 600 volts and less. Wiring for a higher voltage rating, if required, shall be as specified in other sections or called for on the drawings. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical wire, cable, and connectors. B. UL Compliance: Comply with UL standards pertaining to wire, cable, and connectors. C. UL Labels: Provide electrical wires, cables and connectors which have been UL -listed and labeled. D. NEMA/ICEA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of NEMA/Insulated Cable Engineers Association standards pertaining to materials, construction and testing of wire and cable. N D E. ANSI/ASTM: Comply with applicable portions of ANSI/ASTM standards pertaining_to cor>#uction of wire and cable. CD Z F. The materials used for wiring systems shall be the products of a manufacturer reRiQy Agage j— n the manufacturing of the specified material. C -)T 1.04 SUBMITTALS v C:) p A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each product speciAd. s r PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 WIRE AND CABLE A. All wire and cable for power, lighting, control, and signal circuits shall have copper conductors of not less than 98% conductivity and shall be insulated to 600 V. Conductor sizes #12 AWG and smaller shall be solid, conductor sizes #10 AWG and larger shall be stranded. B. Minimum size conductors shall be #12 AWG for power and lighting. C. Type of wire and cable for various applications shall be as follows: 1. Type THHNfTHWN-2, or XHHW-2 (90 deg. C) - use for branch circuits, panel and equipment feeders in dry locations. LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 0519 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2. Type XHHW-2 (90 deg. C) - use for branch circuits, panel and equipment feeders located underground and in wet and dry locations. 3. 2 -Hour Fire Rated Cable System. UI 2196 listed for horizontal and vertical installations. a. Pentair System 1850 Type MI mineral insulated cable. b. Omni Cable VITALink Type MC 2 -hour rated power cable. C. RHW-2 based cable systems are not acceptable. d. Provide all proprietary terminations and components for a complete listed system. 4. Type OF - use where permitted by other sections or by the drawings for underground burial branch circuits. 5. For all vibration type installations (i.e. motors, etc.), provide stranded type conductors. 2.02 CONDUCTOR COLOR CODING A. Wiring systems shall be color coded. Conductor insulation shall be colored in sizes up through #8 AWG. Conductors #6 AWG and larger shall be colored or have black insulation and shall be phase color coded with one-half inch band of colored tape at all junctions and terminations. Colors shall be assigned to each conductor as described below and carried throughout all main and branch circuit distribution. When necessary to use tape, use colored tape on black wire. Do not use colored tape on colored wire. For branch circuits with non -shared neutral conductors, provide colored tracer to match associated phase conductor. Tracers shall be Black, Red, Blue, Brown, Orange, or Yellow. 2.03 CONNECTORS A. Twist -on Wire Connectors. 1. Dry Locations. 600V rated, UL 486C listed, Ideal Industries 451/452/454 or equal by 3M or Thomas and Betts. Use for #8 and smaller. 2. Wet locations. 600V rated, UL 485D listed with pre -filled silicone sealant. Ideal industries 61/62/63 series or equal by 3M or Thomas and Betts. Use for #8 and smaller. To be used for all above ground splices in exterior locations and interior wet locations. 3. Underground locations. 600V rated, UL 485D listed for direct burial with pre -filled silicone sealant. Ideal Industries 60/64/66 series or equal buy 3M or Thomas and Betts. Use for #8 and smaller. To be used for all below ground and in -slab locations. B. Push -in Wire Connectors. Dry Locations. 600V rated, UL 486C listed, Ideal Industries 32/33/34 or equal by Wago, 3M or Thomas and Betts. Use for #10 and smaller. LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519-2 rn Phase 'A' Conductor Black l!7 Q Q CZ) Y -" W = .cc �o Isolated Grounding Conductor Green w/Yellow Stripe JY - J CO Ur .�� N U LL,. ~ �` US o N O C - For branch circuits with non -shared neutral conductors, provide colored tracer to match associated phase conductor. Tracers shall be Black, Red, Blue, Brown, Orange, or Yellow. 2.03 CONNECTORS A. Twist -on Wire Connectors. 1. Dry Locations. 600V rated, UL 486C listed, Ideal Industries 451/452/454 or equal by 3M or Thomas and Betts. Use for #8 and smaller. 2. Wet locations. 600V rated, UL 485D listed with pre -filled silicone sealant. Ideal industries 61/62/63 series or equal by 3M or Thomas and Betts. Use for #8 and smaller. To be used for all above ground splices in exterior locations and interior wet locations. 3. Underground locations. 600V rated, UL 485D listed for direct burial with pre -filled silicone sealant. Ideal Industries 60/64/66 series or equal buy 3M or Thomas and Betts. Use for #8 and smaller. To be used for all below ground and in -slab locations. B. Push -in Wire Connectors. Dry Locations. 600V rated, UL 486C listed, Ideal Industries 32/33/34 or equal by Wago, 3M or Thomas and Betts. Use for #10 and smaller. LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519-2 120/208V - Wye Phase 'A' Conductor Black Phase 'B' Conductor Red Phase'C' Conductor Blue Neutral Conductor White* Equipment Grounding Conductor Green Isolated Grounding Conductor Green w/Yellow Stripe For branch circuits with non -shared neutral conductors, provide colored tracer to match associated phase conductor. Tracers shall be Black, Red, Blue, Brown, Orange, or Yellow. 2.03 CONNECTORS A. Twist -on Wire Connectors. 1. Dry Locations. 600V rated, UL 486C listed, Ideal Industries 451/452/454 or equal by 3M or Thomas and Betts. Use for #8 and smaller. 2. Wet locations. 600V rated, UL 485D listed with pre -filled silicone sealant. Ideal industries 61/62/63 series or equal by 3M or Thomas and Betts. Use for #8 and smaller. To be used for all above ground splices in exterior locations and interior wet locations. 3. Underground locations. 600V rated, UL 485D listed for direct burial with pre -filled silicone sealant. Ideal Industries 60/64/66 series or equal buy 3M or Thomas and Betts. Use for #8 and smaller. To be used for all below ground and in -slab locations. B. Push -in Wire Connectors. Dry Locations. 600V rated, UL 486C listed, Ideal Industries 32/33/34 or equal by Wago, 3M or Thomas and Betts. Use for #10 and smaller. LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA Conductor Taps and Splices 1. Dry Locations. 600V rated, UL 486A/B listed, insulated mechanical termination. Ilsco ClearTap PCT or equal by Bumdy. Use for #6 and larger. 2. Wet and Underground Locations. 600V rated, UL 486D listed, watertight mechanical termination suitable for direct burial in earth. Ilsco SafetySub PDSS or equal by Bumdy or 3M. Use for #6 and larger. 3. Insulation piercing taps are not allowed. 4. Split bolt connectors and spices are not allowed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Wire shall not be installed in the conduit system until the building is enclosed and masonry work is completed. B. Conduit shall be swabbed free of moisture and debris prior to pulling in wiring. Pull mouse through conduits prior to pulling conductors. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. All cable for major feeders shall be continuous from origin to termination, unless otherwise indicated. B. Branch circuit conductor sizes shall be increased to maintain a maximum 3% voltage drop. 1. 120V, 20A homeruns shall be sized as follows based on one-way circuit length: c a. 0-80': #12 AWG v b. 81'-140': #10 AWG L C. 141'-210': #8 AWG y Z 1 d. 211' and over: #6 AWG c-) 2. 277V, 20A homeruns shall be sized as follows based on the one-way c4Zv t-jengW. j' - a. 0-200': #12 AWG <m a m b. 201'-300': #10 AWG o C. 301' and over: #8 AWG o iQ D Cn C. Conductors for 208V and 480V systems shall be installed in separate raceway systems. D. Splices shall be made only in accessible junction boxes or handholes. E. All power feeder cable shall be pulled with the use of approved pulling compound or powder. Compound must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. F. If conductor insulation is damaged during installation, replace entire conductor. G. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable or rope which cannot damage raceway. H. Install exposed cable, parallel and perpendicular to surfaces or exposed structural members and follow surface contours, where possible. Keep branch circuit conductor splices to a minimum. J. The continuity of circuit conductors shall not be dependent on service connections such as lamp holders, receptacles, etc., where the removal of such devices would interrupt the continuity. LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 0519-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA K. Provide separate green equipment ground conductor throughout entire electrical system. L. Isolated ground conductors shall be kept isolated from the equipment grounding system from the outlet back to where the system is derived. % All branch circuits shall have dedicated neutrals. N. Install 2 -hour rated cable systems in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the UL Listing. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prior to energizing system, test cable and wire for continuity of circuitry, and for short circuits. Correct malfunctions when detected. B. After wire terminations are complete, energize circuitry and demonstrate functioning in accordance with requirements. o� U-) END OF SECTION 26 05 19 Z J V� N )- U c F a —7 U CD o CD N O N LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 26 05 26 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of grounding work is indicated by drawings and shall comply with NEC. B. Applications of grounding work in this section include the following: 1. Enclosures. 2. Equipment. C. Requirements of this section apply to electrical grounding work specified elsewhere in these specifications. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC requirements as applicable to materials and install�tign of electrical grounding systems, associated equipment and wiring. Provide grounding productj�jhich are UL -listed and labeled. `= B. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL Standards Nos.4&an 869 n� pertaining to electrical grounding and bonding. OD C. IEEE Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of IEEE Standard 142 and 24.'f�ert %ng m Q to electrical grounding. � C' 1> c!1 PART2-PRODUCTS r 2.01 GROUNDING SYSTEMS A. Materials and Components 1. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide electrical grounding systems indicated, with assembly of materials, including, but not limited to, cablestwires, connectors, terminals (solderless lugs), grounding rods/electrodes and plate electrodes, bonding jumper braid, surge arresters, and additional accessories needed for complete installation. Where more than one type unit meets indicated requirements, selection is Installer's option. Where materials or components are not indicated, provide products complying with NEC, UL, IEEE, and established industry standards for applications indicated. 2. All components shall be listed under ANSI/UL 467 —"Grounding and bonding Equipment'. 3. Raceways: Provide raceways, and electrical boxes and fittings complying with Division 26, Section 26 05 33 — Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems. 4. Conductors: Unless otherwise indicated, provide electrical grounding conductors for grounding connections matching power supply wiring materials and sized according to NEC. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Connectors 1. Lugs: Grounding and bonding conductors shall terminate in two -hole, long barrel irreversible compression lugs, Burndy YGA series or equal by Blackburn, Ilsco, or Anderson. 2. Exothermic welds: Graphite mold designed for the specific connection type required. Weld metal used for grounding connections shall contain copper oxide, aluminum and not less than 3% tin as the wetting agent. Exothermic weld products by Erico, Harger or approved equal. 3. Ground clamps for pipes: Bronze with pad for 2 -hole lug, Burndy GAR -TC series or equal by Blackburn, Ilsco, or Anderson. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL GROUNDING A. General: Install electrical grounding systems where shown, in accordance with applicable portions of NEC, with NECA's "Standard of Installation", and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products comply with requirements and serve intended functions. B. Coordinate with other electrical work as necessary to interface installation of electrical grounding system with other work. C. stall bgnding jumpers with ground clamps on water meter piping to electrically bypass water �Reter1 CD ist p -on connectors only on thoroughly cleaned metal contact surfaces, to ensure electrical La con�ty and circuit integrity. J N >-G --E ;JNheh-raAking ground and ground bonding connections, apply a corrosion inhibitor to all contact prfacesrUse corrosion inhibitor appropriate for protecting a connection between the metals used. o F. �ovide separate green ground conductor throughout entire electrical system sized as required by the NEC. G. Conduit Grounding 1. Bond all metallic conduit systems together to provide a continuous electrical ground path. Bond metallic conduits to other conduit components using insulated ground bushings when required. Connect ground bushings to the grounding system using conductors sized in compliance with NEC. 2. Provide ground conductors in non-metallic conduits in accordance with the NEC. H. All portions of the metal building structure that are not electrically continuous shall be bonded to the service entrance grounding electrode system. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Upon completion of installation of electrical grounding system, test ground resistance with earth test megger. Results shall be submitted to the Design Professional on a report form similar to that which follows: GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY. IOWA PROJECT: JOB NUMBER: OWNER: DATE OF TEST: TEST LOCATION: TEST METHODS TEST INSTRUMENT: SOIL RESISTIVITY[TYPE: COMMENTS (If applicable): TESTING RESULTS: Earth Resistance Testing: Description of systems tested Test No. B) COMPLETED BY: COMPANY: EARTH RESISTANCE FIELD REPORT CONDITIONS: COPY TO: PROJECT NO. 18404000 PAGE _ N O N G � 4C) nes s�nce� r C-) Gm tocearth v m 0 un c GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260626-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Where tests show resistance to ground is over 3 ohms, take appropriate action to reduce resistance to 3 ohms or less by driving additional ground rods or by chemically treating soil encircling ground rod. Retest to demonstrate compliance. END OF SECTION 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526-4 m L d Y2 _ Uo W Uj JOD "~ N i-C� _ UCD p O N O N GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 26 05 29 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide materials, labor and supervision as necessary to provide hangers and supports for conduit, fixtures and equipment. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical supporting devices. B. ANSI/NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI/NEMA Std. Pub. No. FB 1, "Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies". C. NECA Compliance: Comply with National Electrical Contractors Association's "Standard of Installation" pertaining to anchors, fasteners, hangers, supports, and equipment mounting. D. UL Compliance: Provide electrical components which are UL -listed and labeled. o N PART 2 -PRODUCTS c 2.01 MANUFACTURED SUPPORTING DEVICES 2 (7 -C N CD A. General: Provide supporting devices; complying with manufacturer's standard m4rRs, design and construction in accordance with published product information, and as reqrd 3'r a complete installation, and as herein specified. Where more than one type of e Egets indicated requirements, selection is Installers option. B. Conduit Cable Supports: Provide cable supports with insulating wedging plug for non -armored type electrical cables in risers; construct for rigid metal conduit; type wire as indicated; construct body of malleable iron casting with hot dip galvanized finish. C. U -Channel Strut Systems: Provide U -channel strut system for supporting electrical equipment, 16-guage hot dip galvanized steel, of types and sizes indicated; construct with 9/16" dia. holes, 8" o.c. on top surface, with standard green finish, and with the following fittings which mate and match with U -channel: 1. Fixture hangers. 2. Channel hangers. 3. End caps. 4. Beam clamps. 5. Wring stud. 6. Thinwall conduit clamps. 7. Rigid conduit clamps. 8. Conduit hangers. 9. U -bolts. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 29 -1 r 0 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA D. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide channel systems of one of the following: 1. B -Line Systems, Inc. 2. Thomas & Betts, Superstrut 3. Unistrut Div.; Tyco International 4. Globestrut PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Install hangers, anchors, sleeves and seals as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry practices to insure supporting devices comply with requirements. B. Coordinate with other electrical work, including raceway and wiring work, as necessary to interface installation of supporting devices with other work. C. Conduit hangers and support devices shall be approved type for the method of supporting required. All hangers and supports shall have galvanized finish or other approved corrosion resistance finish. In general, hangers and supports shall be as follows - 1 . ollows:1. Where single or multiple run of conduit is routed on surface of structure; use conduit clamps mounted on U -channel strut so as to maintain not less than 1" clearance between conduit and structure. 2tn Were single run of conduit is suspended from overhead; use split ring conduit clamp ,sopended by 3/8" steel drop rod. Itlifere multiple parallel runs of conduit are suspended from overhead; use split ring .¢ L4zRduit clamps uniformly spaced and supported on trapeze hangers fabricated of Apoo hannel strut, suspended by not less than two steel drop rods. y \ Bere circuit voltage is above 600 volts, conduit clamps shall be provided with insulating r -{things of dielectric strength as required. dere conduit is buried in concrete floor topping; anchor conduit to structural floor with ccfiR�-hole jiffy clamps. (R Maximum hanger and support spacing shall be in accordance with NEC. D. Hangers and supports shall be anchored to structure as follows: 1. Hangers and supports anchored to poured concrete, use malleable iron or steel concrete inserts attached to concrete forms. 2. Hangers or supports anchored to precast concrete, use self -drilling expansion shields. Expansion shields may be used where concrete inserts have been missed or additional support is required in poured concrete. 3. Hanger or supports anchored to structural steel, use beam clamps and/or steel channels as required by structural system. 4. Hangers or supports anchored to metal deck, use spring clips or approved welding pins. Maximum permissible load on each hanger shall not exceed 50 pounds. 5. Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners in hollow masonry, plaster, or gypsum board partitions and walls. 6. Use sheet metal screws in sheet metal studs and wood screws in wood construction. E. The following is not permitted: Attaching supports and hangers to piping, ductwork, mechanical equipment, or conduit. Use of powder -actuated anchors. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3. Drilling of structural steel members. F. Fixtures on plastered or acoustical ceilings shall not be supported directly on ceiling tile. Provide metal bar hangers or U -channel strut attached to ceiling supports. G. Where disconnect switches and panels cannot be mounted on wall, provide support racks fabricated of structural steel or U -channel strut. Provide concrete bases and pads for transformers, switchgear, free standing panels, generators, outdoor lighting poles and other equipment requiring bases, except where drawings indicate that such bases and pads are to be furnished by the General Contractor. Furnish all equipment anchor bolts and installation for their proper and accurate location. All concrete work and reinforcing shall comply with General Specifications. END OF SECTION 26 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529-3 ra 0 0 O Z y u+ r HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY, IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 29 -4 m to Q MCD a N O 0 N PROJECT NO. 18404000 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 29 -4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 26 06 33 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall furnish all materials, tools labor and supervision necessary to fabricate and install complete conduit systems. B. Conduit systems shall be provided for all wiring, except where the drawings or other sections of the specifications indicate that certain wiring may be installed in cable trays, surface raceway, underfloor raceway, wireways and/or auxiliary gutters. C. Types of raceways in this section include the following: 1. Rigid metal conduit. 2. Intermediate metal conduit. 3. Electrical metallic tubing. 4. Flexible metal conduit. 5. Liquid -tight flexible metal conduit. 6. Surface metal raceways. D. Provide factory painted red conduit for fire alarm system. N d E. Contractor shall furnish all material, tools, labor and supervision necessary instalfkalectric-11 boxes and fittings as required by drawings and specifications. 0 r F. Types of electrical boxes and fittings in this section include the following: m 1. Outlet boxes. 2. Junction boxes. 3. Pull boxes. 4. Wireways 5. Activation boxes. 6. Handholes G. Telecommunications Raceway Requirements: �m s E5.10 o cn r 1. The term "telecommunications" includes all low voltage technology systems including voice and data, access control, video surveillance, intrusion detection, audio video, induction loop, paging, intercom, nurse call, school bell and/or clock systems. The term does not include fire alarm system, which is addressed separately in the plans and specifications. 2. Contractor shall provide and install telecommunications boxes and conduits, including wall sleeves unless otherwise noted. 3. Interior building, above grade conduits and sleeves shall be EMT unless otherwise noted. PVC is never acceptable above grade. 4. All interior conduits shall have bushings installed during conduit installation. Completed individual installations shall have bushings installed same business day. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 5. All interior conduits shall have pull strings, except sleeves which are less than 4' long. EMT conduits shall receive standard round cable pull string (multi -strand plastic twine type). 8. Minimum interior conduit size for all information jacks (voice data cabling) shall be 1" unless otherwise noted. 7. Minimum interior conduit size for audiovisual shall be 1" unless otherwise noted. Junction (pull) boxes shall be added at a maximum of 100' of raceway distance, and also for a maximum of 180 degrees of bend radius. 8. Minimum interior conduit size for video surveillance, intrusion detection, paging, intercom, nurse call, school bells and/or clock systems shall be 3/4" unless otherwise noted. 9. Access control system conduit sizes at the door location shall be per the access control detail found on the drawings. The conduit from the door location to the access control head end which contains all conductors needed for all access control functions at that door (may be individual conductors but is often one large composite cable) shall be minimum 3/4". 10. Boxes for all low voltage systems in stud walls shall be metallic 5"x5"x2.875" with single gang mud ring unless otherwise noted. 11. Boxes in masonry walls shall be minimum 3.5" deep. single gang, unless otherwise noted. 12. Wiremold surface raceway for all low voltage systems shall be minimum V2400 unless noted otherwise. 13. Wiremold surface boxes for all low voltage shall be minimum 2.5" deep single gang, unless otherwise noted. 14. Conduits inside walls which feed the low voltage side of dual compartment Wiremold shall be minimum 1.25" 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. KEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA standards pertaining to c'acev t9E t Miance and Labeling: Comply with provisions of UL safety standards pertaining to ..j gyl ctrfsbtlaceway systems; and provide products and components which have been UL -listed Raid la-belle'd. tVffCUOM pliance: Comply with requirements as applicable to construction and installation of Reway systems. N D. The materials used in the fabrication of the raceway system shall be products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of the specified material. E. NEC compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical wiring boxes and fittings. F. UL Compliance: Provide electrical boxes and fittings which have been UL -listed and labeled. G. ANSI/NEMA Standards Compliance: Comply with ANSI C 134.1 (NEMA Standards Pub No. OS 1) as applicable to sheet -steel outlet boxes, covers and box supports. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 RACEWAYS A. General: Provide metal conduit, tubing and fittings of types, grades, sizes and weights (wall thicknesses) for each service indicated. Where types and grades are not indicated, provide proper selection determined by Installer to fulfill wiring requirements, and comply with applicable portions of NEC for raceways. Conduit shall be used where concealed in permanent wall construction or in ceiling plenums. Surface raceway shall be used where exposed in finished regularly occupied areas. B. Rigid Conduit: Full weight, threaded, rigid steel conduit, galvanized inside and out by hot dip or electro galvanized process. Additional protection by electrostatically applied baked coating. Thread protective caps and couplings. Use for all feeders larger than 2 1/2" in size. C. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): May be used as approved by code where rigid conduit is specified, except shall not be used for conduit buried in earth fill. D. Electrical Metallic Tubing: Thin wall, electrically welded cold rolled steel conduit, galvanized inside and out by electro galvanized process. Baked clear elastic enamel coating in and out. Use for installations in stud walls, masonry walls, above suspended ceilings and where exposed. Size limited to 2 1/2" and smaller. E. Flexible Metal Conduit: Formed of one continuous length of spirally wound electro galvanized steel strip. Use for final connections to all motor operated equipment such as unit heaters, fans, air handling units, pumps, generators, generator enclosures and connections to dry type transformer, connections from junction boxes to lighting fixtures in accessible ceiling, and for wiring within casework and millwork. 6' maximum length. F. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: Formed of one continuous length of spirally wound steel strip, with water and oil tight neoprene jacket. Use for final connection to equipment listed in pwgraph "E" above when located in wet areas. o 0 G. Rigid Aluminum Conduit: Full weight, threaded, rigid aluminum conduit. ThreadG iAect= caps,_. and couplings. it H. MC cable will not be allowed. '< m X. M o 7:0°) I. Surface Metal Raceways: Provide surface metal raceways of sizes and channidic%d on plans and constructed of steel or aluminum with covers. Finish with manufact4rer's standard baked -on enamel paint or exposed metal as scheduled on drawings. Use where exp(sed in finished regularly occupied areas. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, the following manufacturers are acceptable: a. Wiremold (basis of design) b. Hubbell RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2.02 CONDUIT FITTINGS A. Rigid Conduit Fittings: 1. Fittings shall be standard threaded couplings, locknuts, bushings, and elbows. Material shall be malleable iron, steel or aluminum alloy. Iron or steel fittings shall be zinc or cadmium plated. Aluminum fittings shall not contain more than 0.4 percent copper. Aluminum fittings shall be used with aluminum conduit only. 2. Locknuts shall be of the bonding type with sharp edges for digging into the metal wall of an enclosure. 3. Bushings shall be of the metallic insulating type and consist of an insulating insert molded or locked into the metallic body of the fitting. Bushings made entirely of metal or nonmetallic material are not permitted. 4. Sealing fittings shall be of the threaded cast iron type. Sealing fittings used to prevent passage of water vapor shall be of the continuous drain type. 5. Set screw fittings are not allowed. B. Metallic Tubing Fittings: Compression type galvanized or zinc coated malleable iron or steel, water and concrete tight where exposed to wet locations or imbedded in concrete. Steel set screw type acceptable in all dry location applications. Die-cast fittings are not allowed. C. plexi I r etal Conduit Fittings: External squeeze or set screw type galvanized or zinc coated 0 mall iron or steel with nylon insulated throats. Internal screw type fittings are not allowed. a � LW Liqui Flexible Conduit Fittings: Galvanized malleable iron or steel, with watertight gaskets, ... i" rigggyd retainer, and nylon insulated throats. Q ndi&Frittings: Exposed conduit fittings shall be condulet type for all sharp turns, tees, etc. 0 0 F. SiNrface Metal Raceway Fittings: Provide types that match and mate to raceways provided. G. Provide insulated bushings for all conduits terminations. 2.03 WALL OUTLET BOXES A. General: Boxes shall be Raco, Steel City, Appleton or equal, catalog numbers based on Raco, unless otherwise indicated. In general, the type of boxes shall be as follows: 1. In Stud Walls: For single outlet use 4" square by 1-1/2" deep box #192. Boxes to be provided with raised covers of depth as required for thickness of wall materials. 2. In Masonry and Poured Concrete Walls: Use 3-3/4" high by 2-1/2" and/or 3-1/2" deep masonry boxes #691 through #694 and/or #695 through #699. 3. Surface Mounted Wall Outlets for conduit: Use 4" square by 1-1/2" deep box #192 with raised cover. 4. Surface Mounted Wall Outlets for surface metal raceway: Use single gang boxes 1-1/2" deep Wiremold #V57xx series. 5. Suspended Ceiling: Use octagon boxes, depth as required for application, securely fastened to structure. 6. Poured Concrete Ceiling Slabs: Use octagon concrete rings with back plates. 7. Outlets Installed Outdoors or in Wet Locations: Use Bell Product 53XX Series outlet box. 2.04 PULL BOXES, AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Construction, sizes and installation of pull boxes and junction boxes shall comply with NEC, Article 314. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Pull and junction boxes not specifically described in NEC, Article 314, shall be fabricated of heavy gauge galvanized steel with screw or hinged covers, and equipped with corrosion resistant screws and hardware. Pull boxes and junction boxes for outdoor installation shall be raintight. D. Pull boxes, and junction boxes designated '4X' shall be NEMA 4X water tight and corrosion resistant. 2.05 METAL WIREWAYS A. Construction, sizes and installation metal wireways shall comply with NEC, Article 376 B. General: Provide electrical raceways of types, grades, sizes and weights (wall thicknesses), number of channels, for each type of gutter indicated. Provide complete assembly of raceway including, but not necessarily limited to, couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold down straps, end caps, and other components and accessories as needed for complete system. Where types and grades are not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to full wiring requirements, and comply with applicable provisions of NEC for electrical raceways. C. Wireways shall be constructed as a complete assembly of raceway including, but not necessarily limited to, couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold down straps, end ca s, and other components and accessories as needed for complete system. Gutters shall haw inged covers. Where types and grades are not indicated, provide proper selection aEleterr46d by _ Installer to fulfill wiring requirements. ¢ Ln D. Wireways shall have hinged covers unless noted otherwise.03 _ (� E. Wireways for outdoor installation shall be raintight. r-13" rn F. Wireways designated '4X' shall be NEMA 4X water tight and corrosion resistant. D oCn PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF RACEWAY A. In general, all horizontal runs of branch circuit conduit shall be installed in ceiling plenum. Raceway for convenience outlets, wall mounted fixtures and other wall outlets shall be routed overhead and dropped through wall to the outlet. Branch circuit raceway shall not be installed in or below concrete floor slabs except where conditions will not permit the raceway to be installed overhead. Conduit shall be used where concealed in permanent wall construction or in ceiling plenums. Surface raceway shall be used where exposed in finished regularly occupied areas where walls are existing. B. Feeder conduits to panelboards, motor control centers and other major loads may be installed in fill below concrete slabs on grade. C. Conduits that are run in fill below concrete slabs on grade shall be installed so as not to interfere with welded wire mesh (wwm), vapor barrier, or concrete placement. D. Generally, all conduit shall be concealed, except in crawl spaces, tunnels, shafts, mechanical equipment rooms, and at connection to surface panels and free standing equipment, and as otherwise noted. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533 -5 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA E. Exposed conduit and conduit concealed in ceiling space shall be routed in lines parallel to building construction. F. All conduit runs above suspended acoustical ceilings shall be routed so as not to interfere with tile panel removals with 4'0" to 60" flexible conduit drops from an independent junction box, accessible from below the ceiling, to ceiling mounted equipment. G. Minimum size conduit shall be 1/2" trade size except all home runs to panels shall be minimum 3/4". Minimum size surface raceway shall be V500. Where specked size is not called for on drawings or in the specifications, conduit shall be sized per NEC. H. Utilize approved thread lubricant for rigid steel and aluminum conduits to ensure equipment grounding paths. I. Utilize approved thread sealant for all underground and wet locations threaded conduit joints. J. Install the conduit system mechanically and electrically continuous from outlet to outlet and to all cabinets, junction or pull boxes. Conduit shall enter and be secured to all cabinets and boxes in such a manner that all parts of the system will have electrical continuity. K. All conduit penetrations to the exterior of the building including the service entrance, telecommunications, site feeds, grounding electrode and spare conduits shall be sealed at one or both ends against the intrusion of water and gasses. The seal shall be identified for use with the 5pble inflation installed. All seals shall be removable. !9�upRjf2onduit raceway systems in accordance with requirements as set forth in the National foectidd;ode. J J I cQyjBtions to NEMA 3R enclosures shall maintain the enclosure listing regardless of the Aquip location. 1 t "M G3: "10 WoviderQuidtight flexible metal conduit for the last 3' of feeder/circuit for all vibration type �uipment (i.e. motors, transformers, etc). 3.02 INSTALLATION OF BOXES AND FITTINGS A. Install electrical boxes and fittings where indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC and NECA's "Standard of Installation", and in compliance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products fulfill requirements. B. Coordinate installation of electrical boxes and fittings with wiretcable and raceway installation work. 3.03 OUTLET BOX INSTALLATION A. Outlet boxes shall be installed for all fixtures, switches, receptacles and other devices. B. Approximate locations of outlets are shown on the plans, but each outlet location as shown shall be checked by Contractor before installing the outlet box. C. Wall boxes installed flush in common wall shall not be back-to-back or through -wall type. Boxes located on opposite sides of a common wall that are closely connected by conduit shall have the conduit openings plugged with duct seal. D. Install boxes and conduit bodies in those locations to ensure ready accessibility of electrical wiring. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA E. Outlet boxes shall be installed plumb and square with wall face and with front of box or cover located within 1/8" of face of finish wall. Boxes in masonry shall be set with bottom or top of the box tight to the masonry unit. 3.04 PULL BOX, JUNCTION BOX & WIREWAY INSTALLATION A. Install pull boxes, junction boxes and auxiliary wiring gutters where indicated on drawings and where required to facilitate installation of the wiring. B. For concealed conduit, install boxes flush with ceiling or wall, with covers accessible and easily removable. Where flush boxes are installed in finish ceilings or walls, provide cover which shall exceed the box face dimensions by a sufficient amount to allow no gap between box and finished material. C. Boxes shall not be located in finished, occupied rooms, without prior approval of Design Professional. END OF SECTION 26 05 33 N > Z --I C-) � < r coo rn <M v � s � �x o U1 t RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-7 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY, IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533-8 iw O �n GY N r� sc Lj v o r., C:) d PROJECT NO. 18404000 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533-8 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 26 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall provide identification for wiring systems and equipment as called for in this section. B. Types of electrical identification specified in this section include the following: 1. Conduit color banding. 2. Cable conductor identification. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of UL safety standards pertaining to electrical marking and labeling identification systems. B. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to installation of identifying 10els a%markers for wiring and equipment. C) m PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard pro �of iiiegori� and types required for each application. Where more than single type ispecifit; for an application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single selection for each application B. Color -Coded Conduit System 1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard colored conduit for EMT installations as noted below. For rigid aluminum, rigid steel, and IMC conduit, use colored electrical tape to band conduits within 6" of termination at each switchboard, panelboard, distribution board, pull box and junction box. Where conduit is exposed and painted to match adjacent surfaces, band with colored electrical tape. 2. Colors: a. Normal Power: gray/silver (uncolored) b. Fire alarm: red` C. Division 27 systems: purple" d. Division 28 systems excluding fire alarm: purple" " Factory colored conduit required for EMT conduit " Field applied electrical tape banding at conduit terminations required. Factory colored conduit optional for EMT conduit. 3. For exposed conduits in finished spaces, refer to architectural for paint to match room finish. 4. For branch circuits, mark panel name and circuit numbers on all junction/pull boxes. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553-1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA C. Cable/Conductor Identification Bands General: Provide manufacturer's standard vinyl -cloth self-adhesive cable/conductor markers of wrap-around type; either pre -numbered plastic -coated type or write -on type with clear plastic self-adhesive cover flap; numbered to show circuit identification. D. Self -Adhesive Tape for Receptacle Circuit Identification General: Provide clear self-adhesive or pressure -sensitive, pre-printed, flexible vinyl tape for panel name and circuit number. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION A. General Installation Requirements Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require finish, install identification after completion of painting. B. Conduit Identification 1. Conduit above accessible ceiling spaces shall be identified per 2.01 B. 20 Where electrical conduit is exposed in spaces with exposed mechanical piping which is M identified by a color -coded method, apply color -coded identification on electrical conduit O viae manner similar to piping identification. ® �I�ntify junction and pullboxes of systems with stencil lettering for panel and circuit W Wz Ujnuanbers or system type. f 4�oo� c.) t— .G..r evibleiyvauctor Identification M-- LL—*eral: Apply cable/conductor identification on each cable and conductor in each 9 enclosure/cabinet where wires of more than one circuit or communication/signal system are present, except where another form of identification (such as color -coded conductors) is provided. Match identification with marking system used in panelboards, shop drawings, contract documents and similar previously established identification for project electrical work. D. Equipment/System Identification 1. General: Install engraved plastic -laminate sign on each major unit of electrical equipment in building; including central or master unit of each electrical system, unless unit is specified with its own self-explanatory identification. Except as otherwise indicated, provide single line of text, 1/2" high lettering on 1-1/2" high sign (2" high where 2 lines are required), white lettering in black field. Provide text matching terminology and numbering of the contract documents and shop drawings. Provide signs for each unit of the following categories of electrical work. a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets and enclosures. b. Motor control centers, disconnects & starters. 1. Provide labeling of Enclosed Circuit Breakers, Switchboards, Panelboards and Disconnects per NEC Articles 110, 700 and 702 for multiple services and essential electrical system. 2. All receptacles and light fixtures shall be labeled with panel and circuit number. Final location of label shall be field coordinated. If labeling is to be on outside of cover, Contractor shall use clear dyno-tape with black lettering that matches other tags. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 -2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3. All safety switches shall have a permanent label attached to inside of cover describing the fuse size, type, current limiting ability and devices controlled. END OF SECTION 26 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553-3 ry r� Cr ^g C7 i tV CC) p� m o � � I r t cn IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY, IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553-4 00 vi < C3l- N1-f� LL."-. E.L � Q 3 � G7 N O CV '- PROJECT NO. 18404000 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 26 27 26 - WIRING DEVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide materials, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install wiring devices as required by the drawings and this section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical wiring devices. B. UL Compliance and Labeling: Provide electrical wiring devices which have been UL -listed and labeled. C. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA standards for general- and specific -purpose wiring devices. 1.04 SUBMITTALS n5 0 A. Submit manufacturer's name and product data literature for each type of wiring devica req h[ fed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS >n T' ZE --t 74n 002.01 SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES _< r as M A. All switches and receptacles shall be "specification grade", side and back wired epMhereQ higher grade is called for on the plans. Acceptable manufacturers are as follo ,_ th aalog numbers based on Hubbell, Inc.: r- rr s 1. Hubbell, Inc. 2. Pass & Seymour 3. Leviton B. Color of switches, receptacles and coverplates shall be determined at the time of shop drawing review. C. Wall switches shall be as follows: 1. Single pole toggle light switch - 20 amp, 120-277 volt, #1221 series. 2. Double pole toggle light switch - 20 amp, 120-277 volt, #1222 series. 3. Three-way toggle light switch - 20 amp, 120-277 volt #1223 series. 4. Momentary contact switch - 15 amp, 120-277 volt, #1556 series. WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA D. Receptacles shall be as follows 1. Duplex receptacles - 2 pole, 3 wire grounding type, back and side wired, 15 amp, 125 volt, NEMA 5-15R (unless noted otherwise on drawings). Face material shall be thermoplastic. Acceptable manufacturer's catalog numbers: P&S 5252, Hubbell 5252, Leviton 5252. Wherever a duplex receptacle is shown outdoors, provide Hubbell 5262 WR or equivalent. 2. Receptacles for power and special purpose outlets shall have characteristics and NEMA configurations as per electrical symbols listed on drawings. 3. Ground fault interrupting receptacles (GFI) shall be duplex with test and reset buttons, equal to Hubbell GF5252 series. 2.02 WIRING DEVICE ACCESSORIES A. Cover Plates: 1. Stainless steel, smooth metal, Type 302. 2. Provide plates for all switches, receptacles, TV outlets, other outlets and blank plates for unused outlets. 3. Plates for surface outlets shall be of the raised cover type utilizing 4" square boxes. 4. Outlets Installed Outdoors or in Wet Locations: a. Weather Proof Flip Cover ("WP"): Weatherproof device covers shall consist of cast metal cover plate and cap over each opening. The cap shall be co permanently attached to the cover plate by a spring hinged flap. The U-) weatherproof integrity shall not be affected when heavy duty specification or ci x hospital grade attachment plug caps are inserted. Cover plates on outlet boxes cr: S3 mounted flush in the wall shall be gasketed to the wall in a watertight manner. UJ - 1) Horizontally mounted devices shall have cover plate aligned for same J co v F— mounting, equal to Hubbell CWP series. CV R -v 2) Vertically mounted devices shall have cover plate aligned for same r—¢ mounting, equal to Hubbell WP series. Weather Proof Cord and Plug Cover ("WPD"): Intermatic WP1020 outdoor outlet CD ocovers. Covers to be made of clear, UV stabilized polycarbonate, hinged at the .v top with a securing tab at the bottom. Gaskets shall be provided to mount between outlet boxes and cover/base assemblies. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES A. Install wiring devices as indicated on the drawings and as called for below. B. In masonry walls, switches and receptacle heights shall be adjusted as required so outlets are at nearest mortar joint to specified height. C. Where light switches are located adjacent to doors, they shall be installed on "knob" side of door, unless indicated otherwise. D. Switched duplex receptacles shall be wired so that only the top receptacle is switched; the remaining receptacle shall be unswitched. E. All GFI type receptacles shall be installed where GFI notation is shown on plans. No downstream protection of receptacles will be allowed from load side of other GFI type receptacles. WIRING DEVICES 262726-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA F. Prior to roughing -in outlet boxes, Contractor shall verify from general construction drawings, door swings, type of wall finishes and locations for counters and work benches. G. Receptacles shall be installed with ground terminal up. END OF SECTION 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES 262726-3 N CJ !V C? �-" c r �rn a rn cn cn WIRING DEVICES 262726-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA co MWCD � dr W �>- J Ur_ N 1 -CJ U- o c:) N WIRING DEVICES 262726-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 26 28 15 - MOTOR AND SERVICE DISCONNECTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00— Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. In general, disconnect switches are indicated on the drawings, and it shall be the Electrical Contractor's responsibility to furnish and install all disconnect switches for equipment and motors furnished by him, and for equipment and motors furnished by others. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical motor and circuit disconnect switches. B. UL Compliance and Labeling: Provide motor and circuit disconnect switches which have been UL -listed and labeled. C. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA Stds. Pub. No. KS 1. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data including specifications, installation instructim,g and general recommendations, for each type of motor and circuit disconnect switch required. c G n t. PART 2 - PRODUCTS D Z r 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS �n 03 A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following ii;Qacmfers: O� o 1. ABB/GE Industrial Solutions c -n 2. Schneider Electric/Square D cr 3. Eaton 2.02 DISCONNECTS A. All disconnects shall be heavy duty type unless noted otherwise. B. Disconnects for fractional horsepower motors larger than 1/2 horsepower, for integral horsepower motors, and for equipment of similar capacity shall break all ungrounded conductors and shall be quick -make, quick -break with interlocking covers. C. Disconnects installed indoors shall have NEMA 1 enclosures, disconnects installed outdoors or in wet locations shall have raintight NEMA 3R enclosures. D. All disconnects shall be of the fuse type, except where drawings indicate non -fuse type (N.F.). E. Safety switches in mechanical rooms shall be NEMA 3R type. MOTOR AND SERVICE DISCONNECTS 26 28 15 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF MOTOR AND CIRCUIT DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Install motor and circuit disconnect switches where indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC, NEMA, and NECA's "Standard of Installation", and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products fulfill requirements. B. Install disconnect switches used with motor -driven appliances, and motors and controllers within sight of controller position unless otherwise indicated. END OF SECTION 26 28 15 00 � Q CD LCD W .¢ J?= co C)1— CU >-U = t—Q LL.. --cc) v3 0 0 N MOTOR AND SERVICE DISCONNECTS 262815-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 26 29 23 - VARIABLE -FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 0010 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Variable speed AC motor controllers and all power wiring. Control wiring and system control components by others. B. Variable speed AC motor controllers shall be of the "Variable/Adjustable Frequency" or "Inverter" type drives based on solid state electronics. The adjustable frequency AC drive shall convert 3 phase, 60 Hertz input power to an adjustable AC frequency and voltage 3 phase output for controlling the speed of any NEMA MG 1 Design B squirrel cage induction motor. The adjustable frequency drive shall have the following basic design: 1. Converter - Converter shall consist of a modular assembly consisting of a diode rectifier and capacitor assembly which will first convert, then finer and maintain a fixed DC voltage source from the fixed voltage and frequency input. 2. Inverter - Inverter shall consist of a modular assembly consisting of power semiconductors for generation of a sine -coded pulse width modulated (PWM) output waveform. N 3. Regulator - Regulator shall consist of a modular assembly. The regulator shall fully digital and incorporate a microprocessor to control all inverter, convert fd tudernat-n interface functions. q Z 4. Interface - Interface shall consist of terminal strips for all input and output Signals. N r _4 C-) co C. All control instrument components shall be electronic and of industrial con"I"ouaI' andm furnished with variable speed motor controllers complete as outlined in these spaand drawings. D r11 D. The variable speed motor controller supplier shall provide all necessary factory and/or field labor for complete calibration and adjustment of the adjustable frequency drives and control components, and shall be responsible for setting all control set points, operating sequences, and alarming systems within the specified control systems to produce the overall system performance as specked. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal data shall include but not be limited to drawings and/or catalog cuts giving physical dimensions, wiring diagrams (control and power diagrams), construction materials, capacities, ratings, control sequencing, manufacturers recommended installation instructions, and any other pertinent information. B. Provide operating and maintenance manuals. C. Provide recommended spare parts list and prices. Also, the address of the manufacturer's closest parts stocking location shall be provided. VARIABLE -FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS 26 29 23 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA D. Include manufacturer's standard product warranty (for not less than a one year period) for replacement of materials and equipment. 1.04 START-UP SERVICE A. The supplier of the variable speed motor controller shall have a factory trained service representative provide start up service and commissioning. B. Contractor shall coordinate controller parameters with other contractors. 1.05 TRAINING A. The supplier of the variable speed motor controller shall have a factory trained service representative provide eight (8) hours of on-site training for the Owner's personnel advising of the proper methods of maintenance and operation of the controller. B. Additional training time as deemed necessary by the Owner's authorized representative may be obtained from the supplier on a negotiated basis with the Owner. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Th� variable speed AC motor controllers shall meet all requirements of this section. Subject to cWrrrmplianWwith requirements, acceptable manufacturers are as follows: UJ � hiba/Houston J 300 Cvmfoss 4N >Ya3kawa > 2M __Q CO.qRmFt gRS N -- O A. mineral: For the purpose of this Part, the word "controller" shall mean variable speed AC motor controller. B. The controller shall be mounted in a NEMA ventilated enclosure appropriate for environment. The enclosure size shall be adequate to dissipate the heat generated by the controller within the limits of the specified environmental operating conditions. The door shall be hinged, secured with latch. "Bolt -on" doors are not acceptable. C. Ambient service temperature rating shall be from 0°C to 40°C for normal operating conditions. The controller shall operate at less than 90% relative humidity non -condensing. The controller shall operate at an altitude less than 1000 meters (3300 feet) above sea level. D. Input power rating shall be 3 Phase, voltage as scheduled per drawings +/- 10%, 60 Hertz +/- 3%. E. The controller shall have a door interlocked incoming AC disconnect with external operator handle which is capable of being locked in the "off' position. The disconnect shall shutdown all input power to both the drive and the bypass circuitry, where applicable. F. The controller shall have the input fused internally with standard fuses VARIABLE -FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS 262923-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA G. Controller shall have an output frequency range of 5 to 120 Hertz. The frequency regulation shall be +/-.5% of maximum frequency. H. The controller shall provide thermal overload relays on the inverter output for motor protection for each motor controlled. I. The controller shall maintain power factor to .95 or greater throughout its speed range for each motor controlled. J. The controller shall have as a minimum the following protective features: 1. Short circuit protection. 2. Under/over voltage protection. 3. Automatic restarting after a power outage or momentary overvoltage. 4. Ground fault protection, but there shall be no automatic restart into ground fault. 5. Overcurrent protection. 6. Supply voltage phase loss protection. 7. Over temperature protection. 8. Start into rotating motor protection. The controller shall catch a spinning load without tripping. K. The controller shall be rated for 100% continuous current. The controller shall be capable of providing 110% of rated current for a minimum period of one minute. The controller shall have adjustable current limit. The controller shall have current limited stall prevention during acceleration, deceleration, and run conditions. L. The controller shall have process follower inputs for 4-20 mA. Provide bias and gain adjustments for the follower. M. The controller shall provide adjustable linear acceleration and deceleration contrcW each separately adjustable. The ramp time shall be adjustable from 0.1 to 30 seconds. Longenramp� times shall be optionally available. t`3 yc"„ N. The controller shall provide maximum and minimum frequency control, eas*-rsep4tely I�-�-{ adjustable. —+� 1 � � O. The controller shall have internal manually operated bypass circuitry fordire�€j� rstor operation. Provide an inverterAine selector switch on the front panel to transfer the rr6rfront he adjustable speed drive to the power line, or from the line to the inverter at zero speed. or protection and other safety devices shall be operative in both inverter and line modes. P. The controller shall have a motor contactor at the inverter output. The controller shall also have three contactor bypasses. Q. Fault indicators shall indicate the following fault conditions: 1. Overcurrent. 2. Short circuit. 3. Undervoltage. 4. Overvoltage. 5. Overtemperature. 6. Regulator function error. 7. Ground fault. VARIABLE -FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS 26 29 23-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA In addition to the fault indicators, the controller shall provide normally open Form C fault contacts to allow remote monitoring of drive conditions. R. The controller shall have as a minimum the following operator controls mounted on the front panel: 1. Manual/Auto selector. 2. Start/Stop switch. 3. Inverter/Line switch. 4. Speed potentiometer. 5. Fault reset. 6. Speed Indicator. S. The controller shall provide adjustable carrier frequency. T. The controller shall have an internal line reactor and EMI/RFI filters. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF CONTROLLERS A. Install controllers as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable cwquirements of NEC, NEMA standards, and NECA's "Standard of Installation", and in Lompliaoce with recognized industry practices to ensure that products full requirements. Teoowith other work including motor and HVAC controls work, as necessary to interface `fftsta& of controllers with other work. 00 �.k. C1`i a '�F_9 gollers shall be mounted and installed on the mechanical equipment room walls eirgygEpossible. When the controllers cannot be wall mounted, the controllers shall be LL tales n four inch housekeeping pads. Installation of units directly on the floor will not be 'ceptable. N D. Each controller shall have a dedicated raceway for the input power feeder, output power feeder and controls. Raceway shall be separated by at least 6° from other controller feeders and controls raceway. 3.02 OPERATION A. Manual/Auto System Operation 1. Selector switch in MANUAL mode - operation shall be from the door mounted potentiometer and the system shall be operable from 0-100% on the potentiometer operating between the minimum and maximum speeds as set in the inverter. 2. Selector switch in AUTO mode - operation shall be from the input follower signal, with output speed being proportional to the input signal. A remote set of Form C start/stop contacts (furnished by the Temperature Controls Contractor) shall control the inverter. B. Start/Stop 1. Switch used to initiate command to start or stop the drive, operates in manual mode. VARIABLE -FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS 26 29 23 -4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA Inverter/Line Selector switch in the LINE mode shall disconnect the adjustable frequency system and bypass for direct across -the -line motor operation to the 3 phase, 60 Hertz supply. Selector switch in the INVERTER mode shall disconnect the 3 phase, 60 Hertz supply and the system shall operate in the mode as established by the inverter Manual/Auto switch. D. Automatic Restart 1. In the event of a loss of supply line power, or an overvoltage/undervoltage condition of more than 5%, or in the event of a shutdown signal from the temperature control or fire detection system, the system shall shut down. When line power is restored, the system shall automatically restart after a time delay, providing the start contact is a maintained contact in the closed position and all external interlocks are satisfied. 2. For motors started frequently, the system shall provide start at almost zero RPM and gradually increase to required speed. 3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Inspect operating mechanisms for malfunctioning and, where necessary, adjust units for free mechanical movement. B. Touch up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish. C. The carrier frequency shall be adjusted to optimize motor and VFD operation while reducing motor noise. N 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL O o A. Subsequent to wire/cable hook-up, energize controllers and demonstrate3ivactionig ofr_ equipment in accordance with requirements, where necessary correct malfunctiorur&i -�nitU r— �� m <r a rn � END OF SECTION 26 29 23 E;Z Un cn VARIABLE -FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS 262923-5 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY, IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 VARIABLE -FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS 262923-6 CC) U') o 4 � J 1 ..� pp N Com{ > V x < O O N PROJECT NO. 18404000 VARIABLE -FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS 262923-6 PART 1 - ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTSPROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA SECTION 26 50 00 - LIGHTING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 — Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide lighting fixtures, accessories, labor and supervision necessary to install complete lighting system as required by the drawings and this section. B. Types of lighting fixtures in this section include the following: 1. Solid State (LED) 2. Exit Signs 3. Emergency 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to installation and construction in building lighting fixtures. B. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA standard publications pertaining to lighting equipment. C. Listings: Provide lighting fixtures which have been listed and labeled. Listing or labeling shall be by UL, ETL Intertek or other nationally recognized agency. D. CBM Labels: Provide fluorescent -lamp ballasts which comply with Certified Ballast Manufacturers Association standards and carry the CBM label. N 1.04 SUBMITTALS N CD o A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on interior building lighting fixturesv a "n B. Shop Drawings: Submit fixture shop drawings in booklet form with sepa2t—ash for fixture, assembled in luminaire "type" alphabetical order, with proposed fixtnd access ries clearly indicated on each sheet. Shop drawing booklet shall include lamp an dh st �ta sh 0 PART 2 -PRODUCTS O of 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers shall be as listed in the light fixture schedule on the drawings. B. Basis of Design Product: The design for each luminaire is based on the product named and described in the light fixture schedule on the drawings. Provide either the named product or a comparable product by one of the equivalent manufacturers listed. Equivalent manufacturers shall match the basis of design product in both form and function. The Architect and Engineer have the final acceptance of equivalent products. Where equivalent products are not determined to match the basis of design, the basis of design product shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. Upon request, equivalent manufacturers shall submit lighting calculations and ies files to prove performance of product and samples for table top viewing. LIGHTING 26 50 00 -1 PART 1 - ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2.02 SOLID STATE LIGHTING/ LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (LED) LUMINAIRES (Greater than 20W) A. General: 1. Luminaire manufacturer shall have a minimum of five (5) years' experience in the manufacture and design of LED products and systems. 2. All LED sources used in the LED luminaire shall be of proven quality from established and reputable LED manufacturers. Acceptable LED lamp manufacturers unless otherwise noted are: a. Cree, Inc. b. Philips Lighting C. Nichia Corporation d. Norlux e. Opto Technology, Inc. f. Osram Optronic Semiconductors g. Samsung B. LED Warranty Luminaire manufacturer provide a five (5) year written warranty. C. Replacement and Spares: 1. All LED components shall be mercury -free and lead-free. 2. LEDs shall comply with ANSI/NEMA/ANSLG C78.377-2008 - Specifications for the Chromaticity of Solid State Lighting Products. Color shall remain stable throughout the life of the light source. 3. LEDs shall comply with IESNA LM -80 - Standards for Lumen Maintenance of LED Lighting Products. 4. LEDs shall have a minimum rated source life of 50,000 hours under normal operating conditions or as noted on the lighting fixture schedule. LED "rated source life" is defined as the time when a minimum of 70% of initial lumen output remains, as defined by IESNA LM -70. 5. Luminaire assembly shall include a method of dissipating heat so as to not degrade life of source, electronic equipment, or lenses. LED luminaire housing shall be designed to transfer heat from the LED board to the outside environment. Luminaire housing shall have no negative impact on life of components. Upon request, manufacturer shall provide junction temperature limitations and test reports of installed LED in fixture. 6. Method of dissipating heat shall be passive, active cooling systems are not allowed. 7. High power LED luminaires shall be thermally protected using one or more of the following thermal management techniques: metal core board, gap pad, and/or internal monitoring firmware. 8. LEDs shall be adequately protected from moisture or dust in interior applications. LIGHTING 26 50 00 -2 1. The following requirements apply to all LED fixtures. 200 Manufacturer shall provide written guarantee of the following: tp a2 Manufacturer shall be able to provide compatible replacement parts that are P y designed to fit into original luminaire for ten (10) years. �¢ Replacement LED array/module shall be within 3 MacAdam color ellipse, within may: 10% of lumen output, 7% of correlated color temperature (CCT) and equivalent co C -)UJ i—distribution of original array/module. N >cc3 Replacement LED array/module shall utilize equal to or less than amount of ® Z F-- ct wattage of original array/module. 3 Qy 0130 driver and array/module shall be replaceable in field. D. Q P%ucts and Components - Performance: 1. All LED components shall be mercury -free and lead-free. 2. LEDs shall comply with ANSI/NEMA/ANSLG C78.377-2008 - Specifications for the Chromaticity of Solid State Lighting Products. Color shall remain stable throughout the life of the light source. 3. LEDs shall comply with IESNA LM -80 - Standards for Lumen Maintenance of LED Lighting Products. 4. LEDs shall have a minimum rated source life of 50,000 hours under normal operating conditions or as noted on the lighting fixture schedule. LED "rated source life" is defined as the time when a minimum of 70% of initial lumen output remains, as defined by IESNA LM -70. 5. Luminaire assembly shall include a method of dissipating heat so as to not degrade life of source, electronic equipment, or lenses. LED luminaire housing shall be designed to transfer heat from the LED board to the outside environment. Luminaire housing shall have no negative impact on life of components. Upon request, manufacturer shall provide junction temperature limitations and test reports of installed LED in fixture. 6. Method of dissipating heat shall be passive, active cooling systems are not allowed. 7. High power LED luminaires shall be thermally protected using one or more of the following thermal management techniques: metal core board, gap pad, and/or internal monitoring firmware. 8. LEDs shall be adequately protected from moisture or dust in interior applications. LIGHTING 26 50 00 -2 PART 1 - ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTSPROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 9. For wet and damp use, LED -based luminaires itself shall be sealed, rated, and tested for appropriate environmental conditions, not accomplished by using an additional housing or enclosure. Such protection shall have no negative impact on rated life of source or components, or if so, such reductions shall be explicitly brought to the attention of the designer. 10. All hardwired connections to LED luminaires shall be reverse polarity protected and provide high voltage protection in the event connections are reversed or shorted during the installation process. 11. Manufacturer shall provide Luminaire Efficacy (Im/W), total luminous flux (lumens), luminous intensity (candelas) chromaticity coordinates, CCT and CRI. Optical performance, polar diagrams, and relevant luminance and illuminance photometric data. Provide data in IES file format in accordance with IES LM -79-2008, based on test results from an independent Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory. Provide information upon special request. E. LED drivers shall meet the following requirements: 1. Drivers shall have a minimum efficiency of 85%. 2. Minimum/Maximum Ambient Temperature:-20'C/55'C interior locations,-40'C/55'C exterior locations, 3. Input Voltage: 120 to 277 (t10%) V or as scheduled. 4. Power Supplies: Class I or II output. 5. Dimming Type: 0-10V control with current source driver, current sinking drivers are not allowed. 6. Surge Protection for exterior fixtures: The system must survive 250 repetitive strikes of "C Low" (C Low: 6kV/1.2 x 50 Ns, 10kA/8 x 20 Ns) waveforms at 1 -minute intervals with less than 10% degradation in clamping voltage. "C Low" waveforms are as defined in IEEE/ASNI C62.41.2-2002, Scenario 1 Location Category C. 7. Power Factor (PF): t 0.90. 8. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): s 20%. 9. Comply with FCC Title 47 CFR Part 18 Non -consumer RFI/EMI Standards. 10. Drivers shall be reduction of hazardous substances (ROHS)-compliant. N 11. Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF): 100,000 hours based on 90% survivaP a 2.03 EXIT SIGNS >� x Co A. Housing to be per light fixture schedule (thermoplastic, edge lit or cast aluminum) i�Qrr�wall, end or ceiling mounting. Illumination to be by long life, low watt LED lamps. Battery, whereeciRd, to M be maintenance free, sealed nickel -cadmium type and shall operate sign for 90 mi@1 aflg loss 0 of power. y cn cn 2.04 EMERGENCY FIXTURES A. Housing and lamping per light fixture schedule. Self contained complying with UL 924. Batteryto be premium grade, lead -acid or nickel cadmium, maintenance free battery and shall operate sign for 90 minutes after loss of power. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Install interior lighting fixtures at locations and heights as indicated, in accordance with fixture manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of the National Electric Code (NEC), NEMA standards, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that lighting fixtures fulfill requirements. LIGHTING 26 50 00 -3 PART 1 - ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTSPROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. All low -voltage luminaires using remote drivers or power supplies shall be installed as follows: 1. Installation shall be in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions including distance limitations. 2. Remote drivers and power supplies shall be located in accessible locations and clearly noted on as -built plans. Where plywood is used for power supply mounting, plywood shall be UL Listed fire resistant. 3. Unless specifically noted "Class 2", all low -voltage wiring between remote drivers or power supplies and luminaires shall be considered Class 1 and installed in accordance with NEC Article 725. Wiring shall be 600V rated and installed in conduit. 4. All remote drivers and power supplies not specifically labeled "Class 2" on the power supply housing shall be installed in a ventilated metal enclosure. Where the power supply includes cooling fan or convection cooling, ventilation openings in enclosure shall be provided to not impede power supply cooling. C. Coordinate with other electrical work as appropriate to property interface installation of interior lighting fixtures with other work. D. Coordinate Fixture location with reflected ceiling plan. E. Recessed fixtures in removable ceilings shall be connected to the branch circuit with flexible conduit and branch circuit wire from an accessible junction box. Where fluorescent fixture ;1S,ousings.are connected together, use 90 deg.0 wire for branch circuit feed through fixture J annel O �O If reg shall be grounded. All lamp sockets shall be wired so that the outer shell is connected W to thevdUtral grounded conductor. co u0§ cessed in furred ceiling shall be installed so that they can be removed from below the 0 H. Sir all dimmed light fixtures, "bum in' or "season" lamps prior to dimming as recommended by Shb lamp manufacturer. I. Luminaires located in suspended ceilings shall be connected with a maximum 6 foot length of flexible metal conduit and building wire. J. Housing, trim, and lens frame shall be true, straight and parallel to each adjacent fixtures and features. K. Contractor shall include all materials and labor necessary for the final aiming and adjusting of adjustable light fixtures. Adjustment of light fixtures may be required to occur after sunset at a time designated by the Engineer. L. Round fixtures or fixtures smaller than the ceiling grid shall have at least two (2) 314 inch (19 mm) metal channels spanning, and secured to, the ceiling tees for centering and aligning the fixture. L. Troffer, recessed and semi -recessed fixtures shall be installed at a minimum per the manufacturer's instructions and the requirements below. Fixtures shall not be supported directly on the ceiling material. Support fixtures with metal bar hangers or strut channels attached to the ceiling tees. Coordinate with Ceiling Contractor to ensure ceiling tees can support the weight of the light fixtures. M. Suspended Linear or Pendant mounted fixtures shall be independently supported from the building structure by wires, straps or rods. LIGHTING 265000-4 PART 1 - ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTSPROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA N. Fixture whips shall be in accordance with section 26 05 33 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems. END OF SECTION 26 50 00 LIGHTING 265000-5 N O N ^tCo O SY n < Co r- -<� m m _rn zic CA cn LIGHTING 265000-5 PART 1 - ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 21MPROVEMENTSPROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA LIGHTING 265000-6 r to E ® O O Q wr W00 N 7 U .Q7 U 7 A � N O N LIGHTING 265000-6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA SECTION 28 00 10 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Refer to Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division 01 - General Requirements, which all apply to work under this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section applies to all work under this division. This shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. Furnish, install, and terminate all system equipment and cabling as applicable and per drawings. 2. Furnish and install any cabinets, racks and cable management as required and as indicated. 3. Furnish any other material required to form a complete and operational system. 4. Provide As -Built drawings per Division 0 and/or Division 1 specification. 5. Provide Owner training and testing documentation. 6. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft. 7. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest standards of the craft. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes and standards: N 1. National Electrical Code rev 2. Local Electrical Code o 3. National Fire Protection Association y-4 x _ 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association c") _"r ry 5. Standards of Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers =tn co r 6. Applicable Building Codes 'gym m 7. Occupational Safety and Health Act S 8. Iowa Administrative Codes S' --7C cj Q 9. ANSI TIA-526-7 Measurement of Optical Power Loss of Installed Si4e-MoclH Fiber Cable Plant cs 10. ANSI TIA-526-14-C Optical Power Loss Measurements of Installed Multimode Fiber Cable Plant 11. ANSI TIA-568-C.0 Generic Telecommunications Cabling For Customer Premises 12. ANSI TIA-568-C.1 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard Part 1: General Requirements 13. ANSI TIA-568-C.2 Balanced Twisted -Pair Telecommunications Cabling and Components Standards 14. ANSI TIA-568-C.3 Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard 15. ANSI TIA-568-C.4 Broadband Coaxial Cabling and Components Standard 16. ANSI TIA-569-D Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces 17, ANSI TIA-570-C Residential Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard 18. ANSI TIA-598-D Optical Fiber Cable Color Coding 19. ANSI TIA-606-B Administration Standard for Commercial Telecommunications Infrastructure ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 28 00 10 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 20. ANSI TIA-607-B Commercial Building Grounding (Earthing) and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications 21. ANSI TIA-758-B Customer -owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard 22. National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA - 70), National Electrical Code (NEC) B. All Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their work. No extra compensation will be allowed for corrections or changes in the work required due to failure to comply with the applicable codes and standards. Where two or more codes or standards are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision. 1.04 REQUIREMENTS & FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Contractor shall comply with the rules and regulations of the local serving utility companies and shall check with each utility company providing service to this project and determine or verify their requirements regarding incoming services. B. Secure and pay for all permits, licenses, fees and inspections. 1.05 DRAWINGS 40 cl�iwino r7 the work are in part diagrammatic, and are intended to convey the scope of the work W aiN to t�cate in general the location of equipment. atre to'ha11 layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact quantities lona bops for equipment. Cgptractoczhall take own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions; scaling of tedrawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work. N D. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items for a complete installation are not shown, but where such items are required by code or where they are required for proper installation and operation of the work, such items shall be furnished and installed. 1.06 ACTIVE SERVICES A. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying exact locations of all existing services prior to beginning work in that area. B. When active services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make request to authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance with requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction. 1.07 SITE INSPECTION A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to become familiar with the conditions of the site which will affect the work and shall verify points of connection with utilities and/or existing system wiring. B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of Contractor's failure to make this inspection. ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 280010-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA 1.08 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION A. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate work with the schedule of the General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays. B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment and the building. The Design Professional reserves the right to determine space priority of the contractors in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and equipment of the various contractors. C. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications, or between the requirements set forth for the various divisions shall be called to the attention of the Design Professional. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed that none is required and that the Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and specifications as issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification will be made by the Design Professional and the decision will be final. D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material shall be completely protected from weather elements, painting, plaster, etc., until the project is substantially completed. Damage from rust, paint, scratches, etc., shall be repaired as required to restore equipment to original condition. E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the Painting Contractor, but this shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for checking to assure that adequate protection is being provided. F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires the Contrwor to work in areas previously finished by the Owner, the Contractor shall be respoE ible thN such areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the,:egvfse such work. Contractor shall be responsible for patching and refinishing of such area my be_ damaged in this respect. c-) rV r— �n CO G. Where two or more specified items/systems in the specifications and/or the dKFMgsxare irM conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship and the most finanq13exffnsiver--r products shall take precedence. Such questions shall be referred to the Design AtAssi4Ral for final decision. 3'' ul cn 1.09 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified item unless authorized in writing by Design Professional. Where more than one unit is required of the same items, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified otherwise. B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as parts, controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and function as specked, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items when required shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for. ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 28 00 10-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 1.10 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall furnish, to the Design Professional, complete sets of shop drawings and other submittal data. Contractor shall review and sign shop drawings before submittal. Refer to Division 01 specifications for additional requirements. B. Shop drawings shall be bound into sets and cover related items for a complete system as much as practical and shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings. Incomplete, piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected. C. The Design Professional will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting the plans and specifications. D. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract drawings and specifications. E. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not necessarily limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below. F. After award of contract, the contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule including dates that the submittals will be to the Design Professional for review. G. Submit required information on the following items: SPEC EQUIPMENT DETAIL PROD SAMPLES I INSTALL O 8 M CERTIFICATE OTHER SECTION DWGS DATA METHODS MANUAL OF SYSTEM (SEE DEMON- NOTES) STRATION 2831 00 Fire Alarm and Detection X X X X stem Notes: ., CD LIT1.11 CiKER�J IRN AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 1J ACJ er of~*;and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to the Design Professional in duplicate r „ t 1 pletion of the job. Refer to Division 01 specifications for additional information. MbmYi r&nuals in duplicate upon completion of the job. Manuals shall be bound in a three-ring rd -backed binder. Front cover and spine of each binder shall have the following lettering done: OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS (PROJECT NAME) (LOCATION) (DATE) SUBMITTED BY (NAME, ADDRESS AND PHONE NUMBER OF CONTRACTOR) C. Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Each section shall contain the following information for equipment furnished under this contract: 1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees. ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 280010-4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 2. Installation instructions. 3 Operating instructions. a. Maintenance instructions. 5. Spare parts identification and ordering list. 6. Local service organization, address, contact and phone number. 7. Shop drawings with reviewed stamp of Design Professional and Contractor shall be included, if applicable, along with the items listed above. 1.12 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. All systems shall be tested by the Contractor and placed in proper working order prior to demonstrating systems to Owner. 1.13 TRAINING AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. Prior to acceptance of the telecommunications installation, the Contractor shall provide to the Owner, or his designated representatives, all comprehensive training on essential features and functions of all systems installed, and shall instruct the Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of such systems. 1. Provide adequate notice to the Owner as to when instruction will be conducted so appropriate personnel can be present. 2. Prepare the instruction format for a minimum of four Owner Representatives. B. Equipment training: No 1. Manufacturer's representatives shall provide instruction on each rpqor pie of equipment. The Contractor shall provide instruction on all other equipmenjr. p a 2. Training sessions shall use the printed installation, operation and maintenjme•insti$ction materials included in the O&M manuals and emphasize preventative malmte%an%and r safe operating procedures. �C rn 3. Training shall be performed by qualified factory trained technicians. 17— rn 4. The Contractor shall attend all sessions performed by the manufacturer's serrtive C3 and shall add to each session any special information relating to the detailst stallion of the equipment as it might impact the operation and maintenance. y c -n 5. Equipment training shall occur as soon as possible after start up of the equipment and shall include hands-on operation. Training shall be provided for equipment listed in the table below. C. System training: Training sessions shall include hands-on demonstrations of system wide start-up, operation in all possible modes, shut -down and emergency procedures. D. The following are minimum requirements for Owner instruction: Section Description Hrs. on Site Hire. off Site Presented By Others Present Remarks 28 31 00 Fire Alarm and Detection 4 0 Manufacturer's Contractor 1 Systems Representative Remarks: 1. Perform complete system test at time of instruction. E. The Contractor shall submit a certificate, signed by the Owner stating the date, time and persons instructed and that the instruction has been completed to the Owner's satisfaction. An example of a certificate form is as follows: ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 2800 10-5 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION This document is to certify that the contractor has demonstrated the hereafter listed systems to the Owner's representatives in accordance with the Contract documents and that the instruction has been completed to the Owner's satisfaction. I_\ r— tn W Q J C L 0 N O N E. Project: System(s): Contractor's representatives giving instruction and demonstration: Contractor: LLJ c-)) -owner's representatives receiving instruction: >-E r—<Qwner. E3 s 0 NAMES DATE HOURS Acknowledgement of demonstration: Contractor's Representative: Signature date Owner's Representative: signature date ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 280010-6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 1.14 PERMITS, FEES, ETC. A. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections required in connection with the telecommunication systems work. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required by the State, City, County, and Federal Agencies. iRF�-lU=b-1 1101111 1411!R A. To obtain approval to use unspecified equipment, Bidding Contractors (not equipment supplier, manufacturers, etc.) shall submit written requests to the Design Professional at least 10 days prior to bid due date. Requests shall clearly describe the equipment for which approval is being requested. Include all data necessary to demonstrate that equipment's capacities, features and performance are equivalent to include a cost comparison between specified equipment and equipment for which approval is being requested. If the equipment is acceptable, the Design Professional will approve it in an addendum. The Design Professional will, under no circumstances, be required to prove that an item proposed for substitution is or is not of equal quality to the specified item. B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical dimensions and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of the substitution. 1.16 APPROVED CONTRACTORS A. The Contractor shall be a manufacturer certified installer and service provider for the product submitted and installed. A copy of the Contractor's manufacturer certification must be submitted under this specification section for the Access Control Contractor and the Video Surveillance Contractor if applicable to the project. The Contractor is responsible for workmanship and installation practices in accordance with the manufacturer requirements and must be a horized to provide a Manufacturer's Product Warranty with his installation. o o � B. The Contractor pulling the cabling (if different from the prime system Contract Tit the BICSI or IBEW/NECA requirements found in the Division 27 General Provisions. N r i co C. Contractor shall be located within 125 miles of the construction site to establish�gpotenWl twom hour response time for ongoing customer needs after construction completion. 1.17 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS )> Ln cn A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a speck manufacturers type, style, dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or on the plans are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality. These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to the Design Professional at least 8 days prior to the bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals. B. Manufacturers who do not submit prior to bidding run the risk of having the product rejected at time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and/or the manufacturer. C. If the Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his responsibility to assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. Contractor shall assume all responsibility for physical dimensions, operating characteristics, and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of using the alternate manufacturer. ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 2800 10-7 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA D. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product requirements. Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifications as required. Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog number that are not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met. 1.18 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor shall be a company specializing in telecommunication cable and/or accessories with a minimum of five years documented experience in installation of cable and/or accessories similar to those specified below. 1.19 WARRANTY A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01 for information on warranties and correction of work within the warranty period. If a warranty or warranty period are not defined in Division 00 or 01, then the start of all warranty periods shall be the date of Substantial Completion and the length of the warranty shall be for one year. a. If construction is phased with distinct and separate Substantial Completion dates for portions of the building and/or systems, separate warranties shall be provided for each of these phased areas and/or systems. b. The entire HVAC system, including all sub -systems, shall be guaranteed against defect in materials and installation for the duration of the warranty period. Any malfunctions or defects which occur within the warranty period shall be promptly corrected without cost to the Owner. This guarantee shall not limit or void any manufacturer's express or implied warranty. B. Refer to other Division 23 sections for systems, equipment, or material requiring extended �rranties beyond one year. Q ode df systems/equipment startup or equipment/material shipment to the site shall not be i@nsi&e the notable date with relation to the warranty of that item. All systems, equipment, matecUW c., shall have the same start date with respect to the warranty period. stEo"quipment or material put into use to facilitate construction activities (e.g. testing and larFMicommissioning, temporary conditioning, etc.) prior to the start of the warranty period all no pact the length of the warranty in any way. N 1.20 0ftNGES IN THE WORK A. A Contract Change Order is a written order to the Contractor signed by the Owner and Contractor, issued after the execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time may be changed only by Contract Change Order. B. The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, with the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall be authorized by Contract Change Order and shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 2800 10-8 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA C. The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a change in the Work shall be determined by mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantial data to permit evaluation. Change Orders shall be submitted with each item listed individually with a material cost and labor unit extension. Overhead and profit, as mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor shall be added to material and labor cost figures. D. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor before proceeding with any change to satisfy himself that the change has been properly authorized on behalf of the Owner. 1.21 COMPLETION A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non -hazardous and ready for normal use by the Owner. B. When all the work is complete the Contractor shall thoroughly clean all material and equipment installed as a part of this contract and leave all equipment and material in new condition. C. The Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and equipment left during the progress of this contract at job completion. END OF SECTION 28 00 10 N O _ 0 N O 71 Co <r- I m "' D n cn ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 280010-9 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS IOWA CITY, IOWA PROJECT NO. 18404000 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 28 00 10 -10 r t!7 Q D = cc:) W '= LJ J1' J co "f— N >- U _ U. Q ~a c O N PROJECT NO. 18404000 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 28 00 10 -10 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA SECTION 28 31 00 - FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01- General Requirements and Section 28 00 10 — Electronic Safety and Security General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The system installation and wiring shall comply with applicable provisions of the current issue of NFPA-72, International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Iowa State Building Code, Iowa Administrative Code, Americans with Disabilities Act, and codes and regulations of local authorities having jurisdiction. B. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of fire alarm and detection system components and accessories. C. UL Compliance and Labeling: Provide fire alarm and detection system components which are UL -listed and labeled. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal data for the fire alar equipment shall consist of shop drawings showing line diagrams, full size drawings with device locations and addresses, quantities of equipment, catalog cuts showing technical data necessaryto evaluate the equipment and other descriptive data necessary to describe fully the equipment proposed. Submittals shall show approval from Design Professional. B. In no instance shall the contract drawings be reproduced for shop drawing submittals. o N b C. Contractor is responsible for any fees associated with the review and approval:0(tbe f§R alarm -1-1 drawings and product data by the State Fire Marshal's (SFM's) office. Contractor i3'dlse regmnsibla_. for completion of the required fire alarm system submittal form and submittal of tfilNFalala shop drawings to the SFM. This form is available from the State at the fog bsit m http://www.dps.state.ia.us/fm/building/fonns.shtml. M ,o���pT�p _ (� C. Contractor is responsible for any fees associated with the review and approva��`�'e f§ alarrit"' drawings and product data by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Contractor'K"alsO responsible for completion of the required fire alar system submittal form and submittal of the final 668 alarm shop drawings to the AHJ. 1.04 RECORD DRAWING REQUIREMENTS A. Record drawings shall be provided prior to the time of scheduling of the final inspection. They shall include the location of the overcurrent protection that feeds any fire alar related equipment and shall be clearly marked on the drawings. Include changes made during system testing and acceptance. The following should be included: a. Alarm initiation devices with addresses. b. Alarm signal devices with module locations/addresses and circuit numbers. C. Door holders and smoke dampers with module location and addressed. d. Air handling units with module and relay locations and addresses. e. Junction pull boxes. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 28 31 00 -1 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA f. Layout of conduit with circuit identification. g. 120 VAC power sources for control panels, door holders, and fire/smoke dampers. h. Location of all end of line resistors. i. Calculations for voltage drop on circuits, battery, and audio amplifier sizing. 1.05 SYSTEM OPERATION A Control of System: By the Fire Alarm Control Panel. B. System Supervision: Automatically detect and report open circuits, shorts, and grounds of wiring for initiating device, signaling line, and notification -appliance circuits. C. Priority of Signals: Automatic alarm response functions resulting from an alarm signal from one zone or device are not altered by subsequent alar, supervisory, ortrouble signals. An alarm signal is the highest priority. Supervisory and trouble signals have second -and third -level priority. Higher -priority signals take precedence over signals of lower priority, even when the lower -priority condition occurs first. Annunciate and display all alar, supervisory, and trouble signals regardless of priority or order received. D. Noninterference: A signal on one zone shall not prevent the receipt of signals from other zones. E. System Reset: All zones are manually resettable from the Fire Alar Control Panel after initiating r—devices are restored to normal. Equipment that has been by-passed in software shall not change ►estate aft onddion during a "reset'. Y Wire Alar Control Panel shall be reprogrammed so that it can be reset only when a security UJ 'a J>ievel access level of 3 or greater is used. 00 v t_ CTran6nWsion to Remote Alar Receiving Station: Automatically route alar, supervisory, and oufSTe mals to a remote alar station by means of a digital alar communicator transmitter and (J,_ lep`trt3 lines. o N G. *stem Alar Capability during Circuit Fault Conditions: System wiring and circuit arrangement prevent alarm capability reduction when a single ground or open circuit occurs in an initiating device circuit, signal line circuit, or notification -appliance circuit. H. Loss of primary power at the Fire Alar Control Panel initiates a trouble signal at the Fire Alar Control Panel and the annunciator. An emergency power light is illuminated at both locations when the system is operating on the secondary power supply. Basic Alar Performance Requirements: Unless otherwise indicated, operation of a manual station, automatic alar operation of a smoke or flame or heat detector, or operation of a sprinkler flow device initiates the following: 1. Notification -appliance operation. 2. Identification at the Fire Alar Control Panel and the remote annunciator of the device originating the alar. 3. Transmission of an alarm signal to the remote alarm receiving station. 4. Release of fire and smoke doors held open. 5. Release of fire and smoke doors hold open if a detector adjacent to the door is in alar. 6. Recall of elevators if the alar is initiated by a detector located in an associated machine room, hoistway, or elevator lobby. 7. Shutdown of fans and other air -handling equipment serving the fire zone where alar was initiated. 8. Recording of the event in the system memory. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 2831 00-2 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA J. Alarm Silencing, System Reset and Indication: Controlled by switches in the Fire Alarm Control Panel and the remote annunciator. 1. Silencing -switch operation halts alarm operation of notification appliances and activates an "alarm silence" light. Display of identity of the alarm zone or device is retained. 2. Subsequent alarm signals from other devices orfire zones reactivate notification appliances until silencing switch is operated again. 3. When alarm -initiating devices return to normal and system reset switch is operated, notification appliances operate again until alarm silence switch is reset. K. Operating a heat detector in the elevator shaft shuts down elevator power by operating a shunt trip device in the circuit feeding the elevator. 1. A field -mounted relay actuated by the Fire Alarm Control Panel closes the shunt trip circuit and operates building notification appliances and annunciator. L. Smoke detection for zones or detectors with alarm verification initiates the following: 1. Audible and visible indication of an "alarm verification" signal at the Fire Alarm Control Panel. 2. Activation of a listed and approved "alarm verification" sequence Fire Alarm Control Panel " and the detector 3. General alarm if the alarm is verged. 4. Cancellation of the Fire Alarm Control Panel indication and system reset if the alarm is not verified. M. Remote Detector Sensitivity Adjustment: Manipulation of controls at the Fire Alarm Control Panel causes the selection of specific addressable smoke detectors for adjustment, display of their current status and sensitivity settings, and control of changes in those settings. Same controls can be used to program repetitive, scheduled, automated changes in sensitivity of specific detectors. Sensitivity adjustments and sensitivity -adjustment schedule changes are recorded in system memory and are printed out by the system printer. N N. Removal of an alarm -initiating device or a notification appliance initiates the foltving: c 1. A "trouble" signal indication at the Fire Alarm Control Panel and the anaWcialr for th 1 device or zone involved. c-)-< 2. Transmission of trouble signal to remote alarm receiving station. - i n Co r O. Fire Alarm Control Panel Alphanumeric Display: Plain -English-language deion�f MIX supervisory, and trouble events; and addresses and locations of alarm-initi�orSpervi® devices originating the report. Display monitoring actions, system and compoAent sta&, system commands, programming information, and data from the system's historical memory. cn 1. The upper line of the display shall indicate the zone in alarm according to thezone schedule on drawings. 2. The lower line of the display shall indicate the address of the device in alarm. P. LED Lights: 1. Only fire alarm zone lights and "device type" lights shall annunciate with a red LED. Device type, address and exact location shall annunciate on the digital readout. 2. Any by-pass, disable, or trouble condition shall annunciate with an amber LED, a trouble sounder and annunciate on the digital readout. A "trouble pending" control module shall be included. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 28 31 00-3 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 1.06 ACTIVE SYSTEMS A. Existing Fire Alarm Equipment: Existing equipment can be removed prior to new system installation. B. Equipment Removal: 1. Package operational fire alar and detection equipmentthat has been removed and deliver to Owner. 2. Remove from site and legally dispose of existing material not designated for other disposition. 1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Lamps for Strobe Units: Quantity equal to 10 percent of amount installed, but not less than one unit. 2. Smoke Detectors and Heat Detectors: Quantity equal to 5 percent of amount of each type installed, but not less than one unit of each type. r— 3. Detector Bases: Quantity equal to 5 percent of amount of each type installed, but not less Athan one unit of each type. 524. c oKeys and Tools: Five (5) extra sets for access to be locked and tamperproofed components. 0 � w UJ.08 'IAF A)VTY tt ---A. C�bea Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other �ighner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, And runsoncurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract B. Special Warranty: A written warranty, signed by Contractor and manufacturer, agreeing to replace components that do not meet requirements or that fall within the specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: One year from date of Final Acceptance. Full warranty applies throughout the warranty period. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide fire alar and detection systems of one of the following: 1. Simplex: Johnson Controls to match existing 2. The equipment supplier shall provide the services of a factory trained representative. They shall supervise the system installation and final connections to the equipment and provide testing to assure that the system is in proper operating condition. 2.02 FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS A. General: Provide fire alar and detection system products of types, sizes, and capacities indicated, which comply with manufacturer's standard design, materials, components; construct in accordance with published product information, and as required for complete installation. Provide fire alar and detection systems for applications indicated, with the sequence of operations, components and function features indicated. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 28 311 00 -4 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Materials and Equipment: Wiring System Materials: Provide basic wiring materials which comply with 26 0010 — Electrical General Provisions, 26 05 53— Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems, and 26 0519 - Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables; types to be selected by Installer. a. Junction and Pull Boxes: 1) Junction and pull boxes shall be clearly marked. This shall be done by painting the covers red, and properly labeling them. 2) All junction and pull boxes located at or above 8'0" from the floor shall be a minimum size of 4-11/16". 3) No box extensions shall be permitted on new work. 4) All junction boxes shall be readily accessible. 5) No splicing in device mounting boxes. C. Manufacturer's Equipment: Provide manufacturer's standard construction equipment for material noted below: Central Fire Alarm Control Panel. a. Simplex Model 4010ES 1) All devices to be served from one (1) panel. b. Cabinet: Front lockable steel enclosure with a 14 gauge door and 16 gauge cabinet body, minimum. Arrange interior components so operations required for testing or for normal maintenance of the system are performed from the front of the enclosure. If more than one unit is required to form a complete control panel, fabricate with matching modular unit enclosure to accommodate components and to allow ample gutter space for field wiring and interconnecting panels. 1) Identify each enclosure with an engraved, red, laminated, phenolic -resin nameplate with lettering not less than 1 inch high. Identify individual components and modules within cabinets with permanent labels. 2) Mounting: Surface. 3) Keys: Common to all system components. o C. Password Protection: Multi-level, applicable to system function&uch alarm silence, alarm reset, manual control, and disable/enable. Access'bQPlevF§allowM the operator to perform all actions within that level plus all action;'5f Awdl4evels._,_ d. Communication Format: Digital politresponse protocol with eaa-l�itig an control device. The system shall verify that the type device at each ss matche the software configuration. m = e. Event Storage: � p''� 1) The system stores and logs alarm and trouble events. Eaj%6ordeil event includes the time and date of the event's occurrence. CJI 2) The system has the capability of recalling alarms, detector verifiPations, trouble conditions, acknowledgments, and silencing and reset activities in chronological order for the purpose of recreating an event history. 3) Memory: Battery protected random access memory. 4) Alarm Log: 300 events. Trouble Log: 300 events. 5) Available Reports: a) Alarm, trouble and test conditions including the time and date of each occurrence. b) Status of each device in the system including detector sensitivity and verification tally. C) Detector trending. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 28 31 00 -5 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA f. Alarm and Supervisory Systems: Separate and independent in the Fire Alarm Control Panel. Alarm -initiating zone boards consist of plug-in cards. Construction FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 2831 00-6 requiring removal of field wiring for module replacement is unacceptable. 1) Initiating Device Capacity: Adequate for quantity of devices indicated on drawings plus 10 percent. 2) Quantity of Simultaneous Alarms: Unlimited. 3) Maintenance Alert: Automatically wams of a contaminated detector prior to false alarm. 4) One additional signal line circuit (SLC) for future. g. Control Modules: Include types and capacities required to perform all functions of fire alarm systems. Each circuit shall have 10 percent spare capacity. h. Indications: Local, visible, and audible signals announce alarm, supervisory, and trouble conditions. Each type of audible alarm has a different sound. i. Resetting Controls: Prevent the resetting of alarm, supervisory, or trouble signals while the alarm or trouble condition still exists. j. Alphanumeric Display and System Controls: Arranged for interface between human operator at the Fire Alarm Control Panel and addressable system components, including annunciation, supervision, and control. Bypass switches shall provide speck alphanumeric display on the LCD annunciator. 1) Display: A minimum of 80 characters; alarm, supervisory, and component status messages; and indicate control commands to be entered into the system for control of smoke detector sensitivity and other parameters. 2) Keypad: Arranged to permit entry and execution of programming, display, and control commands. © o r 3) Bypass Switches: Activation of a bypass switch allows system testing O without operation of the bypassed circuit. A trouble condition is generated UJ w upon operation of a bypass switch. Provide bypass switches for the .J-1} ` N v following: a) Remote monitoring station notification. LL c a b) Audio circuit. C) Visual circuit. 0 o d) Smoke dampers. H e) Elevator recall. f) Fire doors. 4) Control Switches: Switches allow manual control or testing of the following: a) Alarm Test. Operation of switch simulates an alarm condition in the same manner as if a manual station was operated. Notification of the fire department or central monitoring station is bypassed. k. Programming: 1) System Memory: Non-volatile, programmable. 2) Loading or editing of special instructions and operating sequences allowed as required. 3) Capable of on-site programming to accommodate and facilitate expansion, building parameter changes, or changes as required by local codes. 4) Provisions for disabling and enabling all addressable devices, and all monitoring, signaling and control circuits individually for maintenance and testing purposes. 5) Provisions for distinctly different evacuation tone for disaster warning purposes. 6) Smoke sensor sensitivity: a) Automatic sensitivity adjustment of each sensor based on time of day and day of week. b) Multiple sensitivity settings per sensor. C) Pre -alarm or two-stage function to provide an indication when a sensor reaches 50 percent of its alarm threshold. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 2831 00-6 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 7) Contractor shall provide a detailed device description label that includes Room Name, Room Number, and Location in Building for common room name (i.e. Mech Room by main storage). I. Control Switches: Access Level City disconnect with digital readout (for both alarms and troubles) Level 3 Audio bypass with digital readout Level 3 Visual circuit bypass with digital readout Level 3 Smoke damper bypass with digital readout Level 1 Elevator bypass Level 1 Fire door bypass Level 1 Activation of elevator smoke damper Level 1 M. Provide air handler shutdown by specific unit or by fire zone (i.e. floor). Switch cannot be activated unless one or more of the following conditions occur: 1) Fire Alarm Control Panel is in access level 3. 2) Panel is in alarm condition. n. Fire alarm control panel power shall be supplied by dedicated circuit(s). 2. Manual Pull Stations a. Description: Fabricated of metal, and finished in red with molded, raised -letter operating instructions of contrasting color. 1) Double -action mechanism requires two actions, such as a push and a pull, to initiate an alar. 2) Station Reset: Key or wrench operated; double pole, double throw; switch rated for the voltage and current at which it operates. 3) Indoor Protective Shield: Factory -fabricated clear plastic enclosung�lhinged at the top to permit lifting for access to initiate an alarmaifting t" cover actuates an integral battery -powered audible horn intendWb difouragb'ri false alar operation. Shield shall be Notifier STI S713pper RF Model_ ST11130. n-< ry 4) Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicaitnuam-stati status (normal, alar, or trouble) to the Fire Alar Contra ne 5) When surface -mounting pull stations, fire alar equiprnim- ov r sh provide back boxes to match pull stations. 4 3. Smoke Detectors " a. General: Include the following features: 1) Operating Voltage: 24-V dc, nominal. 2) Self -Restoring: Detectors do not require resetting or readjustment after actuation to restore them to normal operation. 3) Plug-in Arrangement: Detector and associated electronic components are mounted in a module that connects in a tamper-resistant manner to a fixed base with a twist -locking plug connection. Terminals in the fixed base accept building wiring. 4) Sensitivity: Can be tested and adjusted in-place after installation. 5) Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal, alarm, or trouble) to the Fire Alar Control Panel. 6) Remote Controllability: Unless otherwise indicated, detectors are analog - addressable type, individually monitored at the Fire Alarm Control Panel for calibration, sensitivity, and alarm condition, and individually adjustable for sensitivity from the Fire Alarm Control Panel. b. Photoelectric Smoke Detectors: Include the following features: 1) Sensor: LED or infrared light source with matching silicon -cell receiver. 2) Detector Sensitivity: Between 2.5 and 3.5 percent/foot smoke obscuration when tested according to UL 268A. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 28 31 00-7 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3) Magnetically actuated test switch. 4) Integral Thermal Detector: Fixed -temperature type with 135 deg F setting. C. Duct Smoke Detector: Photoelectric type. 1) Sampling Tube: Design and dimensions as recommended by the manufacturer for the specific duct size, air velocity, and installation conditions where applied. 2) Relay Fan Shutdown: Rated to interrupt fan motor -control circuit. 4. Other Detectors a. Heat Detector, Combination Type: Actuated by either a fixed temperature or rate of rise of temperature. 1) Analog temperature measuring device with setpoint (rating) set by Fire Alarm Control Panel. 2) Mounting: Plug-in base, interchangeable with smoke detector bases, where available. 3) Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal, alarm, or trouble) to the Fire Alarm Control Panel. 5. Notification Appliances a. Description: Equip for mounting as indicated and have screw terminals for system connections. 1) Combination Devices: Factory -integrated audible and visible devices in a single -mounting assembly. b. Visible Alarm Devices: Xenon strobe lights listed under UL 1971 with clear or nominal white polycarbonate lens. Mount lens on an aluminum faceplate. The word r "FIRE" is engraved in minimum 1 -inch- high letters on the lens. u� Q 1) Rated Light Output: 15175 candela minimum per UL 1971 for ADA use p l unless otherwise indicated on drawing or required to meet NFPA 72 criteria. �] = CE 2) Strobe Leads: Factory connected to screw terminals. w Q W1 3) Synchronized operation. 00 UI— V 4) Mounting: Ceiling: CZJ Y- a) Flush with white baffle. _ _ t— Q b) Wall: Surface with red or white housing. LL,�> v o c) Include skirt for surface mounted devices which do not conceal a ry -- standard 4 -inch junction box. o C. Voice/Tone Speakers: 1) High -Range Units: Rated 2 to 15 W. 2) Low -Range Units: Rated 1 to 2 W. 3) Size: a) Ceiling -Mounted Speakers: 8 inches. b) Wall -Mounted speakers: 4 inches. 4) Mounting: a) Ceiling: Flush with white baffle. b) Wall: Surface with red or white housing. C) Include skirt for surface mounted devices which do not conceal a standard 4 -inch junction box. 5) Matching Transformers: Tap range matched to the acoustical environment of the speaker location. 6. Magnetic Door Holders a. Description: Units equipped forwall orfloor mounting as indicated and are complete with matching door plate. 1) Electromagnet: Requires no more than 3 W to develop 25-lbf holding force. 2) Wall -Mounted Units: Surface mounted, unless otherwise indicated. 3) Contact Plate: Adjustable. 4) Armature Plate: Door mounted, adjustable 95 deg. horizontal, 5 deg. vertical. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 28 31 00 -8 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 5) Rating: 24-Vdc. b. Material and Finish: Match door hardware. C. Existing Units: Where existing units are shown for reconnection, provide necessary relays to operate at 24V dc. d. Mount units high on door. Signal Circuit Remote Power Supply a. General: Filtered, regulated, power limited with trouble indication; with emergency power supply. b. Cabinet Lockable steel, surface -mounted enclosure, keyed to match, Fire Alarm Control Panel. 8. Battery Power Supply a. General: Components include valve -regulated, recombinant lead acid battery; charger; and an automatic transfer switch. 1) Battery Nominal Life Expectancy: 4 years as a minimum. b. Battery Capacity: Comply with NFPA 72 for supplying a minimum of 24 hours of operation in normal condition, followed by no less than 15 minutes in full alarm fore system operating without a backup generator. C. Battery Charger: Solid-state, fully automatic, variable -charging -rate type. Provide capacity for 150 percent of the connected system load while maintaining batteries at full charge. If batteries are fully discharged, the charger recharges them completely within four hours. Charger output is supervised as part of system power supply supervision. d. Integral Automatic Transfer Switch: Transfers the load to the battery without loss of signals or status indications when normal power fails. 9. Addressable Interface Devices a. Monitor Module: Microelectronic module listed for use in providing a rMtiplex system address for listed fire and sprinkler alarm -initiating devices with R mall open contacts; allows individual monitoring of non -addressable p b b. Control Module: Microelectronic module listed for use in prori vn+a rNltiplex--. system address to relays for system control functions. — m 1) Relay: 24 VDC coil with red LED when in the "alarm" statpntacts rated . . 10A, 115 VAC, minimum; suitable for control function reuiirM. 10. Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter o� o a. Listed and labeled under UL 864 and NFPA 72. b. Functional Performance: Unit receives an alarm, supervisory, ortrouble signal from the Fire Alarm Control Panel panel, and automatically captures one or two telephone lines and dials a preset number for a remote central station. When contact is made with the central station(s), the signal is transmitted. The unit supervises up to two telephone lines. Where supervising two lines, if service on either line is interrupted for longer than 45 seconds, the unit initiates a local trouble signal and transmits a signal indicating loss of telephone line to the remote alarm receiving station over the remaining line. When telephone service is restored, unit automatically reports that event to the central station. If service is lost on both telephone lines, the local trouble signal is initiated. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 28 31 00-9 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY. IOWA PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Contractor/Installer shall meet with Owner prior to performing any work on existing/new system(s). Meeting shall determine existing building system functions and approach Contractor/Installer will take to remove the existing system. And, determine Contractor's/Installer's plan to install new system which includes raceway runs, typical wiring practices, and device and equipment installation, also to provide Contractor/Installer with Owner's expectations. B. The locations and spacing of alarm initiating devices and strobes indicated on the drawings are approximate. The equipment supplier shall verify device requirements and spacing and shall add devices as required to satisfy governing authorities. It shall be the responsibility of the equipment supplier or his representative to determine the type of detector required by local authorities for each type of installation. C. Install the fire alarm system in accordance with approved manufacturer's wiring diagrams. Furnish all conduit, wiring, outlet boxes, junction boxes, cabinets, and similar devices necessary for a complete installation. Boxes shall be installed in accessible spaces without requiring the removal of light fixtures or any other equipment. D. Coordinate system programming with the authority having jurisdiction. E. iKovideXO volt power to annunciator panels and remote signal circuit power supplies. ain�fi © -qre alarm power supply disconnect red and label "Fire Alarm Circuit Control". Provide UJ 25ckiNgrans. Roo"e the installation of equipment and devices that pertain to the work of other trades with the appropriate contractors. U-. - E3 3 H. =Brovidecg vitch and fuse stat's (type SOU) installed within the Fire Alarm Control Panel disconnect c20 VAC power and separately all battery power. 3.02 DEVICE INSTALLATION A Provide devices as indicated on drawings and as required to perform specified functions. B. Initiating Devices: 1. Smoke Detectors: a. Cover all smoke detection devices immediately after installation to maintain cleanliness. b. Install within five feet of each door held open by the fire alarm system. C. Where adjacent to an air shaft, supply diffuser or return grille, install smoke detector 36 inches minimum from the edge of the diffuser or grille. d. Provide a smoke detector within 10 feet of each remote power supply panel. 2. Duct Detectors: a. Provide duct type smoke detectors in the return ductwork as indicated. b. Locate duct smoke detector within 5' of fire dampers where a detector is indicated to be installed in a duct with a smoke. C. Provide a remote alarm LED indicator for each duct smoke detector which is not readily visible or which is located above a ceiling or on a roof. Mount in an easily accessible and readily visible location. Label with the name of the unit served by the detector. Indicate whether the detector is installed in the supply or return ductwork. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 2831 00-10 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA d. Provide a labeled test switch with LED indicator for each duct smoke detector. Install switch at a height between 46 inches and 72 inches above finished floor. 3. Provide heat detectors in areas where smoke detectors would be subject to false alarm. 4. Program address for each device as directed by Owner or stated elsewhere in specification. 5. Program device output text by address and geographic location. 6. Provide an addressable interface module for each non -addressable device. 7. Provide an addressable interface module for each non -addressable initiating device. C. Signaling Devices: 1. Where plans indicate a signaling device installed adjacent to a manual station, install the signaling device on the wall directly above the manual station. 2. Provide a minimum of two weatherproof audible signaling devices of the same type as other signaling devices provided with the system. The audible signaling devices will be located by the fire department connection to each building. Owner will determine the exact locations. Mount the devices on the exterior of the building. Provide a separate circuit for exterior audible signaling devices. 3. In sprinkled buildings, provide a 120 volt circuit to the fire sprinkler bell location. Provide manual bypass from the Fire Alarm Control Panel. 4. Set taps for toilet room speakers at 1/4 watt where toilet room is under 1000 square feet. 5. Signaling devices shall be completely deactivated by pressing "signal silence". 6. Audibles shall be placed so that they can be heard a minimum of 15 decibels above the ambient decibel level in all locations (refer to NFPA 72G and ISBC 17.705(12)). D. Control Devices: 1. All devices controlled by the Fire Alarm Control Panel (i.e. dampers, doors, elevat6l, etc.) shall be operated by the use of "control modules" and not by relay type d@Sice ona%tector bases. No auxiliary equipment shall be directly connected to LMX control 1&bftled-clontr6f7i modules shall activate a 24VDC relay with LED when in the "alarm". :> Z;= 2. Elevators: Verify recall requirements with local codes, authorities, and to tgllerurior tr' system programming. Provide control modules and relays as required. —i M 1 3. Provide a control module and relay for each door or group of doors to beAwopew. 4. Provide control modules and relays as required to implement the �j red Contr� sequences. 4 5. Provide control modules and relays for remote indication of alar and trotrNe corrdkions. rn E. Door Holders: 1. Mount at the top of each door to be held open unless otherwise indicated. 2. Mount the magnet on the wall and the contact plate on the door. Provide extensions as necessary to assure proper mating between the magnet and contact plate. Magnet is to maintain hold of door under normal conditions. 3. Adjust so the door is held parallel to the wall on which the magnet is mounted. 4. Electromagnetic door holders which are indicated to be integral with a door closer shall be furnished by the Design Professional. Provide wiring so the door holders are normally energized from the fire alarm power supply. Cabinets: Mount Fire Alarm Control Panel and remote cabinets a maximum of 72 inches above finished floor to the top of the cabinet. Provide a 4 -inch space between adjacent cabinets. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 2831 00-11 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3.03 WIRING INSTALLATION A. Wiring Method: Install wiring in metal raceway according to Division 26, Section 26 0533 - Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems. Conceal raceway except in unfinished spaces and as indicated. Surface -mounted wiremold shall be size 700 minimum. B. Wiring within Enclosures: Separate power -limited and non -power -limited conductors as recommended by the manufacturer. Install conductors parallel with or at right angles to sides and back of the enclosure. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess. Connect conductors that are terminated, spliced, or interrupted in any enclosure associated with the fire alarm system to terminal blocks. Mark each terminal according to the system's wiring diagrams. Make all connections with approved crimp -on terminal spade lugs, pressure-type terminal blocks, or plug connectors. Do not install spare conductors in conduits or junction boxes. C. Cable Taps: All cables in the fire alarm control panel, junction boxes, and pull boxes shall be clearly marked in English (i.e. SLC 1, 3rd Floor Speakers, etc.). Label all junction box covers to indicate circuits and/or devices enclosed. Label inside cover of all junction boxes in finished areas. Label outside cover of all junction boxes in unfinished/concealed areas. D. Color -Coding: Color -code fire alarm conductors differently from the normal building power wiring. Use one color -code for alarm circuit wiring and a different color -code for supervisory circuits. Color -code audible alarm -indicating circuits differently from alamrindiating circuits. Use different colors for visible alarm -indicating devices. Paint fire alarm system junction boxes and covers red and provide circuit labels on inside of cover. E. Wiring to Remote Alarm Transmitting Device: 1 -inch conduit between the Fire Alarm Control Panel ,i,and the transmitter. Install number of conductors and electrical supervision for connecting wiring as tnneeded.Lto suit monitoring function. C:) ;�Instadlghd-of-line resistors at the farthest device from panel or module in a separate junction box UJ -Xclearked "End -of -Line Resistor. 00 U F— c\Corlductors (minimum size and color) and raceways shall be provided as listed below, unless �pth$avie recommended by the system manufacturer or required by the authority having jurisdiction: C-) ? N . �20VAC 12AWG N Initiating circuits #18 tw/sh pair White (+) Black (-) 2. Audible signaling circuits a. Horns/bells #14AWG Red (+) Black (-) b. Speakers #14 tw/sh pair Red (+) Black (-) 3. Module power #14AWG Violet (+) Blue (-) 4. Resettable module power #14AWG Yellow (+) Gray(-) 5. Visual signaling circuits #14AWG Red (+) Black (-) 6. Door holder/smoke dampers #14AWG Brown (+) White (-) 7. Control circuits #14 AWG H. Conduit fill and box fill never to exceed 50%. I. No spare conductors shall be installed in conduits or junction boxes. J. 3M #130C rubber tape (or approved equal) shall be used to insulate grounding shields. K. If surface Wiremold is specified, it shall be no smaller than 700 size. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 28 31 00 -12 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA L. All junction and pull boxes located at or above 8'-0" from the floor shall be a minimum size of 4-11/16" square by 2-1/8" deep. M. No box extensions shall be permitted on new work. N. All fire alarm devices, junction and pull boxes shall be installed so they are accessible without removing light fixtures, equipment, conduits, junction boxes or other items. O. No splicing will be allowed in device mounting boxes. P. "End of Line Resistors" shall be located at the device that is farthest away from the panel or module. Q. All devices being controlled by the fire alarm control panel (i.e. dampers, doors, etc.) shall be operated by the use of control modules and not by relay type devices in detector bases. No auxiliary equipment shall be directly connected to an addressable control module. Each control module shall activate a 24 vdc relay with LED when in the "alarm" state. R. Back boxes shall be provided by equipment supplier for any surface -mounted pull stations or signaling devices. S T -taps may be used for signaling line circuits if manufacturer's recommendations are followed. 3.04 IDENTIFICATION A. N Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals according to Divisio,EL26, Spion Identification for Electrical Systems. o n B. Install instructions frame in a location visible from the Fire Alarm Control Panel. C. Paint power -supply disconnect switch or breaker serving all fire alarm equipment reV42 label "FIRE ALARM". Provide handle lock to lock circuit breakers in the closed poslG ffq =C D. � o Affix the name and telephone number of the local service organization to the inside of door PAthe Fire Alarm Control Panel and each remote cabinet. E. Label each control module to indicate the equipment controlled. F. Maintain wiring color codes throughout the system. G. All labels shall be on the inside of the cover. 3.05 GROUNDING A. Ground cable shields and equipment according to system manufacturer's written instructions to eliminate shock hazard and to minimize, to the greatest extent possible, ground loops, common - mode returns, noise pickup, cross talk, and other impairments. B. Ground equipment and conductor and cable shields. For audio circuits, minimize, to the greatest extent possible, ground loops, common -mode returns, noise pickup, cross talk, and other impairments. Provide 5 -ohm ground at main equipment location. Measure, record, and report ground resistance. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 28 31 00 -13 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 15404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3.06 ACCEPTANCE TESTING A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect field - assembled components and connections and to supervise pretesting, testing, and adjustment of the system. Report results in writing. B. Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for performing a "Pre -Test" of the Fire Alarm System and preparing/ completing 'Test Log". 1. All equipment shall be installed prior to completing "Pre -Test". 2. Scope of the Pre -Test is to: a. "Align, adjust, and balance the system." b. Confirm compliance with the drawings and specifications. C. Install, test and check for operation of 100% of all fire alarm equipment and items being controlled by the fire alarm system. 3. Manufacturer's representative is to be involved in the pre-test. 4. Perform a thorough cleaning of the fire alarm system so each detector's chamber value reads less than 50%. 5. At completion of the pre-test, the fire alarm system is to be complete and ready for owner acceptance. 6. Complete a "Test Log", a written record of inspections, tests, and detailed test results. C. ,In preparation for the final test, Contractor shall: In C dl. Y%Submit a "Test Log" and test fortes from NFPA 72 and include a print out proving detector CC Rhamber values of less than 50% for all detectors. W "CQ. J>Rrovide a letter certifying pre-test compliance and a list of witnesses. �. cwt Provide an up to date and complete printout of software at the time of final inspection and >-CAfter any and all corrections or changes. x F— Q �. !!tor agr shall perform a Final "Minimum System Test" per NFPA 72. o _ N 9. Contractor shall test all equipment per minimum system testing requirements and maintain a "Test Log". 2. Contractor to have sufficient personnel to conduct the test efficiently. 3. Upon completion of the Final Test Contractor will submit the Test Log. 4. Owner's representative has the authority to void the Final Test if it is proven during the Final Test that the Fire Alarm system installation is not complete. a. Voiding the Final Test will require Contractor to schedule another Final Test. 5. Upon approval of Final Test, successful owner training and submittal of completed "As -Built" drawings and O&M manuals, Owner will provide Contractor with acceptance of new Fire Alarm System. a. Owner acceptance does not constitute "Project Closeout" or completion of "Final Punch List" b. Owner acceptance only relieves Contractor of testing requirements, it does not relieve Contractor of other contract requirements. C. Final Testing does not constitute Owner training. d. Owner acceptance provides approval to activate the new Fire Alarm System as the primary system. 6. Contractor shall perform final test in the presence of manufacturer's representative, Owner's representatives, and necessary local code authorities. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 2831 00-14 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA E. Minimum System Tests' test the system according to procedures outlined in NFPA 72. Minimum required tests are as follows: 1. Verify the absence of unwanted voltages between circuit conductors and ground. 2. Test all conductors for short circuits using an insulation -testing device. 3. With each circuit pair, short circuit at the far end of the circuit and measure the circuit resistance with an ohm meter. Record the circuit resistance of each circuit on record drawings. 4. Verify that the control unit is in the normal condition as detailed in the manufacturer's operation and maintenance manual. 5. Test initiating and indicating circuits for proper signal transmission under open circuit conditions. One connection each should be opened at not less than 10 percent of initiating and indicating devices. Observe proper signal transmission according to class of wiring used. 6. Test each initiating and indicating device for alarm operation and proper response at the control unit. Test smoke detectors with actual products of combustion. 7. Test the system for all specified functions according to the approved operation and maintenance manual. Systematically initiate specified functional perforrnance items at each station, including making all possible alarm and monitoring initiations and using all communications options. For each item, observe related performance at all devices required to be affected by the item under all system sequences. Observe indicating lights, displays, signal tones, and annunciator indications. Observe all voice audio for routing, clarity, quality, freedom from noise and distortion, and proper volume level. 8. Test Both Primary and Secondary Power: Verify by test that the secondary power system is capable of operating the system for the period and in the manner specified. 9. Retesting: Correct deficiencies indicated by tests and completely retest WArk affQ'%d by such deficiencies. Verify by the system test that the total system meets Sp_eeicatO-as and—n complies with applicable standards. D Z- 10. Report of Tests and Inspections: Provide a written record of inspections, t�s_standndetailed test results in the form of a test log. Submit log on the satisfactory comp] brbf t& i - a F. The manufacturer's authorized representative shall perform a 100% quality inspof:We fines installation and in the presence of Contractor, Owner's Representative and lo_ de, d fir authorities, shall perform a complete finished test of all aspects of the system. A sysiem cel ' ication verifying the proper system operation shall be required prior to acceptance. M G. Audible sound level measurements shall be conducted throughout the entire building, and all spaces with the evacuation system off and sounding. 3.07 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING A. Cleaning: Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and marred finish to match original finish. Clean unit internally using methods and materials recommended by manufacturer. Provide detector cleaning report proving a maximum chamber value of 50% for all detectors. 3.08 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel as specified below: 1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and stopping, troubleshooting, servicing, adjusting, and maintaining equipment and schedules. Provide a minimum of 8 hours training. 2. Provide a minimum of 8 hours of software program training. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 28 31 00 - 115 ROBERT A. LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 18404000 IOWA CITY, IOWA 3. Training Aid: Use the approved final version of the operation and maintenance manual as a training aid. 4. Schedule training with Owner, with at least seven days advance notice. 3.09 MAINTENANCE A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within one year of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting sound levels, controls, and sensitivities to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to three requested visits to Project site for this purpose. B. Provide a maintenance contract from the local service organization beginning on the date of Substantial Completion and remaining in force throughout the warranty period. Include required NFPA testing at times scheduled by Owner. C. Provide Owner with a proposal from the local service organization for a one-year maintenance contract beginning at the end of the warranty period. END OF SECTION 28 31 00 Ln �r W � Uo .x Zi 00 vti cv -Q 0 0 d N FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 2831 00-16 ... _ Oft r'r4�((I��Br�^` ALmY N�l' r. '•� PROJECT LOCATION Nit 4 ! 9• mapy�] ii D p. 5 Da �- Q'• 0¢'5'1 Mb 9 e�: away YPPyyp¢ Wale. V1 - VICINITY 1'VICINITY MAP 1 : 9600 C' 2.�,-41-t KEYPLAN(LOWER. LEVEL) 1"=4VUV DESIGN I.Ra . Mp] PRIrle. Ln SW Cedar NOW, IA 534N ELECTRICAL ENGINEER DESIGN ENGINEERS SIMI Pra.Ye V.—Ln SW Char Raphe, IA 53401 _ _— _ Ilwa6y4wRy Natlpaa6lna NR WS4RN MertnuMdeRlGd ARCHIIER OF RECORD uaamvaa.a•w�rr vH . _ r.sa.n ImaeA rgMaed NU4KtuaaaN lwwa OPN ARCNIIFCTS p_ M•� 341/35 Clinton 5t. 5u1b 1 JUSTM ;, CONTRACTOR LAYDOW N AREA — GN IA, 53240 alseoP a -. 121/2020 BSHOP —� we, _ -;Mmea J WI ]1.21B0 WI]lAtt i� 'i Wpmtln vC� GYv�e G000 COYER SHEET UI RACQUETBALL COURT PLUMBING PLANS aYm6mwNMtltW 0001 CODE REVIEW P1@ POOL DECK RESTROOM PLUMBING PUN IMI. . Mv �emrn.4..aeP.eJgmea STRUCTURAL ENGINEER ESSIpn9 y PM90n""'°"'" R'°NAIma4P/MIMa F PrdeeRyW E•gSwN-aar 9.IaaeaM9raH.e. \vi 3924 12 EW M. HN,113f - B�aaey C. F 522Nrytw Iowa ON.lA 53310 _ XIII 2 112012020 O III OM MECINNM110EMOtlCDEMO-TINGG 1954] /TZ DECEMBER0 E l� DM34RW8 _DECEMBEiliti RgN'elOrl(aM GNUM H0100 /OWN U. M •6McwaF EAST ROOM EASTRCOM- Ages orsliMf w.re,e]Ly YU W C' 2.�,-41-t KEYPLAN(LOWER. LEVEL) 1"=4VUV DESIGN I.Ra . Mp] PRIrle. Ln SW Cedar NOW, IA 534N ELECTRICAL ENGINEER DESIGN ENGINEERS SIMI Pra.Ye V.—Ln SW Char Raphe, IA 53401 ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS 220 S. GILBERT ST, IOWA CITY, IOWA 52240 • P A R C H I T E C T S 241/2 S Clinton St., Suite 1, Iowa City, IA 52240 P: 319-248-5667 www.opnarchiteOSUcom ARGRTKf mucau"M MINE. MEOWnumvit FCIRIFAVFEOMKING ENGINEER OPN MCHREC'IS RAKER RHODES ENGINEERING DESIGN ENGINEERS H-1/35. CLINTON, ST. 112 E. WASHINGTON ST RBDSPWRIEVIEWLNSW SUIT I SURER EFOAR RANDS. IA 52401 IOWA CRY, IA SUNK IMA CITE IA 52340 z LU U 0 0 z 0 H U D Z 0 OPN PROJECT NUMBER 16404000 U PROJECT AREA (EAST ROOM) DRAWING SHEET INDEX - CONTRACTOR LAYDOW N AREA —� GENERAL DRMNNGS PLUMBING GHAIMNGS • r— G000 COYER SHEET P101 RACQUETBALL COURT PLUMBING PLANS 0001 CODE REVIEW P1@ POOL DECK RESTROOM PLUMBING PUN • PINK, PLUMBING SCHEDULES AND DETAILS SiRucnE1M OP, 5001 SEBRUC STRUCTCKREST ES MECINNM110EMOtlCDEMO-TINGG S101 RESTROOM - STRULTUR.AL H0100 HVAC DEMO -TION PUNS Si EAST ROOM EASTRCOM- SA3 ETAILSSTRUCTURAL EASTRQOM'CETAM9 IGLORAWWGS — H100 HIM (NAC PEWS GENER- 'I • AG001LMCHIfGENERALDRA4NNG5 AG001 GENERAL DRAV.ING INFORIMTICN Real H001 WACDETAILS HVAC SCHEIX.LES AND NOTE9 AGO02 WALL TYPES - _ ELECTRICK DEMOLITION DRAWINGS • EDI01 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLANS AACHITECTURAL D S PD1 POOLDEMODECK KDEMOLITIONRTDEUNS EIECTRMJL ORA LOADING DOCK LOWEELECT LEVELACTOR AD201 RACQUETBALL RACQUETBALL COURT OEMpunoN PLANSELEW E101 ELECTRICAL (CONTR (CONTRACTOR ENTRY) Anlil RAwuEFBA1.1. COURT GEMIXInou EIEVATXJNaDETAILS EMI POiVER PLANS E500 ELECTRICALSCXFDIRESAIACETNtS BUBELECTRICALSC.LIESS LOWER LEVEL PUBLIC ENTRY ESIo ELELTRICK LIGIRING SCXEIXM1ESMIO DETAILS E520 ELECTRIGY NMESM'D 6VMBIX5 ARCXITECTURAL DRANING6 A100 POOL DECK RESTROOM FLOOR It CEIUNG PUNS A101 POOL DECK RESTROOM INTERIOR EUEw`nQN58 DETMLS FIRE AIFRM OEUWEIGS ' A3W EAST ROOMPEWS FAIOI LOWER UEY£L FIRE ALARM PUN-NORTX mi EAST ROOM REFLECTED CEILING PANS FA 02 LOWER UEVELFIRENARM PUN -SOUTH ANN EAST ROOM EVERIOR ELEVATIONS FAIII UPPER LEVEL FIRE ALARM NORTH _ A103 EAST ROOM INTERIOR ELFVAnGaS It DETAILS FA112 I.PPER LEVEL FIRFALMYSdJTN Atq EAST ROOM INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FA500 FIRE ALARM SCfEIXAFS AND DETAILS NX6 EAST ROOM A GYMNASIUM ELEVATIONS AM FAST ROOM DETAILS TELECOMUNIGTION DRAWINGS ANR DOOR SCHEDULE AND TYPES Amn FINISH SCHEDULE AND SPECIFICATIONS TIM TELECOM PUNS • PROJECT AREA( RESTROOM) N N meamy anon mmrr�Hengmeennq ao<omeolwae PNParedMmew Z.7•� � ESSIpI, .., 1n°'_va mweai suceM -+1a amaaaH -)-G N C EU MarcFwRr' �Or �� MartF Ole (TT I]I50 _DECEMBER 31,'d121_(IfiZY3We Ryrsarnl+ee ..IOWA K_ uema aa•M In BM PKI ✓ v.q«amw�wee NdNaeK CA% _7MNOYuhI, Inar lmsengmeennq e—.. won PMP1, me a ESS,T Mw my tlirccl lrersonal suPemsim mi'. I an i'Ry k'ns y�OF. -.ON./ Pmre:eaalEre��a 4auelaewm, slalemla.a Matc Fosle� r 1r21aozo M Fosl pY oI]I50 _DECEMBER 31 M1 OYLiRa W 'OWN u.1« ae-Elannwl. Fin AIPm. rel«omm�nlcwaw' Pagasas„�Irmunmd M Ina �eI ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS 220 S. GILBERT ST, IOWA CITY, IOWA 52240 • P A R C H I T E C T S 241/2 S Clinton St., Suite 1, Iowa City, IA 52240 P: 319-248-5667 www.opnarchiteOSUcom ARGRTKf mucau"M MINE. MEOWnumvit FCIRIFAVFEOMKING ENGINEER OPN MCHREC'IS RAKER RHODES ENGINEERING DESIGN ENGINEERS H-1/35. CLINTON, ST. 112 E. WASHINGTON ST RBDSPWRIEVIEWLNSW SUIT I SURER EFOAR RANDS. IA 52401 IOWA CRY, IA SUNK IMA CITE IA 52340 z LU U 0 0 z 0 H U D Z 0 OPN PROJECT NUMBER 16404000 U J I I i R 1 9 II fl G 215735E 51 • — 53 I J T- NIIIIII �. as A,3 L T "81 SF M AREA J, DFWORK RACOUEfBN1 COURT - Ilnll IIIIII L _ I 1 5I 97] 54 X - NtFA OE WORK POOL RESTROOM 2 1 1 LOWER LEVEL- GROSS OCCUPANCY PLAN TIBC) 2 I UPPER LEVEL- GROSS OCCUPANCYPIAN (IBC) _ 1/32'= 1'4" 1/32' =1'-d' H FEDEMLGUIDELIMES: ASSFYBLV-19MSF INTRATFD •I _ �GROES BUILDING AREA 15 130 5 1J0 - NOTES EXERCISE ROOMS G 1.5Is, Z 50 370 _ LONER LEVEL IAt STORAGE MECHAN CPL UPPEF LEVEL 953 SF 5a]OSF 300 e F STORAGE ECHAN CAL 60335E 200 SF UPPFRLEVEL 3W 1 135F $TORAH AE319 BE ANICA E W0 2 - 0 2 D =III C STORAGEAIECHANICAL ASSEMBLYLNCONCENRAGED2 W 2 BUSINESS AREA EKE0.CISE ROOMS EDUCATIONAL/SHOPS POOL 674 DF POOL DECK 50 10 • STORAGMECHIMCAL STORAGEIMECHANICAL 112 B Boo BUSINESS AREA M BE 1W EQL&jWSHONS 1785F FBE 4' BUSINESS AREA 181 SF -- 100. 2 ASSEMBLY UNCONCENTRATEO $V SF I 1]' T RANANICAL — 2Y SF NO 1 AS TEEMBLY-0NC NCNCENT TFEMBLY-0NLONCENTRAT D .( 19M SF — 15 13] RED 4513E 5 ]t POOL 172 BE 15 12 13- BVSMESSAREP 1 1605F �IyA 00 IB ASSEMBLY-UNCONLENTMTED 12 S1 15 5 ASSEMBLY-UNCONCENTRATED 247 5E 7 1 m 11 12 1 13 U 1 US 16 APPLICABLE CODE INFORMATION THE PROJECT SNALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING WOES 1 APPI.C. 20XMO LOGES 1 IOWACIT(20NINGWIDE TORO. BSI 1M, t$ -1Y20051 TITLE t40F CITY OF "IPROJECT ZONING P1, NEIGHBORHOOD PUBLIC ALL ENT 20XIN0 WEST CB -10', NORTH CB -105 P; EAST CB -2 B CB -5; SOUTH RMQI SOUTHWEST RFC U••e PUBLIC BUILDINGNARMTNE THE EXISTING BUILDING IS A2M " BY 13SFEET CONCRETE. MASONRY. AND STEEL BUILDING CONSTRUCTED IN USA THE EXISTING BUILDING IS A2 -STORY SPLIT LEVEL STRUCTURE WITH 2STORY TALL VOLUMES AT THE GYMNASIUM. NATATORIUM. MGOUEEBALCOURT AND GAME ROOM. THE DJILDING IS SUPPORTED BY NON PROTECTED STEELSTRUCTURE AND MASONRY BEARING WALLS. RIS PRESUMED TO BE EQUIVALENT TO IBC INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE) TYPE IIB CONSTRUCTION ANO HAS NO VtWRE FIRE SEPARATIONS. THE EXISTING BUILDING ENVELOPE AND STRUCTURE WILL REMAIN. THE PROJECT WILL INSERT NEW WINDOWS UPDATE FINISHES, AND REMOVE SELECTED WALLS. THE OCCUPANCY OF THE EXISTING RACQUETBALL COURT AND GAME ROOM WILL REMAIN A -S (ASSEMBLY) WITH NEW ENTRY AND EX?ING. APPLICABLE BURdNO CODES: $OBINTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE, AS AMENDED .151NTERNATONAL EXISTING BUILDING COLE X15INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE MIS UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE, ASNAENDED 2015 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE 2017 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, AS AMENDED MIS INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE - CHAPTER 15 SWIMMING POOLS AND SPAS FEDEMLGUIDELIMES: toto •I W�( �GROES BUILDING AREA (1BC 50) NOTES UWA Name LAV Z 29. _ LONER LEVEL IAt STORAGEAIECHANICAL ASSEMBLYLNCONCENRAGED2 W 2 BUSINESS AREA EKE0.CISE ROOMS EDUCATIONAL/SHOPS POOL 674 DF POOL DECK 50 10 • STORAGMECHIMCAL STORAGEIMECHANICAL 112 B Boo BUSINESS AREA M BE 1W EQL&jWSHONS 1785F FBE 4' BUSINESS AREA 181 SF -- 100. 2 ASSEMBLY UNCONCENTRATEO $V SF I 1]' T RANANICAL — 2Y SF NO 1 AS TEEMBLY-0NC NCNCENT TFEMBLY-0NLONCENTRAT D .( 19M SF — 15 13] RED 4513E 5 ]t POOL 172 BE 15 12 13- BVSMESSAREP 1 1605F �IyA 00 IB ASSEMBLY-UNCONLENTMTED 12 S1 15 5 ASSEMBLY-UNCONCENTRATED 247 5E 7 1 m 11 12 1 13 U 1 US 16 APPLICABLE CODE INFORMATION THE PROJECT SNALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING WOES 1 APPI.C. 20XMO LOGES 1 IOWACIT(20NINGWIDE TORO. BSI 1M, t$ -1Y20051 TITLE t40F CITY OF "IPROJECT ZONING P1, NEIGHBORHOOD PUBLIC ALL ENT 20XIN0 WEST CB -10', NORTH CB -105 P; EAST CB -2 B CB -5; SOUTH RMQI SOUTHWEST RFC U••e PUBLIC BUILDINGNARMTNE THE EXISTING BUILDING IS A2M " BY 13SFEET CONCRETE. MASONRY. AND STEEL BUILDING CONSTRUCTED IN USA THE EXISTING BUILDING IS A2 -STORY SPLIT LEVEL STRUCTURE WITH 2STORY TALL VOLUMES AT THE GYMNASIUM. NATATORIUM. MGOUEEBALCOURT AND GAME ROOM. THE DJILDING IS SUPPORTED BY NON PROTECTED STEELSTRUCTURE AND MASONRY BEARING WALLS. RIS PRESUMED TO BE EQUIVALENT TO IBC INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE) TYPE IIB CONSTRUCTION ANO HAS NO VtWRE FIRE SEPARATIONS. THE EXISTING BUILDING ENVELOPE AND STRUCTURE WILL REMAIN. THE PROJECT WILL INSERT NEW WINDOWS UPDATE FINISHES, AND REMOVE SELECTED WALLS. THE OCCUPANCY OF THE EXISTING RACQUETBALL COURT AND GAME ROOM WILL REMAIN A -S (ASSEMBLY) WITH NEW ENTRY AND EX?ING. APPLICABLE BURdNO CODES: $OBINTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE, AS AMENDED .151NTERNATONAL EXISTING BUILDING COLE X15INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE MIS UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE, ASNAENDED 2015 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE 2017 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, AS AMENDED MIS INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE - CHAPTER 15 SWIMMING POOLS AND SPAS 17 V, 19 ]31 21 IBC CHAPTER 3 - USE AND OCCUPANCY CIAASFILATIOX FgMSEPARATED OCCUPANCIES ASSEMBLY GROUP 0.2, SECTION ]GIS (SOCIAL HAUL 6 ARM WHERE FOOD US CONSUMED ANDIOR ENTERTAINMENT IS PROVIDED) ASSEMBLY GROUP AD SECTION ]OS4(GYM . POOL) BUSINESS GROUP S. BECTON 3W (OFFICES) SI STORAGE GROUP, SECTION 311.2 (ARM LARGER THAN INSN IBC "NAPIER 5 -GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAE THE EASTING BUILDING HEIGHT ANO AREA TO REMAIN UNCHANGED. NLOWABIESTORIES A-2 • MY 2 STORIES (TABLE 50.38 550.4) COMPLIANT ALLOWABLE ARE4. AT • B.SCO GSF INS IIB, A-2 OR AJ) AA - 9,500 a A500(75)• 18825 WE EXISTING AREA= N 500 GSE EXISTING NON-COMPLIANT IBL CHAPTER B- CONEENUOTON TVPE SECTION Sit -TYPE IIB OR NIM EOUNAIENT PRIMARY STRUCTURAL FRAME -0 HOURS, NON-0OMBUSTIBLE BEARING WALLS. CONCRETE OR MASONRY UNR$ FLOOR CONSTRULTION.O HELPS . NONCOMBUSTIBLE ROOF CONSTRUCTION. O HOURS. NONCOMBUSTIBLE IEW CHAPTER E-CLAS9NICARON OF WORK SECTION 603 -ALTERATION LEVEL 2 ARCHITECTS 241/25 Clinton SL Suite ,_ "I lA 5220 P. 319285667 —on (MOFKN/ApIY ROBERTA LEE RECHATION CENTER PHAY 2 IMPROVEMENTS Em OF IOWA ary RAKER RHODES ENGINEERING 112E WASHINGTO (STREET IOWACUNJASll P. 314333-0850 DESIGN ENGINEERS MOI NKARIE VIEW LN SW CEDAR RAPIDS, IA 520 P. 319 -0e1 -19V4 DESIGN ENGINEERS MDI PRMRIE VIEW IN SW CEDARRANCEIAS20 P. 3194tl 1M6 FEDEMLGUIDELIMES: SOLO ADA STANDARDS FOR ACCESS ME DESIGN WOMEN SINGLE �GROES BUILDING AREA (1BC 50) NOTES UWA Name LAV LONER IEVFL h] 29. _ LONER LEVEL IAt BEF-] 2]9054 UPPEF LEVEL A-2 5a]OSF LIFTER LEVEL A.3 60335E UPPFRLEVEL B 135F L_ .:,1 BE 17 V, 19 ]31 21 IBC CHAPTER 3 - USE AND OCCUPANCY CIAASFILATIOX FgMSEPARATED OCCUPANCIES ASSEMBLY GROUP 0.2, SECTION ]GIS (SOCIAL HAUL 6 ARM WHERE FOOD US CONSUMED ANDIOR ENTERTAINMENT IS PROVIDED) ASSEMBLY GROUP AD SECTION ]OS4(GYM . POOL) BUSINESS GROUP S. BECTON 3W (OFFICES) SI STORAGE GROUP, SECTION 311.2 (ARM LARGER THAN INSN IBC "NAPIER 5 -GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAE THE EASTING BUILDING HEIGHT ANO AREA TO REMAIN UNCHANGED. NLOWABIESTORIES A-2 • MY 2 STORIES (TABLE 50.38 550.4) COMPLIANT ALLOWABLE ARE4. AT • B.SCO GSF INS IIB, A-2 OR AJ) AA - 9,500 a A500(75)• 18825 WE EXISTING AREA= N 500 GSE EXISTING NON-COMPLIANT IBL CHAPTER B- CONEENUOTON TVPE SECTION Sit -TYPE IIB OR NIM EOUNAIENT PRIMARY STRUCTURAL FRAME -0 HOURS, NON-0OMBUSTIBLE BEARING WALLS. CONCRETE OR MASONRY UNR$ FLOOR CONSTRULTION.O HELPS . NONCOMBUSTIBLE ROOF CONSTRUCTION. O HOURS. NONCOMBUSTIBLE IEW CHAPTER E-CLAS9NICARON OF WORK SECTION 603 -ALTERATION LEVEL 2 ARCHITECTS 241/25 Clinton SL Suite ,_ "I lA 5220 P. 319285667 —on (MOFKN/ApIY ROBERTA LEE RECHATION CENTER PHAY 2 IMPROVEMENTS Em OF IOWA ary RAKER RHODES ENGINEERING 112E WASHINGTO (STREET IOWACUNJASll P. 314333-0850 DESIGN ENGINEERS MOI NKARIE VIEW LN SW CEDAR RAPIDS, IA 520 P. 319 -0e1 -19V4 DESIGN ENGINEERS MDI PRMRIE VIEW IN SW CEDARRANCEIAS20 P. 3194tl 1M6 A 31 LOWER LEVEL - USE PLAN 8OCCUPANT LOAD UPPERLEVELF=USE PLAN 80CCUPANT LOAD 1 2 1 3 1 4 5 6 7 B 9 10 11 12 PLUMBING FIXTURE ANALYSIS F ---T- MEN WOMEN SINGLE USER- DRINKING NOTES 1 LAV _ WC -- USE& OCCUPANT LOAD LEGEND: UV _- WC Wb UV M �) URINALS •"4"j AREANAME XX SF — NET OR GROSS 6F L_ r �1 E%ISTWG OCCUPANT LOM RED 104.5) 4 2 OCCUPNITB TIBC 100.6) RUFF 2010 TABLE 2W2. 1 6 - - TOTALING IBC 102.5 'POOLBGOVERMEDBYIA EN F 'AC CHAPTER IS TABIEB OCCUPANTS MEN WOMEN WC CODE WC REO'0 CODE L^'1 co 4 4 k MEETS CODE TOTAL OCCUPANTS LEVEL - SPMETYPE PAFA _ _ ,IAV ---A MINIMUM; LEVEL REQUIRED 4 5 OCCUPANTLOMFACTOR LOWER LEVEL 2 TOTALUVMEETS MEN WOMEN ME CODE MINIMUM OFFER LONERLEVEL _ IASSEMBLYiA2Lp10ENiRATED '19]B SF j100GROW 130 65 BS 1_75 NA efi 1PER 40 18? 1 -, 13 14 15 16 LOKERIEVEI BUMNESSAIIFA 12i $F 1W GROSS f _ 1 1 .1'.50 02 O$ 1PER1W LONER LEVEL __ E%EAG6EROCMS _ _ UAMBE WGR055 _ 369 IBS 185 1_125/1,55 1" 265 1PERM ❑ASSEMBLYIWCONCENTMTED LOWER LEVEL PICC 4536 BE 50 GROSS 0(IBCI12ML(.CI 4]II40• 4]X40• 1'. 12M�i3d4-).3NI 3 IZAP 1PER 200 (1') 11 [',,BUSINESSAREA LOWER LEVEL POCLDECK $R°ABE 15GROSS 25.0 BCI I 0- (AC) 12W 129M` 1'.1$52185(0) 1WA 9841 1PER 200 BN 1L -MMI - J ❑ EWCATIONA35HOP8 LOWER LEVEL _ STORA3191i IANKPL N53 BE i]LOGROSS - B I 4 1.10 0 0 1PER 100 0 0 CA) l El POOL DECK UPPERLEVEL SUB TOTAL' 659 _ L(] ❑STOFAGEAIECHANICAL UPPER LEVEL ABSENBLY UNLONCENRiATEO ]DOS SF x'15 NEi 11 200 100 100 1 T5 1]] 1.]] 1PER40 35 25 BTM UPPER LEVEL BUMNESSPRFA 18805E 100 GRO55� 18 9 9 1'.50 18 1PER 100 .OB W UPPER LEVEL EIXOATIONAI9KW6 BSO SF 50 NET 1T B B 1.125/1 B5 OT 14 1PER 6p .1B 18 UPPERLEVEL POOLLKK 1]254 15 GR055 12 6 B 1 1351185(01 .DSO' ,0Y0' 1PER SO I% W O$ t^^' °•' LITL JoUPPER LEVEL UORAGENELHN2IDLL__ 8955E _ 3000_ROSS -18 2 1 1 .1:100 0101 0, IFER100 .IN 01.IN Ot r _ .—..- 9ATOTK•b9 - SECTION 15 (1) ONE INDNIDUK PER 15 M OF WATER SURFACE IN SHALLOW AREAS (ZONE INDNIDUAL PER 20 FT20F WATER SURFACE IN DEEP ARM DIV IDU) WITH THEEKCLUSION OF 3W M OF WATER SURFACE FOR EACH DMNG BOARD 'SHALLOW WATER' MEANS THOSE AREAS OF A SWIMMING POOL WHERE THE WATER %5 FT DEEP OR LESS. A 31 LOWER LEVEL - USE PLAN 8OCCUPANT LOAD UPPERLEVELF=USE PLAN 80CCUPANT LOAD 1 2 1 3 1 4 5 6 7 B 9 10 11 12 PLUMBING FIXTURE ANALYSIS F ---T- MEN WOMEN SINGLE USER- DRINKING NOTES 1 LAV _ WC FOUNTAINS UV _- WC Wb UV M URINALS L_ -2F E%ISTWG S 4 2 6 l 6 TOTALING AFTER RENOVATION 2 S 4�2 4 4 ] MEETS CODE LOWER MINIMUM; LEVEL REQUIRED 4 5 4 I 0 0 2 TOTALUVMEETS SUM .2 CODE MINIMUM OFFER NO WORK — - 13 14 15 16 17 L 1 IS I N 1MOIOW LOxsTRL2L2" OOCUMENTSEXR CODE REVIEW it w G001 r O � R N M L R ] H G E E D c B A 7 a GENE ME NTF-FD TO UP USED WITH -CN1111- IFFIRSECAL All ELECTORAL STAFTER W, VEWEV ALL OFTERNAMIN ME ELL ARMIR TO FrtIFBRGnMI UP ART MR Ws ORMSUOR AM�AL OPTIMUM EIEC RICAL SELECTRICAL RDON Ras AND OE'MIIES.:ENL NOT BNCMN CAN UWAI ECirvE`NNATE MUTATION UPS ABC BE,BI.E�T OF ALL iwOEG BASALS i0 GTE ppTIM REPCPTAFTER CREPNKEB GRANINGB IIECTAVDB1RVCl11RN RN CRASHES OERECORO HE OF ENCERELL RULES SUI ENTATE ME CT RMCEIGr REFER TO R1 MAC7 SPECIFICATIONS FUR USREQUIREMENTS RGE CENTS MENTE"pME GExE"N NOTES AND UI O OE TALI , PARD MARMOLEMBRANYMPLARST Gxnvl"n TOO ULEMLIXrtMCEFAVORS ABXm OREARWISFIUFwTICH'IFALL pY BE wnEUT ITS MOCCURSO By AND AT THE EFFORT I THE CS�-�T� SUPPORT SYSTEMS FE YSSENITEFO MPORARY U ° .IE TC SYTURA RTnSTABLE O ":Oi45MEM UPS CONTRACCOpx6E ANUW,.-RTrNE NEW AFTISFY OF MEPRNL SEQUENCES SRI. Cl S11UA1GA ,EIFYNTS DU- ME CONSTRUE NOW PERIOD MR, :ualleiaLsswmGTHE . MANALEAT AMID MER SUSELON7RACTONG PIG7QM NSMUERE RIF6NM➢ LONGER AUSTAI MIT THAT TUBS � I .S�RLCiPNLiR CG SRI OI1 CODE i, a FAME wroN R3 INEMn TURNED I 1. MH IN°OO"O PREEF SSI R W W GPS C°XCEx DIM LOALN: 1. 1. ' .LL SEARSTEENCENTER :. . I IT z �.I FT'1 mBu OW RRORP ETERS. BISECEEC DEMEBONAIGUSn IS, PER HERE GATEI WENTR SURE WEGRY R NRIINPREssWE CRFN CE •Ale AS `J ONMIE WALL RFl SC S Fn✓F IWmIG RMVlT I NIEACwI AI4NI SOBS OPB uLEEwrue F. MELECMM. AwROOFRIar ULD LwO v0 RacN roIU LRM LVEN THE AENSI FViRE CORNERS. VERSTRAL PROM NR d N MVE Sol iviWRFui RVOVLx'T6uEGINm .I AT'PRrooso IMAPPAPPROVAL ENGINEER UP EMITTED w] AND SHOP DRAWYNGS SHALL 'D CHECKED BY THE rAM NNO APPROVED BY FIRE FOR NALL TOR TACTICS RE ORONI ENGINEER OF I SHOP TOG R. AS Exf CEN IT UNESCO TO VERNSFYING GENERAL CONFIC" .11. ME DONSTERADECTS 15 RESPONSIBLE MA ANY rLMnRiFROM THE CunMB T ERPAs. cooRRW TION ERaRB. R CR®wls N SHARP CHARYBDIS SO FABRICATION l `AM. REIIGIExA�T S. ALL MRunYRAL MEA. NEL OMPAL 1.11.. `CpRMAYSTRr N IFRSR�FExOtYs PFfOREPOR. MI A BiPVCFVML $FEEL RRY BE ARRANGEMENT ni A LT US BROADSIDES SW SHOP DRAWINGS SMALL INCLUDE SMAECTIOXS AS WELL IA SITE, SPACING, AND GRACE OF ALL MEMBI PLANS MET My DETERMINING FIT AD PLACEMENT SHALL ALTO BRE CALCIUM FOR SU] A TRUE wDRWENGSCAFLERAARON ORROD TO ME CENTS OF THE CEWE CF AVE NGLSTAL RESSREP E 916 NMEw S5ALIOvu MF DMREN HFGNIMO�EES CTO Rr RIND UPLNT xorwreG Rr1A"i°e Aia D°FADErAR`a °SiHOW EFUR NfEso- A An PENN THAT ME NP"FFE AN MMECu MOTOR SNAIL KEME MY SOMEONE TECHNICAL FROM THE "A' Pwoou`cTSOISPI"IEc•IGRwAwlcivmmNL A➢PUCABEE [oOESAM RGAREACHI r" 9RELECTRICAL REMEMBER MACHINERY � MO FABRICATED PRME MA I PAC TOR STRAND. CUTURDINSTE MCI REST�KTS OF YING .M THE STRUCTURE MY CONNECTABLE TOSURE SxALL CONFORM TO ME wI ST11 MAYE. AMI SRI B D SHATE. SE Ee .LAMP➢ T° ME MCNIIECT PRIOR TO FY AN ENGINEER REG�TERNFD IN ABRU�TLON AF FILM ENGINEERED RTA0.s DEVELOPED By ME CONTACTOR THAT OFFER TYPECAL STRUCTURAL SPERMS N ABBREVIATIONS wv WECHARTERED WRESTLE CHANNXG"EMNG! 5 6 ] GETS, STRUCTATUAL NI SRC UL wsPECTMx PROGEnaswLLcasanMTOA.wR I,MTIe EE. $°' HEONNE Fp0"S AND mE�NPwP `OJEcrsrECE aw`iuinq oiscNRr "�Wn Nc 17 M9 'Ws OWNER 4RURRELME L siPciu Ewu EWIIXEEER Al CoUNDI roTRACC°N°°Fn`NL sPF SPECIAL RAPEROR5AL WORK RM SUBMIT E' BEST OF1niE�lCALR�EEDEFIRST TI SMAlEME. DEMOCRATS) N NLGRMNCE VCH ME CONBTRUCiCN W D.T'S SPS BRCNL NSPELM`RNGIUa 8 YEORAIIM.EIOFRRiEP IiYI 1. NIECTRERBROpf.euloECP]xallaNurun°w. RVFIlYII:CBEEIf. PeXOoc z MNTRMEMRMMRwnRIG N S/] 5 Oin[on 5[.. EuhR 1 A F� WRCTNN®�NMMYROMOM1ONJBANoIIMIlWNM1YR3 • FYETNElY9. wRRRYa1R' F� CNV4C}N10TPN4D5. ESO uls wExw�iraNTMo,CNEDw .NNNxINc soxD PALMER ICRTE PEPC4C MESAS WX l NMNBENESTRE a5 T6 Ly ONCONu 1SUBSTANCE TEIEM, LONpYWINW"YMCIIIF➢ ASCRIBES INTENDED A. MESDAMES TO CCNf. A WNY'll ANCIEN& M B.INbgRB IpT CLAND ATE F.SSEL GENI SLEEVE. .BECM°UT AMAGMEN EMBEWE° DEGREEFEET a NERBI R As. WAC I.xa ROBERT A EEE RECREATION CENTER R PUCM TO CpCAEIE RKEE W FABRICATE AEERFNO]NEBIRBYM POSTS K RE WVRRNCgrt T TESTS MDCE1NYEcgC1EM CONFORM TO ASTM CBS UNITS SN>LL BE BOMLED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCEDCERN WIM A. CON USO NEAR UHN NE REAL SHALL HT aRR AIRCNT}1]EpReOYEi REASONS. IN CAUSE SHALL NUT RE LAURFORE IN PULSESETS G.R. I NAEYTwIMExw'FR S�RBCIFIEO YRWGrBFELNTII@a M]XOYFH 191COL R III ANN. DESIGNS FE FOR AN HURS, OF ME P. W""'°ETULS AND B NOT Ng sT FALL BE MIAM NOTED RLGW WASTES CIMz LECIW[CK RGERECAMPTSENG UN P. 319-333.7850 AT TERC ONOFD EF TTR NCR REEKS PEPEAC nvERFr Or w.ANCRIGNEre sTRx GMEMaB mEpxGR IExmxS Ix E W T M xAMN cpxcRE TE a RMB°ro Rewvu a BXRC RFAMEinRERFSu SCADMIUMA vRmc 13NEPESERS, V'R. PSVEE.LWRMXIe O'I.EXMCMBOFME P511CRElE EEMEI1EEXpfORLEO. RE I . WGN PENINS EAPPNGB.4181NnSIT ,R AN. ' mFIETIRcnR ERCVI RATED SPEAFEALIVY"Fu. N TI AS�iEs PFRmc ] wsunR OT.,.. ANASRIIBRso IOTIEmEN AcmRONEE w. AmC1F I SB I RS FO" sEls<OlmaTwmmur PENus .uMte°MY COMPLAIEN RAxs. VfNFY THAT ME EOLEPWJ ANS EST 1ANDE A RKOPTV15R91Ew¢PAnEOSONtw FgpyE IF CONSIST PUTION SIT WQRTM AGENTS . MD.. ANA.AI .0.1. IT IN C CM A REFFUNCIAIC SwLANDOMN TL RE STEALTH O UFIG CI.K58 -"ITTRIC YOUP, ME 1. ARESS NGORI NOTICED. NNSMRFµ RCA 5 GRACE TYPE $ SITE OF FENIRANCNOR MLTR PERCCC FINN MTE OF MEM WANT LOLNNIIMOFx NCHESIn NueNMERS. * .1C�116N� .1 SITE IMPACTS ORMAT PER. E CON9 LHON OF MORTARJORTS. M 'I CTUM ESSESPHRUCHOWN EFIBMM MBLC e °pE A PERU ENCE A OouON �R YEexYIIs.IIwLwIERa. EnAR`iEnow mYET ALEGI ARYTH ME MANUFACTUREIR S REC�EN�'.�l c NspxoRRE.FRDEERA+aTRESSET YW.- ELL AD 11.1 D. B ME- INSPECTION IS NOT FUGGLERED FOR .- 111�lC y AN -CENTER BCE MEREN CN14 3 UPS PROVED WA. 7 ALILKIISMESNALLSIONATTEDUALLYNSPECTED 1 9 10 I1 1 12 13 111 ul cwcxelEww.AwucaFRMTAT N S/] 5 Oin[on 5[.. EuhR 1 U NO � DRAWINGS AND CLOTECHNICAL REPORT cwNERmAGRA RIG GAI caxruFe wsca.EVN1AwL CGET ONE FO CDART Ri OF THE SO "G AND. RECT, UMKA,AMUSTR°nCEAGE". BE` a°EUEF`Eo"�iiaEx pm eNumlEl`Ilro ESO uls wExw�iraNTMo,CNEDw .NNNxINc soxD PALMER Lplpl£41yIIVONTN LAg1FOVFAM.4 MIPIIl11oE CLOSED OBEEOWxC OUNCEUUDS 0 AGM [INOIC`G. SRD w a5 uLE.POssD EDf£saFcacnsre r.FBeEm 9xALLBFCIWEERNWGXO. g1 NTS NTFAIILNT LLSSHQNLL ERNMED BYGVERuwNG RSEs w CLAND ATE F.SSEL GENI SLEEVE. .BECM°UT AMAGMEN EMBEWE° DEGREEFEET cM ,LLL VNPBSNAURE"D"wLvhI COIICRETEM..WNRYMNNI M CEMENTSTRENGTH N z W] Ps1 IMSEMNY DF A 2 W] P911 AND ROBERT A EEE RECREATION CENTER ME STRUCTURAL WINGS ON, EE uvPOVFD By ME SUCTV"u ExGNEEP PPM TO PORING CURT CONFORM TO ASTM CBS UNITS SN>LL BE BOMLED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCEDCERN WIM A. CON USO NEAR UHN NE REAL SHALL Bi US.IEII REASONS. IN CAUSE SHALL NUT RE LAURFORE IN PULSESETS G.R. WILU ITS LCED umvE RAFTED RIpDES ENGINEERIW MAN DATE THIN ` OF 'HE MET KEY END OF THE TOR AFTELL KV, pT RE TECNRAL. AN HURS, OF ME P. W""'°ETULS AND B NOT Ng sT FALL BE MIAM NOTED RLGW CN13 I WALLIS TALLER THAN 'I . IN REARM CIMz LECIW[CK THE DO By A GGELPFIESS EPSOM NIEFECTUR NOW AN ESTABLUNDING TESTING NOTES', LEAD MD TESTED RESTRUSEENVENTS REFER TO THE PROLJP�T STATEG. P. 319-333.7850 ELECTRICAL AND PLUAT"O REOIIwERxrs RCN TO WAR. CW SUTRAS TE MAGNNY PENFMCEMENT Au WSUCHNI 8901 PRI VIEW US sw ASIS GRFLEtl 11 GEM RR M US3i01 P Cx.I AND ACE RNT DRRENCKFBR NTTI SSDT CNI35 WALL JOINT BUYING BRAND MET BECTED YIN FEET CM] C1UCf EBV NO NVCED NqE "G URNS ffAAtl.eT wl lD unAn �rvcE OS .n DRAW KPI.SFACHUNTS AwEAIlDRROB RE RENFpv ACRES"NI "x'SWIRcoRT.BIWs . MD.. ANA.AI .0.1. IT IN C CM A REFFUNCIAIC SwLANDOMN TL RE STEALTH O UFIG CI.K58 CENTERSS YCH TIN POSTS LOST BERIBERI I S' UP MA N"S� ANNY_ NOTICED. NNSMRFµ µFDESCIBING �Y USEBOUNCIAT ° ¢N CIU.A CHRAM O ON MLLCURO .RI CLUCKS ON T O ME TAL CNAmS. AM SPECIMEN I ME FINN MTE OF MEM WANT LOLNNIIMOFx NCHESIn NueNMERS. CLASS CIXN_ 1CR¢MTAL WALL RPM FHRp gw'IERS COI IIrmc CWBALINHO NPFlXiMF]U9 BAPS SHALL BE PRINIGE° AT ALL ONCE AMID ROOF USES. AT ME CEMLEFFED AL UND SHES, CRIER OFMIXdIRiRR OEFnL`LMSUB50NCJiI➢E LF&iBBVTIq S31NW: nTfdSmEVCTEW.px3. LOT CANDART CM UMBRAGE FOR 1REl(WRS w CN I IEv EapM,F➢t° MNtM Clai vBwttBRr R RI ANNE AEGI ESC GEN TO AFAT.. US NI STAN, w.Ms U. s°EE XII MEMO swuEX...._ VENT BEAMS, MUUQM PNMViv RDXPOP AMENT, TIES SCRELPS .1 AYAV CVYX`MPTEss"ORNORENCLORS N 0.51MCSP SALL BE YFAREOIBYELwLWM .W AWL R RFAIWYB. 'GOTHIC, D -IRI WMIBNFABg55 RIPA MRNfNSPEIwWs. IA GESS EST 1.4001 W sRUw NLVEctRsxulRMtNED ENn WARN E m TIEAAEnx M CME KRn LCONTROLAUNTS CMEI S HILL BE SPASM WHO THE TERMSR A 151 LENGTHM ER <ORUwIUE NNM CM5]CCAFE P.MMUCLATAISANINATUNCELEANALAY'. HEADER KM� COURTESANS REGIME �R� CONDUCT LIGHTS ADJACENT 70 CORNERS M `RS NeRE NcaSTlIO NSLL ME ERROR PIBACnxiwT.1 CulmwuS THROAT CRE UMEU MTEn OMERw15E.1. SAI, AS IT1ANT. PLAT. PREVERSTRANDSTE CAR n: r CMI Cal 15 16 IT 18 19 IS 1 21 w©© NE71 :::j ARCHITECTS C-) AI N S/] 5 Oin[on 5[.. EuhR 1 U NO � DRAWINGS AND CLOTECHNICAL REPORT EFE USERS (VICTIMS LATMOR THAM I I . LENNUGHT rn OATH C 3lslae-91248- I P: s66T pWVv D•pgOl NVENG"armnms.Cam Lplpl£41yIIVONTN LAg1FOVFAM.4 INN NY MEBEBMINE PWT RD. MEET wNwllvo x. ED NNNNN s1EREEA N.Mi+N m mnP I.Iu. IsrN LV.W (IIYOF gWRC11Y LENTS ROBERT A EEE RECREATION CENTER DEPOSIT FG -O 11 F � CRT, , MANTAIN A COMFOL LISP, SPACE � � ��y I I SAN I A L STEEL LEADERS LIVER 8 L LORD SINALL HAPS R GEN A ME G�AC ED TO VATC R WALL HEINFORT ING Bi US.IEII CITY OF IOWA CITY p4WMb umvE RAFTED RIpDES ENGINEERIW I ON FAMSIMECAPTRATEREVESSEENTIMINERECTEDW�0I SPECTRA 11 OF ]31 E WASHINGTON STREET CN13 I WALLIS TALLER THAN 'I . IN REARM ANNA Cm, u 5220 THE DO By A GGELPFIESS EPSOM NIEFECTUR NOW AN ESTABLUNDING TESTING NOTES', LEAD MD TESTED RESTRUSEENVENTS REFER TO THE PROLJP�T STATEG. P. 319-333.7850 S 1CT .,GS 11 1. C. . THURTER THAN S NN "N' & ME STSCIFIC STRUCTINSAL BETTER RECENT ME TESTING AGENTES, .- OEM FSERNES 8901 PRI VIEW US sw �! ON! STRIKES WALL ANST WITHNS CT US ALL CORNERS MO IN ONE GEM RR M US3i01 STRUDIUSALL ENGINEER IONT. . ITS. IF CAL 319U1-19eE CNI35 WALL JOINT BUYING BRAND MET BECTED YIN FEET AND. 11 �A1, wl - MERGE ENGINEERS DRAW KPI.SFACHUNTS ASCII ENSURE NEW IN SW FORD. ANA.AI .0.1. COME USTALTALUDIREITALI.SPECTRUNT R 319841 -19TH 1 NOTICED. A,.T ALTERNATE ¢N EOWLF�AL NueNMERS. RE BID MCN M 'I CTUM ECT EFIBMM MBLC MANOR I FR PROBLEM PLAN ANT SESTATI AN. BYTE ALEGI ARYTH ME MANUFACTUREIR S REC�EN�'.�l BP YW.- ELL AD 11.1 D. B ME- INSPECTION IS NOT FUGGLERED FOR .- 111�lC y AN -CENTER BCE MEREN CN14 3 UPS PROVED WA. 7 ALILKIISMESNALLSIONATTEDUALLYNSPECTED RESEDWLDIIIGMANAT RG ANCHORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN SI ACCORDANCE WID, SCONGENTS.E. 9 INSPECTION FOR PMFABW�TADFCMTFI STALL RE THE PERNEAS IF THE �R� MAMIFACTRR MxNRN. APFNO� FACT NO CONCRETES DURING INSTALLATION EL QNI Ne NTE 15 16 IT 18 19 IS 1 21 w©© NE71 :::j ARCHITECTS C-) AI N S/] 5 Oin[on 5[.. EuhR 1 �r 9xxea rn OATH C 3lslae-91248- I P: s66T pWVv D•pgOl NVENG"armnms.Cam Lplpl£41yIIVONTN LAg1FOVFAM.4 INN NY MEBEBMINE PWT RD. MEET wNwllvo x. ED NNNNN s1EREEA N.Mi+N m mnP I.Iu. IsrN LV.W (IIYOF gWRC11Y LENTS ROBERT A EEE RECREATION CENTER Yzl OMNIANCLECUT NOSE] IMPROVEMENTS Bi US.IEII CITY OF IOWA CITY p4WMb umvE RAFTED RIpDES ENGINEERIW ppFp IfMG BEE1pQpPPAL ]31 E WASHINGTON STREET RUREW ANNA Cm, u 5220 cIV R T Br"SOPEN P. 319-333.7850 1 DESIGN ENGINEERS LCMSSEEVPS11Y11 8901 PRI VIEW US sw WANIm GEM RR M US3i01 jE. 319U1-19eE EEBNN LT DA, �A1, wl - MERGE ENGINEERS 'SN1 ASCII ENSURE NEW IN SW FORD. CEOM RAPIDS, M 5240E � I R 319841 -19TH 1 S� w NE71 :::j C-) AI tag �r BE Al,INSTMNE rn OATH SEEN BED N ME CONSTRUCTION TOOK MASS UP SFE CONTINUOUS INSPECTION WILL NOT BE CNI.A UPS EPoXV FELLOW TONE HBn NO- RE MIM] OR APPROVED WI WFW 90MY �•. ArA� PREQUIIED WING pEFFEENCATp"IF THE AFFECTED AGENCY CERMFIES ME COXSIPYC1pX E°UNAI£XF WITH MORAL CC TERI ADD SHEAR VALUES EPoxv P1BlE PEW AM EMB RES IXSP NEW A NTING CONCRETE OFFIUE INSTALLED IN NG M1AF,JACCORULl wrtx BE M EAWSONBT ME wCWONG1 TA `sNALSEp UFERNL LOAD NO.. ST.5Pµ1 RE'A ' PJNS WNOTITNT BEINF°XCI IF }"J PREELINAMBEHISSMES M 1-G -A SxLLL.1 AIM OIYRA TV R r NO y ry6Gprt - AEL N E, SI TsANOAl YEMENI BE Al,INSTMNE ."OF BMT SEEN pWVv D•pgOl LN Lplpl£41yIIVONTN LAg1FOVFAM.4 EST. MEBEBMINE PWT RD. MEET AE55 ED NNNNN s1EREEA BE LV.W LENTS AT Yzl OMNIANCLECUT u8C Bi US.IEII LNm p4WMb US L. ppFp IfMG BEE1pQpPPAL NA RUREW ASI cIV R T Br"SOPEN EI F MIIPI E 4Mw wr DEREIDPrmuNL LCMSSEEVPS11Y11 UPS WANIm ITS RSTNG ANDwFENPu EEBNN LT DA, uuM pApE M> REnuuT"qu6 w NEURON ATMELY W"E aMP ROHM OAYY ALL A➢VL ICMSRm REL£ GOR R THIO AL. E.I. FR. LATERAL LAN ryIM FORD. NEE IEpNPC/y ELECi0.f BE' NOTICED. A,.T ALTERNATE ¢N EOWLF�AL NueNMERS. RE BID MCN M 'I CTUM ECT EFIBMM MBLC nAIYVA9 N.M1 COMMERCE BYTE NR B.. E BP `N BCE MEREN WA. S SEL RESEDWLDIIIGMANAT RG REARM MxIsscDLUEa1E SEE MAMIFACTRR MxNRN. GJ.I, EL QNI Ne NTE iCUREPSAN c.aTN EUCE FT iW RRM"T un METAL EOUB ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER -OVERALL PLAN SANNE�WRL°E""L4E LORD CONCRETE MA50xNV RM '' A .Pe .. B`E:AscRD»IB.MB MCC CEBpN NPAN SRCS SPECFXwMIITION CPU `E COMPLETE TENETwTpN CEL RRLNE WV. a WLVNIIIFD RMNucpxmr NIC. SPECIFICATION! CUTS BTNIG siRRAN°"EIUP°nAL pA GLEN THERM f MTS NOT ISR p SCOM PERSON USTREDWMMN . ERGREM W "R Mp"R UOSM R. YNp ,YPIAM LNLFffi NDTFG p,RRN6E MEET, CCxT WLiSMVC RE,MENSSROLPLYOEp GOR A,pwLBAFEwAM egoAN vEnRY1.L CpIM ORRNKTR M. M ORRpNW S(MeT VIP NFACVN RLD MEMO VEINED RP `GAMES SEA DL CENTAURI WI ANCHOR LEAD 1. ..A V PCL AATE FLIMS CORONETS WTRUM R WRpRHf WWF IRpVMEPAMO 1 2 3 4 5 e J e 1-G -A SxLLL.1 AIM OIYRA TV R r NO y ry6Gprt - BOBBE MATERIALS-� AN, mxs R "N'T" C COMMITTEESFz 1-� Bz IBD RS FYW®PN __ Yzl OMNIANCLECUT OF, CC C-EUSTEELWRK 9MLLCOKCb Nrrx CNWERyR THE. I N]N MOSTES wnE FYARNT. FvnSBB Pw OWrc sTEE RcsxARosTUW FCREnFMM MaoBIOMASS cs'r°vinwLDuumL srELISLeI`E`wue AMMAA rELD s1nEMMRnmFR �.--J SSSS N..-.ORR'I.51118IF TEND LION AND A ON _CBUT TO ME " SNR. BE 1'11 AN. 11 ON ANS .1 THE SRA£. CA. AHO WIN TENSILES1XRfTB ..PW SPACING SNI M ME"C"7SPAR NELD SOMALI. .TIE WELD ES M1M,�M ITS All COWSWAN STOOD TRACXOWCGW, AH°ACCESBR£S THAI BE EEBNN FORMED RFROM ExFe6EAGL iwNA�AvAwEGc�w n. END ME M> REnuuT"qu6 w NEURON ATMELY W"E aMP ROHM OAYY ALL CAN CAN ICMSRm REL£ GOR R THIO AL. E.I. FR. LATERAL LAN ryIM NES FRAPPED.Od GEPFABM1NOdEG1C1®RILFgNiBY LUN. ACTS'...E.. GUAR°us B-CEGO IN NUMC"CNw. rEVgIMYUYYegMN91° E THE THE 10EyHI AM NBrALUI"N1 6s rERrILNL RCTIEW OEMEwNLNE51&r .LEONSIRENEpMR MFwNl EACMwTERW sxw MrE:CRD NIDRw.wM:lEHl1a RN RAR FARIUrox µ CE.ECTWAWVNNA6010VCEArIx-- �1AC MS1NDcrdzalnNL AUC BFn N1LGN8tlNXENIMN.AMrR CARE LSxaROCHfu srRMRCRBOM EAC6AT MMO' ""PRON`vOse `NGS SES ALS BOLES KN SIm CONNECTOR, ro ROWrILN 91.16 BRIM RF6 WLrsroN As1Ee xRRlw cGNwwcewTHMBMNBEAcnxaas wACm RAIN SFuADS�TE MA BAE., R MEEVLLW9f TEDCu"MPUcmx w. AN Mn.1 sssz BNRLmirs SHALL RE Ba'�LCo TH1uTWER U NO CFi ER LORD SERIFS SNR SIm AlA11 BE FRLYSEnrBoxmrcX OVRLIEO TO TNUTf PULL SNDBFINS] NOTSHALL.AN TANG SULDINGox9TPucEIo�I. WETING SNiv«sA Rea ADINE U n`CODES FOR ABC AND Aw`�M`EE N 1 OR I AND RixiE:u CR EGUE. HALL BE CLW wa3zEl. BUD x RILEx OR AN "ANSI""EESMIiR HIMALEvUDEVE MEWP?LNMUMUKESSEAILBENTMN ME PARAMETER L uTURER SEE MGFOx1EBsrEELWEMwawLcaFRRNvnTHAweolz. SO WXD`S SHWEWMFBELORDDOW ESEELCOES AND SN4L BE BNB EexIRNM WED CMGFRSEBS¢R SMJNH ME FR PPoCNG NFPJ9E9 ONLY FEW.CROWN °""NTw.ro"PERFORMED. CREDITED WEIDMBINAcmR°wcEWTHAWB°,1 M°`° "EG IOMB ADFGREMORIO ER ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER -OVERALL PLAN "II PwmEITBIn RS ru GP OCDIA,E M,G.wA1 '' A .Pe .. B`E:AscRD»IB.MB TYN"IC°RSFRWAYeFB.MwRm0I MPABo1TOCGN.�EMEDIM MI,DMNALL,NAENB PR wALLB.e �II_2aa' _. :,.E`"w BI�AL«A.so^r.,nlssl"'EAiLireu Ci AIOr ANNSEnwMR NORTH ese NUMBS AllffEL. ANTIS EaLRVIBcauMls MITI STEELr°EW"'"`En N 1M.oE"OoeEOOEPUT vACFs" ANN MR, bL.E dTr8UE rR IvaOCnFLIMALBMSCPE SHIM N AWAS MM IMM xueERry ALL UNTI EL ¢E A99MNES LOCAMB N ERFN]N wxa5 SFUB WHERE PELF&PEAIRMGALN.WBArKHMEPMTGEAIMGEA EHOOF�GPRaFss RT SEE, MTNcdPEIE EddY1ME 9 SO 1 33 li 13 1 14 1 IS I 16 SJ 1 1B 19 1 2G 1 23 �B.owpo COxsiRucnox DS/I .NRENR STRUCTURAL NOTES J I 1 3 1 3 1 1 5 6 ] 1 R 9 10 21 1 12 1 13 ]< 15 16 17 Os l9 20 21 w IN m ARCHITECTS O SM 20 U2 S OIMm St., Sulo 1 lom GTN, IA SENO P: 3142KiMT NCE xiwmAEO wPe i. ARI_� �� •i.IP w,rMrh NDLcom NVIC:LnNrtP6wOE 6,we AADAAl f wwD MNYL RFIKpiOEAENi P M�Orn'•IEIYRGL FME=E\ENT [uNEIFxE TM•NWL tl2]— em•swv<«iw• x 51LCE�FxOIx=u P.W -- _ Gxl IERS _ e.A DI xLR.voxoow I "a IowAcm gg ONEN oFw CORxER FOR RY - - ms.zow.caXup ' T an 13 ureR OFaExF I I - IODDR'DiE END Ew b! B x a I + t I ._ REEN. LEPTN.�M I m� oM w+O.nDENntF mEXOE b r " I _ _ - _ _ _ 1 0.0MRT A LEE RECREATION CENTER OFFER OPTED SAIRS O,Tx61DEN Ci ggEa 1lIIF'SEE CEW Eqi PEWIREO e { OF.m.i, a-DCNwi PNPSE 2IMPROVEMENIS cT1W 6R£CEs,F£VE6 I �_ PRADAR FErnvEAIn91O0 On OF lows an I I i. M 2 I I FOR..... M 1 .E `TVP REINF CONCRETE WALLS/SLAB OPENINGS q TYP. SLECONCRETE PENETRATIONS NMAMArFDM RNfElY fl11LV' ES ENGWEEflING _ FERMALANEFE 112E WASGn, A G 2QSTRFFi TI.pN. '5128 L - _ __ _ _ _ ____ _ IOWA 31452N0 P.333]850 i- EOORETO EXTE mnR IALEIIr_ A�� E..EY me•nxuiev \ __ R'M R1RUCi, 8l I8 11 61 ANN eEa.wLxpfwareEPwme DESIGN MEIN ERS M03 PRNRIf VIEW lH Sw CEOAR RA M.S, u 5240E NDR¢MTW EXRE sEE w.0 s.. `Ma P.329-141 OFCf X N MdO31]E {9PKFmG AFFER p J b rweo�v+. EM IMAGE OUNI DESIGN ENGINEERS ORrc IESAMM Ol. - EsxTIND mENew TEAwwwRY WE PLANE WFW ON SW CCM i oTE xRbN Fon 6NOPIxG ns NEED Dr UORE K1FAIV.R FN+6 AREMOM ARLNFOR / '.eml/ ,TOONT ONT E70N.nw xFDP P. 3198{]19MN 53wE EX.N.F0D.., - O.EEL IE6PPxIx EXEEDL BTG. I.E. VEPIFY 1 1 OE DEAD PEIRSM tlQgp LIXOOF CPDD EPN c✓ 1 gEMCN FCR.ONHTPDLNRNCW0.Y£Me nDll rCu � ifdITPACTW iO VEREV FuSTwGCMdlCx6{WTM1EMENfiC.FP.wLE5000N4 1 ' 6239..-- -_-- -1--_ --_-- --— - 3 TYP. REINFORCING G3 CORNERS ADETAIL @ GRADE BEAM CONNECTION TO EXISTING 12-=T-T-33a-=V-T - ---- - -- H -- ' A POOL DECK RESTROOM - STRUCTURAL PLAN 1/1" 9 VIEW NORTH . pyµ 1 OC .�FfTTOPTOEIELO ERlFv LPEI£vaMEXMTul6xEDPN5T10NNCLWWUISMNODNENvoxS, la ONSMOFPIwM nomueo IvwlwWw °u"EE6ME SNovm FOR FEEF RExcEONLY 6EEAROH EORLIVE&LOLM1mx G )CWNOFI/ PENET WNSTMROWHSnhLiLwµ6 VLEPpffl 4.sEETYFM,µ DETXXSFORNEO'D xT 00 MINDE Mao- W NLOnOEE .wxi -ANDRF rtMN4Mr a•gR1FG MPEgePFDBYCMIRRCttN x.S6YM VSW ElBON1 \-SThYFILPILSW WTNMRi. EMpW:xO - FFprOt Fw w.LY F _ ,$ SEE PAN L_ ,$ ORI RM Y (� TYP. NON LOAD-BEARING CMU CONNECTION q t O D nDNEs N YNE Z. ED.,NNAT� E„EEN VTNIV Ef I, R E E' B WOE DFIETI.G 5-AI EFF E, rLIMTp1 EX5T. P. CHEAT E j - C � ' G b _ caCN RI Ww H/ TEAEM / 1 CMI.�TmR�ISEn15n cprt9PPU "MAGEEFIMM1llp x FMEEOI FIELD VERIFY "IF,xB]PRMEN 6x S BEENeOTELSELDAYFLIN RWFeMC1.0 EEVOND FEEEE DDG MEEALLSS " 1 CONNECT r�TMpuvM{6PKWOEI / -LF-Fe -- RWEOW EFA- xTNSTMC1URw CMaIVEXTB iHr LAARMADAN FElO MMEN" FXxIN6 FY M. wIX.9MIOIlIFxL .LOPVIEMS 2 DEE.pLxa vFo.Fx.L{prre D.omox6ro eE XENFEn xFEIO EpcXTE D.ExsIDFE roEEXRPEEnwFm DUNSTqucxDx aLx2/m CMTMC�pl TO VEREYEI�TW A E 9RMIM NIEgNENOSM/WCIxMgA{CMTM.-g501F➢S WEMEMNNAA D,sTELNnMFDYR9DAER.M.V REOM9EDE4YC.MFMtNTm- ..xflE.90.E•MERECSIX oOC1MFMR ORECM POOL DECK RESTROOM SECTION p GRADE BEAM CONNECTION TO EXISTING SLAB PILE CAP 3A" = 1'-0 - — 8 3I4"= T-0" — — POOL DECK RESTROOM - — - STRUCTURAL 1 1 2 1 3 8 1 5 6 ] R 9 IS 1 31 1 12 13 14 15 16 1 17 1 18 19 1 20 21 snnx..o- 5101 I z 3 WARlv21W21 , SEE - e 9 10 •eaeTRr Ilvms tMi . iO.6}61NGCWORCxS al40T EORxg EP. WOC .1 FLOOR INFILL DETAIL SEM CH FOROYS wBYCCMR�Cid1 2 C.I.P STAIRS ON INFILL _ .EEN .m B VeN=1,-0,. B m,roc wG _-__- ce W SE c ltd M MaM -�. a•ed E WAP dl OONEL®a•OL. rel OT .mtr r.mTDa4 � � GEOOM wWrm:W �.LnW N 196'- lT suavE _. NE, E Awls. FM lnxamLCl W la C W WFin3 z caNIRADTaRro.wrFAulxomrFRluwaramEoarosrnevucesaaw M — •eaeTRr Ilvms tMi . iO.6}61NGCWORCxS al40T EORxg EP. WOC .1 FLOOR INFILL DETAIL S RE AwI�P TTR(FREF 1 S SI WROWI F'PIYIG T[MmAC10R SESE. •- RdOL4Ai. g5.,1 01 Y.3 wBYCCMR�Cid1 2 C.I.P STAIRS ON INFILL _ .EEN .m B VeN=1,-0,. B i- --'I wG _-__- ce W SE c ltd M MaM -�. a•ed E WAP dl OONEL®a•OL. rel OT r.mTDa4 � � wWrm:W �.LnW �Ta NE m GNm.cTw L Ers GECEwX `� Q a2 .mcMr w crwrER IV WN _ ;l8L.L8 NFMMINNI�A IfW b i l9NF}aMO uWR maNW�MI� OONOt CO1fCNRFM9 w..T. m lr GcaM K bl Y 1I b WRT�1POcw — BYE- w• NE 841 ,63DE--i--_— MIEa�OI m 6310.__-_- ...aW b mMOYFN N"O 1 FIEIDVIFE Y E1R0 1 TI SIA. NOWE 3 WLiRKTOR TOKAFY FMaiwaLMdM1`Naa MRY ECNPOSCREPNCESOCCON 9WALL�INFILL H WH G FIIFFwaoNwrewu �SIPBN m mrs1 1. EPSOEOFOMI v.4, SEEwx aFEARLNAr . SEE MEMIT. ' - ERLETN3 1 TISW Awa - unitlwTTFSx10 _ T'CpFiRIGiIXffEMO ESE. 1.N VFAivW�" E L FEI RE, ___ 1 ii$4. DVESEO - F FrxDLaRln _b �.-. I�'� ,r o F Fw FawwmN D -.F WNFIS OWES. D b B Swv"FlxM 631(/.84 TIRE NE WE. I MISS IORML I.E CDI4YIYI EE XOM1Y EP1r OCOZPINZaOCCW A � BRICKFIN WALL SUPPORT 1 1 3 1 3 4 5 FlEIDVERIFY AS, a.a w.rizRENNELr .LOEPoAYI..?B4O b T8 ry Noc ow.el8m'd! BEFRNI - -� PA�'YFAEN43lE\VNFTOCfFA.P6 aE� ®OYLT� WpUNNfS aELC41ONS 4 (STOOP SLAB CONNECTION AT EXISTING WALL 6SE P � "OOAEL9m MOC - Ir1 Sub Mr wVER.63 C nTEREERE 1 _ aNOuml}OO 1 - -� Eu aLNSG.. 11. FOUNWTCN „ I - FTUTNGBAWTIPE I - VIF EUSNW FdMMTCN ErwEaoma.:-r1: ��w rOR rIw 5mucru,w uNrtw[Nr ' C STOOP WALL � EXISTING FOUNDATION l� 314N=T-0„ ' A DECKING SCHEDULE XDRrH BEEW ES.TERwNK 1 NrnrN SENWTNNE o.oASNwswEwa mlma ruTEaM i0L NfiE1➢4 T SEE MC N. DMNMGS FW ICN 8IRUGNRN CGMPoNENTG DE GV 80J REBYEM CINRXELG, GO fi 2 R 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 is wP Q 83H a.P � 6 b Rat b mN1 azD1 b 1+ 16 1 13 18 19 EO 21 LTeWR11E E0WSeigx CEMR�DmWeOWRO, L SJI_ J __ WN0f01.1P31Ww SFDY WNIb. M. I � I o- - - -L-=1- -- bN'b fBUBONGECFlM4 - EVAKe9V•}.1 LI _ _ _-___ _- b E N0 STEw�N aus b. - ------- +9 bl 6310 L I EaN 6 WI � rTwvlxc.w Ip11.• o EL.R NaL' I J b 1 t b LAH6 EAST ROOM - LOW NdiM T�cw1�TRF�c1w TOTRzn EvuLImaEWzm .ea.RaaN...awoEmTwoemrews. carmlmw x �ER.WR6FJ MR-XOLNEiSFRyAWEttOyRwSF,aµM'FyM.MVXMNIBTMMUHFLTFMFd.NEM9NME M•F61.FY SES. SLFERiWEf L INW . R.OENC�TW 1M 9FtlL1EW E WE.fOP1ECN4XLAL RATFaw D.rwuNa LOADSEARING CMU HEADER SCHEDULE W •eaeTRr Ilvms tMi . iO.6}61NGCWORCxS al40T EORxg EP. WOC OY EES. AwF�- S RE AwI�P TTR(FREF 1 S SI WROWI F'PIYIG T[MmAC10R SESE. •- RdOL4Ai. g5.,1 01 Y.3 wBYCCMR�Cid1 2 C.I.P STAIRS ON INFILL _ .EEN .m B VeN=1,-0,. B i- --'I wG _-__- ce W SE c Wmroc a•ed E WAP n®m �- M EIE EIr fMEWGN ` rel �` Fv r.mTDa4 � b T8 ry Noc ow.el8m'd! BEFRNI - -� PA�'YFAEN43lE\VNFTOCfFA.P6 aE� ®OYLT� WpUNNfS aELC41ONS 4 (STOOP SLAB CONNECTION AT EXISTING WALL 6SE P � "OOAEL9m MOC - Ir1 Sub Mr wVER.63 C nTEREERE 1 _ aNOuml}OO 1 - -� Eu aLNSG.. 11. FOUNWTCN „ I - FTUTNGBAWTIPE I - VIF EUSNW FdMMTCN ErwEaoma.:-r1: ��w rOR rIw 5mucru,w uNrtw[Nr ' C STOOP WALL � EXISTING FOUNDATION l� 314N=T-0„ ' A DECKING SCHEDULE XDRrH BEEW ES.TERwNK 1 NrnrN SENWTNNE o.oASNwswEwa mlma ruTEaM i0L NfiE1➢4 T SEE MC N. DMNMGS FW ICN 8IRUGNRN CGMPoNENTG DE GV 80J REBYEM CINRXELG, GO fi 2 R 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 is wP Q 83H a.P � 6 b Rat b mN1 azD1 b 1+ 16 1 13 18 19 EO 21 LTeWR11E E0WSeigx CEMR�DmWeOWRO, L SJI_ J __ WN0f01.1P31Ww SFDY WNIb. M. I � I o- - - -L-=1- -- bN'b fBUBONGECFlM4 - EVAKe9V•}.1 LI _ _ _-___ _- b E N0 STEw�N aus b. - ------- +9 bl 6310 L I EaN 6 WI � rTwvlxc.w Ip11.• o EL.R NaL' I J b 1 t b LAH6 EAST ROOM - LOW NdiM T�cw1�TRF�c1w TOTRzn EvuLImaEWzm .ea.RaaN...awoEmTwoemrews. carmlmw x �ER.WR6FJ MR-XOLNEiSFRyAWEttOyRwSF,aµM'FyM.MVXMNIBTMMUHFLTFMFd.NEM9NME M•F61.FY SES. SLFERiWEf L INW . R.OENC�TW 1M 9FtlL1EW E WE.fOP1ECN4XLAL RATFaw D.rwuNa LOADSEARING CMU HEADER SCHEDULE •eaeTRr Ilvms Ht au OlL ,.PxVl.ElWN 11NO°Ma'Or OY EES. AwF�- tzlvu wb+eYeorTwPEwll.raX. RFARwD �'tiL mE eaow ARCHITECTS 20 Uz 5 CllOt-St, Sulla 1 Iowa CIW.IA52240 P 319208 SEE, www..PDaFm.m. �. CITY OF GIVE CITY ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CEMFR MASS 21MPROVEMENTS 0W0110.A 11 RAKER RHODES ENGINEERING 112 E WASHINGTON STREET GIVE Cm, a 5220 P. 319333-1850 MOON ENGINEERS MIPMIRIEVIEW MSW CEDES RAPIDS, IA 52484 P. 319841 19N DESIGN ENGWEERS 8101 PMJRIE VIEW LN SW GUMR RENEE, u USES P. 319,841.1944 6311 - CA- -- O ' b�b _ 112- 1 8ffi _ b TH b .WR, EAST ROOM - HIGH Oua1FN .EEN .m B VeN=1,-0,. B i- --'I ra. FN010 _-__- TO FE,DVEW.ALLRELDI,NfE,61wG.fGIYI.,ON NCLUE«.E,WT1.pElYGY'!� �WOKCK �F�w�r50caulunvFm EwlFww,TmaviM � � b ENWM Ftl11EF91BR£Ulv.lEMCX TU�61DC.alXa i WEEN �hKrNIPF'MMM 1MiNgx81R000Ru 9Il w'IEIIMINIOI a£Wg11fETNeFq � �` Fv E PW Acowrx EuaaMIwD.RWe SEE. � LINTELSCHEDULE `� Q a2 .mcMr NOTIB NFMMINNI�A IfW b i l9NF}aMO uWR maNW�MI� OONOt CO1fCNRFM9 mRWF.M bl Y 1I b BYE- w• e ,63DE--i--_— f m 6310.__-_- b mMOYFN N"O E1R0 ARCHITECTS 20 Uz 5 CllOt-St, Sulla 1 Iowa CIW.IA52240 P 319208 SEE, www..PDaFm.m. �. CITY OF GIVE CITY ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CEMFR MASS 21MPROVEMENTS 0W0110.A 11 RAKER RHODES ENGINEERING 112 E WASHINGTON STREET GIVE Cm, a 5220 P. 319333-1850 MOON ENGINEERS MIPMIRIEVIEW MSW CEDES RAPIDS, IA 52484 P. 319841 19N DESIGN ENGWEERS 8101 PMJRIE VIEW LN SW GUMR RENEE, u USES P. 319,841.1944 6311 - CA- -- O ' b�b _ 112- 1 8ffi _ b TH b .WR, EAST ROOM - HIGH Oua1FN .EEN .m B VeN=1,-0,. B O ra. FN010 All =3 63E IS. TO FE,DVEW.ALLRELDI,NfE,61wG.fGIYI.,ON NCLUE«.E,WT1.pElYGY'!� �WOKCK �F�w�r50caulunvFm EwlFww,TmaviM � � •••► ENWM Ftl11EF91BR£Ulv.lEMCX TU�61DC.alXa i WEEN �hKrNIPF'MMM 1MiNgx81R000Ru 9Il w'IEIIMINIOI a£Wg11fETNeFq � �` Fv E PW Acowrx EuaaMIwD.RWe SEE. � LINTELSCHEDULE `� Q a2 .mcMr NOTIB 0fMbeawTMm DMP(NLLUIWWPWALPENETwiuH318FORXELOEREm XOX NOTE, xTN awu.E lwlaaaLVlw®uTERFF.wcI.Tw,sEE Emucvw wTEe - LMD9FNdftlIYW/yLLaFF11 TEv'w5dRv5ECTK"OF ERUC1uP NOTES x ygRNOFd RECDaYCMTINCIpI L�M�O'.IwO ]VAIHPPOEO, F1IRb]R IEKfA88W1L IS MTYP V.LVRW3 IILY ttW µ . TEeRDR.RvamwcMREDDnr.GNmv11W SEE NOTES COL IAEO HEADER SCHEDULE 1 u s1e e _ . coas3Rucnox of/21/m gygE OMUMFHR xMOIE WF'HMR o Hale}aeNW�6O2T1eDa TaCM1HRTLPMFACERI _. iu•, x.n p I11 dGf1mdFELLL 1IEIDM6Nm�111gAtpMLRXA£6nI0m EA VE EAST ROOM - STRUCTURAL ]2 13 S 15 1 16 11 1 16 1 19 ID 21 5201 Oua1FN .EEN .m sTEEzwaa WE 1riOW OwM.yvl. ra. FN010 All =3 63E IS. 0fMbeawTMm DMP(NLLUIWWPWALPENETwiuH318FORXELOEREm XOX NOTE, xTN awu.E lwlaaaLVlw®uTERFF.wcI.Tw,sEE Emucvw wTEe - LMD9FNdftlIYW/yLLaFF11 TEv'w5dRv5ECTK"OF ERUC1uP NOTES x ygRNOFd RECDaYCMTINCIpI L�M�O'.IwO ]VAIHPPOEO, F1IRb]R IEKfA88W1L IS MTYP V.LVRW3 IILY ttW µ . TEeRDR.RvamwcMREDDnr.GNmv11W SEE NOTES COL IAEO HEADER SCHEDULE 1 u s1e e _ . coas3Rucnox of/21/m gygE OMUMFHR xMOIE WF'HMR o Hale}aeNW�6O2T1eDa TaCM1HRTLPMFACERI _. iu•, x.n p I11 dGf1mdFELLL 1IEIDM6Nm�111gAtpMLRXA£6nI0m EA VE EAST ROOM - STRUCTURAL ]2 13 S 15 1 16 11 1 16 1 19 ID 21 5201 1 S 3 e 5 - CI1f GMA..FNgN - � G MPFDOEMTISIFEL \ STEEL �� EmtL%Oivrtn •- P FENNS HLIMX hw°JN�xC aWnlw Fs nevo F EoI- ED —u4 - o f 216 _ _ �1MLT x21 N6FZ1 'ary/L91101FAw xC WMGKA9CF1BED1 SORM MIMf6 M [WI 0tl1 brtwFMitlI6WflBEq TVP_ BEAM BEARI G� E)(ISTING 4" CMU N.T.S. L EEGNO&1LCMCfEN.n6v _ — ! SEE FOR �L INFa- F PREE STPESSEO F..F. - r 1 s1WJlJs,ln. 1xOa0.NLmvEISLLWTKMa FREdIRFAEa STRYM.CORx]A4PE1lLMLIME i sEE.+nx r'rntxo�sinscrww cawRxrs PxE Lowroa. LorwrEAwAuaF LaF�LREE EPAAw.xcwvrrceELxEE»E6RA]R - REE E.aTwcwomreewTsr Ean EowxF�sacLw 5 PRECAST TEE PIPE PENETRATION V V-01 _ H G F E D C w 0 A 2 1 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1e IS 16 17 18 19 20 •I SFE ECIERRE Fqi SEE 59EEMCX_ SiR E - - —Li wLPKY.I R `LIN EL D BI Fp]KOLxlCnxnmx A xxC�gR50w FML L O n=q sF,: .iiw a arn�mr^` ixµ IIIIs�s �izooc.;]ro. ry ee u — wBNW SH50EMEM6H6W41111Y — 1�1 LiwmFix ...ENI ,2 )LIT'9 BOLD HEADER DETAIL _. �] eL111 a FIXISXEGROJX a©© ARCHITECTS U V25 limon Sl,Suk¢ I P: 3192&566] ww,Opv![M1kms. m CT'OFIOWA. ROBERT A LEE RECREA]IGN CENTER PNISE i IMPROVEMENTS CIM OF IOWA CITY RAKER RHODES ENGINEERING 112 E WASHINGTON STREET OWACT, M 5220 P. 31M337850 GESIGNENGINEERS 5801 P"RIE VIM LN M CEDARMPIDS,LAW. P. 319-8RL1W DESIGN ENGINEERS BB01 PMNE NEW IN SW LEW "'PIG; u SIMO P. 3194t61 19u C% SiR E - - —Li wLPKY.I R SEE HH D T. Fp]KOLxlCnxnmx xxC�gR50w FML L X n=q ixµ SEE E. ry CpRwtlCp _ Lw LT SF£ SHE TI FINISHED FLO - nDaM..raaAMi T,�fE.RWn RW xAnxr«. Tro iumleoaLslg - N "ESSE EM".. mar eF.mum v w' Mxx wN s vze — i1ELDVEx1ir1'CW WYL Lr w. 1. SEER.W I. NEI npiR`"`N*N RANDOFwrS caMaExxn EaR.STFwuxc.r�Lr ry�nDr� oI I wse xom _ E F,AIC(1WENre SM � LT G_E%ISTING CMU A� °1�'"1F8OL1A1 _ A�_RAMING DETAIL ®LT GA WALL , Tyr=V-T a©© ARCHITECTS U V25 limon Sl,Suk¢ I P: 3192&566] ww,Opv![M1kms. m CT'OFIOWA. ROBERT A LEE RECREA]IGN CENTER PNISE i IMPROVEMENTS CIM OF IOWA CITY RAKER RHODES ENGINEERING 112 E WASHINGTON STREET OWACT, M 5220 P. 31M337850 GESIGNENGINEERS 5801 P"RIE VIM LN M CEDARMPIDS,LAW. P. 319-8RL1W DESIGN ENGINEERS BB01 PMNE NEW IN SW LEW "'PIG; u SIMO P. 3194t61 19u C% % N D flTH I l�1 L X 6 7 6 9 10 11 12 13 lI 15 16 1 12 1R 19 20 11 I40FLW EONSTRUMON 01/21/m DMUMfm EAST ROOM - DETAILS _,a 5202 M L K H G F 1 3 1 3 1 • 1 5 1 6 1 T 1 a 9 30 11 lI 13 la 1 15 16 17 18 STANDARD MATERIAL DEFINITIONS DESIGNATION DESCRIPTION PROVIDED BY AI SOAP DISPENSER OWNER A2 N RECESSED SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL PARTITION SANITARY NAPKIN DEPOSAL LSC OC µ M AS AT SANITARY BMKIN DISPENSER HWIDSMIT�R TOWEL DSPENSER TO..BHOOMBO GC OWNER OWNER OC AS TRASH RECEPTACLE GC AIO MIRROR(FREASHESS)- W K W OC All A13 MIRROR (FRAMELESS-ZA'X TIT VERTICAL GRAB BAR BC GC A14 REMGRABBM GC A16 At) BIDE.—FAR CUSTOM STAINLESS STEEL AETOP HOLDER OC W A18 TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER OWNER AID STAINLESS STEEL SHELF - M' OWNER P31 SIRFACEMWMTOLET SEAT COVER OWER -CEILING HEIGHT BPoNDING x MODIFICATION �O MEWDOM NEW Al IA112 - RATING fV� AFF BRAE WALL TYPE IDENTIFICATION wEWMw Ma rFTD STANDARD MATERIAL DEFINITIONS DESIGNATION DESCRIPTION PROVIDED BY AI SOAP DISPENSER OWNER A2 N RECESSED SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL PARTITION SANITARY NAPKIN DEPOSAL LSC OC µ M AS AT SANITARY BMKIN DISPENSER HWIDSMIT�R TOWEL DSPENSER TO..BHOOMBO GC OWNER OWNER OC AS TRASH RECEPTACLE GC AIO MIRROR(FREASHESS)- W K W OC All A13 MIRROR (FRAMELESS-ZA'X TIT VERTICAL GRAB BAR BC GC A14 REMGRABBM GC A16 At) BIDE.—FAR CUSTOM STAINLESS STEEL AETOP HOLDER OC W A18 TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER OWNER AID STAINLESS STEEL SHELF - M' OWNER P31 SIRFACEMWMTOLET SEAT COVER OWER E RESTROOM ACCESSORIES D �r I I - NOTE: DASHED LINE INDIC.STES TILE FINISH. ALL MEAWRMENTS ME FROM FACE OF FINISH STANDARD TOILET STALL MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND DETAILS STANDARD SYMBOLS NOTE CASHED LINE NOICATES - RWM NUMBER ROOM NAME � - WIN-WOENOTEG NUMBEROFFICE WINDOW TYPE lA1$ ROOM NUMBER 6 �' I� %M%RA 6 NOTE: DCONCEALED'ABOAND BEING TO EXTEND MIN. W BEYOND EACH BELOW ENACCESS ROOM IDENTIFICATION WINDOW IDENTIFICATION DOOR IDENTIFICATION p —PMTITpNTYPE A RYITEMS ALLACCE660RV ITEMS. CEILING TYPE TAGREFERENLES / -CEILING HEIGHT BPoNDING x MODIFICATION �O MEWDOM NEW Al IA112 - RATING fV� AFF BRAE WALL TYPE IDENTIFICATION CEILING IDENTIFICATION MATCH LINE EIEVATIOH U BER - CETARNUMBER DENOTESDARFA --- ��'. BIM SM 1 DENOTES ELEVATION (KJ1 DyPPSNN rA101/ � �� SAG � ! � DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER __ SHEETHEET NUMBER SHEET NUMBER ELEVATION REFERENCE PLAN DETAIL REFERENCE DETAIL REFERENCE DARKENED AREA DRAWING NUMBER B RECTN OE DENOTES & IO - NORTH pgECTpN 1 BECTON CVT DRAWING TRLE A REFERENCE I� AY31 SECTION NUMBER X, .LILT A SHEET NUMBER DRAWING SCALE SECTION REFERENCE VIEW TITLE PLAN NORTH REFERENCE - KEYNOTE REFERENCE NUMBER NUMBER N OOA - ARROW POINTS TO C- MA?REFERENCED A-- - GRID REFERENCE T A CSIECT _ KEYNOTE REFERENCE STRUCTURAL GRID ^I - REVISION URINAL WALL DENOTES REFERENCE NVAIgIY ELEVATON HEIGHT NUMBER S. NMUN L 15 D'j � SOM DISPENSER `1LEVELfi. FIRE COAT HOOK HUNG A SCREEN - DENOTES OBIECT 'RC REFERENCE COMBO DISPENSER DSPENSER ELEVATION TAG DRAWING REVISION SMITZER EXTINGUISHER CABINET STANDARD MOUNTING STANDARD SYMBOLS ---A15 A19 J ' NOTE'. CONCEALEDSLWKINGTO EXIENO MIN. B' BUONO EACH END ANO C ASOVEAND BELOW ALL ACCESSORY ITEMS. ACCESSIBLE TOILET STALL MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND DETAILS A13 AIA NOTE CASHED LINE NOICATES TLEENISH ALL MEASUREMENTS ME FROM FACE OF FINISH ---A15 A19 J ' NOTE'. CONCEALEDSLWKINGTO EXIENO MIN. B' BUONO EACH END ANO C ASOVEAND BELOW ALL ACCESSORY ITEMS. ACCESSIBLE TOILET STALL MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND DETAILS A13 AIA L9 20 STMCMDABBRE"IATEDNS ARCHITECTS NNUMBER 241/2 S CIIXXn 5t, 5uNAI ACM ALUMINUM COMPOSITE METAL CEILING PANEL Iowa [Iry, IA R310 ACP ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL MEABOVE FINISH FLOOR P: 3193AL5667 SAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM BC BOTTOM OF CURB wwx,opurcNiLeRs.wm BM BENCHMARK BCCSACK OF CURB BOB BOTTOM OFSTEEL BOW BOTTOM OF WALL SO SEARING ,a„•mw.a e. wrsvro.w. �� AS BOTTOM OF STAIR C CXM'NEL oPOPsorxu.vavii. CG CORNER GUARD - -- CJ CONTROLJOINT c.+ CL CENTERLINE CLD CEILING CLL CONSTRUCTION UMrtS UNE CIIYOF IOWACITY CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT co LIFlNOUT CONC CONCRETE 1 COIL CONTINUOUS CPT CARPET rme CRK CORK DEMO DEMOLISH I CEMOUTN)N ROBERT A LEI RECREATION CENTER OF IXBNKINGFOUNTAIN PHASE 3 IMPROVEMENTS CM DMYETER ON DOWN CITY OF IOWA CITY DS NNM6PoUT EC EIECTRK:.LL CONTRACTOR EIFS EXTENSOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM - EJ EXPANSONJOINT ELEC ELECTRICAL ELEV ELEVATION EPF EPOWFLOORING 'u"'•' "+^ EPT EPO" PAINT BAKER RHODES ENGINEERING EO EQUAL EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER IIIE WASHINGTON STREET EX EXISTING IOWA CITY, M 532Q FD FLOOR DRAIN P. 319333 7050 FF FACTORY FINISH FFE FINIBXEO FLWRELEVATKKi FW FACE OF CURB 'OF FACE OF FINISH DESIGN ENGINEERS GA CAUSE GALV GALVANIZED SRGIPMIMEVIEWLNSW GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR CEDARMMOS, IA 53AO4 GHM GALVANIZED HOLLOW METAL F319 SAL19AA GL GLASS GT GROUT GM GYPSUMWALLBOARD GYP GYPSUM Ixm..IN.... XDRZ IORQOMAL DESIGN ENGINEERS HIM HOLLOW METAL SOI PRAIRIE VIEW IN SW M HEOXT CFWRRAPIDS.IA 53101 INAC HEATNGNEMING/AIR CONDITIONING ID INSIDE DIAMETER P. 31M4L 1944 L ANGLE LS1B6 POUND/ POUNDS LVT LUXURY VINYL TILE MAX MAXIMUM MB MAHKERBOARD MO MECNANILALCONTRACTOR MOF MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD MFR MANUFACTURERS MH MANHOLE M2 MIL THICKNESS MIN MINIMUM MO MASONRY OPENING NIC NOT IN CONTRACT MS NOT TO SCALE 00 ON CENTER OA OVERALL OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER OH OVERHEAD ORD OVERFLOWROOFDRNN OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE PCT PORCEWN CERAMIC TRE PL P1ATE PLAN PLASTO UMIMTE PVC POLYVINYLCHLORIDE P..w. PT PAINT OT QUARTZ RAD RADIUS RD ROOF GRAIN RAFRESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING REX RESIN REV REVISION RO ROUGH OPENING NOW RIGHT-OF-WAY RUB RUBBER f_/C('1YL6�-Ji SF SQUARE FEET IM SIMILAR 65 SOLO SURFACE _ STN STONE 6T SR STAINLESS STEEL G) SU6P SUSPENDED TSG TONGUE AND GROOVE TOC TOP OF CURB µM TON TOPTop OF MASONRY TOSTOW TOP OFWµLOPSILAS I TOP OF STEEL co i TPTOILETPARTITION T TYE TLTYPICALP OF 6TNR ,.n�F 1 UL UNDERWRITERS IABORATORIE6. INC. UND UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE NEW VEFT O •Y Q Will WALL BASE W/ WITH L WAD WITHOUT F WE, WOOD p MP WALL PROTECTION AT WTNW W TREATMENT NWF WELDED WIRE FMRO 10AWN0 WXW. MON VII/EO DONMENTS GENERAL DRAWING INFORMATION 19 AGO01 6 0 6 NOTE: DCONCEALED'ABOAND BEING TO EXTEND MIN. W BEYOND EACH BELOW ENACCESS p A RYITEMS ALLACCE660RV ITEMS. ILy ile' -- L.1 L -L. -11y-Ill- B .LILT A N KI, URINAL WALL URINAL NVAIgIY &NAPKIN DISPOSAL TRAIN TOWEL/TRASH TOIIETNSSUE S. NMUN TOILET SEAT TOWEL SHELF SOM DISPENSER HMD FIRE COAT HOOK HUNG A SCREEN Cl)(H RECEPTCAL COMBO DISPENSER DSPENSER COVER DISPENSER DISPENSER SMITZER EXTINGUISHER CABINET STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHTS _ 1 Z 1 3 1 4 5 6 _ _ ] 8 _ 9 10 IS 1Z 13 lA 15 16 1] L9 20 STMCMDABBRE"IATEDNS ARCHITECTS NNUMBER 241/2 S CIIXXn 5t, 5uNAI ACM ALUMINUM COMPOSITE METAL CEILING PANEL Iowa [Iry, IA R310 ACP ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL MEABOVE FINISH FLOOR P: 3193AL5667 SAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM BC BOTTOM OF CURB wwx,opurcNiLeRs.wm BM BENCHMARK BCCSACK OF CURB BOB BOTTOM OFSTEEL BOW BOTTOM OF WALL SO SEARING ,a„•mw.a e. wrsvro.w. �� AS BOTTOM OF STAIR C CXM'NEL oPOPsorxu.vavii. CG CORNER GUARD - -- CJ CONTROLJOINT c.+ CL CENTERLINE CLD CEILING CLL CONSTRUCTION UMrtS UNE CIIYOF IOWACITY CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT co LIFlNOUT CONC CONCRETE 1 COIL CONTINUOUS CPT CARPET rme CRK CORK DEMO DEMOLISH I CEMOUTN)N ROBERT A LEI RECREATION CENTER OF IXBNKINGFOUNTAIN PHASE 3 IMPROVEMENTS CM DMYETER ON DOWN CITY OF IOWA CITY DS NNM6PoUT EC EIECTRK:.LL CONTRACTOR EIFS EXTENSOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM - EJ EXPANSONJOINT ELEC ELECTRICAL ELEV ELEVATION EPF EPOWFLOORING 'u"'•' "+^ EPT EPO" PAINT BAKER RHODES ENGINEERING EO EQUAL EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER IIIE WASHINGTON STREET EX EXISTING IOWA CITY, M 532Q FD FLOOR DRAIN P. 319333 7050 FF FACTORY FINISH FFE FINIBXEO FLWRELEVATKKi FW FACE OF CURB 'OF FACE OF FINISH DESIGN ENGINEERS GA CAUSE GALV GALVANIZED SRGIPMIMEVIEWLNSW GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR CEDARMMOS, IA 53AO4 GHM GALVANIZED HOLLOW METAL F319 SAL19AA GL GLASS GT GROUT GM GYPSUMWALLBOARD GYP GYPSUM Ixm..IN.... XDRZ IORQOMAL DESIGN ENGINEERS HIM HOLLOW METAL SOI PRAIRIE VIEW IN SW M HEOXT CFWRRAPIDS.IA 53101 INAC HEATNGNEMING/AIR CONDITIONING ID INSIDE DIAMETER P. 31M4L 1944 L ANGLE LS1B6 POUND/ POUNDS LVT LUXURY VINYL TILE MAX MAXIMUM MB MAHKERBOARD MO MECNANILALCONTRACTOR MOF MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD MFR MANUFACTURERS MH MANHOLE M2 MIL THICKNESS MIN MINIMUM MO MASONRY OPENING NIC NOT IN CONTRACT MS NOT TO SCALE 00 ON CENTER OA OVERALL OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER OH OVERHEAD ORD OVERFLOWROOFDRNN OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE PCT PORCEWN CERAMIC TRE PL P1ATE PLAN PLASTO UMIMTE PVC POLYVINYLCHLORIDE P..w. PT PAINT OT QUARTZ RAD RADIUS RD ROOF GRAIN RAFRESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING REX RESIN REV REVISION RO ROUGH OPENING NOW RIGHT-OF-WAY RUB RUBBER f_/C('1YL6�-Ji SF SQUARE FEET IM SIMILAR 65 SOLO SURFACE _ STN STONE 6T SR STAINLESS STEEL G) SU6P SUSPENDED TSG TONGUE AND GROOVE TOC TOP OF CURB µM TON TOPTop OF MASONRY TOSTOW TOP OFWµLOPSILAS I TOP OF STEEL co i TPTOILETPARTITION T TYE TLTYPICALP OF 6TNR ,.n�F 1 UL UNDERWRITERS IABORATORIE6. INC. UND UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE NEW VEFT O •Y Q Will WALL BASE W/ WITH L WAD WITHOUT F WE, WOOD p MP WALL PROTECTION AT WTNW W TREATMENT NWF WELDED WIRE FMRO 10AWN0 WXW. MON VII/EO DONMENTS GENERAL DRAWING INFORMATION 19 AGO01 J D P N M L K I _ H F E D C 0 A _ P1 3 3 9 s 6 ) R 9 10 11 l3 13 la 15 ]6 17 IR `S n GEXERAM. H E1 m ACOUSTICAL BARRIER -- CONTINUOUSACOUSTOAL CONTINUOUS SOUND SEALANT ONE MAI -ANT INTUMESCENT RATED WALL JOINT ARCHITECTS WE ONLY SFAIMT AT PFSTRUCU 1 pARTRONTWELOCATOR IXTENO WALLTO DELLA MIO £FK EXTEND GYPSUM BONtD TO UNDER$IOE OF SIRUCTUIE 3. STEEL FRAME PARTITIONS ME BASED 3<1/z50lmon5L,Wtel PERIMETER CECKATACOUSTU ON DESIGN INFORMATION INCLUDED Ivx•UI,, IA 5330 PARTITIONS I ---- UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE — STMALIDNGWALLCM N PRODUCT TECHNICAL INFORMATION F. 11218566] UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE UNOERSOE OF STRIICTVflE -.._ NMRAR TO NEL. RAM OF THE STEEL STUD -- CONTNUOUSSMEL RUNNER FINISHED CEILING MANUFACTUREIYS ASSCCNTION DEFLECTION TRACK DEFLECTION TRACK HEAD ISSMA)PUBLOATION DATE020.0 AN0 www.oqurtM1lte[Mwm HEAD NERD HEA THE FOLLOWING PERFORMANCE wnnuawuun CRTERIA IS A LIMITING HEIGHT ORRERV, rias DEFLECTION OF L/%O ATALL .w•.r•rvw-^Ma WALLS TO RECEIVE TEE. ACOUSTROLSATi ~---ACOU6TCPL BATT a DEFLECTION OF VIOATALL rawnx.nx— INSUTATION INSULATION �I EXERNOWALL PLAN OTHER WALLS AT 5 LBS. PER $0. PLAN PLAN PLAN h - METM FURRING (ME SCHEDULE) 1—I EMU STUD ISEE SCHEAULE) - STEEL STUD (SEE SCHEDULE) CITY OF IOWA CITY 1 LAYER w GYPSUM FOMD - 11AYFA Mi GYPSUM BOARD - II J B. iXILU1E53-STEELCOMPONENT$ 1 LAYER YY GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE - 5 DESONTHICKNESS ' 00114 ONSOUND SOUND PENETRATIONS 12 0.0.3 ON SOUND SIDE EACH SILP TRATED WALL 30 0U51 rO EACH SIDE AT RATED WALL 1B O.M51 RONRT A lFF SEC EATION CENTER CONTNUOVS STEEL RUNNER UG HT-WEIGHTCONCFETE 3. MINIMUMGALOE'. IFLIMITINGHEIGHT 1 PXME3IMPROYEMEMn CONTINUOUS STEEL RUNNER j'—COMINUOIIS STEEL RUNNER BASE MG UN?S ISEE SO EMU) AS SCNEOUIED IN PARTITION DETAILS BASE BASE y? - WE H FLOOR FINISH AS SCHEDULED BASE $EE STRUCTURMFOR IOCEEDS PROJECT CONDITIONS OR IF CrtYOFIOWA Ob WE B FLOOR FINISH AS SCHEDULED •�, SASE H FLOOR FINISH AS WHEWIED REINFORCING THE SELECTED STEEL STUD h EXISTINGFLOOfl SIM MANUFACTURER'STHICKNESSOF $TEFL COMPONENi$VPHIES FROM I THE VE,WIS PROF DESIGVIDE N A$ $ET FORTH COMINUOVSSOUNOSEMMYTONF -- - SONE NWUSACOUSTK;AL STANDMDTHOKNE65 FGWGE)TIUT SIM ONLY MEEMOR IXCEE0.5 LIMRNG HEIGHT •"�" PERFORMANCE CRITERIA FOR STUD RARER RHODES ENGINEERING GEMC 1 FURRED PARTITION D 1 CONCRETE MASONRY WOOD WOBPACING CSALEGO 112EWASXINGTONSWEET Al STEEL FRAMED PARTITION /� 2 STEEL FRAMED PARTITION GYPSUM BORINDOES HOT NEE IDWACMIA522R0 /'1 GYPSUM BOARD GOES HOT NEEP TO NON RATED /NON -LOAD BEARING NON RATED / 2 HOUR RATED /NON -LOAD BEARING BE FIRE TREATED. P. 31B-331-nsD WON RATED /NON{DAO BEARING NONRATED/NON-LOAD BEARING s. ADMSTC PARTITIONS: REFERTO STUD UNITING BLOCK LMmNG REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR STUD LATNG HNO LIMITING MTN_ 8� SPACING OAUOE HEIGHT MTN_ SUM SPACING _GAUGE HEOM_ ACOUSTIC PARTITIONS TO RECEIVE "°"'""'tT"•^ _ _ _ - - - - - ACCUSTCALBATTINSULATONAND DESIGNENGINEERS WUTH H� SPACMG LIGE HEIGHT WUTN WE BPACNG "WE XEUM - -" 1B'OL iHGA 11-F SOUND SEALANT 'TOC AGA 1F`V 18'OC .W H -S 1SOC nGA �T- P_ ISIS WA WA WA__ WI PRAIRIE WFWLNSW .A]/S' 3LS 'TOC .W 11-3' 11? ]/S 1SOC .(N WA _ CFDARRAPIDS,IA 5201 $ �_ 3114' tS£ 1S OL 35 GA 5.11' _ n j` IP314&1-19M PARTITION TYPE AND HYYBOL LEGEND P. WOC 25 GA r -r Ao ]t/P B' 1SOC IWOC eGA 1741` 41N 53A' ISOC -15W W 11? 1Srm OC n" WA - e`m GA�L10' 959' WA WA WA AT =�� DESIGN ENGINEERS IE VIEW ,,t__A]n' SYS 1SOC 3HW 11 V' �L B1S S 1SCC 30W Tl tl' R1m,A5LNSW RMIp$, u szaa trOC n" . D 195A1 -19M 1rm 1B GA n -1r 10'CC .GA TI' 3YD• Z tr OC 35OA WA 1 10. 7 1N' B_ 1SCC 30GA 2S -T 1 p2 3114' 1S9' 10'OC 35 GA B' -t' _ _ o, In I 1SOUIWOC n� Di 12' _ I15T WA WA WA PARTTIM TYPE 1S OC 1BW 15V' $ _ _ - 1SCC .W 13'11 JT 5 IC1 3YS S 1SOC 35W WA AZ•IN' 3LS ISOC .W 11'I' EYSTEY ' A STEMAMED ;TDC 18" 3Y-tr 869' B' 1S GC 30 GA 2V -0V B SHAFT WALL _�_... C FURRED D'MASONRY E SPECLLLFRAWES T TES Y PMTTON SIZE SMELSTLID 0 21? 3 YS' B1r ] vA SNAFT WALLSND D I ' 3 VY J RTH v •' STEEL FURR!!G rz � �I ....+� 11?2 � ,[�•► m TZ SZ 7:-A C-) CONCRETE MASONRY T P A • � V a r O�•7'I 1 Q r r G F Y 0 • 1P 1 1T VG11T GA W E STFEUCTUR4 STE (SEE 6TRIILTMM) u r Y 1Z RATING — m. s.o..�w 0' NONMTED 1NNN0 $ SMOI 1 11HOUR CONSTRUCTIO 1/33/30 DOCUMENTS 313XOUR I0113HOOR WALL TYPES A AHOVR 3 1 z 1 3 a s 6171919 10 1 11 13 1 . la 15 1 16 17 IE 1 1S 20 Z] "^ "^•�' AGO02 1 2 3 1 A s 1 6 1 T I 6 1 9 I 10 11 13 MEN6 63K 63M LOCKER 163A1 D Y 1 6320 J N �32' M 6322 L 5323 J 6324 CORRIWF N 6325 G �} POOL 6326. - — - — — - - — F I i E • _s PROJECTLMR WOMEN$ -i 6322 _ -LOCKER _. •_ _ �._-_ REMOVE —TEMPORARY CUT INMOSONRY r CMU WALL CONSTRUCTION FOR NEW Y BARRIFA I PLUMBING ARES -, r _ OLEM TO POOL EDGE — CU r STRUCTURED 6326-� FOR PLUMBING r C TEMPORARY Ir CONSTRUCTION POOR r \ \ WAL ' OVE r u wAu - R 6329 - =FRVERIFY EK INTINGMASONRY LENTIL EXTENDS 20' BEYOND MOOING OPENING. A 2 IPOOL DECK RESTROOMS - DEMOLITION PLAN - 1/4"=V -D" 1 1 2 3 1 4 S 6 ) S I 9 6322 -- 6328 6329 • 13 14 63A B 6' REMOVE PIASTER CE WNG 16 v 1e 1s 20 u DEMOLITION LEGEND FLOOR PLAN GENERAL NOTES ARCHITECTS I. IDENTIFICATION ANGOR ABATEMENT NI/25UIn1pn 5L, 5W1[1 ®DENOTESARFA OFOF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 0 NOT Irn ETAM52M COMPLETE REMOVAL OF AN PART OF THIS SCOPE OF WORK. IF P; 319-3N566) EXISTING BUILDING ELEMENT ASBESTOS OR OTHER HAZARDOUS MMERMLS ARE ENC OUNTEREOTHE www,Op�IamNleRe.<om CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER IMMEDIATELY 3. REFER TO SPECIFICATION FOR RECYCLING. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DDODEAL ,•^^< REQUIREMENTS. m""•"`�"•'""" 3. REMOVE LOOSE PAINT AND omsmiuesuw MIECELLWECUS RANGING OBJECTS - FROMWALLSAND CEILINGS ATALL a.7 OENOLITION CEILING LEGEND OR TO RECENE NEW FINISHES. 4, OPENING IN THE EXISTING STRUCTURE EXISTING CEILING OR CEILING SMALLER THAN 17 IN MY DIRECTION CRY OF IOWA DIY COMPONENT TO BE ME NOT IS `UG`DCON THESE REMOVED IN RS FMWETY. SAWING$. SUBLOMMCTOR$ INCLUDING LIGHT FIXRIRES. $HPL. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MECHMICALGRILLES. PRONDMG OPENINGB SMALLER IRAN MEETING FANS, MO RYAS REQUIRED FOR WSTALLAMN rqq ELECTRICAL DEV ICES', OFTHEIRWORK, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 5, OPENINGS IN THE EXISTING ROBERT A ME RECREATION CENTER STRUCTURE SHALL NOT BE MADE PHASE 3 IMPROVEMENTS W RMOUT PR IOR APPROVAL OF TH E STRUCTONAL ENGNMER. CIN OF IOWA CT' 6. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL MEETING FLOOR SU&5 AND WALL SURFACES DAMAGED FROM DEMOLITION OR --- - PRIOR USE. ]. PATCH ALLMEAS OF ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL DEMOLITION THAT WILL NOT BE REUSED, 9 CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERRYALL EXISTWG DIMENSIONS AND RA#MR PROCESS ENGINEERING CONDITIONS, RTHEEVENTOFA 113EWMINEIGTONSTREET OACREPANCYBEMEMPRE IOWAOTY, A522Q DRAWINGS MD THE EXISTING p, 319-333 )B50 CONDITIONS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING. 9. DO NOT REMOVE ANY ITEMSWHICH JEOPARDIZE THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITYDF THE BUILDING. IF DESIGN ENGINEERS HIDDEN ELEMENTS OR DETERORATED WIPRAIRIf VIEWLNSW ELE4ENTSAREEN000NTERED. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDATELY. [EDtR NJID5, 1A 5344 10. EXISTING BUILDING IS TO REMAIN P. 319HA1-19M WEATHER-TGHT WRING ALL DEMOLITION ACTIVITIES. 11, REFER TO CONSULTANT DRAWINGS FORAODITIONALDEMOLRIONOF DESIGN ENGREERS OTHER DISGPUNES. 12 PROTECT ALL ADJACENT AREAS AND AND PLUME VIEW UY SW REMSTo REMWN' DURING CEDAR RAPIDS, IA 62404 DEMOLITIOWCONSIRUCTION. P, 3192A1 1944 REPAIR IREPIACE ALL ITEMS DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION. 1& EXISTING BUILDING ON SHOWN ON THESE OPAWINGS ARE PERrvEO FROM DRAWINGS OF TXE ORIGINAL BUILDING AND FROM LIMITED FIELD OBSERVATION. 14. INDICATED EXISTING BUILDING CONDITIONS ME ASSUMED TO BE REPRESENTATNE OF ME ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION OF THE BUILDING. LOCAL CONDITIONS MAY VARY. 15, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROV DE MO MAINTAIN ADDITIONAL MEANS OF EGRESS AS NEEDED AS A RESULT OF CONSTNUCTON SEQUENCING ANQ'OR REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. 69' Y^� �, �m DOWNS mom 1/31/30 I ROD L DECK DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN DOcu4Exn 1 _14r POOL DECK DEMOLITION PLANS V) 1 33 1 n 1 13 14 1 1s I 16 1 17 1 1B I a9 1 20 1 21 "-"""'^^ AD100 N M L R ] 1 3 1 3 4 5 6 1 ] 8 9 10 11 IT 13 1< IS 16 17 i 63F 63G 63H REMOVEMCKANDLMUAT ' NEW DOOR LOCA110H REFER TO DETAS. 8.4001 _.. 1301 rn rn sw C) 8AW CUTMP141TFOR NEW OP. FROSTWWOR PLANS SEE NEW WORN PUNS. _ REMOVEPiAM SURFACE FROM EXISTMGCMU _ WALL.PUSTER TO BAW GUTMPH4TMREQ'DTO REMAIN, plPp$E CONCRETE LEME. SEE / NEW NVRN PUN _. - 3 6304 AD201 REMOVE ATHLETIC FLOD0. SEE SPECIFICATIONS N8 _`"2 E CRS"`'AL X306 INSTRUCTONS, RAC.O 3 11 d@01 24'-D T OF 63G 63H 6301_ _. _- - - - -__ - - - 6301 630 lII+� - - -8302 6304 - - } -- -6304 6306 --- - - I - - -630$ 63F 63G 63H -1- 6301 - J 6301 IB 19 XI 1 31 DEMOLITION LEGEND ® DECTESMEA OF COMPLETE REMOVAL CF M E%ISTING BUILDING ELEMENT FLOOR PLAN GENERAL NOTES 1. IDENTIFICATION ANDIOR ABATEMENT OF HAZARDOUS MATFNL SIS NOT PART OF THIS SCOPE OF WORN W ASBESTOS OR OTHER H DOUG MATERIALS ME ENCOUNTERED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER IMMEDIATELY. 2. REFER TO SPECIFICATION FOR RECYCLING, CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS. 3, REMOVE LOOSE PAINT AND MISCELLANEOUS HANGING OBJECTS FROM WALLS AND ANCEIUNGS AT ALL AREAS TO RECENE NEW FINISHES 4. OPENING IN THE EASING STRUCTURE SMALLER THAN 12- IN ANY DIRECTION ME NOT IDENTIFIED ON THESE DRAWINGS. GUBCONTRACTORS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING OPENINGS SMALLER THAN IS AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF THEIR WORK 5. OPENINGS IN ME MEETING STRUCTURE SHALL NOT BE MADE WITHOUT PRIOR MPRO VAL OF THE E STRUCTURAL ENGINEER 6302 B. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL EXISTING FLOORSLABSANO WALLSURFACES RACQUETBALL I DAMAGEDIOFROM OEMOUTON OR 1 7 PATCH NI MEAS OF ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL OEMOUTION THAT 6304— _ 6304 WILL CT BE REUSED. _ B. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY ALL "IESTINGOIMENSON$ AND CONDITIONS. IN THE EVENT OF A p REPACY BETWEEN TIE ♦ I DRAWINGS AND THE MASTIC CONDITIONS NOTFYTHEMCXRECT 6306 --- ---- - - - 6305 BEFORE PROCEEDING. -� P. CO NOT REMOVE MY ITEMS WHICH JEOPMDQE THE STRUCTURAL REMOVE ACT SYSTEM NTEGRRY OF THEBUILDING. IF IINCLUDING TROFFERS A HIDDEN ELEMENTS OR DETERIORATED ELEMENTS REMOVE REMOVE PULL " DIFFUSERS. NOTIFY THIEAARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY _RECEFUSE S. NTS MOVE --- - i - - - 63D5 63DS J - - - 6366 6306 ----- - ACT -- 5306 10 EXISTING BUILDING IS TO REMAIN - SEE ELECTRICAL WEATHERTIGHT DURING All SURFACE FES ROM I 11. REFER TO CONSULTIAM IXUWINGS OUTION MASTIC CYV REMOVE METAL FOR ADDITgHAL DEMOLITION OF W.LLL FEASTER TO STUD WALL - "- -� OTHER IIISOPUNES. REMAIN, I -- --. _ _ X30] 6307 _ _ _- _ _ _ _ 6307 6307 - 6307 12. PROTECT ALLADJACENTMEASAND H _ ITEMS 70 REMAIN' DURING `! STUDW METAL I -- TyP b REPAIRrtiEPEACE ALL ITEMS DAMAGED MOUTI ALL S _ DURINGCONSTRUCTION. RM PD201 I _ 13. MISTING HIS MING CONDITIONS j - - - 6306 309 - - - - - - - - SHOWN ON MESE DRAWINGS ME - 6 - 6_ p. -d� 6306 ORIGINALBUILDINGANO FROM TXE / 306 6DERNEDFROM BEHOVE CMU WALL - NO WOROOF 14�A0201,1 LIMITEDFIELD OBSERVATION . G CONSTRUCTION ` - RX - O \ - -J I 14. NDICACONDITEOSX EASTING BUILDING BMRIER REMOVE DRAIN PIPE ". O �_ 6 CONDITIONS MEASSUS-DIS BE 40201 _ 141 A0201' _ TEMP REMOVESEE PLUMBING) MISTING 1 6306- - --. ..._ _ _ _ 1 _ 6300 REPRESENTATIVE OF THE ACTUAL - 6309 6309 - - - - �3OB LOCAL CONDITIONS MAY VARV.CONSTRUCTION OF THE NG. -REMOVE FLOOR - THE MAINTAIN ADDITIONAL MEANATHLETS ME FLOOR ♦-REMOVECLJCTMIER 15 EGRSSASNEDEDANA RESULT OF OF REMOVE F/JLBK SEE SPELIFMATONG REFER TO MEP `. I 0130 W FOR SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING MENTOR SAV'CUTTOPOFCONCRETE WALL INSTRUCTIONS. - EGU ATCRYREQUIREMENTS �_--- - - 6310 6310 - - - - - } �i310 8310-- 6310 $TARMAYREMAN F — REMOVE HM DOOR B FRAME. I REMOVE SURFACE IJGNTS AD201 AND CONDUIT - - - - - IAMEB SEE ELECTRICAL. 81 -- -I' —8311) 5311: _ - _ . _ t - _ _ - 031 6311' _ _ _ - _ - j - _ - - 6311) - REMOVE FASTING E CONDENSING UNIT. 1 WINES PATCH ROOF 6Wµ1 13 - E v "_ - PENETMTONS 31 -. 73 I�-.. X312 6312-- _ _ _ .._ j _ _6312 6312 ____ �i_ .-- _ _ -- 6312 - REMOVE PORTION OF WALL PROVIDE NEW HEADER. 3 D T'S -E MEP. — 40201 6313 - - - °-__ _ -"_..L _ _ __.-4313 6316- � �_. -. _ 831 STIBULE I$TBUYIE LEA b�� 1 n`I b �y 6314-"�314�-- - YI� _ - ,6114 REMOVE PIPES. SEE i MEP RECHAIN WK- - ^ i PENCE _ _ _ - X315 8315_ - - - - - + - - -_�gi6 Aa'�- �:.� ReLglvma _ _ 631$ RECEMC I m 2 Iii I u8-' �- C 6316 6315--- 6316e _ 1 63F 63G 63H 63F 63G 63H' A tt RACOUET6ALL COURT ROOF DEMOLITION PLAN RACQUETBALL COURT DEMOLITION RCP _ 1 T RACQUETBAL2 I'F' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1'-0^ L COURT DEMOLITION PLAN (LOWER LEVEL) � 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 6 I ] I S I 9 I 30 I 11 I 12 I 13 1 14 0 I 16 1 17 I 18 I 19 STIM ARCHITECTS 1 30 V2 S CNNI Sc, SW1e3 Hwa OlT. M 522W P: 319-248-5667 A. mwAve.....Iiun�i..w.e.w..w..�. Tnmw�waxNe�w CDYOf MINA OIY ROBERTA IEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE E IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF IOWA CITY RAUTR RHODES ENGINEERING 112E WASHINGIONSTRER IOWA CIV, IA 5220 P. 31433371159 8001 PRAIRIE NEW IN 5W CEMR RAPIDS, IA 52W1 P. 319-841-19114 DESIGN ENGINEERS DI01%WRIENEW LNSW CEMR RAPIDS, IA 52<01 P. 3148611. N CO r1 rn rn sw C) D 20 1 21 mNSmuL,ON ]/23/20 DDOINIEN25 RACQUETBALL COURT DEMOLITION PLANS AD200 N M L K H SJ 15 16 v 19 19 20 21 DEMON *N LEGEND ® GENOTE6 AREA OF COMPLETE REMOVAL OF AN EXIST WG BUILWNG ELEMENT 6309 63 01{ _ T 630 — SAW CUT 6 REMOVE PSASTER T — SAW CUT 6 REMOVE CMU -- E%ISINGPLASTER TO REWJN REMOVE MORTAR a ANCHORS. PREPARE ARCHITECTS 24 UO S OIm0n H, SINN,1 Noxa CKK IA 52210 P: 3132&5667 WAW.opmrcMhttimm UlY90F IOWAOIY� M^Y ROBERT A HE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS COY OF IOWA CITY RAKER RHODES ENGINEERING SII E WASHINGTON STREET IMA CITY, N 522M P. 31433}]1150 DESIGN ENGINEERS MOS PRXWE VIEW LN SW CE U PLUS, IA 52104 P. 313Rt2-1904 y - REMOVE PIPE RAIL y 6' / SMOOTH SURFACE FOR MEMBRANE. DESIGN ENGINEERS BEHOVE YONTM a ANCHORS. PREPARE REMOVE EMSTING- CUT TOP OF CONCRETE WALL a —' SAWCUTeREMOVEBRCKAAUGNCUTWI SMOOTH SURFACE FOR MEMBRANE MOI PRAIRIE VIEW IN SW i P CMU WALL. - X W-'/ _-_ Ai —� - VERT -VAGEB IC JOINT SAW CUT a REMOVE BRICK. AUGN CUT WI CEDAR RAPIDS, MS2000 "X{ _ SLLVAGE BRICKS FOR REUSE WHEN P.3148A119M y REMOVE WOODATHIETC FLOOR - PoS610LE. -- I VERT MEN POSSI SALVAGE BRICKS FOR REUSE WHEN PO651BSE. P� EXISTING CONCRETE 6IAB TO REMAIN E%IBING CMU TO REMAIN ' EXISING CONCRETE TO REMAIN K TO v LOWER LEVEL -i - $3N` _ _ ;�ERRING BRIL63NIREMAIN A A MISING BRICK TO Rf MIN REMOVE WOOD EXISTING CONCRETE STAIR. A 83N1-"— - - "��"- ____ _ -A -<_ - --.63H ATHLETO FLOOR SUBeFOUNOATIONWALLTO _ I - EXISTING CORETE A NCr + REMNN - SLAB TO REMAIN 10' 1R BSC -IIT -� 1P 1P - a -- 30 v - 6308 co RACQUETBALL COURT STAIR 8 WALL DEMOLITION EXTERIOR WALL DEMOLITION DETAIL MIDDLE OF WALL _ - EXTERIOR WALL DEMOLITION DETAIL BOTTOM OF WALL ' 2 __ — 3 .— ._ —._ A 12 - T-0' 1 12' —- 1'-0' Q� Q F -r 32 _. g32� puQ �32T 632Q X325 8324 �32� (327, 83211 X320 3 8318 6316 6311 8316 83� 31� X31 � � 5312 63111 fi31 6309 6906 6301 13 _ ._ 6_. _ 6308 309 6 83 02 8301 � I �� IIT ITN 31 � � 1304 30 RTX v oX. E 1 1 1 lr lr II 1 WALL CEHTEREOON rs,T P FJLTS.TM. Ex - NFNGVE CONCENSWG UNIT a ALIGN WI ATO RT BIT AS RENETRAANT UNEE PATCH MAQU WVE O T BACK Po651&E TO MNIW ME OUT BRICK PENETMTONS. SEE NEP. Slg ryp —CUT OPENINGS FROM Ol 2. METAL FLA6HING.VERTICAL CUTE TO N13N W VEflTICAL NORTAR JOINT. flEMOVE A6 EXISTING SRN' NECESSARY TO TOOTX IN NEW &iK:K WING4 C8a T UPPER LEVEL _ _ _ L RENCNEM2CKS A6 - i FECE65NY TO BRICKS AT J/JIB. By.r Lowsn LEVEL W B } H410BALLLEVE A NO EXTERIOR MARK RACQUETBALL C URT DEMOLITION EMERIOR ELEVATION 3 2 3 a s 1 6 1 2 e - COORDINATE DOOR r.n. c.. OPENING WITH EXISTING TBNSIRVCRON GRADE. DOOR TO BE 1/21/30 ABOVE GRACE. DOCANSBS �. W -r :rte RACQUETBALL COURT _. _. AREA OF EXTERICR WORK - - -- - _ - DEMOLITION ELEVATION & 9 1 10 11 32 ]3 30 1 15 1 16 1 12 18 19 20 1 21 BET'AN.S AD201 J 1 I 2 3 t 63A 6327 22 01 MAXIMUM M(q I P Nq%UM SLOLO PEE f ` TOILET 4� a Q NOSLOPE E01 �Y. .� TOILET CLEARANCE j AREA Q X I EO EO 320= d w - 6328 M _ S 8'-01w - Aom TO DRAIN L I �: -NOSLOPE -------- IN MEADS DOOR 0] O6 IE MMUV£RING NO (HIGH POIND SLOPE?RMSITXXN AT DOOR K - R2 532 - _-- - — - — - POOL DECK RESTROOMS -FLOOR SLOPE DIAGRAM _ I" TI 7 0" _ 1 63A H _ WOMEN$ LOCKER � 10285 n r 05 , I G III2B. 11 +O x816 1028101 0289 � b F 1028 15 I _. 'm TOILET --6"-.3 0 111- ] __t0 x8.13 b 1.25a I +D zeB I 10288 �o.I vBt 1+ E=0 28 220110428 IIit 38 t0 0 �iD zaa <Af011 I 3X FOR FOM - 102813 A —1 162B.t1 IS 10 D10] "ON= ON RAB ECqS ry E5S4RY WXERE I CMV REMOVED. x13V'x 55'1 RT - 030 B 6329 _ _ __ _. - - A t POOL DECK RESTROOMS -CONSTRUCTION 1m=rte 1 I 2 I 3 I 0 s E 2 a 9 10 11 12 1 1] 1 14 15 16 17 U1 19 0 g 8 6327 6328 6329 i I b m 63A 8 3' T TYPE IT 7 6'APF I • n I 2 3 �_ POOL DECK REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 112..= 1..0.. 9 10 1 11 I 12 13 14 xa 1 21 m © ©� ARCHITECTS CEILING TYPES GENERAL ANTES 243/2 S ONron SL, PAN1 1. DIMENSIONS ARE MEASURED FACE- Iowa Ory A ACP -1 OF -FINISH TO FACE -0F -FINISH OR P. 319-2N-5667 0 -S66T PANEL MFG: USG ROUGH MASONRY OPENING UNLESS STYLE: MARS CLIMA PLUS L �,opnarchlteasxom ITEMMBIBS NOTEOMVINGS ISE-TTPICPL FOR SIZE: YXYXLd'$O. AILOMWINGI. _ 3. FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND GflID MFG: ARMSTRONG EXISTING CONDI TIONS - TYPICAL FOR ,pip mEno-• mw, 4""i_ �w STYLE: PRELUDE ALL DRAWINGS ^IUR�n map www AAAA CY GRID: 1Y15'XLSERIES 3. INTM614AHE CEITFC OF A UNR AND COLOR. WTIIIE BETWEENNT DRWNGS. LAND amuarlu k GRIDCOLOR: MMTE CONSULTANT DPAWINGS. NOTIFY APPLICATION SEE GOP COMMENCINGWORK-TYPICALFOR ARCH IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO GS B. GYPSUM WMDCEINGONMEFAL 'ALL OPAWINATI STUD FRAMING d. ROCKSALL ANDWONSINFIRE E OTI•�NIWA�. FLOORS AND WALLS MUST BE WTH APPROPRIATE TE C. MOISTURERESISTAMGYPSUMBOMO FIRESTOPPINGYSTEM CEILING ON METAL SND FRAMING 5PATCH ANO REPAIR EXISTING FLOOR X. IXISTING CEILING TO REIMIN. VERIFY SUSS MD WALL SURFACES DAMAGED FROM DEMOLRUN. °'"^' HEIGHT IN FIELD. ROBERT A IEE RECREATION CENTER PNAE2"'RomEMENTS CEIUNO LEGEND OEMERALCELUNG NOTES CITY OF IOWA CITY ---' ------ DASHED LINE DENOTES I. CEILNG-MOUNTEDFLATURES. LOCATIONS OF ACOUSTIC SPRINKLERS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL PARTITIONS TO RECENE BE CENTERED IN CEILING PANELS OR ACOUSTICAL BATT GYPSUM &OMD SOFFITS AND INSULATION AND SOUND EQUALLY SPACED U 0. SEALANT AT PERIMETER 2. CENTER CENNG GRID IN ROOMS AS AND PENETRATIONS. SHOWN UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. BAER ENGINES ENGINEERING REFER TO FLOOR PUNS 3. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF MR 3IIEWASHINGTON STREET FORWALLTYPES. LIGHTS AND EMERGENCY LIGHTS SHOWN ON MOHRELTURAL IMA CITY, 1A 5220 C -I UNEM FIXTURE DRAWINGS. IN THE EVENT OF A P. 319433980 DISCREPANCY, VERIFY WTI --.i1 UNEAR PENDANT ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. l CEILING FIXTURE DIMENSIONS ME TAKEN FROM CENTERUNE OF FIXTURE DESIGN ENGINEERS RECESSED FIXTURE UNLESS NOTED OTHERNISE. J 5. REFER TO AWMRA ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS MOI P. VIFN IH SW (ELEVATIONS B REFLECTED CEILING CEDAR RAPIDS, M 52101 PLANER FOR ALLMECHMICALMD P.31B811.19M - DOLOW PENDANT ELECTRICAL DEVICE MO FITURE LOCATIONS & MOUNTING HEIGHTS. IF _----UTILITY LIGHT NOT CLEARLY SPECIFIED, CONTACT •.a.v ARCHITECT FOR FURTHER • SPRINKLER CURIFICATON. MECHANICAL& DESIGN ENGINEERS EUCTRICALORAWINGSAREFOR BBDIPRNRIEWEWLNSW SPEAKER FIXTURE TYPE REFERENCE ONLY. CEDAR RAPIDS, M 52101 S. PAINT ALL EXPOSED STRUCTURE. F3 19 48 01 -19M MICROPHONE DECK, DU IHRCRK CONDUIT, ETC. IN AREAS NOTED TO BE OPEN TO WIRELESS ROUTER STRUCTURE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PAINTING OF EXPOSED CEILING MOUNT CLOCK STRUCTURE TO BE DONE AFTER ALL UTILITIES ME INSTALLED. T] DATA I POWER FOR CEILING MOUNT MONITORS ❑ HJAC RETURN DIFFUSER HVAC SUPPLY DIFFUSER ISI --- HVAC$LOT DIFFUSER WAG CYUNDER DIFFUSER ❑ ACCESS PANEL ruM DRAWNGS 2202 EXISTING DRINKING FOUNTAIN TO REMAIN Y211 OUSTING CUSPIDOR TO REMAIN 16 17 1 18 I 19 20 1 21 CnxSmucLKlN U2N5 OIXUMEMIS POOL DECK RESTROOM FLOOR & CEILING PLANS A100 KEYNOTE LEGEND O3 W NEW STRIKNREG CONCRETE SLAB Nf1H VAFOR RETARDER IT STFI12Z) CLLJ B 0101 � � EXISITNG BOND BEAM TO PEME�/ y •—r CONTRACTOR PROVIDE EEW CYY..� s g- PIER(SEESTRUCTURAL) YY Fy. 10281 30'GRPBBM co i 10285 10288 35'GRAS BAR 42'GRPBBM 1026.5 /1" SHONERCURTANROO,RINGS& CURTAIN Err`����JaaaFFFAyyy 10288 FOLDING BRUNER BEAT i 1025.10ROBE HOOK Q Q 10b.11 ELECTRIC HAND dEYER 1025.12 ADULT CHANGING STATION - r 1025.13 PAPER TO I_ DISPENSER (BY i OMER) 10aH. SHARPSCOMAINER(BYOVNERI 1025.15 LIQUID SOA➢ DISPERSER (BY OMER) 1025.15 SVAMSUIT WATER EXTRACTOR ABY OMER). CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL FIX" FUTURE INSTALUTION. SEE PLUMBING ANDELECTRICAL DRAW NGS. II01 FLOOR DRNN. SEE PLUMBING DRAWNGS 2202 EXISTING DRINKING FOUNTAIN TO REMAIN Y211 OUSTING CUSPIDOR TO REMAIN 16 17 1 18 I 19 20 1 21 CnxSmucLKlN U2N5 OIXUMEMIS POOL DECK RESTROOM FLOOR & CEILING PLANS A100 _ 1 Q P N M 3 K I H x 1 3 1 4 5 6 7 1 8 9 10 x1 l2 1) 14 6T 20 KEYNOTE LEGEND IN 01 4 -CMU 0403 EXISITNG BOND BEAM TO RENWN. rn CONTRACTOR PROVIDE NEW CNU a PIER. (BEE STRUCTURAL) ff _- + ESISTING CMUTOREMWN. 0830 CERWAIC TILE owl CERNAIC TILE BULN'JSE OSB] FLUID-"PUED FLOORING BASE. SEE v E%6TWG CMU 1028.1 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER DICEMENTRKKIS MIRROR 10283 BACKER 1028.1 2P GRAB BAR 1O28.s -�� IB26n BOARDASREDDTD NM EaIu - SANITARY NAPKIN DISPENSER 1028.8 -. PRovaE 10280 FOLDING SHON£R SEAT 1028.11 ELECTRIC HAND DRYER 1028.12 6UB6TRATE 164= . OR TLETr 1028.13 PAP Eft TONEL DISPENSER MY OWNER) 1028.15 LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER(BY OWNER) 1020.18 ( 0830.1 1 OB J0.1 OWNER). CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE RUMBING AND ELECTRICAL FOR b EPO%T BASE ---- EPOtY SASE -- ANO ELECTRICAL DRAWNGS. 2202 EXISTING DRINKING FOLNTAIN TO N REMAIN nil METING CUSPIDOR TO REMAIN 1� 'Fj 1038.18 {IUI 09 J0 b m 09 J01_ _B6V ] 0405 2 LOWER L LOWER LEVEL FYI6TNG CMU SWIM SUIT WATER EXTRACTOR DETAIL TYP. EPDXY FLOOR BASE (EXISTING WALLZ EPDXY FLOOR 645E (NEW WALL) �J - �✓ 3••=11-0" �TYP. 3 83271 8328 6329 183A) AI r T T11 Y MIS - 10282 m zeB t°sB3 - _- tDb] ) t0 ]81 1. 1028.9 1D M.8 r : 10-1 03_0] LAVER LEVEL BSB r — OWER LowEri 'r �LEVEL - 2. 3 A101 G A101 1 3 6'y 4` RE ROOM (N) _ _ 5 FPOOL DECK RESTROOM EAST ELEVATION (E) _ F 6336 5335 6334 6333 6332 6331 6330 y Y T.O. PRECA6TT� � � F---� e8f-r 11 2 A01 - ( 8.1 POOL DECK RESTROOM EAST ELEVATION (S) "� `. POOL DECK RESTROOM EAST ELEVATION (W1 6329 6328 6327 6326 6325 8324 T 15 16 ]T 18 19 20 KEYNOTE LEGEND IN 01 4 -CMU 0403 EXISITNG BOND BEAM TO RENWN. rn CONTRACTOR PROVIDE NEW CNU a PIER. (BEE STRUCTURAL) 0405 ESISTING CMUTOREMWN. 0830 CERWAIC TILE owl CERNAIC TILE BULN'JSE OSB] FLUID-"PUED FLOORING BASE. SEE v DETAILS 1028.1 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER 10282 MIRROR 10283 18' GRAB BAR 1028.1 2P GRAB BAR 1O28.s b'GRABBM IB26n 4SGRABBM 1028.2 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPENSER 1028.8 SHOWERCURTNNROD, RINGS CURTAIN 10280 FOLDING SHON£R SEAT 1028.11 ELECTRIC HAND DRYER 1028.12 ADULT CHANGING STATION 1028.13 PAP Eft TONEL DISPENSER MY OWNER) 1028.15 LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER(BY OWNER) 1020.18 SWMSUIT WATER EXTRACTOR (BY OWNER). CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE RUMBING AND ELECTRICAL FOR FUILIRE IN6UllATION. BEE PLUMBING ANO ELECTRICAL DRAWNGS. 2202 EXISTING DRINKING FOLNTAIN TO REMAIN nil METING CUSPIDOR TO REMAIN 8328 4 6327 _10$04 102015 LOWER LEVEL A _8 SWIMMIN-POOL__ 1/4• =1•,0, 3 1 4 5 6 ] NEW ROOM SIGNAGE PART it 8 9 0 ]l 12 v 71 0 0987 — Opel 0403 32 ox 13 N< 15 16 17 IB }D ze.n ' mxa9 19 20 u a©© ARCHITECTS 241/2S allton St., Sune 1 IL) DIV, IA 522Q P: 3192485667 wxr.OpurMlecD.mm r�aw�r� weu +6n�.uen fir. ewGF�.a •...s ROBERTA LEE RECREATION CENTER CITYOFIOVAUTY BAKER RHODES ENGINEERING 112 E WASHINGTON SIREET IOWA EIIY, IA 52240 P. 31933}TBSD DESIGN ENGINEERS BBO1 PRAIRIE VIEW LN SW CEDAR RAPIDS, IA 52404 P. 319 N3 3944 DESIGN ENGINEERS BBD2 PRAIRIE VIEW LN SW EEDAR RAPIDS, MSx4a P."SLsR'.1. C -)OD N rn ;Gr a D O v Jr 140EtOY - CONSTIuxux0 DD[UMENTSfNiS POOL DECK RESTROOM INTERIOR ELEVATIONS & v BETMLS A101 G F E 6 63A 638 DIIE7 Los TOILET 10i 7 ' EA3TROOM CONSTRUCTION .. 1/B"=1'-0" 2 1 e 9 m 11 11 13 1e 1s 16 1 I) 63F 63G 63H 63F 63G 63H V P • • • 12'.0' - - rc I - 6301 - _- � 301' O55}A AREAM. I w 0550-, - �•I�J551M r 0307 B A10J 1 mum ., R1 . ' - - _ ----530 — -_ _. _ L _. ._ __ _ '3a N33 \`I PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING PAVING 1 y 1 AS NECESSARY MATCH EXISTING � 1 p96A 1 M52B A902 05M - I 6304 - I- - - 6304 A • .i 0e �� 0919__ 5 306 308 I EAST ROOM A$p34 ----6307 A105) • C9N_� o b - — - -r 3a$ - - — - �- 030$ 0] 6B G - --83 W 09 a - I EXISTING ROGF OMIN Q1 TO REMAIN - _09N_ - -+ - CONDENSING UNIT 'SEE MEP - 631q BBBi I BB-,,-> -Azw � __� ♦ I I - - �37j! - ----� - -_ _ � - -- I' __- - 3771 ED EO 1 Aly REERIGERAHTPPETO •Co , eo ! 050 - TYP ' PENETRATE ROOF WIDE EECNANIG PLATFORM. -• - I �_ - _ __637 _ —_ �_._ ._ _ -- �' _ 6312 aAlI A2D5) AJW O A m I ry - 31� - � - k— _ L - � IS313 T-3 HIT R3 10II • OPENING •B� •B� �� VESTIBULE' _ c Pe --314 Al �I RED CENTER STORAGE ] � MR ROOF PLAN _ F®S - - - - L - - - - - -- 1B 19 1 O GENERAL NOTES P DIMENSgNS AREMEASURED FACE N OF -FINISH TO FACE -0F -FINISH OR M ROUGH MASONRY OPENING UNLESS G F E 6 63A 638 DIIE7 Los TOILET 10i 7 ' EA3TROOM CONSTRUCTION .. 1/B"=1'-0" 2 1 e 9 m 11 11 13 1e 1s 16 1 I) 63F 63G 63H 63F 63G 63H V P • • • 12'.0' - - rc I - 6301 - _- � 301' O55}A AREAM. I w 0550-, - �•I�J551M r 0307 B A10J 1 mum ., R1 . ' - - _ ----530 — -_ _. _ L _. ._ __ _ '3a N33 \`I PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING PAVING 1 y 1 AS NECESSARY MATCH EXISTING � 1 p96A 1 M52B A902 05M - I 6304 - I- - - 6304 A • .i 0e �� 0919__ 5 306 308 I EAST ROOM A$p34 ----6307 A105) • C9N_� o b - — - -r 3a$ - - — - �- 030$ 0] 6B G - --83 W 09 a - I EXISTING ROGF OMIN Q1 TO REMAIN - _09N_ - -+ - CONDENSING UNIT 'SEE MEP - 631q BBBi I BB-,,-> -Azw � __� ♦ I I - - �37j! - ----� - -_ _ � - -- I' __- - 3771 ED EO 1 Aly REERIGERAHTPPETO •Co , eo ! 050 - TYP ' PENETRATE ROOF WIDE EECNANIG PLATFORM. -• - I �_ - _ __637 _ —_ �_._ ._ _ -- �' _ 6312 aAlI A2D5) AJW O A m I ry - 31� - � - k— _ L - � IS313 T-3 HIT R3 10II • OPENING •B� •B� �� VESTIBULE' _ c Pe --314 Al �I RED CENTER STORAGE ] � MR ROOF PLAN _ F®S - - - - L - - - - - -- 1B 19 O GENERAL NOTES 1. DIMENSgNS AREMEASURED FACE OF -FINISH TO FACE -0F -FINISH OR ROUGH MASONRY OPENING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE - TYPICAL FOR ALL DRAWINGS. 3. FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING CONO BIONS - TYPICAL FOR ALLDRAWINGS. 3. IN THE EVENT OF A DISCREPANCY BETWEENARCHRECTURALAND CONSULTANT DRAWINGS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY PRIM TO COMMENCING WORN TYPICAL FOR ALLORAWINGS. A. ALL PENETRATIONS IN FIRE RATED ELDERS AND WALLS MUST BE SEALED WTIHAPPROPRNTE FNESTOPPING SYSTEM. 5. PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING FLOIXt ROOF GENERAL NOTES I. NOT ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS AAE SHOWN VERIEY LOCAPONS OFLL A ROOF PENETRATIONS. PROVNE BOOTS, FUSENG AND OTHER ACCESSORIES REQUIRED TO PROADE A COMPLETE, WATERTIGHT WARR.WTED SYSTEM REFER TO INDIVIDUAL DISCIPUNES. 3. PROTECT SECTORS OF THE ROOF THAT HAVE ALREADY BEEN INSTAllED FROM DAMAGE, DO NOT USE THE ROOF FORA STAGING AREA UNLESS ADEQUATE FACTORY, MUTUALLYAPPROVEDPROTELTON MEASURES ARE USED TO PROTECT THE ROOF. S. COORDINATE LOCATION OF MELHMICAL EGUIPMEW WITH MECHANICALDMWINGS. KEYNOTE LEGEND M07 FROST PROTECTED$TOM (WE STRUCTURAL) 040 COLD FORMED METAL FRIAIING. (SEE STRUCTURAL) 05W PIPE 6SM GALVANIZED STEEL SOL DFILLED Wl CONCRETE. PRWIOE SMOOTH, ROUNDED TOP. (SEE STRUCTURAL FOR BOLI -ARD FOUNDATION) MICA PAINTED METAL HANDRAIL 05518 PAINTED 'ETA -GUARD ME 07W EXISTING ROOFING SYSTEM TO REMMN W23 REP MR EXISTINGRASTERWML, SC=E LOOSE PANT FILL WIGS AND CRACKS. PRONGS SMOOTH FINISH FOR PAINT 09& 17"M XSID MM X 10MIA ABUM,RESISTMT ACOUSRGL WALL PMEL WMR) FRAME IOM SEMIRELESSED FIRE EEM AE IBHER CA6INET N1TH EMINGOISIIER IN©© ARCHITECTS N V2 s almon St, wm L IaAa CE IA52HB P: 312,UESE67 CFTYCF IOWA ERY RGBERTA LEE RKRFATON CENTER PHASE 3IMPROVFMENI3 CITY OF IOWA aTY - RAKER RHODES ENGINEERING 112 E WASHINGTON STREET IOWA CRY, IA MID P. 339-331T850 N DESIGN ENGINEERS MR =1 PRIE VIEW IN SW CEDAR RAPIDS, IA 52101 P. 319ECY1944 DESIGN ENGINEERS =1 PRAIRIE MEW IN SW CEDAR RAPIDS, IA 514011 1 P. 339841URR, RTN C">WOOD ATHUEEXC ` FUCKRNGSYSTEM SEE STRUCTURAL I DN � T CONCRETE BEAR (SEE GYP W O/+ SIRUCNRAy BASEAS SINPEACE - � `• tOHEDURURD - X320 LOWER LEVEL � LEAVE )BACKER } -NOILYEILDNG EPS LEMEMROUS BALKER 1 GEOFO ORAPPWROVBOARD POUR STOP EXISTING RECESSED, - - _� • a ST MRULNRPL) EO.(SEE �. 1 _� ST1- $TRUCTURfG, „/�I ry S NEW TOPPING SUFE __. CONCRETE STAB -q M1 EXISTING STRUCTURED CONCRETE SERB LOVER UEVEL H XANOBKLLEVEL -'. � X322EXISTING- _ �- VESTIBULE EAST ROOM - (LOWER LEVEL)---- FLOOR INFILL VES�TIBUL _ _- - EWALL�BOTTOM - , 11 -Z -I, 1•=1/ .p 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 B 1 9 1 10 11 1 12 I 13 1 A 1 15 I 36 1 17 1 19 1 19 1 20 2l OOLUMFMDOCUMENTpM u:3/20 I3 EAST ROOM PLANS ...� A200 P N 1 1 2 1 3 1 6 1 5 1 6 1 ] 1 8 iZ-V 1Z -R M F 8 G` L —L 83F) 9 ]0 11 1 12 1 13 1< 15 16 1 ll 1 15 1191 20 21 CEILING TYPES CEIUNG LEGEND GEMERALCEIVNG NOTES A ACP -1 ----------- DASHEDUNEDENOTES 1. CEIUNG-MOUNTEOFIXIORES, PANEL MFG: USG LOCATIONS OF ACOUSTIC - PMM EXISTING CONCRETE PLANK CEILING WRITE (PT -1( STY1E: MARSCUAMUS E 3 - PARTRIONS TO RECEIVE BE CENTERED IN CEILING PANELS OR � ACOUSTICAL BAR 3_ X304 SUM 2'XZXYf50, INSULATIONAND SOUND EQUALLY SPACED U IN O. i.1 SEALANTAT PERIMETER 2 CENTER CEIUNG GRID IN ROOMS AS GRID MFG'. AM STRONG AND PENETRATIONS SHONTI UNLESS NOTEOOTHERVpSE. P203 1 1 WHITE DUCT WITH WHITE DIR (SEE MECHANICAL) GRID 1MVXLSERIES FORWALLTYPES.LIGHTS COLOR: WHRE X305 GRID COLOR: WHITE UNEMi FOCTURE DRAWINGS. IN THE EVENT OFA E E?. DISCREPANCY,VERIFYWITH UNEAR PENDANT ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. B. GYPSUM BOARD CEIUNG ON METAL L. CEILING FIXTURE DIMENSIONS ME STUD FRAMING METAL FRAMICEIUNG TAKEN FROM CENTERUNE OF FUTURE �RELESSED FIXTURE A20�X C. MOISTURE H 5. REFER TO MONREONRAL DRAWNCI TO ARCHITECTURAL META STDFRAMBGMO CEILING ON METALSNDFRAMING (ELEVATORS8 EICING MECHANICAL PLANS) FOR ALL MECHANICALUME %. HEISTING CENNG TO REMAIN, VERIFY EAST ROOM I� CORM LIGHT PENDANT ( HEIGHT INFIELD. LOCATIONS LOCATIONS &MOUNTING HEIGHTS. IF t_YPE X' UTIUiT LIGHT NOTECTF SPECIFIED CONTACT G ARCHITECT FOR FURTHER • SPRINKLER LECTRIC I� ELECTRICALFOR EIXT- R LDRION. WINGS EF SPEAKER REFERENCE ONLY. FI%NRETWEREFERTRUCTULY. ALLTYPER B. PAINT STRUCNRE. • MICROPHONE DUCMDRK. AREAD OPEN ETC.W ® WIRELESS ROUTER e -- 12'. D" -- 5'-L" - OTRUCTURE,OMEWG EXPOSED UGHTSAUGNEOW/ SLOT WINDOW, TYP. F CEILING MOUNT CLOCK ST E ERALL STIU*HES UTILES ME INSTPllEO. EI INSTALLED p 31 r - A204 CEILING MOUNT II - 31 E A201 1 WAC RETURN DIFFUSER HJAC SUPPLY DIF -SER - - 31 KErxoTE LEGExD vE6T2-L HVAC SLOT DIFFUSER O HVAC CYLINDER DIFFUSER 0 z<Azaa - O O C 1 5 RECCENTER O { E%ISTING TO REMAIN i -- 6TOMGE B 316- O B 3F) RI 63H. A CEAST ROOM RCP 11 2 1 3 1 0 1 5 1 83F) 9 ]0 11 1 12 1 13 1< 15 16 1 ll 1 15 1191 20 21 CEILING TYPES CEIUNG LEGEND GEMERALCEIVNG NOTES A ACP -1 ----------- DASHEDUNEDENOTES 1. CEIUNG-MOUNTEOFIXIORES, PANEL MFG: USG LOCATIONS OF ACOUSTIC SPRINKLERS AND EQUIPMENT SH4L STY1E: MARSCUAMUS PARTRIONS TO RECEIVE BE CENTERED IN CEILING PANELS OR REMR0185 ACOUSTICAL BAR GYPSUM BOARD SOFFITS AND SUM 2'XZXYf50, INSULATIONAND SOUND EQUALLY SPACED U IN O. SEALANTAT PERIMETER 2 CENTER CEIUNG GRID IN ROOMS AS GRID MFG'. AM STRONG AND PENETRATIONS SHONTI UNLESS NOTEOOTHERVpSE. STYLE: PRELUDE REFER TO MOOR PLANS S' WHTSIAND LOCGENCT OF EU GRID 1MVXLSERIES FORWALLTYPES.LIGHTS COLOR: WHRE SHOWNONARCHITECTURAL GRID COLOR: WHITE UNEMi FOCTURE DRAWINGS. IN THE EVENT OFA APPUCATION: SEE RCP DISCREPANCY,VERIFYWITH UNEAR PENDANT ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. B. GYPSUM BOARD CEIUNG ON METAL L. CEILING FIXTURE DIMENSIONS ME STUD FRAMING METAL FRAMICEIUNG TAKEN FROM CENTERUNE OF FUTURE �RELESSED FIXTURE E. UNLREFER C. MOISTURE OUSTT AL ACOUSTICAL CEIUNG (SEE RCP) 5. REFER TO MONREONRAL DRAWNCI TO ARCHITECTURAL META STDFRAMBGMO CEILING ON METALSNDFRAMING (ELEVATORS8 EICING MECHANICAL PLANS) FOR ALL MECHANICALUME %. HEISTING CENNG TO REMAIN, VERIFY p O CORM LIGHT PENDANT DEVICE MO FIXTURE HEIGHT INFIELD. LOCATIONS LOCATIONS &MOUNTING HEIGHTS. IF UTIUiT LIGHT NOTECTF SPECIFIED CONTACT ARCHITECT FOR FURTHER • SPRINKLER LECTRIC ELECTRICALFOR EIXT- R LDRION. WINGS EF SPEAKER REFERENCE ONLY. FI%NRETWEREFERTRUCTULY. ALLTYPER B. PAINT STRUCNRE. • MICROPHONE DUCMDRK. AREAD OPEN ETC.W ® WIRELESS ROUTER BE NOTED TO BE OPEN TO NOTED STRUCTURE STRUCNRE UNLESS NOTED OTRUCTURE,OMEWG EXPOSED - - CEILING MOUNT CLOCK ST E ERALL STIU*HES UTILES ME INSTPllEO. EI INSTALLED p DATA/POWER FOR CEILING MOUNT MONITORS WAC RETURN DIFFUSER HJAC SUPPLY DIF -SER KErxoTE LEGExD HVAC SLOT DIFFUSER O HVAC CYLINDER DIFFUSER ACCESS PANEL 4<N2p52 TYPE G 9 0 AFF CE NTPR IN CEIUNG I CT VE6T1&ILE g201 m EA G 3'-1111/10• 6313 O �n D� n-< �n �r O� 7�WQL MGEE \ GYP CORNER BEAD. TYP. 163Fj PAINTED GYPSUM SOFFIT <' ,. ALIGN W/FURREO OPEN/ FURRED OR PLASTER WAIL BEYOND ENLARGED VESTIBULE RCP �� VESTIBULE HEADER & SOFFIT 6 1 7 1 8 9 30 1Il 12 1 13 1 30 1 15 1 16 1 17 1 18 1 19 1 20 1 21 R©© ARCHITECTS 241/2500rton St, Sul[e 1 Iowa CO. IA 52210 P: 3142/45667 uimmo�rwkm..i�.uom,.w�ru..,r.amu �Vnciw+✓•�km�anmrw CRYMIOWACRY ROBERT EEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS CRYOFIOWACITY RAKER RHODES ENGINEERING 112E WASHINGTON STREET IOWA CRY, IA 5220 P, 319-333-]050 DESIGN ENGINEERS 0901 PRAIRIE VIEW LN SN CEDAR RAI M 5201 P. 319-A'IlI 66 DESIGN ENGINEERS ANSI PRMME VIEW LN M CEDAR RAPIDS, M 5211M P, 319 0<1-1900 CONSTRUCTION V21/20 DOCUMENTS EAST ROOM REFLECTED CEILING PLANS A201 V LEVEL UPPER IXE IN3 CMU WI L NEW STEELLWOBEMNo CMU HEADER (SEE STRUCTURAL) PLYVICOD DECK (SEE 6TRULNPAy J METAL FRAMICEIUNG STEEL JOISTS (SEE 6TRUCNRPU OUSTT AL ACOUSTICAL CEIUNG (SEE RCP) GYP CEIUNG (SEE RCP) I O �n D� n-< �n �r O� 7�WQL MGEE \ GYP CORNER BEAD. TYP. 163Fj PAINTED GYPSUM SOFFIT <' ,. ALIGN W/FURREO OPEN/ FURRED OR PLASTER WAIL BEYOND ENLARGED VESTIBULE RCP �� VESTIBULE HEADER & SOFFIT 6 1 7 1 8 9 30 1Il 12 1 13 1 30 1 15 1 16 1 17 1 18 1 19 1 20 1 21 R©© ARCHITECTS 241/2500rton St, Sul[e 1 Iowa CO. IA 52210 P: 3142/45667 uimmo�rwkm..i�.uom,.w�ru..,r.amu �Vnciw+✓•�km�anmrw CRYMIOWACRY ROBERT EEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS CRYOFIOWACITY RAKER RHODES ENGINEERING 112E WASHINGTON STREET IOWA CRY, IA 5220 P, 319-333-]050 DESIGN ENGINEERS 0901 PRAIRIE VIEW LN SN CEDAR RAI M 5201 P. 319-A'IlI 66 DESIGN ENGINEERS ANSI PRMME VIEW LN M CEDAR RAPIDS, M 5211M P, 319 0<1-1900 CONSTRUCTION V21/20 DOCUMENTS EAST ROOM REFLECTED CEILING PLANS A201 cn W0 o W g & Q ❑F 8°qHilE id[: �Btl :oc IN was YWs ii aa�,�sl� �o �� FILED �; gg gg E F • Q A§s i♦�€eSoEs .i"". So� oEGa F — — — — — — — -- — LULU NIS 2 4�j r .L Iv ..a �—{ ry = g CITY C 'IER IOWA CIT s, 029 o g. MF i « b � a 0 o b II b S ^ IIII m' I « n I I I m if _IIII VIII b I F I � II II I I b r n m ¢¢ III �•' 4 m b (Fe Ill I Hill I ill lia III I II IILI II b u w b m' b m p A m V — n IIII I� 1 � ILII III L7 - _- m II Illllllll I� p1 IIII ,m I - ® ^ I n i L� I n m I it m � 11 w Fmi- ry WQ ll Ulp ♦r r ♦ r ♦ r 1 1 x 1 3 1 0 1 5 1 6 1 x 1 S I 9 1 0 1 11 1121 13 1 lA 1 15 16 17 1 19 1 19 1 20 1 xl ARCHITECTS D �DA 241I25CIIMON SL,$.E¢1 pi1 ,9 Ipwa Chy.lASxxW P: 31 5E6T 83H S3G 21-V 7 ' P �EF) (63G) E, N) SURFACER owuwxuun.",.0 ...� T Y 11?OMMETER STEEL o..: - PRFSTYP.PM.TYP. I CITY OF IOWA OTY� N 11 RETURN PAINTED 'Z PIPE HANOPNL TOS 'O — 11¢ DUNETER STEEL r� PIPPE VERTICALS. PROKOAUENU,2MP:OWMFNfSNCEXTER �REECREAT - COW SENSE WITH CMDFDWACIW 1 CAST -IN SLR = 0 m 116"ONMETER STEEL PROTECTION IEEE 1 M .. 1 -° 6TRUCNWd) _ b ++ HANDRAIL. PNi, TYP. W2J OB xJ - ,=i 11 _BB% -r _ 1 _ _ b ! 112 E m� j + - R� I ABOP 1 H N I RAKER RHODES ENGINEERING UPPER LFvt1- D' - IOWAOT5NIXGTON SWEET _ IONAOTY.IASxx10 ( LOWEfl - R.- ,. I P319333 -M50 ESE, 1 N (v� CHAMFER THIS SIDE n.w�iI. INS.— H. NTDOpR6 ONLY O FIELD CONTRACTOR DESIGN FNGIHFER6 _ TO FEID V RIFY THICMALL W T _ THICNNE56 g �I I6EE STRUCNRK) WM RMRIOS�VIEW IA 53CG 569-T P.".1UHH O Lµ jt1` LOWER LEVEL � IIOILYESINNG EPS FOAM 4 55Y r _ _ _ G « iW - (6EE BTRUCNRAL) _ } . DESIGN ENGINEERS LOWER LEVEL - THRESHOLD SET IN ^� - N a SE ♦ } _ A 1 6 5501 PRAIRIE VIEW LN SW i FROST PROTECTEDw MO H CEDNRWIOS,U,wM 1 5H-A1TI -� `�" STOOP SLOPE AWAY 1 =• ' P. 31!TEPT V M 'r --- FROM BUILDING. (SEE ¢ - HAN�BALLLEVEL STRUCTURAL)- M LI METING FOOTING - F]II ' TOPPMG SLABA6 REMLESSS65ED SIAB H REOUIREDTOMEET - TOPPING BLAB PS EXTERIOR GRADE. NF - REQUIRED TO MEET TREAD TREAD TREAD TREAD I.. RACQUETBALL N FXTF.RgR GRADE. WP , {_.)- --, _ —_ _ STAIR. GUARD, & RAIIJNG SECTION GUARD 8 RAIL DETAIL 1/4"=1'-0" 3: i"=1,-0" _ _ _ —_ -. ... — — _ _ 8 112"=1'LT G >' B" _ _ _ _ w 0' }- a --- - - -- - - -�` KEYNOTE LEGEND TAL 090 R304 0305 � 3071 6308 6311 6310 6311 6312 613 o6sA eaFrteD VE& GUARD UAR RAL 9 066x5 PAINTED METAL GUNDFEML F -- •..Y. _ CB3] B RRAPREPAIRE LOOSE METE, FILL VOIDS - E USTFAN, 1 - E%HAUSTFAN. REFER TO MEP REFER TO MEP AFINISHF K6.PRONCE SMOOTH 1)ON FOR PNM 351 PWM 0M%6M MM %10MM ` RTH ABUSE RE SI STAVE ACWSTI44 WALL PANEL WITH FFV ME ♦�P 09x309x3-. r °9x3 ♦ ♦ 1 (\) I ♦ I1 _ N 0. _L9M 09" _ 098[ O O ♦ I PNMCNU WALL C� .••+}9 D--; n eUSP�PERR LEVET f C - 1155x8 it I I Rlf ; A60x LOWER LEVEL B - F%TENDLIOOFDUSTING - -- CMUWRTOCOVERME40F CMU W. REMWAL -- SINT 41? IAp000 HAND LEVEL NNSTRUCTIGX 1/u/xo ' OpLUMENIS A /q (E) RA�COUETSALL _ _ - _ - 1 N.M ..� 1/4"T-0" I EAST ROOM INTERIOR ELEVATIONS & DETAILS ]1 x 1 3 0 5 6 ) 8 9 10 IT Ix 13 L 15 16 17 18 19 1 20 xl '"""'"' A203 _1 1 ] 1 3 1 4 5 1 6 1 7 1 B I 9 1 30❑❑© 11 I ]E 13 14115 16 17 18 I 19 I EO LI EYNOTE LEGEND ARCHITECTS Q 1/2 SL, Suite t towaCAyIAS2340W]t AKESCSGCORCORDINATE FINALL11. WITH P'. 314iK5F6> MECHMI ICAL UNIT SER W CE ANO CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS �ywq opwr,lRe05.mm 09 23 REPAIR EASTING PLASTER WALL. SCRPPE LWSE PNM. FILL VOIDS AND CRACKS. PROVIDE SMOOTH _ - FINISH FOR PNMT. Piw n nr r.. ♦ew 09M 27CWM%(OO NT 4CMM WRESISTAACOUSTICAL WALL PALL PNEL VATH FRAME _ 10M SEMI -RECESSED FIRE - - - EXI3NKNUISXER CABINET WITH iG3Hj (63G) �63E1 0313 6312 FXi1NGIlISHER 1 cm of IOWACITY N - OEFLECTIONTRACK®HEAD al SRI-�- + ROBERT A IEE RFCRFATION CENTER 1 - ♦ N1•R TOBRICKEAST PNASEiIMPROVEMENI2 I CITY OE IOWA OTY Y- MITE DUCTAND M - 1 fLWGEESOUTCHEON 00=1 - PAINT CMU WALL x..♦,unen�n _O]t_ 112 ER RXODESENCINEERINO ` ©b - RA WASH INGTON STREET F71. ZONA033, s::40 P. 314333 7S50 b N _ R, UPPER LEVEL - - - -- - CENTER-- �A - b j M r _ DESIGN ENGINEERS F UPPER LEVEL NIOIPPAIRIES.[A52 SW 1 CEOAR RAPIDS. 1A 57401 K - P. 31981'19M 0M DESIGN ENGINEERS 1 K 6801 PROMIE VIEW IN SW CEDAR RAPIDS, M 53A0f I,. 319843I9M A3W: ' C r LOWEftIEVEL LOWER LEVEL H 1 ,- RACQUETBALL (S) - RACOUETBALLIVESTIBULELW- 1/4"= 1'-0" -- G -I 6313 6312 6311 6310 6309 6308 6307 6306 6305 6304 63T02 PAINT CMU WALL - I. ITH Jk LEVEL 0 FINISH, INTERIOR ONLY MECHANICAL PLATFORM IEEE ORM -09& ORM - MIN 9M _ �� +s . -o9M O� ' n MY -7' I _ .�_- b UPPER LEVEL N --- e e o a �rn m rn m VESTIBULE it -: EAST ROOM I � Eli 'e LOWERL I- _ ♦ 6 4 ♦ ` TOOTKIN MASONRY MFIU- - MATCH ERISTING AOT. LMOARP7 OOCOMEYSS A Iw"nxu♦ OM _. RACOUETBALL,fM - EAST OO SINTERIOR 114 V-13" 1 1 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 l4 15 16 1I le 19 20 it "'""""" A204 1 1 2 1 3 1 6 1 5 1 6 1 T 4 31 1 � ROOF ROOF GME TO 3 - EDGE TO � REMAw A3B6 Y \` LIMESTONE CAP P PAINTEDCMU T 5 `DUSTING T EMAIN - WALL TO REMAIN N BRICKFW \~ SSG CASSETTE CURTNNWAU- N M I/ M I 699 - UPPER LEVEL N 10 — T VERIFY ANDCOO COORDINATE B3N REMAIN � � i7 MEMBRANE FUSHING — MASONRY DRAINAGE MAT S G -- P.MMEDMA9ONRY EWTNG CORED STAB— VENEER I� — LIMESTONE CAP, ANCHOR F — ENIBTIO -SEUMORE REMAIN ANGLE TO REMAIN L I BEAM TO REIMIN b I ALB, 3 E SEE STRUCTURAL - I W/ HEMMED EDGE. MATCH I b CURTAN WALL FINISH. ___ ORIP EDGE 0 .126 FORMEDALUMINUM GLASS iO EWE AMB CLIP ANGLE, r LONG, t EACH AT HEAD, SU AND NIOPOINi / SEDBACK OF BRICK EXPOTCHER. STRE ALUMINUMEOLOSURE I' SEE SPECIFICATIONS. W/ HEMMED EWE. MATCH- �" - .A - LOWER LEVEL CURTAIN WALLFINISH. AND TYPICAL MORTAR I C MEMBRANEFLASHING D PLASTER THILKNE68 WINDOW HEAD A 1 112"= 1.4Y - _ PANTFDCMU i83H VwrREALER-- - - BRICKFWBEYOND AIUMMIM VENT COVE BASE, CUT AND �I PNM TO MATCH CURTAIN WALL MUWON HEIGHT. MECHANICALLY ;1 FASTEN USING COLOR MATCH SCREW A — HEADS HANDRAIL LEVEL A -� WINDOW EXTERIOR ELEVATION "P) -,- 3/4" = 1•-0" 1 2 1 3 1 4 5 L 8 9 10 — T P • WINDOW INTERIOR ELEVATION CTYPj__ 314" _ 1'-0" 6 2 8 9 f 0 0 11 1 u 1 13 ]a U EEPSAO WINDOW SECTION (TYP) 3 X3/4^=1.-0^ 30 u u 13 15 IS 1 ]T L 19 1 30 N EXISTING ROOFING SYSTEM TO EWIN CONDITIONSUNKNOIMH. RFIELD — ENDING ROOFING AND CA STRIP TO VERIFY ANDCOO COORDINATE B3N REMAIN � — MEMBRANE FUSHING — MASONRY DRAINAGE MAT S F�1 -- P.MMEDMA9ONRY EWTNG CORED STAB— VENEER — LIMESTONE CAP, ANCHOR AND SLOPE TO DEAN ENIBTIO -SEUMORE REMAIN ANGLE TO REMAIN �" I BEAM TO REIMIN b I 3 � SEE STRUCTURAL ALUMINUM ENCLOSURE I W/ HEMMED EDGE. MATCH I META -FLASHING W/HEMMED CURTAN WALL FINISH. ___ ORIP EDGE SSG CASSETTE .126 FORMEDALUMINUM GLASS iO EWE AMB CLIP ANGLE, r LONG, t EACH AT HEAD, SU AND NIOPOINi / SEDBACK OF BRICK EXPOTCHER. STRE ALUMINUMEOLOSURE I' SEE SPECIFICATIONS. W/ HEMMED EWE. MATCH- �" - PROVIDE UNSTAMPED BRICK CURTAIN WALLFINISH. AND TYPICAL MORTAR JOINT TAPCONS - MEMBRANEFLASHING PLASTER THILKNE68 WINDOW HEAD A 1 112"= 1.4Y - _ - i83H VwrREALER-- - - BRICKFWBEYOND AIUMMIM VENT COVE BASE, CUT AND PNM TO MATCH CURTAIN WALL MUWON HEIGHT. MECHANICALLY ;1 FASTEN USING COLOR MATCH SCREW A — HEADS ARCHITECTS 241/25 CIIMon SL, 5upF1 I... CE, lA 52210 P: 3132&5662 w'w.oP"Ih,X,R.ran CIIYOF gWAfT'ww - ROBERT A EEE RECRIUNtON CENTER PNME 2 IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF IOWA CITY RAKER WgDE$ ENGINEERING 112E WASHINGTON STREET IOWA CITY, IA 5220 P. 31633}7850 DESIGN ENGINEERS =1PMIflIE VIEW LN SW CEDARMPmS A52M P. 319.ml ANN _ PREPAINTED METAL ENO DAM Z EXPANSION ALL SIDES -- TO MATCH CURTAIN WALL MULLION NVODATHLETICFLOORINGSYSTEM-- - TWO PIECE METAL FLASHING. DESIGN ENGINEERS PREPAINTEDTOMATCH =2 PRIMHE VIEW W SW S5B-r CURTAINWA3LMULLON. CEDAR RANDS, M 52M r LOWER LEVEL P. 319291-191JI • MEMBMNE FLASHING TREATED WODD BLOLgNG — / - PAINTED CMU ' EXISTING DEPRESSED SUB ---- MASC2NY DRAINAGE MAT EXISTING FOUNDATION WALL SHEET MEMBRANE DOWN WALL i B WINDOW SILL - METAL ENCLOSURE BY CURTAINWALL INSTMIER. CLEAT 631.1 MATCH CURTAIN WALL FINISH. SF/IIAP22 A3O HEMMED EDGE 3711 Iy- - BLOCKING AS REO'D 63H. - - - - - �. II'I•1M' - �. _ b MEMBRANE FlA6HIO Q D COLOR MATCH SEALANT TO MULLION C7 #RTH SSG CASSETTE GlEASIST - NORMANBRiWMB RUGGREXTUREFMISHTOFACE rr CUMARO. AWAY FROM GLASS. r i t'.O' W W �3 SM, TOOTH TH EXISTING BRICK�T rn _1 l I� PLAN DETAIL ABOVE FLOOR LEVEL___ CD q — EXISTING FILL (OR NEW N GEOFOAM) — EXISTING CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALL MASONRY TIES A10B E LISTINGBRCK « I 'I MEMBRANE FILSHING MASONRY ORNNAGE MAT ILJII MASONRY r — PAINTED CMU. GROUTED SIDED NORMAN BACK FIN. 3YT V -1v SLC. RUGGITEXTJRE FINISH TO FACE OL M/ARD. AWAY FROM CMU DPILIN DETAIL BELOW FLOOR LEVEL _ 11n=r-0" 2 I 15 16 1 IT 1 18 1 19 20 uR01000 C016iRU(T10N 1/Sl/20 OOC111AMR5 EAST ROOM DETAILS A206 1 2 1 3 a a SEE A i STRUCT RAL- STRUCTURAL NU.R • pINRIFY IANELTYPE AL1 R1 1 F Y -C R3 MEMMRANEG FL S -P RS DWRWAT-SEE STRUCTURAL-PRWEO F Y -P SANDSHOLLOW METN.FTCHES FOR SMOOTHMINT- T PREPAFILL DEWS FILLDEMSAOR SW SS FLASHING F Y -P SEE SEE N 8CHEOLAE, U. @ M F FL DOOR PANEL TYPES L A 1 5 1 B 1 1 1 8 9 E=3 I6CMEDlIIE 01 DOOR FRAME ELEVATIONS EwsnNG PIASTER R REPLACEMENTP(ASTER 1 H /j SEE A i STRUCT RAL- STRUCTURAL NEW SHUCK RETURN WHERE E%ISTWG CMU NEEOED(ALTERNATING COURSES). - EXISTING BRICK ♦ - PLASTER RETURN ALL SIDES n ♦ MASONRYGRMNAGEMAT _ SEALANT - ALL Sims MEMMRANEG ,ILII♦ ♦ - OONTINUWUSSTEETELAT D SCHEDULED. INSULATE FRAME DWRWAT-SEE STRUCTURAL-PRWEO �.I� ANO PANTED PT -3. SANDSHOLLOW METN.FTCHES FOR SMOOTHMINT- T PREPAFILL DEWS FILLDEMSAOR SW SS FLASHING INSUTATE FRAME. EXTERIOR FACE PI _ HOLLOW METALFRAMEASSCHEWIED, INSULATE FRAME. INTERIOR FACE PT -1 - DOOR AS SCHEDULED. INTERIOR FACE PT -1 03 SM' GYPSUM BOARD, PNNTASSCHEDUIED METAL SND XEADERACROSS OPENING CONTINUOUS SIMONE_ SEALANT - EACH SIDE rv4 G I-- DOOR AS SCHEDULED. E%TERIOR FACE PI HOLLOW METALFRAME AS SCHEDULED - DOOR AS SCHFWLFo Y MPX F A 3 M -CAME HEAD ®CMU (EXTERIOR) (C KM FRAME FRAME HEAD EXISTING BRICK. - - -- E MASONRY DRAINAGE MAT C CONCEALED ANCHOR BI NEW SHUCK RETURN WHERE IKKLOW METH. FRAME AS SCNEWLFD NEEOED(ALTERNATING COURSES). - WGYPSUM BOARD TOOTNTH EXISTING PANT AS SCHEDULED CONTINUOUS SILICONE EA ANT - COMIN WUS SILICONE SEALANT - _ SEALANT - ALL Sims ACWSTIC SATT INSULATION NCUMMETALFRAMEAS AT ACOUSTIC PARTIT- A D SCHEDULED. INSULATE FRAME ALUM " METAL RUNNER B SND AT JAMB DOOR AS SCHEDULED A SANDSHOLLOW METN.FTCHES FOR SMOOTHMINT- T PREPAFILL DEWS FILLDEMSAOR SW ANW ANODUED IDUSI REMAIN PLASTER RETURN AL- SIDES LLSIDES EXISTINGCMU METING PIASTER TO REMNN A 1 6 H.M. FRAME JAMB 0 CMU (EXTERIOR) _ p. H.M. (RAMI 1 1 2 1 3 1 a 1 5 1 8 1 T 1 B 10 11 1] 33 - -- COOR AB SCHEWIED C CONCEALED ANCHOR BI IKKLOW METH. FRAME AS SCNEWLFD m - - ARCHITECTS YJIB ANCHORS 3 PER SIDE (MINIMUM) WOR SCHEDULE ASBRATYIMBEN EA ANT - COMIN WUS SILICONE SEALANT - ANCHOR' EACH SIDE EACH PLASTER RETURN AL- SIDES LLSIDES EXISTINGCMU METING PIASTER TO REMNN A 1 6 H.M. FRAME JAMB 0 CMU (EXTERIOR) _ p. H.M. (RAMI 1 1 2 1 3 1 a 1 5 1 8 1 T 1 B 10 11 1] 33 - EXISTING CMU / M 1s 15 17 15 19 20 zl REPLACMENT ARCHITECTS DOOR DOOR SCHEDULE GENERAL WOR SCHEDULE ASBRATYIMBEN 1 ANCHOR' Mv25 GINDRSL, WLe1 ALUM " ALUMINUM Iaxa City, IA 51i0 SANDSHOLLOW METN.FTCHES FOR SMOOTHMINT- T PREPAFILL DEWS FILLDEMSAOR SW ANW ANODUED IDUSI REMAIN F' 3131E&566T ]. PANT METAL OO SAMID LOW METAL DOORS H MM METAL XOLLOWMETAL HOLLOW RAMESERIOPXO0.0W FRAMES ESS NOTED OTHERWISE, wvrv.opnar<MbRs.wm ECUOW METAL DOORS d. FAINT EXTERIOR HOS FE FEE FIBERGINSUILhTEDGREINFO CE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC NOTED OTHERWISE, FRAME' Ph1UNLESSNOTEDOTESTOBE PT PAINT l 0R HOLLOW METAL FRAMES TO BE GG SAFETY GLASS FILLED WITH SPRAY FOAM INSUTATgN. 111 NO WOOD (NOT USED) _ ronms�nanv.u.." ML )BEE WALLTYPEGT AV - - EYJSTING CONTINUOUS MASONRY UNTEL AT DOORWAY -SEE STRUCTURAL ♦ CONTINUOUS SILICONE MAIANT-EACH SIDE FRAME AS SCHEOUIED _ - DOOR" SCHEDULED -r ED EO L E FRP FRAME HEAD CMU LINTEL 3"=VI F FRP FRAME JAMBAM CMU PIER _ 3"= P-0" 9 1 10 1 11 I ss 1 13 I 11 I 1s I 15 17 I M I 1S I 20 I 21 DIV OF IOwA 01V ROBERT A ME RECREATION CENTER PHASE i IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF IOWA CTY RAKER RHODES ENGINEERING TO E WASHINGTON STREET IOWA Cm, IA 522M P. 31Y333 78M DESIGN ENGINEERS MULL PRAIRIE VIEW LN SW CEWR RAPID' IA S2b DESIGN ENGINEERS BMI PRNRIE VIEW LN 5W DOW RAPIDS. M 52 M P.319d01-19W ]8101000 CONSTRUCTION DODOS DOCUMENTS DOOR SCHEDULE AND TYPES A601 - EXISTING CMU / SEE STRUCTURAL FOR MABOMIY LENTIL PER REPLACMENT CONTINUOUS SILICONE SEALANT - EACH SIDE - -i FRAME AS SCHEDULED ANCHOR' +)CONCEALED AS SCHEDULED F FRP FRAME JAMBAM CMU PIER _ 3"= P-0" 9 1 10 1 11 I ss 1 13 I 11 I 1s I 15 17 I M I 1S I 20 I 21 DIV OF IOwA 01V ROBERT A ME RECREATION CENTER PHASE i IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF IOWA CTY RAKER RHODES ENGINEERING TO E WASHINGTON STREET IOWA Cm, IA 522M P. 31Y333 78M DESIGN ENGINEERS MULL PRAIRIE VIEW LN SW CEWR RAPID' IA S2b DESIGN ENGINEERS BMI PRNRIE VIEW LN 5W DOW RAPIDS. M 52 M P.319d01-19W ]8101000 CONSTRUCTION DODOS DOCUMENTS DOOR SCHEDULE AND TYPES A601 J I I 3 1 3 1 6 1 5 6 1 2 6 1 9 1 U) 1 11 1] 1 L3 I N I 15 ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE D FLOOR WALL FINISH Number ROOM NAME FINISH BASE NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST CEILING FINISH P 1 EAST ROOM WD -1 R9V-1 PT -1 PT -1 PT -1 PT-1 2 VESTIBULE SP1 09-1 PT -1 PT -1 PT -1 ACPA/PT-1 3 REC CENTER -STORAGE - - - - - NON -VENTED INSTALLED BY — NON-LOORC 4 GYMNASIUM - SEE ELEVATIONIPT-1 - - - =ELEVATION:/PT-1 5TOILETFAF-1FA&1 STYLE: PRELUDE PCT -1 .PCT -1 PCT -1 PT -1 8 POOL COLOR: WHITE SEEELEVATIOWPT-1 GRIDCOLOR: WHITE N ARCHITECTS N 1/2 SOMon St, SYNe 1 FASTENER LOCATED ON CONCRETE SIDE. — 0 DONOT FASTEN TOTHE W90DFLOOR. ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS (SEE RCPT — A. ACP -1 PANEL MFG'. USG ED STYLE: MA PLUS ITEM YPB155 NON -VENTED INSTALLED BY — NON-LOORC 2ARE xzx SIZE: 2'%2 %34'SG. NRACOR.BEVELEDGES FLOOR CONTRACTOR. BEVEL EDGER M GRID MFG'. ARMSTRONG 2'E%PANSKKI ALL SNE$ — STYLE: PRELUDE GRID. IWITXLSERIES HOLD COLOR: WHITE NUOOATXLETC S GRIDCOLOR: WHITE FLOORING SYSTEM — APPLICATION SEE PCP i' *GYPSUM SOMD CEILING ON METAL SND FRAMING rvl G. MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOMDCFE.NO ON METAL STUD FRAMING RECESSE09lA0 NON-RECESSEDSLAB L THIS SIM - THIS SIM X. EXISTING CEILING TO REMAIN, VERIFY HEIGHT INFIELD. NOTES: SEE RCP FOR SIZES AND LOCATIONS _ EXTERIOR PAINT EXT PT -1 COLOR'.SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW8143, BASKET BEIGE VENTED THRESHOLD FINISH. AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER 1 1 1%1• - 1'-0• APPLICATION : EXTERIOR HM DOOR AND FRAME ' K INTERIORPMNT PT -1 COLOR. SHERWIN WILAAMS SW7102. VMITE FLWR NOTES: MULTIPLE FINISHES. MULTIPLE APPLICATIONS - FINISH A.EGGSHELL. TO BE USED FOR WIRE WALL PAINT RESILENTVENT COVE BASE .SEE - 1:NISHB: FLAT , TO BE USED FOR VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL PANT AT CEILINGS SPECIAL DETAILS FOR CURTAIN WALL SURFACEAPPLYWITIMFG PT -2 COLOR'. PPG 11565, ACAPULCO CUFFS RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE. NOTES: PIPE RAILING 1 FINISH'. AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR HANDRAILS SEXPANSIONALL SIDES PoRCEWN CERAMIC TILE HOLD - PCT -1 PLINKING SYSTEM PRODUCTMANUFACTURER.DALTHE RLWHLHUES COLOR. PEARL COLOR WHITE OHG3 -A8W _ H PCT -2 MANUFACTURER: DALTEE RECESSED SUB PROCUCT: NATURAL HUES COLOR. AEGEANQH41 - WALL TILE GROUT MANUFACTURER: BOSTIK PRODUCT: TRVCOLOR - COLOR: DELOREAN GRAY Y 1 VENTED BASE JONT THICKNESS: 1/Y _. 1 1/2" = 1'-0" G FLUID APPLIED FLOORING FAP, GUAAZ COLORGRANULE6 BY TORGINOL OBI(GS CLEARWATER - MS BROADCAST GFADE 114 LBS -ILBS (DOUBLE BROADCAST) SEE SPEC SECT%3N N S] 00 FOR INFORMATION ON PRIMER. BODY &TOPCOAT F SEMEDCONLRETE SC -1 SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION IN 5123 WOOD FLOORING WD -1 TYPE'. ATXLfTC HARDWOOD MANUFACTURER'. ACTION FLOOR SYSTEMS STYLE'. PROAIR WBS COLOR: MAPLE. SECOND GRADE OR BETTER E NOTES'.3 THICK EIA' WIDE PUNKS NSTAWTgN. WOOD GRAIN TO RUN NORTH ISOUTX. HOLD A Y PERIMETER AT ALL EDGES. – FLUID APPLIED BASE FAB -1 SAME AS FLUID APPLIED FLOORING, FAF-1 0 RESILIENT BASE R&1 MANUFACTURER'. ROPPE COLOR: 176 &LATE. STYLE'. Y COVED AT INSIDE CORNERS AND OUTSIDE CORNERS RBV-1 MANUFACTURER'. JOHNSONHE GOLOR: BUCK STYLE'. S r A- VENTED C NOTES'. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS. 0 A 1 16 17 1 ]S GENERAL NOTES 2 1 3 4 1 5 6 ] B 9 1 SO I 11 12 1 13 1 14 15 1 16 1 17 1, REFER TO HNOH rtwv a,"mc—I LU CEUNG PIANS. AND ELEVATIONS FOR LCCAT AND WENT OF FINISHES. 2, PAINT ALL INTERIOR MISCELLANEOUS METAL G W UES, LOUVERS ERS ACCESS PANELS, PIPES AND CONDUIT EXPOSED TO VIEW TO MATCH THE WALLS IN WHICH THEY OCCUR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. ALL EXPOSED CRYWHL TO RECEIVE PAINT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. A, pAWTPLL REVE4LS TO IMTCX THE WAUSINED HOLLOW OCCUR. 5. COORS AN PAINTED TO BE PANMETALDTO AND FRAMES TO RE PAINTED TO MICH THE COLOR OF THE WALL IN WNIFL THEY OCCUR I NO 6 ALL FLOGRINGMRMINAL SCAM LOCATIONS NS M E TO B MJO CENT LOCATIONS ARE R BE CENTERED OUNDER N0 LEAFS IN CLOSED WEND FLOORING POSITION LLN.O. T. MORRIELEAMC OSETSAIWO SPACES, S MIL R OPENINGS CLOSETS AND SIMILAR OPENINGS UFI.O. 8. REFER TO SHEET ADOBE FOR TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 9. POWER AND DATA LOCATIONS ARE TO BE COORDINATED IN THE FIELD WIRI FINAL FURNISHING PIANS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF BOXES FITTINGS, AND RACEWAYS. M©© ARCHITECTS N 1/2 SOMon St, SYNe 1 0 P. 3DH2 B -S657 P: 31S2V6566] x Iam,rchllettimm CIIYOF NIWA (RY ROBERTAEEERECREATN PHASE2IMPROVEMENTS CIIYDFIOWAUTY xa.•uo.• RAKER RHODES ENGINEERING 112E WASHINGTON STREET IOWA CITY, IA 52240 PP,31R333-]BSO DESIGN ENGINEERS BSN PRAIRIE VIEW LN SW CFOAR RMIDS, A 524W P. 319801.1w DESIGN ENGINEERS MI PNMRIE VIEW LN SW CEDAR BMID3, A 52a P. 319201-19M 18601000 coxSmMrnox 1/x42& pOCUMFNTS FINISH SCHEDULE AND SPECIFICATIONS I8 19 20 21 A602 J 1 1 21 3 1 0 1 5 1 6 1 3 1 B 1 9 1 10 1 11 1 13 1 13 1 14 1 15 1 16 1 17 1 18 1 19 1 20 1 21 G am PINES PI EYISIINGTONOANN. P3 PROJIDE PJC IHY.MTION JPCKETINGCN. EXPOSED PONM3NS OF STORM UNE. W1 ExIsnNGroREMVx p 6301 _ _ 6301 1 M ...5302 — Y l 1 I 11 i I L I 1 1 1 �I ! F 6JW fi305 L RACGIJETBPLL '{{� EPSs ROOM 1 4 K _ i II _ .6307 131, i" FERWFESTORMTIGHf j TOEF3EAKMWIllN1D kS E30a T"MDJNN SigiM BELOW�61PM8 �I Y6TORM DOM RY PYW y�UNDERBPB \ Y6TOMAUPro RO, fi3C9 0.1 00 — I YSFORM UPTO PO. R1 H ' � E310 GPMEB 5911 G u _ IlkkbP fi312 I 6312 1 F _ fi3'..3 -- - 6313 PROVDEYHUBORNH FOFCONOEW6 TE p PNNG C.�L _ 6314 .>— S 5314 'V RET CENTGE R E� STORP� L ` OONNECDDN, SEE WM 8315 _ 6315 _ _rn RECEIVING 'F-- c - DEMOLITION KEY NEW WORK KEY 63F ISG 63H roREMAN 63F 63G FVH SMIRKS ro BERB2WEDJ NEWIREVI5E0 REVISED (� ��RAWUETBALL COURT PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLANCOURT PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN ���RACOUETBALL COURT PLUMBING PLANCOURT PLUMBING PLAN IVB'=1'-0" " B A 7 1 I 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 8 9 1 30 1 11 1 12 1 13 1 14 1 15 1 is 17 1 1B 1 19 1 20 21 ARCHITECTS .Wscllmonv.,suNe1 Iowa aW, IA S2240 P: 319-248-5667 —opnzmhis R.wm Maniw.4 n�mr�Me�ti.w. OW OF IOWA COY MIBERTALEEREGFATO PIEASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF IOWA UTV RAKER RHODES ENGINEERING 112 E WASHINGTON STREET IOWA UT ,, IA S2240 P. 319-333.7850 DESIGN ENGINEERS 8801PMIRIENEWINSW CEDAR RAPI05, IA 574M p. 319441-1940 DESIGN ENGNJEERS .1 PRPJRIE VIEW IN SW [EDA.V RAPIDS, IA 52s04 P 319-Pli9M ■ tl PTN rn 0 184o4WD CONSOMMON D2/03/20 .MENTS RACQUETBALL COURT PLUMBING PLANS J 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 1 1 8 1 9 a P • 6324 N M _J Y541 LPNSH , — �YSAN UPTOSH f 6W LP TO WC �'' fi32] III?.pmlAv L 111? SWWT UV __ 6328 11 TSWWTOUR1 I?SW UPNDF _ Pi YVEXf UP � C II\ 30 11 1 12 1 13 I 14 1 15 16 1 11 1 18 1 19 1 20 1 21©© fi324 6325 KEYE4M7II,4 fi32fi y�� 6329 TSgN LPNSH TWIUPTO SH 2'SWUP K W UProW OITYEMUP 1321 'SW WT0SH CWSIAL �RLO, K11H 6328 �11?SWUP rb uP �T a rMNWWM J/ TSM' UP NEAT.yDMBINUMFLOS.OEHO KEYE4M7II,4 WA9TEANO 4EMPIPING 1,5q,IEIRICKEY li 6329 ///''' 6329 K TNTTEY EAN OEgLtE69:DFAVI PSW UPRI C sm gyNGIEACCE5500JR. / fI'SPN CWSIAL �RLO, K11H GENClO0.. TS.W IW EASENOTOFEOIN F%ISPNGTO0.5.1 J/ TSM' UP NEAT.yDMBINUMFLOS.OEHO O SVIITMY LGW DEMOLITION KEY— NEW—WORK KEY ANDWiWg1FR PNOCM.CWRCINPTEtMM — TO REIAAW EYGTWG — — TOVRENOY l NEW/RMED 63K fi3M E3A� fi3N 83M 63A T\ POOL DECK RESTROOM- UNDERSLAB PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN ,�-..\ /T POOL DECK RESTROOM - UNDERSIAB PLUMBING PIAN H G 6324 - 132a F 6525 I 6325 — r 6326 6326 T} �^ CF31,P • 10RFNLH� 1 �P S41 6322 - UV u TYEM UP 1, V.CI — 1 WG r Paz 1 �� I, y y 6320 1 I TVEMIv OF_.. _. --fiRO LAV T FaI Poi .1 f 6329 - 5329 LI' HSNNGPANFIW Ll H THIS LOCCION 11R'LW� �I121W C DEMOLITION KEY NEW WORK KEY ro RWWN IDUSTWG _ TOBEREMOYTDI NEW/RMBED — fi3K 69.1 534 PR95E0 63K 63M F. ^ T POOL DECK RESTROOM - PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN ^ /T' POOL DECK RESTROOM -PLUMBING PLAN A 7 1 1 3 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 3 1 B 9 1 10 1 11 12 1 13 14 KEYE4M7II,4 WA9TEANO 4EMPIPING 1,5q,IEIRICKEY RI EASINGTO REM L p# lCG1ENLI5gAlICH VNYESSO S2py TNTTEY EAN OEgLtE69:DFAVI why q, gyNGIEACCE5500JR. 4 CWSIAL �RLO, K11H GENClO0.. _ EASENOTOFEOIN F%ISPNGTO0.5.1 M2 FD2 NEAT.yDMBINUMFLOS.OEHO O SVIITMY LGW O000..CM CLOGE AND GROTWATENO TO &dKTO MVN ANDWiWg1FR PNOCM.CWRCINPTEtMM C£.YFAPL f.CIRRN.'TCR. ✓\y\/ V'R �� WA9TEANO 4EMPIPING 1,5q,IEIRICKEY $I2! r YEM ISOMETRIC ISWLANO S2py 5 SUPPLY ISOMETRIC -TOILET 15 Nor ro Stas 1IRCHITECTS NL2SaNrton S[..SUNe1 Iowa ary, A 522M P: 319-2465663 .opnarthlletti.L' oPgsam .nwawrvM�rt..v. a3Y OF IOWA CM ROBERT A EEF RECREATON CENTER PMAM2IV ROVWENIS OT OF IOWA OW RAKER RHODES ENGINEERING 112EWASxINGTGNSTREET IOWAOW.IA5224G P. 319-33i7850 DESIGN ENGINEERS MI PRAIRIE NEW LN SW CEOARRAPIDSJA524W P. 314&1-19M DESIGN ENGINEERS BN31 PRAIRIE VIEW LN SW CEDAR RAPIDS, IA 52404 P. 319.9411944 15 16 I 11 ]L I 19 I 20 I 21 1B4De6m mnsmucrlax Dx/m/xB WCUMEHIS POOL DECK RESTROOM PLUMBING PLAN P102 r 0 � S2py why q, �­4 4 Rx _ rn O meq• 15 16 I 11 ]L I 19 I 20 I 21 1B4De6m mnsmucrlax Dx/m/xB WCUMEHIS POOL DECK RESTROOM PLUMBING PLAN P102 Q P N M L K G F E D C B A � 1 S 1 6 ALL WSUTATpN WcnueOiS� 15, CONTEX PA95EBTIROUGX PPE SADDLE HAS HOPED EDGES HANGER UNBRgQN NOTCHED TO FR PPE XMY£A > 1 0 1 PLUMBING SYMBOLS PIPE HARDER WRNERSARE �"OTHES CLIPPED 'i PNGLES411fC vaw I INGENERAL, µL EOUIPMEMANDPIPING S WAN IN DARK LINEIZTOSE RFANNE, 11GM 4 PLAM EDGES /L—.m 1T. SAN ITARY,STERNA. AND WM PIPING SUES ME BARED ON STAN DAM CAST IRON PIPE".rnr.� Irsa Qo J .END —/ PNDTOINDICAT 7HEGENEMLLMAUONSOFEQUIPMENT, PIPINGNIOWLTMPoL S 1 6 cWIPACTOR AS REWIRED TO M WAN STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY MO MINIMAE SIZE CE OPEN WS 0 SFMMWWXLPIPIWPENENATIONSWTHWN-SHWNKGFORORSIMIIAF MATERIAL. WHERE FOR ME FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION PLLMBNG CCMMCLOA STALL FI RE STOP TOIUTCX ME FIRE RATION. REFER TO ARCXrtECNN01 WINS FCR REWIRED FIRE RATINGS SE£ OETAIIS MD SPECI%WTIONS FOR FIRE STOPPING REOUIREMEMS. c PATCMWMDHRESTOPINGCFARWWWDMnWOPENMGSSMN BEBY NEGENERALCONTV4T0R d. AMEN PATCHING OPENINGS IN MEAS WHICH ARE NOT TO REEK NEW KNISHES, PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PARCHING SI4AL MAIN ADJACENT FINISH. a REF MMMITECNRLPWISFMIWOPMOINMMCXFCRIWU THE GNOME STRUCTURE ARE TO BE REMOVED AND WHICH ME TO REMAIN AS WELL AS WALSH AREAS ME TO RECEIVE FEW FINISHES. T CWMlWE LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF OPENINGS IN NEW STRUCTURE AM GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 'MIEN ADDITIONAL CUIDNG AND PATCHING IS REWIRED DUE 70 %UMBING COHRiACTOR S FAILURE TO OAW gNATE THIS VARK IT G AUL BE ME ROOM UMBING CONTMUTOMS RESWNSIBIITY TOPRWM NE ALWRIONµ LUTTIW MD PATCHING. SEAL MOOR FIRE STOP ALL PENETIUIONS AS REQUIRED. S. FOR ALL WORK REQUIRED ABOVE EXISTING CEILINGS TO REWN. CCMMCiOR IS RESPONSI6LE FOR REM W AL MD REPLACEMENTCf A L HUNG TILEASNINQUIREDTO ALCpAPLISXMPK EVA 9. PLUMBING CONTRACTORS NAL PRONDE AL REQUIRED SUPPORT STIES. Rat NNW . 10. SHUTDOWN OF CUTTING WATER. NATURAL GAR, OR OVER SYSTEM TO BE COOPERATED MRO W X OWNER ER S REPRESEMATNE A MINIMUM OF MERE DAYS NOR TOSHUTDOWN. 11 . ALL ASBESTOS SHALL M AWE UNDER EMMATE COMPACT. 12 PRWIDE"EFFLON VAI FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND µL BRANCH LINES SERJIXG TVA OR MORE FIXTURES. P n. MERE CONNECTOR TO BURSTING DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, PROVIOEISOLATKKI VALVES TO FACILITATE TESTW AND CLEANING OF NEW PIPING SEPARATE FROM EXISTING t SYSTEM. 14. MERE THERE IS NO CEILI NO INDICATES NEW PIPING ALL BE ROIILEBFJIPOSFD ab^� ROOM. Ai COLLEGE PIPING S-MLSE PANIFDNMATCH DJACEMIWWLEIL l J COLOR WcnueOiS� 15, CONTEX PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE 9 1 10 1 1 12 13 1 14 1 is 1 16 1 17 1 10 19 1 20 1 21 > 1 0 1 PLUMBING SYMBOLS I Trlm Wxw Uwge GENEPAlPLWBINGDEMOLIIWNC SPam �"OTHES NOI EaV,SY , ...r.ROW[O ACR 'i PNGLES411fC vaw I INGENERAL, µL EOUIPMEMANDPIPING S WAN IN DARK LINEIZTOSE RFANNE, 11GM I. ORAtMNGSARE IXPARTgAGBMIMATIC.IMENDEDT000NYEYMEbgF UMW( PAR 1T. SAN ITARY,STERNA. AND WM PIPING SUES ME BARED ON STAN DAM CAST IRON PIPE".rnr.� LINE Ib MREMM PNDTOINDICAT 7HEGENEMLLMAUONSOFEQUIPMENT, PIPINGNIOWLTMPoL —PLUMBNGMWLS— —R)i B NGMSNJi FWLK 2. WHERE PIPING THMARAFLWR ORAWALLISREMJYT➢, PATCHA1LRFAWNINGEOLES COMRACTORSHALLFIELCVERIFYALLDIMENSIWSMDIAYOIRHISW RMORI RoL WyCoN wiE TO MATCH ESSTING. MCgaGNG TO ME FOLLOWING GUIDELINES: ----- µL BELOW GPMEbYSiEM6 ✓� ]. MERE EXISTING PIPING TO BE RFAYNEG IS ROUTED IN AN EXISFNG WALL OR FLOOR a. CGRWDTMSML BE RE$PONS191£FCRDEIERMIHINGTHEEIACT rpuM O'rYdW bmv ALROMAY CCONTRUMV&W SURTOROURN, PIPINGTOBECAPPEDMDAB WNE01NWALLMN SLAB. LOCAMNSFOREGIBUREMNfORWGMIMSNIDTNE FYALT RCUiINGCf —SF— STORMSEW£R-ST lnpmerxn .e.:w PIPING PRI ARTOCONSIRUCTIW SEAS TOBEST FLING UYCUFOFME ---ASF— OVERFLOW STORM SEVER OST . pE}Ip'gy yFETyyµyE NLASBESTOSTOBEABATEDUNDERASEPARATE WNTROST. UANgNATEVAM a ONHERASPHOURE0. WORNOFALLTRACES. SPACEABOVE CEILINGS IS EXTREMELY LIMITED', —BBL— SUMP PUMP OISCXAANI _ _ PRESSMERFWCNGVµw 5 WIFY ME OMER NOR TO CREATING MY WOKE HEAT. MOISTURE. VAIGEOR N AEWIREM ALL OECWR01MIE EWER 54V �"— SANRARSTE CXECKVALVE GASTMWNONRY FIREAWtM EWIPMEM. ➢LAYOUTPING ME NENgiKC£ p WCOOREREDfAEFIFSTS OMER TRADER WITH EXISTING STRUCRIRE. PIPING, WNWN. WLPMNE( MOI WASTAW PRO, 0. SHUT DOWN OF EXISTING WATER, NATURAL WS, COMPRESSED MR OR OMER SYSTEMS M. OR TO MVMAN REWIRED CEILING TEMPLE, THEY SHALL OE PROADED �Nfd— GNIFISE$MRMYbEW%R-SA4G &LKfLOW PREVENIEA iO BE REQUESTED WNiEXSREFRESEMAiNE. flEFERTONEbFEGµ ATWNJORKKULCONFLOTXEOWNEA FLUMBMGVENi. VFNi V. RIEW CONWIONE IN ANE SPECIFICATIONS FOR MERE INFORMATION REGAROWG NE RWSTONOTING OWN IS INIENO NMDIUDDING PURPOSES a NME NAI BOOM_ IN MID VENO -AV VµVEIHflP.ER SHUTDOWN OF FI STING SYSTEMS. Pl'IWLbXIPWNH ISiOOE$GiEgfF➢AT NUMBSING RAPIPIND NUMBER HI FOAURATIO PURPOSES COLDWATER CAN iMAYMPOWTICCCNIROLVALVE OMER S CONVENIENCE ONLY TO NEWLYPAPINGBRNRCXEb p TSR TO 4FAIFYEYACTS¢EM'OCCNFIGURATION PRIORiO I� HW Tnasm LevbivxdMMe12SSFAMCGI 1. CWRUINATE SCHEDULE FOR RELCWTION OF ALL PIPING ANN WIRER, DOWNTIME FOR ALL SYSTEMS TO BE MMILES CCONTRL e, UIM ONERLMSE NOTED, ALL NPI NO TO BE ROUIED CONCEALED IN WINDS, 7WTWATER �PHOTPRESSURETEMPEMNRERMEFVALVE —IMA— NUI B. SCHEDULE FOR ALL WORK IMPMONG ADJACENT OCWPED AREAS SHAD BE PE CH49ES OR ABOrERWALLS.SUV�CEICOORDINATE R2.O W WAIEAMETER CWRgMTHAT MITHNE OWMERSREPTIONS AND UIS1NG DIINTEUYgPW1X EA STING OOK ➢NAE LAYOUT WTH RWIEOINFAND HOi WA3ERCIRCLIATIW NWC HOTWA RCIK MWNERNAOF S NCA'RKNBEFEPFHE OWNER TIOSPIN0CATIONS CONDITIONS M'OPLLONEATRACES. RgREµL PIPING ASHIGH KPobSIBIf ALL2OMERTFUM P-beP X EWPMENMESIGIUTION ACESHE FLESH ANDSETONEWMFRS OCCUPANCY OF FLESH SPACESREFER ftEFERTOSPECIFKA1pNS AN05E0VEHCIHGHJ1EbSPACE AND ALONG VALUE 70 OF FOR RE DES LOWPReSWGM�Gtlw CHAR PFREOUIFMENTbCXE➢IAE FCR MCREINPoRMGISHWNTO PIPING OMARITVNIACCESS MOT e. DOMINATE RW➢NENT.ANNGTOWJMAINACHADTO Hn„X�PRESSUPEGGN FIXTURE DESIGNATOR BE�AMC DTO BEL WQLA 4 FOR EYJS1ING PIPING SHOWN TO BERB.10YE0i0 PFlOW SIAB,SUBiOBE CN IRO CAMILTERS,MOTORS, ELECNICPL EONPMEHi.ANDCONIROLb ETD. IN NOCASE SXALLPIPING PAss 8mJ m.IA30ADARaMaflmxr. X.Y.Y PER MATURE SCHEDULE PIPING BELOWSIABASREWWED.FL00Ri0BENENBEPATCHFD OVERECTRU PANELS OR OR RESTRICT ACCESS —A— COMPRESSED AIR -A mr rflca dram in anoxer ABREQUOBEREMpVED ATEFLU AS gEpUIREDTO FFOVIDEFWSX FINISH FORRWR. PIPING SHOWN ROBE PEMiNEO MANYDIRECTLY IDANYELECNIGLEOUIPMENT INOLUWNGJUNAMROOF CLEANOUT-CO.WNLCIEOHOUR-WOO Bum NEWHAACEFXCTURWr1EREREMOVALIS I LCIMgNA1EFXACi SigaM PIPE CONNECTIONS WTN RWFDPAINLWATIWS GR Co01n>— TAROLLFAWInYLO WRSTABMAY URATE MEROUTING REWIREONfMILRAIENEflOUTINGOF NEW %PING. PATCXBUR:ACESiOR.UTCX SITYM1N of IACHIlELN0.µ FUNS. SETRWFOHNNS IN MGER04HLEWTX P '^APING 6PECWllE6^ 4➢,WCENT SURFACES AT NT REMOVED DEAMBEIPING, I ECTS.ETCTEM. NUMPUBER® AND DRTAL RATION IXI NRER'S IHEDESIGN ESIGN ® weSINDRAN.NNFUCDRAMN�FD, RWRSINN CF ELBrJNNRHEOUPWViOWAPDs IY. UNLESS FONPE DPDEVOLULONWORK BEFOAIN RE PROFESNIS DETAILS.NOTHTHE DESWNPROFEGSIONAL BEFORE INSTALLATION QUAILS SIONAL 1.20p0 Open fOrd seat lass rover. REMOVED MALL RSE.YMEEMOVAL OF FASICIATED DAARGON STEEL UDE ftEMWµ CEA69OCN1EDLglL.RE'fE PROLEETSVEMDLE RD,FADMIN-AO O [� PWFDRNN RD.DWMEPOIT-DTH (� EI&YWTURNED DOWN OR AWAY EQUIPMENT PAD SUNDRIT TCREPANCIEb. ftEOUIRMG LOCATIOHOTO S WRINNETORT CI WALLHVpMNI-X TEENPNEOUP OR TOWARDS Ia DETAILED PUNSANDRAGE AL NEW COMMENCSYSTEMS CONNECTION TO NEWPIPING VARK. QUIPMETNOT affil TERENOE. ONIN ME PLANS PIPINGED EQUIPMENT NOT SIgNHNREAWN ONNENFMVFRKPUNO NEW WORK DARANFWORIDCOMIPIWOF MANSUN AS UNIONS 2, OF S } HOSE BIBS -H FEE TURNED DOWN OR AWAY SHSTINGALL ON AS TOOWNERS WHENERNEVE PINING SHALL BE REMOVEDE THERE FTWSE ERE0NN&R WAQUIREDXREMSME OR VALCSOCLEAROMNPNGROT BE SOWN BUT MAY FITTINGS OR VNWS ORSPECIFICATIONS SN 0mF RISE NOR REMAIN. NE CONTRACTOR SHALL RENEW WIN WMERSREPIIESEMATIYE PRpRiO WITH RITO PEPNOUib REWIRED BTEWORK E SPECIFICA ON WHERE THEY ME REWIPEDCYNE ADA need ANSI ANSI WIME1NgCATES gFEL110N REMWPL OF THE PIPING AND EDUIPMEM. XATMEDFNEWCRK,i BE FUR MRMINJUSEL ----til,— ONMN I WON OF FLOW NOTES: CULAN WNONEPWSE CIFANGS.FORNLBE LCGIEDRTAME . ]. UNLEf96FECKCP OW5OTHER �� DIELECTRIC UNION y PITCH DOWN NONELTAINOFARROW NOIRE LIFIMYRSS'VLL NOTRE LGGIEOAWW CEILINGS. FCRLnSTUTARE 1. MgMsdellHWM. Corhxfabcprdnm M111tlIMWma embmmpry wM tla requnemeMs of AOApwmrouplrin of piplrq relerlO ArcMxNrel tlevatimabrar REWIRED,BMN0i5HOWNMP S,COORDINATEE%ACTLO TMSV.I NSWN —D� SHUTDFFVAVVE— ] CAP OR PLUG fROFESSpNALPRIORTOINSTµUTION. INSTALLLLEANOJTS IHWMLLATWAFFORAT —}J{— STRANER Q COME MN NEWN FASTING elallbe mupnMm Nis III AFF WHEN LOCATED BEHIND CABINETS OR WATER CLOSETS euenwn areegdlxe. 4, ALL ELEMENTS OF THE CONSTRUCTION SHLLL BE PERFORMED BY MANdI NSnLLEDIN This axon iM Oxnx NefleaNlMlo Aces In AM cmicvaNm me tlaermanuelaeM9mkvaFreelntlalubae and remeln In AM arnWenm wNoulrtyunrp gpvq modif Svm. r in Weaeare an NE PARICULAR CRAFT I NVOLVED, AND RUSH LALLY EMPLOYED M THAT PAAIWVR Chusi ALL VAMbH4L BE PERFORMED IN A NEAT, WORpMNLIKE MANNER IN KEMW ^'REFERENCE '^ WIN NE HIGHEST STANDARDS CT THE CRAFT ELECTRICAL PANEL SHOWN s . CODINATE INSTALLATION OF VENTS, AND ALL OVEMS ER HFEHETN.IW NE BOR FCRCOgigPANEL MICRON BUILDING ENVELOPE WIN GENERAL CONTRACTOR µL UDIS PFHERUTW NE RMf ME TO SE INSTALLED AS PER RO D E M MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. 6. CUT AND PATCH WALLS MO FLOURS AS REWIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF III SYSTEMS. a. N MMIN INCOXCREMORMASSARYCCHSTRUCTIONSHALLBECORE MULLED OR MW CU! OJLK IMM WITH E%ISTIW STRUCTURE AND GENERAL cWIPACTOR AS REWIRED TO M WAN STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY MO MINIMAE SIZE CE OPEN WS 0 SFMMWWXLPIPIWPENENATIONSWTHWN-SHWNKGFORORSIMIIAF MATERIAL. WHERE FOR ME FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION PLLMBNG CCMMCLOA STALL FI RE STOP TOIUTCX ME FIRE RATION. REFER TO ARCXrtECNN01 WINS FCR REWIRED FIRE RATINGS SE£ OETAIIS MD SPECI%WTIONS FOR FIRE STOPPING REOUIREMEMS. c PATCMWMDHRESTOPINGCFARWWWDMnWOPENMGSSMN BEBY NEGENERALCONTV4T0R d. AMEN PATCHING OPENINGS IN MEAS WHICH ARE NOT TO REEK NEW KNISHES, PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PARCHING SI4AL MAIN ADJACENT FINISH. a REF MMMITECNRLPWISFMIWOPMOINMMCXFCRIWU THE GNOME STRUCTURE ARE TO BE REMOVED AND WHICH ME TO REMAIN AS WELL AS WALSH AREAS ME TO RECEIVE FEW FINISHES. T CWMlWE LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF OPENINGS IN NEW STRUCTURE AM GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 'MIEN ADDITIONAL CUIDNG AND PATCHING IS REWIRED DUE 70 %UMBING COHRiACTOR S FAILURE TO OAW gNATE THIS VARK IT G AUL BE ME ROOM UMBING CONTMUTOMS RESWNSIBIITY TOPRWM NE ALWRIONµ LUTTIW MD PATCHING. SEAL MOOR FIRE STOP ALL PENETIUIONS AS REQUIRED. S. FOR ALL WORK REQUIRED ABOVE EXISTING CEILINGS TO REWN. CCMMCiOR IS RESPONSI6LE FOR REM W AL MD REPLACEMENTCf A L HUNG TILEASNINQUIREDTO ALCpAPLISXMPK EVA 9. PLUMBING CONTRACTORS NAL PRONDE AL REQUIRED SUPPORT STIES. Rat NNW . 10. SHUTDOWN OF CUTTING WATER. NATURAL GAR, OR OVER SYSTEM TO BE COOPERATED MRO W X OWNER ER S REPRESEMATNE A MINIMUM OF MERE DAYS NOR TOSHUTDOWN. 11 . ALL ASBESTOS SHALL M AWE UNDER EMMATE COMPACT. 12 PRWIDE"EFFLON VAI FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND µL BRANCH LINES SERJIXG TVA OR MORE FIXTURES. P n. MERE CONNECTOR TO BURSTING DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, PROVIOEISOLATKKI VALVES TO FACILITATE TESTW AND CLEANING OF NEW PIPING SEPARATE FROM EXISTING t SYSTEM. 14. MERE THERE IS NO CEILI NO INDICATES NEW PIPING ALL BE ROIILEBFJIPOSFD ab^� ROOM. Ai COLLEGE PIPING S-MLSE PANIFDNMATCH DJACEMIWWLEIL l J COLOR WcnueOiS� 15, CONTEX PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE MELVOUMII" ,,MDSWRDIINAION�MMMIISSMa POLY PLUMBING FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULE Base FMve Di I Trlm Wxw Uwge AvaAPPiN l Ndm Cda _ NO. I PLUMBINGFIITURE CW TN WASt AVOIONIPPIWMDVETFLWRWARDS "L $pacification Section 22 1116 1T. SAN ITARY,STERNA. AND WM PIPING SUES ME BARED ON STAN DAM CAST IRON PIPE".rnr.� S41 ShwaNel HyeraRwbr051B SV'eve �+ Specification Section RR 1316 FPL IWxMB mFD3COA rpuM O'rYdW bmv Us, M acladubd, samckn N pm ave ro he made Mean 10 Feel INMYTH re. pM1ep Flox Man mmackins to M p aMeduled mans noted pt—ince An plana. lnpmerxn .e.:w P -t EXISTING TO MASON P3 PRONCE%c INWUTKKI JACKENNG ON AllEMG9EDPCRNOI6 OF SfOWIlE. SpepifieatlOn Section 23 4660 P3 LOCATE AL ISOLATION VALVES M MAT THEY CM BE PFLFSSE) R AWIAf L-1 KOMer K2OJl Grtt wwal ACCESS DARR. COSORNATE OWN LOGIN WM GENERAL CUR W CIOt flurp. MnSb Ruzl M1de, 15hen OF4na Sanaa FamxEAF-2T5. OSBan PRO, MtlM V..Nina WMAR, PRIM By r'mcexed cam carrar .alar P>aereewiNWXery WG -up, eer*rmurMi. Neargm! Nxrer OYIRPMTM Lewwm Madtl 110.LF Mermaalal mwrq Valve Concealed am carrier Tnasm LevbivxdMMe12SSFAMCGI Aigleeapp'ie Wsheltp9 R2.O ImuIM all eapmM ppng. SFN TNeb/ONer BraNey Sn/e TempereNre Lompeaxm Valve ppm P-beP I vnM ADA haver Mndle Plans; Sanaa F0,200A 1 8mJ m.IA30ADARaMaflmxr. Npk suppllee ALIN abpe mr rflca dram in anoxer SB' pwe ear, BV Reside Rom and vacuum 6mNa. Ma l KNOVAHpndAK-95057 Mwmmre Slmn Roval 111-120 manual flush valve 1.20p0 Open fOrd seat lass rover. ame, at I, wreouamMeafteramst lxmpmPewA ANN peed, dnpm. Iane6alurs 1-10ho epue Flea, padwpe AM afth, mx ADA need aMdAmps NOTES: _ _ -. 1. MgMsdellHWM. Corhxfabcprdnm M111tlIMWma embmmpry wM tla requnemeMs of AOApwmrouplrin of piplrq relerlO ArcMxNrel tlevatimabrar arpearx, ash ANYvall piling ash FugRea as rtpuie pa AOA. ADA 2. elallbe mupnMm Nis to mad manualrMeveam, ass euenwn areegdlxe. This axon iM Oxnx NefleaNlMlo Aces In AM cmicvaNm me tlaermanuelaeM9mkvaFreelntlalubae and remeln In AM arnWenm wNoulrtyunrp gpvq modif Svm. r in Weaeare an cWIPACTOR AS REWIRED TO M WAN STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY MO MINIMAE SIZE CE OPEN WS 0 SFMMWWXLPIPIWPENENATIONSWTHWN-SHWNKGFORORSIMIIAF MATERIAL. WHERE FOR ME FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION PLLMBNG CCMMCLOA STALL FI RE STOP TOIUTCX ME FIRE RATION. REFER TO ARCXrtECNN01 WINS FCR REWIRED FIRE RATINGS SE£ OETAIIS MD SPECI%WTIONS FOR FIRE STOPPING REOUIREMEMS. c PATCMWMDHRESTOPINGCFARWWWDMnWOPENMGSSMN BEBY NEGENERALCONTV4T0R d. AMEN PATCHING OPENINGS IN MEAS WHICH ARE NOT TO REEK NEW KNISHES, PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PARCHING SI4AL MAIN ADJACENT FINISH. a REF MMMITECNRLPWISFMIWOPMOINMMCXFCRIWU THE GNOME STRUCTURE ARE TO BE REMOVED AND WHICH ME TO REMAIN AS WELL AS WALSH AREAS ME TO RECEIVE FEW FINISHES. T CWMlWE LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF OPENINGS IN NEW STRUCTURE AM GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 'MIEN ADDITIONAL CUIDNG AND PATCHING IS REWIRED DUE 70 %UMBING COHRiACTOR S FAILURE TO OAW gNATE THIS VARK IT G AUL BE ME ROOM UMBING CONTMUTOMS RESWNSIBIITY TOPRWM NE ALWRIONµ LUTTIW MD PATCHING. SEAL MOOR FIRE STOP ALL PENETIUIONS AS REQUIRED. S. FOR ALL WORK REQUIRED ABOVE EXISTING CEILINGS TO REWN. CCMMCiOR IS RESPONSI6LE FOR REM W AL MD REPLACEMENTCf A L HUNG TILEASNINQUIREDTO ALCpAPLISXMPK EVA 9. PLUMBING CONTRACTORS NAL PRONDE AL REQUIRED SUPPORT STIES. Rat NNW . 10. SHUTDOWN OF CUTTING WATER. NATURAL GAR, OR OVER SYSTEM TO BE COOPERATED MRO W X OWNER ER S REPRESEMATNE A MINIMUM OF MERE DAYS NOR TOSHUTDOWN. 11 . ALL ASBESTOS SHALL M AWE UNDER EMMATE COMPACT. 12 PRWIDE"EFFLON VAI FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND µL BRANCH LINES SERJIXG TVA OR MORE FIXTURES. P n. MERE CONNECTOR TO BURSTING DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, PROVIOEISOLATKKI VALVES TO FACILITATE TESTW AND CLEANING OF NEW PIPING SEPARATE FROM EXISTING t SYSTEM. 14. MERE THERE IS NO CEILI NO INDICATES NEW PIPING ALL BE ROIILEBFJIPOSFD ab^� ROOM. Ai COLLEGE PIPING S-MLSE PANIFDNMATCH DJACEMIWWLEIL l J COLOR 1 2 1 3 4 5 1 6 7 0 1 9 30 1 11 1 12 1 13 1 14 1 15 1 16 1 17 1 10 1 19 20 1 21 ARCHITECTS is 1/2 s Umon R. wue2 Iowa CITY, IA 52240 N 319340-SE67 Ween narCNihde,aom AsuxVlVawa�msHaa n..no CITY OF IOWA CITY ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE E IMPWW MENTI CITY OF IOWA CITY RARER RHODES ENGINEERING 112 E WASNINGION STREET IDWA CIT,, IA 52240 P. 319333-2850 vi DESIGN ENGINEERS U01 PRAIRIE VIEW IN SW CEDAR RAPIN, IN 52400 1 PLARM -19W DESIGN ENGINEERS %El PRAIRIE NEW LN SW CEDAR RAPIDS, IN 52404 P. 319-8413944 ]8404000 CMRTRURION 02RBYSID W WMENR PLUMBING SCHEDULES AND DETAILS Z WcnueOiS� 15, CONTEX MELVOUMII" ,,MDSWRDIINAION�MMMIISSMa POLY PLUMBING FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULE 16. AILMSCIUNICLLROGINFLWR DRAINLO TMSSHALLBECCORONATEOWN �.. D RM EQUIPMENT LAYOUT. LOCATEDRAINSTO EQUIPMENT SUBARTALSMW ITEM DESCRIPTION OF CONNECTIIXl9 MCWWDAM EQUIPMENT CONDENSATE MANE TO MINIBOT MAM PIPE LEN FIR AN _ NO. I PLUMBINGFIITURE CW TN WASt AVOIONIPPIWMDVETFLWRWARDS "L _INR }t Fbx Green lNga2 9' 1T. SAN ITARY,STERNA. AND WM PIPING SUES ME BARED ON STAN DAM CAST IRON PIPE".rnr.� t Lavalay 1R' 12" - 11 SIZESWHOMER,IFADISCREPMCYIN AVAILABL£RIPE,H-1SUML�FOR THAT MATERIAL, THE NEM LARGEST AVAILABLE SIZE SNLL OETRUCA4' �+ OTES: Cw all HW esisty ANNE iu tie A min'anum is 34^, wllve A. mnnacEon Us, M acladubd, samckn N pm ave ro he made Mean 10 Feel INMYTH re. Flox Man mmackins to M p aMeduled mans noted pt—ince An plana. Ei'RG.mm P -t EXISTING TO MASON P3 PRONCE%c INWUTKKI JACKENNG ON AllEMG9EDPCRNOI6 OF SfOWIlE. P3 LOCATE AL ISOLATION VALVES M MAT THEY CM BE PFLFSSE) R AWIAf ACCESS DARR. COSORNATE OWN LOGIN WM GENERAL CUR W CIOt MH WSMGTOREJMIN. P. REMPIRAN®W iRMiES.. SWNMT DOWN0ELLWFLIXW, OI➢ AW GROUT CLOSED 0.YMKITWATER BACK TO LAIN AND CAP. CIX W.TE'MIXIFEiPt OYIRPMTM 1 2 1 3 4 5 1 6 7 0 1 9 30 1 11 1 12 1 13 1 14 1 15 1 16 1 17 1 10 1 19 20 1 21 ARCHITECTS is 1/2 s Umon R. wue2 Iowa CITY, IA 52240 N 319340-SE67 Ween narCNihde,aom AsuxVlVawa�msHaa n..no CITY OF IOWA CITY ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE E IMPWW MENTI CITY OF IOWA CITY RARER RHODES ENGINEERING 112 E WASNINGION STREET IDWA CIT,, IA 52240 P. 319333-2850 vi DESIGN ENGINEERS U01 PRAIRIE VIEW IN SW CEDAR RAPIN, IN 52400 1 PLARM -19W DESIGN ENGINEERS %El PRAIRIE NEW LN SW CEDAR RAPIDS, IN 52404 P. 319-8413944 ]8404000 CMRTRURION 02RBYSID W WMENR PLUMBING SCHEDULES AND DETAILS Z J 3 3 3 6 5 1 b ) 1 6 D P N M - 6317 1 .316 L . 1 5319 R 63M 6321 63R H .. _. 6733 GIN 6 F bob .0d 633; PATLx DELT ------ E E J 63]0 V D C am a. 634 `POOL DECK LOWER LEVEL HVAC DEMOLITION PLAN �. i/8"=1'-0" e A I - 1 1 2- 1 3 1 —4 1— 5 9 10 1 SI 1 13 1 13 WOODMH VEOLDI HO3 FXHW6iFN1 IU3 63G 63H / P 1-L RACQUETBALL COURT UPPER LEVEL HVAC DEMOUTION PLAN M Q03 63W a. 630) 6306 7308 6'.11 E31) la a31e 6316 GE 16 1) 18 �1VR'N55 AND HOUR UP L, WDUP iII 1, }Y CONVECTOR 1I O' TR TO CONVECTOR i¢¢ i �J 1 P]9 E(I 31 N ARCHITECTS a vz srnmoo sL., wIe 3 Ic aGLy, - P; 31315-243-5167a65167Xb) 1 xwx.oRndr[6 Re[[f.mm CNYOFIOWAGTY 5}3t ROMAT A ¢E R FCRUITION CENRR 6303 PNAia 2 INMOVEMENTs a, OF IOWA CDV WW RARER RHKMES ENGINEERING 113 E WNININII STREET IORY WA C. M 523W 1 P. 3143337550 1, DESIGN ENGINEERS ° - WE PPAINE NEW LN SW CEDAR RADS, 45HW P. 3148a1 -]9H 630T DESIGN ENGINEERS Mal REVERIE VIEW W SN CEDM RAPID5, IA 527 P. 319851 JIM 63M 5365 fi31R CD yin ..a Y —^I RTI C7 �'rrn aia �T� as � oe .316 y 6316 N 6Y 63G Q. 3 , r T i RACQUETBALL COURT LOWER LEVEL HVAC DEMOLITION PLAN 6 1 ) 1 8 1 9 1 10 1 11 13 1 13 1 1L 1 35 1 16 1 ll 1 l8 DEMOLITION KEY ro PE REHTiO1 REVISED TO REWN ----- SINGLE LIRE SHGLELME r — COURLELNE DOUBLE LNE JEOUPHEllT _ EOUIMM WOEODJ COHSTRUCHON W/W/30 WC�MFHTfi I HVAC DEMOLITION PUNS 19 20 31 HD100 1 2 3 d 5 METING 6 7 SINGLE LIRE ODOUBLE LINE DOUBLE LINE —SHIPMENT O EOUFMENT 8 1 9 1 10 1 11 1 12 1 13 id 1 15 1 ]6 17 1 18 1 19 1 20 1 21 ARCHITECTS G SL, Suite 1 N L25,, A 52 Iowa cry, u 52210 P: 3132CLSW7 www.oPnarcM[ettS.Com mb ...._::, UTYOF IOWAUtt _ HS 6301 EF _ JA ROBERTA LEE RECREATION CENTER 1a IRA _6302 -- PRATE 2 IMPROVEMENTS 14'0 --- I — - CItt OF IOWA CIN M Y Od 8309 =RRHOOES ENGINEERING �� la 1N1 112 E WASHINGTON STREET ti BW O EMS fi]OS IOWA CNV,IA52243 L - P. 319-333-7850 ENGINEERS _ 6J✓fiDESIGN 6105 MI PRPIRIEVIFNWSW CEMER & WFFlIBFA6 CEDAR RANDS, IA S. I BETWEEN WIWJL55. [ P. 33924f-f9G4 E 5_[0 TWCAL 1a 161 - f � [ 630P ' 6307OE6IGN ERI NEN OINEER3 EN `- =1 PRAIRIE VIEW IN SW CEDAR RAPIDS, IA 52404 6321 P 319A 8 19d4 h306 � � 6308 .. .....< 1 _ 6322 Ia 1&I I _ _ �` BW SdP9 6300 ALL E11PO6EO WfiTNORN N BE W.GRIP WIM INTERNH NO 6323 NOT OUCILWER ON ROOF E31U 6510 (324 w I 1a 16II - c311 G 1 1WtE HOT6325 I RSflLIXaRW'AWNg4HR RSALUPTO ROUACCESSMGR 5312 3MI -SRI 1x1161 IIM'HNB ANDF a 6326 TUOFWLTOPENTO , RW H.2 46613 - 6513 PFINGOBOVE ——� e FASTNGLgNEry1L1 ER UILNG STRUCT RAL TOS)RUCNML RTH A fi32] ek2lpU\NM^8 MJ 1IwmANO e Z CENTER ENTER CLGM _ ,. "M M. 5314 •_• [ T ERN -_.6]1d E )DOWN EUN 2a 6 Y WIIHACUBS 6320 co — IW DOOR n Be 17x0 "- IM 0315 —J OUTNEIEIlI1PELi 8315 / ^�\ rn IM .. P �+ m W4NE[1gN .yY N y O /'• Lail A 63N 63M 610 631. 5Y: 61 MF 63G M, (('_[� POOL DECK LOWER LEVEL HVAC PLAN HJT RACQUETBALL COURT UPPER LEVEL HVAC PLAN RACQUETBALL COURT LOWER LEVEL HVAC PLAN �J �J 1/B"=1'-0" C r i/;?1'-0" �3 f i Z 1/8"=1'-0" p B DUCTWORK �CT—RKI HATCHING KEY GRILLE AND DIFFUSER KEY f i GALVM'IiEU cRILLI INFFL6ER I I DMSER la 10 NEMSlg y BNGIEWALL6PEUL PVNNMM1 m REGEwaOWCTpNFA SON REGULATION A CWRMIATELEIHG CIFFU8FA5'MIH RMmSpsheOme ppUIREGTUpµ REF1ECTE0CEENGPUN NEW WORK KEY NEWIREwsFD METING SINUS LINE SINGLE LIRE ODOUBLE LINE DOUBLE LINE —SHIPMENT O EOUFMENT Pru­ v0E000 WNSTRUETON 02/03/20 DOCUMENTS HVAC PLANS 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 10 1 It I ]2 I 13 1 14 1 LS 1 16 1 17 1 18 1 19 1 w 1 21 H100 J 2 1 3 n 0 P ® N MNENT .II COMIItlI VKVE y2µCNl DOESNAFOT EBBED. VKVE M SHARING NANUAL VDWME L K 1 H G M B D C B A 4 5 6 ) 8 9 l0 RETURN r ANEW AIR TEENER N w 6ENDA SPACE _- b MT WATER CCL NC M T F%WL6i CLL AX O CRL LR RECEPTOR TYICKCf3 CONE XRE$ HG MX! n WfC1 M T _ AIR HANDLING UNIT CONTROL SCHEMATIC NOT TO SCALE MII]SISMENCELf L4ERATMMI G NEP TneW MneNmm.Ma mn Drt.e ]gMILm6M tooq Pma�Aa oil v.�.ls. nam,arz, nn.are nevm9mmm.9.nlrna,a,aou�ream man lna mum..q:n.a.�a .a �nesvNam sNu6=vPaeNmna.Aa1... w.I,a �.Ire..rm ma b..d .awoA[ I.l Tro 2 WGn4dkiPeNYa .Tnr'burne ak Na'1 h!ateExa NEMA, nvinurznNa bW6Nn ] Nwed vsn fwrcymwe rYeynWrampo rfm Y -d Mr✓.v >E .airyns NWLm P'^"'1e mS aViN reNn PNerbW kdnnb N4Yvd Amwb. TNu.A wowvyvvaa,m"m snmana.l.a argM aa,aam wraslM as Ds mri.9 W. a nol A. anAMu.9ml wen amoewo.] varve wenPprytr wen ra.aNa n.Wnw 0 SMI6Y9 I. GIPOLbmLtleM WLPMIaI iX nnimum AeaA 2 UlvW bmP.tlemnhd eryem awlrA.lmmawtµ W. F Cm00v1YN 1. TN Nm+aM1aMWbwam+a.+lor.WMaa.nwPy9 aer 4"40 LR WPPASaIOhrM mbbre v. Iged iN, lq- 'ATMbgILFM e HPA' ImoF*W CFNgn eFM IbEry-1W%WpbpICFM 2. InaaryHmrtiylmx,MMW Evmyetlal bgren n][e MaW Fr¢ NY rin NtlalnWlun WlltrMlmlr !. NBAN AAd NAA vAA` W NNEv AApYbem yMbmMnn to lynf W 6WgYbryvRve. vIYNmA SShpf 1x11 M bbq mRb wwwbMal 4. -APNq.m. M1[mPl.mew N.nnAM1 NMymmX www.mMx NpIMbIWN *.*FlW INnpP .tm.]N .AI KIryPv6vew mlvlMN9F EeelmRertvebw y'aamaae4n m.IM ti ATIaMIp AwpMleEB LmNuNaI20AgF s. Emmvan+Xn'. wenaaumbrlmy.ml.'n Asea,ss a9leevem ualne'n en89wAF.M1eYoviALnP>w NIIW An W tleetlwM hm w NYWbmlM lMpepved WYNpFMmlpnmwRM NM 4IxtlIN, IWbpYP IMCgwavu MrwfM D LLNANNNIMW: I. w N h enFn MV,NF.a6.NWwt(wlabmpnlpy nWle l s -FMM N.M M1IPYv Y] itl Ae eaNY N w ANN. M1 uT MKS A Ani9RpN 1. Swm TI -10 z. 6Pn BRN,m ). WNwpNTempmure .. ONn NxuntlnY 5. PW' NTp�arNm B. Dv]IP9.PIw.a se.w T wee NTmmPnaurz SmnlawaTA1 A. AnhII ,. PAN.DGnlm1 vaM FwIPn 2 WWm Dbnm, PmeN 1 QM4N pmFw Sµq A NN NA, s. NAB t InSimi BEAPAIFn Reen ). 61 FINNS6mn I n DaNDmb. 'a. 1. &y%/in NIW ]. IiPlpeev l 6lWSKp ]. Cmpvr2$mt9M a. EtlaWNh+p E 81pePQtl We F. $ybW.VmVWe I9fi Lw I. gwgNTerlpnve PONgF .&I 2. SPNf TNNmm� 03 trgF as LaF ). Bary FnM a. Fn.LWlxrbm 11 1 12 1 13 la 15 16 17 10 1 Iq 91 TI Im CONTROLS SCHEMATIC SYMBOLS IMlEKL5YM0%S SIgY.N WYMJi BEPEWWFD FOR iXG Pffa1ELT1 0 YKESEx60x ® i •1EYPEMIME MNENT .II COMIItlI VKVE y2µCNl DOESNAFOT EBBED. VKVE CCL•OLCIFAIKY SHARING NANUAL VDWME iM •1FMEPAIIMEIXJM[MIY OEEiDPtf x•MME%n NGANUN MPER w. VENIuiYJN O'hPPOE PIPING ISOLATORS iO ALLOW FMVIBRATICNWITIM. ]. SwTM ' ^ AYFAKINGAOW PgM6FN5giG - - -IJ�CJ' T• FRI 2PIPNG.LBENSTWIEDN F • FPEF2E STAT IllWI PCMn STAT SLOW1FET) FYPASSFCA NSP P=vflEsvnE 1=TEMffRAl1%iE NOXES YCA16E M CURRENT y � crrrr DA, -M OIS FOAI ON WG Cf PETERS. VKVE6 M OFMEM. O-SACMJKEKS SO - BJPPMFPPHG Fm�taFta gD•FNFIa'M'JXE ODIfiWEMWPRE55.IPE SENSOR ® OP MBOB SALL BE THE SAE RE AS THE -� DRMl W1EII 6T A. INS OLABLELECTRONG4IYCCMMNINE VBIEFPEp]ENCY piM BIRIE SUPPLY PIPING, VER NA -Z q•INEVOUTAGEPA CEM LP•LNE VOLi.16E PEUY E%H U6 FNE a Ai CCNIMCIgO50P1%IX. i O RETURN RN SLA wwLr PFLFF %pVpfp MM1LUAIlY gO15 RiN. WLRRFRCAICOL WxIRgIFA FEurro6occaxrRouER NO fE'ORMLYCLOSED ND NOWMLLY OPEN TWO WAY CONTROL VALVE C�D TNOEEWAY6MR LVALA PAP v M ` PETER PFMS AIMS: AN FLbN NEARING STAT*N AFES WATER FLOW MEASURING STATLON IffG%APPEBSOx � THvmPAmcoxmaLER LOL EMIIGYN IEPY WMEL. ETC. D --IN SPACE 1 TRANSLATING T 2 . ..'_ CABINET UNIT HEATER CONTROL SCHEMATIC --__ NOT TO SCALE f.APNfi UXR n. 0.5ECXAIYE Cf MF0..Tg1'. A MWLeIbP^eMlmitlM1elblW AbYee a Mn4. 1. Wtl M1mbPAYTMAabkb N6yeee.MMtlrle PAB NMEr. b i. Ilpnedlblwlp M1OlCe]mlwvblM1b W ptlPb wm M1r6eM n,4NblebWlw YlpMtlpR NhµebNmNemtab Iee.M1000 NabnMMbtlO/ebnM1Yr Wnexnemd trNAq Ne rYvel W Altlebwbm .9 xET uxrt XN1B1 PoMIB LIaT A Ay LyIHNPAA 1. 6l®YblgeLeP 2 $aetlpW MlgLen i DMvaV Y,pmva B MIMq O4b N eµ v Mb xm D. R 1, C ANEA E. S I NAB s Mme I. ISSReTeegaleP 1 2 3 4 5 6 ] 0 9 10 1) 12 13 W� �J NUP.ASRI. O` Gcn 0 FIERD PECTANGULARNARCXOUCT I.NMFNC0R4WCLIA91N CABNGwO DMVBR.1 SDATON UN ITS THE RUNOUT MNENT .II COMIItlI VKVE y2µCNl DOESNAFOT EBBED. VKVE bMUfOFF rM4NCX �VKVEK� �IIESiOBE SHARING NANUAL VDWME . OEEiDPtf COIL SALL BE INSTALLEOVmm NGANUN MPER \' T RECTNIGUURTRUWKOUCT 1Ru NDTES 1. PROVDEVOLLMEWAPERSATAILIGUNN OIILT6 pECFN%NA.IRBPARCX AS CLOSE TO THETAKEOP AS POSSIBLE YMETTER CGCTTN£1IFi CfT.LL 61gWHONPIANSOXNOi, 1 L•INWN'MWI M12W W Ir S W �(< R R.IS MNEREDELIXYN WIM -✓��I rn S•]2F��R,WXWOVAHES O 8f W 45' w 6NL'�'tt vJGlS`ffi! A�NV� R W yrL } $ �/f //+��T� T�\\-{T\<T{j,�J,I�,/L�1T WG smLECURE µ "i -V �i W rA MTEFEO EImwaFcsET E L T W.W � 0.aDM6E1)EIPW! 'rd����Jy'. q] �� RAI.WI WI W2 Ali-� r ss RI RI.9.law � �I �I 0 �� R].0351V W - LI L.1M WM'YKI \\\ R].9smr -L MROEMRHTVNro1CVf IONVBCCIIVOUCf TLBBIY VRES _ --- N9FNUTIXIMO - flaCWWiM xD1E'. WtpTPb]A1L0.CMIXIN CCMXECIICfLS CETAL (GREATER 114NA5'NDIF55 NIGM LLIfRERIAEIIHIFSS WIFD THAN N', WE MUM FITiWG1 ARVNEL OTXERNIBE HI3N RATES NUP.ASRI. O` Gcn 0 FIERD = RTH I.NMFNC0R4WCLIA91N CABNGwO DMVBR.1 SDATON UN ITS THE RUNOUT MNENT .II COMIItlI VKVE y2µCNl DOESNAFOT EBBED. VKVE bMUfOFF rM4NCX �VKVEK� �IIESiOBE PFMGFOPCONNECTI0NSi0 . OEEiDPtf COIL SALL BE INSTALLEOVmm BANK MYEXF ` \ MWUNE6 PIPING ISOLATORS iO ALLOW FMVIBRATICNWITIM. TX&mC`mm N PRTEMom 2PIPNG.LBENSTWIEDN FYPASSFCA SUCH A VAAER7 MTNWEI FV9P2G NOXES YCA16E Cf ACCESS[CESS aCR60RPNE5: xERNm sHWLrtROOLixE W11ERwE F9ENalK,FR511V1 FOAI ON WG Cf PETERS. VKVE6 M OFMEM. I I BJPPMFPPHG Fm�taFta ]. THE BYPASS FOR FLUSHING MK1N (, SALL BE THE SAE RE AS THE -� DRMl W1EII 6T A. BIRIE SUPPLY PIPING, VER 6NTSflE{PANHG ABERRANT CEM GRRRR THAN T. a Ai CCNIMCIgO50P1%IX. WATFACCE M]LNMCKCE660PES wYE CgPECiWS %pVpfp MM1LUAIlY gO15 RiN. CMPFNG PACMff H1N0 ARCHITECTS 2] U25 CIII St., suite 2 Iowa Uq, U 52210 P: )19348-565) Www.opurchUIH rwn mra MWALm ROBERT A LEE RECREATTON CENTER CIW OF IOWA CM RMCOR RHODES ENGINES 112 E WASHINGTON STREET IOWACTMU 2].O P. 3193317850 DESIGN ENGINEERS WlPRWRIE VIEW IN SW CEORR RAPIDS, IA 52400 P. 319-BA319. DESIGN ENGINEERS 8601 PPAIME VIEW LP $W CEDM"IIA 52404 P. 319 8411944 1I 15 16 1 17 U 19 1 20 1 21 LIOIWO CONSTIIVCIIOM 93/W/M pOCUMFNiS HVAC DETAILS H500 O O` Gcn 0 = RTH "AfC $� Wim, a I.T 0 t N 1I 15 16 1 17 U 19 1 20 1 21 LIOIWO CONSTIIVCIIOM 93/W/M pOCUMFNiS HVAC DETAILS H500 IS L P N M L R H G F E D C B A 1 x 1 3 1 v 5 1 6 ) 1 R 9 1 10 Il I 12 1 13 1< 15 16 SPLIT SYSTEM AIR HANDLING UNIT SCHEDULE AM HAN[MJNO UNR _ _ _ CDNDENSMOIMT FPN COOLING _XFATIN3 �- AMB. SUPPLY OUTSIDE STATIC CAP ENTERING ELECTRICAL OMIENSIONS RATED REWIRED prod ELECTIEIOQ DIME=' PLAN PIR AIR PRE! (MBF AIR TEMP. CAP FAT IAT fLOW W90 LaWaH 'WEIGHT MOOELNO. PIAN GP. CAP. TEMP LxWaM WEK3M MCOEL NO. MARK (cFM) CFM) (IN) HP TOTI MW EER OB_i WB MBX DEOF DEOF OPM FT VCLTS PH MG IN LUN (NOTE 1) _MARK (MBF (MBF OB gPRIG. VCLT6 PN IM.A IN LB (NOTED NOTEg ANN ]xD0 _i 980 1 x 1248122.6 113 75 f.8] 1880 80 109 11.6 0.13 20B J B 0'x28.6"YTP 550 _ iWE120s3A CLL1 122 122 95 Ra 2W 1 33 Y SO as 39 018 TTA13013C 2 NOTES sebGv4 Notal of TMe. Seae{etiBtddWR dor donor approve: manutaL¢ra. 2. PrwlN ame the MPtlrV Maidar ,. DB EbabnWr. 6. BACM LYI of 9caneerrmlllmlplhdf I, . SoPpI Ran Vol b W 2 spCPaAwr. EvywpprwEBwbl. I Xdwsbl1re49 a4 aiabJMlMGe9F mle^M W30 oflanpadoure erW. p. SPIMNIU btlsbrs HVAC SYMBOLS _ DUCT INSULATIONSCHEDULEJNcl_ _ DUCT PRESSURE AND SEAL CLASS SCHEDULE NOTE1 MOM'. ALL SYMBOLS SHOWN MAY NOT BE REQUIRED ULT COUST PRE. RIGID DULTFRE88UPE DUCT SEAL FMMSPRO M gpAW 6ERVICE LINER LOJEFLMG INEAURMD COVERING UN- SYSTEMfiFRWCE C1A39 CIA68 -EOIIPM - TYpE 2 CCNSTRLMTION TYPE Nfs3 WbA (NMLS NebA MSIAATED Nr Hagla, LMR &Apy mll A CmbbW Sy{y Ner Rwed _ Gany 1-1? AHLLI RslmN Nglllll A B N f EgNET HOULDN PER pr ge yawl, iernrsl 1- - EMMMIkPyMY A �SXFEIIETN� Thpbtl r, R>bgJ=' _ GwY 1' QYNNK IbpMMT A I1bMe. T) FW Ny 1-1?Fn - E. EF -1018 a Ngbin'I A MyRyL `A%IMF UWARER Flo Cwrwair 1-1? ---also- - OtlT n _ eloalA POYM t• A Epuipmmt R. orb���' RebmN Facer.GvrnY UriadaGV 1. pw3mkb La tlugpmundpv wCSMEIxSWtlhsAurW 1406 gMMisa In sNMde r 1PAYSRDN piRhadaa lar GN1sgaa----110-- F.OuNd - - 1-14e - 2. Dud(a.arW nN d. lMlylW m mlNmum rnWnrwnb 1peE en SMACNAGUY MREREbIMSN Flev Connector - - UninwM avupuYbl aMMarM. THILXNCESTURSSNAXIXGVONES Fxlrubt Ronal GNINM - - U4NddsY I RSMNNr RFIWADer Gbwsl 1' - - - RADWSEO ELBOW RafSaW Fbx C 1-1? R F1n CeNletlor - UrNwNbG Gnrs+ ma.rawndErtu.AMI e. EP 1-1? - - _ ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE QAGIx'a Nr Raxtl C 1 1-1? - = GRLIFMCFR6ERCNSOECf WCT RecbrgWr Gral 1-1? P. CAPACITY ELECTRICAL WMFI WR F ex Corrector 1-1? MARK CFL MEN Wdfidlh ANP6 iALPS V IS FANXP$ 6MCOEL NO. + III ( WTMOPEAATEDO R TrNaly Ab 0. G (:array urimNMG 1 ALI so 102 grew 11 _ I 310 I 1 01MRN MU19Ji1 11---�'�''JL� -�I R 9ular Garasl 1' - - - NOTES: F --s+ DIFFUSER OR GRILLE BELOW DUCT H Lr - - - - 11? - f. U. to Men moueb]rgM mM ,MrucE=e. BIVN OI1Pral Louver - N - mil And tlbrmpeW NM dome. PITCH DOWN N OIRECTDN OF ARROW NOTES: 1. Unlevalatee:nava es'utvnuOeG-. AN duCnrF VMxmmoen eMnt on Bb N.R. Wll be elNer If. Anmvned 11 type a Mlhroes is not lnG'nleG AeM1all Ee - flEi dN:1WDPA, 1-1R'wvenng 2. R. to plana tw tludwwkGagraemv. 1 3. See Spew ':on 5Mron 233113 -WAG MCIM Orxb. ,ID)ORLjy MCTACLESSDJOR e. SawbFaa tm Se ,m 230TW-HVACInsWrt ® SUPPLY ICONDRONEDIAIROLCT 5. Sea Sp 5a t,wSe on233]la-MDuct AcassvivaLLl'aM3113-WACM.0.xls. GEBFNIINALTBCxRL ams. $ IDCROSS'UPROWWS 6. CpNrnwretl5pace an ma wbe Te Wilerrq wNtlr4lnMeGaaltranlnl. MSEFEria 5-WWWAWAY rg wnM re Mdreb/InbeGamdM. bra laaG InNeGa¢o`N SPamavMl ra nWleGm I. P�bbnwlrh/bboab Yrarblalraeehnbarar. ® FYJMUSi MAELIET RR CULT T TempereG Spaw an area inyleMb WiMr jiwAloa xpaaOrg tln Mo SOLd)CRPG5CAR)WND3 smr<a leg. mrlrrg denums) 2 NTnna6vabbptlHabh MOWbabAhh�rgdhvvrnrahp Yu6ae Py barlY'YYpnbrnNNsrNY9s. Cm6rllyWpNlnWPq 05HEDCR055-WWIUAWAY rzpeermLsaaelrgyuHaMHLwayyb+Ga_ RENRNOSS - UP FERANUOUCT MOS 3. VAneGrMCM wpryq tlamfvlvnaeala renwN,pbAssrarKKey MMronutrn SOLDCROSSROWA905 �N UNSHED CROSS D WWWAWAY CABINET UNIT HEATER B UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE a. Nadap.m xaw Ndwn.wa.bmaaat. UNLDCROSS DPffOWMRMRDuci sASHEDGR5S DOWMOs PRESg AVG - MANVFACTVRER, 5. NrrGfy tlawMsrepesenp'w pnorl0craerynY>mMs.nnL mosW2,vyan Lrem adore - UNSHED CROSSWWWAWAY PIPN PIR TEMP CAPACITY DROP WATER MOTOR MODEL N. mYher.a.ryoPmn -CGN OI MPAK EM LVG CFM MBX GPM.ROWS FT.WATER TEMP HP VOLTS PH MSP ARRANGEMENT NOTES 6. StNMnolea wrgwa n. na oral wsw olAersYstemsm hrMMClee nrdStlrMMa OT PACE 7EM50R CUH1_W 15J JED S 175r 0 523 161 VB 115 Trane FFEROa 12 repoemAwamn mon olaevenwoniy Nyspmlo sou Glrrn Moa'NNMnmbMelkG ACE SENEPANRE NOTES: - dims av rcpmrWebh mmalaN rMar'nl der eseo TM ILNOTRANREr XINIORY y¢Npsubae dPe rrw W - VEN RY 1. UMMn4mGm Tran.Rcmto spailbtlmbbpweG manNMurm ppm an as wsMlba[maawlnm j=the UTpN0VERRlCf 2. UNlbbr®11umaW m?pvylm.PmrMe niN urYdsvvuwl. B NA4MN wrsnprbq ajvnoaq.N sea nLhwtr.»f eM ae UwMe i=M1FCX rbaeeNme JMba{s mN rad Haan Oil nand Ge Nan{Oma ab vrpnererR �R�RR1 �. F�� brae GMari dapartl dlbnIIea 9 Faal Mrmo,rryeMeaubprfolomrman.LaRaYwaramuNebrbrvaaM ® qAp repbxmem. otao:eAy lik as rnuuMlo xrorrplM+a'a Rekrarmaamra rtlwtmey EIII RIFDUPMTOWali05 nabrypeSaN eaten of Wm ens ngaM rery airg gragnoN polA FAN SCHEDULE J oa ¢Bow TUR1EDPl"AN MAWar PLW g.P.IN MOTOR a FAN MANUFACNRER L J^asspeufiwrynmea omnw u..meenupnemn npvilM Dee emareo.MmxnmM TEENRNEDUPMTWNAW MZ. CFM INCHES BHP HP VOLiS PH Contrtl RPM. MOUNTING USAGE BMODELNO. _SONES _NOTES snalLncvae remora olasmrammnceeryuprtan we anelorsvpwnseN TEENRNELI09WRORAWeY Ef-0A 15W 0.515 C3] 1l2 20 1 MOV .1125 Wall E. G nneck 5E1-1HN-VO 10B L2 RSF� MOPORRISE EF -IS INS 0.515 0.37 v2 120 1 O10V 1725. Wall Emaust Greenock BEt-1M3yVG 10p L2_ NOTES. N,PoW N LYk I1DptES gREL1DN y- CF FLOW APORP 1 FRAM: sw aellendasCo fachhe ee ranlml. GiwMrw], mvovaG Gamper anG dre ween. Cw6nale'mWlbSmalwW -- ] TSP ORftUG nxbervWoNrGmeral andeal for -1- UNION 2 PrvAGewiN EC rMoeuwpre at s¢pNp eOlW spxG vgW M1wn Oa Wmnp DEC system Ni -1- UNION CEI£C1RIC 6MCM - &IIIKNGMSMRLii LOCI! � � ANMAIIt CLNTR0. VNVE --IFF- tNECx VNNE DIFFUSER AND GRILLE SCHEDULE LowER �. 2aox VALVE IN RISEIR M' a H e CONNECTI - PLAN NUMBER MOUNTING p IEW TD EpSRNG MARK TYPE INdet OESCRIPTICN NeM3 _ REMARKS NOTES W THERMOMETER la SUPp ager SHOE CmmureG M)Dounk OeBadIm OMUN Sulo BlaiatlOGap. up, Yl Gap. 2-ny, SM'Spailp 36 NIr L SufOM OMuw ASPD Numrnum plaNy glBv gxlo tYa1Y B CLW _ T PRESSUREGAUGE 1. Ream Gnb SWFF_ Aanade Sunt oral Siryb MCWrCNEs Sulo FOA MP:Ie geSGp..14'SPCq 4.6 I SXEEIIETN PPBIGlMTJ15" Nrrarvm Lw.n eG ar LMsewR Faetlb145 SA.SUPRYM 20a EannM Gnb 830_ rape &aro GN-.J4-SPsuN lT _ 21a Ea1vuMGb 530 Sleb Lw.ry Srgb OMbMbrfAs Srvlo F¢Mbtlh NObp., 3N-Spal • \ UPPER LE'JEL TA RER.RI NR E... G 1 NA Esbe GnsemRen�r TA•TPA4SFR IM E..., _ ^p _ ILA Rapabrrh YtlsNq MhhsY-�sGmpba \ IT.P A.M. NOTES - G5•MxiCCCN'W 1. $ebtive.-PrcAIrcWeNn. Favvnbpe Fpger¢ala WSorblp CTY6bMNIRaa¢babbblrraYrNdsbd YaMilpRNaLLbWarGaLfrN � TO BRICKE VESTIBUL-WCTSGE MIFC{ATIIRF" arecn tyre .as rof 15'-0- SL IPLLS�SNENM a. LNlirgprJ4rGeluxrsm EealrAe. SlatlMueenle GenMlewMosel b. 1 I=LYN 1he I."i p b. Pnme b4U,Ou ,tohmartlin xM rmiledesed Nennp eittvnNbadkh oL .-ROUND III c Pnme mM6nlMe5lo EefiNG nmNG, aim GyPM,lbct. -IIEFDiEXCE^ d Dud mouMeG 9olleLeiMsenm mum Duct mKK vrglw fimen. E�CTFCe. FIcw VRIIW6HmxrsmbetlurerollzaG bumlrvm. gR PANE15HOWb F0PCCM Fqi CCUNATpX 3, CwGlnab TO Vie drosise Fortoyter GirtuNrNnlleewlN McAraCmbsror. -PPNGOPBRFM1AIpNS,,, 3 Vane ElaGn mcenonrnndlar" eld P no -Nd Mwnhnpbb6ont moumM enewe a BlaGes to are nor,zomal Mountiy bMlront mounlM avers -HM- HEMMIGNOTWATER�AdfflSUPPLY Numrnum arxueermee mrtwreem ratnoon ado sp-a,ar IrrvraveSgelamxtnpn, fdream exagar n IOMRLEJEL -D XFATNG IRT DaWNLIEfINx Proneo efithrecwp emaam rp. Ti eveAtlmer opmhmq�ee Nae: Nmper alluen vicmmytlrM1tl Vb. r 7-C' ---- -D- f.C10ENM.IE DRAM LINE B Pmvee erthrsnlgme arm aWa¢o.rnt aaamry xarrc -16GL- AERiGERMT511CTCN GIS iNOLpllm 7 vrwgo nun eweaanvn oceral.grown Laos eanpr. ^ -r .e. -RS- REFRGERAVTSUCTD rAS 6. Gmb tp inyWe pans mn9a dose. luwm...bona NP MarwNee. T +HVAC SECTION -N REmMFPANTIMUID 1 _. era• = r-0• ] 2 3 a 5 1 6 1 ) 1 B 9 10 1 11 13 1 13 1 l0 15 16 17 1B 19 20 GFXER,u HJA[xOTEs 1. D.anwnmwnela9rammaea.Im.meamw.raa ve amp: mwm.amm�mKKleur.yenera seed. 9uwmlpmFaM pxNpn. cono-apwamabu rah aud¢nArmeM ppinH omnLlt.®elpmhbLLaOpwGabn a. (obW Wlhr lagoWYb MYIMghevf krlbsbgManatlnayr RgM bmIOXgapipMNbpbbnYlxDnarbEa'eh MhM. snmyaaaapbaLarT byMabGnr Md Arai Mn y Nn e wa.am baipaa.ab.nnp.Febmlerrah.wtdmkrrm..er e®hp r,NWPdNHR J dAg.. blRMlwnl vAa9 M91Ys, np sntlh P.^te30maMWH¢albhCarY c Ne.MpPm9%eEu]nplrpbq W.wIY WeIrMb Mrak amm�wk me. arm5a we aam^apa9 adAratreGe.9 v^mora doh emeAdm.wN seseaM enarrd d'u PrAr VNMMem I, Unks olMrvne nmM, all euclwal NlgymhrMMameeaktl mwalls,C,aesor We Nw,fhPWr ng WHmi ndlaMg ,ttmk,er�Aenm enmorwdls Cmmmale krpmwen mRAymMmma anean oakrbks Rmean Morns and ewrvonas nyn . pas�ek aM awry Maus m mm� dee sw¢ awuaek b aMr wove e cmmrme dwn9 dwwre as eLMrAmmanuR mu.m Hoer: maloderepwal eyupmml argtmbtlz Inmve. WIIFpgvMnM Mss P mmWm9rtddded Po eCnaal wrrslad ermnrFbnllNYeq{. eb Prybdd Rryrrcm 1'/Can mrn I CWe. man eeread, laxbr s�b nbean as Wgg`as re9uvM 2 Bezn-do.ve .s he hntpbe.IN eauua. lmrgs vrwmrvy r.Yeerlra.I m -N Or. of rwea b mN ek apeanaeora dwmeean Irl: gins reYrt dile M.BpNhMel'e1 ae udallN ]. N oll-Vemnsmam LW h labra lgweLrr as wlM rad pNaWseaeers. bbrs,11 He, Ido n1mal.arearpal abLNVYd,Y hpMormNnazaL Mmanple Ods In 1. ngnntnardaNsdM OaA. 1. LWNrnale nslalylgn olmnausl lanslouuen, wed al NarNms PenelranrylMenergr bnldy NWddddAW nou.doANIn Gd PII Aenam,MwYp INrmlartbM mstllNtl as ser mtfirg lwM Aon rgwemmis. E. CNmG 0opale Innowsas rdo AMbrnWYWnd vx IN god n Nae rands,S'A'Aadd N mwmtllr nullhwe-,a h.orsawW Cmody and :neap s1. N OM ANN CaRaYxalquM to manbn slMUNnpyyy a Nrsshe In o Saaaowa aleeu.]wdt aM MRLeddaa Mrn.Mna9mlwvlWoraab. vAerz senMme are nfie eAMmMa4el. WIa.YCv4rgw Nf for, Ypb mzrnee M1emq. ReabadruaMdn 4ln.ee M. nrq. Baena: aW✓ba.a.' bYeWY9nbinnh. C. PrNpntl Memwegdbaxe elYq spnigaw Mph Goa bb b e. AMJnialCmOnere 1pmar 6lNshemgnetnms dembg Mab arpuvN bsr[yAr ('. rE wP Ceres Cmrand, a WbnwNAT= nMareiexrve new nn.nes. entered.entered.Cal n Al II Ga¢mrnl'iA Referl rcnN a m l an All 11 ch andesre Aiays unurearem ce removal andnot Orem Y - In es aeras ancon arena e o radar new fin Ona. 9. Cmffiab puma aneuenolyofasso new an tore vM General rrneeare .Knoaa.11l nMx9na wlMd9nmNarM aw mMAaraW cowaeLr.�are 1p¢ore�naledonwon.amau bh MAW91G1YrW are.{msiN)m TnLalneaMvealarAN aMwMaR. S4 aHsx 6a s¢ M pnYabs N lquel T EWiY Cabab NPabealrnMasrMigMb RnV.OGwaa.AnTmY ada9pYM W,NMb W Ktls. blml ua. a Nn9wba NPYIee. PPaaa. RM < e. NNbw MsuigaNY.MaY 9a.a MeawlwmbwnbNwmar aawpl twb.rnanrran.wand9.nan warm rnNo.n 9. NeswaGronG4abnLa6Mhayk warswal mm l'mvlaMa lsu swafialN manNatuRtl bwMa tR. Danemmem. raw manyeare rtlfeddle n.mns mwm¢mnl meal ane lw fret emboa oone bMema all abpn navel 1 N, Dar,Proeo ame GamnnlUoollfsYN fospaaE Torn n95loaobMs. for L,Ll.non9. Gampes �oe natal Nreadnerand Xa w Ps 0 re 9nlles regess o exosersare M awry age unkao Mrwx reM Prw a 9m ball rawesiek udume ylrPri 12 RMNbn[MLalye]f1¢iry(Ynla stlb4vndoebgmwmM o!luun ane gn6n. 13. NwledeYYpx HYW bubbNRbbmswYsln Ywawe cNiys ankss o f Al IYaGlaMe. CombemadaiNMaeNmLNmry¢insNm Moran mAl NmnMNmRdaarq MannW"W. bmRbnCwbn Cpmtlwve9 a viMM2alvmrTbnW rymtlha m bbmbt ta. Thal dual ReardNva.binoaW lMiAffbPrbbe. 1MmmV4 nnYtllb.Nmlatlo,Nbrnalabl naN4b.reWmrn.wNa.aq oPw9awok aaa.m Ml WtlnM bLry bynasK9mr te. Coaffes. bs NauaaWlM rrMe, Unifmmm 16. GCoaloal mea Door le alwwFnr Aids Aw cetannossaeM Fop MMS dual emnco:Err9 da vep olamwatanwnss sawnmxtmnaraleen mwaG braum. Ma, INdorep mSUo oPenn95n aM nnem9 Letwnn "sown:loala n. W.n pweuaare nd-PLR IN Pro Long wneaPcesRealan9n All a%a0^a 4Mean vrenmagm alvlmevn Ae aela¢mfNa eo v[aw9a weemnlamr malty /JI IyR pMyobeemmmom 3IfeWdervdorswdoe n Is . NbarprWglLq CuaWnNmaollh Ygolhdaro ARCHITECTS 2/ L25U rnm M. SUXe 1 Ida Ory IN 522Q P: 319-2aE5667 erral 1= .psn., Homme"L v.w pry OF NIWAUTY MBERT A USE RKRM.TION CENTER PNAY21MMOVEMENn OTYOFIOWACIT' RAKER RHODES ENGINEERING 112 E WASHINGTON STREET KIWA CRY, IA SxbO P. 319333-7850 DESIGN ENGINEERS =1 PRAIRIE VIEW LN SW QDM RANDS. Ind 52Nt P. 319801L9N DESIGN ENGINEERS 8801 PRNRIE VIEW LN SW CEDAR RAPIDS, IN 5200 P. 319-0..1-19N ]BIDIOW mb9TRUrnON DxlD3lxo ..,an HVAC SCHEDULES AND NOTES ]) 18 19 20 21 Arearre-da, H501 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 3 1 B1 9 1 10 1 11 12 1 13 1 14 1 IS 1 16 1 17 1 18 1 19 1 20 1 21 1UPRIDNOM ED -1 RFFAWE OVIDEAND SAYE OPENING FOR NEWPg N12 ROVOYE OEVIOEMD FRWIDE CVrERRAiE OVER FXISMU OPENING. ED3 WMFI%NRES MEMS7IMOTHELEM GWIR4GTON TO IffMDYEIICMFlXIUEH1DNBtlXG.WD WhAg4NHGIMH AFUTSIEELL MiE RENEE CIRCMING FOR NEW VGNNNG IN SPACE. EM 4 GWS RECESSED OPENING IN WNL, tt 5 -WO ME PILOT VGMAND ONE KEYED MRCH. COMPACTOR TO RfMYh IN IS ENNPEIY. EDS VIDEO BURUEILVaNLE CAUEU CONIMCTORTO REIMWEANDREINSTALL IXNEW LOLADON SEE NEW V•CNK Ew RRCC MUISTWlG WM%124 Ott EGMMDCDMR0.YNR[NGINJHWK3T0ABJYENMCEILMGINGPME, ED} REMW .TMGWCTDEIECTORMDREMSTALLATNE WXUNN IHVNOE. ED8 NRH WNGUNRNSPACE IBFMFRCMAIS40PBREMEAOUTDFMEPMU INI AT NRCCAI. gSUMVECTGRWRND STYE FCR EEWWM EDB CDNDENCING UNrt ON TGR00FIGFEDFRCMA7"BRFAKEROMCf MEPN LINO ATIONRWM. 013CgdlFLf CPCLITOMStlEFORNEWWJPoL ED -10 SNVEFXIGTINGCIRWrtiOFEE➢NEWgIRET61H SoACE G ARCHITECTS 24 V' 5 MMM 51., Sage 1 P 1UPRIDNOM ED -1 RFFAWE OVIDEAND SAYE OPENING FOR NEWPg N12 ROVOYE OEVIOEMD FRWIDE CVrERRAiE OVER FXISMU OPENING. ED3 WMFI%NRES MEMS7IMOTHELEM GWIR4GTON TO IffMDYEIICMFlXIUEH1DNBtlXG.WD WhAg4NHGIMH AFUTSIEELL MiE RENEE CIRCMING FOR NEW VGNNNG IN SPACE. EM 4 GWS RECESSED OPENING IN WNL, tt 5 -WO ME PILOT VGMAND ONE KEYED MRCH. COMPACTOR TO RfMYh IN IS ENNPEIY. EDS VIDEO BURUEILVaNLE CAUEU CONIMCTORTO REIMWEANDREINSTALL IXNEW LOLADON SEE NEW V•CNK Ew RRCC MUISTWlG WM%124 Ott EGMMDCDMR0.YNR[NGINJHWK3T0ABJYENMCEILMGINGPME, ED} REMW .TMGWCTDEIECTORMDREMSTALLATNE WXUNN IHVNOE. ED8 NRH WNGUNRNSPACE IBFMFRCMAIS40PBREMEAOUTDFMEPMU INI AT NRCCAI. gSUMVECTGRWRND STYE FCR EEWWM EDB CDNDENCING UNrt ON TGR00FIGFEDFRCMA7"BRFAKEROMCf MEPN LINO ATIONRWM. 013CgdlFLf CPCLITOMStlEFORNEWWJPoL ED -10 SNVEFXIGTINGCIRWrtiOFEE➢NEWgIRET61H SoACE _ i ~ 6301 6fD1 � CITY OFIOWA CITY I EMNUSTFAN - N tY E13EO3 Ew t - ; E J —_ _. ii s D O D CIE" 6302 I j nf• 1 pOpGT AUSE RECREATION [ENEEp xEAY 21MPROVEMENIS MOF IOWA CITY Ep,3 tF 1 I-_{ Jr ..6301 M - �I2 D IWI IJ'yil yFAt LJ Y I f I --- -6]18 63M RPAERRIgDEGENGINEERING ED3 YYYa� r 1 I 112E VSHINGTONSWEET D X 1p ED3 l IDCITY, 1A 522Q 4 P.WA 314333-2850 y 6306 j 6301 • -. 8319 IIS w•nmN ii EN l DESIGN ENGINEERS E0.t rttk BWIPRWRIENEW WSW D tsl 141 LXED3� I CED PAPIDS, IA 524M UPttI WM LA .07 1 FrREBxLL P.314&1 -19M 0102 K 6320 t ii RACOVE189 COUNT II E--'E— DESIGN ENGINEERS iM ED3EG3 a• C I___ rt__ ______ _ _ 8001 PRAIRIE VIEW IN SW i D O D O EM "1 -. 6308 E _T 1 i� _ J C321 i ...6306 CEDAR RAN01, IA 52404 r P.319 -0L1 -19N s N y ----------------------------- - ____L__ ____________ I .. r __________-- °+ p r r K -T - _ - �^39d rrK 6Ei11i1{1(i 6]OS 83221^� CONDENSING VVIR rt_ 0.9 � ONNOOF. H C32J ba SStI G10 ' UPNLI FUOR)RES 6310 x SPME L. jl\ZAI I.l --�a 6311 6311 632a 3s1 _E�Eb10 3na MouxrtoPON xMEL � i G _ r.+ Erv2 i a..a _. rr; -it a 6312 is 6332 6325 MINETUNRHEATER r1 r SL-jFXIWIBi FAN EIEBIPKN RELOCATK#1, ° Y FPB iE�EOi __ fi313 63i9 F e 53M AVIV NJHGFRCN CEGB E }Ept EM • E31n �NNf' 63ta ^ - y 6122 - rare E22 4315 y--- 6320 co r m m3 rir EN 11l I _ TT ' 5x16 uw 6318 � T~ � Q 0 o !9 a• PAIEL UM MRED EY]. 2254MLOAT100[QLE: C 53K 63M 5F 63F bw 63H 83F 63G fi]H �: 3 %Il POOL DECK LOWER LEVEL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN %1 JT'• RAO TALL COURT UPPER LEVEL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN �i3. T3 RAWUETBALL COURT LOWER LEVEL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN B IB<041W DEMOLITION KEY TO REAWX NBEREMWED WNSERUCRON O2/W/ZEI A gpyyRW OOCIIMFNIB ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PUNS 1 I 2 3 I 4 I S I 6 I 2 1B 9 1 10 1 11 1 12 13 14 I 15 I 1B I 12 I 18 1 19 I 20 I 21 s"1X1n°' ED101 ARCHITECTS 24 V' 5 MMM 51., Sage 1 Iowa Oft IA 52240 P! 314248SE67 www.agrarrAitects.rwn U?C EMM P. I—D ro•....e CONWX owuomuaaa.ui.. _ i ~ 6301 6fD1 � CITY OFIOWA CITY I EMNUSTFAN - N tY E13EO3 Ew t - ; E J —_ _. ii s D O D CIE" 6302 I j nf• 1 pOpGT AUSE RECREATION [ENEEp xEAY 21MPROVEMENIS MOF IOWA CITY Ep,3 tF 1 I-_{ Jr ..6301 M - �I2 D IWI IJ'yil yFAt LJ Y I f I --- -6]18 63M RPAERRIgDEGENGINEERING ED3 YYYa� r 1 I 112E VSHINGTONSWEET D X 1p ED3 l IDCITY, 1A 522Q 4 P.WA 314333-2850 y 6306 j 6301 • -. 8319 IIS w•nmN ii EN l DESIGN ENGINEERS E0.t rttk BWIPRWRIENEW WSW D tsl 141 LXED3� I CED PAPIDS, IA 524M UPttI WM LA .07 1 FrREBxLL P.314&1 -19M 0102 K 6320 t ii RACOVE189 COUNT II E--'E— DESIGN ENGINEERS iM ED3EG3 a• C I___ rt__ ______ _ _ 8001 PRAIRIE VIEW IN SW i D O D O EM "1 -. 6308 E _T 1 i� _ J C321 i ...6306 CEDAR RAN01, IA 52404 r P.319 -0L1 -19N s N y ----------------------------- - ____L__ ____________ I .. r __________-- °+ p r r K -T - _ - �^39d rrK 6Ei11i1{1(i 6]OS 83221^� CONDENSING VVIR rt_ 0.9 � ONNOOF. H C32J ba SStI G10 ' UPNLI FUOR)RES 6310 x SPME L. jl\ZAI I.l --�a 6311 6311 632a 3s1 _E�Eb10 3na MouxrtoPON xMEL � i G _ r.+ Erv2 i a..a _. rr; -it a 6312 is 6332 6325 MINETUNRHEATER r1 r SL-jFXIWIBi FAN EIEBIPKN RELOCATK#1, ° Y FPB iE�EOi __ fi313 63i9 F e 53M AVIV NJHGFRCN CEGB E }Ept EM • E31n �NNf' 63ta ^ - y 6122 - rare E22 4315 y--- 6320 co r m m3 rir EN 11l I _ TT ' 5x16 uw 6318 � T~ � Q 0 o !9 a• PAIEL UM MRED EY]. 2254MLOAT100[QLE: C 53K 63M 5F 63F bw 63H 83F 63G fi]H �: 3 %Il POOL DECK LOWER LEVEL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN %1 JT'• RAO TALL COURT UPPER LEVEL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN �i3. T3 RAWUETBALL COURT LOWER LEVEL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN B IB<041W DEMOLITION KEY TO REAWX NBEREMWED WNSERUCRON O2/W/ZEI A gpyyRW OOCIIMFNIB ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PUNS 1 I 2 3 I 4 I S I 6 I 2 1B 9 1 10 1 11 1 12 13 14 I 15 I 1B I 12 I 18 1 19 I 20 I 21 s"1X1n°' ED101 J 1 2 3 6 5 6 l 8 9 10 11 12 1 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 G m 1 21 ❑©© IEa IDaNLcrT)EM6nc GGElNcgtlRLreER.x6A6A I P fiAt LViE N 1We• • GM2 ®� CORRIDOR ® p EJOa % M b I{ lI® 6]fb 63'd L� L MENS '_ Gt9 LOCKER 05 GYMNASIUM ' - Ee5i r.00M T ROOM K � yJ{ ® 6321 G JA[iRIXR GYMNASIUM J 4 1 5306 H 632J B pp l! 2tt BII4 ® P G tp 6 e ® d 6lII :33•. — 0 a3 �— O LL OCCKERKER 1DS1 619 u 0 [ T TOIL E _ �- PEC CENTER __ - - -- STORAGE UU ® 6216 O RMELUSOWMEDNG l 1264FORL P 6W. II MWATIOYAC C S]N EN 506 yT E:25 63H (JE 6G, POOL DECK LOWER LEVEL ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN 12 RACQUETBALL COURT UPPER LEVEL ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN 9 I RACQUETBALL COURT LOWER LEVEL ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN B A UGHRNGWffCHING KEY CmRoruTE 6Ee32GLWRTEO DEveEs wrtR ACHl1ECNRALREFLECFEOCELING_" UR I SWITCHING � 6EWE1(EPI3.1 [ETW R�`I. F[urt6SlYOND SMIGI RAI I MfaR62MLE BM1Ol NA NIHUE Am'MtlNfi '-MlA .NL R6d RAYfiN1101 YN..1 IRLX TLAH7 R-XFGR6ROiRAT V - NIiAR64ROSWIRIt flU1l MTAPWLXY4 YP. N.GR6 PEfFYIIIIE WIMNAT . WMVIiG onRNLBaLmdrl nN.oloNv.IFouTaluonroETA'tEa YSNmI W WRrMINEN AM2.EFab1FLO[a l'NLN)T9a'M Y.LIYMIVSlEi191 NKATE6AVICm 67E1F MNf h6YRO1WTI NNIp �1 EY:BERlFEICYfllT11� ,�N XLNT� 7 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 B 1 9 1 10 1 11 1 11 1 0 1 14 1 15 1 16 1 11 1 18 1 39 6361 A. 6]95 6306 639` 63M 5399 .10 6311 oil o13 ARCHITECTS 24 WSOirNm M., 5Mle 1 w. EF,.M52N0 P. 3142/45667 W—OPnaroM1RecN.wm GUY OF IOWA CITY ROBERTA ME RECREATION CENTER PRASEIIMPROVEMEMS 1i CITY OF IOWA CITY li PN(ER RIgDES ENGINEERING 112E WASHINGTON STREET pWA C.,A 52210 P. 319333.2850 DESIGN ENGINEERS 8301 PRA FIE WW IN LW am RAIDS. IA 52601 P. 3198 RAI 911 OESIGN ENGMEERS F RNPRARWEVIEW LNSW OWN FRIM, IA 524M P. 3191 NEW WORK KEY 1MolBoa. EXISTING OON,TXEW IRF/6FD RVCTOH EMU.OORO OOOIMFNfS ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLANS 20 1 21 E101 631d T" MIS n � CID olem �`^) Q � �x V v NEW WORK KEY 1MolBoa. EXISTING OON,TXEW IRF/6FD RVCTOH EMU.OORO OOOIMFNfS ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLANS 20 1 21 E101 J 11 1 1 3 1 a 1 5 1 s 1 ] B 1 9 1 10 1 11 1 11 1 13 1la 15 1 16 37 is 19 N 1 E1 G Et HM'DORYER TOBEFEOiflGASPPAERVIPBRFMEfl IN NEARBY PM'ELM EV FOR NEWCIRCL115 N RBl%flEa RES'IROCM AIDA CONNECT TO SMILE MIR BREAKER IN NEARBY PNIELLA _ ES COORDINATE PATEMAY TO UVATCRY IM MEET RUSH VALVES THROUGH FWiMGWALL CONSTRUCTION VAM GENERALCIXIIPACTp1 EA INV12WWTE£TSORECTLYMLGNEMERGENCYUGHDNGMWNIEOP& MORWIESUUF WRFANMDTOSUWR =INSIMIOITNE EA Rp WMMOLD IN STRVGIR LINE DGAN FROM RBOVE TO ILI TRANSITION TO FM IN GYMNARUN CN ON fFUNG. E] CCNNECTTOE%ISTIHGlMCMCEHSINGUNrt CIRCUR. IHIECIRCURVALL ALSO FEED NEW EUHIN STORAGE SOON Ed CONNECT TOE WING 159 M HANDING DA T CI RCM SERVING DEIKKIWED EOUIENEM. P SHE CONNECT TO EXISTING FAN CIRCMT SERNNG DEMOLISHED EQUIPMENT EIO CONNECT TO SKEINS WH CIRCUIT SEEING DEMOISHED EWIFMEM. EII CCNNECTTOIMCIRCDRffEDIHGCUIUNrt ONROOF. R ARCHITECTS M5Clinton 5L, 5Wce 1 Iowa City, IA 52M P: 319-2M SW] wv .1nvJilh[b.<Wn w.s.wriumammn.mnnwmn e�imscMeniaaw< �� 83G1 6 DIN OF IMA CRY IN N � J 6302 I EB I 6302 ROMATALEERECREATIONCE.11 MASS 2 IMPROVEMENTS -S OCR I CIW OF IOWACIW I'•_-__ _ 63W I I� 53UG M - —6317 EJ --fi315 5365 I I 63O RAKER RI -ODES ENGINEERING 132 E WASHINGTOx STREET IOWA CITY, K 522 I P. 319 333 7850 6306 I _ _ fi3Cti CEDAR SIG 6319 CONNECT RECEPTACLES TO imlr� L HER EMISINGBRNIREA' UU 1 I I OEDIPAL ENGINEERS SERIHC'TIEMEA MIRIDVIEW LISW WIDE, IA 53404 _ Y I 530) g319-091.LM4 K — 63W 63A I EJ CEBIGNENGINEERS 9 EAI CEDIPIWRIEVIEWINSW ST ROOM 5336 I 6905 CEDARRAPIDS,IA 52,404 P319d01d. 9M CO'nP.iO^�� 1 I T9Bi GYMNASIUM I I II �� 6308 I I _. fi3bo 6322 I I • LNPSi GY01w+. EAST ROOM �j s31G I C.. uM1t6 H 6329 Cel E'] I� I .6311 I i 6311 f32< I ecu -IGG '� 63'2 -. 6325 � EF O 1S WOMENS EE WN VESTBULE ; o O LOCKER • ---_ 1 Li (� 1551 6313 _ E.10 _ _ J---"63>� YY F -. a 6326 --" N n-< NE I �. wCCflYFR, E ELN co 3 131< T E11 63 6321 -- E M E OE W GRI, .IP - RED CENTER fi33> E 6326 STORAGE t' L © IV E TOILET IMFWSH © VK F W C-2 631E 6316 fi3M IMONE SCWgE DH]. l _ 2261NDAi 10.(OYK C - _ EfK WM 63A fi3F 63G 63H 63F ElG 63H DECK LOWER LEVEL ELECTRICAL POWER PIAN 4 RACQUETBALL COURT UPPERLEVEL ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN /� /Il RACQUETBALL COURT LOWERLEVEL ELECTRICAL POWERPLAN V Ire^=rm - va"=r-0„ L Gja?1 • B A NEWWORKKEYRRR. ETNRIG XE1V/xEVISFD COx51RU(71ON M/03/20 SIDEUNIENIFFS ELECTRICAL POWER PLANS 1 1 3 1 3 1 < 5 1 6 1 ] 1 S 1 9 10 111 12 1 13 1 lA 1 15 1 lfi 17 19 1 19 20 1 21 °iAxun'w' E201 _I 1 1 2 1 3 1 A 1 5 1 6 1 ] 1 8 1 9 1 10 11 12 1 13 1 14 1 15 1 16 1 17 H G F E f "rsWARE BDx BEE pRGIDELNRPl 0 E'RGIDSIEELgiP C ONE OR IIW NOUN RATED EMfCWOURMIC P 1M'BFADOFCP35N8 N 0 M CAULK BOTH BEER OF L 1 3 1 p 1 5 K H G F E f "rsWARE BDx BEE pRGIDELNRPl E'RGIDSIEELgiP C ONE OR IIW NOUN RATED EMfCWOURMIC I' SOPHISM FEE BARREN 1M'BFADOFCP35N8 GYPSUM MNBOMNO 0 LP2WLgV25W6 GUN% CAULK BOTH BEER OF ASSEMELY 1 3 1 p 1 5 WALL 1'MEN MINEFH STEEL SLEEVE OP110R4L) BWGING 6LREw STEEL ORf EAIi WOOL PACKING ePANELWONAiON CONDU WxouRMAx LIBEL 2. SCIpNOpX GREEN EOUIFMEM PMIN., 2.3T MAK ANA.VACE 1?DF➢IH CP.2W9 ORCP2 CAILX I h�l'MAK NIIWABPALE WPIISECTKIN N?MHROW SIE ZE 1MSHING LWCCL 2EGLGESTEEL CONCRETE FLOOR PALONO OSMAEVE WiM 2'MIN .OVEA4P OEVILE BOX ?FSS3ADDPGOM NOTE: BPFACH SFNNG CETNL No" FLWR SELLWG DETAL 1. MATERWGANDCONFIGURATIONSHOWNAREFOR 3M ONEANOIIW NWRFlNf- I. MATERW3ANlCgNFM#IMTIgNS10NNAREfgi 3N TWOHOURFREsiOP SYSTEMMMID01 STOP SYSFEMELNINI. RAlING1ABEL E%P01. LIRLVRfS UNCTORINSIDE 801001E EMT THEA�4 TAG AGING CONONOTES: IN'ANCHANDN 6WTM XF£T WPSNERANOHIR,IYP. IE MWNCHCNWR I. NGMWM CET.VLS APRY ONLY TO THIS ARCRASHNPo IRV MAK ANNULAR MATER415.COISTRUCTO TYPES.PMD SPACE CORMUMTIONSMOSYS REFORM MMI S SYSTEM AND MPLUCATON 41?MIN.ZMN.WERUP PANELDRECRGY GETMLS FOR OTHER W"NA1S, CONSTRUCTION CCHLRETEB `B ORCANFOURATONS. STRUCTURB, ICEXIFMAIMAN � � W12 CETNLB SIOWN ME FOR TYPI MEASURE S A 7IDT&GYREIGHT0RLMGER FXTENO)2'ABTNE AND GO NOT NECESSARILY APPLY i0 MY OR&L BYA(CSFACERATE �`\\ WVFN FIFE STEPPING REONIREMENTS ON TIE POJECT `� GIEETM3. R LS THE WATERSTONS RESPONSIBNPY iO LGAPoSUS SHEET SON INEiN1 ALL FIRE STOPPING M STRILTASDORO4YCE 2- NIGH3M FS IM WITH I TOTHE MPNVFACTURN INSTUCTIWS TO COMPLY WRH THE APPROPRIATE W IN'BFIDOF OAUIX SYSTEN.ASSEMBLYRECUREMENTS GIH. TEO AROUNDPER.— SON.MAKOPENING N. MOCELNUMBERSANDMATERWSAREBASED ON3MflpWLTS PENETUNON FOR URGE TYPG4 FIFLTNI0LL NONE. OPENINGS THREEHOUR FlRESf[4PNG OETAL6 1. MA1FAlV50NDUJNFlGUMttNISNONN ATE FOR 3M srsEMaxlm3 FRESTDP E01WiP EDII}Ot ELI PUNBFORWMl COISSUC}0x D C TOGRWNDBUSNBRENCX B NJTEO: A 0 O OF/ICE WX 1 1 2 1 3 1 p 1 5 TosuccFssNEDEWLEsroeE PANELNAME TOGRWNDBUSNBRENCX DENOUNCING CONDUCTOR NJTEO: 0 O OF/ICE WX 1. WIDURS GREEN GROUND 0 WTM BUCK PERWNEM NMNER ATTSACCTKKRMANE BWGING 6LREw 00 ePANELWONAiON i0E1ECTRIGICEVCE LIBEL 2. SCIpNOpX GREEN EOUIFMEM SEVERE PER SPECIFICATIONS MARE LABELUR AND GROUNDING CONDUCTOR GROUNGING C/JNDUCTOR SIE ZE 3. SEEEPECIFIGiIONSECMIN PNABE COLOR U&'L OEVILE BOX ?FSS3ADDPGOM NEDON VOLTAGE NFOIIMATION. MNMUM SHORT CIRCM CIRWRt5 PAELI RAlING1ABEL LIRLVRfS UNCTORINSIDE TAG AGING IE MWNCHCNWR ARCRASHNPo � caxDUR.TYPcu PANELDRECRGY RACFNAYMIRING ICEXIFMAIMAN E1PSOfe A 7IDT&GYREIGHT0RLMGER BYA(CSFACERATE TosuccFssNEDEWLEsroeE GROUNDED NTH THE SAME TOGRWNDBUSNBRENCX DENOUNCING CONDUCTOR CIRCUNPAREIBGRD 0 O OF/ICE WX GREEN GROUND 0 0 BWGING 6LREw 00 i0E1ECTRIGICEVCE iO BE GROWceD GREEN EOUIFMEM GROUNDING CONDUCTOR GROUNGING C/JNDUCTOR WNNECFONIN OEVILE BOX NEDON 6 1 T 1 8 9 1 lD I 11 1 12 1 13 1 l0 15 PAlffiCKT.X PNIELSKI.tl OO 00 ALL TFM Sy I£IGHT OR URGER 18 1 19 NOTE: ALL UL WELS AND M AEA,.RENS NFORMATIW SPRllNOTBE LOVFBEDIDnMAGED. EYIMPLE OF BACKSIDE LOVER TYPm PNk1 AROUND DEAL E1930IE SACKCFEACEPLAM 2D 1 21 D©© ARCHITECTS 24 V, Sai Rm St., SURE I wwa OW. A52200 P: 319-243-5667 Y..w.oP�E�a1nxM.rom o msamnmun T rc�.m CIIYOF IOWACRY ROBERT A LEE RE IG EATIOI PHASE2IMPR0WMENIS CITYOFIOWACITY RAKER RHODES ENGINEERING 112 E WASHINGTON STREET IOWA CITY, IA M. 131 91 DESIGN ENGINEERS Wl P -RIE VIEW LN SW CEDAR RAPIM.IA52COf P.319801 -19M DESIGN ENGNEERS MEM PRARIEVIEW LN SW CEDES RAPIDS, IA 52000 P. 3194"1-191 CD 1 MIA m /1 IB0000N Ili DOMCUMENUMFNTOH m/03/HI R ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS 16 1 ]F 1 1E 19 1 20 1 21 ranw.a. E500 J 1 1 2 1 3 4 5 6 ) 6 9 10 1 11 1 13 1 13 la IS 16 d7 ]B 19 20 D a P N M A 1 I6r.5am HillDDIV a. Srur Lvi waWbaeILMITM.1o1 Olmmlm wall SvnM wa LIGNTFIXNRE ft EXRLECIXpM PUN MPMfPLTI1RERBATO LED DETAILS DRIVER CCNWR NOTIER FIXTURE RMWES WATTS VOLTS MOUNTING NOTES B, SupWn sdrNI wimgm an organ¢eE far ab— addessiEle -Ings lot any 57 DURTOOURESMRO In`arVentre an, will e. ar,.. proums.—a, to purled eonau ecus M OR OR OT1Efl ElATUREG IIGHi FpTURF 1'SOUAAE OR CLTWOR BD% Na Ctnevar shall rmmus�r Int eyslem It.enry oarafion a aeuirs. MMA% _ 120 1 Re d '. LIGM F %NREE N ACCE561BlE LETTINGS LIGKTITROL oN 'MR&G iPP Cf iAR 120 Bu rlem ESIIN I6r.5am HillDDIV a. Srur Lvi waWbaeILMITM.1o1 Olmmlm wall SvnM wa _ PUN MPMfPLTI1RERBATO LED DETAILS DRIVER INPUT FIXTURE ProvNe B' of aMNmal snnrp ILI ttiMg 11, lo, lulu,. anlusimenl olsMsor. WATTS VOLTS MOUNTING NOTES B, SupWn sdrNI wimgm an organ¢eE far ab— addessiEle -Ings lot any 57 120 SurhR In`arVentre an, will e. ar,.. proums.—a, to purled eonau ecus M q) IIO PenduX If COMatlor tlu114mma mmuar w001ignting Vend system pour b wbmAeng � Na Ctnevar shall rmmus�r Int eyslem It.enry oarafion a aeuirs. 15 _ 120 1 Re d '. It prmbe darn mXmllers and arm, as dml bt .as, span In MMr to p.Vde. dA,nR sy.am i20 Bulxe LIGKTITROL oN 120 Bu rlem HTINNG LIGMUENCE RECEPT,Rc1E opEFIATtoN' sC11EMATIL uGNr LENEL TwE TRIGGERNGGDAY TROGGER _ SEQUENCE DET/JL SET PqM OEIAY ON CONTROLS OFF SEQUENCE —_MAc BEOUENCE —�I NOTES f NA Omlpar y5amm N4 OmrWrlry SurNA NA Adds On lfy ry m, aNO Ofl Oy uIXan B. Proust a mlranum S yw wammy on aS LED po]ueb 2000 and grealar. oraW^ry 2 NA ]Ok-T ]O Nin. MamW QSa PMroSWur MenlW 011b/ Na NA FlItures are d I Nuserhaversy Sxlma99ml. ,daturas au. a ane sNmwnln.ry pesal am nd ,wall swilm. Wall 1 VbI ady Mb OFF BY yNaldn cam. I M19M bveb ngMr man Epa, SrWa. alld:ed Ey ptmunad �] ryA IN IU NA NA 1 NA NA NA FIV—swlraltounwHrtlwecrwBumtll 1 aMaY9 enag¢eE . _ _I 4NOTE5. LIGHT Fl%TURESCHEDULE PUN MPMfPLTI1RERBATO LED DETAILS DRIVER INPUT FIXTURE MARK _ MOOEL NUMBERS _ DESCRIPTIONCClORILJC LUMEHOUTPLTT ONY TYPE DIM MIN WATTS VOLTS MOUNTING NOTES LA Wl.AK.Uyy.aOWPCDRV1211 1 GHMer9d 4000 5.000 NO 57 120 SurhR _ Troffer I LB F IPoinI FSANBS PUPC05675ON WSUP aCK 1CUNV LitCb ViH 12 12 TPa.ire4 4000 21000 1 I}IO 1% q) IIO PenduX U IPeMm � LC IFpaI Pdm FLCID RO Il00L 1LI L11TLG RO 11O]LNN CNB WFLCD WP 3 V DwmlyM 4IXO 1100 1 BIO 1% 15 _ 120 1 Re d '. - - %A Ltlp6LOM 500 ]R EW Esn LgM - i20 Bulxe %B 1lHnrua ELM. - - �EmargenryUghl 120 Bu rlem KEY. ]W•TNN War D9miq DA •RpitaI AdEreeaaNe 5O •Sand Dimm l 010 •OtOV LYnnad_ ND •NorvOimireE DM% •DMX EnotYed _ GENERAL NOTES _ e. Rab b aped6adm 165000 braYidmtllWurerreM. B. Proust a mlranum S yw wammy on aS LED po]ueb 2000 and grealar. Eywvabnl manulactuntrs titled shall meal perfwmanq repuir OM orme Base fil NamphRW. Equivabma ebll not Wnauns dame t.10% in., or Ee leaf Ivan 5% 11 IUIMna. d. Lordlnale arm ArUhMwal dendrg plana for dealing types pdr to su mitlal pose, Verily Ournned coni p"a rnorsdare with adopted! fi Ourm Coon inureUnna s Ira. in nmxtessade...N. are..Imm 4i ea Mrph de Mur., plrb Burns. posse. T. CCddinale dnvsr"-m lM ligMnp. a'slem. DKr bfu[nuWl pC¢9s. ,SPECIFIC NOTES 1 provide"th mantras lottery Wm ' 3 Presse and, inlsl lengMs per Alms. ProvAM syuaraue airrall wBN arm alraight mN TeMa.F'Islures shall Lle mounted rut +FPnn'A.F F. Coordsmate MM artlnbcNrel Pla'e M rilin0lYps(sl Mr 10 rdmVp harprp hardwme. 6M. of f. "I have only one bed palm arm III —beirp ford tluO,h Mur. Mualit, 2 3 4 5 1 6 1 T 1 B 1 9 1 10 1 11 12 13 21 D©©� ARCHITECTS da 1125 UImon 5t.. 5Whl .Off "52240 I P: 313X}566) .opmuddly oda aTroF wwAcm ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER PNAY 2 IMPROVEMENTS CNYOFIOWAOTY RAHEA RHODES ENGINEER 112 E WASNIN OTWI STREET IORM ONYJAWNIM p.31333})550 DESIGNENGwEFRS =1 N MRIE VIEW IN SW CHOIR RAPIDS, 1A 524M P 319-841-19M DESIGN ENGINEERS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LN SW CEDAR RA%., IA 52. �1p P3194fq-194l O N O O Li Smarr "<OD i � rri m as d /+ 3> -w- C.0 0.1H COMSTRULTOH 02/03/10 M DUMEMS ELECTRICAL LIGHTING SCHEDULES AND DETAILS 10 15 16 V IS 19 20 21 mx,,,a E510 1 2 3 Q Q ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS NOTE ALL SYMBOLS, 5H3NN NAT HOT BE REQUIRED MR T16 PROJECT) '^ LIGRING FACTURES" 0 MU,K,FNNPE P o BYEtt DLSCOHNECT SNiFCX ULMFMM-RECEssEO 0- FNME.VgLLMgMfED ® INFMFNME SVfiCNMOTORSTARTER UNFMFLCILNE. WMLMJIMEO N CS F-O'i BIRP FlXNPE NOR FLUSH BRANCH! CRCM PAxEL0OMD STRIPACTURE WAILMWNTED ® DIRECTIINDWECTFIXNRE SUSPENDED EWER DISTRIBUTOR PANpHyRD O.FRE Nw SPECIAL CABINET AS NOTED SURFACE MOUNTED ♦•SL6PEM XSY]XPg Fo LED STRIP Na PFIGURE 4INFURGENCYLIGHT-E NGYUN EU TRA4yaWED EI6RfiENCY1%M.WULMSIMED ^RAJaWAn- CAFAREGFIrtACtE SURFACE RM:EVJAY - CON W IT MUSS NOTED OMERVJSS L � l\ CONDUITLONLENFDMWPJIOBUIENG /-\ CONDUIT CONCEPLED N FLOOR CA UNDERGROUND r1 TOPMELHERQF NOME RUN BWE MN@ a' ABOVE COMMERi� qR a' MCNE PN:RSR,ASX MROWSM ICATE14UNKROFGRCLRB e C ES. SEN EPMEWALLSMUCH I? a� IM.fER PILH -Yt CI0.ElJIWYS O. UNDERRaoLOUCTvnfXSERYPESAS N]1ED K FENCE ••ACTNAMH s BUSWCT CCCUPMCYSENSOR-WALLMWNIEO p ® WflEWAY LOHIRttLEVICE SLXEDRE COWOLCAUCSEDUS PEG N STR P'NPE RECENNAES OR rMFAh45Va1O1ZWE, liAWGWi OMEROURETSASNOTM 6� MurwunEr RACEwaY As wTEo VY BY E].111D TIaNCI Bad O! Juacra TUBO% H F o- JUNCTpNBOA-WALLMWHIED f- GROUND Ci CRAFT NNNEST OFCPN] SPLICE CONNECTION FROM EXISTING TO NEW C CONWRSNB G PLAN VOLTS HIS MMFUSUI DISC � coxouDWxnxlun0x o- wuWITTURxxcw � GGNLVIE,IAHNG DOWN NTERMS OF CONDUITS MALL BE SHIED WITH WLr SEPI. NEW RF1lERFpBAIIi PFN SCNEURE I CWRDNATE LOCATIMS ANO SITES OF OFENINGS IN NEW STRUCTURE IMTH GENERAL HE'A_ENMusl Fan 12W1 IQ HE 9$ TOS 3012 ECM, WM1 CONTRACTOR SM MDOP FIRE STOP ALL PENETRATIONS AS REQUIRED EYJ6IAYGFEELER/CONOURPEP BCNEWIf E EUH-t ElecbC UnR HBdbr 20.V1 73KW 10fi 1]2 ]i0 31YJW 1S4F NNa 1, NGN2 D C B A < 5 6 7 R 9 1 10 '^EMINENT " ® MOTOPOUTLETANDWXNECTION Q EGUEMENT CONNECTION EO EWMEWCONNECTCN-WALLMCMEED ® EflxlruRE FEEDcoxNECTDx ®. FUPHINRE FEEDCWJKCIAWWALL WUOEO o BYEtt DLSCOHNECT SNiFCX m MOTOR STARTER OR CONTACTOR c AyLCgUJIrS,NHLIICN B3%E$, VA RING EOUIWEM.ETC TOMPRWERIr COMBAWECN SAFETY DISCONNECT MINIED SVfiCNMOTORSTARTER dr. NEW SURFACE BRANCH CIRCUIT EMPLBCAM CS MI SURFACE BRANCH CIRCUIT PMEIPCMD0 7G NOR FLUSH BRANCH! CRCM PAxEL0OMD TS EXISNG FLUSH BRUNCH CEFUFF PANELBOARD ORA ® EWER DISTRIBUTOR PANpHyRD p SPECIAL CABINET AS NOTED SURFACE MOUNTED O SPECWCABINVASNOTED-RECESSEDMWNIED ® VMx&EFPEWENCY DINE ii DROLw BAR pi TRA4yaWED •_ WRING DEVICES $ CAFAREGFIrtACtE ®$ MORE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE � WRFIRECEGiALLE MWXTFD REFER IODESPECIFIGTUM MA L0.5R144XGP.ANSFORACplKKM1DFgNM 4' MOPE COOMEPiOP qV a'A&IYE &G W Ll9M � 0.YIBE WPIE%PECFIhAGEMCM'IED PHWxG PEOUIREMEMs a' ABOVE COMMERi� qR a' MCNE PN:RSR,ASX 7. FpO MWLSNEDNJLWE$CENTLGHTFU Es rtsULLEA}yLEDrXArBNM51$ WRGRECEPTACLE-MCELNG N SEN EPMEWALLSMUCH I? "LSNBIJRON ®M OCCUPANCY SENSOR EMENCEO LOW LOLTAGE TIMING SYSTEMS WgRENnx SUPPORTED BY MILES NOUN CSCMUFFS [HOLD 'MMJiKYJYSax8111LCfIGSBNLrvgE. K FENCE B FEE MI FLUSH DEACES TO BE REAgVED IN MOONING WALLS. COVER AJW2IX M .. wOWhssMrcxEaE.1F APHxaBLE IA CCCUPMCYSENSOR-WALLMWNIEO p M. LOHIRttLEVICE SLXEDRE COWOLCAUCSEDUS rMFAh45Va1O1ZWE, liAWGWi ®M PIgTOSEHSOP . m•DUxmhnsoETYESL�RESs ESPEND •NNfiAh64NILNINEFAMYME PND10 $BNISN.NWLNDUJSEp F x.nuTEsmEsff LwILIc m11m N31LEmEDaE •. Ff1" REAYDpiOE.FNWWIE I1 1 27 1 1T la IS 16 17 18 19 0111, EE -1 YNR1HIro EFFn FRAY SP.WEXW1P BgFWERMIEABY PNFLu EQ MR MENCK ORIS IN UCf1ED SLY. AREA CCHJECT TO SPYE 2W9PMMA9f N IFIIWYP.VHU N L'WIEINIEMTNNYhI WVAiUIYAVOidIETRUSHVALVESTHROUGH P}NIGSWL W 61 N FTI/ YA G I l ENEna L LGJ D+N,TW E4 NiFM1URFACE TSCEE TO SURFACE UERGS7E,NGURLINEFaOJNREOMOaEA1O RMEBIF/� WIEW.DLO S'JPfAC4 B]%w5l1UIGM LORE E6 RMESMBLMMMINGHr uxE CONN FqW MORE TOouREr. TRx&GNYIroEYI MGHEMgMgiMLENNG. E8@IELRroELImNGLMMIxGC�FWITSETMNGMFA Gi wNEc2roENrnM3TIncWDEuslNc unlTcxcuG. TxxcNWRWM WAIF® rEWEwxmORACERGW. E+ CONSUME FMCIFCIUITL UxfICgcUESEINMiCBM1'AIEDI3YAR6JL H LCNECFNFR6TNGFM C1PCUrt 5EANNG DEM%O16 EQHEM. E-10 LO MMCIKUUNLINN CUEIUING0EM0.BR®fOLR[3�T. E -II Cp1ECET0705CIPCUrt FEEdxGCD"N Mibi. EOI IBO�E EEYICEMOSAYF CPFNI,YG FOR HEW WMK ED2 N9prELENLENUPPp/LNC COhGRATE WER Sal W£MO EGJ UNFFRRIRANE GSf MO11EDSA O'MIWLTORroI®ID.EUYJfiPILQNO WIl6NpN91CPBMrWMAMTSIfEE M1E N3HLEMENT XM ICiRNGNEP/2 FOa aCVNC �SS®OFEMG NYWL1ValBNR3.QEPEOJLNNFMOpEXfl'® SIDIMS COMRALTCPTOREMT.ExIISENINEIY PJ3a LOCABORJEIUAEWWOR EIU CCMMCTQ4roPFA1Jh xO NEM2.VlxNHV LarwnW SEE NEwvuRK EDb REl-0LATE USTHG I?LWMy12 WN LWSECALEAEML pyIIMLNNMNNJ NWKSEOAINJVE NEWLEILINCTORANE. EUI IIEAAJE EMISTI Ns CV LT DETECTOR LA0 PEINST. AT NEVE INAG RANT S CONCE ®E AWWMWNGUNITINWALEISHDFRWAIS PBRFM9HORCPT pE N LACTATION ROOM LIBLYNEaU CUff LWAFtl<IEWWWL EDM CCAttN61HG IM6W 11EINXFNPF➢fWYA]WJPNEMEII WffFTEPNBN UCTPTIXI ROGL CELOIECECECMEND W4E KNIEWKNL EatB 6oEExsTPlccEcurroFEmrEwounETsxsvJJa 21 ARCHITECTS' 3a1USOiMonsc,5WM1 Imw SLY, M mo j N 31}3H5E67 j wxwM1aPlm=[IlRectem ,'I.,...n,+w CIIYIXNJWACIIY ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER PEASE 3 IMPROVEMENTS CIN OF IOWA CITY SULFUR RXGDES ENGINEERING 112E WASHINGTON STREET IOWA CEN, la 53210 P. 3133337850 DESIGN ENGINEERS Wl PMRIEYMLNSW CEGAR RMDS.IA S3M1 R 319EC1-19H GEEIGN ENGINEERS SROI PPNNE NEW LN 5W CEDAR RAPIDS, IA 52aW P. 3138x1 -19M 1 2 1 3 a 1 5 6 7 6 1 9 10 11 12 13 1 La 1 15 1 16 17 1 16 19 1 20 21 FBI FB WOCO C0161RURN)N BOWMExN ELECTRICAL N SYMBOLS O2/0" E520 _ K961 EUGTRICY MDUS I UNLESS NOTED OTHE ROSE ALL DMS TO BE REMOVED AND DISPOSEO OF BY CONTRACTOR I. BELOWISALISi Ci CORA,gxREOUIREMEN1S NMINr EFNOJECTMWUAI. REFER SEE DEMOLITION KEY THE OANER NAY RUDE TO CALMLE SELECT EURTINGAI SYSTEM TO ME PROJECT MWIIAL AND STANDARD BINES FEE MORE DETAINED INFORMATION FOR COMEMUNS CWRDIINTELMMO'MIERRMTODI5KMLOFE0UIWEM. THESE ITEMSAND FOR ALL OTHER MATERIALS NFD CONSTRUCTOR METHODS REQUIRED i. MERE ELECTPIC&EQUIPMENT WRING DEICES. OR COMMUNICATIONS MODES ARE a MINIMJM CORE 82E TO BE $12 FEE PONEP. NOTEDrO BE RUMORED. WMO CONDUIT AND WAS BACK TO 50MCE OR NEAREST ACTIVE E. W LB0x INSTAUEDFLUS4INGM%MONW4LLSHVLLXOTBEMCxTOB lOH JUNCTION WK MERE CORNEAS PENEIPATECMU OR LASTIN MCECONCAETE. CUE 1NgDxMIJLlY1£ CONDUIT FLUSH WRHOiLL OP FLOOR PATCHAUWKLANDFLWRPENETIUTEN5T0 c AyLCgUJIrS,NHLIICN B3%E$, VA RING EOUIWEM.ETC TOMPRWERIr MATCH USTIING SURFACE UNMRNOCWCLMISTANLESSHALLAPANWNMCWAURWOE. MINIED OR ELECTS EONMB7RE NATECMPLEl10 COSTRUCTON CPNOaLEGFSOJGRORULOEEMTIWO.INgJTEMIPE FIECTWW 5v5TEM. 3 ELECTRICAL UUMOLIrEI DRAWARDS ARE WED OH FIELD OBSERVATION ANDS ERE e, N1CR]IRSSIWINAME BROGE) AEUIR45 rO MEET AEC CONDOR] IUNNG NWREAMEMB£. D EMNEEFFCRTSHAVEREENMACETD LMEAMIE DSM µygElEA yyJED 1EUBW5AgE xOr %UO/ED AUVWTELx PgRRAV ELSTNG LGHWpNS OEAKKRAM MUW145iAE IMQUFDTO 2 CIXIIRMIEIX#Irf0I11EE LOG1E16WM1EOVNLLL EgIRBLTNp R9Y SNE PAL S.OPE Of MIIDDIFYSTEMS !EI COCONDUIT 3 CCCNNAIEfEAYE 40G1AN5NO1EtI1115,M111NG111EL 11.W1HkYArIMS N10 ALL ELRgN AL NEIWIEOUS HOT ECE BIE NO DETAILS NOCR TO HOUW N. ,,UWAMAYXOi0ERTSIN WULSAN ONG HUDDLED REMOVED AR RALEVNVSANONTRACTRFEDLSAXDCDHN IS REQUIRED 10 BE PfMOA£DNE 108E C£MQISHED CONTRACTORFEDMFELTED IS REQUIRED a PENEIPATNMISFpMllCC1UIHP0.5SI�GTN MEAND RATED 1 COORLINYTE MEAS WrSIDE THE PEMOWNERAN TURN SERNCEOIELOST TOG EIIREI.ERE FLD7iMMEO )ULIIllW DUIRLSCOPWGIOMMFM IHEFICINV G.NAE LEAST OLTERSNG OR'REQLFA5r NH0UR5PPo0PPT1GNME BEMERE SCHEDULED OUTSIDE OF NORMAL AORKREOUWIIGPoWERINIFARUPENOH 514LLBESCXEWLEDOUTSmE Oi NORMPI 5. WERECOYDUITORULUSTEASSTAUSASAPPLICABIBDIESPECIR ANDAREEMA. MNS SEFASRATED"OWTATERSRWFBSEALED NARKIHGNOUPs. THAT ARE NET FACTOR SMOKEMrED, PEHEIRATI0Ns5HAll8EbFALEDA1MCAgRCR THAT ME NET ERE WRYDIIRECTO 5 MVMAIH INTEGRITY OF EXISTING CIRCUIT WRING SERRANO AREAS 01n51 DE THE NORMAL. CNIA AREA IFSPECIFIC ITEMSNEVICESMET.ENWECfsERNCErFKWtYT000LWETE B. COUWINATECEUINGWACEWMOMERTWDESFC2MW'NDFX6WEMA NEWVARK RETURN TO SEANCE AS SOON AS M91ME 3 MU'MNGSARE IHPARTOWEAbMTIC.INIENCEpTOLMhEYnE$GCYERNCPILN9 6 THE BUILDING BALL REMAIN OCCUPIED MOIN USE FOR THEOUGnON0FCONSTRJLTICK TONDACAq HE GErvFAIL IOGTICxs OF EtlMrENTMUSp.EifFLEnb. CONTRACTOR REFER IODESPECIFIGTUM MA L0.5R144XGP.ANSFORACplKKM1DFgNM SENA FIELD VERIFY ALL DWENSIOHSMDUYWFHROHJYCytMCCa mG PEGARGNGY.CR%INGPLLESS WIitI1XAXO MJACEMi000CWF➢APFA9 MDSPECEIC Fg10NRGGVILELIHES PHWxG PEOUIREMEMs a CCQTCWTF DEVICE IOUnGIS NOFEYMs'MMIAMNFLTU%LBEVMp16 7. FpO MWLSNEDNJLWE$CENTLGHTFU Es rtsULLEA}yLEDrXArBNM51$ AH3 LFTMSRiL?'V rO FpGI11x Fl%RlESIJpLLNLFdmBECBllfll® CPYT.VN PCB's NN 514LL BE DIW05EOOi xtOFFRLv RFCVCIf Nl RII�lf AHl NtlM1M1 iNGnRELNPX LIXISTRIICFYN L9VYEMCEB3FRUKi4N Hm1A%V$wOCCdiWNLE VATH FPAAXG LOLLREOuwEMEMs. LOGTICISWMAGSn ERPRENroNSTNUTi}J CiCIXp1EMpYME TI ME gIGMroHAVEr1E CC11R/CfORIDN$fML LOCATIONS a. 'MESS CEIRMS SYSTEMS AGE RFMONAM. ELECTRIC0L. CONTRACTOR SIWI PERMARENnV AT THIS ME LOGM%1s ATTH1LERE EMENCEO LOW LOLTAGE TIMING SYSTEMS WgRENnx SUPPORTED BY MILES NOUN E. COMEQUIPMENTMID RUGHINSIEFOHDECACTNOLURNO ENLf LOST 'MMJiKYJYSax8111LCfIGSBNLrvgE. FOR xO ANDMEE%ACTROUIINOOFFFF B FEE MI FLUSH DEACES TO BE REAgVED IN MOONING WALLS. COVER AJW2IX M TRU71 A 70SE SINGSACN TFRTff ULOWER TIE NON, yILEI&T4 i0LON5MUINTED CPENINGINMNEW WYEPWATE.UNLESS NOIEDOMERVASE. CEILINGS IS LIMITED.CO 6. C EDIENW TO RS AFFE REQUIRUYO,RN�MAATEFEE o WHEREOFFSEis IN COORDINATE TOMISMEREQUIRED OrHFP TPILEN OR i0 MAI MAIN CEILI CEILING XEIGM$, TEY $8µL lE ST TO THE PRQV'l1 C/]Sii01DROO R. XLA TD OFUL 1 CCOflOMATELOTNWSEOUIPMER ROMNUiME CEP5T01.WMS ILGFSSrofFAr PUMPS, EQUEA EIECTRIGI EOUIWEM, ANGCd21PC15 I, CMInv.TORSxVI NSTAU EawLEN1PFRaExwcEsusTEDw XEc e. AuaEJ.EJnseFrlEFArmxucTxN SLw ee PRxo9.m Br vulwlEv sKLLEDNTHE PARrIOdM CNFf x4IXSED. NO 1SCV Mfr E W DYED x T I W r PMrN.UVAWEr. Ill IMAKTH41BE AT.VCPgVHB£WJIER WMEETING NIINIIE Ci CRAFT NNNEST OFCPN] AL COMMUNICATIONS TIO SHAl1Er BE BY 9 ELECIECMECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE DUCTUNKATNMSMDAL PIN GARNRMS WKSMEECOOKK.ECH PLAN VOLTS HIS MMFUSUI DISC OTHER EE COPORGEENCERTSaCTURESM WKS MERE CO:PgMTEDVdM OMEq TR41lEsCpAWNSUPPCRISIPIKTLIESWY MARK DESCRIPTION PANEL PH WATrs FIA MLA MOCPD FEEDER CONTI REMARKS CU.1 COFRnAn9 ME 208/3 _ T30 ai _50 34$, 1#10 6013 wl 50AF, WE CMRDIBEFLIZED. 10. GWROINALEINSTIIIALION OFPILITEMS PENEIMTHGTNE ESTERIOP BUILOMG ENVELOPE WTH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. ALL PENETRAngIS SHALL BE WEATHER GCM AHLLI Air Handling Und ROBl3 PXP 62 B 15 ant VFD yFp- -_..-0 _-_ ..- _ NTERMS OF CONDUITS MALL BE SHIED WITH WLr SEPI. CUH-1 caElnMUnN Hwbr MIT 119 HE 22 275 15 3nI FWD ECM I CWRDNATE LOCATIMS ANO SITES OF OFENINGS IN NEW STRUCTURE IMTH GENERAL HE'A_ENMusl Fan 12W1 IQ HE 9$ TOS 3012 ECM, WM1 CONTRACTOR SM MDOP FIRE STOP ALL PENETRATIONS AS REQUIRED _ _NIS EFISErnausi Fan Q 112 HP 96 10 3012 b2 ECM, NaM1 12 CIRCUIT NUMBERS SHOMH IUVE BEEN CMSEN TOAID W DESIGN AND TO BECOME CLARITY EUH-t ElecbC UnR HBdbr 20.V1 73KW 10fi 1]2 ]i0 31YJW 1S4F NNa 1, NGN2 OF SUSS CEBCOMDROW$l ASMCESWiYflA LH FIELD CONdttWS _ KED. - AND II REFER 5ATION FOP VY\•'LICWLEIFCENIGI TET fECOM CME= COMB MOGITAL RATER WIEWIP BUBURBAN ITCH MNR WORK SUKANTUF OR XMD RETALIATION THIN&FS M= MCA -MIRCI RA ATHERFUECRIF LONIROL MME•NOININUED DDC• DIREFULL RECEPTE➢WM ALL SAM IA ALLITMRECONTRACSWMINL OFEWIL FEEMESAERS TYPE M•FAREMATHINRPROCE LEND FLA, DAMP FU•FULLLONABEHE NF aryINGEEIDU 15 EI£CTRKHCWNUFIREETOR uLLCUigE PATCH MINES NOftttASMgEgNIEDiCP TARE IED VAN FM •FM_CT_IONAL HE 6PSN s1NGLE POLESWRLH VFD=VAR. FRED. pRN£ 1xsTAUATGx OFNEW Sr$TEMS NOTES. - - - _ a N10PE2wN SAW WCEWTNGEFFROULIFE ELOPE CRLIEO CRDTORTELMM ESbnHGRAL IICTUPEMOGENEg4 1. CUMN%« mar xY n rne].wlkn, 6imRNm HutMl tlNBVBpt Mnas TOR ASCU] STRUCT URAL AND MwMI2E L1OOF z. cnnrctl2omal reMlne cu -I. ing CU I OINOT MOMVMTRUAN BUILDING COMPONENTS DREYFUS GOBIB01xccTMPOxsxrs SI2ECFCCOGNO WS MODFIIFYSTRuMER4 COMOITREAD sWTE THEARCHITECT . A1rWOP ARMED E. FIREONSTRURWNDALLFTOARHLTECDRM LANRWGHFQERED FI CCTRVciAA,. PEFERiO ARCH7ECNPPI PLANS FOP REQUIRED FIRE VARVLBLE FREQUENCY DRIVE SCHEDULE RATINGS. ME DETAILS AND SPECIHunONS FGR FRE STOWING REQUIREMENTS_.. _I. _.. .. fuu LoaD -- vOLrS• rosHl&4HousioN IB ElECTPCAL COMPACTOR MAIL REAquE AND REINSTALL ACOUSTICAL TENDING TLE NOT) AS REQUIRED TO CCMxETE ELECTRICAL WESAS IRRIGATED CRY THE ROME MT TEE UNIT NO. HE MIPs LOCATION PHASE ARWELN0 MWd.E➢ 0.PIxG CCHSTPUCTNAISWLL PE gFANEDATTECCNTPALigt5FY3ENEE AHU.1 -'�_ _-A_OOvavry{ B - - 11 NIOJIE EPGATFU .NCEQJ1 EC UAT ILLS7A5TINGPMEI&1MW NOTES. WTH IEWpq M%EIFD CYSMR. 1 redu. rm1:69Hwmmn uPr.PedAUEm.. m TIEBUDRIGxu raLaxarewEnnowusE FORTrEDswTlaaieaNVTmsrIGN 2. EMNSI611s. AC Nsleatlu DC EM WDRaGICP9Wl WNr.W NICMARfSNOCCIPEp NEA4 NF W]IBLREWxING al l3%I. roM. RXFIIMIBxIFi%YIICI OLQREDMEA551WLBR4LEDAED WMTeEIX'AER mFuuCllvss. wnl b/1Maa5, aM dMltin oTUA hevFx. AIIBRNJ'N6WCW`MAr BE REWxm. 3. Tlx Maedicaver.14,H vlMmgp.mlthelD. TxCVFDanNIalY100 HJ5THG1YLLl55H4L BE IHSTPLLEDLMM IP. UNCEALEDFWBRN0IEO.LESH Edunt Ble 11-1 amoa tiulaUM nMw MNFA u6Rg 11N WlIba! MERE5W ryNCF11£DR14efNr AND FLESH WrFs. nBlN mvio. 0111, EE -1 YNR1HIro EFFn FRAY SP.WEXW1P BgFWERMIEABY PNFLu EQ MR MENCK ORIS IN UCf1ED SLY. AREA CCHJECT TO SPYE 2W9PMMA9f N IFIIWYP.VHU N L'WIEINIEMTNNYhI WVAiUIYAVOidIETRUSHVALVESTHROUGH P}NIGSWL W 61 N FTI/ YA G I l ENEna L LGJ D+N,TW E4 NiFM1URFACE TSCEE TO SURFACE UERGS7E,NGURLINEFaOJNREOMOaEA1O RMEBIF/� WIEW.DLO S'JPfAC4 B]%w5l1UIGM LORE E6 RMESMBLMMMINGHr uxE CONN FqW MORE TOouREr. TRx&GNYIroEYI MGHEMgMgiMLENNG. E8@IELRroELImNGLMMIxGC�FWITSETMNGMFA Gi wNEc2roENrnM3TIncWDEuslNc unlTcxcuG. TxxcNWRWM WAIF® rEWEwxmORACERGW. E+ CONSUME FMCIFCIUITL UxfICgcUESEINMiCBM1'AIEDI3YAR6JL H LCNECFNFR6TNGFM C1PCUrt 5EANNG DEM%O16 EQHEM. E-10 LO MMCIKUUNLINN CUEIUING0EM0.BR®fOLR[3�T. E -II Cp1ECET0705CIPCUrt FEEdxGCD"N Mibi. EOI IBO�E EEYICEMOSAYF CPFNI,YG FOR HEW WMK ED2 N9prELENLENUPPp/LNC COhGRATE WER Sal W£MO EGJ UNFFRRIRANE GSf MO11EDSA O'MIWLTORroI®ID.EUYJfiPILQNO WIl6NpN91CPBMrWMAMTSIfEE M1E N3HLEMENT XM ICiRNGNEP/2 FOa aCVNC �SS®OFEMG NYWL1ValBNR3.QEPEOJLNNFMOpEXfl'® SIDIMS COMRALTCPTOREMT.ExIISENINEIY PJ3a LOCABORJEIUAEWWOR EIU CCMMCTQ4roPFA1Jh xO NEM2.VlxNHV LarwnW SEE NEwvuRK EDb REl-0LATE USTHG I?LWMy12 WN LWSECALEAEML pyIIMLNNMNNJ NWKSEOAINJVE NEWLEILINCTORANE. EUI IIEAAJE EMISTI Ns CV LT DETECTOR LA0 PEINST. AT NEVE INAG RANT S CONCE ®E AWWMWNGUNITINWALEISHDFRWAIS PBRFM9HORCPT pE N LACTATION ROOM LIBLYNEaU CUff LWAFtl<IEWWWL EDM CCAttN61HG IM6W 11EINXFNPF➢fWYA]WJPNEMEII WffFTEPNBN UCTPTIXI ROGL CELOIECECECMEND W4E KNIEWKNL EatB 6oEExsTPlccEcurroFEmrEwounETsxsvJJa 21 ARCHITECTS' 3a1USOiMonsc,5WM1 Imw SLY, M mo j N 31}3H5E67 j wxwM1aPlm=[IlRectem ,'I.,...n,+w CIIYIXNJWACIIY ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER PEASE 3 IMPROVEMENTS CIN OF IOWA CITY SULFUR RXGDES ENGINEERING 112E WASHINGTON STREET IOWA CEN, la 53210 P. 3133337850 DESIGN ENGINEERS Wl PMRIEYMLNSW CEGAR RMDS.IA S3M1 R 319EC1-19H GEEIGN ENGINEERS SROI PPNNE NEW LN 5W CEDAR RAPIDS, IA 52aW P. 3138x1 -19M 1 2 1 3 a 1 5 6 7 6 1 9 10 11 12 13 1 La 1 15 1 16 17 1 16 19 1 20 21 FBI FB WOCO C0161RURN)N BOWMExN ELECTRICAL N SYMBOLS O2/0" E520 J 3 1 3 a G- P N M L K 1 H G F E 0 C e B c A I 2 1 1 5 i 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 10 1 11 1 13 1 13 1 16 15 1 16 1 13 1 SB I 19 30 1 21 IMMWIPJES FA1 XISTNG FLLL 6i.1ttMl NRRMW. FA2 EXISTING YtlY.ECf)EC)ORTORFMVN. FM12 RFMfN M"NGHMS)RDEEUNR. ®)WD I� )SCO � WpGWD Fb ® )5C0 E0.1 2 — ¢ G r w� ®sco Isco 16Cll� ®yEO ®3pCD F&2 FAI ® )YA F 63K 5340 WC 63R 63C 631 43Q 6iJ WE 63F 6]G 633H 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 10 � 11 1 12 1 13 6311 6]C2 6360 1315 6366 5]Cl 6369 8369 5316 6711 6312 6]13 reu WlE 6316 639 REM ARCHITECTS 34 1/25 Cllmnn 545a0e 1 Imva Gry, IA 52240 P: 319 241-5967 www.opnartM1pMs.mm CMOFIOWACM ROBERT A LEE RSCA EATION CENTER BHASE 21MPROVSMEN RARER RHODES ENGINEERING ME WASHINGTONS)REEE IOWA CNY, IA 52300 P. 314333.285D OESIGNENGINEERS BBOI PRA R:E VIEW LN SW CEDAR RAP CS, IA 52404 P. 319-841-1944 DESIGN ENGINEERS =1 PWRIE VIEW LN SW 1. CEDAR RAPIDS, IA 52. P. 31.11944 OEMOINEW WORK KEY 1B40bW IXGRNG TOBEREMOVED .--- R 0 Cp051R0[TION O2/R1/LI HEWIflEVGEO DONMEM LOWER LEVEL FIRE ALARM PLAN - NORTH 14 I 15 1 16 I 17 1 18 I 19 I 20 21 FA101 J J ] 3 3 1 4 ] 6 1 7 B 1 9 1 W lI 1 12 1 13 1C 15 16 1 17 1 1B 1 19 1 2D 1 21 6317 F0.1 FYJ61pK NLL5FAlCN iO REMVX. P R9YhE W6TNG FMEPll PANANN REA/CE WIN xEW ICNXECIroWmNG llwounErun LCLMIINIG]KKI V9IXG OS flEWIRED 6318 3wo fi319 9ry N ®3]CD ®75CO 8H. f32D ®75CD 6321 M 'o ISCO rEYImNG 51MF1EY 4010 �� HRE gIMM PAXE1 flEPIALE LNIH 4010E5, - WD _ 6312 L fi330 6325 I ® 7S.11 • a �IMLD (&.D �"t7 n N S6D 101LD� 63'u 63ry 8328 D Iwo 1 63N G33C F _. (E)7.D fi331 E 8 m� KYu 6332 �1E1CO fl F0.1 W33 D 63. C FIN fi]35 De �n Y R B 63K e 63B fi3L 631 630 63J 63E 6]37 A 63F /� LOWER LEVEL SOUTH FIRE ALARM PLAN 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 a 1 9 1 10 1 11 12 1 13 1 14 1 15 1 16 1 17 1 18 6317 0©© ARCHITECTS 24 U25 ClmLunsc, W1M 1 Iowa Ory, IASnQ P: 3142481667 ozo�nomxn.r.u�^�p CITY OF IOWA UTY MASS2AlEERECREATION CENTER MASS 2IMPROWMFNCS CIWOFIOWACIIY RAKER RHODES ENGINEERING 112E WASHINGTON STREET IOWACIIY,M52340 P. 319 333 7850 DESIGN ENGINEERS BM1 PRNRIE VIEW W SW CEDAR W DS, A 524 G 313841-19H DESIGN ENGINEERS RM PMIRIE NEW LN SW CEDAR FARDS, IA 524M P. 319-841 19M NEW WORK REY Wmxc FEWIREVM,fD 19 2D 21 16a0a000 CONSIRUCFION DLM/M DDNMFHTS LOWER LEVEL FIRE ALARM PLAN - SOUTH FA102 F0.1 FYJ61pK NLL5FAlCN iO REMVX. F0.9 R9YhE W6TNG FMEPll PANANN REA/CE WIN xEW ICNXECIroWmNG llwounErun LCLMIINIG]KKI V9IXG OS flEWIRED 0©© ARCHITECTS 24 U25 ClmLunsc, W1M 1 Iowa Ory, IASnQ P: 3142481667 ozo�nomxn.r.u�^�p CITY OF IOWA UTY MASS2AlEERECREATION CENTER MASS 2IMPROWMFNCS CIWOFIOWACIIY RAKER RHODES ENGINEERING 112E WASHINGTON STREET IOWACIIY,M52340 P. 319 333 7850 DESIGN ENGINEERS BM1 PRNRIE VIEW W SW CEDAR W DS, A 524 G 313841-19H DESIGN ENGINEERS RM PMIRIE NEW LN SW CEDAR FARDS, IA 524M P. 319-841 19M NEW WORK REY Wmxc FEWIREVM,fD 19 2D 21 16a0a000 CONSIRUCFION DLM/M DDNMFHTS LOWER LEVEL FIRE ALARM PLAN - SOUTH FA102 J 1 2 31 4 1 5 6 7 1 8 1 9 1 111 11 13 13 1 16 1 ]5 1 15 1 17 1 18 1 19 1 20 1 23 D <� 1 YiSEDWTin • — Fk1 EESINCRAI roRf2M➢I. FAz EN6TxcsuuamDaMiEcrORroReav2. 3 — Y J ' y BN2 M 6305 L 6366 MIG 6301 ®7533 _ _.. G308 1 1 Q ^1 � H �♦ a <m — O� :x CD 63u G F J 631] ®NLD =Dog ® FA2 E D 363D GA ®2530 ®x0 C 6M ew E34 695 NL "I 6]D 53J 6. 63F 53G fi3X � 6 _ � \ 1"I\ UPPER LEVEL NORTH FIRE ALARM PIAN A 7 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 2 1 8 1 9 1 10 1 Il 11 1 13 1 14 1 15 1 16 1 11 18 6313 6114 6315 6316 6317 STIM ARCHITECTS za 2/25 Clinton St, SuneI Itm Gtr, IA 52240 It 314248-5662 —W.opnardtft s m amawwuugw CITY OF IOWA 0. ROBERT A ME RECREATION CENTER PNREE 2 IMPROVEMENTS OI OF IOWA CITY RARER RHODES ENGINEERING WEWISHINGFON STREET IOWA CRY, A52240 P. 319-3337850 DESIGN ENGINEERS BN31 PRNRIE VIEW IN SW am RAIDS, IA 524 P. 3M9 U-iw DESIGN ENGMEERS =1 PMRJE VIEW LN SW CEDAR RAPIDS, IA 52404 P. 319-041-1. 1 NEW WORK IIEY lMB4BBB' FXISING N6WIRENSm DOCIAMENTS Bz/o3/m BOCUMFMTF 1 UPPER LEVEL FIRE ALARM - NORTH 19 1 20 I 21 snnsw FA111 3 2 3 < 5 6 ) 8 9 ]0 11 12 13 I< 15 16 17 1 1 19 1 1 31Im IN ARCHITECTS Q 631;la LCS IIAS2240 W1!1 L� I P: 3I3EN-SE6] ,mar�iWts cm FM ETATM]PLLL8fADDNT]R9MH. ]SCD .x316 FMI RBYlvE FlI6fW01KRXI]0PW91PIAT:OiH1 FllS)IMOCP@3X0, •. P Mnew"f�wyinx.m i.nn�re 6319 w 0 GP M'AC11Y FRO1 N 4 Y7 ® 63x11 1560 PHfi 2ALEEREEMENYIX CENSFfl - fi3G fi]X PRASE 2IMPROVEMENfS ®C1 UWOFIO.RCIiY M ®3oco 63]3 ay. RMXER RID W ES ENGINEERING 112 E WMSNING]ON VREEf L ® IOWACRV,M52210 P. 319-333-]650 OEE.N ENGINEERS Ml PMWE VIEW IN SW 6324C. RAPIDS, IA 5240E 1. 319-0AI-19M K DESIGN ENGINEERS E325 8801 PRMNE VIEW LN SW -- CEDAR PAPIOS, IA 52i fi]63MP. 3192411w 1 ®3xo O 5 — > C7 -C N q� n OE) I N r m M 1 m ®]SCD ®]NL fi130 D9 CNEMICK FULL L^J 2TH E ®iR]1 63X 63M 633E DEYOMEW WORK KEY ]9Moe600 633; E1I61E2G 63C 61 6Y) 6L SSE .- roDE REWhD 000LA ucrlox ovR3/n IEWIREV6FD OI]CIIMFMS 1 FIRE ALARM PLAN UPPER LEVEL FIRE ALARM 501!111 5 6 ] 8 9 10 I 11 1 I] 1 13 I LE IS 36 17 19 19 I 20 I 21 '^""°""' FA112 At T N M L K 1 H 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 T 1 9 FIRE ALARM SYMBOLS (NOTE: ALL SYM00W SIgWN MAY NOT BE PGIUIRED FOP THAS PRNECI J 1 0 Q t" NWnWHEPM6MILOE P ARE TOTHE CLOSEST At T N M L K 1 H 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 T 1 9 FIRE ALARM SYMBOLS (NOTE: ALL SYM00W SIgWN MAY NOT BE PGIUIRED FOP THAS PRNECI '^FRENANMS15rF — 4 MWUAL PULL LTATKKI IC fil FLOOR Q AIOGNOTIFICATIONDE/ILE CELRGMOUNIED NWnWHEPM6MILOE ]lea LHAE ARE TOTHE CLOSEST down S A. 4 AWGNOTIFKNTKK20E]ILE WFll MOUNTED LEMOUNTEO WA FLWPORMNOTED TOENDWR B-6ELL CHNE FO x -der ©BLE VE� NO HO�iRu µGW`! WMLELING 1pUNTED P. 314841-19H AUpNIFNISUAI QMA0 VbWLL NOTFNA LGW-.WUNTED All VEEFLLWRROORASLGTEO HEAT SIonalcroP AN NiHISSPACE WALL MOUNTED SMOREMEAT OFTECTOR LVI9INLDKr iNUAHCE3 ®AGo BSBEUAUDGNTFKAIKKI CEVICE L CXLE a dor AEE AVILLC VISUALIAUpGNOTNEADONDEVTLE-WAL-110 ED W PROVE FLWP ORAS NOTED FCC IXE AAdPdAboA1111I (D THERMAL OETECTTOOM RTE OF RASE IYFE TD 9YMNAFF Q MENNL DETECTOR, RTE OF RISE TYPE WI MOUIIED mBaddoEUPETVPE Q SE EDETECTOR� LELING MWNTED Bdabou 855E TC TESTSWRLH QF SMOKE DETELTOR WALL MOUNTED © ELELTROMIGNETIC WOR WALDER- CEILING OR FLOOR MWMIEO EIECTROMMNETICWORIGLDER WALLMOUNTED yQy };( PEMOMUDFOPDETcMRMNUNCMTGN-CEILIHGMWNTED REMOTELEDFORDEIECTORANNIINCIATGN WNLMOUNTED ASMOMRTECTORINDUCT Q FANSHUT-0 ORWIRROLREIAV FMS Ads VON£ PHLNE JACK VM"RNAPMFLOWSLMCH +Q SPRINg RNPANTWM SXIRH O MONITDRMWLIE 0 CANTHOLMOWLE CQ BENHEMOKEAFTEMAR�CELINGMWNIED T.TpµSMiiFEPrPFCEN191 BT-.' m�"RIR[iOVpWALLMORIFD S EMFRFISMMDAMPERCONNEUM WAFEA NgCAIING LGM LELINGWOUNTEO Q OF WMPE NnpnNGLGMWALLMOUNIFD Q EOUIFMEMWNNEOAOK EOUPMEMWMELTGN-WAll MDUNTED Ip xTF1+r,ON [EVN.E waIMDUMED 1 6 9 10 11 12 13 1 1a 1 ss I 16 FIRE ALARM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM __' NOTTOSLALE I. SrepkmaMsqufimanate—unkrma4n. Eguipnenl aupplierslullmM.v plans breenre Wam madd spot Othenenl aupMimsMill nal audible no9fiaWn appeamx Moody- show or IYansmcel NFPAsregmrem¢nlskraueidlily aY sertng nomtaps applopialery. Ere,sual iamatle damunernsary fire a toren mmponude bwore, system. M n kItle Eguip'^enlsupWels responabd, m lumian Nme.res and maklak 1, e. model mmweamown mMOMa relays eel Wemar sgn6a11y Pro -or norm plan, Par aminate npen6ng ryslemwenour aeailioral Goal to the Cadwallader 2. FALPsnalllwetlre blbma b/was swilmes. Clry d'—m and, ISMm odd Ar harms and di A . NauNureass .,H all reeaoN b, Smoke temper and, motel realoN I . Path EleeTx t Fre ban sulk 9G.. ero,lecneseobs A. Sem am handling u M lMW useAHL's shot' mnam mnnmg treng@sbng of ryshml ]. VAIIn NUM oIn alarm Pension .Fire Find, Personnel shall to able N shultloxn air haMlagmN hand v RCP 4Ed proem by psi in nationalmmmance orale of wMwn dome a leamrelet S Eanmaralm mplarnm aaun Me vadat Gran area h add. lI..120 g— bp— Par krae kr Nmre wourbon 0 home Ind swbas ones all pnausMen, dem mmpklM. The vpcutc sawmrY noted an the eaangs In Fnde m Mure aiomone Al he inau0.d pv 0 Me 20 q�nl. fl FrAnl ,I oma add have. dinikdrabo reaW.nordlMMI aia me .,.I and I ftle be IM,baronsayIdar[w0rgrywhre mlXplecirahaR RgNN per MAN tions aM h baaries, halal Audible!. 1. 6RW a.npXim�lw lgnksnall Ee lnshYM ln62iJIII wlYrw9gasLlaand YW¢O Pg 6. Haal'meNMen I dud Pis CmlDebts sryum¢ He debt eb ionm anlmlbkbM W WmWr add A AM: .. vbfienatlnnnell Aw, goes innaarrm muthatdialMfire anew At a. we a'Ifin amok Our —arm Is vmashort rImmu MraddedGore.NIemeM1ewer ,— Nmgrs amll old io spm.II lWa nude, arm A. erdauShas atolla'Mudd¢swy A . VAsne ThelPerso a to addebanII shall ryt A A Muse Aman Tem analappremrf mMNm TM1is'sugrvisW mrdlM1on stmt nolb'ausedx aWible antlnvulapplarcs9 Npenle P . VAun any iniedlmn eeVr nd.theelsuors. 1a all Marna merman moenkc APUT M)aemn. all )gces Me*amalsynamM1eAHe NTlnnulaown lw Vand(AddSAS) orflulom dsignal ompleame om Neheah,m the added Nemiamg aulomalmn ryslem!BAS NlfiNsmoke hampers assoaaknwiNtm uneln alarm small Gose. it sown Ll"Fac stall snNen signal M1om euiNingamonakn syffim AAHU'a vM vbanndened 19C. 9 tW lqe rtµ k'. Q4/h hrmm IgM tlde ,glen fill rdLea#naMIFD. On a." lyq..]erea dealba sual dernedoutternall rtaJNl b Any bypords 4ate. ordaude wWnwn"Ii,h w mamM LED, abode rande andann,Hed101maod. A l Aeg ,ng'mmmin &" M0 Mf 10 FM ing is tlevaNr.sSduenre of ograWn la usual a. Men a anile eeleamrlo a no of the lorries hedayes, or in me Nor maAlM mom Most, than Wood Ac i MLIMmre . oll shall miMlaRa by me ere arerMym and lar else. mr shall rNom to IIepnman floor or Me oedema¢ Adds of rcP based M whim wwdd rsln somr A..wMn a,. mison, A AM eMebr meClne rmmgmroto thaded a1. hand In 1 .1 shall Nah. 11, rubber of a Mat tlelMer in Ind bel me&be =in or.. Island, Ideal Ante Ne ebnb Meek suntM,—us— Upn admalnnaI 11.1.1. to FRCP shalt -11 all .. m The piman .1 her and don Mipamad endaers oder a ptprryrammeb And AM, Th ¢rte beery shall h awtlmTM win Are eedMm all am As M season time W Trow ¢know reu. Iz. A'I6eaMrmwnng Aau bzmhGnrynmsnN reoconeun wnerenNeayxn convaMncran pankeaM'mmryunaion m. Her mum lememmeve,mito l6 Had Ads nunlen, MhMrysb M onuGendhal do Here uncllon mxu bmlavellofi Tal MTips M1om Asn teener rystlna 49rci bhvului ms. 1]. Iowa antlBpn. qrx Nall aummaNal, uMinnmmatisntMwgn tl'labtolrmgavg Nerd 11 Fwall nuticelMors pwAeane Rosetta M led. Mmmhmhhall Womhr Lo anlmsnTlbavwifiedmmgear2Nlwbw. 15. Gnlrztlml nor testy and Tons leslep of system pm3peciMdoNsrlW'Irq Worytlbn pardeannona Ifl ilre Aarrm wrong Nall be GlassdAble wniN is T-hspM. 1 ] 0 1 9 1 30 1 11 2. ii1FERPEONOUMMGHEIGHTFOPMPN141 PULL BTApN IS W FREAIARM DEVICE TO TLP OF PULL HANDLE KGs' ]. COORDINATE WIN MCHf1ECNRL ELEVATIONS. 4 DFACE HELM SHALL BE UNI FORM NROUGIGIR PROJECT ER1ife 17 1S 1 19 20 1 21 _ gFIRE AAM NOIES, I. S� Ni SYrper. 2. Pranks alpm3annber,F^a mlr{kte Add lgeneoral a'..',""A raw",runMeW rerev .IS Pvme Poor to wW'alrmin rg. 3 hahtlauwmmnwml dre alalmadoiral wremoamaoueu. 1. Rouia6OlinAM Tym aemrmen DALUAlnel lna®lady Arg¢ nN SAM all Mall AS IAd ahIM'$YSI is RECORD .. to 13'. me Oyy Sl61bn¢$gDALE-11mryul. NeyMem ammellk&n I¢ be thin I'adM ordb6Y¢Iem Ww(Y'tl. Am III FM EK STAND PULL STATION TO PEAWN. Fh1 EXISTING WONE OETEC OR TO RE" FA3 REMWE EXISTING FIRE PIMM roue"IDPEFULFWNHNEW 0.WEL]TOEX W 1NVOUTIETPNOCOMWNIWTIONGABLINGMPEMI D. FM FORPll NEWANDE%I6TING PULL GTATIONG.PROVNEAWAEDWUFAGMS SPECIFlCATONS. FPD1 PEMOME FASTING IKMN AND PRONDE G0dEREATE 0bsell 4TM"GpFNXG- leal REMOVE Eall H9RII STROBELWR. A s6 LYM RMARAUDRLEMPLMNCE PENPH LiN6Efl FORLEILNGHFIGIIIS lE06 TRWM,TIEY19JNIEX4 WMINBELOWFNISHEDCFAIING w1� 319333 ]850 ] A. I NWnWHEPM6MILOE real an � real ARE TOTHE CLOSEST VIIIHNCLFTHELEUKAG OETECTOR LEMOUNTEO y TOENDWR r FO FlRE AR Maki IA 524pf SNAIL P. 314841-19H AUpNIFNISUAI ALOPIEIXLY rr MPHUAL PULL STW HEAT SIonalcroP AN NiHISSPACE WALL MOUNTED SMOREMEAT OFTECTOR LVI9INLDKr iNUAHCE3 M AEE iOTOPiLEN6 � WNIXAFF TD 9YMNAFF 2. ii1FERPEONOUMMGHEIGHTFOPMPN141 PULL BTApN IS W FREAIARM DEVICE TO TLP OF PULL HANDLE KGs' ]. COORDINATE WIN MCHf1ECNRL ELEVATIONS. 4 DFACE HELM SHALL BE UNI FORM NROUGIGIR PROJECT ER1ife 17 1S 1 19 20 1 21 _ gFIRE AAM NOIES, I. S� Ni SYrper. 2. Pranks alpm3annber,F^a mlr{kte Add lgeneoral a'..',""A raw",runMeW rerev .IS Pvme Poor to wW'alrmin rg. 3 hahtlauwmmnwml dre alalmadoiral wremoamaoueu. 1. Rouia6OlinAM Tym aemrmen DALUAlnel lna®lady Arg¢ nN SAM all Mall AS IAd ahIM'$YSI is RECORD .. to 13'. me Oyy Sl61bn¢$gDALE-11mryul. NeyMem ammellk&n I¢ be thin I'adM ordb6Y¢Iem Ww(Y'tl. Am III FM EK STAND PULL STATION TO PEAWN. Fh1 EXISTING WONE OETEC OR TO RE" FA3 REMWE EXISTING FIRE PIMM roue"IDPEFULFWNHNEW 0.WEL]TOEX W 1NVOUTIETPNOCOMWNIWTIONGABLINGMPEMI D. FM FORPll NEWANDE%I6TING PULL GTATIONG.PROVNEAWAEDWUFAGMS SPECIFlCATONS. FPD1 PEMOME FASTING IKMN AND PRONDE G0dEREATE 0bsell 4TM"GpFNXG- leal REMOVE Eall H9RII STROBELWR. A s6 LYM fVi R RHODES ENGINEERING u112EWA5 PENPH LiN6Efl "Es" (JOWACIIY, IA yy�'2 }G.., ♦ a. Y w1� 319333 ]850 ] A. I is NOTE 6FI61GWEY0Mi real an � real ARE TOTHE CLOSEST OETECTOR LEMOUNTEO y m r ]y4aE-N-01 P. IF VIEW IN SW 9MOXF/HFAT AR Maki IA 524pf �PNAM P. 314841-19H OE7E LTOR HEAT SIonalcroP AN NiHISSPACE WALL MOUNTED SMOREMEAT OFTECTOR SIMMEDEIEGTOPMWNIWG 12 13 1 14 15 15 1 12 1 1R ARCHITECTS 24 V25 Omton St., Suite Iowa Ory, IA 52H0 P: 311244-5667 www.oP archil s.wm drespeadyw.m.aurw.sn.ui�w�.ow.c �.i�+wwrmyxwm< oddrna.r..xe.w,AR OW OF IOWA All Pasky ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CEMER "ME 2IMPROWMEMS CITY OF IOWA All 10101000 or COXSIFIR AM 02/03/20 OOEUMENIS FIRE ALARM SCHEDULES AND DETAILS 19 20 21 sr...x—da FA500 fVi R RHODES ENGINEERING u112EWA5 Q "Es" (JOWACIIY, IA yy�'2 }G.., ♦ a. Y w1� 319333 ]850 /�r n a �auwiuirrex real an � real COESIGNE INEERS MPI SS. ase mari y ep€SIGN ENGINEERS ]y4aE-N-01 P. IF VIEW IN SW AR Maki IA 524pf P. 314841-19H 10101000 or COXSIFIR AM 02/03/20 OOEUMENIS FIRE ALARM SCHEDULES AND DETAILS 19 20 21 sr...x—da FA500 1 d 3 4 S 6 ] e 9 m 11 Il 13 14 1 IS 16 1 17 1 16 19 M )1 ©© ARCHITECTS Q 34 fix s alrRM IF. style 1 IPwiary,Ms33b L� P: 314xA45E6) 1 - ww W.Opnir[IIRK[5.[om P Ta.unnw.wrin.w.u. •v"r OIYCf IOWPCFIY N . 6302 6103 ROBERT A LEI RECREA90NCENTER RNUUM2IMPROVEMFNR 1 CITY OF IOWA CITY M TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYMBOLS g 0 x 6n OpTE-. NI SYYNks SNE WYNJTY fFdITb NIDEGIT INTN E: L biNYW 0 NEXM CMES 16' WNi TO CTOCFHIFA Cf B0AU1LE56 NJ1FD 0)IERhbII n �iaED3Y 6Y15 6'AS EASiRryJM PN(ER RHODES ENGWFEflING pi L KINIGRASCVEffiEAW YGl W4111M1 . 112E—HING STREET ANMH RECEPTACLE FIGHTUNLESS NOTES M S2240E A 319 333 ]50�LPON1' IL - IN}Ei1E5[ MME[EPLATIAi 6 RRYMNE6ILM6PkM p w WFUNUF ml[HpMSEErro,En63M NFORWTpN YLX FOR VOICE OR DATA USE � ABOVE CEIWG DESIGN ENGINEERS i iPF R6 WLL/xO...A pLNT,Y =1 PRARIE VIEW IN SW ® WIRELESS PCLESS PONT OVAPI CITING 4WN1E➢ CEDAR MR D5, IA 53404 N 319841-1644 630) 63% 0 x [.} wmLEss.xcrEss PJM NvrsIwNLMwxneD N o- .1CLFSSLOMRa READER-w.LLL NhNTEO ( ^cSNGN E961"S . PFiwrtsruxmTroESE PiW6 NCESyLP'TILPUl6O43Y3E 1PAPIEN SW d 5308 EAST ROOM '� 8305 Du-{ DAR PAPWryW1400 GVMNPSIUM L 1� NI 31" r Pccsss Goxma000R _ i P IMXAlE6%NIMNX,6EE ACEESfi[FMR0.0MRMHEDAE ( �C% M !T CAMEMLEILWGMWNTEO 63N GVMrt 51UM 63W � VCE06' I.ESSECVE ! L GUEnA.wAuuoux,Eo D �' 'Q yrs .h 611,w x [wEs6 ra OT. _d N£o 6NfhYUCE6�R8AE eEWWEMCE6GH1lPJN PER EW WFM SGEIxAE O SPECMLCABNETASNOTED SORFMEMgIMED $63„ 53n a SPECYICABINETASNOTED,RECESSEDMWNTEO gFyaA j CNIEP.I G [— WHWN6NB M 1 caxwrtCwRNwTnx � =g 63.3 e-- G4ND3RrvRNiGUP ,E5TIBNLE � UAVWRNRIHIGDTYN -_ 3 F F-1PULLBOX Oi NNC7*14MX WFLCMBOXORCEUNG _ D N - � ,DNCTIDN BDx.wALLMWNTFD 6314 _--. - 11 C T-� 631. 0 A3nLMRIxc oEvlcE wRxrnssrMwL ,,,",„, m. NDUTEs wRFACE Na W Tm amET Box E "AwnwwN- Q6 sPEARRRICADI AR.CPIMI•D '-'- LLA�i .ArIi�AE651fAwA PEC CFIRER - 4GRPGE 3 So- sPEr6ER ounEi.WALMDaneo 3 I MA' RSR.w wmrt&FA`IR 6316 E315 gNPR.LEAV6LMUlF 0 C QF 6iG WH Jc SAC 6]�. RACQUETBALL COURT UPPER LEVEL TELECOM PLAN Y FST RACQUET "'LL COURT LOWER LEVEL TELECOM PLAN Ire"=1'-0" _ i' Ire"=1'-0" ID • s - -__ — — NEW Y/ONKNEY UNIONISM EX41WG 1 —IREVRO mX51RU[T1oPi 4D/03/ID DDWPAVFa A r 1 TELECOM PLANS 1 1 x 3 1 4 5 1 ] 1 9 9 10 11 Ix 13 14 15 1 16 1 17 Is 19 1 20 21 T101 Prepared by: Ben Clark, Public Works, 410 E. Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240, (319)356-5436 Resolution No. 20-25 Resolution setting a public hearing on February 18, 2020 on the project manual and estimate of cost for the construction of the Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project, directing City Clerk to publish notice of said hearing, and directing the City Engineer to place said project manual on file for public inspection. Whereas, funds for this project are available in the Recreation Center ADA Improvements account # R4351. Now, therefore, be it resolved by the Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, that: A public hearing on the project manual and estimate of cost for the construction of the above- mentioned project is to be held on the 181 day of February, 2020, at 7:00 p.m. in the Emma J. Harvat Hall, City Hall, Iowa City, Iowa, or if said meeting is cancelled, at the next meeting of the City Council thereafter as posted by the City Clerk. 2. The City Clerk is hereby authorized and directed to publish notice of the public hearing for the above-named project in a newspaper published at least once weekly and having a general circulation in the City, not less than four (4) nor more than twenty (20) days before said hearing. 3. A copy of the project manual and estimate of cost for the construction of the above-named project is hereby ordered placed on file by the City Engineer in the office of the City Clerk for public inspection. Passed and approved this 4th day of February _'2020 Ma r roved by Attest: J / (�✓ /-Zi- ?-D Cit Clerk City Attorney's Office It was moved by salih an seconded by adopted, and upon roll call there were: Ayes: Nays: Thomas Absent: Bergus Mims Salih Taylor Teague Thomas Weiner the Resolution be ,J Wrheadi _) -2 PRESS -CITIZEN MEDIA PART OF THE USA TODAY NETWORK CITY CLERK CITY OF IOWA CITY ICPD 410 E WASHINGTON ST This is not an invoice IOWA CITY IA 522401825 # of Affidavits 1 AFFIDAVIT OF PUBLICATION State of Wisconsin County of Brown, ss.: The undersigned, being first duly sworn on oath, states that the Iowa City Press Citizen, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Iowa, with its principal place of business in Iowa City, Iowa, the publisher of Iowa City Press Citizen newspaper of general circulation printed and published in the City of Iowa City, Johnson County, Iowa, and the an advertisement, a printed copy of which is attached as xhibit "A" and made part of this affidavit, was printed and published in Iowa City Press Citizen on the following dates: Ad No. Start Date: Run Dates: Cost: 0004042530 2/10/20 02/10/20 $40.24 Copy of Advertisement Exhibit "A"�� Subs bed and swom to before me by said affiant this 10th day of February. 2020 01 Notary(5dblic . T.)9-1913 Commission expires EAY HEYRMAN tary Public of Wisconsin Prepared by: Ben Clark, Public Works, 410 E. Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240, (319)3565436 Resolution No. 20-43 Resolution approving project manual and estimate of cost for the construction of the Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project establishing amount of bid security to accompany each bid, directing City Clerk to post notice to bidders, and fixing time and place for receipt of bids. Whereas, notice of public hearing on the project manual and estimate of cost for the above- named project was published as required by law, and the hearing thereon held; and Whereas, the City Engineer or designee intends to post notice of the project on the website owned and maintained by the City of Iowa City; and Whereas, funds for this project are available in the Recreation Center ADA Improvements account # R4351. Now, therefore, be it resolved by the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa that: 1. The project manual and estimate of cost for the above-named project are hereby approved. 2. The amount of bid security to accompany each bid for the construction of the above- named project shall be in the amount of 10% (ten percent) of bid payable to Treasurer, City of Iowa City, Iowa. 3. The City Clerk is hereby authorized and directed to post notice as required in Section 26.3, not less than 13 days and not more than 45 days before the date of the bid letting, which may be satisfied by timely posting notice on the Construction Update Network, operated by the Master Builder of Iowa, and the Iowa League of Cities website. 4. Sealed bids for the above-named project are to be received by the City of Iowa City, Iowa, at the Office of the City Clerk, at the City Hall, before 3:00 p.m. on the 11"' day of March, 2020. At that time, the bids will be opened by the City Engineer or his designee, and thereupon referred to the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, for action upon said bids at its next regular meeting, to be held at the Emma J. Harvat Hall, City Hall, Iowa City, Iowa, at 7:00 p.m. on the 241 day of March, 2020, or at a special meeting called for that purpose. Passed and approved this 18th day of February 2020. Attest: Attorney's Office a - P �- Resolution No. 20-43 Page 2 It was moved by Mims and seconded by Weiner the Resolution be adopted, and upon roll call there were: Ayes: x Nays: Absent: Bergus Mims Salih Taylor Teague Thomas Weiner IOWA LEA4fCG ES CERTIFICATE The Iowa League of Cities an entity organized under the laws of Iowa as an instrumentality of its member cities, with its principal place of business in Des Moines, Polk County, Iowa, does hereby certify that I am now and was at the time hereinafter mentioned, the duly qualified and acting Executive Director of the Iowa League of Cities, and that as such Executive Director of the League and by full authority from the Executive Board, I have caused a NOTICE TO BIDDERS Robert A Lee Rec Center Phase 2 Classified ID: 124019 A printed copy of which is attached and made part of this certificate, provided on 02/19/2020 to be posted on the Iowa League of Cities' internet site on the following date: February 20, 2020 I certify under penalty of perjury and pursuant to the laws of the State of Iowa that the preceding is true and correct. 2/19/2020 Alan Kemp, Executive Director NOTICE TO BIDDERS ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT Sealed proposals will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, until 3:00 P.M. on the 111 day of March 2020. Sealed proposals will be opened immediately thereafter. Bids submitted by fax machine shall not be deemed a "sealed bid" for purposes of this Project. Proposals received after this deadline will be returned to the bidder unopened. Proposals will be acted upon by the City Council at a meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall at 7:00 P.M. On the 241 day of March, 2020, or at special meeting called for that purpose. There is a recommended pre-bid meeting at the Robert A Lee Recreation Center220 S Gilbert St, Iowa City, IA 52240, at 2:30 P.M. on Tuesday, the 271 day of February 2020. The Project will involve the following: The project includes renovations to existing pool deck restrooms, renovations to the existing racquetball court and game room, and renovations to the existing building fire alarm system. All improvements will be compliant with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) regulations. The project is located in the Robert A Lee Recreation Center220 S Gilbert St, Iowa City, IA 52240. All work is to be done in strict compliance with the Project Manual prepared by OPN Architects of Iowa City, IA heretofore been approved by the City Council, and are on file for public examination in the Office of the City Clerk. Each proposal shall be completed on a form furnished by the City and must be submitted in a sealed envelope. In addition, a separate sealed envelope shall be submitted containing a completed Bidder Status Form and a bid security executed by a corporation authorized to contract as a surety in the State of Iowa, in the sum of 10% of the bid. The bid security shall be made payable to the TREASURER OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, and shall be forfeited to the City of Iowa City in the event the successful bidder fails to enter into a contract within ten (10) calendar days of the City Council's award of the contract and post bond satisfactory to the City (in the form shown in Section 00 43 10) ensuring the faithful performance of the contract and maintenance of said Project, if required, pursuant to the provisions of this notice and the other contract documents. The City shall retain the bid security furnished by the successful bidder until the approved contract has been executed, the required Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bond (as shown in Section 00 61 10) has been filed by the bidder guaranteeing the performance of the contract, and the contract and security have been approved by the City. The City shall promptly return the checks or bidder's bonds of unsuccessful bidders to the bidders as soon as the successful bidder is determined or within thirty days, whichever is sooner. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price and in the form shown in Section 00 61 10, said bond to be issued by a responsible surety approved by the City, and shall guarantee the prompt payment of all materials and labor, and also protect and save harmless the City from all claims and damages of any kind caused directly or indirectly by the operation of the contract, and shall also guarantee the maintenance of the improvement for a period of one (1) year(s) from and after its completion and formal acceptance by the City Council. The following limitations shall apply to this Project: Specified Start Date: April 8, 2020 Substantial Completion: August 18, 2020 Final Completion: September 4, 2020 Liquidated Damages: $240 per day The Project Manual may be examined at the office of the City Clerk. Copies thereof and blank forms may be secured at the office of Technigraphics, a division of Rapids Reproductions located at 415 Highland Ave, Suite 100, Iowa City, Iowa 52240, Phone: (319) 354-5950, Fax: (319) 354- 8973, Toll -Free: (800) 779-0093lowa. A $75 fee is required for each set of the Project Manual provided to bidders or other interested persons. The fee shall be in the form of a check, made payable to City of Iowa City. The fee is refundable if returned within 14 days of award of the project by City Council in re -usable condition. Prospective bidders are advised that the City of Iowa City desires to employ minority contractors and subcontractors on City projects. A listing of minority contractors can be obtained from the Iowa Department of Inspections and Appeals at (515) 281-5796 and the Iowa Department of Transportation Contracts Office at (515) 239-1422. Bidders shall list on the Proposal the names of persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom the bidder intends to subcontract. This list shall include the type of work and approximate subcontract amount(s). The Contractor awarded the contract shall list on the Contract its subcontractors, together with quantities, unit prices and extended dollar amounts. By virtue of statutory authority, preference must be given to products and provisions grown and coal produced within the State of Iowa, and to Iowa domestic labor, to the extent lawfully required under Iowa Statutes. The Iowa reciprocal resident bidder preference law applies to this Project. The City reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, and also reserves the right to waive technicalities and irregularities. Posted upon order of the City Council of Iowa City, Iowa. KELLIE FRUEHLING, CITY CLERK Ashley Platz From: Cindy Adams <CAdams@mbi.build> Sent: Thursday, February 20, 2020 8:21 AM To: Ashley Platz Subject: Certificate for Notice to Bidders Attachments: 02.20.20 notice to bidders.pdf RISK Certificate The undersigned, being first duly sworn on oath, states that The Construction Update Plan Room Network ("CU Network') is a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Iowa, with its principal place of business in Des Moines, Polk County, Iowa. The undersigned also states that he is now and was at the time hereinafter mentioned, the duly qualified and acting President / CEO of the CU Network, and that as such President / CEO of the CU Network and by full authority from the Executive Board, he caused a NOTICE TO BIDDERS Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements A printed copy of which is attached and made part of this certificate, to be posted in the Construction Update Network Plan Room, a relevant contractor plan room service with statewide circulation and a relevant contractor lead generating service with statewide circulation, on the following date(s): February 20, 2020 I certify under penalty of perjury and pursuant to the laws of the State of Iowa that the preceding is true and correct. February 20, 2020 Date President/CEO of The Construction Update Plan Room Network Cindy Adams— Project Information Specialist Construction Update powered by ConstructConnect 221 Park Street — Des Moines, Iowa 50309 (D) 515.657.4388 (0) 515-288-7339 (e) cuhelp_p@MBI.Build (w) https://MBI.Build (w) https://IowaConstructionUpdate.com (w) www.iowabiddate.com 7 DAILY NOTICE TO BIDDERS construction update RECEIVE® FEB 19 2020 NOTICE TO BIDDERS ROBERT A LEE RECREATION CENTER PHASE 2 IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT Sealed proposals will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, until 3:00 P.M. on the 11th day of March 2020. Sealed proposals will be opened immediately thereafter. Bids submitted by fax machine shall not be deemed a "sealed bid" for purposes of this Project. Proposals received after this deadline will be returned to the bidder unopened. Proposals will be acted upon by the City Council at a meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall at 7:00 P.M. On the 24th day of March, 2020, or at special meeting called for that purpose. There is a recommended pre-bid meeting at the Robert A Lee Recreation Center220 S Gilbert St, Iowa City, IA 52240, at 2:30 P.M. on Tuesday, the 27th day of February 2020. The Project will involve the following: The project includes renovations to existing pool deck restrooms, renovations to the existing racquetball court and game room, and renovations to the existing building fire alarm system. All improvements will be compliant with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) regulations. The project is located in the Robert A Lee Recreation Center220 S Gilbert St, Iowa City, IA 52240. All work is to be done in strict compliance with the Project Manual prepared by OPN Architects of Iowa City, IA heretofore been approved by the City Council, and are on file for public examination in the Office of the City Clerk. Each proposal shall be completed on a form fumished by the City and must be submitted in a sealed envelope. In addition, a separate sealed envelope shall be submitted containing a completed Bidder Status Form and a bid security executed by a corporation authorized to contract as a surety in the State of Iowa, in the sum of 10% of the bid. The bid security shall be made payable to the TREASURER OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, and shall be forfeited to the City of Iowa City in the event the successful bidder fails to enter into a contract within ten (10) calendar days of the City Council's award of the contract and post bond satisfactory to the City (in the form shown in Section 00 43 10) ensuring the faithful performance of the contract and maintenance of said Project, if required, pursuant to the provisions of this notice and the other contract documents. The City shall retain the bid security furnished by the successful bidder until the approved contract has been executed, the required Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bond (as shown in Section 00 61 10) has been filed by the bidder guaranteeing the performance of the contract, and the contract and security have been approved by the City. The City shall promptly return the checks or bidder's bonds of unsuccessful bidders to the bidders as soon as the successful bidder is determined or within thirty days, whichever is sooner. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price and in the form shown in Section 00 61 10, said bond to be issued by a responsible surety approved by the City, and shall guarantee the prompt payment of all materials and labor, and also protect and save harmless the City from all claims and damages of any kind caused directly or indirectly by the operation of the contract, and shall also guarantee the maintenance of the improvement for a period of one (1) year(s) from and after its completion and formal acceptance by the City Council. The following limitations shall apply to this Project: Specified Start Date: April 8, 2020 Substantial Completion: August 18, 2020 Final Completion: September 4, 2020 Liquidated Damages: $240 per day The Project Manual may be examined at the office of the City Clerk. Copies thereof and blank forms may be secured at the office of Technigraphics, a division of Rapids Reproductions located at 415 Highland Ave, Suite 100, Iowa City, Iowa 52240, Phone: (319) 354-5950, Fax: (319) 354- 8973, Toll -Free: (800) 779-0093lowa. A $75 fee is required for each set of the Project Manual provided to bidders or other interested persons. The fee shall be in the form of a check, made payable to City of Iowa City. The fee is refundable if returned within 14 days of award of the project by City Council in re -usable condition. Prospective bidders are advised that the City of Iowa City desires to employ minority contractors and subcontractors on City projects. A listing of minority contractors can be obtained from the Iowa Department of Inspections and Appeals at (515) 281-5796 and the Iowa Department of Transportation Contracts Office at (515) 239-1422. Bidders shall list on the Proposal the names of persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom the bidder intends to subcontract. This list shall include the type of work and approximate subcontract amount(s). The Contractor awarded the contract shall list on the Contract its subcontractors, together with quantities, unit prices and extended dollar amounts. By virtue of statutory authority, preference must be given to products and provisions grown and coal produced within the State of Iowa, and to Iowa domestic labor, to the extent lawfully required under Iowa Statutes. The Iowa reciprocal resident bidder preference law applies to this Project. The City reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, and also reserves the right to waive technicalities and irregularities. Posted upon order of the City Council of Iowa City, Iowa. KELLIE FRUEHLING, CITY CLERK Prepared by: Ben Clark, Public Works, 410 E. Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240 (319) 356-5044 Resolution No. 20-68 Resolution rejecting bids received on March 11, 2020 for the Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project. Whereas, one bid was received on March 11, 2020, for the Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project; and Whereas, the one bid received exceed the amount available in the project fund; and Whereas, the Departments of Park and Recreation and Public Works recommend that the Council reject the bid. Now, therefore, be it resolved by the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa that all bids received on March 11, 2020, for the Robert A Lee Recreation Center Phase 2 Improvements Project are rejected. Passed and approved this 24th day of march , 2020. Approved by Attest: City Clerk 6ty Attorney's Office It was moved by Taylor and seconded by Mims the Resolution be adopted, and upon roll call there were: Ayes: Nays: Absent: Bergus Mims Salih Taylor Teague Thomas Weiner